The Vinaya piṭakaṃ, one of the principle Buddhist holy scriptures in the Pâli language

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on Hbrary shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at |http : //books . google . com/|

30320661 1M

Indian Institute, .8xfwd.

11 c

SECRETARY or STATE
FOR IIWIA

THE

VINAYA PITAKAM

VINAYA PITAKAM:

THE PEINCIPAI BUDDHIST HOLT 8CRIPTCBE5 IN
THE PAII lANGlTAGE.

SuIIBb Vt /

HERMANN OLDENBERG.

t ■ X)'
THE MAHAvaOOA. ^

Pi-BUBHBt) With tub ARaisTAHcB of thh IIotai, Aoatiimt or Bkbum
usa OF Tus ScciuTAaT OF State fob India in Couhcu..

WILLIAMS AND NORGATE,

li, HENRIETTA STBEET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDOX;

AND 20, SOUTH FREDERICK STREET, EDINBUHGH.

\

The Mahayagga, which the Editor deekeb desekable

TO PUBLISH FIRST, IS, IS InDIA, RECKONED AS THE

Third Part of the whole Pitaka.

STEPHEN AVSTi:* AKU 80H8, PUI>TRBa, UKHTFOBO.

CONTENTS.

IiriRODrCTIOK. pp. IX — ^LVI.

The MahIyaoga.
I. The AsMissioir to the Obdeb of Bhikkhits. pp. 1-100.

1-24. The first events after Gotama's attaining Buddhahood.
(1-4. His sojourn near the Bodhi tree. — 5. Brahm&
Sahampati exhorts him to preach the Doctrine. — 6. He
addresses the Pancavaggiya Bhikkhus. — 7-10. Story of
Yasa, his rektions and friends. — 11. Mara appears unto
Buddha. — 12. B^gulations ahout the Pahbajja and TJpa-
sampada Ordinations. — 13. M&ra again appears. — 14.
Story of the Bhaddayaggiya. — 15-20. Conversion of the
three Kassapas and their Disciples. — 21. Buddha pro-
pounds the Adittapariyaya. — 22. Buddha's first meeting
with King Bimbis&ra. — 23-24. Conversion of Saiiputta
and Moggallana.)

25-27. Different Eules regarding the Duties of XJpajjhaya
and Saddhivihaiika. — 28-31. Ceremony of TJpasampada.
— 32-35. The duties of Acariya and Antevasika.— 36-37.
What Bhikkhus are qualified for being Acariya or TJpa-
jjhaya.— 38. Admission of those who had previously
boon attached to another Congregation (aniiatitthiya-

VI CONTENTS.

pubba). — 39-79. Farther Rules regaiding the Fabbajja
and Upasampada Ordinations. Different classes of those
who are not to be admitted to the Fraternity.

II. The Uposatha Cebemoitt akd the Fathcokkha. f lOl-l 36.

(6-13. Consecration of the Boundaries for a Bhikkhu
Community.)

III. Bbsidekcb nuBnre the Badtt Seasok (vassa). pp. 137-156.

IV. The PAYlBAiri Cebemoky AT the EKD OF Vassa. pp. 157-178.

V. BlFFEBEVT KuLES, ESFECIALLT EEGABDIKa THE XJSE OP

Abiicles kade OP Skik. pp. 179-198.

1-8, 12. Shoes and Slippers.^9-11. Different kinds of
Seats, Vehicles. — 13. Indulgences for the Countries
bordering on Majjhadesa (stoiy of Sona Xu|ikani;^a).

VI. Medicahsnts. pp. 199-262.

1-17. Different kinds of Medicaments. Bules how to pre-
pare, to use, and to keep them. (15. Story of Pilinda-
Taccha.) — 17-21. Different kinds of Food. How to
prepare and to keep them. — 22. Surgical Operations. —
23. Story of Suppiya. Prohibition regarding man's flesh
and the meat of different animals. — 24. Sermon about
rice gruel (y&gu). — 25-40. Different Rules about Food ;
how to prepare, to take, and to keep it. — (28. Buddha's
visit to Pataliputta.— 29. Visit to Kotigama.— 30. His
meeting with Ambapali and the licchavis. — 31. Story of
Siha. — 34. Story of Men^aka. — 35. Story of Keniya. —
36. Story of Roja.)

Vir. The Kathina Ceremonies, pp. 253-267.

CONTENTS. VIT

VIII. Dbess of BniKKiii/s. pp. 268-311.

(1. Story of Jivaka— 15. Story of Vigakha.— 26-27. Rules
rogarding the attcndantB of siok Bhikkbus.)

IX. YAXlShTANDllTYALIDITTOFEcCLESIASnCALACTS. pp. 312*336.

X. Schisms amostg the Fbatebnitt. pp. 337-360.
(2. Story of Pighavu).

^ I

INTRODUCTIOIS'.

In editing the text of tlie MahAvagga, as the first in-
stalment of a complete edition of the P&li Vinaya Pitaka,
it may be well to say something as to the object of the
undertaking. It is manifestly important that the entire
text of the Buddhist Holy Writings should be made
accessible to all who are desirous of acquiring a thorough
knowledge of one of the most important historical pheno-
mena of India, namely, Buddhism. There are, howeyer,
objections to the publication of the complete Tipitaka.
!Eyery one acquainted with the mode of expression em-
ployed in the earlier Buddhist works knows with what
wearisome di£[useness the religious doctrines and ordinances
are there set forth, how constantly the same thoughts and
phrases are repeated, and how irritating to European readers
is the excessive use of synonymous expressions. It may
well be asked, therefore, whether it would not be sufficient
to give mere extracts from the text, instead of the
text itself, with all its formality and repetition? Those,
however, who, being engaged in historical investigations^
have been obliged to work from mere e:^tract8, will know
the advantage of being able to refer to the original works.
When even those who made the extracts find in them an
imperfect help, it is not surprising that to others they
should be still less able to supply the place of the sources
themselves. Every reader has his own questions to put to

h

X VINAYA AND DHAMMA.

the original text, and will study it from his own particular
point of view ; hence it is impossible that extracts, howeyer
carefully made, can satisfy the requirements of every reader.
Such extracts also, while showing but imperfectly what the
text contains, show still less what it omits to mention. So,
although many points may be cleared up even by so im-
perfect an acquaintance with the sources as is afforded by
extracts, yet to those who wish to be complete masters of
the subject, and must therefore study the smallest details,
the publication of the complete text will not be unwelcome.

Being compelled to relinquish my original intention of
adding a complete translation of the text, I have thought
it well to lay before my readers — ^in the form of an Intro-
duction — ^my views as to the origin of the works which I
have imdertaken to edit, and as to their historical position
in the literature of which they form part.

Both in the Holy Writings, and also in the earliest
Buddhist works that we possess, we find the Vinaya sys-
tematically compared and contrasted with the Dhamma;
and indeed, where both are mentioned, Dhamma is frequently
named first and Yinaya second.^ This regular system of
comparison between Dhamma and Yinaya appears through-
out the sacred literature, which, in the earlier period, con-
sisted of two large collections of works (Pitaka), of which
one comprised the Yinaya and the other the Dhamma ; and
at a later period, consisted of three collections, of which
the first was devoted to the Yinaya and the other two to
the Dhamma. Of the earlier of these two systems (which
possessed a Dvipitaka, but knew nothing of the Tipitaka)

1 Of the numerous examples of this, the citation of a few terms frequently
met with, will suffice: yo . . . afifiatitthiyapabbo imasmim dhammavinaye
ftkankbati pabbajjam, — ayam dhammo ayam Tinayo idam sattha sdsanam, —
dhammadharo yinayadharo m&tikidharo. — Eassapa says when assembling the
Bhikkhns in Bajagaha: dhamman ca vinayan ca sam^Hyftma. — A juxta-
position of Dhamma with Vinaya is met with even in the Pdtimokkha
(dhammaT&di— yinayavadt, Minayeff, Prat. p. 5, Une 14). — These passages at
the same time proTO that Dhammayinaya is a Dyandya-compound, and not a
Tatpumsha, as M. Feer {Etud€B Birnddhiguei^ p. 203) has assumed.

THE ANCIENT DVIPITAKA. XI

we get an admirably clear account from the closing chapter
of the CuLLAVAQOAy which I propose to edit when I haye
finished the Mah&vagga. This important chapter gives ns
the earliest known account of the first two great Councils
of the Buddhist Church. We learn from it that in the
Council of Bijagaha, Kassapa, the President of the As-
sembly, opened the proceedings for the oonsecratiye settle-
ment of the Holy Texts with these words, *' Ye venerable
men, let the congregation hear me. If the congregation
is ready, I will question Up&li respecting the Yinaycu'^
Whereupon Kassapa questioned Up&li respecting the Yinaya.
This being done, he addressed a second speech to the as-
sembly : ^' Ye venerable men, let the congregation hear me.
If the congregation is ready, I will question Ananda about
the Dhamma/' Whereupon he questioned Ananda respecting
the five collections (paiica nik&y&), beginning with the
Brahmaj&lasutta. Hereby, according to this account, the
whole work of the revision of Dhamma and Yinaya is
brought to an end. The five Nik&yas are undoubtedly the
five well-known collections included in the Suttapitaka.
These five collections therefore — according to the idea of
the age in which this accoimt of the two Councils originated
-—contained the whole of the Dhamma as taught by
Buddha. The series of works which was subsequently
called Suttapitaka was even at that time well known;
the collection of the Abhidhammapitaka was either al-
together xmknown, or was not regarded as canonical or
of the same value as the two other Pitakas; and it was
generally supposed that, in the council held after Buddha's
death, it had not been admitted by the Theras into the
collection of the Dhammavinaya or of the Jinavacana.^

The important difference between the more recent
Buddhist literature and that of the more ancient period,

» Tliifl tenn is used in the grammar of KaccHyana (p. 83, ed. Scnart) as
denoting tlie whole of Buddha's discourses.

XII TRANSITION FROM THE DVIPITAKA TO THE TIPITABLA..

viz. the transition from tlie Dyipitaka to tlie Tipitaka,
becomes more marked if we compare tlie above account
taken from the Cullavagga with an account of the same
Council pven by Buddhaghosa in his introduction to the
commentary on the Dighanik&ya.^ The two accounts are
in most respects similar, but they differ altogether with
regard to the extent and division of the sacred texts col-
lected at the first Council. In both we have the report of
the revision of the Vinaya, and in both, after this is over,
Eassapa addresses the assembly with the words, " If the con-
gregation is ready, I will question Ananda about the Dhamma."
But in the latter account, before the revision of the Dhamma
is begun, Kassapa puts the following question to the Theras :
"Which of the two collections (pitaka) shall we proceed
with first?" and they answer, "The collection of the
Suttanta«'' This collection, beginning with the Brahmaj&la,
is then revised : they then pass on to the second part of
the Dhamma, namely, the Abhidhamma; and in this manner
the revision of the Dhammavinaya is brought to a close.^

It would be out of place here to enter into a discussion as
to the period to which the more recent Dhamma literature,

^ Compare Tnmonr, in the Journal Asiatic Society, of Banjul, toI. vi. p 6]0,ei aeq.

' A valuable testimony of the earlier existence of a Dvipitnka is also con-
tained in the Mahlbarinibb&nasutta (p. 39) : tani padayyafijanani sadhukai;i
uggahetrfl sutte otaretabb&ni vinaye sandassetabbani. — In opposition to such
sure proofs, it is of little importance to bring forward passages in the Vinaya
which seem to speak in favour of the existence of the Abhidhammapitaka. It is
required of a teacher that he should be able to instruct hispupil : abhidhamme
Tinetum abhivinaye vinetum {^Mahavaaga, I. 36, 12). Tnis, of couibc, is only
meant to say that his instruction is to be in that which pertains to the Dhamma
and Vinaya. — In the Vibhanga (in explanation of the 72nd Pdcittiya) one
Bhikkhu says to another : iugha tram suttante va ^^thayo y&abhidhammaqi
yd pariydpu^assu, pacchft vinayam pariyapu^issasiti. It seems that GathH and
Abhidhamma are here meant to represent the different texts comprised in the
KhuddakanikHya. Some of these, like the Buddhayamsa, or the Dhammapada,
are metrical in form, and may be designated 6dth&. Others of these texts, such
as the Patisambhidi, are similar in character to the Abhidhamma, and have, in
fact, as Buddhaghosa asserts, been considered by many as belonging to the
Abhidhamma. So far as I know, the only passaj^e in the Vinaya which really pre-
supposes the existence of an Abhidhammapitaka is one in the bhikkhunivibhafiga
(95th Pacittiya: suttante okclsam karapetvfi vinayam va abhidhamtnat^ y&
pucchati), which words, after all that has otherwise resulted with regard to the
posteriority of the Abhidhamma, we can unhesitatingly assume to be an
interpolation.

DEFINITION OF VINAYA. ICllI

known as the Abhidhamma, belongs; for the purposes of this
research it will suffice to state, as indeed we have already
seen, that from the very earliest times the whole spiritual
teaching of the Master was presented to the Buddhist
community in a double form, as the Dhamma and Yinaya ;
and this dualism, so to speak, is reflected in the literature,
in the earliest style of its development, in the two Pitakas.

The difference between the Dhamma and Yinaya cannot
be very clearly defined, and it would be difficult to lay down
any very broad line of distinction between the two. Many
sections of the Yinaya are met with again in the Dhamma,
and not unfrequently are repeated word for word.^ This,
however, is not so much owing to the want of a definite idea
regarding the different provinces of the two categories, as to
a certain carelessness displayed in the revision of the texts.
Many additions were made to the text of the Yinaya, in order
to explain the origin and the meaning of the different eccle-
siastical ordinances, and various passages from the Dhamma
came to be inserted in the Yinayapitaka in this way. It is
important therefore, in reading the Yinayapitaka, to avoid
being misled by such additions as to what are the chief and
essential contents of this Pitaka.

Looking at what is essential in the Yinayapitaka, we may
define it as a collection of rules regulating the outward conduct
of the Samgha and Bhikkhua.^ It does not therefore deal with
purely ethical questions, except so far as these affect such
outward conduct; nor does it deal with outward conduct
generally, but only with the outward conduct of the Samgha
and the Bhikkhus.^ The Dhamma, on the other hand, includes

^ For instance, the passages in Mahdragga, I. 6. 38-46, are also foond in the
Snttapitaka under the title of Anattalakkhanasutta, and those in Mah&yagga, VI.
28-30, are almost identical with parts of the Mah&parinibhslnasntta. Compare
also M. Peer's Etudes Bonddhiques, pp. 202-205.

' No direct mention is made in the Vinaya of laymen (upasaka) associated with
the Samgha, except that the rules regulate the conduct of the Bhikkhus towards
laymen, their reception as TJpdsakas, etc.

' The discourse on the duty of benevolence, for instance, falls to the Dhamma
and not to the Yinaya, since it is not addressed to the Bhikkhus but to laymen*

XIV VINAYA AND DHAMMA.

all that the Yina3ra omits. It treats, therefore, of a great
Yariety of subjects, and on this account does not, like the
Yinaya, admit of so short and comprehensiYO a definition.

The doctrine regarding release from suffering, which forms
80 central an idea in the ancient Buddhist faith,^ belongs to
the proYince of the Dhamma. But although the Yinaya,
according to its strict notion, has not to deal with this
doctrine, still the religious ordinances there prescribed
continually recognize and point to its existence. In the
Dhamma we have an account of the inward process by which
this release is accomplished, whereas the Yinaya treats only
of the outward conduct of the life that is still struggling
towards it. The Yinaya, which, as we have seen, is generally
considered as co-ordinate with the Dhamma, appears, when
regarded from this point of view, as a part of the Dhamma :
and hence we can understand why it is that, side by side
with those numerous passages which place the Dhamma and
Yinaya in direct contrast, we may find, in the Buddhist
texts, others, which bring the Yinaya within the proYince
of the Dhamma.'

It is probable that the contrast as well as the connexion
between the two ideas of the Dhamma and Yinaya origi-
nated in the earliest times of Buddhism — of this, howcYer,
we have no direct proof; but intrinsic CYidence clearly
points to this fact: and in further support of the same
Yiew, we may refer to the relation subsisting between the
Dhamma and Yinaya and the Buddhist Trinity of Buddha,
Dhamma and Samgha. It is immaterial whether we con-
It is mentioned, together with a series of other doctrinal subjects belonging to the
Dhamma, in an ennmeration that is frequentlj found repeated: danakathA
i^akatha, saggakatha, k&mRnaip ftdinavo, okdro, samkileso, nekkhamme anisamso.

^ In the Gollavagga we hare the striking remark: ajam dhammayinayo
ekaraso vimnttiraso.

' The Oullavagga relates how XJp&li delivered the doctrines of the Yinaya to
the Bhikkhns; the audience stand wnile listening to them "dhammag&ravena."
He who spreads false doctrines concerning the Yina^ is called an a d hamm a vfidi
{Mahdvaaga, X. 5, 4). King Asoka, in the inscription at Bairftt {Ckfrpui Imcr,
plate XT.;, reckons the vinayasamAkdse among the ahammapaliy&y&ni.

THE ANCIENT CONFESSIONAL MEETINGS. XV

trast Dlianuna and Samgha or Dhamma and Yinayay since
Yinaya, as we liaye already seen, relates only to the
Samgha.

It may be objected, perhaps, that this division of Buddha's
teaching into two parts presupposes too long a period for
its development; this objection would perhaps be well
founded, were it not for the probability that much of the
preparatory work of Buddhism had been already done for it
by the Brahmanical theology,^ and other sects which pre-
ceded it. So that, when the first Buddhist communities
made their appearance, the outward religious forms for the
new sect were, to a great extent, already fully developed.

Having thus far treated of the relation between the
Dhamma and Yinaya, we will now proceed to consider
their development, and in doing so we shall first consider
the development of the Yinaya.

The origin of the earliest rules or laws laid down by the
Buddhist community for the guidance of its members ap-
pears to have been connected with those assemblies of the
Bhikkhus which met at full and new moon. The custom
of holding these meetings seems to be as old as Buddhism
itself, or perhaps older, for it may well be that the custom
was borrowed from some of those earlier sects which pre-
ceded Buddhism, and upon which it was to some extent
modelled. At these assemblies the monks of every district
met together, and those who had committed offences were
obliged to confess them and submit to the prescribed
penance. A list of those offences which deserved punish-
ment or some kind of expiation was, at a very early period,
drawn up for the use of these confessional meetings. This
list was read out to the assembled Bhikkhus, and each one
was asked whether he knew himself to be free from the sins
there named. This list is called the Pfttimokkha, and is

» It may be Baid that the Upanishadi form the Dhamma, and the KalpasdtraB,
GrihyasiltraB, etc., the Yinaya of the Brahmans.

XVI THE pItIMOKKHA AS THE FOUNDATION OF THE VINAYA.

the earliest specimen of Buddhist Yinaya literature that
we possess.

The opinion here expressed as to the position of the P&ti-
mokkha in Buddhist literature is^ I am well aware^ opposed
to the views of most P41i scholars. Mr. Rhys Davids ^ con-
siders the P&timokkha of more recent origin than the works
which form the great complexua of the Tipitaka, and as-
sumes that at the time when the latter works were collected,
the F&timokkha either did not exist or was of too recent a
date to be admitted into the holy writings. I will try to
give my reasons for taking an opposite view.

Although we do not find the P&timokkha in its entirety
and in its original form in the Yinayapitaka, yet aU its
rules and ordinances, separately it may be, but word for
word the same, are foimd there; and indeed the whole
Yibhanga^ is nothing more than an extended reading of
the P&timokkha. We thus learn the occasion upon which
each individual ordinance was promulgated by Buddha;
then follows the ordinance itself ; and then an explanation
or illustration of the several terms employed in it. In some
cases, also, the rule is further illustrated by a reference to
cases which come within the rule, and to others which form
exceptions to it.

The question is, therefore, whether the ordinances origi-
nally appeared with the explanatory notes as in the Yibhanga,
the P&timokkha being subsequently extracted from it ; or
whether the P&timokkha alone was the older portion, the
additional matter of the Yibhanga being the work of a sub-
sequent revision.

In dealing with this question, it should, in the first place,

> Ancient Coins and Measures of Ceylon, p. 6 ; Buddhism, p. 163.

' Vibbanga is the collective name for the two closely connected works which
in the MSS. are called Parajika and Pacittiya. The latter titles are not old and
may easily lead to mistakes. They are taken from that class of transgressions
which are discussed in the be^inmng of each of the two halves ; eadi work,
however, in addition to discussing the one class of transgressions, from which it
receives its name, treats of a number of others as well.

THE pItIMOKKHA AND THE VIBHAJYOA. XVII

he obseryed, that if we read the ordinances of the Pati-
mokkha, without the commentary of the Yibhanga, we find
that they constitute one uninterrupted whole ; ^ and, more-
over^ it frequently happens that a rule refers to the one
immediately preceding it, in a manner that would be
altogether unintelligible if the two had been originally
separated by the intervening explanations of the Yibhanga.'

So^ too, both the nature and effect of the explanations
themselves seem conclusively to point to their later origin.
Sometimes they extend the application of the rules, at
others limit their operation, while occasionally they give
directions for preventing their evasion. In some cases also
the explanations substitute an entirely new rule, based upon
a development of the law which took place since the framing
of the rules.

A striking instance of this is seen in the proceedings
against those Bhikkhus who by their evil conduct have
set a bad example to lajrmen and their families (kidad&saka
p&pasam&c&ra). The following account of these proceedings
is given in the Patimokkha.^

The Bhikkhus are to remonstrate with the accused upon
his course of life,* and pronounce upon him sentence of
banishment from his place of abode.^ If he resists and
accuses the Bhikkhus of prejudice, they are to repeat the
sentence ; and if he shoidd still persist in his obstinacy, they
are to warn him three times to refrain from so doing.' If
this also proves of no avail, he is guilty of " SamghAdisesa,"
and has to submit to the penalty of the M&natta; and
thereupon, before the assembled congregation, by the cere-

» This is not the case with the precepts of Bnddha when extracted from the

^^l;^SmpfefC^^ tathavadinahhikkhnna,

in the 69th Picittiya. ^^. . ..

» See the last rule of the Terasuddesa (Minayeff, p. 6}.

* So hhikkhu bhikkhfthi evam assa vacaniyo, etc^

» Pakkamaf ayasma imamha avasa, alan te idha jasena ti. . . |^^,

• So bhikkhu hiikkhiihi yavatatiyaip samanubhaaitobbo tassa patmissaggaya.

XVIII THE fItIMOKKHA AND THE VIBHANOA. . i

mony of the Abbh^na, it is to be sbown that the penance has
been undergone.

Now the details which the Yibhaiiga furnishes with
regard to this rule of the P&timokkha permit of our
distinguishing two different stages in the further develop-
ment of the proceeding. The first of these is represented
by the explanations added in the Yibhanga to the text of
the rule, the second by the account, prefixed by way of
introduction, of some special case that is said to have
provoked the making of the rule.

The explanations upon the whole foUow the course which
the rule itself specifies; but they give more complicated
orders respecting the exhortations to be addressed to the
persons accused ; they prescribe a greater number of repeti-
tions of the exhortations, and cause these at first to be
proposed by one Bhikkhu alone, and afterwards in the
presence of the assembled congregation.^

The picture of the proceedings against the Assajipunabba-
8uk& bhikkhA, as presented by the account in the Yibhanga,
differs much more from the text of the P&timokkha. Buddha
gives the following precept regarding this proceeding : patha-
mam Assajipunabbasuk& bhikkh& codetabb&, codetva s&re-
tabb&, s&retv& &pattim ropetabbi, &pattim rppetvd. vyattena
bhikkhuTiA patibalena samgho iiftpetabbo : sun&tu me bhante
samgho. ime Assajipunabbasuk& bhikkhii kulad(isak& p&-
pasam&c&r&. • • yadi samghassa pattakallam, samgho
Assajipunabbasukftnam bhikkh&nam Kit&girism& pabb&ja-
niyakammam kareyya na Assajipimabbasukehi bhikkh&hi
!Kit&girismim vatthabban ti, etc. In place of the repeated

^ The ezplanatioiui exactly follow the text, as far as the words alan te idha
ydsenA 'ti (MinajefE, p. 6, 1. 16) ; but then they prescribe a second and a third
repetition of the same procedure (dntiyam pi yattabbo, tatiyam pi yattabbo), and
then go on to say: so bhikkhu sam^hamajjham pi akfujl^hitTft yattabbo:
mdyasmft eyam ayaca . . . dutiyam pi yattabbo, tatiyam pi yattabbo. Then:
80 bhikkhu samanubhasitabbo. The samanubh&sana is then described as a
fiatticatuttham kammam. As in this passage, the explanations differ from the
text in the same way, in all the numerous similar instances where repeated
exhortations to a guilfy person are concerned.

THB plTDfOKKHAy MAhIvAOOA, AND CULLAVAGGA. XIX

admonitioii by the Bhikkhus prescribed in the P&timokkhay
we find in these statements a peculiar ecclesiastical decree
(Samghakamma)^ fulfilled by the Samgha, of which the
P&timokkha knows nothing. The restoration of the penitent
culprit then takes place by the revocation (patippassaddhi)
of the Kamma, not by the ancient ceremonies of the M&natta
and of the Abbh&na. It deserves to be noticed that in
the same way as the Pabb&janiyakamma is not mentioned
in the Pfttimokkha, neither is there any mention of the
similar proceedings of the IJkkhepaniyakamma, etc., how-
ever much occasion for it might appear.^

It seems to me unnecessary here to give any further
enumeration of instances where the P&timpkkha proves itself
to be the older, as compared with what has been added in
the Yibhanga. The publication of the works themselves
will enable every one to make his own observations and to
form his own opinions on this question. I will here merely
point to the fact that the other two works included in the
Yinaya, the Mfthavagga and the Cullavagga,^ although
they do not stand in the same direct relation to the Pftti-
mokkha as does the Yibhanga, nevertheless distinctly pre-
suppose its existence. The Mah&vagga' gives precepts
concerning the recital of the P&timokkha, which put it
beyond a doubt that the name Patimokkha refers here to
that text which we also possess imder the same name.
Further, the laws against forbidden acts, scattered through
the Mah&vagga and Gullavagga, clearly presuppose the exist-
ence of an earlier collection of those prohibitions to which
they are the supplement. The difference between such
transgressions as were in earlier times (in the P&timokkha)

^ For instance, in the 68th P&cittiya we should expect to find some mention
of the Ukkhepaniyakamma p&pikaya di^hij^ appatinissagge. The text of
this PUcitiiya and the story narrated there stand in exactly the same contradic-
tion, as has heen proTed in the case of the Pabb&janiyakamma.

* The Pari?ara, the fifth Book of the Vinayapitaka, is of mnch more recent
date, and, in fact, does not come into consideration in questions relating to the
history of the origin of the Vinaya.

» II. 16. 1.

XX THE pAtimokkha, mahIvagoa^ and ctjllavagga.

threatened with penance, and such as were added at a later
period (in the Mah&yagga and Cullavagga) to the old list, is
also evident from the terminology used for the penance
which followed upon a transgression of this kind. The
P&timokkha in this case uses the expressions P&r&jika,
Samgh&disesa, P&cittiya, etc. Now the circle of offences
which constitute a Pdcittiya, etc., appeared in later times as
completed ; if a punishment was to be inflicted for a trans-
gression not specified in the P&timokkha, they avoided using
the expression Picittiya, because, in doing this, they would
have made an imauthorized addition of new matter to the
ordinances of the P&timokkha as fixed of old, which was
considered as inadmissible. Hence an offence of this kind,
if it was a slight one, was termed Dukkata; if grievous,
Thullaccaya. Any direct repetition of what had already been
described in the P&timokkha was, in general, avoided in the
detailed explanations of the Mah&vagga and Cullavagga.
If circumstances, nevertheless, made it desirable to give a
repetition of this kind, there was in the outward form of
such allusions, without any exception, some reference to
the corresponding propositions in the P&timokkha, as if to
something that had already been determined elsewhere.^

The proofs given will be sufficient to show that the
P&timokkha is the eiEtrliest literary record of the Buddhist
Vinaya. Of the further development of the Vinaya literature
from this foundation, the following stages may be recognized.

The first thing done was to make a commentary on the
P&timokkha. The text of the ancient formulas was fur-
nished, sentence by sentence and word by word, with expla-
nations or a paraphrase. These explanations, when the

' Compare akkofanakaip p&cittiyam, MahUvagga, IV. 16, 26, with reference to
the 63rd r&cittiya; an^ariye p4citnyam, Mah&vagga, IV. 17| 7, 8, with reference
to the 54th P&cittija. At times alluBion is made by the formula, yathddhammo
k&retabbo, to the penance preecribed in the Pdtimokkha for a transgression ; for
instance, Mahavagga, I. 49, 6, with reference to the 65th Fdcittiya ; Mahd-
yagga, YI. 15, 10, with reference to the 23rd NiBsaggiya. There are numerous
similar passages.

FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF THE VINAYA. XXI

Tedaction of the Yinayapitaka was subsequently taken in
Land, were all admitted into it.^

With regard to their form of expression, these explana-
tions did not pretend to come from Buddha himself ; there
was no admixture of narrative or dialogical elements; it
was a simple commentary on the words of the P&timokkha,
without any ornamentation.'

These first two periods in the literary development of
the Vinaya were followed by a third, characterized by the
greater breadth which it gave to its literary productions.
It started again — as could scarcely fail to be the case^
from the P&timokkha, and in a twofold manner. In the
first place, the old material was treated anew, in accordance
with the characteristics of the new era. While in earlier
times the fundamental laws themselves were arranged briefly
and simply, and in the following period were explained and
paraphrased in an equally simple manner, the epoch we are
now speaking of had a history to relate about all of them,
in many instances long series of histories, in all of which
Suddha himself pronoimces his decision as to which cases
fall within the said regulations and which do not.^ This is

^ The greater portion of this commentary on the Pdtimokkha has naturally
found its place in the Vibhanga in the discossion of the several SikkhUpada, of
which the P&timokkha is composed. This commentary is in most distinct con-
trast to the loosely connected narrative portions which — of aU component parts of
the Vibhanga— were last added to it. Only one part of this ancient commentary
on the Patimokkha has been placed outside the Vibhanga : the explanation of the
formulas which introduce the recitation of the Pdtimokkha has been admitted into
the Mahdvagga (II. 3^, together with these formulas themselves. If this passage
— which is distinctly different from the style of description otherwise met with m
the Mahavagga— be compared with the corresponding explanatory passa^ in
the Vibhanga, it will at once be perceived that in both passages we have before
us portions of the same original work, that this work is older than the Vinaya-
pitaka in its present form, and that at the time of the redaction of the Pi^ka the
older work was admitted into it.

* The small portion of this commentary that is contained in the Mah&vagga
(II. 3) furnishes a sufficient proof for these assertions. In some passages of the
Vibhanga. the address bhikkhave (i.e. " O monks") is added in these explanatory
parts, vrhich makes it appear as if Buddha was speaking. The character of the
passages in question, however, leaves no doubt that this address has been added
at the time of the later revision.

" A very clear proof of how the same legal proceedings were represented in
the different stages of their development in the three successive elements which
constitute the Vibhanga (the text of the Pdtimokkha, the commentary and the
histories) is furnished by the already discussed ordinances (p. xvii— xix) with
regard to the proceedings against the kuladilsaka p&pasamslcara.

XXII VIBHANGA AND KHANDHAKA.

not the only instance in the history of Buddhism^ as of
history in general, that the further removed, with respect
to time, documents, or pretended documents, are, from the
eyents themselves, the more accurate becomes the knowledge
they pretend to contain of them. That the histories, which
have in this manner been added to the several rules of the
P&timokkha, have for the most part been invented, and,
moreover, invented in an extremely awkward and con-
ventional way, will be perfectly evident to every one who
reads a series of them one after the other.

The new version of the P&timokkha, enriched with
histories, is contained in the first two of the five parts of
the Vinayapitaka, and bears the title of Vibhanga.

While the Yibhaiiga stands in the closest relation to the
P&timokkha, there was a new and wider circle of additions
added to that same centre of the Vinaya-discipline — ^the
P&timokkha — ^most probably about the same time in which
the Yibhanga originated: an endeavour was made to go
beyond the more confined domain of that series of eccle-
siastical offences as established of old, to give a coherent
picture of the whole legal life of the Samgha. They gave a
detailed and connected account of the admission into the
Samgha, of the ceremony of the Uposatha, of the annually
recurring observances which were connected with the ap-
pearance of the rainy season, etc. The titles of the two
works in which these accoimts are given are MahIvagga
and CuLLAVAGGA, comprehended also under the common
title of Khandhaka. As in the Yibhanga, here also the
outward form was arranged in such a way that in the case
of every statute a history was given relative to the occasion
upon which Buddha made the said regulation. The whole
style of composition of the Mah&vagga and Cullavagga
corresponds so exactly with that of the later written parts
of the Yibhanga, i,e. the narrative portions, that it may be
assumed with certainty that these texts were composed

EARLIER AKD LATER TINAYA TEXTS. XXHI

almost contemporaneously.^ The Histories, as a whole, are
as undoubtedly pure inventions as those in the Yibhanga ;
this does not, of course, prevent their belonging to the
most valuable sources for our knowledge of the life of the
ancient Buddhist community. An essential difference be-
tween the Yibhanga on the one hand, and the Mah&vagga
and the Cullavagga on the other, lies in the fact that in
the case of the Yibhanga the stories were added to an
original basis of ecclesiastical regulations that had existed
of old, i.e. the P&timokkha, whereas in the two other works
the ecclesiastical regulations, and the stories given in con-
nexion with these, were composed at one and the same time.

Taking all in all, if, on the one hand, we compare the
short precepts of the Pfitimokkha, and, on the other, the
stories, the endless pariy&ya, the whole of the great appa-
ratus that is brought forward in these Yinaya books, we
shall find a very distinct contrast between the two Uterary
epochs reflected in the said works. At the time when
these later Yinaya works originated, the Buddhist literature
was still far from the literary form of the Mah&vaipulya-
stitra, but still a step in advance had been made on the
path which subsequently led to it.

Without doubt, a careful investigation of the SuTTAn-
TAKA would lead to similar results. As in the case of the
Yinaya, we should be able to distinguish various strata
representing the literary activity of those difierent periods.
As I am too imperfectly acquainted with the materials
in question, it is impossible for me, as yet, to make these

1 In the MaMvagga or the CollaTagga, where the disciiBsion is of regnlatioiu
that also occur in the Yihhanga, the same stories are related in connexion
with them. Thus, for instance, the story of Pilindayaccha and of the King
Bimbisara is giren identically in the Mahavagga (VI. 16) and in the Vibhanga
(Nifisaggiya, 23). The story of the proceedings against the Assajipunabbasuka
bhikkhu occnrs in tbe Vibhanga (Saipghadis. 13), and also in the first book of
the Onllayagga. It has been proved above that this story points to a later form
of the discipUnary proceedings in question than was known to the P&timokkha
and its earliest commentary; it deserves to be noticed that the Cnllavagga bears
witness to the ultbst form of the procedure.

XXIV THE SUTTAPITAKA.

inyestigations with the requisite accuracy. I must confine
myself here to a few remarks.

Generally speaking, the probability is that the fixing
of the fundamental doctrines of the Dhamma took place
somewhere about the same time as the fixing of the f unda*
mental laws of the Yinaya, that is, the fixing of the
P&timokkha. If we may reckon the confessional-meetings,
at which the P&timokkha was read aloud, as one of the
most ancient elements in the life of the Buddhist com-
munity, then the need for an authentic fixing of the most
important doctrines — the recognition of which united the
members of the community among one another — can scarcely
have been less old*

The earliest form in which these doctrines have been
laid down was in all probability not that of the Sutta
as we have it. These Sutta, as regards style, show the
very greatest resemblance to the narrative portions of the
Vinaya ; the dogmatic doctrines are not stated directly,
but are put into the mouth of the Buddha, and we are told
of the occasion upon which he proclaimed them, precisely
in the same way as the ecclesiastical prohibitions are
manipulated in the Yibhaiiga. "Now we have seen that
the Vibhanga was preceded by an earlier period of Vinaya
literature, in which the ecclesiastical ordinances them*
selves, were given with all brevity, without being put
into Buddha's mouth, and without being interwoven with
any stories. It will not appear too bold a supposition
to assume that the literature of the Dhamma developed
in a similar manner. The Buddhist community began,
in my opinion, with the fixing of the most important
doctrines, such as the four Ariyasacca, the twelve Nidftna, etc.,
without employing any narrative form ; if the Bhikkhus,
at the time of their assemblies, propounded the Dhamma
to one another, their discourses probably consisted of the
recital of such dogmatical paragraphs. The same changes

THE THREE COUNCILS* XXV.

in the yiews and literary tendencies which have led to
the composition of the Yibhanga, on the foundation of the
P&timokkhay probably haye caused that, as a development
of these ancient Dhammapariy&ya, the modem Suttanta
were produced, in which the doctrines are no longer directly
taught, but where the stories are^ told how Buddha had
once propounded them.

Such scholars as have access to the Suttapitaka in its full
extent, should test these conjectures by the texts themselves,,
and correct what proves to be erroneous.

We have as yet spoken merely of the relative age of the
various parts of the Buddhist Holy Scriptures. In order
to fix the date itself of their origin, we must first of all
examine the tradition concerning the most important events
in the earliest ecclesiastical history of the Buddhists, that
of the three Coitncils.

According to the traditional and widely-spread story,
Buddha's discourses were collected euid fixed in an authentic
form at the first Council, held a few months after the
Master's death; this collection of the Holy texts is said
to have subsequently been subjected to new revisions at
one following Council according to northern accounts,^ at
ttDO Councils according to southern reports. If the tradi-
tion could be relied upon in this form, the questious we
are engaged upon would in all essential points be settled
by it ; if it cannot, we must — ^before casting the statements'
concerning the Councils entirely overboard — examine what
facts may perhaps be found to shine through them. It is-
possible that these facts might throw some light upon the
history of the development of the Buddhist sacred canons,
although perhaps in a different way than seemed likely
before the test was applied.

^ We here leave the assemhly held under King Xanishka entirely out of the
question.

9

XXYl ANCIENT ACCOUNT OF THE COUNCILS.

We sliall confine our examination^ in tlie first place, to
the first and second Councils, concerning whicli the records
of the northern and southern Buddhists essentially agree i
the third Council, which is known almost solely to the
southern records, we shall speak of afterwards.

Of the accounts referring to the first two Councils, the
single section of the P&li Tipitaka itself which treats of
these events deserves to be classed first. This is the
closing chapter of the Cullavagga already mentioned. As
the text of it will be given complete in my edition, I shall
here confine myself to stating briefly the contents, in so far
as they concern our present inquiry.

The tradition of the Councils takes up the thread of the
story where the accounts of the life and work of Buddha,
given in the Suttapitaka, end. After the death of the
Master — so it is related in the Cullavagga — Subhadda, the
last disciple converted by Buddha shortly before his death,
proclaimed views which threatened the dissolution of the
community. ''Do not grieve, do not lament," he is
said to have said to the believers; ''it is well, that we
have been relieved of the great Master's presence ; we were
oppressed by him, when he said: 'this is permitted to
you, this is not permitted.' In future, we can do as we
like, and not do as we do not like." In opposition to Su-
bhadda — ^the tradition goes on to relate — ^there came forward
one of the most distinguished and oldest of Buddha's dis-
ciples, the great Kassapa, who proposed that five hundred
of the most eminent members of the community should
assemble at B&jagaha, the royal residence of the ruler of
Magadha, in order to collect the Master's precepts in an
authentic form. It has already been said above, how,
during the seven months' sitting of the assembly, Eassapa,
the President, fixed the Yinaya, with the assistance of Upftli,
the Dhamma with Ananda.

This is the story as it has come down to us. What we

THE FIRST COUNCIL. XXVII

have here before ua is not history, but pore invention,
and« moreover, an invention of no very ancient date. Apart
from internal reasons that might be adduced to prove this,
we are able to prove it by comparing another text which
is older than this story, and the author of which cannot
yet have known it. I allude to the highly important Sutta,
which gives an account of the death of Buddha, and the PAli
text of which has recently been printed by Prof. Childers.
This Sutta^ gives the story — ^in long passages word for
word the same as in the Cullavagga— of the irreverent
conduct of Subhadda, which Kassapa opposes by briefly
pointing to the true consolation that should support the
disciples in their separation from the Master. Then follows
the account of the burning of Buddha's coipse, of the dis-
tribution of his relics among the various princes and cities,
and of the festivals that were instituted in honour of these
reUcs. Everything that the legend of the Council alleges
as a motive for and as the background to the story about
Kassapa's proposal for holding the Council, is found here
altogether, except that there is no allusion to the proposal
itself or to the Council. We hear of those speeches of
Subhadda, which, according to the later tradition, led
Kassapa to make his proposal, but we do not hear anything
of the proposal itself. We hear of the great assembly
that meets for the distribution of Buddha's relics, in which
— according to the later tradition — ^Eassapa's proposal was
agreed to, but we do not hear anything of all these trans-
actions. It may be added : we hear in this same Sutta
(pp. 39, 60, 61) of the precepts which Buddha delivered to
his followers shortly before his death, concerning doubts
and differences of opinion that might arise, among the
members of the community, with regard to the Dhamma
and the Yinaya, and with regard to the treatment of such
cases when he should no longer be with them. If any-

1 pp. 67> 68, in the edition of Childert.

XXVIII THE FIRST COUNCIL.

where, we should certainly have expected to find here some
allusion to the great authentic depositions of Dhamma and
Vinaya after Buddha's death, which, according to the
general belief of Buddhists, established a firm standard,
according to which such differences could be judged and
have been judged through many centuries. There is not
the slightest trace of any such allusion to this Council.
This silence is as valuable as the most direct testimony : it
shows that the author of the Mahdparinibbdna Sutta did not
know ant/thing of the first Council}

We may assume, with some probability, that the fact of
the second Coimcil does not play an unimportant part
among those circimistances which led to the origin of the
legends concerning the first Coimcil; such dualisms of
the same occurrences are, as is well known, often met with
in historical legends. The ideas, out of which the story
arose, can scarcely be considered doubtful. Buddha was

^ I shall here giye the passage from the Callayagga that comes into considera-
tion, in order that it may he compared with the Mah&par. S. (pp. 67, 68).
Eassapa says to the Bhikichas: tatrivuso ye te hhikkhCL avttarSgd appekacce
hUhsl paggayha kandanti chinnapap&tam papanti aya^tanti yivattanti : atiKhippam
bhagayd. parinibbuto, atikhippam sugato parinibbuto, atikhippam cakkhum loke
antarahitan ti. ye pana te ohikkhCL yitarag& te sat^ sampajdn^ adhiy&senti:
anicc& samkharsl taxp knt* ettha labbha 'ti. atha khy dham dynso te bhikkhii
etad ayocam (obserye the alteration in the sncoession of the speeches compared
with the Biah&par. 8.): alaip dyuso m& socittha m& parideyittha, nany etam
dyuso bhagayatd pa^igacc* eva akkhdtam, sabbeh* eya piyehi mandpehi
ndnabhavo yindbhilyo afULathabhdyo, taip kuf ettha dvuso labbhet yan taip
j&tani bhtltaip sainkhatam palokadhammam tarn yata md paluijiti, n'etam
thanam yijjattti. tena kho pana samayena sLynso Snbhaddo nama bu^dha-
pabbaiito tassaip parisEyaip nisinno hoti. atha kho avoso Subhaddo bu^dha-
pabbajito te bhikkhu etad ayoca: alam avuso ma socittha ma parideyittha,
sumuttd mayani tena mah&samaiiena, upaddutd ca mayam homa idam yo
kappati idaip yo na kappatiti, idani pana mayaip yam icchissdma tarn karissdma,
yam na icchissdma na tarn karissamft Hi, etc. — Thus in the CuUayagga the
incident is related by Eassapa at the g^eat assembly of Bhikkhus, and this
narratiye is followed by the proposal made by him : handa mayam &ynso
dhammafi oa yinayan ca sam^aydma, pure adhammo dippati dhammo pa^bi-
hiyati, etc. — The whole of this story is taken from the Mahapar.- Sutta; but
Subhadda's speech and Eassapa's words of consolation are transposed. The
reason of this transposition it is not difficult to understand, and cnaracteristic.
In the Mah&par.- Sutta, the interference of Subhadda is settled by the yery fact
of so important a person as MahUkassapa raising his yoice. In the CuUayagga
it is more appropriate that it should not yet be settled, in order that it may form
the basis to Eassapa's proposal. Hence, in this text, Subhadda's woras are
placed at the end, in order that Eassapa's proposal, which was called forth
py them, may be attached to them.

THE SEOONB COUNCIL. XXIX

dead; the two other members of the ancient Bnddhist
trinity, the Doctrine and the Community^ were to survive
the Master. It can hardly seem strange that, in order to
give this continuance the right legendary expression, an
authentic settlement of the Doctrine by the Community
was invented, and that, for the stf ict preservation of the
chronological continuity, this settlement was supposed to
have taken place directly after Buddha's death. To finish
the picture of these proceedings, the Council of Yes&li
furnished the necessary materials.'

The account of the second Council stands in a very
different position to the first with regard to its historical
authenticity. The northern and southern records corre-
spond in stating that the assembly was occasioned by ten
deviations from the strict discipline of the earliest times,
having occurred in Yesftli. The ten points in question
are extremely characteristic of the atmosphere in which the
Buddhist community lived at the time. It was disputed
whether the daily meal, in place of being partaken of at
mid-day, might not also be partaken of when the shadows
had attained the breadth of two fingers, and so forth. We
thus perceive that the grand intellectual movement which
we call Buddhism had even at that time lost the spirit of
freedom upon which it was founded, and that it had -de-
generated into monkish ceremoniousness.

It is not my intention here to reproduce the detailed and
most instructive account given in the Cullavagga of the
course taken in the dispute concerning the ten doctrines ;
it is an account which, with all its pedantic snatching after
trifles, bears the stamp of being in the highest degree
trustworthy. The dispute was settled before an assembly

^ The influence exercised by the tradition of the second Council upon the
first also explains why the first is called Vinayasamgiti in the Cullayag^a,
althoujch it was believed to have had to do just as well with the Dhamma as with
the Vinaya. The second Council confined itself wholly to the domain of the
Yinaya, and did not occupy itself with the Dhamma in the strict sense of the
word.

XXX THE SEGOND COUNCIL.

of seven hundred of the faithful at Yes&ll ; and the ten
erroneous doctrines were rejected.

With this the Cullavaooa closes its report of the as-
sembly at Yes&li. The story assumes quite a different
.pp^» 1,, » Edition giZ. t, it b, I 1^ «.^
records, with which the northern records correspond in all
essential points. The Dipavamsa, for instance, says (5, 26,
and following) : —

''The eight mighty Theras destroyed the ten false
doctrines and dispersed the wicked ones. After they had
dispersed the wicked Bhikkhus and put down the false
doctrine, the eight powerful Theras selected 700 Arhats
in order to purify their own doctrine; selecting the best
ones, they made a revision of the Dhamma. In the
famous city of Yes&li, in the Kdtftg&ra haU, this second
assembly was brought to a close after a period of eight
months."

The difference between the earlier and the later account
of the Council held at Yesedi is of considerable importance
for the history of the Buddhist holy literature. Accord-
ing to the later version, we were expected to believe
that this Council had revised the whole of the Holy texts;
the earlier and undoubtedly authentic account knows
nothing about this revision. If the later version were
correct, it would be unintelligible that the very detailed
earlier version of the acts of this Council should
have omitted this main point, and had represented the
insignificant disputes concerning the ten propositions as if
the Council had been entirely occupied with them. We
have already spoken of the influence which the Council
of Yes&li probably exercised upon the legend of the first
Council. In the present case, conversely, at a later period,
the account of the first Council had, to all appearance, re-
acted upon the second, and was the cause of the belief
that a Dhammasamgaha was said to have been instituted

THB THIRD 00T7NCIL. XXXI

by the Yasa, the Beyatay and their associates, in the same
sense as had formerly been said to have been done by
Kassapa.

The result which this investigation furnishes to the ques-
tion regarding the origin of the collection of the sacred
writings, we may state to be this: the first Council is
certainly brought by the tradition into connexion with
the redaction of this collection, but this tradition contains
no historical truth ; the tradition of the second Council is
historical, but in its authentic form it does not bring this
Council into any connexion with the collection of the
sacred books. Our inference is thus, for the present, a
purely negative one; from the statements concerning the
two Councils, nothing is directly gained with regard to
the points in question. We shall subsequently have to
return to the indirect results that might possibly be
obtained; but we must first consider the third Council,
held under King DhahmIsoka. As is well known, the
tradition ^ in Ceylon concerning it is as follows : —

The acts of favour shown to the Community by Asoka
induced a number of heretics to join the Community. For
seven years the sacred ceremonies could not be performed,
as the presence of these non-believers interfered with them.
The King issued a command to the Community, through
one of his officers, that the religious ceremonies must be
observed ; and, as this command was disregarded, the King's
minister put several of the Bhikkhus to death with his
own hand. The King, horrified at this proceeding, en-
deavoured to atone for it. The Bhikkhus advised him
to invite the aged teacher MoooALtpuTTA ; the latter came
to the capital, preached before the King, and assured him
that the minister's crime in no way affected him. Moggall-
putta then selected, from among the great host of Bhikkhus

^ The tradition is contained in the Dipavamsa, the Mah&yamsa, and the
Bamantap&Badiksl of Baddhaghosa. In the concluding chapter of the Oullayagga,
the first two Councils only are spoken of.

XXXII THE THIRD COUNCIL.

who had assembled in the capital^ one thousand of them
to hold a Council with him. The false doctrines of those
who had forced themselves into the Community were
denounced; Moggaliputta then, in a treatise called Kath&-
yatthu, described the dogmatic position held by himself
and his followers, £uid proclaimed it before the Council.
This work is still preserved in the collection of the P&li
Abhidhamma.

In the domains of northern Buddhism there is but little
said concerning the third Council.^ But it is incorrect to
suppose that it was wholly unknown* there. That the
references made to this Council are buf rare may easily
be accoimted for.

It is well known that the period between the Councils
of Yes&lt and P&taliputta is assumed by our records to
have been the time of the origin of those schisms which
separated the Buddhist fraternity into eighteen different
schools. Moggaliputta, to whom is attributed the leading
part at the Coimcil of P&taliputta, was not an authority
recognized, throughout the whole domain of the Buddhist
church (the very fact of the eighteen sects excludes such
an assumption) ; he was, in fact, merely the head of one
school. The Council, at which Moggaliputta formulated
his own opinions, and denounced all views that differed
from his own, resulted in a decisive triumph for his party
over its adversaries. Thus it is perfectly intelligible that
mention is so frequently made of these proceedings in the
records of the Sinhalese, who consider themselves as
belonging to the school of Moggaliputta, and so rarely, if at
all, by the northern Buddhists. The tradition which ascribes

^ Mr. Beal writes to me : '^With respect to the Councils, all the Chixese
TER8ION8 OF THE ViNAYA PiTAKA agree in alluding only to two. There is no
mention whatever of a Council at P^taliputra." In this the Chinese texts
correspond perfectly with the Pllli Torsions of the Vinaya Pitaka, which likewise
mention only two Councils; but we must beware not to conclude from this
that the third Council is a mere invention.

' See the remarks of Eoppen, die Beligion dep fiuddha, vol. i. p. 139.

THE THIRD COUNCIL. XXXIII

the origin of differences of the schools to the period between
the second and third Councils, and the fact that the
northern and southern records speak much in the same
way ,of the first two Councils, and not so with regard to
the third, mutually confirm and explain each other. As
a counterpart to the almost absolute silence in the records
of the northern texts concerning Moggaliputta, it may be
mentioned that Upagupta, whom the Buddhists of the
north regard as the highest ecclesiastical authority imder
Asoka, is, as far as I know, nowhere mentioned by the
Srohalese.

After what has been said, we must not, from the fact that
the northern writers do not allude to the third Coimcil,
entertain any suspicion of the Sinhalese historians having
wilfully divided the facts belonging to the second Council,
and framed two different Councils of them, or of their
having referred to King Asoka — ^in whose reign the second
Council was held — ^as to two different kings of the same
name.^ As little would it be correct to say that the
northern writers have described the second and third
Councils as one. The two incidents have nothing what-
ever in common, with the exception of the accidental
identity of names of the kings in whose reigns the events
occurred; that most of the northern writers knew of or
wished to know of but one of these events, is certainly as
correct, as it is incorrect to assume that they turned the
two into one.

^ In Hioaen Thsang, at all events, in one passage, there is evidence of his
being conscious of the difference between the two Asokas. The great king
Dhamm&soka he always calls Wov-yegu, and_speaks of him as a well-known

person. J~ " " '^

premiere

KIA,

ville

tnitra) et fit constmire une seco'ndiB enceinte autonr de I'ancienne ville." Shortly
before and afterwards Dhammasoka is spoken of under the name of Wou-yeou.
This is the only passage where Hiouen Thsang uses the name '0-chon-kia. It
seems undoubted that the author here understood 'O-chou-kia and Wou-yeou to
be two different persons.

XXXIV CHBONOLOOIGAL RESULTS,

The Coancils of Yes&lt and PAtaliputtay respecting whicli
we have here expressed our opinion, are the fixed points in
the history of the earlier form of Buddhism. In order to
indicate the position occupied by other incidents belonging
to this period, we must look for the circumstances which
connect them with those primary events.

In the above investigation, we have already spoken of
several facts which must be placed in the period between
the Council of Yes&l! and that of P&taliputta. This period,
first of aU, saw the origin of the schisms, and was also
the time of the development of the Abhidhanmia literature,
which was brought to a close by the proclamation of the
text of the Kath&vatthu at the Council of P&taliputta.^
The composition of the closing chapter of the CuUavagga,
which contains an account of the first two Councils, is, on
the one hand, clearly of later origin than the Assembly at
Yes&li, and, on the other hand, of an earlier date than
the origin of the schismatic schools and of the Abhi-
dbamma books, for this identical chapter is met with in
the Yinaya of the different schools at a corresponding
place, and it does not mention the Abhidhamma among
the sacred writings of which it gives a survey intended to
be complete.

What, however, is the chronological relation between the
origin of the main substance of the Yinaya (t.^. of the
whole Pitaka, with the exception of this story of the
Coimcils, and of the Pariv&ra) and the Councils of Yes&ll
and P&taliputta P

The account of the Councils follows upon the actual
closing chapter of the Yinaya, containing the laws for the

^ It is scarcely necessary to remark that the contemporaneous ojigin of the
schisms and of the Abhicmamma is not accidental, bat that in it the nataral
connexion of the events is apparent. The same characteristic signature of that
▼ery stage of the development of Buddhism, which first advanced from the
simple handing over and receiving of the doctrines, to a systematical dogma-
tising, shows itself both in the domain of literature in the origin of the Abhi-
dhamma, and in the domain of ecclesiasticsd life in those disputes whidi have
produced the great schisms.

CHKONOLOOIGAL RESULTS.

Bhikkhtuits.^ It is eyident that this acconnt is written as
the conclusioii or an appendix to the Yinayay and that,
accordingly, the main substance of the Yinaya laws was
not composed later. It remains to be considered whether,
at the time the closing chapter was composed, the principal
part of the work did already exist as a complete whole,
or whether the closing chapter and the other portions of
the Yinaya were composed at one and the same time. It
seems to me that the first of these altematiyes possesses
by far the greater amoimt of probability, not to say cer-
tainty. And that for two reasons. First we must con-
sider the circxmistance that in the closing chapter the
redaction of the whole Yinaya is said to have been made
immediately after Buddha's death. Now, though this tra^
dition.is proved to be imtenable, it surely follows from
the very fact of its existence — ^with perfect certainty —
that, at the time the story in question was written, the
redaction of the Yinaya was not a fact just accomplished
or still held in fresh remembrance, and that least of all
can it have been a part of the same diaskeuasis which
gave rise to the very story that transposes that redaction
a hundred years back.

Another point deserving consideration here is the treat-
ment or non-treatment in the Yinaya of those questions
which formed the subjects of discussion at the second
Council.

No reader of the Yinaya will hesitate to admit that
this collection contains not an historical account of what
Buddha permitted and forbade, but an account of what
was regarded as allowable and forbidden at a certain period
long after Buddha's time. Now the whole second Council

^ The BhiUdiimiB are constantly spoken of in the Yinaya after the conclusion
of the laws relatiye to the Bhikkhns. In agreement inith the fundamental diyi-
sion of the Vinaya into two main parts (Parajika P&cittiya— Mahivagga Cnlla-
yagga), we find the regulations referring to the Bhikknunis collected in two
passages, in the Bhikkhuntyibhanga at the end of the Pacittiya, and at the end
of the Cullayagga before the story of the Councils.

XXXVI THE SECOND OOUKCIL AND THE VINAYA TEXTS.

was nothing more than a discussion on the permissibility of
certain indulgences, a discussion which excited the attention
of the whole community in the highest degree. We may
with fuU assurance infer that if the discussions as to what
was permitted and what forbidden, which we have before
us in the Yinaya, were established after the time of this
Council, it was next to imavoidable that, in appropriate
passages, it should be directly stated how the Bhikkhus
were to act with regard to the points so hotly disputed at
Yes&ll. The materials for comparing the points disputed
at Ves&ll with the doctrines of the Vinaya are all in our
possession. The account in the Cullavagga concerning the
Council even directly mentions, at each of the ten false
precepts, where these are said to have been condemned by
Buddha, so that we know upon what the ancient fraternity
itself based the rejection of the ten heresies. Now we find
that the text of the Yinaya, as we have it, does not in any
way expressly touch upon most of these points ; ^ that, in
fact, it does not know of the propositions discussed at Ves&U.
The passages of the Vinaya to which the CuUavagga refers
respecting the decision of the ten disputed points contain
only general principles, not any express reference to the
special subjects of the ten Yatthu. To these main pro-
positions themselves are added — ^to facilitate the interpre-
tation — ^fuller details, which touch upon a great number of
special cases relating to the various rules; but the cases
upon which the controversy at Yes&li turned are not
specified.^ The texts of the F&rajika and P&cittiya — ^with
the unwearied minute acuteness which is characteristic of
the" Indian mind — collect all the in any way conceivable
possibilities that might apply to the propositions to be

^ There is only one of these directlj mentioned in the Vinaya, the tenth,
which is ohTionsly the most important of the disputed points, prohibiting any
Bhikkhu from accepting gold or silver.

' I shall for the present not give in extemo in proof of this all the passagee
that come into consideration here ; the publication of the complete Vinaya will
enable every one to form his own opinion.

THE VINAYA OLDER THAN THE SECOND COUNCIL, XXXVII

explamed, in order to cut off eyery doubt as to the sense.
Every one who knows the manner in which the discussion
proceeds in these texts will not hesitate^ with perfect con-
fidence, to draw the conclusion that, at the time when these
texts received their present form, nothing was as yet known
of the ten Yatthu of the Bhikkhus at Yes&lt. The dis-
cussion of the ten propositions is given in the form of an
account of the Council at Yes&U, as an appendix at the
end of the Yinaya ; this, I think, is the best proof of the
fact that when the dispute concerning the ten propositions
was being carried on, the Yinaya itself already existed, that

IT IS OLDER THAN THE CoUNCIL OF YEsALt.

Probably, however, not much older. If we fix the date
of the composition of the Yinayapitaka, as handed down
to us, too long BEFORE the Council held at Yes&li, we shall
thereby, first of all, come too close upon Buddha's own
day, and it is further opposed by the prophecy of P&tali-
putta being made the capital of the kingdom of Magadha,
as contained in the Yinaya.^ According to the statement
of Hlouen Thsang, King K&Msoka, in whose reign the
Council of Yesftli was held, is said to have changed his
residence, and removed to P&taliputta; and, indeed, the
royal residence had been removed there at the time
the Council was being held, if the report in the MahUvamsa
(p. 17, 1. 4) is correct. The removing of the residence of
the Magadha kings to P&taliputta must be anterior to the
redaction of the Yinaya Pitaka as we read it.

We shall now, in conclusion, draw up a list of the
successive events in the literary and ecclesiastical history
of the Buddhists, belonging to the period we have been
discussing.

1. The Genesis of the P&timokkha. The earUest begin-
nings of the Dhamma literature.

^ Mah&Tagga, YI. 28, 8. Compare Mah&parinibb. 8., p. 13.

XXXVIII CHRONOLOGICAL RESULTS.

2. The formation of the Commentary on the P&timokkha^

which is included in the Yibhanga.

3. The Yibhanga is compiled ; the Mah&yagga and the

Cullavagga are composed ; origin of the main sub-
stance of the Suttanta literature.

4. Council at VesAl!.

5. Origin of the legends of the Council at Rftjagaha;

composition of the closing chapter of the Yinaja.

6. Schisms in the Buddhist community ; origin of the

Abhidhamma.

7. Council at Patalifutta ; the Kath&vatthu.

If, as is justified by Asoka's inscriptions, we assume the
year 265 b.c. as the approximate date of his coronation,
and we calculate 118 years back from this to the Council
at Yesftlt — in accordance with the chronological system of
the Mah&yamsa and Dtpayamsa^-^we shall find the date

^ I agree perfectly with the remarkB made by Dr. Bilhler respecting the
Sinhalese chronology : " The smallneBs of the period, sixty years oi which are
besides covered by tne reiens of Candragupta and Bindusara, where Brahmans
and Buddhists agree in their figures, makes a considerable deyiation from the
truth improbable, and for practical purposes the number of years given by the
Buddhists may be accepted as a fact/' I believe I may be justified in agreeing
to this judgment of Dr. Biihler, even though I do not share his opinion that
the edicts of SahasrUm and Bupnfith contain an authentic confirmation of the
ohronological system of the Sinhalese, which is as old as the time of Asoka
himself. The statement in these inscriptions regarding the length of time
during which the king who set them up, remained a layman (upSisaka), does
not seem to me to have been correctly treated by Dr. Bilhler. The mscription of
Sahasr&m reads : | | | | | | i iy&ni savachalaoi ; the inscription of Rupn&th :
B&tirakek&ni a^ti |ni ya[8llj. Dr. Biihler's transcription of this inscription
reads aipiitisani ; in the drawing ia the Corput Imeriptionum (Vol. I. PI. XlY.^,
however, the penultimate is stated to be illegible, and the photo-zincograph in
the Indian Antiquary f June, 1877) seems to furnish the readme ya rather than sft
in the passage in question, and the reading yd is also confirmed oy the Sahasr&m
edict. It seems to me, therefore, that the only accredited reading is a^hitiy&ni
(or a^hatiyflni), and this is undoubtedly the same as a44hate3rya and a^dhatiya
of the Psili and a^^l^aij ja of the Jaina IV&k|it, which sig^es *< two and a halt."
The King, therefore, was not an IJpasaka for thirty-two and a half years and
more, but for thirty years less. Dr. Biihler's principal argument in favour of
the supposition that the inscriptions were made oy A^oka is this : that it is only
the long reign of this monarch, of all the kings of the Maurya dynasty, which
tallies with the numbers given in the inscriptions. My opinion is that the
inscriptions might have been made by any Maurya king, who had reigned for
at least about four years ; and the Community mentioned might be any one of
the numerous sects of that time, and — considering the expression ** vivutha " —
any other rather than the Buddhist. If the King was nevertheless Asoka, and
the Saipgha the Buddhist, the inscription would not confirm the chronology
of the Smhalese, it would oppose it.

CHBONOLOOICAL RESULTS. XXXIX

of this Conncil to fall somewhere about 383 b.c. From
what has been said aboye, the reyision of the Yinaya must
have been somewhere before that time, but not mUch earlier.
Henoe we shall be right in conjecturing that it was not
very far removed from 400 b.c. The error which might
possibly arise from the inaccuracy of this calculation
cannot at all events be a considerable one.

I do not think we shall be overestimating the literary
productivity of the Buddhist Samgha by considering it
possible that, during the first ninety years after Buddha's
death, it had produced a literature of this great compass,
and one so widely scattered in strata of an earlier and
later origin. Let us compare it with the literary produc*
tions that emanated from the Socratic school during the
seventy-seven years between the death of Socrates and that
of Aristotle, or with the works of Kant and the philo-
sophers who followed him, during the fifty years between
the publication of the Critic of Pure Reason and the death
of HegeL The period of Indian history of which we are
speaking was — ^this we must bear in mind — on the one
hand, most seriously affected by the religio-ascetic thoughts
which have created Buddhism; on the other hand, it
possessed a perfect mastery of the literary form. It is
most probable that other sects had preceded the Buddhists
in laying down their ordinances for the community and
their dogmatic principles in a Uterary form. What these
sects had accomplished the Buddhists made use of; and,
if nowhere else, they at all events found in the texts of
the Br&hma^a, of the Sfttra and Upanishad^ prototypes for
the development of a didactic material in a form appro-
priate for the further transmission to disciples. Fellow-
labourers in the work were to be foimd throughout the
whole Jambudlpa, wherever there were Bhikkhus to whom
the doctrines of Gotama Buddha had found their way.
Hence our opinion of the early origin of the Buddhist

XL DIVISION OF SCHOOLS.

texts, based as it is upon external proofs, does not clasli, but
agrees perfectly with the internal possibility and probability,^

We have hitherto endeavoured to describe the history
of the development of the Buddhist Vinaya-literature with-
out regard to the division of the schools, all of which
have their own texts.* We pass on to an examination
regarding that school, the Vinaya-texts of which have been
preserved to us in Ceylon, and of its position among the
other schools into which the Buddhist church divided itself.

^ The edict of Bair&i has been brought forward to oppose the great age of
the Buddhist Holy Scriptures in the form we now have them ; to me this seems
altogether wrone. King Asoka mentions in that edict a number of texts, the
study of which ne recommends to the fraternity and to laymen. He intended
in no way to draw up a list of all the sayings of Buddha which the King con-
sidered as authentic, but to give a selection of those which he held to be specially
deserving of study. The fact that only some of the titles mentioned in the
inscription have hitherto been met with in the texts cannot cause the slightest
hesitation. First of all the Pili texts have not yet been examined so completely as
will be necessary, and then we must remember that the same text was n-equently
known by severd titles. Compare, for instance, the names which Buddha ^ves
at the end of the Brahmaistlasutta (^Sept Suttas, p. 57) to this discourse TAtthajala,
Bhammajdla, Brahmajala, DitthijSla, Anuttarasamgamayijaya), or let us ask,
who, at a first glance, would recognize the identity^ of the Parajika and P&cittiya
with the Suttavibhanga, or the identity of the Agamas with the Nikslyas, etc.
Thus the " Moneyasuto," to which the inscription alludes, may be identical with
the S^afifiaphalasutta, if we must not rather identify it with the little discourse
contained in the Tikanipdta of the Anguttara-Nik^ya which benns : ** Tii^t-
mani bhikkhaye moneyyani" (see the Apayavafga; fol. jhai of the Phayre
MS.). The *<Munigatha" most probably are the twelfth Sutta of the Sutta-
nipslta. The " L&ghuloTslda,'' concerning falsehood, which is mentioned in the
inscription, \b the AmbalatthikarcLhuloYdaa, the six^-first among the Suttas of
the Maj jhima-Nikaya. The Vinayasamftkasa ( = vinaya-samakarsha) is, I
think, certainly not the Parivdra, as Mr. Darids once supposed. This work, at
least to judge from the P&li version which is the only one I know, is undoubtedly
of more recent date than Asoka ; besides, on account of its form, which is some-
what like an index, it was of all the Vinaya texts least of all adapted for being
studied in wider circles. The expression ^< substance of the Vinaya" seems to me
to apply very well to the P&timokkha. The meaning of the title AnagatabhayHni
can be gathered from the Arafifiikdnelgatabhayasutta of the Anguttaranikslya
(given in the Suttasamgaha, MS. Orient, fol. 939, of the Roy^ Library m
Berlin, fol. cam). This Sutta describes how the Bhikkhu, who lives a solitary life
in the forests, should have ever before him the dangers that might suddenly put
an end to his life— serpents, savaee animals, etc. (these are the '* fears oi the
future "), and such thoughts shoula lead him to exercise all his energies in order
to arrive at the goal of his religious strivii^.

* The opinion of Professor Wassiljew (Der Buddhismus, p. 68 of the German
translation), that the Vinaya literature was the same in aU the different schools,
is, strictly speaking, not correct. It is true, only, so far as has yet been discovered,
that the Vmaya of the different schools is based upon the same fundamental
redaction, but this original Vinaya has assumed very different forms in the dif-
ferent schools.

THE THERAVADl SCHOOL. XLI

Among the historical traditions of the Mah&vih&ra in
Ceylon/ there has been preseryed an account of the eighteen
sects which arose during the course of the second century-
after Buddha's death ; and we have several other similar
accounts from the northern records.^ The various names
in the different reports do not always correspond exactly ;
not only were different names given to the same school, but
in the course of time more than eighteen schools arose,
and the various reports selected from among these, first
one and then another, in order to produce the number
eighteen that had long been regarded as the established
number. However, in spite of the lists not agreeing
perfectly, we can, with sufficient certainty, discern several
large groups of schools that are closely allied among one
another.

Which is the school, the texts of which we have before
us in the Pali language? And with which other schools
was it most closely connected?

According to the traditions of the Sinhalese, one of the
schools possessed a claim to be considered as orthodox, on
account of its having held fast to the original tradition
of the Theras (mftlatherav&da) ; of course the Sinhalese
church considers itself as belonging to this party. That
the name ThbravAdi was not a mere title of honour which
the followers of this school applied to themselves alone,
but that their right to it was generally recognized, is evident
from the fact that Hiouen Thsang also gives this name
(" Chang-tso-pou ") to the Sinhalese community.

Now, in my opinion, it can be shown with tolerable
certainty that this same school bore another name in ad-
dition, that of the VibhajjavAdi (Yibhajyavftdinas). From'

i The hbtorical portions of the great Atthakatha of the ^^^^^^J^^^^^
the basiB not only of the historical statements of B'^ddhaghosa^but also of the
histories Dipayamsa and Mahavamsa. I intend to give a proof of this in my

'^''c'o^^ wLS" ..p. 249 ff., Taranatha, Geschichte des Bnddhismns
(German translation), p. 270 ff.

XLII THE VIBHAJJAVAdI SCHOOL.

the reports of the northern Buddhists, more especially those
of the Mah&samghik&s and Sammatiy&s/ we find, by the
side of two other groups of schools* which are in close
affinity, the following third group: the SarYastiy&dinas,
YiBHAJYAYADiNAS, Maht9&sak&s, Dharmaguptakfts, K&9ya-
piy&s, Samkr&ntiyis (by the side of the last we also find
the T&mra9&tty^ mentioned here, which seem to be
identical with or clearly related to them),' Now the his-
torical literature of Ceylon corresponding with the above
gives the following group : the THERAvlnt, Mahims&sak&y
SabbatthavMl, Dhammaguttik&, Kassapiki, Samkantik&»
Suttavftdi. If those names that are the same on both sides
are left out, the result would most probably be the identity
of the Therav&dl with the Vibhajyav&dinas.

Now this probability, it seems to me, becomes a certainty
by the account in the Mah&vamsa concerning the third
Council held under King Asoka. Asoka caused large
numbers of heterodox Bhikkhus to be expelled from the
community, and finally asked the true believers : * Which
doctrine did Buddha himself proclaim? They answered:
He was a VibhajjavAdi. Whereupon the King turned to
the Thera Moggaliputta : —

vibhajjav&dt sambuddho hoti bhante 'ti &ha so,

there &m& 'ti etc.*
The result seems certain : if the appellation Yibhaj jav&dl
was known as the name of a school, and the Sinhalese
tradition — ^and moreover in a passage where the point in
question was to distinguish the true from the false doctrines
—declared the foimder of the church to be a Vibhajjav&d!,

1 Tfiranatha, I. <?. pp. 271, 272.

* In the centre of one of these groops stand the Mah&samghiktlB ; in that of
the other the Vatsipntriy&s.

s Tclranatha, /. e. p. 273.

^ To the passage quoted ahove I add the following words I haye met with in a
subscription given by the Mah^TihUra monks to the third book of the CuUavagga :
** ficariy&nam yibhaj japad&nam (vibhajjavsldinaip P) TambapannidtpapasHdakE-
nam Mahdvih&raTdsinam." See also Minajeff, in his Introduction to the Pr&ti-
mokshn, p. ix.

THE THEBAyIdi Ain) THE MAHISAsAkA. XLIII

it is dear that the Sinhalese recognized that school as the
orthodox one, and reckoned themselves as belonging
to it.

A somewhat different statement is given by Fa Hian/
who makes the express remark that the Yinaya used in
Ceylon belonged to the Mahl9&sak&s. This cannot be
correct. For, in the first place, the Sinhalese themselves
considered the Mahi9&8akas as one of those sects which had
gone off from the true faith ; and, secondly, Hiouen Thsang
gives the sect which prevailed in Ceylon a different Chinese
name to that which he, as a rule, employs for the Ma-
Iii9&sakas. Yet this, at least, seems to result from Fah Hian's
statement : the Yinaya of the Mahi9&saka school must be
remarkably like the version of the Yinayapitaka handed
down ia Ceylon.^ Through the kindness of Mr. Beal I
have been enabled to make a beginning on the comparison
of the two versions. The task of proving in detail the
relation between the texts of the different schools must
be reserved for future investigations; it can scarcely be
doubted that a knowledge of the original form of the
Yinaya will, in this way, be attained with as much cer-
tainty as accuracy with regard to detail. It is self-evident
that first of all the Chinese translations of the Yinaya-
literature of several of the Buddhist schools must be
examined in detail. Persons acquainted with the Chinese
language, and who have access to these works, wiU be sure
to receive the thanks of all interested in the study of
Buddhism for every communication with regard to these
important literary documents. Meanwhile, however, it will
at all events be of interest to inquirers in this domain to
become acquainted at least with the arrangement of the

1 Beal, Buddhist Pilgrims, p. 165.

' It is probably not accidental that the Dipavamsa mentions the Mahiinsflsakcl
first among those schools which branched on from the Theravada, and that the
northern Buddhists also are in the habit of mentioning the Yibhajyavadinas and
the Hahi^dsakds side by side.

XLIV VINAYA OF THE MAHtslSAKA SCHOOL.

Yinaya of the MahigcLsaka-scliool, and to be enabled to
compare it with the Pfili Vinaya. I shall, therefore, here
communicate the remarks which Mr. Beal has had the
kindness to send me relating to the Mahi9&saka-school,
and I shall accompany these with notes, giving the cor-
responding data relating to the P&li yersion.
Mr. Beal writes :

1. "There is no division of the Chinese version of the
Buddhist Vinaya corresponding to tliat you name in the
Pali.^ In the case of the Mahis&sakas, the first section of
the FIRST DIVISION is called Po-lo-i, i.e. P&r&jika. The
second section of the first division includes the 23 (13 P)
Samgh^sesa rules. The third section of the first division
is called Wou-teng, i.e, the Anityft dhamm&. The fourth
section of the first division is called Shi-sah, which I take
to be = Nissaggiy&. The fifth section of the first division
includes the 91 (92 P) Picittiya rules.

2. "The SECOND division includes eight rules for the
Bhikkhimis, called the eight P&r&jika rules. The remain-
ing sections of this division contain rules for the Bhikkhunis
similar to those for the Bhikkhus.^

3. " The THIRD division contains, 1st, a life of buddha,'
2nd, Rules for ordination, residence during rainy season,
etc. This evidently corresponds to the Mahavagga of the
P&K.

4. "The fourth division contains, 1st, a section called
Mih-tsang, ue. Adhikarana-samatha, rules for avoiding
litigation, and 2nd, rules for holding sessions of priests
(Samgha-kamma) .^

5. The fifth division contains miscellaneous rules, and

1 This is the diYision into the fiye works P&rHjika, etc.

' As yet all the data agree exactly with the P&li Vibhanga, except that no
mention is here made of the short cliapters which in the Pali redaction come in
after the Pacittiya.

' This corresponds with the first chapters of the P&li Mahavagga.
' * This corresponds with the first four Khandhas of the CuUavagga.

TINAYA OF THE MAHisAsAKA SCHOOL. XLV

evidently agrees with the P&K Pariv&ra,* Under this last
diTision, we have in Chinese the history of the Councils.

'^In order to test the identity of the P&li and Chinese
versions, I will now give an outline of the first division,
as it is found in the MahisIsaka school.

"The FiBST SECTION commences with a reason why the
teaching of former Buddhas had- not endured, viz. that
like flowers, when not well fastened together, are scattered
by the wind, so the teaching of Buddha, if not systemati-
cally arranged and boimd together in order, would soon be
dispersed by the opposition of enemies and heretics.

"Buddha then accepts the invitation of a Brahman,
called Pi-lan-jo (Veraiija), to partake of hospitality during
the three months of wass. The Brahman forgets to fulfil
liis engagements, being immersed in bodily enjoyments ; at
the end of the three months Buddha goes to him and
reproves him for his neglect.*

m

'* Buddha then proceeds with his followers to the neigh-
bourhood of Yaisali, and here begins an account of the
transgressions against the Law meriting expulsion.

1. "The sin of Sudana Karandaputra,' who, having
become a disciple, was tempted by his wife to abjure his
vows of chastity.

2. " The story of a Bhikkhu* and a female monkey.

3. "A story about going to festivals and dances given
by non-believers.*

> More likely this section corresponds with the second half of the CuUavagga,
and a section corresponding with the Pariv^ is wanting in the Chinese Vinaya.
The story of the Councils which Mr. Beal mentions will he found in the Pali
VinaTa, at the end of the CuUavagga.

' All this corresponds exactly with the Introduction to the Yihhanga ; the
comparison also of me flowers wnich are scattered by the wind, is made use of in
the Pali text.

> Psili : Sudinno Kalandaputto.

* Tena kho pana samayena afifiataro hhikkhu Vesaliyaiii Mah&yane makka^ifi
toisena upaldpetva tassd methunam dhammam pa^eyati, etc.

* I do not find anything exactly corresponding with this in the Pali text.
Perhaps the foUowing is the passage meant : tena kho pana samayena sambahultl
Vesaiikd Vajjiputtaka bhikkhil ySyadattham hhufijiijisu, ydyadattham silpiiiiBU,
y&yadattham nahayimsu, ySyadatthaip hhufijitva . . . ayoniso manasikaritvA
. . . methunani dhammam patiseyiipsu.

XLVI VINATA OF THE MAHisASAKA SCHOOL.

4. '* Specific transgressions, and their degree and guilt.

6. " The story of Danaka/ a potter's son, whose wooden
house having been destroyed by thieves, he built him a
large stone house, which Buddha ordered to be pulled down.

6. **The story of a Eishi who was annoyed by the
visits of a N&gar&ja. Bodhisatva ordered the Kishi to ask
the Nftga for the Mani-gem concealed in his crest, on
which the N&ga ceased to come to the Bishi. This story
concludes with a g&th&:

* Men do not like beggars, and they soon learn to hate them,
The Nagaraja hearing words of begging went away and never
returned.' *

''The SECOND SECTION of this division is taken up with
stories about Devadatta.'

''The other sections are occupied with stories relating
to the subjects discussed in them, viz. with reference to
clothes, medicines, bedding and other matters.

" The SECOND DIVISION, relating to nuns,^ is occupied by
stories and instances of a similar character as those in the
first division.

"The THIRD DIVISION is occupied by a life of Buddha,
from his election in the time of Dipamkara down to the
conversion of S&riputra and Moggall&na." ^

So far Mr. Seal's commnnication in connexion with the
Yinaya of the Mahi9&sakfts.

^ Dhaniyo knmbliak&rapntta (second Pelr&jika).

' This stoiT belong to the second Sam^hadisesa dhamma. That the person
who advised tne Rishi was the Bodhisatva himself is not expressly stated; in fact,
it seems that in the earlier texts the stories related there of past times ('' bhflta-
pubbam ") were only in few cases connected with Buddha himself, and with the
persons snrronnding him, whereas this invariably happens in the Jfttaka collec-
tion. The verse is as follows : ^ ^

" na tain y&ce yassa piyam jigimse, videso hoti atiyftcandya.
n^lgo ina^im y&cito brahma^ena adassanafi fleva tad ajjnagamIL 'ti."

> Similar stories occur in the Pftli text in the discussion of the 10th and 11th
Samgh&diseBa dhamma.

«' Bhikkhuni-vibhahga.

6 This corresponds with the introductory chapter of the MahAvagga. The
StoTj in it does not begin with an account of Buddha's previous existences, but
begins with the time when he attained the dignity of a Buddha. It extends, like
the Chinese version, to the conversion of the two Aggasavaka.

DIPFEREKT VERSIONS OF THE VINAYA. XLVII

Of the Tibet Vinaya, the Vinaya of the Mah&sarv&sti-
T&diiias, we have the well-known detailed extracts of
GsoMA KoRosi.^ A comparison of the statements of these
two scholars relating to the texts that have been examined
by them, with the P&li Yinaya, leads with perfect certainty
to the following conclusion:

All of the different versions of the Yinaya are based upon
<me foundation; the arrangement of the material is the
same in aU ; a large portion of the stories interwoven in
the text correspond in all. It has been pointed out above,
that of the elements which constitute the Yibhanga
the narrative portions were added last; the addition of
these stories was made at an earlier period than that
in which the differences of the various schools arose. Even
the story of the first two Councils — ^which is clearly the
part of the t^Ui Yinaya last composed, is also met with
at the exactly corresponding place in the Yinaya of the
Mahl9&sakas, and of the Mahftsarv&stiv&dinas.

Hitherto, I have been unable to discover any traces in
the P&li Yinaya that the original text common to all
the various versions of the Yinaya has here experienced
any kind of alterations; and more particularly we find
here no kind of interpolations showing special refer-
ence to Geylon.^ The diction also and the archaic
colouring of the language is the same throughout the
whole Pftli Yinaya; the easily recognizable and charac-
teristic peculiarities of the later works admitted into the
Tipitaka, and still more of the Atthakath&s, are altogether
foreign to this Yinaya. Thus it seems to me very possible,
and even probable, that the P&li version represents the

^ Analysit of the Dulva in the Anatie ReHarehet, toL zx. especiallr p. 45 ff.
That the Tibet Vinaya belongs to the Mahdsonrdfltiy&dinas is stated by Waasiljew
{JBuddhismm, p. 96).

' Of the Sinhalese works, known to me, and which discuss Buddha's first
aciionfl after he became a Buddha, not one omits mentioning his attention to
Lank&. The Mahdvagga, although it treats of the same portion of Buddha's
life, knows nothing of this.

XLVIII THE pAlI version OF THE VINAYA.

Vinaya in Its original form, as it existed before the sepa-
ration of the schools, and that the claim of the Sinhalese
fraternity to possess the true Theravida is well-founded.
With regard to the two other schools, we can perceive
the existence of later additions even in the short quota-
tions from them which are all we as yet possess. These
additions are by no means altogether imknown to the
Sinhalese church, but they have there been placed in the
Atthakathfts, so that the text of the Tipitaka, as preserved
in Ceylon, has remained free from them.

With regard to the contents and the style of repre-
sentation, the P&li version has hitherto shown itself to be
the most original, if not the original version. But it
may with certainty be maintedned that in one respect, in
reference to the dialect, it differs from the original text.
No one acquainted with the earliest history of Buddhism
will entertain any doubt that the fundamental constituent
parts of its sacred texts were first fixed in the kingdom
of Magadha, and in the M&gadht language. It is certain
that the P&li language is not the M&gadhi language, and
it is unnecessary here to repeat the proofs which do not
leave the smallest room for doubt.^ Now, in the Culla-
vagga it is said that Buddha had decreed that every one
should learn the sacred texts in his own language.* This
story will scarcely induce us to believe that such a decree
proceeded from Buddha himself; however, it follows from
this story with the greater certainty — what is of more
importance for us— that at the time when the holy texts

1 Compare, E. Kuhn, BHtrdge sur Pdli-Orammatik, p. 7. Little as we can
believe tnat in the Fdli we have the Ma^adhi language itself, as little can we
assume that the Buddhist texts were originally brought to Ceylon in M&gadh!.
and that there, under the influence of the Sinhalese, the language became changea
into its present form, known as the P&li language ; for the ancient Sinhalese
language— as we at present know it from inscriptions— agrees with the Magadhi
in some of those very points which distinguish tne Magadht from the Pali.

* anujftntoi bhikkhave sak&ya niruttiya buddhavacanam pariyapnnitun ti.

THE pIlI language. XLIX

of the Buddhists were spread over India^ they were cer-
tainly not handed over to the different parts of India in
the M&gadhi language, but in the yemacular dialect pecu-
liar to the seyeral districts. It is probable that if the
Buddhist doctrines had, at that period, been adopted in
Ceylon also, and that the texts also had, at that time, been
brought oyer to Ceylon, the old Sinhalese language would
haye been the one used there for these texts, in the same
way as the yarious Indian dialects were used throughout
India.

The course of events was, in fact, a different one. The
Tipitaka was transplanted to Ceylon at a time when the
tradition of the holy texts had lost the character of elas-
ticity which allowed every one to take Buddha's words,
and to adapt them to his own language. A beginning
had already been made not only to watch over the sub-
stance of the words, but over the very letters themselves —
over IN'&ma, Linga and Parikkhftra, as is said in the Dipa-
vamsa. Thus Ceylon received the sacred traditions in the
language of Ihat part of India from which the Tipitaka
was brought over to the island, and in this same language
— ^which consequently became the sacred language of the
Buddhist community in Ceylon — ^the Sinhalese continued
to propagate the tradition.

This language is the PAli. But to what part of India
did the Pftli originally belong, and from whence did it
spread to Ceylon? There are two paths open for this
investigation. By discussing the historical tradition one
can inquire from which part of India Ceylon obtained its
knowledge of the Buddhist literature; and secondly, on
the basis of the ancient inscriptions, we may ask to what
geographical limits the grammatical peculiarities are con-
fined which distinguish the P&li language from the other
popular dialects of India? If no error is made in the
inquiry, the results obtained from these two pathjs must

L THE DIALECT OF UJJEXt,

agree. Our investigatioii will take up the first of these
paths^ and be continually controlled by the results that
present themselyes on the second of the two.

The tradition of the Sinhalese, we know, connects the
conversion of the island to the Buddhist belief with the
name of Mahinda (Mahendra), the son of King Asoka.
The Mah&vamsa ^ gives some details concerning the descent
and the birth of Mahinda. When Asoka, as a yoimg
prince, left for ITjjent, in order, at his father's command,
to undertake the regency of the country of Avantt, he,
on his way thither, and in the city of Cetiya — also called
Yidisa — married the daughter of a Setthi, and in Ujjenl
she gave birth to Mahinda. Asoka resided in Ujjeni
for ten years after the birth of Mahinda, but upon his
father's death he removed to Pfttaliputta, and undertook
the government of the whole kingdom. It is probable—
as probable as the whole account itself — that young Ma-
hinda lived in XJjjent with his father till the latter became
king.

On these data, Westergaard,^ and with him E. Kuhn,^
have assmned that Mahinda, when he spread the Buddhist
doctrines to Ceylon, made use of the language of his
native country, and that consequently the Pedi was the
dialect of Ujjeni.

This hypothesis seems to me to possess but little prob-
ability. For even though we credit the statements of the
historical books of the Sinhalese regarding the life of
Mahinda, it is little in keeping with these to assume that
the Prince made use of the Fjjeni dialect for his religious
work. Mahinda joined the Buddhist Samgha in his
twentieth year, six years after his father's being anointed,

^ Tumour's edition, p. 76.

' Ueber dm aelUttm Zeitraum der inditehen Oi9chiehi$ (Gennan tnuLBlatioxi,
p. 87).

' Mirage mr FAli-Grammatik^ p. 7.

MAHIKDA AND THE pAlI LANOTJAGE. LI

ten years after the beginning of Us father's reign. It
is hardly conceivable that he should have studied the
literature of Buddhism in the language of his child-
hood, at a time when he had eyidently for long lived
at the royal court in Pataliputta, and that he should not
rather have become acquainted with the works in the
language of the court, it being, moreover, the lan-
guage in which Buddha himself originally had taught his
people.

Another difficulty presents itself. We are not yet
acquainted, by inscriptions, with the Xljjeni dialect itself.
But we have a safe support in the inscriptions of Bhilsa,
which is identical with Yidisa, the home of Mahinda's
mother.^ A lively intercourse was carried on between
the town of Yidisa and the not very distant city of
Ujjeni, as we learn from the numerous inscriptions found
at Yidisa relating to citizens of Ujjent. The dialect of
the inscriptions of Bhilsa, however, differs in too many
essential points from the F&li for us to regard it as in
any way likely that the P&li language originated in this
part of India.

Thus there are difficulties that cannot be overcome as
long as we consider the traditions of the P&li Tipitaka
as connected with the person of Mahinda ; it is im-
possible both to identify the Pali with the language of
Mahinda's youth and with the court language of his
paternal home.

A fundamental mistake in the investigation seems to me
to lie in the fact of their making Mahinda play so decisive a
part In fact, it cannot by any means, with the requisite
strictness, be considered as sufficiently attested, that Mahinda
brought the sacred texts to Oeylon.

Asoka's own inscriptions tell us that in the reign of this
monarch steps were taken to propagate his beneficent maxims

> Bee Cimnmgliam, The Bhiha Topes, p. 95.

LII THE STORY OF MAHINDA.

in a number of other countries^ and bIbo in Ceylon ; ^ con-
sidering Asoka's well-known position towards Buddhisnii it is
also very likely that the missionaries who^ at his instigation,
went to Ceylon, were Buddhists. And hence, in all probability,
the stories of the Sinhalese concerning Mahinda may contain
some germ of historical truth. This germ, however, has
become surroimded by a coating of inventions which render
it impossible to place any faith in the traditions of Mahinda.
Prince Mahinda himseU, as the founder of the Ceylonese
Bhikkhusamgha, the Princess Samghamitt&, his sister, as
the foundress of the Bhikkhunisamgha, the stories about
bringing over the relics and the Bodhi-branch : — all this
looks like a tissue of a little truth and a great deal of
fiction, invented for the purpose of possessing a history of
the origin of the Buddhist institutions in the island, and
to connect it with the most distinguished person conceivable
— the great Asoka. The historical legend is fond of poeti-
cally exalting ordinary occurrences into great and brilliant
actions ; we may assume that, in reality, many things were
accomplished in a more gradual and less striking manner
than such legends make them appear. Whatever we may
choose to think about the Buddhist impulses that are said to
have reached Ceylon from the court of Asoka, in my opinion
the naturalization of the whole great Buddhist Literature
in the island of Ceylon does not look as if it had been
brought about by the sudden appearance of missionaries
from the Magadha kingdom, but as if it were the fruit of
a period of long and continued intercourse between Ceylon
and the adjacent parts of India. It is self-evident that,
at all times, there must have been a greater amount of
intercourse between Ceylon and the peninsula of the Deccan
— ^more particularly the countries along the shore — than
between Ceylon and Hindostan. Those acquainted with the
ancient records relating to Ceylon will know of numerous

^ Second rock edict ; C&rpui Inseript. p. 66.

THE LANGUAGE OF "^HE DECCAN. LIII

proofs with regard to the relations in wliicli Ceylon stood
to the kingdom of K^nga,^ and in such a case we should
scarcely require any express proofs at all. The Kalinga
country, or one of the adjacent kingdoms of Southern India,
seems to me to have the most claim to haying been the medium
for transplanting the Buddhist literature into Ceylon,

In corroboration of this conjecture, I appeal, in the first
place, to the geographical distribution of the Buddhist
schools in India, according to the statements of* Hiouen
Thsano. The followers of the Sthavira school (Chang-tso-
pou), which predominated in Ceylon, are not mentioned by
the Chinese trayeller as met with in those parts of northern
India, which have to be regarded as the true seat of ancient
Indian ciyilization.^ The chief seats of this school — apart
from Ceylon — ^are situated on the eastern shores of India,
beginning at the mouths of the Ganges, and southwards, in
the dominion of the Kaliiiga and in the country of the
Dr&yida; further, on the west coast in those parts which
also stood in connexion with Ceylon, in Bharukaccha and
Sur&shtra;^ in the MaJaya kingdom the school is not ex-
pressly named, but mention is made of a monastery said to
have been founded by Mahuida.^ It may be added that the
same school also, probably, had its seats in the dominion of
the Andhra, the neighbours of the Kalinga. Buddhaghosa
frequently speaks of the views expressed in the Atthakath&
of the Andhra, so that it is a very likely supposition that the

1 Bnrnoof-Lassen, JBuai »ur U PAliy p. 44; Megiuihenet, ed. Schwanbeck,
p. 176; MahAvamaaf p. 241; Journ, Bay, At, Soc, N.S. Yol. yii. p. 160 and
{ollowiDg.

^ To tnis there is bnt one exception, whicli is, howeyer, only an apparent one.
There was at Gaylt, in the immediate Ticinity of the Bodhi-tree, a monastery
belonging to the school Chang-tsp-pon (if. Tht. iii. p. 487 ^ teg.), bnt it had
been founded by a Ceylonese king, and always remained in connexion with
Ceylon. This monastery is of interest from the fact that in all probability it has
played an important part in the life of Bnddhaghosa. He was bom ** bodhimanda-
samipamhi" (Mahdvaipsa, p. 250); the place where he receiyed the instigation to
trayel to Ceylon was most Hkely this yery monastery.

3 J7. Th». iii. pp. 82, 92, 119, 164, 165.

* Ibid. p. 121.

LIV SOUTH INDIAN INSCRIPTIONS.

Attliakatli& of the Andhra referred to the same redaction of
the texts to which Buddhaghosa made a commentary.^

Perhaps, when we possess a larger number of ancient
inscriptions from the kingdoms of the Andhra, Kalinga,
and neighbouring tribes, we shall with greater certainty be
enabled to determine which was the original home of the
PAli lang^ge. But even the inscriptions to which I, at
present, have access, in my opinion, justify the assertion
that the home of the Pali lang^ge must, for better reasons,
be looked for more to the south than to the north of the
Yindhya mountains. Look at the inscription of the mother
of S&takanni,^ King of the Anbhra, found at N&sik, or the
important, but imf ortunately, as yet, partially imintelligible
rock-inscription of Aira M&hameghavfthana,^ King of the
Kalinga, discovered in Ehandagiri. It will be foimd that
the differences between the dialect of these inscriptions and
the Pali are not greater than can readily be explained from
casualties relating to the different manner in which the
texts were handed down on both sides.^

What I have said above will, I hope, give a certain
probability to my supposition that the version of the
Tipitaka preserved in Ceylon and its dialect the P&li
were brought to the island from the peninsula of South
India, probably from the kingdoms of the Andhra or
Ealiiiga. In this way we lose, it is true, a fixed date for
this event, such as is given in the story about Mahinda ;

^ This, however, cannot be regarded as certain; the indications riyen by
Minayeff in his Introduction to the PratimokBha (p. yiii. adn. 11) would lead to
a different view.

* No. 26 of the inscriptions collected by West (Joum. Boy. As. Soc. Bombay,
vol. vii.).

s CorpUB Ifuerip, Plate XYII.

* There is an interesting example, by which it can be shown that in one
instance at least an apparent disagreement between the orthojrraphy of the P&li
and that of the inscriptionB dia not exist at the time of Eacc&yana, but was
introduced into P&U at a later period; the spelling bb of the P&li (sabba, etoX
where the inscriptions give v, that is, w (saya, etc.). Both Kern and Goldschmiat
haye made use of the spelling bb^ in disputing the great age of the Pdli hinguage.
Thus it is an important fact that Kaccd.yana did not write dibbate, but £yyate
(yi. 2, 10, p. 236 ed. Senart).

CHRONOLOGY OF THB VIWATA. LV

we have no longer any right to regard Asoka's reign as
precisely the date of the separation of the northern and
southern tradition of the Tipitaka. The events which,
according to our view of the matter, take the place of
Mahinda's journey as a missionary, namely, the school
Chang-tso-pou becoming naturalized in Southern India,
more especially in the countries on the coasts, and its
doctrines spreading to Ceylon, are such as do not admit
as yet of any chronological determination. However, our
investigations regarding the origin of the Yinaya offer
some compensation for the chronological supports that are
lost. If the view put forth above is correct — ^according
to which the first four portions of our version of the
Vinaya received the fixed form in which we now possess
them about a century and a half before the time of
Asoka, except as regards the dialect — ^there can scarcely
be any great cause for lamenting the loss of those other
chronological data.

It cannot be a matter of indifference to any branch of the
inquiries into the development of the ancient Indian mind,
whether we can safely assume the origin of a collection
of works of such great compass and of such varied sub-
stance as the Buddhist Yinaya, to have been a century
and a half earlier than the origin of those literary
docoments which were hitherto believed the oldest of
those, the origin of which can be traced to a certain time.
May those eminent scholars who have solved many a tough
problem in the domain of P&li and of the Buddhist
literature, lend us their assistance in leading the inves-
tigations which these observations are desired to excite,
to safe conclusions !

Before I conclude, I beg to express my sincere thanks
to the Boyal Academy of Sciences in Berlin and to the
India Office in London, by whose support I have been

LVI CHRONOLOGY OF THE VINAYA.

enabled to publish this work. The India Office Library,
the Royal Library in Berlin, and, at the request of the
German Imperial Foreign Office, the Bibliothdque Rationale
in Paris, have, with the utmost kindness, placed at my
disposal the manuscripts upon which the edition is based.
I beg to express my gratitude also to the high authorities
and to the administrators of these libraries.

The Editor.

Bbblin,
May, 1879.

YINAYAPITAKAM.

MAHAVAGGA.

Namo tassa bhagavato araliato samm&sambuddliafisa.

I.

Tena samajena buddho bhagavft TJruyelftyam viharati
najj& NeraiLjar&ya tire bodhirukkhamiile pathamllbhisam-
baddho. atha kho bhagavft bodhirukkhamiile satt&ham eka-
pallankena nisldi Timuttisukhapatisamvedi. ||1|| atha kho
bhagavft rattiyft pathamam y&mam paticcasamupp&dam
anulomapatilomam manas' fik&si : ayijj&paccay& samkh&r&y
8amkh&rapacoay& viiin&nani, yi£iii&napaccay& n&mai^pam,
n&mariipapaccay& sal&yatanam, Bal&yatanapaccayft phasso,
pha8sapaccay& yedanft, Tedan&paccay& tanhft, tanh&paccay&
upftd&nam^ up&d&napaocay& bhavo, bhayapaccay& j&ti, jftti-
paccayi jarimaranam BokaparideTadukkhadomanasaupAy&aA
sambhayanti. eyam etassa keyalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
Bamudayo hoti. ayijjftya ty eya a8e8ayir&gaiiirodb& samkhft-
ranirodho. samkh&ranirodhft yinMnanirodho, yiiiiilliianirodh&
n&mariipanirodhoy n&niar(ipanirodh& sal&yatananirodho, salft-
yatananirodhft phassanirodhoy pha8sanirodh& yedan&nirodho,
yedaiiftnirodh& tanh&nirodho, tanh&nirodh& up&d&nanirodho,
up&d&iiamrodh& bhayanirodho, bhayanirodhft j&tinirodho, j&ti-
nirodh& jar&maranam sokapaTideyadiikkhadoTiianassup&y&8&
nirujjhanti. eyam etassa keyalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
VOL. in. 1

2 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 1. 2-2. 2.

nirodlio hottti. 11 2 1| atha kho bhagavft etam attham yiditvft
t&yam yel&yani imam udftnam ud&nesi :

yad& have p&tubhayanti dhammft &t&pino jh&yato br&h-

manassa
ath' assa kankh& vapayanti sabb& yato paj&n&ti sabetu-

dbamman ti. || 3 1|

atba kho bbagay& rattiy& majjhimam y&mam paticca-
samuppftdam anulomapatilomam manas' kkiai : aYijj&paccay&
samkb&r&, 8amkb&rapaccay& yinfi&nain, Yinii&napaccay& ii&-
mar&pam — la — evam etassa kevalassa dukkbakkhandhassa
samudayo boti — pa — nirodbo hotlti. ||4|| atha kho bhagay&
etam attham Yidity& tftyam vel&yam imam ud&nam ud&nesi :

yad& have p&tubhayanti dhamm& &t&pino jh&yato br&h-

manassa
ath' assa kankh& yapayanti sabbA yato khayam paccay&-

nam ayedtti. ||5||

atha kho bhagayll rattiyH pacchimam y&mam paticca-
samuppadam anulomapatilomam manas' &k&si : ayijj4paccay&
samkh^ri, samkh&rapaccay& yifLii&nam — gha — eyam etassa
keyalassa dukkbakkhandhassa samudayo boti — pa — nirodbo
botiti. II 6 II atha kho bhagay& etam attham yidity& t&yam
yel&yam imam ud&nam ud&nesi :

yad& haye p&tubhayanti dhammi at&pino jh&yato br&h-

ma^assa
yidhApayam titthati M&rasenam suriyo 'ya obhftsayam

antalikkhan ti. || 7 1|

bodhikath& nittbiti. ||li|

atha kho bhagay& satt&bassa accayena tamh& Bam&dhimh&
yutthahity& bodhirukkham&l& yena Ajap&lanigrodho ten'
upasamkamiy upasamkamityft Ajap&lanigrodharukkhamiUe
sattabam ekapallankena nisidi yimuttisukhapatisamyedt. ||1||
atha kho aiiiiataro huhuiikaj&tiko br&hmano yena bha-
gay& ten' upasamkami, upasamkamity& bbagayat& saddbim
sammodi, sammodanlyam katham B&ranlyam yitisftretyft ekam-
antam attb&si, ekamantam tbito kho so br&hmano bhaga-

1. 2. 2-4. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 3

vantam etad avoca : kitt&Tat4 du kho bho Gotama br&h-
mano hoti katame ca pana brfthmanakara^ft dhamm& 'ti. || 2 1|
atha kHo bhagay& etam attham yiditvA t&yam Yelijam m^m
udanam ud&nesi :

yo br&hmano b&bitap&padhammo nihuhunko nikas&yo

yatatto
yedantagii yufiitabrahmaoariyo, dhammena bo br&hmaQo

brahmayftdam yadeyya,
yass' ussadft n' atthi kuhiflci loke 'ti. || 3 1|

Ajap&lakathft nittliit&. ||2||

atba kho bbagay& satt&hassa accayena tamh& sam&dhimhft
yutthabity& Ajap&laiiigrodbam(lI& yena Muoalindo ten'
upasamkaim, upasamkamityll Mucalindamiile Batt&ham eka-
pallankena nisldi yimnttisukhapatisamyedl. ||1|| tena kho
pana samayena mahaakftlamegho udap&di satt&hayaddalikft
sitayHtaduddinl. atha kho Mucalindo n&gar&j& sakabhayani
nikkhamityH bhagayato k&yam sattakkhattum bhogehi pa-
rikkhipityft upari muddhani mahantam phanam karityd
atthfted : msl bhagayantam sltam, mk bhagayantam unhaniy
mk bhagayantam damsamakakty&t&tapasirimsapasamphasso
'ti. II 2 II atha kho Mucalindo n&gar&j& satt&hassa accayena
yiddham yigatayal&hakam deyam yidity& bhagayato k&y&
bhoge yiniyethetyft sakaya^i^am patisamharityH m&nayaka-
yannam abhimmminity& bhagayato pnrato atthfiai afijaliko
bhagayantam namassam&no. ||3|| atha kho bhagayft etam
attham yidity& t&yam yel&yam imam ud&nam ud&nesi :

sukho yiyeko tutthassa sutadhammassa passato^
ayy&pajjham sukham loke panabh&tesu samyamo.|
8iikh& yir&fi:at& loke k&m&nam samatikkamo.
asnumftoaTyo .inayo etam ve pai^mam s^han ti. ,,4„

Mucalindakatha nitthit^. ||3||

atha kho bhagay& satt&hassa accayena tamh& samftdhimh&
yutthahity& MucalindamttUl yena £&j&yatanam ten' upa-
samkamiy upasamkamity& R&j&yatanam{kle satt^ham eka-
paUankena nisidi yimuttisnkhapatisamyedi. ||1|| tena kho

4 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 4. 2-5. 2.

pana samayena Tapu88abliallik& v&nij& Ukkalft tarn
desam addh&namaggapatipann& honti. atha kho Tapussa-
bhallik&nam T&nij&nam fiati salohitft devat& Tapussabhallike
y&nije etad avoca: ayam mftri8& bhagavft B&j&yatanamMe
viharati patham&bliisambuddho, gacchatha tam bhaga-
yantam manthena ca madhupi^dik&ya ca patim&netba, tam
vo bhavissati digharattam hit&ya 8ukh&y& 'ti. || 2 1| atha kho
TapussabhaUiki vanij4 manthaft ca madhupmdikaii ca ftdftya
yena bhagavjl ten' upasamkamimsu, upasamkamitvH bhaga-
yantam abhiy&dety& ekamantam atthamsu, ekamantam thit&
kho TapossabhaUikft yanija bhagavantam etad ayocuni : pati-
gacih&tu no bhante bhagay& manthafL ca madhupindikafi ca
yam amh&kam assa digharattam hit&ya Bukh&y& 'ti. ||3||
atha kho bhagayato etad ahosi: na kho tath&gat& hatthesu
patiganhanti. kimhi nu kho aham patiganheyyam manthaii
ca madhapindikafL c& 'ti. atha kho catt&ro Mah&rftj&no
bhagayato cetasd. cetopariyitakkai^ anMya catuddisft catt&ro
selamaye patte bhagayato upanftmesum : idha bhante bhagayd.
patiganh&tu manthaii ca madhupindikan c& 'ti. patiggahesi
bhagav& paccagghe selamaye patte manthaii ca madhupindi-
kaii ca patiggahety& ca paribhunji. ||4|| atha kho Tapussa-
bhallike y&nijft bhagayantam onitapattapsLnim yidity& bhaga-
yato pMesu siras& nipatity& bhagayantam etad ayocum : ete
mayam bhante bhagayantam sara:(iam gacch&ma dhammaii
ca, up^ke no bhagay& dh&retu ajjatagge p&nupete saranam
gate 'ti. teya loke pathamam up&sak& ahesum dyey&-
cik&. II 5 II

Il&jayatanakath& nitthitft. ||4||

atha kho bhagay& sattfthassa accayena tamh& sam&dhimh&
yutthahitv& R&jayatanam(il4 yena Ajap&lanigrodho ten'
upasamkami, upasamkamity^ tatrfi sudam bhagay& Ajap&lani-
grodhamdle yiharati. || 1 1| atha kho bhagayato rahogatassa
patisallinassa eyam cetaso parivitakko udap&di : adhigato
kho my &yam dhammo gambhiro duddaso duranubodho santo
panlto atakk&vacaro nipuno panditayedaniyo. &layar&m& kho
pan&yam pajft dlayarat& &layasammudit&. dlayar&m&ya kho
pana paj&ya alayarat&ya ilayasammuditftya duddasam idam

1. 6. 2-7.] MAHAVAGGA. 5

tb&nam yad idam idappaocayat& paticcasamuppftdo, idam pi
kho th&nam sudaddasam yad idam sabbasamkh&rasamatho
BabbApadhipatiaissaggo tanhakkhayo yir&go nirodho mbb&-
nam. ahafi ceva kho pana dhammam deseyyam pare ca me na
&j&neyyiiiny so mam' assa kilamatho, 8& mam^ assa yihesA
'ti. II 2 II api 'ssu bbagavantam im& aiiacGhariy& g&th&yo
patibhamjsu pubbe assutapubb& :

kiccbena me adbigatam halam d&ni pakftsituniy
r&gadosaparetehi nftyam dhammo susambudbo.l
patisotag&mi nipunam gambbiram duddasam a^mn
rdgaratt& na dakkbanti tamokbandhena llyut& 'ti. || 3 1|

iti ha bhagayato patisancikkbato appossukkatdya cittam
namati no dbammadesanftya. atba kho Brahmuno Saham-
patisBa bhagayato cetasft cetopariyitakkam a£m&ya etad ahosi:
nassati yata bho loko, yinassati yata bho Ioko> yatra hi n&ma
tatb&gatassa arahato samm&sambuddhaissa appossukkat&ya
cittam namati no dhammadesan&yft Hi. || 4 1[ atha kho
Brahm& Sabampati, seyyatb&pi n&ma balayft puriso sam-
mi£Ljitazn y& b&ham pas&reyya paa&ritam y& b&ham sammi-
fijeyya, eyam eya Brahmaloke antarahito bhagayato purato
paturahosi. ||5 1| atha kho Brabm& Sahampati ekamsam utta-
r&sangam karity& dakkhinafi j&numandalam pathayiyam ni-
hanty& yena bhagayll ten' afijalim pan&mety|l bhagayantam
etad ayoca : desetu bhante bhagay& dhammam, desetu sugato
dhammam, santi sattft apparajakkhaj&tikft assayanatH dham-
massa parih&yanti, bhayissanti dhammassa aftii&t&ro 'ti. ||6||
idam ayoca Brahm& Sahampati, idam yaty& ath&param etad
ayoca:

p&turahosi Magadhesu pubbe dhammo asuddho samalehi

cintito,
apapur' etam amatassa dy&ram sunantu dhammam yima<

len&nubaddham. |
sele yathft pabbatamuddhini thito yath&pi passe janatam

samantato,
tath' {ipamam dhammamayam sumedha p&s&dam &ruyha

samantacakkhu

6 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 5. 7-12.

8ok&yati;i^ati janatam apetasoko avekkhassu j&tijarftbbi-

bli{Ltaiii.|
utthehi yira yijitasamg&ma satthav&ha anana vicara loke,
deeetu bhagavft dhammam aoMt&ro bhaviasantiti. ||7

evam vutte bhagav^ Brahm&nam Sahampatim etad avoca :
mayham kho Brahme etad ahosi : adbigato kho my ftyam
dhammo gambhtro duddaso duranubodho . . . 8& mam' assa
yiheslt 'ti, api 'ssu mam Brahme im& anacchariyft gftth&yo
patibhamsu pubbe me assutapubbll . . . kvutk 'ti. iti ha
me Brahme patisaflcikkhato appoasukkat&ya cittam namati
no dhammadesanftyft 'ti. || 8 1|

dutiyam pi kho Brahmft Sahampati bhagavantam etad
avoca: deeetu bhante bhagav& dhammam . . . anMt&ro
bhavissantiti. dutiyam pi kho bhagay& Brahm&nam Saham-
patim etad avoca: mayham pi kho Brahme etad ahosi:
adhigato kho my &yam dhammo gambhiro duddaso duranu-
bodho . . . 8& mam' assa vihesft 'ti. api 'ssu mam Brahme
im& anacchariy^ g&th&yo patibhamsu pubbe me assutapubbtl
. . . &vut& 'ti. iti ha me Brahme patisaficikkhato appossu-
kkat&ya cittam namati no dhammadesanllyft 'ti. ||9 1|

tatiyam pi kho Brahm& Sahampati bhagavantam etad
avoca: desetu bhante bhagavft dhammam . • . anfi&t4ro
bhavissantiti. atha kho bhagav& Brahmuno ca ajjhesanam
viditv^ sattesu ca k&runilatam paticca buddhaca1d£hun& lo-
kam volokesi. addasa kho bhagav& buddhacakkhun& lokam
volokento satte apparajakkhe mah&rajakkhe tikkhindriye
mudindriye sv&k&re dvftk^re suviiiii&paye duvifLii&paye appe-
kacce paralokavajjabhayadass&vino viharante. ||10|| seyya-
th&pi n&ma uppaliniyam v& paduminiyam v& pundarikiniyam
v& appekacc&ni uppal&ni v& padum&ni v& pundarik&ni v&
udake j&t&ni udake samvaddh&ni udak&nuggat&ni antoni-
muggaposini, appekacc&ni uppal&ni v& padumftni v& pun4ari-
kftni v& udake j&t&ni udake samvaddh&ni samodaka^ thitdni,
appekaoc&ni uppal&ni v& padum&ni v& pui^darik&ni v& udake
jftt&ni udake samvaddh&ni udakft accuggamma thit&ni anupa-
litt&ni udakena, ||11|| evam eva bhagav& buddhacakkhun&
lokam volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mah&rajakkhe

1. 6, 12-6. 6.] MAHAVAGGA. 7

tikkhindriye mudindriye BT&k&re dv&k&re suviiifi&paye duvi-
fiil&paye appekaoce paralokayajjabhayadass&yino viharante,
dtsv&ua Brahm&nam Sahampatim g&th&ya ajjhabh&si :

ap&nit& teeam amatassa dy&r& ye sotavantOy pamuficantu

saddliam.
yiliimsasaiiiii pagunam na bhftsi dhammam panitam manu-

jeeu Brahme 'ti. II 12 II

atha kho Brahmft Sahampati kat&vakcLso kho 'mhi bhagavatA
dhammade8aQ&y& 'ti bhagavantam abhiY&dety& padakkhinam
katvA tattV ey' antaradhayi. ||13||

Brahmay&canakat}i& nitthitd. ||5ll

atba kho bhagavato etad ahosi : kassa nu kho aham patha-
mani dhammam deseyyam, ko imanx dhammani khippam eva
ajftnijasatiti. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi : ayam kho
Al&ro K&l&mo pandito yyatto medh&vi dlgharattam appa-
rajakkhaj&tiko. yam n&n&ham A}&rassa E&I&massa patha-
mam dhammam deseyyam, so imam dhammam khippam eva
&j&ni88attti. H 1 1| atha kho antarahitd devatft bhagavato &ro-
cesi: satt&hak&lamkato bhante A\kvo E&I&mo Hi. bhaga-
vato pi kho Mnam udap&di satt&hak&lamkato Al&ro E&l&mo
'tL atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi : mah&j&niyo kho Al&ro
K&l&mo^ sace hi so imam dhammam suneyya, khippam eva
&j&aeyy& 'ti. ||2|| atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi : kassa nu
kho aham pathamam dhammam deseyyani, ko imam dham-
mam khippam eva &j&nis8atiti. atha kho bhagavato etad
ahosi : ayam kho Uddako B&maputto pandito vyatto
medh&vl dlgharattam apparajakkhaj&tiko. yam ndn&hain
Uddakassa R&maputtassa pathamam dhammam deseyyam, so
imam dhammam khippam eva &j&nissatiti. ||3i| atha kho
antarahitH devat& bhagavato &rocesi : abhidosak&Iamkato
bhante TJddako R&maputto 'ti. bhagavato pi kho fia^am
adapftdi abhidosak&lamkato TJddako B&maputto 'ti. atha
kho bhagavato etad ahosi : mahllj&niyo kho TJddako IUlma«
puttOy sace hi so imam dhammam suneyya, khippam eva
&j&neyy& 'ti. ||4|| atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: kassa nu
kho aham pathamam dhammam deseyyam, ko imam dham-

8 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 6. 6-10.

mam khippam eva ^j^nissatlti. atha kho bhagavato etad
ahosi: bah(ipak&rft kho 'me paficavaggiyft bhikkhti, ye
mam padhftnapahitattam upattbahimsir. yam ii(in&ham pafi-
cayaggiy&nam bhikkhiinam pathamam dhammam deseyyan
ti. II 5 II atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: kaham nu kho
etarahi paficaTaggiyft bhikkhill yiharantiti. addasa kho bha-
gaY& dibbena cakkhun& yisuddhena atikkantam&nuBakena
paftcavaggiye bhikkhd B&rft^asiyam viharante Isipatane mi-
gad&ye. atha kho bhagavi IJruYel&yani yath&bhirantam vi-
haritY& yena B&r&^ast tena c&rikam pakk&mi. ||6 1| addasa
/' kho TJpako ftjlviko bhagayantam antar& ca Oayam antar&
ca bodhim addh&namaggapatipannamy disy&na, bhagayantam
etad ayoca : vippasannftni kho te ftvuso indriy&ni, parisuddho
chayiyai^Lo pariyod&to. kam 'si tyam &yuso uddissa pabba-
jito, ko y& te satthft, kassa y& tyam dhammam rocesiti. || 7 1|
eyam yutte bhagay& Upakam djiyikam g&th&hi ajjhabh&si :

sabb&bhibhilt sabbayidft 'ham asmi sabbesu dhammesu anu-

palitto
sabbafLjaho ta^hakkhaye vimutto, sayam abhimi&ya kam

uddiseyyam.}
na me &cariyo atthi, sadiso me na yijjati,
sadeyakasmim lokasmim n' atthi me patipuggalo.j
aham hi arah& loke, aham satthd. anuttaro,
eko 'mhi samm&sambuddho, sitibhiito 'smi nibbato.|
dfaammacakkam payattetmn gacchftmi K&sinam puram,
andhabhiitasmi lokasmim fthafihi amatadudrabhin ti. ||8||

yath& kho tyam &yuso patij&nftsi arah' asi anantajino 'ti :

mftdis& ye jin& honti ye pattft Asayakkhayam,
jitH me p&pak& dhamm& tasm&ham Upaka jino 'ti«

eyam yutte Upako ftjiviko hupeyya &yuso 'ti yatvft slsam
okampety& ummaggam gahety& pakk&mi. ||9|| atha kho
bhagay& anupubbena cftrikam caram&no yena B&r&nasi
Isipatanamigad&yo yena pafLcayaggiy& bhikkhfi ten' upa-
samkami. addasamsu kho paiicayaggiy& bhikkhft bhaga-
yantam diirato 'ya ftgacchantam, disy&na aiiflamafiiiam san-
thapesum : ayam &yuso samano Gotamo &gacchati b&hulliko

1. 6. 10-15.] MAHAVAGGA. 9

padh&navibbhanto &yatto bftlmll&ya. so n' eya abbiv&de-
tabbo na paccuttb&tabbo n&ssa pattactvaram patiggaheta-
bbaniy api ca kbo ftsanam tbapetabbam, sace ikankhissati
nisidissatlti.ll 10 1| yatb^-yatb^ kho bhagay& pailcayagg:iye
bbikkhft upasamkamati, tatha-tatb& te paiicayaggiy& bhi-
kkhii sak&ya katik&ya asa^tbabanlA bhagayantam paccu-
ggantyft eko bbagayato pattactyaram patiggabesi, eko ftsa-
nam paiiMpesi, eko padodakam pAdapitham pftdakatbalikam
upanikkbipi. nisidi bbagay& paiinatte Asane, nisajja kho
bhagay& pftde pakkb&lesi. api 'ssu bhagayantam n&mena ca
&yu8oy&dena ca samud&caranti. ||11|| eyam yutte bhagayft
pancayaggiye bhikkhii etad ayoca : m& bhikkhaye tath&-
gatam n&mena. ca &yu8oy&dena ca samud&caratha. araham
bhikkhaye tath&gato sammftsambuddho. odahatha bhikkha-
ye sotam, amatam adhigatam, aham anusfts&mi, aham dham-
mam desemL yath&nusittham tath& patipajjam&na na
cirass' eya grass' atth&ya kalaputt& sammad eya agArasm&
anag&riyam pabbajanii^ tad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyo-
B&nam dittheyaj dhamme sayam abhiilii& sacchikaty& upa-
sampajja yiharissathH 'ti. ||12|| eyam yutte paficayaggiyft
bhikkhCl bhagayantam etad ayocum : t&ya pi kho tyam ftyuso
Gotama cariyftya tftya patipad&ya tiya dukkarak&rik&ya n'
ey' ajjhagi uttarimanussadhammam alamariyaii&nadassana-
yisesam, kim pana tyam etarahi b&hnlliko padh&nayibbhanto
ftyatto b&huU&ya adhigamissasi uttarimanussadhammam ala-
mariyafi&igLadassanayisesan ti. ||13|| eyam yutte bhagay&
pailcayaggiye bhikkhii etad ayoca : na bhikkhaye tath&gato
b&hullikoy na padh&nayibbhanto, na &yatto b&huUftya. ara-
ham bhikkhaye tath&gato sammftsambnddho. odahatha bhi-
kkhaye sotam, amatam adhigatam, aham anus&s&mi^ aham
dhammam desemi. yath&nusittham tath& patipajjam&n& na
cirass' eya yass' atth&ya kulaputt& sammad eya ag&rasm&
anag&riyam pabbajanti, tad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyo8&-
nam dittheya dhamme sayam abhififi& sacchikatyft upasam-
pajja yiharissath& 'ti. || 14 1| dutiyam pi kho paflcayaggiy&
bhikkhii bhagayantam etad ayocum — pa — , dutiyam pi kho
bhagay& paficayaggiye bhikkhii etad ayoca — pa — , tatiyam pi
kl^o paiicayaggiy& bhikkhd bhagayantam etad ayocum : tftya

10 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 6. 15-22.

pi kho tyam ^voso Gotama cariy&ya t&ya patipad&ya . • .
alamariyaMnadassanavisesan ti. ||15|| evam vutte bhagav&
paficavaggiye bhikkhii etad avoca : abhij&n&tha me no tumhe
bhikkhaye ito pubbe eyartipam bh&sitam etan ti. no h'
etain bhante ^ti, arahani bhikkhaye tath&gato samm&sam-
buddho. odahatha . . . yiharis8ath& Hi. asakkhi kho bha-
gayft pafk;ayaggiye bhikkhii samyipetum. atha kho paiica-
yaggiyft bhikkhtl bhagayantam puna sussiisiinsu sotam oda-
himsu afifULcittam upatth&pesum. || 16 il

atha kho bhagay& paficayaggiye bhikkhd ftmantesi: dye
'me bhikkhaye ant& pabbajitena. na seyitabbft. katame dye.
yo c&yam k&meeu k&masukhallikeLnuyogo hlno gammo po-
thujjaniko anariyo anatthasamhito, yo c&yam attakilamath&-
nuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasamhito, ete kho bhikkhaye
ubho ante anupagamma,majjhim& patipad& tath&gatena abhi-
sambuddh^ cakkhukarani ii&nakarani upasam&ya abhiftiiftya
saml>odhllya nibban&ya samyattati. ||17|| katam& ca 6& bi-
kkhaye majjhim& patipad& tath&gatena abhisambuddhH ca-
kkhukarajgii Mnakarani upasam&ya abhiilMya sambodh&ya
nibb&n&ya samyattati. . ayam eya ariyo atthangiko maggo,
seyyath' idam : samm&ditthi samm&samkappo samm&y&c&
samm&kammanto samm&djtyo sammfty&y&mo sammftsati sam-
m&samftdhi. ayam kho s& bhikkhaye majjhimll patipad& ta-
th&gatena abhisambuddhft cakkhukarant Mnakaraijil upasa-
m&ya abhinfi&ya sambodhftya nibbAn&ya samyattati. ||18||
idam kho pana bhikkhaye dukkham ariyasaccam, j&ti pi
dukkh&, jar&pi dukkhft, yy&dhi pi dukkhft, mara^am pi dukk-
ham, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho, piyehi yippayogo dukkho,
yam p' iccham na labhati tam pi dukkhani, samkhittena
pafLc' up&d&nakkhandh&pi dukkh&. || 19 1| idam kho pana bhi-
kkhaye dukkhasamudayam ariyasaccam, y&yam ta^h&po-
nobbhayik& nandir&gasahagat4 tatratatr&bhinandint, seyyath'
idam : k&matai^hft bhayatanhft yibhayatanhft. || 20 1| idam kho
pana bhikkhaye dukkhanirodham ariyasaccam, yo tas8&
yeya ta^h&ya asesayirftganirodho c&go patinissaggo mutti an&-
layo. 1121 II idam kho pana bhikkhaye dukkhanirodhag&-
minl patipadd ariyasaccam, ayam eya ariyo atthangiko
maggo, seyyath' tdam: samm&ditthi . . . samm&sam&dhi.||22

1. 6. 23-30.] MAHAYAGGA. 1 1

idam dukkham ariyasaccan ti me bhikkhave pubbe ana-
Dussatesu dhammesu cakkbum udap&di, il&nam udapftdi, paiL-
n& udap&diy Tijja udap&di, ftloko udap&di. tarn kho pan'
idam dukkbam ariyasaccam parifiileyyan ti me bbikkhave
— la — pariiiMtan ti me bbikkbave pubbe ananiiasutesu
dbammesa cakkbum udap&di, Mnam udapftdi, paiifi& udap&di,
yijj& udap&di, &loko udapAdi. ||23il idam dukkbasamudayam
ariyasaccan ti me bbikkbaye . . • ftloko udapftdi. tarn kbo
pan' idam dukkbasamudayam ariyasaccam pab&tabban ti me
bbikkbave — la — pabinan ti me bbikkbaye . • . &loko uda-
pftdL II 24 II idam dukkbanirodbam ariyasaccan ti me bbikkba-
ye .. . Hoko udap&di. tarn kbo pan' idam dukkbanirodbam
ariyasaccam saccbik&tabban ti me bbikkbaye — la— 'Saccbika-
tan ti me bbikkbaye . . . &loko udapftdi. ||25 1| idam dukkba-
nirodbag&mini patipad& ariyasaccan ti me bbikkbaye . . .
ftloko udapftdi. tarn kbo pan' idam dukkbanirodbagdmini
patipadft ariyasaccam bb&yetabban ti me bbikkbaye — la —
bb&yitan ti me bbikkbaye . . . ftloko udapftdL 1|26|| y&va
kiyaii ca me bbikkbaye imesu catusu /ariyasaccesu eyam^
tipariyattam dy&das&k&ram yatb&bbiitam Mnadassanam (^
suyisuddbam abosiy n' eya tfty&bam bbikkbaye sadeyake loke
sam&rake sabrabmake sassamanabr&bmaniyft paj&ya sadeya-
manussdya anuttaram sammftsambodbim abbisambuddbo 'ti
paccafkfi&sim. || 27 1| yato ca kbo me bbikkbaye imesu catusu
ariyasaccesu eyam tipariyattam dyftdas&kftram yatb&bbiitam
fl&nadassanam suyisuddbam^abosi, atb&bam bbikkbaye sa-
deyake loke sam&rake sabrabmake sassama^abr&bma^iyft pa*-
j&ya sadeyamanusB&ya anuttaram samm&sambodbim abbisam-
buddbo 'ti paccalifi^im. ||28 1| x fi&nafi ca pana me dassanam
ndap&di : akupp& me cetoyimutti, ayam antim& j&ti, n' attbi
d&ni punabbbayo 'tu idam ayoca bbagay&y attaman& pailca-
yaggiy& bbikkbA bbagavato bbftsitam abbinandanti. ima-
smin ca pana yeyyftkara^asmim bbafLilam&ne &yasmato
KondaiLiiassa yirajam yitamalam dbammacakkbum uda-
pftdi yam ki£lici samudayadbammam sabbam tarn nirodba-^
dbamman ti. i|29||

payattite ca bbagayat& dbammacakke bbummi dey& sa-
ddam anussftyesum : evam bbagayat& B&r&nasiyam Isipatane

12 MAHAVAGGA. 1. 6. 80-34.

migadaye anuttaram dhammacakkam payattitam appativat-
tiyam samanena yk br&hmanena yft devena yk M&rena y&
Brahmun& y& kenaci yft lokasmin ti. bhumm&nam dey&nam
saddam 8uty& C&tamah&r&jik& deylt saddam anuss&yesum
— la — Catamahftr&jik&nam dey&nam saddam sutyft T&yatimsft
deyft— la— T&m4 dey&— la— TusitA dey4— la— Nimm&naratl
dev& — ^la — Paranimmitayasavattl Aevk — la — Brahmak&yi-
k& dey& saddam anuss&yesum : eyam bliagayat& B&r&nasiyam
Isipatane migad&ye anuttaram dhammacakkam payattitam
appatiyattiyam samanena yft br&hmanena y& deyena y&
M&rena y& Brahmunft yft kenaci \k lokasmin ti. || 30 1| iti ha
tena khanena tena layena tena muhuttena y&ya Brahmalokft
saddo abbhuggacchi, ayaii ca kho dasasahassilokadh&tu sam-
kampi sampakampi sampayedhi, appam&^o ca ul&ro obhftso
loke p&turahosi atikkamma dey&nam dey&nubhftyam. atha
kho bhagayft imam ud&nam udftncQi : aM&si yata bho Kon-
daiiiio ann&si yata bho Kondanfio Hi. iti h' idam ftyasmato
XondaMassa AfLflfttakondaiiiio ty eya nftmam ahosi. ||31||
atha kho ftyasmft Afiil&takondaMo ditthadhammo patta-
dhammo yiditadhammo pariyog&lhadhammo tinnayicikiccho
yigatakathamkatho yes&rajjappatto aparappaccayo satthu 8&-
sane bhagayantam etad ayoca : labheyy&ham bhante bhaga-
yato santike pabbajjaniy labheyyam upasampadan ti. ehi
bhikkhii Hi bhagayft ayoca^ syftkkh&to dhammo, cara brahma-
cariyam samm& dukkhassa antakiriy&y& Hi. s& 'ya tassa
ftyasmato upasampadft ahosi. ||32||

atha kho bhagayft tadayasese bhikkhii dhammiyft kathftya
oyadi anus&si. atha kho &yasmato ca Yappassa ftyasmato
ca Bhaddiyassa bhagayatft dhammiyft kathftya oyadiya-
mftn&nam anusftsiyamftnftnam yirajam yltamalam dhamma-
cakkhum udapftdi yam kifici samudayadhammam sabbam
tarn nirodhadhamman ti. Ii33|| te ditthadhamm& patta-
dhamm& yiditadhammft pariyog&lhadhammft tin^ayicikiochft
yigatakathamkath& yes&rajjappatt& aparappaccayft satthu s&-
sane bhagayantam etad ayocum : labheyy&ma mayam bhante
bhagayato santike pabbajjam, labheyy&ma upasampadan ti.
etha bhikkhayo Hi bhagayft ayoca, syftkkh&to dhammo, cara-

I.e. 34-41.] MAHAVAGGA. 13

tha brahmacarijam 8amm& dukkhassa antakiri7ftj& 'ti. b&
'va tesam &7asmant&nam upasampadft ahosi. ||341| ^^

atha kho bhagay& tadavasese bhikkliii nth&rabhatto iminft
nih&rena dbammiyd kath&ya ovadi anusftsi : yam tayo bhik«
khA pindftya caritv& ftbaranti, tena chabbaggo y&peti. || 35 1|

atha kho ftyasmato ca Mah&n&massa dyasmato ca
Assajissa bhagavatft dhammiyft kathaya oyadiyamdnAnam
annsasiYam&D&nam yirajam Titamalam dhammacakkhum
ndapftdi yam kiiici samudayadhammam sabbam tarn ni-
rodhadhamman ti. ||36|| te ditthadhamm& pattadhammH
viditadhamm& pariyog&lhadhamm& ti99avicikicch& vigata*
kathainkathft ye8&rajjappatt& aparappaccay^ satthu sftsane
bhagavantam etad avocum : labheyy&ma mayaip bhante bha-
gavato santike pabbajjaniy labheyy4ma upasampadan ti. etha
bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavft avoca, sv&kkh&to dhammo, caratha
brahmacariyam sammft dukkhassa antakiriy&yft 'ti. s4 'va
tesam 4yasmant&nam upasampadA ahosi. ||37||

atha kho bhagavd. paHcavaggiye bhikkhii ^mantesi: rii-
pam bhikkhave anattd, rdpau ca h' idam bhikkhave att&
abhavissa, na yidam r&pam ftbcLdhftya samvatteyya^ labbhetha
ca r&pe evam me rdpam hotu, evam me riipam m& ahositi.
yasmft ca kho bhikkhave riipam anatt&, tasmil r{ipam &b&dh4-
ya samyattatiy na ca labbhati r&pe evam me rftpam hotu,
evam me r<ipam m& ahositi. ||38|| yedan& anattd, vedanft ca
h' idam bhikkhave att& abhavissa, na yidam vedan& &badh&ya
samvatt^yya, labbhetha ca vedanftya evam me vedan& hotu,
evam me vedanft mft ahositi. yasmi ca kho bhikkhave
vedan4 anattd, tasm4 vedan& &badh&ya samvattati, na ca
labbhati vedan&ya evam me vedanft hotu^ evam me vedan&
m& ahositi. || 39 1| s a li il ft anattft — la — samkh&r& anattft,
samkhftrft ca h' idam bhikkhave att4 abhavissamsu, na yidam
samkhftrft &bftdhftya samvatteyyum, labbhetha ca samkhft-
resa evam me samkhftrft hontu, evam me samkhftrft m&
ahesun ti. yasmft ca kho bhikkhave samkhftrft anatt&,
tasmft samkhftrft ftb&dhaya samvattanti, na ca labbhati sam-
kh&resu evam me samkhftrft hontu, evam me samkh&r& m&
ahesun ti. || 40 y viiiii&^am anatt&, vinnftnaii ca h' idam bhi-
kkhave attft abhavissa^ na yidam viMftnam ftbftdhftya sam-

14 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 6. 41-47.

Yatteyja, labbhetha ca vinii&ne evam me yiM&nam hotu,
evam me yinfi^am m& ahositi. yasmft ca kho bhikkhaye
yinn&nain anattft, tasmk vifLMnam &b&dh&ya samvattati, na
ca labbhati yiilfi&iie eyani me yiiin&nam beta, eyam me

• • • • ^ •

yi£Ln&nam m& ahositi. ||41|| tarn kim mafLnatba bhikkhaye,
rtipam niccam yft aniccam y& 'ti. aniccam bhante. yam
panltniccam, dukkham y& tarn sukham y& 'ti. dukkham
bhante. yam pan&niccam dukkham yiparinllmadhammam,
kallam nu tarn samanupassitum etam mama, eso 'ham asmi,
esc me att& 'ti. no h' etam bhante. ||42|| yedan& — la —
asififii, — la — 8amkh&r& — la — yiiin&nam niccam y& aniccam

• • • • a

yft 'ti. aniccam bhante. yam pananiccam, dukkham yft tarn
sukham yft 'ti. dukkham bhante. yam panftniccam duk-
kham yiparinftmadhammam, kaUam nu tarn samanupassitum
etam mama, eso 'ham asmi, eso me attft 'ti« no h' etam
bhante. ||43|| tasmftt iha bhikkhaye yam kiiici riipam atitft-
nftgatapaccuppannam ajjhattam ya bahiddhft yft o}ftrikam yft
sukhumam yft hinam yft panttam yft yam diire yft santike yft,
sabbam rdpam n' etam mama, n' eso 'ham asmi, na me so
attft 'ti eyam etam yathftbh&tam sammappaMftya dc^ttha-
bbam. || 44 1| yft kftci yedanft — la — yft kftci sailnft — la — ye
keci samkhftrft — la — yam kifici yiMftnam atltftnftgatapaccu-
ppannam ajjhattam yft bahiddhft ya olftrikam yft sukhumam
yft hinam yft panitam yft yam d&re yft santike yft sabbam
yi&iiftnam n' etam mama, n' eso 'ham asmi, na me so attft 'ti
eyam etam yathftbhiitemi sammappaiiilftya datthabbam. ||45||
eyam passam bhikkhaye sutavft ariyasftyako riipasmim pi
nibbindati, yedanftya pi nibbindati, sanfLftya pi nibbindati,
samkhftresu pi nibbindati, yifiiiftnasmim pi nibbindati, nib-
bindam yirajjati, yirftgft yimuccati, yimuttasmim yimutt'
amhiti fiftnam hoti, khinft jftti, yusitam brahmacariyaxn, ka-
tam karaniyam, nftparam itthattftyft 'ti pajftnfttiti. || 46 1| idam
ayoca bhagayft, attamanft paiicayaggiyft bhikkhii bhagayato
bhftsitam abhinandanti. imasmin ca pana yeyyftkaranasmim
bhaiiilamftne pailcayaggiyftnam bhikkhiinam anupftdftya ftsa-
yehi cittftni yimuccimsu. tena kho pana samayena cha loke

arahanto honti. ||47||6||

pathamabhftnayftram.

1.7.1-6.] mahIvagga. 15

tena kho pana samayena B&rft^asiyam Yaso ndma kula-
putto eetthiputto sukhum&lo hoti, tassa tayo pftsftdft honti^
eko hemantiko, eko gimhiko, eko vassiko. so yassike p&s&de
catt&ro mise nippurisehi turiyehi paiic&riyam&no na hettbft
pftslkd^ orohati. atha kho Yasassa kulaputtassa paficahi k&-
magimehi samappitassa samangibhiktasaa paric&riyam&nassa
patigaoc 'eva iiidd& okkami^ parijanass&pi paccM nidd4 okka-
mi, sabbarattiyo ca telappadipo jh&yati. || 1 jj atha kho Yaso
kulaputto patigacc 'eva patibujjhityft addasa sakam paiijanam
supantam, aiinis8& kaoche Tinam, aniii88& kanfhe mutingam,
aiinis6& kaoche dlambaram. anilam yikesikam, aMam vikkhe-
likam^ vippalapantiyo, hatthappattam sus&nam maMe. dis-
Y&n' assa ftdinavo pltturahosi, nibbidftya cittam santh&sd.
atha kho Yaso kulaputto ud&nam ud&nesi : upaddutam yata
bhoy upassattham vata bho 'ti. || 2 1| atha kho Yaso kulaputto
suyannap&duk&yo &rohityft yena nivesanadvAram ten' upa-
samkami. amaiiuss4 dv&ram yiyarimsu m& Yasassa kula-
puttassa koci antar&yam akftsi ag&rasmi anagctriyam pabba-
jjfty& 'ti. I atha kho Yaso kulaputto yena nagarady&ram ten'
upasamkami, amannssft dv&ram vivariinsu mk Yasassa kula-
puttassa koci antar&yam ak&si ag&rasm& anag&riyain pabba-
jj&y& 'ti. atha kho Yaso kulaputto yena Isipatanam mi-
gadftyo ten' upasamkami. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena
bhagayft rattiy& paccdsasamayam paccntth&ya ajjhok&se
cankamati. addasa kho bhagavSl Yasam kulaputtam dilrato
'va &gacchantam, disv&na cankam& orohityft paMatte ftsane
nisldi. atha kho Yaso kulaputto bhagavato avidtire ud&nam
nd&nesi : upaddutam vata bho^ upassattham vata bho 'ti.
atha kho bhagav& Yasam kulaputtam etad avoca : idam kho
Yasd anupaddutam, idam anupassattham. ehi Yasa nislda,
dhammam te desess&miti. ' i|4|| atha kho Yaso kulaputto
idam kira anupaddutam, idam anupassatthan ti hattho uda-
ggo suvannapftduk&hi orohitv& yena bhagav& ten' upasamka-
mi, upasamkamitv& bhagavantam abhiv&detv& ekamantam
nistdi. ekamantam nisinnassa kho Yasassa kulaputtassa bha-
gavft anupubbikatham kathesi seyyath' idam : d&nakatham
sllakatham saggakatham k&m&nam &dinavam ok&ram samki-
lesam nekkhamme ftnisamsam pak&sesi. |j5|| yad& bhagavft

16 MAHAVAGGA. [1.7.6-10.

ftfififtsi Yasam kulaputtam kallacittam muducittam viniva-
ranacittam udaggacittam pasannacittam^ atha y& buddh&nam
8&mukkamsik& dhammade8an& tain pak&sesi, dukkham samu-
dayam nirodham maggam. seyyath&pi n&ma suddham ya*
ttham apagatak&lakam sammad eva rajanam patiganheyya,
evam eva Yasassa kulaputtassa tasmim yeva ftsane yirajam
vitamalam dhammacakkliuiiL udap&di yam kiiici samudaya-
dhammam sabbam tarn nirodhadhamman ti. ||6|| atha kho
Yasassa kulaputtassa mkt& p&s&dam abhir(iliity& Yasam kula-
puttam apassanti yena setthi gabapati ten' upasamkamiy
upasamkamityd. settbim gabapatim etad ayoca : putto te ga-
bapati Yaso na dissatiti. atba kbo settbi gabapati catuddis&
assadlLte uyyojetv& s&mam yeya yena Isipatanam migad&yo
ten' upasamkamL addasa kbo settbi gabapati suyan^apft-
duk&nam nikkbepam, disy&na tarn yeya anugam&si. ||7||
addasa kbo bbagay& settbim gabapatim durato 'ya &gaccban-
tarn, disy&na bbagayato etad abosi : yam niin&bam tatb&r-
riipam iddb&bbisamkbftram abbisamkb&reyyam, yatb& settbi
gabapati idba nisinno idba nisinuam Yasam kulaputtam na
passeyy& 'ti. atba kbo bbagay& tatb&riipam iddh&bbisam-
kb&ram abbisamkb&resi. ||8|| atba kbo settbi gabapati yena
bbagay& ten' upasamkami, upasamkamity& bbagayantam etad
ayoca : api bbante bbagay& Yasam kulaputtam passeyyft 'ti.
tena bi gabapati nisida. app eya n4ma idba nisinno idba
nisinnam Yasam kulaputtam passeyy&siti. atba kbo settbi
gabapati'* idb' eya kirftbam nisinno idba nisinnam Yasam
kulaputtam passiss&mlti battbo udaggo bbagayantam abbiyll-
detv& ekamantam nistdi. ||9|) ekamanta^ nisinnassa kbo
settbissa gabapatissa bbagavft anupubbikatham katbesi— la—
aparappaccayo sattbu s&sane bbagayantam etad ayoca:
abbikkantam bbante, abbikkantam bbante, seyyatbftpi bbante
nikkujjitam v& ukkujjeyya, paticcbannam y& yiyareyya, mft-
Ibassa yft maggam iLcikkbeyya, andbak&re y& telapajjotam
db&reyya cakkbumanto r&p&ni dakkbintiti, eyam eya bbaga-
yato anekapariy&yena dbammo pak&sito. es' ftbam bbante
bbagayantam saraiiam gaccb&mi dbammail ca bbikkbusam-
gbafL ca, up&sakam mam bbagayft db&retu ajjatagge p&i^upe-
tam saranam gatan ti. so 'va loke patbamam up&sako abosi

1. 7. 10-15.] MAHAVAOGA. 17

teyftciko. ||10|| atba kho Yasassa kulaputtassa pitano dham-
me desiyam&ne yath&dittham yath&viditam bhiimiin pacca-
yekkhantassa anap&d&ya &8avehi cittam vimucci. atha kho
bhagavato etad ahod : Yasassa kulaputtassa pituno dhamme
desiyamdue yathadittham yath&yiditam bh&miin paccave-
kkhantassa anup&d&ya ftsavelii cittam Yimuttam. abhabbo
kho Yaso kulaputto hin4y&yattityft k&me paribhuiljituin sey-
yath&pi pubbe ag&rikabhfito. yam n&D&ham tarn iddhd-
bhisamkhftram patippassambheyyan ti. atha kho bhagayft
tarn iddh&bhisaxnkh&ram patippassambhesi. H 11 1| addasa
kho setthi gahapati Yasam kulaputtam nisinnam, disy&na
Yasam kulaputtam etad ayoca : m&t& te t&ta Yasa parideya-
sokasampann&y dehi mfttu jlyitan ti. ||12|| atha kho Yaso
kulaputto bhagayantam ullokesi. atha kho bhagayft setthim
gahapatim etad ayoca : tarn kim mafifiasi gahapati, Yasassa
sekhena ii&^ena sekhena dassanena dhammo dittho seyyath&pi
tay&. tassa yath&dittham yath&yiditam bhftmim paccaye-
kkhantassa anup&d&ya dsayehi cittam yimuttam. bhabbo nu
kho Yaso gahapati hln&y&yattity& k&me paribhuiijitumseyya-
th&pi pubbe ag&rikabhiito 'ti. no h' etam bhante. Yasassa
kho gahapati kulaputtassa sekhena il&nena sekhena dassanena
dhammo dittho seyyathftpi tay&. tassa yath&dittham yath&-
yiditam bhilmim paccayekkhantassa anupftd&ya ftsayehi cit-
tam yimuttam. abhabbo kho gahapati Yaso kulaputto hin&-
y&yattityft k&me paribhufijitum seyyath&pi pubbe agftrika-
bhiito 'ti. II 13 II l&bh& bhante Yasassa kulaputtassa, sulad-
dham bhante Yasassa kulaputtassa, yath& Yasassa kulaput-
tassa anupftd&ya ftsayehi cittam yimuttam. adhiyftsetu me
bhante bbagay& ajjatan&ya bhattam Yasena kulaputtena
pacch&samanen& 'ti. adhiyftsesi bhagayft tunhibh&yena. atha
kho setthi gahapati bhagayato adhiy^nam yidity& utth&-
yftsanft bhagayantam abhiy&dety& padakkhinam katyH pakk&-
mi. II 14 II atha kho Yaso kulaputto acirappakkante setthi-
mhi gahapatimhi bhagayantam etad ayoca : labheyy&ham
bhante bhagayato santike pabbajjam, labbeyyam upasampa-
dan ti. ehi bhikkhii 'ti bhagayft ayoca, syftkkh&to dhammo,
cara brahmacariyam samm& dukkhassa antakiriy&yft 'ti. si

VOL. m. 2

18 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 7. 15-9. 1,

'ya tassa Ayasmato upasampad& ahosL tena kho pana sama-
yena satta loke arahanto honti. || 15 1|

Yasapabbajj& nittliit&. ||7li

atha klio bhagayd pubbanhasamayam mv&s6tY& pattactva-
ram &dftya ftyasmatd Yasena pacch&samanena yena settbissa
gahapatissa niyesanain ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityft
panilatte ftsane nistdi. atha kbo ftyasmato Yasassa mftt& ca
pard.nadutiyik& ca yena bbagavft ten' upasamkamimsu, upa-
8anikamity& bhagavantam abhiy&detY& ekamantam niBidim-
Bu. Ill II t&sam bhagavft anupubbikatham kathesi seyyath'
idam: d&nakatbam sllakatbam saggakatham kllm&nam Mi-
navam ok&ram samkilesain nekkhamme &nisainBam pak&stei.
yad& iA bhagav& aiiii&si kallacitt& muducitt& Tinivaranacitt&
uddaggacittll pasannacitt^, atha y& buddhftnam s&mukkamsi-
k& dhammadesanft tain pakftsesi, dukkham samudayain ni-
rodham maggam. seyyath&pi n&ma suddham yattham apa-
gatak&lakam sammad eya rajanam patiga^heyya, eyam eya
tAsam tasmim yeya ftsane yirajam yitamalain dhammaca-
kkhum udap&di yam kiiici samudayadhammain sabbam tarn
nirodhadhamman ti. ||2|| t& ditthadhammft pattadhamm&
yiditadhammft pariyogftlhadhammd. tinnLayicikicch& yigataka-
thamkathft yesftrajjappattll aparappaccayd. satthu sftsane bha-
gayantam etad ayocum : abhikkantam bhante, abhikkantam
bhante — la — et& mayam bhante bhagayantam sarai^ain ga-
cch&ma dhammaii ca bhikkhusamghaii ca, upftsik&yo no bha-
gay& dh&retu ajjatagge p&nupet& saranam gat& 'ti. t& 'ya
loke pathamam upsLsik& ahesum tey&cik&. ||3j| atha kho
ftyasmato Yasassa m&t& ca pit& ca purftnadutiyikft ca bhaga-
yantaii ca &yasmantafi ca Yasam paigittena khftdaniyena bho-
janiyena sahatth^ santappety& sampay&rety& bhagayantam
bhutt&yim onltapattap&nim ekamantam nistdimsu. atha kho
bhagay& ftyasmato Yasassa mitarail ca pitarail ca pui4na-
dutiyikaft ca dhammiy& kath&ya sandassety^ sam&dapety&
samuttejety^ sampahain8ety& utthftyfisan& pakk&mi. ||4||8||

assosum kho ftyasmato Yasassa catt&ro gihisah&yak&
B&rftnasiyam setthftnusetthinam kul&nam putt& Yimalo

1. 9. 1-4.] MAHAVAGGA. 19

Sttb&hu Pui^^aji Gavampati: Yaso kira kulaputto
kesamaesum oli&rety& k&s&y&ni yatth&ai aoohftdety& ag&-
Taamft anag&riyani pabbajito 'ti. satv&iia neeam etad
ahofii: na hi ndna bo orako dhammayinayo, na b& orak&
pabbajj4, yattha Yaso kulaputto kesamassum oh&rety& k&-
8&y&ni yatth&ni aoch&dety& ag&rafim& anag&riyam pabba-
jito 'ti» 111 II te cattftro jan4 yeD&yasm& Yaso ten' upa-
saipkamimsuy upasainkamityft ftyasmantam Yasam abhi-
yftdetyft ekamantam a{{hamsu. atha kbo &ya8m& Yaao te
catt&ro gihisaMyake Ad&ya yena bhagayft ten' upasamkami,
upaaamkamityll bhagayantam abhiy&dety& ekamantam nisidi.
ekamantam nisinno kho &yasm& Yaso bhagayantam etad
ayoca: ime me bhante catt&ro gihi8ahftyak& B&rilQasiyam
setthftnufie^thinam kul&nam putt& Yimalo Sub&hu Pu^naji
Oayampatiy ime catt&ro bhagay& oyadatu anus&satii 'ti. ||2||
teBam bhagay& anupubbikatham kathesi seyyath' Idam : d&-
nakatham silakatham saggakatham k&m&nam ftdinayam ok&-.
ram fiaipkileftaTn nekkhamme dnisamsam pakAsesi. yad& te
bhagaya afiMsi kaUacitte muducitte yinlyara^acitte udagga-
citte pasannacitte^ atha y& buddh&nam s&mukkam8ik& dham-
madesanll tarn pak&sesi, dukkham samudayam nirodham mag*
gam. seyyath&pi n&ma suddham yattham apagatak&}akam
sai^ad eya rajanaiji patigai^hey^a, eyam'eya tesaip tasmim
yeya iaane yirajam yttamalam dhammacakkhum udap&di
yam kiiici samudayadhammam aabbam tarn nirodbadham-
man ti. ||3|| te ditthadhamm& pattadhamm& yiditadhamm&
pariyog&}hadhamm& tini;^ayicikicch& yigatakathamkath& yes&-
rajjappattft aparappaccay& satthu sftsane bhagayantam etad
ayocum : labheyy&ma mayam bhante bhagayato santike pab-
bajjam« labheyy&ma upasampadan ti. etha bhikkhayo Hi
bhagayd ayoca> sy&kkh&to dhammo, caratha brahmacariyam
8amm& dukkhassa antakiriy&yft 'ti. 8& 'ya tesam &yasman-
t&nam upasampadft ahosi. atha kho bhagay& te bhikk&
dhammiy& kath&ya oyadi anus&si. tesam bhagayatH dham-
miy& kath&ya oyadiyam&n&nam anusftsiyamftn&nam anup&-
d&ya ftsayehi cittAni yimuccimsu. tena kho pana samayena
ek&dasa loke arahanto honti. ||4||

Oatugihipabbajj& nitthit&. ||9||

20 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 10-11. 1.

asBosiun kho ftyasmato Yasassa pailiiftsamatt& gilii8ah&yak&
janapad& pubMnupubbak&nain kul^nam putt&: Yaso kira
kulaputto kesamassom oli&rety& k&s&y&ni vatth&ni accliftdetv&
ag^rafimft anagcLriyam pabbajito Hi. suty&na nesam etad
ahosi : na bi nftna so orako dhammavinayo, na sft orak&
pabbajj&y yattha Yaso kulaputto kesamassuin oh^retv& k&s4-
y&ni vatth&iii accb&dety& ag&rasm4 anag&riyaiii pabbajito
Hi. II 1 II te yenftyasm& Yaso ten' upasamkamimsu, upasam-
kamityjl ftyasmantam Yasam abbiy&dety& ekamantam attham-

ft • * . • • a

8u. atha kho ftyasmft Yaso te paiiil&samatte gihisah&yake
Adftya yena bhagayft ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityft bha-
iMtyantam abbiyftdety& ekamantam nisidi. ekamantam ni-
sinno kho &ya8m& Yaso bhagayantam etad ayoca : ime me
bbante paiin&samatt& gihisahftyakft janapadft pubb&nupubba-
k&nam kul&nam puttA, ime bhagay& oyadatu anus&satii 'ti.
II 2 II tesam bhagayft anupubbikatham kathesi seyyath' idam :
d&nakatbam silakatham saggakatham k&mftnam &dinayam
ok&ram samkilesam nekkhamme &nisamsam pak&sesi — pa —
dukkham samudayam nirodham maggam. seyyath4pi n&ma
suddbam yattham apa^atak&lakam sammad eya rajanam pa-
tiganheyya. evam evf\es«n tasn.ua yeva ftsani vi^jL
yttamalam dhammacakkhum udapftdi yam kiilci samudaya-
dhammam sabbam tain nirodhadhamman ti. || 3 1| te dittba-
dhamm& pattadhamm& yiditadbamm^ pariyogftlbadhammH
tinnayicikicch^ yigatakatba]nkath& ye8&rajjappatt& aparappa-
ccay& satthu s&sane bhagayantam etad ayocum : labheyy&ma
may am bhante bhagayato santike pabbajjam, labheyy&ma
upasampadan ti. etha bhikkhayo 'ti bhagay& ayoca, sy&k-
kh&to dhammo, caratha brahmacariyam samm& dukkhassa
antakiriyfty& 'ti. sft 'ya tesam &yasmant&nam upasampadft
ahosi. atha kho bhagayft te bhikkhd dhammiyft kath&ya oya-
di anusftsi. tesam bhagayatft dhammiyft kathftya oyadiya-
mftnftnam anusftsiyamftuftuam anupftdftya ftsayehi cittftni yi-
muccimsu. tena kho pana samayena ekasatthi loke arahanto
hontL||4||10||

atha kho bhagayft bhikkhd ftmantesi : mutt' ftham bhik-
khaye sabbapftsehi ye dibbft ye ca mftnusft. tumhe pi bhik-

I. 11. 1-12. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 21

khave mutt& sabbap&sehi ye dibM ye ca mftna8&.r caratha
bhikkhave c&rikam bahujanahit&ya bahujanasukh&ya loksLnu-
kamp&ya atth&ya hit&ya Bukh&ya deyamanuss&iiam. m&
ekena dye agamittha. desetha bhikkhave dhammam ftdika-
ly&nam majjhekaly&nam pariyos&nakaly&nam s&ttham sa-
vyaiijaiiain keyalaparipu^nam parisuddham brahmacariyam
pak&setha. santi sattft apparajakkhaj&tik& assayanatd. dham-
maasa parih&yanti, bhayissanti dhammassa afiii&t&ro j aham
pi bhikkhave yena Uruyel& yena Sen&nigamo ten' upa-
samkamiss&mi dhaminade8anfty& 'ti. ||1|| atha kho M&ro
p&pim& yena bhagay& ten' upasamkami^ upasainkamity& bha-
gayantam g&th&ya ajjhabhftai :

baddho 'si sabbap&sehi ye dibb& ye ca m&nus&y
mah&bandhanabaddho 'si, na me samana mokkhasiti.|
mutt' &hain sabbapftsehi ye dibb& ye ca m&nus&y
mahftbandhanamutto 'mhi, nihato tyam asi Antak& 'ti.|
antalikkhacaro p&ao yy &yain carati m&naso
tena tain b&dhayiss&mi, na me samana mokkhasiti.!
riip& sadd& gandh& ras& photthabb& ca manoram&
ettha me yigato chando^ nihato tyam asi Antak4 'ti.

atha kho M&ro p&pim& j&n&ti mam bhagay&, jftn&ti mam su-
gato 'ti dokkhl dummano tatth' ev' autaradhdylti. ||2||

M&rakath& nitthitft. Hllll

tena kho pana samayena bhikkhd n&nftdis& nftn&janapad&
pabbajj&pekkhe ca upasampad&pekkhe ca &nenti bhagay& ne
pabb&jessati upasamp&dessatitiy" tattha bhikkhd c' eya kila-
manti pabbajj&pekkhft ca upasampadftpekkhft ca. atha kho
bhagayato rahogatassa patisalltnassa eyam cetaso pariyitak-
ko udaplUli: etarahi kho bhikkhd ndnftdisH n&nftjanapad&
pabbajj&pekkhe ca upasampad&pekkhe ca ftnenti bhagay& ne
pabb&jessati upasamp&dessatlti, tattha bhikkh{L c' eya kila-
manti pabbajjftpekkhft ca iipasampadapekkh& ca. yam n{in&-
ham bhikkhiinam anuj&neyyam'tumheya d&ni bhikkhave
tAsu-t&su disftsu tesu-tesu janapadesu pabb&jetha upasam-
pftdeth&* 'ti. ||l|j atha kho bhagavft s&ya^hasamayam pati-
8all&n& vutthito etasmim nid&ne — ^pa — dhammikatham katy&

22 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 1«. 2-18. 2.

bliikkh<i &maiitesi : idha mayham bhikkhave rahogatassa
patisallinassa eyam cetaso parivitakko udapftdi : etarahi kho
bhikkhii ii&n&dis& nftn&janapad& pabbajj&pekkhe ca upa-
sampadftpekkhe ca ftnenti bhagavft ne pabb&jesaati upasampft-
dessatltiy tattha bhikkhfl o' eva kilamanti pabbajj&pekkhft ca
upasampadftpekkh& ca. yam n(bi&ham bhikkhdnam anuj&-
neyyam tumheya d&ni bhikkhave t&su-t&su disAsa tesu-tesu
janapadesu pabb&jetha upasampftdethft 'ti. ||2|| anujftn&mi
bhikkhave tumheva d&ni tAsa-tftsu disftsu tesa-tesu janapadesu
pabb&jetha upasamp&detha. evafi ca pana bhikkhave
pabb&jetabbo upasamp&detabbo: pathamam kesamaa-
Bum oh&r&petv&, k&s&y&ni vatthftni aoch&d&petv&y ekamsam
uttarftsangam k&r&petv&y bhikkhdnam p&de vand&petv&, uk-
kutikam niBid&petv&y afijalim pagga^h&petvlL evam vadehtti
vattabbo : || 3 1| buddham saranam gacch&mi, dhammam sa-
ra^am gacch&mi, samgham. saranam. gacch&mi, dutiyam pi
buddham saranam gacch&mi, datiyam pi dhammam saranam
gacch&miy dutiyam pi samgham saranam gacoh&mi, tatiyam
pi buddham saranam gacch&mi^ tatiyam pi dhammam sa-
ranam gacch&miy tatiyam pi samgham sarai^am gacchftmtti.
anuj&n&mi bhikkhave imehi tlhi saraijiagamanehi pabbajjam
upasampadan ti. ||4 1|
tihi sarai^agamanehi upasampad&kathft nitthit&.||12ll

atha kho bhagav& vassam vuttho bhikkhd ftmantesi : mayham
kho bhikkhave yoni8omanasik&r& yonisosammappadh&nft anu-
ttar& vimutti anuppatt& anuttar& vimutti saochikat&. tumhe pi
bhikkhave yonisomanasik&r& yonisosammappadhftn& anutta-
ram vimuttim annp&puij^&tha anuttaram vimuttim saochikaro-
th& 'ti II 1 II atha kho M&ro p&pim& yena bhagavft ten' upa-
saznkami^ upasamkamitv& bhagavantam g&th&ya ajjhabhftsi :

baddho 'si M&rapftsehi ye dibb& ye ca m&nus&^
mahftbandhanabaddho 'si^ na me samara mokkhasiti.|
mutt' &ham M&rapftsehi ye dibb& ye ca m&nufi&^
mah&bandhanamutto 'mhi nihato tvam asi Antak& 'ti.|

atha kho M&ro pftpim& j&n&ti mam bhagav&y jftn&ti mam
sugato 'ti dukkhl dummano tatth' ev' antaradh&yi. I|2||13||

1. 14. 1-6.] MAHAVAGGA. 23

atha kho bhagavft Bcliinasiyam yath&bhirantain Tiliaritv&
yena Urayel& tena c&rikam pakk&mi. atha kho bhagayft
magg& okkamma yena aniiataro yanasa^do ten' upasamkami,
upasamkamityft tain yanasa^dain ajjhog&hetv& aMatarasmim
rokkhamfUe nisldi. tena kho pana samayena tiinflamatt&
Bhaddayaggiyft 8ah&yak& 8apaj&patik& tasmim yeyayana-
sande paric&renti. ekassa paj&pati n&hoei, tass' atth&ya yesl
&nlt& ahosL atha kho ak yest tesu pamattesu paricftrentesu
bhandam ftd&ya pal&yittha. || 1 1| /atha kho te sahftyakft sahft-
yakassa yeyy&yaccain karont& tain itthiin gayesanti tain ya-
naaaiydam fthii^dantft addasamsu bhagayantam aMatarasmim
mkkhamiUe niflinnainy disy&na yena bhagayft ten' upasam-
kamimsa, npasainkainity& bhagayantani etad ayocum: api
bhantebhagay&ekamitthimpas8eyy&'ti. kinipanayokum&r&
itthiy& 'tL idha mayam bhante tinisamattA Bhaddayaggiy&
8ah&yak& Bapaj&patik& imasmmi yanasai^de paric&rayimh&y
ekaflsa paj&pati n&hosiy taas' atth&ya yest &nit& ahosi* atha
kho 8& bhante yest amhesu pamattesu paricirentesa bhandam
ftdAya pal&yittha. tena mayam bhante sah&yakft sah&yakassa
yeyy&yaccam karont& tarn itthiin gayesantft imam yanasan-
dam &hind&m& 'ti. ||2|| tarn kim mailfiatha yo knm&r&y ka-
tamam nu kho tnmhftkam yaram^ yam yft tumhe itthiin ga-
yeseyy&tha yam y& att&nam gayeseyy&th& 'ti. etad eya
bhante amh4kam yaram yam mayam att&nani gayeseyy&m&
'ti. tena hi yo kam&r& nistdatha, dhammanx yo desess&miti.
eyam bhante 'ti kho te Bhaddayaggiyft sah&yakft bhagayan-
tam abhiy&dety& ekamantam nistdimsu. ||3|| tesam bhagay&
anupubbikatham kathesi seyyath' tdani: dftnakatham stla-
katham saggakatham k&m&nam ftdlnayam okftram samkilesam
nekkhamme ftnisamsam pakftsesi. yad4 te bhagay& afUUisi
kallacitte muducitte yinlyaranacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte,
atha yft buddh&nam 8&mukkamsik& dhammadesan&, tarn pa-
k&sesi| dukkham samadayam nirodham maggam. seyyath&pi
n&ma suddham yattham apagatak&]akaTn sammad eya rajanam
patigaijiheyya^ eyam eya tesam t>aHmiTn yeya ftsane yirajam
yttamalam dhammacakkhum udapftdi yam kiiici samudaya-
dhammam sabbam tarn nirodhadhammam ti. ||4|| te dittha-
dhammd pattadhamm& yiditadhammft pariyogftlhadhammft

24 MAHAYAGGA. [1. 14. 6-15. 3.

ti]^]^ayicikicch& vigatakathainkath& yes&rajjappatt& aparap-
paccayft satthu s&sane bhagavantam etad aTocum : labheyy&-
ma mayam bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjam, labbeyy&ma
upasampadan ti. etba bbikkbavo 'ti bhagav& avoca, sv&k-
kh&io dhammo^ caratha brahmacariyam samma dukkhassa
antakiriy&y& 'tL b& 'va tesam ^yasmantftnam apa8ampad&
abosi. II 5 II
Bhaddayaggiyasab&yak&nam vattbum nittbi-
tam II14II dutiyakabb&nay&ram.

atba kbo bbagav& anupubbena c&rikani caramftno yena
Urayel& tad ayasari. tena kbo pana samayena Uruyelft*
yam tayo jatil& patiyasanti Uruyelakassapo Nadikassa-
po Gay&kassapo 'ti. tesu Uruyelakassapo ja^ilo paficannam
jatilasat&nam n&yako boti yin&yako aggo pamukbo p&mok-
kbo, Nadtkassapo jatilo tii^am jatilasat&nam n&yako boti
yin&yako aggo pamukbo p&mokkho^ Gay&kassapo jafilo dyin-
nam jatilasatanam n&yako boti yin&yako aggo pamukbo pA-
mokkbo. ||1|| atba kbo bbagay& yena TJruyelakassapassa
jatilassa assamo ten' npasainkami, upasamkamity& IJruyela-
kassapam jatilam etad ayoca : sace te Kassapa agaru^ yasey-
y&ma ekarattam agy&g&re Hi. na kbo me mab&samana gam,
cand' ettba n&gar&ja iddbim& iLsiyiso gborayiso^ so tain m&
yibetbesiti. dutiyam pi kbo bbagayft Uruyelakassapam jati-
lam etad ayoca: sace te Kassapa agaru, yaseyy&ma ekarattam
agyftg&re 'ti. na kbo me mabftsamana garu, cand' ettba
nftgar&j& iddbimft^&siyiso gborayiso, so tarn m& yibetbestti.
tatiyam pi kbo bbagay& Uruyelakassapam jatilam etad ayoca :
sace te Eassapa agaru^ yaseyy&ma ekarattam agy&g&re 'ti.
na kbo me mab&samana garu, cand' ettba nftgar&j& iddhim&
Asiyiso gborayiso^ so tarn m& yibetbestti. app eya mam na
yibetbeyya, ingba tyam Eassapa anujclnftbi agyllg&ran ti.
yibara mab&sama^a yatb&sukban ti. || 2 1| atba kbo bbagay&
agy&gftram payisity& tinasantbarakam paiiii&pety& nisldi pal-
lankam &bbufijity& ujum k&yam panidb&ya parimukham sa-
tim upattb&pety&. atba kbo so n&go bbagayantam payittbam
addasa, disyftna dukkbl dummano padbiipftsi. atba kbo bba-
gayato etad abosi : yam niin&ham imassa n&gassa anupabacca

I. 15. 8-7.] MAHAVAGGA. 25

chaViil ca cammafi ca mamsafl ca nh&ran ca atthifi ca attlii-
mifijan ca tejasi tejam pariy&diyeyyaii tL ||3|| atha kho
bhagavft tath&riipam iddh&bhisamkh&ram abhisamkharitvft
padhApftai. atlia kho so n&go makkh am aa ahamftno pajjali.
bhagav&pi tejodh&tum 8amftpajjitY& pajjali. ubbinnani sajo-
tibbfit&nani^agyllg&ram Adittain Yi^a hoti sampajjalitam sajo-
tibbiitam. atba kho te jatil& agyftg&ram pariyAretv& evam
jLhamsa : abhiriipo vata bho mahftaamano, n&gejQa yihethia-
satttL II 4 atha kho bhagavft tassd rattiyft accayena tassa
n&gafisa anupahacca chaviii ca cammafi ca mamsail ca nhftruii
ca atthifi ca atthimiiijafi ca tejasA tejam pariy&diyityft patte
pakkhipity& Uruyelakassapassa jatilassa dassesi: ayam te
Easaapa n&go^ ^^ riyftdinn o assa tejasft tejo 'ti. atha kho
UniTelakassapassa jatilaasa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho ma-
hftaamaijo mah&nubh&yo^ yatra hi n&ma candasaa n&gar&jasaa
iddhimato ftsiyisaasa ghorayisassa tejasft tejam pariy^yissa-
ti^ na ty eya ca kho'arah&'yath& ahan ti. 11 5 il

Nerafijar&yam bhagayH Uruyelakassapam jatilam ayoca :
sace te Eassapa agaru, yiharemu ajjupho aggisUamhlti. na ' -j^^
kho me mahftsama^ g&i^i ph&suk&mo 'ya tarn niy&remi, cand'
ettha nftgar&j& iddhimft ftsiyiso ghorayiso, so tarn m& yihethe-
sttL app eya mam na yihetheyya^ ingha tyam Kassapa aniij&-
n&hi agy&gftran tL dinnan ti nam yidity& asambhlto p&yisi
bhayamatlto. disy& isim payitthaiuihin&go ^RO^ix^&iio padhi!i-
pftsi. smn&naso ayimano manos^&go pi tattha padhiUpAsi.
makkhafi ca asaham&no ahin&go p&yako ya pajjali. tejodhft-
tusuknsalo manussan&go pi tattha pajjali. ubhinnam sajoti-
bKftt&nam agyftg&ram udiocare jatil&: abhir{Lpo yata bho
mah&samano n&ge na yihetbissatiti bha^ahti. || 6 1| atha kho
tassft rattiyft accayena hat& n&gassa acciy o honti, iddhimato
pana thit& anekaya^ft acciyo honti, nil& atha lohitikA maii-
jetthft pltak& phalikaya^&yo Aiigirasassa k&ye anekayannft
acciyo honti. pattamhi odahityft ahinftgam br&hmanassa j
dassesi : ayam te Eassapa nftgo, pariyftdinno assa tejasft tejo
'ti. atha kho TTruyelakassapo jatilo bhagayato iminft iddhi-
p&tih&riyena §b hippasan no bhagayantam etad ayoca : idh'
eya mah&samaina yihara, ahan te dhuyabhattenft *ti. ||7 i|

pathamam p&tihftriyam. II15II

/

26 MAHAVAGGA. [I. 16-17. 2.

atha kho bhagavft TJravelakassapassa jatilassa assamaasa
aviddre afLiiatarasiiiiin yaaasande vih&si. atha kho catt&ro
Mah&r&j&no abhikkant&ya rattiy& abhikkantaYa];^9& keva-
lakapgam yanasaoLdam obhasetvii yena bhagavft ten' upasam-
kamimsuy upasaiiikamitv& bhagayantam abhiy&dety& catud-
diai atthanisu seyyathcLpi maliaiit& aggikkhandhft. || 1 1| atba
kho TJruyelakassapo jatilo tassi rattiyft accayena yena bha-
gay& ten' upasamkaml^ upa8ainkamity& bhagayantam etad
ayoca : k&lo mah&9ama^ nit^hitam bhattam. ke nu kho te
mahftsamana abhikkant&ya rattiy& abhikkantayann& keyala-
kappam yanasa^dani obh&8ety& yena tyam ten' upasamka-
mimsa, upasanxkamityft tain abhiy&dety& catuddisft atthamsu
seyyath&pi mahant& aggikkhandh& 'ti. ete kho Eaasapa
catt&ro Mah&r&j&no yen&hani ten' upasainkamiinsa dhamma-
8ayan&y& 'ti. atha kho ITruyelakasaapassa jatilassa etad
ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mah&samano mah&nubhayo, yatra
hi n&ma catt&ro pi Mah&r&j&no upasamkamissanti dhamma-
sayan&ya, na ty eya ca kho arah& yath& ahan ti. atha kho
bhagayft XTruyelakassapassa jatilassa bhattam bhufijity& tas-
mim yeya yanasandie yih&si. |[2||

dutiyakap&tih&riyam. ||16||

atha kho Sakko dey&nam indo abhikkant&ya rattiy&
abhikkantayaw^ keyalakappani yanasandam obhftsety& yena
bhagayft ten' upasamkami, upa8amkamity& bhagayantam
abhiyftdety& ekamantam atth&si seyyath&pi mah& aggikkhan-
dho^ p<irim&hi yannani]t)h&hi abhikkantataro ca panitataro
ca. II 1 II atha kho TJruyelakassapo jatilo tassH rattiy& acca-
yena yena bhagayft ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityft bhaga-
yantam etad ayoca: k&lo mah&sama^a nitthitam bhattam.
ko nu kho so mahlisamai^a abhikkant&ya rattiy& abhikkanta-
ya99& keyalakappam yanasandam obh&8ety& yena tyam ten'
upasamkamii upasamkamity& tarn abhiy&dety& ekamantam
atthftsi seyyath&pi mah& aggikkhandho purim&hi yannani-
bhUhi abhikkantataro ca panitataro c& 'ti. eso kho Eassapa
Sakko dey&nam indo yen&ham ten' upasamkami dhammasa-
yan&yH 'ti. atha kho XTruyelakassapassa jatilassa etad ahosi :
mahiddhiko kho mah&sama^o mah&nubh&yO| yatra hi n&ma

1. 17. 2-19. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 27

Sakko pi deY&nam indo upasamkamissati dhammasavan&ya,
na tr eya ca kho arahft yath& alian ti« atha kho bhagavft
TTravelakassapassa jatilaflsa bhattam. bhiifijity& tasmiin yeya
yanaaande yihftsi. ||2||

tatiyakap&tih&riyam. ||17||

atha kho Brahm& Sahampatl abhikkant&ya rattiyft abhi-
kkantayani^ll keyalakappam yanasaudam obhAsetya yena bha-
gayft ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityft bhagayantam abhi-
yftdety& ekamantam atthftai seyyath&pi mah& aggikkhandho
purimfthi yao^nibhfthi abhikkantataro ca panltataro ca. || 1 1|
atha kho XJrayelakassapo jatilo tassA rattiy& accayena yena
bhagayft ten' upasamkami^ upa8amkamity& bhagayantam etad
ayoca : k&lo mah&samana nitthitam bhattam. ko nu kho so
mahftsamana abhikkant&ya rattiy& abhikkantaya^^ keyala-
kappam yanasaudam obbftsetyft yena tyam ten' upasamkami,
upa8ainkamity& tarn abhiy&detyd ekamantam atthftai seyya-
th&pi mahft aggikkhandho purimfthi yannanibh&hi abhik-
kantataro ca panitataro c& 'ti. eso kho Kaaaapa Brahmi
Sahampati yen&ham ten' upasamkami dhammasayan&y& 'ti.
atha kho Umyelakasaapassa jatilasaa etad ahosi : mahiddhiko
kho mahftaamano mah&nubh&yoy yatra hi n&ma Brahm&pi
Sahampati upaaamkamisaati dhammaaayan&ya, na ty eya ca.
kho arah& yath& ahan ti. atha kho bhagay& Uruyelakaaaa-
paasa jatilaasa bhattam bhu£Ljity& tasmim yeya yanasande
yihiai. ||2||

catutthap&tih&riyam. ||18||

tena kEo pana samayena Urayelakassapassa jatilaaaa mah&-
yafiilo paccupatthito hoti keyalakapp& ca AngamagadhJl
pahiitam khftdaniyam bhojaniyam &d&ya abhikkamituk&mi
honti atha kho Umyelakaaaapaaaa jatilaaaa etad ahosi:
etarahi kho me mah&yafiiio paccnpatthito keyalakapp& ca
Angamagadh& pahiitain kh&daniyam bhojaniyam ftd&ya
abhikkamisaanti. aace mahfiaamai^o mah&janak&ye iddhip&-
tihilriyam kariaaati, mahftaamanaasa l&bhaaakk&ro abhiyad-
dhisaatiy mama l&bhaaakk&ro parih&yiaaati. aho niina mah&-
aamano ay&tan&ya nftgaccheyy& 'ti. || 1 li atha kho bhagayft

28 MAHAVAGGA. [I. 19. 2-20. 2.

TJruvelakassapassa jatilassa cetasft cetopanYitakkam ann&ya
TJttarakurum gantY& tato pindap&tam &harity& Anotatta-
dahe paribhunjity& tatth' eva div&vih &raiii ak&si. atha kho
Uruyelakassapo jatilo tassiL rattiy& acoayena yena bhagavct ten'
upasamkami^ upa8amkamitv& bhagt^vantam etad avoca : kdJo

mah&samana, nitthitam bhattam. kim nu kho mahftsamana

'^H^ hiyyo n&gam&si. api ca mayam tarn sar&ma kim nu kho
znah&samano n&gacchatiti^ khd^daniyassa ca bhojaniyassa ca te
p'WnVf'mjc; pativiso thapito 'ti. || 2 1| nana te Kassapa etad ahosi : etara-
^ f^' hi kho me mah&yaiiilo paccupatthito kevalakapp^ ca Anga-
magadhd. pah&tam kh&daniyam bhojaniyam dd&ya abhikka-
missanti. sace mah&samano mah&janak&ye iddhip&tih&riyam
karifisati. mah&samanassa l&bhasakk&ro abhivaddhissati. ma-
ma l&bhasakk&ro parih&yissati. aho n^a mah&samano By&-
tan&ya n&gaccheyy& 'ti.. ||3|| so kho aham Eassapa taya
cetasJl cetopariyitakkam aiiii&ya Uttarakurum ganty& tato
pindap&tam &harity& Anotattadahe paribhufijityft tatth' eya
diy&yih&ram ak&sin ti. atha kho Urayelakassapassa jatilassa
etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mah&samano mah&nubh&yo^
yatra hi n&ma cetas&pi cittam paj&nissati, na ty eya ca kho
arah& yath& ahan ti. atha kho bhagay& Urayelakassapassa
jatilassa bhattam paribhiuljity& tasmim yeya yanasande yi-
h&si. II4II

paiicamam patih&riyam. ||19||

^ tena kho pana samayena bhagayato pamsuk(ilam uppannam

hoti. atha kho bhagayato etad ahosi : kattha nu kho aham
pamsukMam dhoyeyyan ti. atha kho Sakko dey&nam indo
bhagayato cetas& cetopariyitakkam anii&ya p&nin& pokkhara-
nim khanity& bhagayantani etad ayoca : idha bhante bhagayft
pamsukfQam dhoyatd 'ti. atha kho bhagayato etad ahosi :
kimhi nu kho aham pamsukulam parimaddeyyan ti. atha
kho Sakko dey&nam indo bhagayato cetasi cetopariyitakkam
afiii&ya mahatim silain upanikkhipi idha bhante bhagay&
pamsukMam parimaddatd 'ti. || 1 1| atha kho bhagayato etad
ahosi : kimhi nu kho aham &lambity& uttareyyan ti. atha
kho kakudhe adhiyatth& deyat& bhagayato cetasft cetopari-
vitakkain aM&ya s&khani onamesi idha bhante bhagay&

1. 90. 2-7] MAHAVAGGA. 29

Alambityft nttaratft 'ti. atlia kho bhagavato «tad aliosi:
kimlii na kho aham pamsukMam vifisajjeyyan ti. atha kho
Sakko deT&nam indo bhagavato ceta8& cetoparivitakkam
ann&ja mabatim silam upanikkbipi idba bhante bbagayft
pamsukiilani Yissajjetii 'ti. ||2|| atha kho TJruyelakassapo
jatilo ta88& rattiy& accayena yena bhagay& ten' upasamkami,
npa8aTpkamitv& bhagavantain etad avoca : k&lo mah&samanay
nitthitam bhattain. kim na kho mah&samana nftyam pubbe
idha pokkharani, s&yain idha pokkharant, na yimft sili pubbe
upanikkhitt^ ken' ini4 silft npanikkhittft, na yimassa kaku-
dhasaa pubbe s&khft onatft, s&yam 8&kh& onatd 'ti. H 3 1| idha
me Kassapa pamsukiilam uppannam ahosi, tassa mayham
£as8apa etad ahosi : kattha nu kho aham pamsuk&lam dho-
veyyan ti. atha kho Kassapa Sakko dev&nam indo mama
ceta8& cetoparivitakkam afiKllya pftninft pokkharanim kha-
nitvft mam etad avoca : idha bhante bhagav& pamsukiilam
dhovatii 'ti. sAyam amanussena pActinA khanitft pokkharani.
tassa mayham Kassapa etad ahosi : kimhi nu kho aham
pamsukftlam parimaddeyyan ti. atha kho Kassapa Sakko
dev&nam indo mama cetasA cetoparivitakkam a£Lnftya maba-
tim silam upanikkbipi idha bhante pamsukilQam parimaddatA
'ti. s&yam amanussena nikkhitt& sil&. ||4|| tassa mayham
Kassapa etad ahosi: kimhi nu kho aham &lambitv& utta-
reyyan ti. atha kho Kassapa kakudhe adhivatthA devat&
mama cetas& cetoparivitakkam afiii&ya sAkham onamesi idha
bhante bhagav& &lambitv& uttarat£l 'ti. sv &yam ftharahattho
kakudho. tassa mayham Kassapa etad ahosi : kimhi nu kho
aham pamsukiilam vissajjeyyan ti. atha kho Sakko dev&nam
indo mama cetasA cetoparivitakkam aiiil&ya mabatim silam
upanikkbipi idha bhante bhagavA pamsukiilam vissajjetd 'ti.
s&yam amanussena nikkhittA silA 'ti. ||5|| atha kho TJruvela-
kassapassa jatilassa etad ahosi : mahiddhiko kho mahAsamano
mahAnubhAvo, yatra hi nAma Sakko devAnam indo veyyA-
vaccam karissati, na tv eva ca kho arahA yathA ahan ti. atha
kho bhagavA TJruvelakassapassa jatilassa bhattam bhufijitvA
tasmim yeva vanasande vihAsi. ||6||

atha kho Uruvelakassapo jatQo tassA rattiyA accayena
yena bhagavA ten' upasamkami, upasamkamitvA bhaga^

30 M AhIyAOGA. [1. 90. 7-1 1 .

vato kdlam ftrocesi: k&lo maliftsamana nifthitain bhattan
tL gaccha tyam Kassapa, fty&m' ahan ti Uravelakaasa-
pam jatilam uyyojetv& y&ya jambuy&yaiii Jambudipo
paiin&yati, tato pbalam gahetyll pathamataraipL &gantvft
agy&g&re nistdi. ||7|| addasa kho IJravelakassapo jatUo
bhagavantam agy&g&re niBinnaniy disv&na bhagayantam
etad avoca: katamena tvam mah&samana maggena &gato.
aham tay& pathamataram pakkanto, so tvam. pathama-
taram &gantY& agyig^re nisinno Hi. ||8|| idh&ham Kassa-
pa tarn uyyojetvll y&ya jambuyftyam Jambudipo pa8iia«
yati, tato phalam gahetvA pathamataram ftganty& agy&-»
g&re nisimio. idam kho Kassapa jambuphalam yajona*
sampannaqi gandhasampannam rasasampannam, sace ikan-
khasiy paribhufiji 'ti. alam mah&samai?ia, tyam yey' etam
arahasi, tyam yey' etam paribhuiij&htti. atha kho Uruyela-
kassapaasa jatilassa etad ahosi : mahiddhiko kho mahftsamano
mah&nubh&yo, yatra hi nftma mam pathamataram uyyojety&
y&ya jambuy&yaifi JambtLdipo panfL&yati, tato phalam gahetyA
pathamataram &ganty& agy&gftre msldissatiy na ty eya ca kho
arah& yath& ahan ti. atha kho bhagay& Frayelakasaapaafla
jatilassa bhattam bhufijity^ tasmim yeya yanasande yih&si. ||9||
atha kho Uruyelakassapo jafilo tassft rattiy& accayena yena
bhagay& ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityft bhagayato k41am
irocesi : kftlo mahftsamana nitthitam bhattan tL gacoha
tyam Kassapa^ &yftm' ahan ti Uruyelakassapam jatilam uyyo-
jety& y&ya jambuy&yam Jambudipo panii&yati, taaai, ayid&re
ambo — gha — tassft ayiddre &malakl — la — tassi ayid&re hari-
takt — ^la — T&yatimsam ganty& p&ricchattakapuppham gahe-
ty& pathamataram &ganty4 agy&g&re nistdi. addasa kho
Uruyelakassapo jatilo bhagayantam agy&gftre nisinnam, dio-
y&na bhagayantain etad ayooa : katamena tyam mahftsamai^a
maggena &gato. aham tay& pathamataram pakkanto, so
tyam pathamataram &ganty& agy&g&re nisinno 'ti. ||10||
idh&ham Elassapa tarn uyyojety& T&yatimsam ganty& p&ric-
chattakapuppham gahety& pathamataram &ganty& agy&g&re
nisinno. idam kho Kassapa p&ricchattakapuppham yaii^na-
sampannam gandhasampannam, sace &kankhasi, ganh& 'tL
alam mah&samaj;^, tyam yey' etam arahasi, tyam yey' etam

I. so. 11-15] MAHAVAGGA. 31

ganhft 'ti. atha kho UruTelakassapassa jatilassa etad ahosi :
mahiddliiko kho mah&samano mah&nubhftvo, yatra hi n&ma
mam pathamataram uy7ojety& Tftvatimsam ganty& pftric-
chattakapuppham gahetv& pathamataram &gantT& agy&gftre
nistdiasatiy na tv eva ca kho arah4 yathft ahan ti. || 11 i|

tena kho pana samayena te jatil& aggt paricaritukAm& na
sakkonti kat^hAni ph&letum. atha kho tesam ja(il4nam etad
ahosi : mssamflayani kho mahAsamaigiasea iddhAnubhivo, ya-
thft mayai|i na eakkoma ka^th&ni ph&Ietun ti. atha kho
bhagayft TTravelakaaaapam jatilam etad avoca: phUiyanta
Kassapa katth&ntti. ph41iyantu mah4samaD& 'ti. sakid eya
pailcakatthasat&ni philiyimsu. atha kho Uruvelakasaapassa
jatilassa etad ahosi : mahiddhiko kho mahftsama^o mahft-
nubhAyOy yatra hi n&ma kat^hftni pi phlLliyissanti, na ty eya
ca kho arahft yath& ahan ti. ||12|j tena kho pana samayena
te jatil& aggt paricarituk&m& na sakkonti aggl ujjaletiim.
atha kho tesam jatil&nam etad ahosi : nissamsayam kho
mahAsamanassa iddhftnubh&yoy yath4 mayam na sakkoma
aggi njjaletan tL atha kho bhagay4 Uruyelakassapam jati-
lam etad ayoca: ujjaliyantu Eassapa aggtti. njjaliyantu
mahAsama^H 'ti. sakid eya pa£Lca aggisatftni ujjalimsu. atha
kho TTruyelakassapassa jatilassa etad ahosi : mahiddhiko kho
mahftsama^o mah4nubh4yo, yatra hi n4ma aggl pi njjaliyis-
santiy na ty eya ca kho arah& yathft ahan ti. || 13 1| tena kho
pana samayena te ja^4 aggt parioarity& na sakkonti aggt
yijjh&petum. atha kho tesam jatilftnam etad ahosi : nissam-
sayam kho mahAsamanassa iddhftnubh4yo, yath& mayam na
sakkoma aggl yijjh4petnn ti. atha kho bhagay& Uruyela-
kassapam ja(ilam etad ayoca: yijjh4yantu Kassapa aggtti.
yijjhftyantu mahslsamaQ^ 'ti. sakid eya pafioa aggisat&ni
yijjhftyimsa. atha kho Urayelakassapassa jatilassa etad
ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mah&samano mahftnubbftyo, yatra
hi n&ma aggl pi yijibdyissanti, na ty eya ca kho arahft yath&
ahan ti. [|14|| tena kho pana samayena te jatU& sttftsu
hemantikftsu rattisu antaratthak&su himapAtasamaye najj4 ^^o^y^l^^
Nerafijar&yam nimujjanti pi, ummujjanti pi, ummujjani-
mnjjam pi karonti. atha kho bhagayft paflcamatt4ni man-
d&mukhisat4ni abhinimmini, yattha te jatil4 uttarity4 yisib-

32 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 90. 16-18.

besum. atlia kho tesam jatil&nam etad ahosi : nissamsayam
"kho mahdsamanassa iddh&nubh&vo^ yatM h' im4 mand&-
mukhiyo iiimmit& 'ti. atha klio TJruvelakassapassa jatilassa
etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mah&samano mah&nubh&vo,
yatra hi n&ma mah&mandamukhiyo abhinimminissati, na ty
eva ca kho arahd. yath& ahan ti. ||15|| tena kho pana sa-
maycna mah&ak&lamegho vassi, mah&udakav&hako sanj&yi.
yasmim padese bhagay& viharati, so padeso udakena anuot-
thato hoti. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi : yam iiiin&ham
8amant4 udakam us8&retv& majjhe re^uhat&ya bh(imiy& can-
kameyyan ti. atha kho bhagav& samant& udakam U88&retv&
majjhe renuhat&ya bh{lmiy& caiikami. atha kho XJruyela-
kassapo jatilo m& h' eva kho mah&samano udakena vulho
ahositi n&v&ya sambahulehi jatilehi saddhim yasmim padese
bhagay& viharati tarn padesam agam&si. addasa kho ITru-
velakassapo jafilo bhagavantam samant& udakam uss&retY&
majjhe re^uhatftya bh<imiy& cankamantam, disy&na bhaga-
yantam etad ayoca: idha nu tyam mahftsamanft Hi. ayam
ah' asmi Kassapd, 'ti bhagay& yeh&sam abbhugganty& n&yelya
paccutthftsi. atha kho IJruyelakassapassa jatilassa etad ahosi :
mahiddhiko kho mah&samano mah&nubh&yo, yatra hi n&ma
udakam pi na payahissati^ na ty eya ca kho arahi yath& ahan
ti. II 16 II

atha kho bhagayato etad ahosi: ciram pi kho imassa
moghapurisassa eyam bhayissati : mahiddhiko kho mah&-
samano mahsLnubh&yo, na ty eya ca kho arah& yath& ahan
ti. yam nfinftham imam jatilam samyejeyyan ti. atha kho
bhagayfi XJruyelakassapam jatilam etad ayoca : n' eya kho
tyam Kassapa arah&, na pi arahattamaggam samftpanno, s&
pi te patipad& n' atthi, yftya tyam arah& y& assa arahatta-
maggam y& sam&panno 'ti. atha kho XJruyelakassapo jatilo
bhagayato p&desu siras& nipatity& bhagayantam etad ayoca :
labheyy&ham bhante bhagayato santike pabbajjam^ labhe-
yyam upasampadan ti. || 17 1| f tyam kho 'si Kassapa paii-
cannam jatilasat&nam n&yako yin&yako aggo pamukho p&-
mokkho, te pi t&ya apalokehi^ yath& te maii&issanti tathft
karissanttti. atha kho XJruyelakassapo jatilo yena te jatilft
ten' upasamkami, upasamkamity& te jatile etad ayoca : icch&m'

J'30,

maha^,,^^^ tathA iarontd 'ti,^^^ ^athA bh«.

-••^^^CAaaaa at.t»il- •

^«f"« J^erf^^ •' /°^ t' «va me' bhS ^^''*™*°«> disvAii'
«^°«a: ii^^*^^°»i'vAAyJrantemr'^P<>*«°'«pa-

y*^ bhant^ * *»*^a8avantani etad ayoomn ^^^ ^?^^" ^-

bhikkh,
al
tesam

^•"•^avA te?^p^««-i«-P udake pa^Ab^tr^^

•^ ««Pi«mini8u, upaaanJcamitvA bW W^^

34 mahIyagoa. [1. 80. 23-21 4.

pftdesu sira8& xiipatitv& bhagayantam etad avocum : labhey-
y&ma mayam bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjam, labheyyft-
ma upasampadan ti. etha bhikkbavo 'ti bhagay& ayoca,
sv&kkh&to dhammOy caratha brahmacariyam Bainin& du-
kkhaasa aiitakiriy&y& 'ti. b& Va tesam ftyasmantftnam upa-
sampad& abosi. || 23 1|

bhagayato adhittb&nena pafica katthasat&ni na pb&liyimfiu,
pbftliyimsuy aggi na ujjalimsa, ujjalimsu, na yijjhftyimBu,
yijjb&yiinsu, paiica mand&mukhisat&ni abhinimmini. etena
nayena addbuddhap&tih&riyasabass&ni honti. || 241120 II

atba kbo bhagaya TTruyelftyam yatb&bhirantam yiharityft
yena Gay&sisam tena c&rikain pakk&mi mahat& bbikkhu-
samghena saddbim bbikkhusahassena Babbeb' eya purftna-
jatilehi. tatra sudam bhagayft GayAyam yibarati Gtiyft-
stse Baddbim bbikkbusahassena. ||1|| tatra kbo bbagav&
bbikkbd ftmantesi : sabbam bhikkhaye ftdittam. kifi ca
bhikkhaye sabbam Adittam. cakkhum bhikkhaye &dittam,

• • • • #

rftpft dditti^ cakkhuyififi&nam ddittam, cakkhusamphasso
ftditto, yad idam cakkhusamphassapaccayA uppajjati yedayi-
tam sukham y& dukkham y& adukkhamasukham y&, tam pi
ftdittam. kena ftdittam, rftgaggin& dosaggin& mohaggiD&
&dittam, jfttiy& jar&ya mara^ena sokebi parideyehi dakkhehi
domanassehi up&yftsehi ftdittan ti yad&mi. ||2 1| sotam &dittaiii,
8add& &ditt&, — la — gh&nam ftdittam, gandh& &ditt&, jiyh&
ftditt&, ra8& ftditti, k&yo ftditto, photthabb& ftdittA, mano
ftditto, - dhammft ftditt&, manoyifiiift^am ftdittam, manosam-
phasso &ditto, yad idam mano8ampha66apaecay& uppajjati
yedayitam sukham y& dukkham y& adukkhamasukham yk,
tam pi &dittam. kena &dittam, r&gaggin& dosagginA moha-
ggini ftdittam, j&tiy& jar&ya maranena sokehi parideyehi
dukkhehi domanassehi upftyftsehi ddittan ti yad&mi. ||3||
eyam passam bhikkhaye sutay& ariyasftyako cakkhusmim pi
nibbindati^ rdpesu pi nibbindati, cakkhuyiMcLne pi nibbinda-
ti, cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati, yad idam cakkhusam-
phassapaccayft uppajjati yedajritam sukham y& dukkham yft
adukkhamasukham y&, tasmim pi nibbindati. sotasmim pi
nibbindati, saddesu pi nibbindati, gh&nasmim pi nibbin-

L SI. 4-8S. 8.] MAHAYAGOA. 35

dati, gandhesa pi nibbindati, jiyh&ya pi nibbindatiy ra-
aesa pi nibbindafciy k&yaBmim pi nibbiadatii pbotthabbeeu
pi nibbindati, manasmim pi nibbindati, dbammesu pi
nibbindatiy manoYififi&^e pi nibbindati, manosamphasse
pi nibbindati, yad idam manosampbaasapaccayft uppajjati
yedayitam saldiam v& dokkhani y& adukkbamaBukham
Y&, taBmim pi nibbindati, nibbindam yirajjati^ Yir&g& yi-
mnocati, yimnttasmim yimutt' ambtti &&naiii hoti, kbin&
j&ti, yuflitani brahmacariyam, katam karaniyam, n&param
ittbattayft 'ti paj&n&tttL imasmim ca pana yeyy^karanasmim
bhafiiiani&iie tassa bhikkhnflahaBBaiwa anup&dftya Asayehi
citt&ni yimucoimfln. i|4|| ftdittapariyftyam nittbitam.
112111 XJruyelap&tib&riyam tatiyakabb&i^ay&ram

nittbitam.

• • •

atba kbo bbagay& Gay&slse yatb&bbirantaiii yiharity& yena
R&jagabain tena c&rikam pakk&mi mahat^ bbikkhusam-
ghena saddhim bhikkbusabassena sabbeh' eya pur&i^jatilehi.
atba kbo bbagay& anupubbena c&rikam caram&no yena R&ja-
gabam tad ayaaari. tatra Budam bhagayft B&jagabe yibarati
Lattbiyanuyy&ne Supatitthe cetiye. ||1|| assosi kbo
T&J& M&gadbo Seniyo BimbisHro: sama^jio kbala bbo
Ootamo Sakyaputto SakyakulU pabbajito B&jagaham anu-
ppatto R&jagahe yibarati Lattbiyanuyy&ne Supatittbe cetiye.
tain kbo pana bbagayantam Gotamam eyam kalyftno kitti-
aaddo abbbuggato iti pi, so bbagay& araham samm&sam-
buddbo yijjftcaraQasampanno sugato lokayid^i anuttaro puri-
sadammas&rathi satth& deyamanuss&nam buddbo bhagay&,

so imam lokam sadeyakam sam&rakam sabrahmakam sassa-

• • ■ • •

ma^abr&bmai^Lim pajam sadeyamanussam sayam abhiiifisl
aacobikaty& payedeti, so dbammam deseti Adikaly^am majjbe-
kaly&^am pariyosftnakalyl^^am s&ttham sayyafijanam keya-
laparipiu^am paiisuddham brabmacariyam pak&seti. sftdbu
kbo pana tathllriip&nain arabatam dassanam botiti. ||2 i| atba
kbo r&j& M&gadbo Seniyo Bimbis&ro dyftdasanabutebi M&ga-
dbikebi br&bmanagabapatikebi pariyuto yena bbagay& ten'
npasamkamiy upasamkamitylL bbagayantam abhiv&dety& ekam-
antain nisldi. te pi kbo dy&da8anahut& H&gadbik& brilb-

36 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 28. 3-7.

managaliapatikll appekacce bhagavantam abliiv&dety& ekam-
antam nisidiinsuy appekacce bhagayat& ' saddbim sammo-
dimsUi sammodaniyam katham s&raigLiyam vitis&rety& ekam-
antam nisldimsu, appekacce yena bbagay& ten' afijalim
panamety& ekamantam nistdimsu, appekacce bhagayato Ban-
tike n&magottam 8&yety& ekamantam nistdimsu, apekacce
tiiXLbibbi!Lt& ekamantam nisldimsu. ||3|| atha kho tesam dy&-
daaanahut&nam M&gadhik&Qam brfthmanagabapatik&nam
etad ahosi : kim nu kho mab&samano IJruyelakassape brah-
macariyam carati, udsLhu Uruyelakassapo mabftsamane brah-
macariyam caratlti. atba kho bhagay& tesam dy&dasanahu-
t&nam M&gadhik&nam br&hma^gahapatik&nam cetasJl ceto-
pariyitakkam aoMya ftyasmantam Uruyelakassapam g&th&ya
ajjhabhasi :

kim eya disy& Urayelayftsi pahftsi aggim kisako yad&no.
pucch&mi tarn Kassapa etam attham, katham pahinam

taya aggihuttan ti.|
rApe ca sadde ca atho rase ca k&mitthiyo c&bhiyadanti

yaMi.
etam malan ti upadhlsu fiaty&y tasmft na yitthe na hate

araiijin tL ||4'||
ettha ca te mano na ramittha KassapA 'ti bhagayft ayoca,

rApesu saddesu atho rasesu
atha ko carahi deyamanossaloke rato inano Eassapa briihi

me tan ti.|
disy& padam santam anupadhikam akiiicanam k&mabhaye

asattam
anaililath&bh&yiin anailiianeyyam, tasmft na yitthe na hute

araHjin ti. ||5||

atha kho ftyasmft Uruyelakassapo utth&yftsan& ekamsam
uttarAsangam karity& bhagayato p&desu sirasd nipatity& bha-
gayantam etad ayoca : satth& me bhante bhagayll, sayako
'ham asmiy satthft me bhante bhagay&, s&yako 'ham asmitL
atha kho tesam dyftdasanahutllnam Mllgadhik&nam brfthma-
nagahapatik&nam etad ahosi: Uruyelakassapo mah&sama^e
bndimacariyam caratlti. || 6 1| atha kho bhagay& tesam dy&-
dasanahutftnam Mftgadhik&nam br&hmanagahapatik&nam ce«

r

1. 82. 7-11.] MAmvVAGGA. 37

ta8& oetoparivitakkam a&fiija anapubbikatliam kathesi ae-
yyath' idam: d&nakathani silakatbam saggakatham k&m&nam
&dinavam ok&ram samkilesam nekkhamme AniHamfiam pak&-
sesL yad& te bhagayft annftsi kallacitte mudacitte yiniyarai^-
citte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha y& buddb&nam s&mu-
kkain8ik4 dbammadesan&y tun pakftsesi, dukkbam samuda-
yam nirodbam maggam. ||7|| 8eyyatb&pi n&ma suddbam
vattbam apagatakftlakam sammad eya rajanam patiganbeyya,
evam eva ekftdasanabnt&nam MAgadbik&nam br&bmanagaba-
patikftnam Bimbis&rapanmkb&nam tasmim yeva ftsane yira-
jam vltamalai n dbamm acakkham udap&di yaQi kiiioi samuda-
yadbammam sabbam tam nirodbadhamman ti, ekanabutam
upSsakattam pativedesi. ||8 1| atba kbo r&j& M&gadbo Seniyo
Bimbis&ro dittbadbammo pattadbammo Yiditadbammo pari*
yog&lbadbammo tinnayicikiccbo vigatakatbamkatbo vesA-
rajjappatto aparappaccayo sattbu s&sane bbagavantain etad
avooa: pubbe me bbante kum&rassa sato paiica a as&sakA
abesum, te me etarabi samiddbA. pubbe me bbante kam&raasa
eato etad abosi: abo vata mam rajje abbisificeyyan ti,
ayam kbo me bbante patbamo ass&sako abosi, so me etarabi
samiddbo. tassa ca me yijitam arabam sammftsambuddbo ''^^
okkameyyA 'ti, ayam kbo me bbante datiyo ass&sako abosi,
so me etarabi samiddbo. ||9|| tail c&bam bbagayantam
payimp&seyyan ti, ayam kbo me bbante tatiyo assftsako
abosiy so me etarabi samiddbo. so ca me bbagavA dbammam
deseyyA 'ti, ayam kbo me bbante catuttbo assftsako abosi,
so me etarabi samiddbo. tassa cftham bbagavato dbammam
ftjftneyyan ti, ayam kbo me bbante paficamo assftsako abosi,
so me etarc^ samiddbo. pubbe me bbante kum&rassa sato
ime pafica assftsakft abesum, te me etarabi samiddbft. ||10||
abbikkantam bbante, abbikkantam bbante, seyyatbftpi bbante
nikkujjitam vft uKkujjeyya paticcbannam vft yivareyya
mCQbassa t& maggam ftcikkbeyya andbakftre yft telapajjotam
dbftreyya cakkbumanto riipftni dakkbintlti, eyam eya bbaga-
yatft anekapariyftyena dbammo pakftsito. es' ftbam bbante
bbagayantam saranam gaccbftmi dbammail ca bbikkbusam-^
gbafi ca, upftsakam mam bbante bbagayft dbftretu ajjatagge ^-^^-^f^
p&i^upetain saranam gatan ti, » adbiyftsetu ca me bbantQ

► #>V>»v

38 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 88. 11-16.

bhagavtl gy&tan&ya bhattam saddhim bhikkhu8amghen& 'ti.
adhivftsesi bbagavi tunhibh&vena. ||11|| atha kho rftj&
M&gadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro bbagayato adhiv&sanam yiditv&
uttMyftsanft bbagaTantam abbivftdetv& padakkhinam katy&
pakkdrini. atha kho rllj& M&gadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro tas8&
rattiy& acoayena pa^itam kh&daniyam bhojaniyam patiyftd&-
petv& bhagavato klllam irocapesi: k&lo bhante, nitthitam
bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavft pubbanhasamayam niy&8etv&
pattaclvaram &d&ya R&jagaham p&visi mahatft bhikkhusam-
ghena saddhim bhikkhusahassena sabbeh' eva pur&najati-
lehi II 12 II tena kho pana samayena Sakko devJloam
indo m&nayakayannam abhmimminitv& buddhapamukhassa
bhikkhusamghassa purato-purato gacchati im& g&th&yo giya-
m&no :

danto dantehi saha pur&najatilehi yippamutto yippamuttehi
singtnikkhasuyanno Bftjagaham p&yisi bhagay&.|
mutto muttehi saha pur&najatilehi yippamutto yippa-
muttehi
singtnikkhasuyanno B&jagaham pftyisi bhagayA.|
tinno tinnehi saha pur&najatilehi yippamutto yippamuttehi
siiiglnikkhasuyanno R&jagaham p&yisi bhagay&.|
dasayftso dasabalo dasadhammayidA dasabhi o' upeto
BO dasasatapariyftro B&jagaham p&yisi bhagay& 'ti. || 13 1|

manuss& Sakkam dey&nam indam passityft eyam &hamsu:
abhirftpo yat&yam mftnayako, dassaniyo yat&yam mftniayakoi
p&s&diko yat&yam m&nayako. kassa nu kho ayam m&Qayako
'ti. eyam yutte Sakko dey&nam indo te manusse g&th&ya
ajjhabh&si :

yo dhiro sabbadhi danto buddho appatipuggalo
araham sugato loke tass&ham paricftrako 'ti. ||14||

atha kho bhagay& yena rafifio M&gadhassa Seniyassa
Bimbis&rassa niyesanam ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityft
paftiiatte ftsane nistdi saddhim bhikkhusamghena* atha
kho r&j& M&gadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro buddhapamukham
bhikkhusamgham panttena khftdaniyena bhojaniyena sa-
hatth& santappety& sampay&retyft bhagayantam bhuttftyim
onitapattap&^im ekamantam nisidi. ||15|j ekamantam ni-

1. 92. 16-88. 2.] MAHAYAGGA. 39

Binnassa kho n&So Mftgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisftrassa
etad ahoai: kattha nu kho bhagay& vihareyyay yam assa
g&mato n' eva ayidiire na accftsanne gaman&gainana-
sampannani iit tlii IrATiaTn » Att liilc An tm manuflsftnam abhikka-
maniyam, dxvik app&kin]^am rattim appasaddam appani-
gghosam Tijanay&tam manuasar&haseyyakam pati8allftna8&-
rappan ti. ||16|| aiha kho raMo M&gadhaasa Seniyaasa

Bimbis&rafisa etad ahosi: idam kho amh&kam Yeluyanam

# • • • •

uyy&nam g&mato n' eva ayidiire na aoc&sanne gaman&gama-
nasampannam atthikAnani-atthikftnaTn manuss&nam abhikka-
maniyam, diy& appAkixiT^arn, rattim appasaddam appaniggho-
sam yijanay&tam manossar&haseyyakam patisall&nas&ruppam.
yam n(bi&ham Yeluyanam uyyilnam buddhapamukhaasa
bhikkhusamghassa dadeyyan ti. ||17|| atha kho r&j& M&ga-
dho Seniyo Bimbis&ro soyanijamayam bhinkftram gahety&
bhagayato onojesi et&ham bhante Ye}ayanam uyy&nam
bnddhapamukhassa bhikkhusamghassa dammiti. patiggaheed
bhagay& &r&mam. atha kho bhagay& r&j&nam M&gadham
Seniyam Bimbis&ram dhammiy& kathftya sandaasetyjl samft-
dapety& samattejety& 8ampaham8ety& utth&yft8an& pakk&mi.
atha kho bhagay& etasmim nid&ne dhammikatham katy& bhi-
kkhft ftmantesi : anuj&nftmi bhikkhaye ftr&man ti. ||18||22ll

tena kho pana samayena Saiijayo paribb&jako B&jagahe
patiyasati mahatiy& paribb&jakapatis&ya saddhim addha-
teyyehi pairibb&jakasatehi. tena kho pana samayena S&ri-
puttamoggalldnft Saiijaye paribb&jake brahmacariyam
caranti, tehi katik& katft hoti : yo pathamam amatam adhi-
gacchati so ftrocetd Hi. ||1|| atha kho &yasm& Assaji
pabbanhasamayam niy&8ety& pattaclyaram ftd&ya BAjagaham
pind&ya p&yisi p&s&dikena abhikkantena patikkantena &loki-
tena yilokitena sammiiijitena pas&ritena okkhittacakkhu
iriy&pathasampanno. addasa kho S&riputto paribb&jako
&yasmantam Assajim B&jagahe pind&ya carantam p&s&dikena
abhikkantena patikkantena &lokitena yilokitena sammiiijitena
pas&ritena okkhittacakkhmn iriy^pathasampannam, disy&n'
assa etad ahosi: ye yata loke arahanto y& arahattamaggam yft
Bam&pann&, ayam tesam bhikkhtknam annataro, yam ndnft-

40 MAHAYAGGA. [1. 28. 2-6.

ham imam bhikkhmn Tipa8amkamity& puccheyyam : kam 'si
tvam &VUSO uddissa pabbajito, ko yk te satthH, kassa v& tvam
dhammam roceslti. ||2|| atha kho S&riputtassa paribb&ja-
kassa etad ahosi: ak&lo kho imam bhikkhum pucchitum,
antaragharam pavittho pind&ya carati. yam n{in&ham imam
bhikkhmn pitthito-pitthito anubandheyyam atthikehi upa-
iln&tam maggan ti. atha kho ftyasmft Assaji B&jagahe
pind&ya caritvft pii^dap&tam &d&ya patikkami. atha kho
S&riputto paribb&jako yenftyasm& Assaji ten' upasamkami,
upaBamkamitv& ftyasmat^ Assajinft saddhim sammodi^ sam*
modaniyam katham s&raniyam Ylti8&retv& ekamantam atth&-
siy ekamantam thito kho S&riputto paribb&jako &yasmantam
Assajim etad avoca : yippasann&ni kho te &yuso indriy&ni,
parisuddho chayivanno pariyod&to, kam 'si tyam &yuso
uddissa pabbajito, ko y& te satthll, kassa y& tyam dhammam
rocesiti. ||3|| atth' &yuso mah&samano Sakyaputto Sakya-
kul& pabbajito, t&ham bhagayantam uddissa pabbajito, so ca
me bhagay& satthft^ tassa e&ham bhagayato dhammam roce-
mtti. kimyftdi pan&yasmato satth& kimakkh&yiti. aham
kho &yuso nayo acirapabbajito adhun&gato imam dhamma-
yinayam, na t' &ham sakkomi yitth&rena dhammam desetum,
api ca te samkhittena attham yakkh&miti. atha kho S&ri-
putto paribb&jako &yasmantam Assajim etad ayoca: hotu
iyuso, appam y& bahum y& bhftsassu, attham yeya me br&hi,
atthen' eya me attho, kim k&hasi yyaiijanam bahun ti. || 4 1|
atha kho &yasm& Assaji S&riputtassa paribb&jakassa imam
dhammapariyAyamabhaai:

ye dhamm& hetuppabhay& tesam hetum tath&gato &ha
tesafL oa yo nirodho eyamy&di mah&samano 'ti.

atha kho S&riputtassa paribb&jakassa imam dhammapariy&-
yam sutyA yirajam vltamalam dhammacakkhum udapAdi
yam kiiici samudayadhammam sabbam tarn nirodhadham-
man ti. es' eya dhanmio yadi tftyad eya paccayyath& padam
asokam adittham abbhafTtam bahukehi kappanahutehtti. ||5||
atha kho Sftriputto paribb&jako yena Moggall&no paribb&jako
ten' upasamkami. addasa kho Moggall&no paribb&jako S&ri-
puttam paribb&jakam ddrato 'ya &gacchantam^ disy&na S&ri-

1. 8S. 6-10] MAHAYAOGA. 41

puttam paribbftjakam etad ayoca : Yippasann&ni kho te ftvoso
indriyftniy paiisuddho chavivanno pariyodftto^ kacci nu tyam
kvuBO amatam adhigato 'ti. &m4yu80 amatam adhigato
'ti. yaih& katham pana tyam ftyuso amatam adhigato
'ti. II 6 II idhftham ftyuso addasam Assajim bhikkhum R&ja-
gabe pind&ya carantam p&s&dikena abhikkantena patikkan-
tena ftlokitena yilokitena sammifljitena pae&ritena okkhitta-
cakkbum iriy&patbasampaniiam, disy&na me etad abosi: ye
Tata loke arabanto y& arabattamaggam yft 8am&pann&^ ayam
tesam bbikkbiinam ailiiataroy yam niinftbam imam bbikkbum
upasamkamityA puccbeyyam: kam 'si tyam &yu80 uddissa
pabbajitOy ko yk te sattb&y kassa y& tyam dbammam roce-
aitL 117(1 tassa maybam ftynso etad abosi: ak&lo kbo imam
bbikkbum pnccbitmiiy antaragbaram payittbo pind&ya carati.
yam nihi&bam imam bbikkbum pittbito-pitthito anubandbe-
yyam attbikebi upafiii&tam maggan tL atba kbo &yuso
Assaji bbikku BAjagabe pind&ya carityft pl^dapfttam ftdftya
pafikkamL atba kby &bam ayuso yena Assaji bbikkhu
ten' upasamkamim, upasamkamityft Assajinft bbikkbun&
saddbim sammodim, sammodantyam katbam s&rai^tyam yi-
tis&rety& ekamantam attbftsim, ekamantam tbito kbo abam
&yu6o Assajim bbikkbum etad ayocam : yippasann&ni kbo te
ftyuso indriyftni^ parisuddbo cbayiya^o pariyod&tOy kam 'si
tyam &yuso uddissa pabbajito, ko yft te sattbft, kassa y&
tyam dbammam rooeslti. j|8j| attb' &yuso mabftsamano
Sakyaputto Sakyakulft pabbajito, t&bam bbagayantam uddissa
pabbajitOy so ca me bbagayfi. sattb&, tassa c&bam bbagayato
dbammaTp rocemlti. kimv&dl pan&yasmato sattb& kimakkbft-
ylti. abam kbo ftyuso nayo acirapabbajito adbunftgato imam
dbammayinayam, na t' ftbam sakkomi yittbftrena dbammam
desetum, api ca te samkbittena attbam yakkb&miti. appam
yft babum yft bbftsassu, attbam yeya me brftbi^ attben' eya
me attbo^ kim kftbad yyaiijanam babun ti. || 9 1| atba kbo
ftyuso Assaji bbikkbu imam dbammapariyftyam abbftsi :

ye dbammft betuppabbayft tesam betum tatbftgato ftba
tesa£L ca yo nirodho eyamyftdi mabftsamaigio 'ti.

atba kbo Moggallftnassa paribbftjakassa imam dbammapari-

42 HAHAyAOGA. [1. 28. 10-M. 4.

yftyam 8uty& virajam yltamalam dhammacakkhum udap&di
yam kiiici samadayadhammam sabbam tain nirodhadha-
mman ti. es' eya dhammo yadi tftyad eya paccayyath&
padam asokani adittbaiu abbhatitam babukebi kappanabute-

hlti. II10II23II

atha kho Moggall&no paribb&jako S&riputtam pa-
ribb&jakam etad ayoca : gacoh&ma mayam ftyuso bbagayato
santike, so no bbagayft Batth& 'ti. im&ni kho llyuso addha-
teyy&ni paribb&jakasat&ni amhe niss&ya amhe sampassant^
idha yibaranti, te pi t&ya apalok&ma, yatb& te mail&issantiy
tath& karifisantiti. atha kho S&ripattamoggall&n& yena te
paribb4jak& ten' upasamkamiinsu, upa8ainkainity& te paribb&-
jake etad ayooum : gaocbftma mayam &yaso bbagayato san*
tike, so no bhagayft satth& 'ti. mayam ftyasmante niss&ya
llyasmante sampassantft idha yiharftma, sace ftyasmanti ma-
h&samane brahmacariyam carissanti, sabbeya mayam mah&-
samane brahmacariyam cari8s&m& 'tL i|l|| atha kho 6&ri-
puttamoggall&ni yena Saflj ayo paribb&jako ten' upasamka-
mimsu, upasamkamityft Safijayam paribb&jakam etad ayocum:
gacch&ma mayam &yu80 bbagayato santike, so no bhagay&
satth& 'ti. alam &yuso m& agamittha, sabbeya tayo imam
ganam pariharissftm& 'ti. dutiyam pi kho — la — tatiyam
pi kho S&riputtamoggall&n& Safijayam paribb&jakam etad
ayocnm : gacch&ma mayam ftynso bbagayato santike, so no
bhagay& satth& 'ti. alam ayuso mk agamittha, sabbeya
tayo imam ga^am parihari8S&m& 'ti. ||2|j atha kho S&riputta-
moggall&nft t&ni addhateyy&ni paribb&jakasat&ni &d&ya yena
Yeluyanam ten' upasamkamimsu, Sailjayassa pana paribb&ja-
kassa tatth* eya iiiE^am lohitam mukhato uggacchi. addasa
kho bhagay& te S&riputtamoggall&ne diirato 'ya ftgacchante,
disy&na bhikkhii &manteai: ete bhikkhaye dye sah&yak&
&gacchanti Kolito XJpatisso ca, etam me s&yakayugam
bhayissati aggam bhaddayagan ti. gambhtre fi&^ayisaye
anuttare upadhisamkhaye yimutte anuppatte Yeluyanam
atha ne satth& yy&kd«i : ete dye sahftyakft &gacchanti KoUto
Upatisso ca, etam me sftyakayugam bhayissati ag^am bhadda-
yugan ti. II 3 II atha kho S&riputtamoggallftn& yena bhagay&

1. 24. 4-7.] MAhAvAGGA. 43

ten' upasamkamimsu, upa8ainkamitv& bhagavato pftdesu
siraad nipatityft bhagavantam etad avooum : labhejryftma
mayam bhante bhagayato Bantike pabbajjam, labheyy&ma
upasampadan ti. etha bhikkhavo 'ti bhagav& avoca. sy&-
kkh4to dhammoy caratha brahmacariyam 8amm& dukkbaaaa
antakiriy&y& 'ti. b& 'va tesam ftyasmant&nam upasampadft
ahosi. II 4 II tena kho pana samayena abhiSMtft-abhi8Mt&
M&gadhik& kulaputt& bhagavati brahmacariyam caranti.
maima8& ujjh&yanti khtyanti Tip&centi: aputtakat&ya pati-
panno samano Gotamo, yedhavy&ya patipanno sama^o Gota-
mo> kulupacchedftya patipanno samano Gotamo. id&ni anena
jatilaBahaasam pabb&jitam, imftni ca addhateyy&ni paribbftja-
kasatftni Saftjay&ni pabb&jit&ni, ime ca abbifiii&t&-abhi]lii&t&
Mftgadhikft kidapatt& sama^e Gh>tame brahmacariyam ca-
rantiti. api 'ssu bhikkhti disy& im&ya g&thftya codenti :

ftgato kho mahfteamano Magadhftnam GKribbajam
sabbe Sailjaye nety&na^ kam su d&ni nayissatiti. ||5 1|

asaosnm kho bhikkhii tesam manuss&nam njjh&yant&nam
khtyant&nam yip&centftnam. atha kho te bhikkhii bhagayato
etam attham &rocesum. na bhikkhaye so saddo ciram bha-
yissatiy satt&ham eya bhayissati, satt&hassa accayena antara-
dh&jrissati. tena hi bhikkhaye ye tumhe im&ya g&th&ya
codenti:

&gato kho mah&samano Magadh&nam Giribbajam
sabbe SaHjaye netyftna, kam su dftni nayissatiti,

te tumhe im&ya g&th&ya paticodetha :

nayanti ye mah&yir& saddhammena tath&gat&i
dhammena nayam&nftnam k& usayy& yij&natan ti. ||6||

tena kho pana samayena mannssa bhikkhd disy& im&ya g&<
th&ya codenti :

&gato kho mah&samano Magadh&nam Giribbajam
sabbe Safijaye netyftna, kam su dftni nayissattti.

bhikkhd te manusse im&ya g&th&ya paticodenti :

nayanti ye mah&yir& saddhammena tath&gat&,
dhammena nayam&n&nam k& usuyy&Tyij&natan ti.

44 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 24. 7-25. 4.

manas8& dhammena kira 8amai^& Sakyaputtiyd. nenti no
adhammeii& 'ti satt&ham eva so saddo ahosi^ satt&hassa acca-
yena antaradMyi. ||7||

S&riputtamoggall&napabbajj& nittliit&. ||24||

catutthakabh&nay&ram nitthitam.

• • • • •

tena kho pana samayena bhikkhd anupajjb&yak& anova-
diyam&n& anana8&8iyamftn& dunnivatthft dupp&rut& an&kappa-
8ampanii& pind&ya caranti. te manuss&nam bbuSjamlLQ&nani
upari bhojane pi uttitthapattam upaD&menti, upari khftdaniye
pi uttitthapattam upan&menti, upari sftyaniye pi uttittha-
pattam upan&menti, upari p&niye pi uttitthapattam upanft-
mentiy s&mam sflpam pi odanam pi yinn&pety& bhucyanti,
bhattagge pi uccftsaddft mahftsadd& viharanti. || 1 1| manussd
ujjh&yanti khiyanti vip&centi : katham hi u&ma samand;
Sakyaputtiy& dunniyatth& duppslrutft an&kappasampanD&
pind&ya carissanti, manuss&nam bhunjam&n&nam upari bho-
jane pi uttitthapattam upau&messanti, upari kh&daniye pi
uttitthapattam upan&messanti, upari s&yaniye pi uttittha-
pattam upan&messanti, upari p&niye pi uttitthapattam upan&-
messanti, s&mam silpam pi odanam pi yiiiii&pety& bhuiiji-
ssanti, bhattagge pi ucc&saddft mah&sadd& yiharissanti^ seyya-
thapi br&hman& br&hmanabhojane 'ti. ||2|| assosum kho
bhikkhd tesam manuss&nam ujjh&yantdnam khlyant&nam
yip&cent&nam. ye te bhikkhii appicch& santutth& lajjino
kukkuccak& sikkh&k&ro&, te ujjh&yanti khtyanti yip&centi :
katham hi n&ma bhikkh^L dunniyatth& dupp&rut& an&kappa-
8ampann& pind&ya carissanti, manussanam bhunjaman&nam
upari bhojane pi uttitthapattam upan&messanti, upari khftda-
niye pi uttitthapattam upan&messanti, upari s&yaniye pi utti-
tthapattam upan&messanti, upari p&niye pi uttitthapattam
upan&messantiy s&mam s&pam pi odanam pi yinfi&pety&
bhuiijissanti, bhattagge pi uccftsaddft mah&sadd& yiharissantt-
ti. II 3 II atha kho te bhikkhii bhagayato etam attham &roce-
sum. atha kho bhagayft etasmim nid&ne etasmim pakarane
bhikkhusamgham 8annip&t&pety& bhikkhft patipucchi : saccam
kira bhikkhaye bhikkhtl dunniyatth& dupp&rut& an&kappa-
sampannft pind&ya caranti manussftnam bhuiijam&n&nam

1. 2«. 4-7.] MAhIyAGGA. 45

upari bhojane pi uttitthapattam npan&ineiiti, upari khAdaniye
pi uttitthapattam upan&menti^ upari s&yaniye pi uttitthapa-
ttam upan&menti, upari paniye pi uttitthapattam upan&menti,
B&main sdpam pi odanam pi yiiiii&pety& bhufLjanti, bhattagge
pi uccftsaddlL inali&sadd4 yiharantiti. saccam bhagav&. ||4||
yigarahi buddho bbagav& : auanuccbaviyam bhikkhave tesam
moghapurisllnam ananulomikanx appatirtlpam ass&manakam
akappiyam akaraniyam. katham bi nftma te bbikkbave
moghapuriyB^ dunnivatthi dupp&rut& anftkappasampann^
pind&ya carissanti^ manuss&nain bbunjam&n&aam upari bbo-
jane pi uttitthapattam upan&messanti upari kh&daniye pi
uttitthapattam upan&messanti^ upari s&yaniye pi uttittha-
pattam upan&messanti, upari p&niye pi uttitthapattam upan&-
meesanti, s&mam silkpam pi odauam pi Tiiin&pety& bhuiijis-
santiy bhattagge pi ucc&sadd& mah&8add& yiharissanti. n'
etam bhikkhaye appasann&nam y& pas&d&ya pasannftnam y&
bhiyyobh&y&yay atha kho tarn bhikkhaye appasann&naii c'
jeya appas&daya^ pasann&na£L ca ekacc&nam aiiiiathatt&y&
'ti. 4|S II Atha kho bhagay& te bhikkhd anekapariy&yena yiga*
rahity& dubbharat&ya dupposat&ya mahicchat&ya asantutthiyd
samganik&ya kosajjassa ayannam bh&aity& anekapariy&yena
subharat&ya suposat&ya appicchassa santutthassa sallekhassa
dhutassa p&s&dikassa apacayassa yiriy&rambhassa yannam
bh&sity4 bhikkhiinam tadanucchayikam tadanulomikanx
dhammikatham katy& bhikkhA &mantesi: anujftn& mi bhi-
JsJihffT^ rpfljj^^y^T. upajjh&yo bhikkhaye saddhiyih&-
rikamhi puttacittam upatth&pessatiy saddhiyih&riko upajjh&-
yamhi pitucittam upatth&pessati. eyam te afLoamaiiiiam
8agcLray& Bappatissll sabh&gayuttino yiharant& imasmim
dhammayinaye yuddhim yiril^him yepullam dpajjissanti. || 6 1|
eyafi ca pana bhikkhaye upajjh&yo gahetabbo: ekamsam
uttarftsangam karity& p&de yandity^ ukkutikam nisldity^
anjalim paggahety& eyam assa yacaniyo: upajjh&yo me
bhante hohi, upajjh&yo me bhante hohi, up&jjhftyo me
bhante hohtti. s&hd 'ti yft, lahd 'ti yA, op&yikan ti vi,
patirfLpan ti y&, p&s&dikena samp&dehtti y& k&yena yinii&<
peti, y&c&ya yiiid&peti, k&yena y&c&ya yifLMpeti, gahito
hoti upajjh&yo, na k&yena yiM&peti^ na y&ckj^ yinn&-

46 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 25. 7-1 1.

peti^ na k&yena v&c&ja yififiapeti, na gahito hoti upajjli&-
yo. 11711

Baddhivih&rikena bhikkhave upajjh&yamlu samm&vatti-
tabbam, tatr&yam samm&Yattan&: k&lass' eva uttb&ya
up&han& omuiicity& ekamsam uttar&sangam karityft danta-
kattbam dfttabbam, mukhodakam. d&tabbam, asanam panfii-
petabbam. sace y&gu boti, bb&janain dboYity& y&gu upanft-
metabb&. y&gum pttassa ndakam daty& bb&janani patigga-
betyft nicam katY& s&dhukam aparigbamsantena dbovity&
patiB&inetabbain. upajjb&yambi ynttbite ftsanam uddbaii-
tabbam. sace so deso ukl&po boti^ so deso sammajjitabbo. ||8||
sace upajjb&yo gftmam payisitukftmo boti, niyHsanain d&-
tabbam, patiniv&sanam patiggabetabbam, k&yabandhanaixL
d&tabbam, sagunam katy& samgb^iyo d&tabb4, dhoyity&
patto saudako dfttabbo. sace upajjh&yo paccb&sainanam ftkan-
kbati, timandalam paticobAdentena parimandalam niY&8ety&
k&yabandbanam bandhityft sagu^iain katvft samgb&tiyo
p&rupity& ganthikam patimii£LcitY& dbovity& pattam gahety&
upajjh&yassa paocb&sama^ena botabbam. n&tiddre ganta-
bbam, na acc&saime gantabbam. pattapariy&pannam pa-
tiggabetabbam. ||9|| na upajjhftyassa bbanam&nassa anta-
rantar& katb& op&tetabbft. upajjb&yo &patti8&mant& bbana-
m&no niy&retabbo. nivattantena patbamataram ftganty&
ftsanam pann&petabbam, padodakam p&dapitbam p&daka-
tbalikam upanikkbipitabbam^ paccuggantv& pattactvaram
patiggabetabbam^ patiniy&sanam d&tabbam, niv&sanain pati-
ggabetabbam. eace clvaram sinnam boti, mubuttam u^be
ot&petabbam, na ca unbe ctvaram nidabitabbam. c!ya-
ram sambaritabbam. civaram sambarantena caturaiigalam
kannam us8&retv& ciyaram sambaritabbam mk majjbe bbango
aboslti. obboge k&yabandbanam k&tabbam. sace pindapftto
boti upajjb&yo ca bbufijitnk&mo boti, udakam daty& pinda-
p&to upan&metabbo. || 10 1| upajjb&yo p&niyena puccbitabbo.
bhutt&vissa udakam datv& pattam patiggabetY& ntcam katY&
8&dhukam aparigbamsantena dboYity& yodakam katY& mu-
buttam unbe ot&petabbo, na ca unbe patto nidabitabbo.
pattaclYaram nikkbipitabbam. pattam nikkbipantena ekena
hattbena pattam gabetyft ekena battbena bettb&maftcam yft

1. 25. 11-16.] MAHAVAGGA. 47

betth&pithani y& par&ma8itv& patto nikkhipitabbo^ na ca
anantarahit&ya bhiimiyft patto nikkbipitabbo. civaram ni-
kkbipantena ekena battbena civaram gabetyft ekena battbena
ctyarayamBam t& civ&rarajjim t& pamajjityft p&rato antam
orato bbogam katy& civaram nikkbipitabbam. upajjb&yambi
ytittbite ftsanam uddbaritabbam, piLdodakam pftdapltbam p&-
dakatbalikam patiB&metabbam. sace so deso ukl&po boti, so
deso sammajjitabbo. ||11|| sace upajjb&yo nabftpt&k&mo
boti, nab&nam patiyftdetabbam* sace sitena attbo boti, sltam
patiy&detabbam. sace unbena attbo boti, unbam patiyftde-
tabbam. sace upajjb&yo jant&gbaram pavisituk&mo boti,
oaigi^am sannetabbam, mattik& temetabbH, jant&gbarapttbam
&d&ya npajjb&yassa pittbito-pittbito ganty& jant&gbarapt-
tbam daty& ctyaram patiggabety& ekamantam nikkbipi-
tabbam, cHnnam d&tabbam, mattikft d&tabb&. sace ussabati,
jantftgbaram payisitabbam. jant&gbaram payisantena matti-
kftya mukbam makkbetyft purato ca paccbato ca paticcb&-
dety& jant&gbaram payisitabbam. || 12 1| na tbere bbikkbd
anupakbajja nistditabbamy na nay& bbikkbii llsanena pati-
b&betabb&. jant&gbare upajjb&yassa parikammam k&tabbam.
jant&gbar& nikkbamantena jant&gbarapttbam ftd&ya pnrato
ca paccbato ca paticcb&detyft jant&gbar& nikkbamitabbam.
udake pi upajjb&yassa parikammam k&tabbam. nab&tena pa-
tbamataram uttarity& attano gattam yodakam katy& niv&sety&
upajjb&yassa gattato udakam pamajjitabbam, niy&sanam d&-
tabbam, samgb&ti dfttabb&y jant&gbarapltbam ftd&ya patba-
mataram &ganty& ftsanam pafiB&petabbam, p&dodakam p&-
dapHbam pftdakatbalikam upanikkbipitabbam. upajjb&yo
p&niyena puccbitabbo. ||13|| sace uddis&petuk&mo boti,
nddis&petabbo. sace paripuccbituk&mo boti, paripuccbi-
tabbo. yasmim yibftre upajjb&yo yibarati, sace so yib&ro
nkl&po boti, sace ussabati, sodbetabbo. yib&ram sodbentena
patbamam pattaciyaram nlbarity& ekamantam nikkbipi-
tabbam. nisidanapaccattbaranam ntbarityft ekamantam ni-
kkbipitabbam. bhisibimbobanam nlbarity& ekamantam ni-
kkbipitabbam. ||14|| maiioo nicam katy& s&dbukam apari-
gbamsantena asamgbattantena kay&tapittbam nibarity& eka-
mantam nikkbipitabbo. pttbam . ntcam katy& sftdbukam

48 MAHAVAQGA. 1. 85. 15-18.

aparighamsantena asamgliaftantena kay&(api{tliazp. nlharityft
ekamantam nikkhipitabbam. mancapatip&dak& nlharitT&
ekamantam nikkliipitabb&« khe}amallako niharitv& ekam-
antam nikkbipitabbo. apassenapbalakam niharitv& ekam-
antam nikkbipitabbam. bbommattharanam yath&paii£La-
ttam 8allakkhetY& niharity& ekamantam iiikkhipitabbai|i.
sace vibHre santanakam hoti, ullokd pafhamam ob&retabbam,
&lokasandhikannabh&g& pamajjitabb&. sace gerukaparikam-
makat& bbitti ka]^akit& hoti, colakam temetvft p!letT& pa-
majjitabbd.. sace kftlava^akatd. bbdmi kanigLakitft boti,
colakam temetv& pllety& pamajjitabb&. sace akat& hoti
bhiimiy udakena parippositT& sammajjitabbd m& yib&ro rajena

iihaMiti. samk&ram vicinitY& ekamantam chaddetabbam.

• • • • « •

II 15 II bbummattharanam ot&petY& 8odhetv& pappotbety& ati-
barity& yath&paiiiiattam paiifi&petabbam. mafioapatipftda-
k& ot&pety& pama]jity& atibarityft yath&tth&ne (hapetabbft.
mafico ot&pety& sodbetyft pappothetyft nicam katy& s&dhukam
aparigbamsantena asamgbattantena kay&tapittbam atiharity&
yathftpaiiiiattam paMftpetabbo, pitbam ot&pety& sodhety&
pappotbety& nicam katy& s&dbukam aparigbamsantena asam-
gbattantena kay&tapittham atiharity& yatb&pafinattam paflM-
petabbam. bbisibimbobanam ot&pety4 sodhety& pappotbety&
atibarity& yath&pannattam panfi&petabbam. nisidanapacca-
ttbara^am ot&pety& sodhetyd. pappothety& atiharity& yathft-
paiiiiattam pailii&petabbam. kbelamallako ot&pety& pamajji-
ty& atiharity& yath&ttbftne (bapetabbo. apassenaphalakam
ot&pety& pamajjity& atiharityft yatb&ttb&ne thapetabbam. ||16 1|
pattaciyaram nikkhipitabbam. pattam nikkhipantena ekena
hattbena pattam gabetyft ekena hattbena bettbftmaiicam y&
hettb&pitham y& parftmasityft patto nikkbipitabbo, na ca
anantarabit&ya bbtLmiyft patto nikkbipitabbo. ciyaram ni-
kkhipantena ekena hattbena ciyaram gahetyll ekena hattbena
clyarayamsam y& ciyararajjum y& pamajjity& p&rato antam
orato bhogam katyft otyaram nikkhipitabbam. ||17|| sace
puratthim& sarajft y&t4 y&yanti, purattbimft y&tapftn& thake-
tabb&. sace paccbimft sarajft y&t& y&yanti, pacchimft y&tap&n&
thaketabbft. sace uttarft sarajft yftt& y&yanti, uttar& y&tapftn&
thaketabbft. sace dakkhin& sarajft y&t& y&yanti, dakkhin& y&-

1. 25. 18-23.] MAHAVAGGA. 49

tap&n& thaketabM. sace sitalc&lo hoti, div& y&tap4n& yivari-
tabbft^ rattim thaketabbft. sace unbak&lo hoti, div& v&tap&n&
thaketabb&, rattim yivaritabbft. II 18 1| sace parivenam ukl&-
pam hoti, parivenam sammajjitabbam. sace kotthako uklapo
botiy kotthako sammajjitabbo. sace upatth&nas&Id ukl&p&
hoti, npatth&nas&lel sammajjitabbo. sace aggis&l& ukl&p&
faoti, aggis&lO sammajjitabbd. sace vaccakutt ukl&p& hoti,
vaccakutt sammajjitabbo. sace pOniyam na boti, pftniyam
upattb&petabbam. sace paribhojaniyam na hoti, paribhoja-
niyam upattbOpetabbam. sace &camanakumbhiy& udakam
na hoti, ftcamanakumbbiyO udakam &siiicitabbam. |j 19 jj sace
upajjh&yassa anabhirati uppann& hoti, saddhivih&rikena vd-
pak&setabb& TupakdrsOpetabbO dhammakath& vOssa k&tabb&.
sace upajjh&yassa kukkuccam uppannam hoti, saddhivih&ri-
kena yinodetabbam yinodapetabbam dhammakathd. y&ssa
k&tabb&. sace upajjhftyassa ditthigatam uppannam hoti,
saddhiyih&rikena yiyecetabbam yivec&petabbam dhammaka-
th& yftssa k&tabb&. ||20|| sace upajjh&yo garudhammam
ajjh&panno hoti pariv^&raho, saddhivih&rikena ussukkam
kfttabbam kin ti nu kho samgho upajjhftyassa pariv&sam
dadeyy& 'ti. sace upajjhayo mdMya patikassan&raho hoti,
saddhivihOrikena ussukkam k&tabbam kin ti nu kho samsho
upajjb&yam mdlOya patikasseyyO 'ti. sace upajjfa&yo mft-
natt&raho hoti, saddhiyih&rikena ussukkam kdtabbam kin ti
nu kho samgho upajjhdyassa m&nattam dadeyyO Hi. sace
upajjh&yo abbh&n&raho hoti, saddhivih&rikena ussukkam kft-
tabbam kin ti nu kho samgho upajjhayam abbheyy& 'ti. ||21 1|
sace samgho upajjh&yassa kammam kattuk&mo hoti tajjani-
yam y& nissayam y& pabbajaniyam vft patis&raniyam y&
nkkhepanjyam y&, saddhiyiharikena ussukkam k&tabbam kin
ti nu kho samgho upajjh&yassa kammam na kareyya lahu*
k&ya y& parii^&meyy& 'ti. katam y& pan' assa hoti samghena
kammam tajjaniyam y& nissayam y& pabb&janiyam y& pati-
sftraniyam y& ukkhepaniyam y&, saddhivih&rikena ussukkam
k&tabbam kin ti nu kho upajjh&yo samm&vatteyya lomam
p&teyya netth&ram yatteyya, samgho tarn kammam pati-
ppa8sambheyy& 'ti. ||22|j sace upajjh&yassa clyaram dhovi-
tabbam hoti, saddhiyih&rikena dhoyitabbam ussukkam y&

TOL. III. 4

60 M AHAvAGGA. [1. 85. 23-a6. 1.

k&tabbam kin ti nu kho upajjh&yassa civaram dhoviyethft
'ti. sace upajjhftyassa civaram k&tabbam hoti, 8addhiyih&-
rikena k&tabbam ussukkam t& katabbam kin ti nu kho
upajjh&yassa ctvaram kariyethd, Hi. sace upajjh&yassa raja-
nam pacitabbam boti, saddbivibftrikena pacitabbam ussukkam
v& k&tabbam kin ti nu kho upajjh&yassa rajanam paciyeth&
'ti. sace upajjh&yassa ctvaram rajitabbam hoti, 8addhivih&-
rikena rajitabbam ussukkam v& k&tabbam kin ti nu kho
upajjh&yassa civaram rajiyethi 'ti. civaram rajantena s&-
dhukam samparivattakam-samparivattakam rajitabbam na ca
acchinne theve pakkamitabbam. ||23|| na upajjh&yam an&-
puccb& ekaccassa patto d&tabbo, na ekaccassa patto patigga-
hetabbo, na ekaccassa civaram d&tabbam, na ekaccassa civa-
ram patiggahetabbam, na ekaccassa pankkh&ro d&tabbo, na
ekaccassa parikkh&ro patiggahetabbo, na ekaccassa kes& che-
d&tabb&, na ekaccena kesi ched&petabb&y na ekaccassa pari-
kammam k&tabbam, na ekaccena parikammam k^&petabbam,
na ekaccassa veyy&vacco k&tabbo, na ekaccena veyy&vacco
k&r&petabbo^ na ekaccassa pacch&samanena hotabbam, na
ekacco pacch&samano &d&tabbo, na ekaccassa pindap&to ni-
haritabbo^ na ekaccena pindap&to nihar&petabbo. na upa-
jjh&yam an&pucchft g&mo pavisitabbo, na sus&nam ganta-
bbam, na dis4 pakkamitabb&. sace upajjh&yo gil&no hoti,
y&vajivam upatth&tabbo, vutthanassa ftgametabban ti. j|24||
upajjh&}ravattam nitthitam. Ii25||

upajjhftyena bhikkhave saddhivih&rikamhi samm&vatti-
tabbam, tatr&yam samm&vattan&: upajjh&yena bhikkhave
saddhivihftriko samgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena pari-
pucch&ya ovMena anus&saniya. sace upajjh&yassa patto hoti^
saddhivih&rikassa patto na hoti, upajjh&yena saddhivih&ri-
kassa patto d&tabbo ussukkam v& k&tabbam kin ti nu kho
saddhivih&rikassa patto uppajjiyeth4 'ti. sace upajjh&yassa
civaram hoti, saddhivih&rikassa civaram na hoti, upajjh&-
yena saddhivih&rikassa civaram d&tabbam ussukkam v&
kfttabbam kin ti nu kho saddhivih&rikassa civaram uppajji-
yethH 'ti. sace upajjh&yassa parikkh&ro hoti, saddhivih&ri-
kassa parikkh&ro na hoti, upajjhftyena saddhivih&rlkassa

1. 96. 1-5.] MAHAYAGGA. 51

parikkMro d&tabbo nssukkam y& k&tabbam kin ti nu kho
BaddhiyihUrikassa parikkh&ro uppajjiyethft 'ti. ||1|| sace
Baddhivib&riko g^lano hoti, k&lass' eva utth&ya dantakattham
d&tabbam, mnkbodakam d&tabbam, Asanam pa&il&petabbam.
sace yftgu boti, bbftjanam dhoTit7& y&gu upan&metabbA.
y&gum pitassa udakam datv& bbftjanam patiggabetvft ntcam
katvft sftdhukam aparigbamsantena dhovityft patisftme-
tabbam. saddbivih&rikambi vutthite ftsanam uddbaritabbam.
sace so deso uklftpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo. ||2|| sace
saddhivibftriko gftmam pavisitukftmo boti^ niv&sanaip dft-
tabbam, patiniTftsanam patiggabetabbam, kftyabandhanam
dfttabbanu sagunam katvft samgbfttiyo dfttabbft, dbovitvft
patto saudako dfttabbo. ett&vata nivattissattti ftsanam paiiiift-
petabbam, pftdodakam pftdapitbam pftdakatbalikam upani-
kkhipitabbam, paccuggantvft pattaclvaram patiggabetabbam,
patinivftsanam dfttabbam, nivftsanam pa(iggahetabbam. sace
clvaram sinnam hoti, mubuttam n^be otftpetabbam, na ca

unbe civaram nidahitabbam. civaram samharitabbam. ctva-

• • • • • •

ram sambarantena caturangulam kani^am ussftretvft ctvaram
sambaritabbam mft majjhe bhango ahostti. obboge kftya-
bandhanam kfttabbam. sace pi^^apftto hoti saddbivibftriko
ca bhniijitukftmo hoti, udakam datvft pindapftto upanftme-
tabbo. II 8 II saddhivibftriko pftniyena pucchitabbo. bhuttft-
▼issa udakam datvft pattam patiggabetvft nicam katvft sftdhu*
kam aparighamsantena dhovitvft vodakam katvft mubuttam
unhe otftpetabbo, na ca unhe patto nidahitabbo. pattaclva-
ram nikkhipitabbam. pattam nikkhipantena ekena hatthena
pattam gabetvft ekena hatthena hettbftmancam vft hettbft-
pltham vft parftmasitvft patto nikkhipitabbo, na ca ananta-
rahitftya bhAmiyft patto nikkhipitabbo. civaram nikkbi-
pantena ekena hatthena civaram gabetvft ekena hatthena
clvaravamsam vft clvararajjum vft pamajjitvft pftrato antam
orato bhogam katvft civaram nikkhipitabbam. aaddhivihft-
rikamhi vutthite ftsanam pddharitabbajn, pftdodakam pftda-
pltham pftdakatbalikam patisftmetabbam. ^^.^^^^ ""^^^^
hoti, so deso sammajjiiabbo. || 4 1| sace saddhivibftriko nabft.
yitukftmo hoti. nahftnam patiy&detabbam. sace sltena attho
hoti, sltam patiyftdetabbam. sace unhena attho hoti, ui^ham

52 MAHAY AGGA. [1. 86. 6-9.

patiyclde^abbam. sace saddhiyih&riko jantAgharam payisitu*
k&mo hoti, cunnam sannetabbam, mattiki temetabbd, jantd-
gharapitham kdkysk gantv& jantAgharapitham datv& civaram
patiggabetvA ekamantam nikkhipitabbam, cunnam dAtabbam,
mattikA databbA. sace ussahati, jantagharam pavisitabbam.
jant&gharam pavisantena mattik&ya mukham makkhetvA
purato ca pacchato ca paticchAdetvcL jant&gharam pavisi*
tabbam. ||5|| na there bhikkhu anupakhajja nisiditabbaniy
na nav& bhikkhft Asanena patibahetabbA. jantftgfaare saddhi-
vih&rikassa parikammam katabbam. jant&gharA nikkha-
mantena jant&gharapitham &deLya purato ca pacchato ca
paticch&detyA jant&gharA nikkbamitabbam. udake pi saddhi-
vih&rikassa parikammam k&tabbam. nahlLtena pathamataram
uttaritvA attano gattam vodakam katvA nivasetvft saddhivi-
h&rikassa gattato udakam pamajjitabbam, nivasanam d&ta-
bbam, samgh&ti ddtabbtl, jant&gharapitham ftd&ya pathama-
taram ftgantvA ftsanam pann&petabbam, p&dodakam padapt-
tham pAdakathalikam upanikkhipitabbam. saddhivih&riko
p&niyena pucchitabbo. ||6|| yasmim vih&re saddhivih&riko
yiharati, suce so yih&ro ukl4po hoti, sace ussahati, sodhe-
tabbo. yihAram sodhentena pathamam pattaciyaram niha-
rityft ekamantam nikkhipitabbam . . . (=T. 25> 14-19) . . .
sace &camanakumbhiy& udakam na hotij ftcamanakumbhiyA
udakam ftsincitabbam. ||7|| sace saddhivih&rikassa anabhi-
rati uppannA hoti, upajjhftyena yApakAsetabb& y&paklls&pe-
tabb& dhammakatha yAssa k&tabbft. sace saddhiyihftrikassa
kukkuccam uppannam hoti, upajjh&yena yinodetabbam yino-
d&petabbam dhammakath& yAssa k&tabb&. sace saddhiyihft-*
rikassa ditthigatam uppannam hoti, upajjhclyena yiyece-
tabbam yiyec&petabbam dbammakathA y&ssa k4tabb&. ||8||
sace saddhiyihAriko garudhammam ajjh&panno hoti pariy&s&«
raho, upajjh&yona ussukkam k&tabbam kin ti nu kho samgho
saddhiyihArikassa pariyftsam dadeyy& 'ti. sace saddhiyihi-
riko miilltya patikassan&raho hot;i, upajjh&yena ussukkam
k&tabbam kin ti nu kho samgho saddhiyih&rikam mM&ya
patikasseyy^ 'ti. sace saddhiyih&riko mftnatt&raho hoti,
upajjhd.yena ussukkam k&tabbam kin ti nu kho samgho
saddhiyih&rikassa m&nattam dadeyy& 'ti, sace saddhiyihA-.

1. 96. 9-27. 1] ICAHAYAGGA. 53

riko abbh&n&raho hoti, upajjhftyena uasukkam k&tabbam
kin ti nu kho samgho saddhivih&rikam abbheyyft 'ti. ||9||
sace samgho Baddhivih&rikassa kammam kattukftmo hoti
tajjaniyam yft nissayam t& pabbajaniyam vft patis&raniyam
y& ukkhepaniyam wk, upajjh&yena nflRnkkam k&tabbam kin
ti nu kho samgho saddhivihftrikassa kammam na kareyya
lahuk&ya t& parin&meyy& 'ti. katam v& pan' assa hoti
samghena kammam tajjaniyam y& nissayam vft pabb&janiyam
T& patis&raniyam y& ukkhepaniyam v&, upajjhftyena ussu-*
kkam katabbam kin ti nu kho saddhivih&riko sanim&vatteyya
lomam p&teyya nettharam yatteyya, samgho tarn kammam
patippassambheyy& 'ti. || 10 1| sace saddhiyih&rikassa ciyaram
dhoyitabbaxn hoti, upajjh&yena acikkhitabbam eyam dho-
yeyyftsitiy ussukkam viL k&tabbam kin ti nu kho saddhiyiha*
rikassa ciyaram dhoyiyeth& 'ti. sace saddhivihftrikassa
civaram kfttabbam hoti» upajjhftyena ftcikkhitabbam evam
kareyyftsitii ussukkam yft kfttabbam kin ti nu kho saddhivi-
hftrikassa civaram kariyethft 'ti. sace saddhivihftrikassa
rajanam pacitabbam hoti, upajjhftyena ftcikkhitabbam evam
paceyyftsiti, ussukkam yft kfttabbam kin ti nu kho saddhivi-
hftrikassa rajanam paciyethft 'ti. sace saddhiyihftrikassa
civaram rajitabbam hoti, upajjhftyena ftcikkhitabbam evam
rajeyyftsitiy ussukkam yft katabbam kin ti nu kho saddhivi-*
harikassa ciyaram rajiyethft 'ti. civaram rajuhtena sadhukam
Bamparivattakam-samparivattakam rajitabbam na ca acchi-
nne theve pakkamitabbam. sace saddhiyihftriko gilftno hoti,
yavajivam upatth&tabbo, yutthanassa agametabban ti. ||11||
saddhiyihftrikavattam nitthitam. II26II

tena kho pana samayena saddhivihftrikft upajjh&yesu na
sammftvattanti. ye te bhikkhft appicchft, te ujjhftyanti khl-
yanti yipftcenti: katharn hi nftma saddhivihftrikft upajjh&yesu
na sammftvattissantiti. atha kho te bhikkhd bhagavato etam

attham ftrocesum. saccam kira bhikkhave saddhivihftrikft

. • •

upajjhftyesu na sammftvattantlti. saccam bhagavft. yiga-
rahi buddho bhagavft: katham hi nftma bhikkhave saddhi-
yihftrikft upajjhftyesu na sammftvattissantiti. yigarahitvft
dhammikatham katvft bhikkhii ftmantesi : na bhikkhave

64 MAHAVAGOA. [L 87. 1-7.

saddhivib&rikena upajjh&yamlii na samm&vattitabbaAL jo
na samm&vatteyya^ &patti dukkatasfift 'ti. || 1 1| n' eva 8amm&-
Tattanti. bhagavato etam attbam firocesum. anuj&n&mi
bbikkbave asamm&vattantam panfilmetum. evaii ca pana
bhikkbaye pan&metabbo : pan&memi tan ti y&, mk yidha
patikkamtti y&, nihara te pattacivaran ti yk, n&bam ta-
j& upattb&tabbo ^ti y& k&yena yiilil&peti, y&c&ya yiiiil4-
peti, kayena y&c&ya yiilii&peti, pan&mito boti 8addbiyib&-
riko. na k&yena yinii&peti, na y&c&ya yinS&peti, na k&yena
y&c&ya yinii&peti, na pan&mito boti saddbiyib&riko 'ti. ||2||
tena kbo pana samayena saddbiyib&rika pai^&init& na kba-
m&penti. bbagayato etam attbam &roce8uin« anuj&n&mi
bbikkbaye kbam&petun ti. n' eya kbam&penti. bbaga-
yato etam attbam &rocesum. na bbikkbaye pan&mitena
na kbam&petabbo. yo na kbam&peyya, &patti dukkata8s&
Hi. II 3 II tena kbo pana samayena upQJjb&y& kbara&pi-
yam&n& na kbamanti. bbagayato etam attbam &roce8um.
anuj&n&mi bbikkbaye kbamitun ti. n' eya kbamanti. saddbi-
yib&rik& pakkamanti pi, yibbbamanti pi, tittbiyesu pi samka-
manti. bbagayato etam attbam &rocesum. na bbikkbaye
kbam&piyam&nena na kbamitabbain. yo na kbameyya, &patti
dukkatassa 'ti. ||4|| tena kbo pana samayena upajjb&y& sa-
mm&yattantam pan&menti, asamm&yattantam na pan&menti.
bbagayato etam attbam &rocesunu na bbikkbaye Bamm&-
yattanto pa^&metabbo. yo pa^&meyya, &patti dukkatassa. na
ca bbikkbaye asamm&yattanto na pa^&metabbo. yo na pan&«
meyya, &patti dukkatassa. ||5|| paiicabi bbikkbaye angebi
samann&gato saddbiyib&riko pa^&metabbo : upajjb&yambi
n&dbimattam pemam boti, n&dbimatto pas&do boti, n&dbi-
matt& birt boti, n&dbimatto g&rayo boti, n&dbimatt& bb&-
yan& boti. imebi kbo bbikkbaye paiicab' angebi samann&«
gato saddbiyib&riko pan&metabbo. paiicabi bbikkbaye
angebi samann&gato saddbiyib&riko na pan&metabbo: upa-
jjb&yambi adbimattam pemam boti, adbimatto pas&do boti,
adbimatt& biri boti, adbimatto g&rayo boti, adbimatt& bb&ya-
n& boti. imebi kbo bbikkbaye paiicab' angebi samann&gato
saddbiyib&riko na pan&metabbo. ||6|| paiicabi bbikkbaye
angebi samann&gato saddbiyib&riko alam pan&metum : upa-

1. 9i. 7-S8 2.] MAHAYAGGA. 55

jjh&yamhi B&dhimattam pemam hoti • • . n&dhimattA bh&-
TaD& hoti. imehi kho bhikkhaye paiicah' angehi samannft-
gato Baddhiyikftriko alam pan&metum. paAcahi bhikkhaye
angehi samann&gato aaddhiyihiriko nftlam pa^metum : upa-
jjh&yamhi adhimattam pemam hoti • • • adhimatt& bh&yan4
hoti. imehi kho bhikkhaye paficah' angehi samann&gato
saddhiyih&riko n&lam pan&metum. i|7|| paftcahi bhikkhaye
angehi samann&gatam saddhiyihftrikam apan&mento upa]jh&-
yo s&tififtro hotiy pan&mento anatis&ro hoti : npajjh&yamhi
nftdhimattam pemam hoti . . • nftdhimatt& bh&yani hoti.
imehi kho bhikkhaye paiicah' angehi samann&gatam Baddhi-
yihirikam apan&mento upajjh&yo s&tiB&ro hoti, pan&mento
anatis&ro hoti. pancahi bhikkhaye angehi samann&gatam
saddhiyih&rikam pan&mento upajjh&yo s&tis&ro hoti, apan&-
mento anatis&ro hoti : npajjh&yamhi adhimattam pemam
hoti . • . adhimatti bh&yan& hoti. imehi kho bhikkhaye
paiicah' angehi samann&gatam saddhivih&rikam .pan&mento
npajjh&yo s&tiB&ro hoti, apan&mento anatis&ro hotiti. || 8 1| 27 1|

tena kho pana samayena aiinataro br&hmai^o bhikkhii
upasamkamityft pabbajjam yftci, tarn bhikkhii na icchimfiu
pabb&jetum, so bhikkhiisa pabbajjam alabham&no kiso ahosi
liikho dubbanno uppanduppandukaj&to dhamanisanthatagatto.
addasa kho bhagay& tarn br&hmanam kisam lukham du-
bba^^om nppanduppandukaj&tam dhamanisanthatagattaniy
disv&na bhikkhft Amantesi : kim nu kho so bhikkhaye br&h-
mano kiflo liikho dubbanno uppa94^PP*^94^fe*J^^ dhamani-
santhatagatto 'ti. eso bhante br&hma^o bhikkhii upasamka-
mity& pabb^am y&ci, tarn bhikkhii na icchimsu pabb&jetum,
so bhikkhAsu pabbajjam alabham&no kiso Iftkho dubbanno
uppanduppa^dukaj&to dhamanisanthatagatto 'ti. ||1|| atha
kho bhagavA bhikkhii imantesi : ko nu kho bhikkhaye tassa
br&hmanassa adhik&ram saratlti. evam vutte &ya8m& S&ri-
putto bhagayantam etad ayoca: aham kho bhante tassa
br&hmanassa adhik&ram sar&mlti. kim pana tyam S&nputta
tassa br&hmai^assa adhik&ram saraslti. idha me bhante so
brahmano Rajagahe pind&ya carantassa kajicchubhi-
kkham d&pesi, imam kho aham bhante tassa br&hmanassa

56 HAHATAGGA. [L 28. 2-29. 1

adhik&ram sar&miti. || 2 |j s3,dhu s&dhu S&riputta, katailiiano hi
Sariputta 8appuri8& katavedino. tena hi tvam S&riputta tain
br^hmaiLam pabb&jehi upaaamp&dehiti. kath&ham bhante
tain br&hmanam pabb&jemi upasamp&demiti, atha kho bha-
gav& etasmim pakarane dhammikatham katvft bhikkhA
imantesi : y& sd. bhikkhave maya tihi saranagamanehi upa-
8ampad& anunnsLid, t&ham ajjatagge patikkhip&mi. anuj&n&*
mi bhikkhave iiatticatutthena kammena upasamp&-
detum. II 3 II evaii ca pana bhikkhave upasamp&detabbo :
vyattena bhikkhun^ patibalena samgho ii^petabbo : sun&ta
me bhante samgho. ayam itthann&mo itthann&massa &yas*
mate upasampad&pekkho. yadi samghassa pattakallam,
samgho itthann&mam upasamp&deyya itthann&mena upajjhft*
yena. es& fiatti. ||4|| sun&tu me bhante samgho. ayam
itthann&mo itthann&massa ^yasmato upasampad&pekkho.
samgho itthann&mam upasamp&deti itthann&mena upajjb&*
yena. yass&yasmato khamati itthann&massa upasampad4
itthann&mena upajjh&yena, so tunh' assa, yassa na kkhamati,
80 bbaseyya. dutiyam pi etam attham vad&mi : sun&tu me
bhante samgho. ayam itthann&mo itthann&massa ^yasmato
upasampad&pekkho. samgho itthann&mam upasamp&deti
itthannclmena upajjh&yena. yass^yasmato khamati itthan-
n&massa upasampada itthannamena upajjh&yena, so tunh'
assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bbaseyya. || 5 1| tatiyam pi etam
attham vad&mi : sun&tu me bhante samgho. ayam itthanni-
mo itthann&massa iyasmato upasampad&pekkho. samgho
itthannamam upasamp&deti itthann&mena upajjh&yena. yas-
s&yasmato khamati itthannftmassa upasampad& itthann&mena
upajjh&yena, so tunh' assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bbaseyya.
upasampanno samghena itthann&mo itthann&mena upajjh&-'
yena. khamati samghassa, tasm^ tunhi, evam etam dh&ra-
yamlti. 116112811

tena kho pana samayena aiinataro bhikkhu upasampanna-
samanantara an&c&ram ^carati. bhikkhii evam fthamsu : mk
&VUSO evardpam ak&si, n' etam kappatiti. so evam &ha : n'
ev&ham &yasmante y&cim upasamp&detha man ti, kissa mam
tumbe aylk;it& upasamp&dittha 'ti. bhagavato etam attham

1. 89. 1-80. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 57

ftrocesum. na bliikkhaye ayftcitena npasamp&detabbo. yo
upasampAdeyyay &patti dukkatassa. anuj&Q&mi bhikkhave
7 &c it en a upasamp&detum. j|l|| evaii ea pan^ bhikkhave
yAcitebbo. tena upasampadftpekkhena samgham upasamka-
mityft ekamsam uttar&sangam karitv& bbikkhiinam p&de
TanditvA ukkutikam nistdityft afijalim paggabetvA eyam assa
yacaniyo : samgham bhante upasampadam yftc&mi, uUumpa-
ta mam bhante samgho anukampam uplUl&ya, dutiyam pi
y Ikcitabbo — la — tatiyam pi y&citabbo — la — . (| 2 1| vyatte-
na bhikkhunA patibalena samgho il&petabbo : sun&tu me bhante
samgho. ayain itthann4mo itthannftmassa ftyasmato upa-
sampad&pekkho. itthann&mo samgham upasampadam y&cati
itthann&mena upajjhslyena. yadi samghassa pattakallam^
samgho itthann&mam upasamp&deyya itthann&mena upajjhU-
yena. es& natti. Ii3|| sun&tu me bhante samgho. ayam
itthann&mo itthannamassa &yasmato upasampad&pekkho.
itthannamo samgham upasampadam y&cati itthann&mena
upajjh&yena. samgho itthann&mam upasamp&deti itthann&«
mena upajjh&yena. yass&yasmato khamati itthannftmassa
upasampad& itthann&mena upajjh&yena, so tunh' assa, yassa
na kkhamatiy so bhftseyya. dutiyam pi etam attham yad&mi
— la — tatiyam pi etam attham yad&mi — la — . upasam-
panno samghena itthann&mo itthann&mena upajjh&yena.
khamati samghassa^ tasm& tunhi^ eyam etam dharay&-
miti. ||4||29||

tena kho pana samayena E&jagahe panlt&nam bhattd-
nam bhattapatip&ti adhitthitd. hoti. atha kho aMatarassa
br&hmanassa etad ahosi : ime kho saman& Sakyaputtiy& su-
khasild sukhasam&c&r&, subhojan&ni bhuiijity& niy&tesu sa*
yanesu sayanti. yam niindham samanesu Sakyaputtiyesu
pabbajeyyan ti. atha kho so br&hmano bhikkh(L upa-
samkamity& pabbajjam y&ci, tarn bhikkh{i pabb&jesum upa-*
sampftdesum. || 1 1| tasmim pabbajite bhattapatip&ti khiyittha.
bhikkhji eyam &hamsu: ehi d&ni &yuso pindftya cariss&mft
'ti. so eyam &ha : n&ham &yuso etamk&ran& pabbajito pind&«
ya cariss&miti, sace me dassatha bhuiijiss&mi, no ce me dassa-
tha yibbhamiss&miti. kim pana tyam &yuso udarassa k&ranft

58 MAHAYAOGA. [1. 80. 2-81. 2.

pabbajito 'ti. eyam Itvuso 'ti. || 2 1| ye te bbikkhii applcchft,
te ujjh&yanti kbiyanti vip&centi : katham bi n&ma bbikkbu
evam sv&kkb&te dbammayinaye udarassa k&ran& pabbajissa-
titi. te bbikkhil bhagavato etam attbam irocesum. saccam
kira tvam bbikkbu udarassa k&ran& pabbajito 'ti. saocaiu
bhagav&. yigarabi buddho bbagav&. katbam bi n&ma tvani
mogbapurisa evam svftkkb&te dbammayinaye udarassa k&-
TBJi.iL pabbajissasi. n' etam mogbapurisa appasannftnam
y& 'pas&d&ya pasaun&Qam v& bbiyyobb&v&ya. yigarabitvft
dbammikatbam katy& bkikkbii imautesi: ||3|| anuj&n&mi
bbikkbaye upasampftdentena catt&ro nissaye ftcikkbitum:
pi^diy&lopabbojanam nissaya pabbajjft, tattba te y&va-
jtvam uss&ho kara^iyo. atirekal&bbo samgbabbattam uddesa-
bbattam nimantanam salftkabhattam pakkbikam uposathikam
p&tipadikam. pamsuk&lactvaram niss&ya pabbajjd, ta-
ttba te y&vajivam uss&bo karantyo. atirekal&bbo kbomam
kapp&sikam koseyyam kambalam s&nam bbangam. ruk-
kbamiilasen&sanam niss&ya pabbajj&y tattba te y&yajtyam
uss&bo karantyo. atirekal&bbo viharo addbayogo p&s&do
bammiyam gubft. pCltimuttabbesajjam niss&ya pabbajj&y
tattba te yftyajiyam u8s4bo karaniyo. atirekal&bbo sappi
navanitam telam madhu pb&nitan ti. || 4 1| 3 1| up a j j b &y a -
yattabb&na-y&ram nittbitam paiieamam.

tena kbo pana samayena aiiiiataro m&nayako bbikkbfl upa-
samkamityi pabbajjam y&ci. tassa bhikkbCl patigacc' eva
nissaye &cikkbimsu. so evam &ha : sace me bbante pabbajito
nissaye &cikkbeyy&tba abbirameyyam sv &ham, na d&u' abam
bbante pabbajiss&mi, jeguccb& me nissay& patik&lft 'ti. bbi-
kkbd bhagayato etam attbam ftrocesum. na bbikkbave
patigacc' eva nissayH &cikkbitabb&. yo Itcikkheyya, &-
patti dukkatassa. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave upasampannasam-
anantar& nissaye ftcikkhitun ti. || 1 1| tena kbo pana
samayena bbikkbd duvaggena pi tivaggena pi ganena upa-
samp&denti. bbagavato etam attbam &rocesum. na bbi-
kkbave dnadasavaggena ganena upasamp&detabbo. yo
upasampftdeyya, 6 patti dukkatassa. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave
dasavaggena v& atirekadasavaggena y& galena upasamp&-

1. 81. ^6.] MAHAYAQGA. 59

detan ti* ||2|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhii eka-
Taae&pi duvaasApi saddhiyihirikam upasampftdentL ftyas-
m&pi TJpaseno Yangantaputto ekavasso Baddhiyi-
k&rikam upasampftdesi. so yassam Yuttho duvasso ekavas-
Bam saddhivih&rikam &d&ya yena bhagav& ten' upasamkami,
iipa8ainkamity& bhagavantam abhiyftd6ty& ekamantam nisidi.
ftcinnaqi kho pan' etam buddb&nam bhagayant&nam ftgantu-
kehi bhikkhdhi saddhim patisammoditum. ||3|| atha kho
bhagayft iyasmantam Upaaenam Yaiigantaputtam etad ayo-
ca: kacci bhikkhu khamaniyam^ kacci yipanlyam^ kacci
'ttha appakilamathena addh&nam &gat& 'ti. khamaniyam
bfaagay&y y&panlyam bhagay&, appakilamathena mayam
bhante addh&nam &gat& 'ti. j&nant&pi tath4gat& pucchanti,
j&oant&pi na pacchanti, k&lam yidity& pucchantiy k&lam yi-
dity& na pucchanti, atthasamhitain tath&gat& pucchanti no
anatthasamhitamy anatthasamhite setugh&to tath&gat&nam.
dylhi ak&rehi buddh& bhagayanto bbikkhd patipucchanti,
dhammam y& desess&ma, s&yakftnain y& sikkb&padam pailii&«
pess&mi 'ti. ||4|| atha kho bhagay& ftyasmantam Upaaenam
Yangantaputtam etad ayoca : katiyaaao 'ai tyam bhikkhii 'ti.
duyaaao 'ham bhagay& 'ti. ayam pana bhikkhu katiyaaao 'ti.
ekayaaao bhagay& 'ti. kim t' &yam bhikkhu hottti. aaddhi-
yih&riko me bhagay& 'ti. yigarahi buddho bhagay&: an-
anucchayiyam moghapuriaa ananulomikam appatirfipam aaaft-
manakam akappiyam akaraniyam. katham hi n&ma tyam
moghapuriaa aMehi oyadiyo anua&aiyo aiiiiam oyaditum anu-
aftaitum maiiniaaaai. atilahum kho tyam moghapuriaa b&-
hull&ya &yatto yad idam ganabandhikam. n' etam mogha-
puriaa appaaann&nam \& paa&d&ya paaann&nam y& bhiyyo-
bh&y&y& *ti. Tigarahity& dhammikatham katy& bhikkhii
4manteai: na bhikkhaye unadaaayaaaena upaaamp&detabbo.
yo upaaampftdeyya, &patti dukkataaaa. auuj&n&mi bhikkhaye
daaayaaaena y& atirekadaaayaaaena yft upaaamp&-
detun tL ||5|| tena kho pana aamayena bhikkhd daaayaaa'
amh& daaayaaa' amh& 'ti b&l& ayyatt& upaaamp&denti, diaaanti
upajjh&y& hk\k, 8addhiyihftrik& pandit&, diaaanti upajjhfty&
ayyattft, Baddhiyih&rik& vyatt&, diaaanti upajjhfty& appaaautft,
aaddhiyih&rik& bahuaautft, diaaanti upajjh&y& duppaiiiUL, aa-

60 MAHAVAGOA. [1. 81. 6-3d. 2.

ddhiYib&rik& paMavanto, aMataro pi annatittliiyapubbo
upajjh&yena sahadhammikam vuccam&no upajjh&yassa ¥&•
dam lLropety& tain yeva titth&yatanam samkami. || 6 1| ye te
bhikkhii appicch&, te ujjh&yanti khiyanti vipd^^enti : katham
hi nama bhikkhd dasavass' ainb& dasavass' amhk 'ti b&l& avya-
tt& upasamp&dessanti, dissanti upajjh&y& b&l& . . . 8addhiyih&-
rik& paMavanto 'ti. atha kho te bbikkbft bbagavato etam

attham &rocesum. saccam kira bbikkbave bbikkhft dasavass'

• • •

amh& dasavass' amb& 'ti blla avyatt& upasamp&denti, dissanti
upajjh&yd. hk\k . . . saddbivih&rik& pafiiiavanto 'ti. saccam
bbagav&. ||7|I vigarabi buddbo bhagav&. katbam hi n&ma
te bbikkbave moghapurisft dasavass' ambel dasavass' ambli 'ti
bal& avyattH upasamp&dessanti, dissanti upajjb&y& b&I& • . •
6addbivih&rik& pafinavanto. n' etam bbikkbave appasannft-
nam v& pas&d&ya — la — , vigarabitv& dbammikatbam katv&
bhikkhd &niantesi: na bbikkbave b&lena avyattena upa-
samplldetabbo. yo upasamp&deyya, apatti dukkatassa.
anujanftmi bbikkbave vyattena bbikkbun^ patibalena dasa-
yassena yk atirekadasavassena v& upasamp&detun
ti. ||8||31||

tena kho pana samayena bhikkbd upajjh&yesu pakkantesu
pi vibbbamantesu pi kstlamkatesu pi pakkbasamkantesu pi
an&cariyak& anovadiyam&n& ananus&siyam&n& dunnivattb&
dupp&rutdr an&kappasampann& pindiya caranti, manuss&nam
bbuQJamllnclnam . . . (= I. 25. 1-4) . . . saccam bbagav&.
Tigarahitv& dbammikatbam katv& bbikkbtl ftmantesi : ana-
j&n&mi bbikkbave ftcariyam. dcariyo bbikkbave antev&si-
kambi puttacittam upattb&pessati, antev&siko acariyambi
pitucittam upattb&pessati. evam te aniiamaiiiiam sag&rav&
sappatiss& sabb&gavuttino vibarantA imasmim dhammavinaye
Tuddbim viriilbim yepullam apajjissanti. anuj^n&mi bbi-
kkbave dasa vass&ni nissd^ya yatthum, dasavassena nissayam
d&tum. ||1|| evan ca pana bbikkbave &cariyo gabetabbo : ekam-
sam uttar&sangam karitv& p&de vanditv^ ukkutikam nisiditv4.
anjalim paggabetvft evam assa vacaniyo : &cariyo me bhante
hchi, dyasroato niss&ya yaccb&mi, &cariyo me bhante hobi^
&yasmato niss&ya vaccb&mi, ftcariyo me bhante hobi^ ayas-

1. 88. 2-B5. 1.] MAHAYAGGA. 61

mato niss&ya vaoch&mtti. s4h& 'ti vA, lahii Hi yi, opftyikan
ti v&, patir&pan ti v&, p&s&dikena sampftdebtti y& k&yena
viiln&peti, T&c&ja yinii&peti, k&yena yftc&ya viBil&peti, gahito
hoti &cariyo, na k&yena viiln4peti> na v&c&ya viiin&peti, na k&-
yena v&c&ya viiiii&peti, na gahito hoti &cariyo. ||2 1| antevft-
sikena bhikkhave JLcariyambi samm&Tattitabbam, tatr&yam
Bamn]&yattan&: k&lass' eva uttb&ya up&baii& omiiilcitY&
ekamsam uttar&sangain karitv& daniakattbam d&tabbam, idu-
kbodakam d&tabbam, ftsanam pann&petabbam. sace y&gu
boti, bb&janam dbovitv^ y&gu upaD&metabb&. y&^m pi-
tassa udakam daty& bbdjanam patiggabetvft nlcam katvi
8&dbakam aparigbamsantena dbovitv& patis&metabbam . . .
(= I. 25. 8-24 ; instead of upajjb&yo, upajjh&yam, etc., read
ftcariyOy ftcariyam, etc.; imtead (>/'Baddbiyib&rikena read ante-
yftsikena). . . sace ftcariyo gil&no boti, y&yajiyam upattb&o
tabbo, yuttb&nassa &gametabban ti. || 3 1|

dcariyayattam nittbitam. ||33||

ftcariyena bbikkbaye antey&sikambi samm&yattitabbaniy
tatr&yam. 8amm&yattan&: &cariyena bbikkbaye anteyllsi-
ko samgabetabbo anuggabetabbo uddesena paripuccb&ya
oy&dena anusftsaniy^. sace ^cariyassa patio boti, antev&si-
kassa patto na boti, &cariyena anteyHsikassa patto d&tabbo
ussukkam y& k&tabbam kin ti nu kbo antev&sikassa patto
nppajjiyetb^ Hi. sace ftcariyassa ciyaram ... (=1. 26. 1-11 ;
instead of \xf^]]hkjOy etc., read ^ariyo; m«/^arf o/ saddbivibft-
riko; etc,f read antevftsiko) . . • sace anteyftsiko gil&no boti,
y&vajtyam upattb^tabbo, yuttb&nassa ftgametabban ti. || 1 1|
antey&sikayattam. ||33|| cbattbam bb4nay&ram.

tena kbo pana samayena anteyftsikft ftcariyesu na sammd-
yattanti . . . (= I. 27. 1-8; instead of kcariyo, etc., read as
above) . . . apan&mento anatisllro botiti. ||1||34||

tena kbo pana samayena bbikkbii dasayass' ambft dasayass'
ambft 'ti bftld ayyatt& nissayam denti, dissanti ftcariy& b&Ift,
antey&sik& pandit&, dissanti &cariy& ayyatt&, antey&sik& yyatt&,
dissanti &cariy& appassuti, anteyelsik& babussutll, dissanti &ca-
riyft duppanfi^, anteyftsikft paiiilayanto. ye te bhikkbii appi?

62 MAHAVAGGA. 1. 85. 1-80. 3.

cch&, te ujjh&yanti khtyanti vipftcenti : kaiham hi n&ma bhi-
kkhd dasavass' ainh& dasavass' amh& Hi b&l& avyattll nissayam
dassanti, dissanti 4cariy& b&l& . • • anteY&sik& paMavanto
Hi. II 1 11 atha kho te bbikkhii bhagavato etam attbam ftro-
cesum. saccam kira bbikkbave dasavass' amhll dasavass'
ainh& Hi b&l& av}^att& nissayam dentiti. saccam bhagavi.
vigarahi buddho bbagav&. vigarahitv& dhammikatbam
katv& bhikkhii amantesi: na bhikkbave b&lena avyattena
nissayo d&tabbo. yo dadejrya, llpatti dukkatassa. anuj&n&mi
bbikkbdve vyattena bbikkbun& patibalena dasavassena
v& atirekadasavassena vll nissayam d&tun ti. 1|2||35||

tena kbo pana samayena bbikkbii ftcariyupajjb&yesu pa-
kkantesu pi vibbbamantesu pi k&lamkatesu pi pakkhasam*
kantesu pi nissayapatippassaddhiyo na j&nanti. bbagavato
etam attbam ftrocesum. paiic' im& bbikkave nissayapati-*
ppassaddbiyo upajjh&yamb& : upajjb&yo pakkanto v& boti
vibbbamanto v& k&lamkato t& pakkhasamkanto v&, &i^atti
yeva paficamt. im& kbo bbikkbave paiica nissayapatippassa-
ddhiyo upajjb&yamh&. cha yim& bbikkbave nissayapatippa-
ssaddhiyo &cariyalnb& : ftcariyo pakkanto v& boti vibbbamanto
v& k&Iamkato v& pakkbasamkanto v&, &natti yeva paficami,
upajjb&yena v& samodh&nam gato boti. im& kho bhikkbave
cha nissayapatippassaddhiyo &cariyamb&. ||1|| pancabi bbi-
kkbave aiigehi samann&gatena bhikkbuni na upasamp&de-
tabbam, na nissayo d&tabbo, na s&manero upattb&petabbo :
na asekbena sllakkbandhena samann&gato hoti, na ase-
khena samidbikkbandbena samann&gato boti, na asekbena
pafLnftkkbandbena samann&gato boti, na asekbena vimutti-
kkbandbena samann&gato boti, na asekbena vimuttin&^a-
dassanakkbandhena samann&gato boti. imebi kbo bhi-
kkbave pafLcaV aiigehi samann&gatena bhikkhun& na upa-
samp&detabbam, na nissayo d&tabbo, na s&manero upatth&-
petabbo. ||2|j paiicabi bbikkbave angebi samann&gatena
bhikkbuni upasamp&detabbam, nissayo d&tabbo, sftmanero
upattb&petabbo: asekbena stlakkhandhena samannagato boti,
. . . asekbena vimattift&nadassanakkbandbena samann&gato
boti. imebi kbo bhikkbave pailcah' angebi samann&gatena

I. «6. a-9.] MAHAVAOOA. 63

bliikkliaii& upasamp&detabbam, nissayo d&tabbo, sftmaDero
upatth&petabbo. j|3|| aparehi pi bhikkhaye paficah' angehi
samann&gatena bhikkhunll na upasampftdetabbam, na nissayo
d&tabboy na s&mai^ero upatthftpetabbo : attan& na asekhena
stlakkhandhena samann&gato hoti, na param asekhe slla-
kkbandhe samftdapetft, . . . attan& na asekhena yimuttin&na-
dassanakkhandhena samann&gato hoti> na param asekhe
yimuttiii&nadassanakkhandhe sam&dapet&. imehi kho bhi*
kkhave pancah' angehi samann&gatena bhikkhunll na upa-
sampftdetabbam^ na nissayo d&tabbo, na s&manero upatthft-
petabbo. II 4 II pailcahi bhikkhave angehi samann&gatena
bhikkhunft upasampftdetabbam, nissayo d^tabbo, s&manero
upatthftpetabbo : attanft asekhena silakkhandhena samannft-
gato hotiy param asekhe stlakkhandhe samftdapetft, . . . attanft
asekhena vimuttiiiftnadassanakkhandhena samannftgato hoti,
param asekhe yimuttiiiftnadassanakkhandhe^ sam&dapetft.
imehi kho bhikkhave paficah' angehi samannftgatena bhi-
kkhunft upasampftdetabbam, nissayo dfttabbo, sftmanero upa-
tthftpetabbo. II 5 II aparehi pi bhikkhave paficah' angehi
samannftgatena bhikkhunft na upasampftdetabbam, na nissayo
dfttabbo, na sftmanero upatthftpetabbo : assaddho hoti, ahiriko
hotiy anottappt hoti, kuslto hoti, mutthassati hoti. imehi kho
bhikkhave paiieah' angehi samannftgatena bhikkhunft na
upasampftdetabbam, na nissayo dfttabbo, na sftmanero upa-
tthftpetabbo. II 6 II pafLcahi bhikkhave angehi samannftga-
tena bhikkhunft upasampftdetabbam, nissayo dfttabbo, sftma-
nero upatthftpetabbo : saddho hoti, hirimft hoti, ottappi
hoti, ftraddhaviriyo hoti, upatthitasati hoti. imehi kho bhi-
kkhave pancah' angehi samannftgatena bhikkhunft upasampft-
detabbam, nissayo dfttabbo, sftmanero upatthftpetabbo. ||7||
aparehi pi bhikkhave paficah' angehi samannftgatena bhi-
kkhunft na upasampftdetabbam, na nissayo dfttabbo, na
sftmanero upatthftpetabbo : adhisile sllavipanno hoti, ajjhft-
cftre ftcftravipanno hoti, atiditthiyft ditthivipanno hoti, appa-
Bsuto hoti, duppaiiiio hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave paiicah'
angehi samannftgatena bhikkhunft na upasampftdetabbam, na
nissayo dfttabbo, na sftmanero upatthftpetabbo. ||8|| paiScahi
bhikkhave angehi samannftgatena bhikkhunft upasampftde-

64 MAHATAGGA. [1. 86. 9-13.

tabbam^ nissayo d&tabbo, s&manero upatth&petabbo : na adhi*
stle stlavipanno hoti, na ajjh&c&re ftc&rayipanno boti, na
atiditthiy& dittbivipanno boti, babussuto boti, p&[iilay& boti.
imebi kbo bbikkbave paiicab' angebi samann&gatena bbi-
kkbun& upasamp&detabbam, nissayo d&tabbo, s&manero upa-
ttbapetabbo. ||9|| aparebi pi bbikkbave pafLcab' angebi
samann&gatena bbikkbun& na upasamp&detabbam, na nissayo
dfttabbo, na s&manero upattb&petabbo : na patibalo boti ante-
Tftsim v& saddbivib&rim v& gil&nam upattbatum \d, upattbft*
petum v&, uppannam anabbiratim vftpak&setum yft yClpak&-
6&petum yk, uppannam kukkuccam dbammato yinodetum y&
yinod&petum yft, &pattim na jan&ti, ^pattiyiL yut^b^nam na
j&nftti. imebi kbo bbikkbave pancah' aiigebi samannftga-
tena bbikkbun& na upasampddetabbam, na nissayo d&tabbo,
na s&manero upattb&petabbo. || 10 1| pancabi bbikkbave
angebi samann&gatena bbikkbun& upasamp&detabbam, ni*
Bsayo d&tabboy s&manero upattb&petabbo : patibalo boti ante*
ylLsiin y& saddbivib&rim \k gilsLnam upattb&tum y& upatth&-
petum. y&, uppannam anabbiratim vApak&setum y& vfipa*
k&d4petum y&, uppannam kukkuccam dbammato vinodetuiu
yft vinodftpetum y&, apattim j&n&ti, &pattiy& vuttb&nam j&nati.
imebi kbo bbikkbave pailcab' angebi samann&gatena bbi-
kkbun& upasamp&detabbam, nissayo d&tabbo, s&manero upa-^
ttb&petabbo. || 1 1 1| aparebi pi bbikkbave pailcab' angebi
samann&gatena bbikkbunft na upasampftdetabbam, na nissayo
d&tabbo, na s&manero upattb&petabbo : na patibalo boti ante-
y&sim y& saddbivibarim y& abbisam&c&rikaya sikkb&ya si-
kkb&petum, &dibrabmacariyik&ya sikkb&ya vinetum, abbi*
dbamme vinetum, abbivinaye vinetum, uppannam dittbiga-
tam dbammato vivecetum vivec&petum. imebi kbo bbi-
kkbave pancab' angebi samann&gatena bbikkbun& na
upasamp&detabbam, na nissayo d&tabbo, na s&manero upa-
ttb&petabbo. ||12|| pancabi bbikkbave angebi samannft-
gatena bbikkbun& upasamp&detabbaniy nissayo d&tabbo,
B&manero upattb&petabbo : patibalo boti antev&sim y& sa*
ddbivib&rim 'y& abbisam&c&rik&ya sikkb&ya Bikkb&petum,
&dibrabmacariyik&ya sikkb&ya vinetunii abbidbamme vi*
netuiUi abbivinaye vinetum, uppannam dittbigataip dbam*

1. 86. 13-87. 1.] MAHAYA60A. 66

mato ▼iyecetuin yiyec&petuni. imehi kho bhlkkave paficah'
aiigehi samann&gatena bhikkhan& upasampddetabbam, nissa-
yo d&tabbo> 8&manero upatthftpetabbo. ||13|| aparehi pi
bhikkhaye pancab' angehi samann&gatena bbikkhunft na
upasamp&detabbam, na nissayo d&tabbo, na s&manero upa-
ttb&petabbo : ipattim na j&n&ti, an&pattim na jAn&ti, lahukam
&pattim na j&n&ti, garukam &pattim na j&n&ti, ubhay&ni kho
pan' assa p&timokkb&ni yitth&rena na sy&gat&ni honti, na
sayibbatt&ni^ na suppayattini, na suyinicohit&ni suttato anu-
yyaiijanaso. imebi kho bhikkhaye paiicah' angehi samannft-
gatena bhikkhunll na upasamp&detabbam, na nissayo d&-
tabbo, na sftma^ero upatth&petabbo. ||11|| paficahi bhi-
kkhaye angehi samann&gatena bhikkhun& upasampAde-
tabbam, nissayo d&tabbo, s&manero upatth&petabbo : ftpattim
jiLn&tiy an&pattim j&n&ti, lahukam ftpattim jftn&ti, garukam
ftpattim j&nftti, ubhay&ni kho pan' assa p&timokkh&ni yitthlU
rena sy&gat&ni honti suyibhattftni suppayattlni suyinicchitlLni
suttato anuyyaSjanaso. imehi kho bhikkhaye paHcah' ange-
hi samann&gatena bhikkhunft upasamp&detabbam, nissayo
d&tabbo, s&manero upatth&petabbo. ||15|| aparehi pi bhi-
kkhaye pancah' angehi samannftgatena bhikkhunft na upa-
samp&detabbamy na nissayo d&tabbo, na s&manero upatthftpe-
tabbo : ftpattim na j&n&ti, an&pattim na j&n&ti, lahukam
ftpattim na j&nfttiy garukam &pattim na j^&ti, iinadasayasso
hoti. imehi kho bhikkhaye paiicah' aiigehi samannllgatena
bhikkhunft na upasampftdetabbam, na nissayo d&tabbo, na
s&manero upatth&petabbo. ||16|| paiicahi bhikkhaye angehi
samannftgatena bhikkhnn& upasamp&detabbam, nissayo dft-
tabbo, s&manero upatth&petabbo: &pattim j&n&ti, an&pattim
j&n&tiy lahukam ftpattim j&n&ti, garukam &pattim j&n&ti^ da-
sayasso y& hoti atirekadasayasso y&. imehi kho bhikkhaye
pailcah' angehi samann&gatena bhikkhun& upasamp&de-
tabbam> nissayo d&tabbo, s&manero upatth&petabbo Hi. ||17||
upasamp&detabbapancakam solasayftram nitthi-

tarn. II36II '

chahi bhikkhaye aiigehi samann&gatena bhikkhun& na
npasamp&detabbamy na nissayo d&tabbo, na s&manero upa-

VOL. in. 5

66 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 37 1-6.

ttMpetabbo : na asekhena stlakkhandhena samann&gato hoti,
na aaekhena samftdhikkhandhena s. h., na asekhena pannd.*
kkhandhena s. h., na asekhena yimuttikkhandhena s. h., na
asekhena Timuttid&i^adassanakkhandhena s. h.^ {Inadasavasso
hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave chah' angehi samann&gatena
bhikkhnn& na upasampftdetabbaniy na nissayo d&tabbo, na
B&manero upatth&petabbo. ||1|| chahi bhikkhave angehi
samann&gatena bhikkhun& upasamp&detabbam, nissayo dlL-
tabbo, s&manero upatth&peikabbo : asekhena stlakkhandhena
samann&gato hoti, . . . asekhena vimuttiil&nadassanakkhan-
dhena s. h., dasavasso yft hoti atirekadasavasso y&. iihehi kho
bhikkhave chah' angehi samann&gatena bhikkhan& npa*
sampftdetabbam, nissayo d&tabbo, s&manero npatth&petabbo.
II 2 II aparehi pi bhikkhave chah' angehi samann&gatena
bhikkhun& na upasamp&detabbam, na nissayo d4tabbo, na
s&manero upatth&petabbo : attan& na asekhena stlakkhandhe*
na samannJlgato hoti, na param asekhe silakkhandhe samft-
dapet&, . . attanft na asekhena vimuttiiiftnadassanakkhandhe-
na s. h., na paraxn asekhe vimuttiMnadassanakkhandhe
Bam&dapet&, ftnadasavasso hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'
angehi samann&gatena bhikkhunft na npasamp&detabbam, na
nissayo d&tabbo, na s&manero upatth&petabbo. ||3|| chahi
bhikkhave angehi samann&gatena bhikkhunH upasampfidc!-
tabbam, nissayo d&tabbo, s&ma^ero upatth&petabbo : attan4
asekhena stlakkhandhena samann&gato hoti, param^ asekhe
silakkhandhe samftdapetll, . . . attan& asekhena vimuttin&na-
dassanakkhandhena samann&gato hoti, param asekhe vimutti-
fiftnadassanakkhandhe sam&dapet&, dasavasso v& hoti atire-
kadasavasso v&. imehi kho bhikkhave chah' angehi sam-
ann&gatena bhikkhan& upasampftdetabbam, nissayo dft-
tabbo, s&manero upatthftpetabbo. ||4|| aparehi pi bhikkhave
chah' angehi samann&gatena bhikkhan& na upasampftde-
tabbam, na nissayo d&tabbo, na s&manero npatth&petabbo :
assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappi hoti, kustto hoti,
mutthassati hoti, Anadasavasso hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave
chah' angehi samann&gatena bhikkhan& na upasamp&de-
tabbam, na nissayo d&tabbo, na s&manero upafth&petabbo.
II 6 II chahi bhikkhave angehi samann&gatena bhikkhan&

1. 87. 6-10.] MAHAVAGGA. g7

upasamp&detabbam^ nissayo d&tabbo> s&ma^ero npatthipe-
tabbo : saddho hoti^ hirim& hoti, ottappt hoti, iraddhaviriyo
hotly upatthitasati boti, dasayasso v& hoti atirekadaaaTaaso
y4. ixnebi kho bhikkbave cbah' aiigehi Bamannftgatena bhi-
kkhim& upasampftdetabbain, nissayo d&tabbo, s&maijiero upa-
ttb4petabbo. ||6|| aparehi pi bbikkhave chab' aiigehi sam-
annftgatena bhikkhunft na upasampftdetabbam, na nissayo
ditabbOy na s&manero upatth&petabbo : adhistle stlavipanno
hoti, ajjh&c&re Ac&ravipanno hoti, atiditthiy& ditthivipanno
hotiy appassutto hoti, duppanfto hoti, dnadasavasso hoti.
imehi kho bhikkbave chah' angehi samann&gatena bhikkhu-
n& na upasamp&detabbaniy na nissayo d&tabbo, na s&maij^ero
npatth&petabbo. ||7|| chahi bhikkbave angehi samannftga-
tena bhikkhun& npasampftdetabbam, nissayo d&tabbo, s&ma-
i^ero npatthftpetabbo : na adhistle silavipanno hoti, na ajjh&-
c&re Ac&ravipanno hoti, na atiditthiyd ditthivipanno hoti,
bahnssnto hoti, paiifiav& hoti, dasavasso v& hoti atirekadasa-
vasso vft. imehi kho bhikkbave chah' angehi samann&gatena
bhikkhun& npasamp&detabbam, nissayo d&tabbo, s&mai^ero
npatth&petabbo. ||8|| aparehi pi bhikkbave chaV angehi
sammaim&gatena bhikkhan& na upasampAdetabbam, na
nissayo d&tabbo, na s&manero npatth&petabbo : na patibalo
hoti antevAsim v& saddhivih&rim v& gilAnam upatth4timi v&
npatth&petum v&, uppannam anabhiratim vApakftsetum v&
viipak&s&petum v&, uppannam kukkuccam dhammato vino-
detum v& vinod&petnm v&, &pattim na j&nAti, Apattiyft vatthA-
nam na j&n&ti, iinadasavasso hoti. imehi kho bhikkbave
chah' aDgehi samannftgatena bhikkhan& na upasampAde-
tabbam, na nissayo d&tabbo, na s&manero npatth&petabbo. ||9 1|
chahi bhikkbave aiigehi samann&gatena bhikkhim& upasam-
p&detabbam, nissayo d&tabbo, s&manero upatth&petabbo: pati-
balo hoti antev&sim v& saddhivih&rim v& gil&nam upatth&tmn
v& npatth&petnm v&, uppannam anabhiratim vApak&setum v&
vtkpak&s&petum v&, uppannam kukkuccam dhammato vino-
detum v& vinod&petum v&, &pattim j&n&ti, &pattiy& vutth&-
nam j&D&ti, dasavasso v& hoti atirekadasavasso v&. imehi
kho bhikkbave chah' aiigehi samann&gatena bhikkhun& upa-
samp&detabbam, nissayo d&tabbo, s&manero upatth&petabbo.

68 MAHAVAGOA. [1. 87. 10-14.

II 10 II aparehi pi bhikkhaye chah' angehi samann&gatena
bhikklian& na upasampftdetabbani, na nissajo d&tabbo, na
8&manero upattb&petabbo : na patibalo hoti antevftsim yk
Baddbivihilrim y& abbisam&cftrik&ya sikkhftya sikkhllpetuin,
ftdibrahmacariyik&ya eikkh&ya yinetum, abhidhamme yine-
timiy abbiyinaye yinetum, uppannain dittbigatam dbamma-
to yiyeoetum, Anadasayasso boti. imehi kbo bbikkbaye cbab'
angehi Bamann&gatena bbikkbunft na npasampadetabbam, na
nissayo d&tabbo, na sftmanero upattb&petabbo. ||11|| cbahi
bbikkbaye angebi samann&gatena bbikkban& upasampade-
tabbam, niasayo d&tabbo> s&manero upattb&petabbo : pati-
balo boti anteyftsim y& saddbiyib&rim y& abbisam&c&rik&ya
sikkb&ya sikkb&petuin, ftdibrabroacariyik&ya sikkb&ya yine-
tain, abbidbamme yinetum, abbiyinaye yinetum, uppannain
dittbigatam dhammato yiyeoetum, dasayasso y& boti atireka-
dasayasso y&. imehi kbo bbikkbaye chah' angehi samanni-
gatena bhikkhun& upasamp&detabbam, nissayo d&tabbo> sa-
ma^ero upattb&petabbo. || 12 1| aparehi pi bbikkbaye chah'
angehi samann&gatena bhikkhun& na upasamp&detabbam, na
nissayo d&tabbo, na s&manero upattb&petabbo : &pattiin na
j&n&ti, an&pattim na j&n&ti, lahukam &pattiin na j&n&ti^ garu-
kam fipattim na j&n&ti, ubhay&ni kbo pan' assa p&timokkh&ni
yitth&rena na sy&gat&ni honti^ na suyibbatt&ni, na suppa-
yattini, na suyiniccbit&ni suttato anuyyafijanaso, iinadasa-
yasso hoti. imehi kbo bbikkbaye chah' angehi 8amanD&-
gatena bbikkhun& na upasamp&detabbam, na nissayo d&tabbo,
na s&manero upattb&petabbo. || 13 1| chabi bbikkbaye angehi
samann&gatena bhikkhun& upasamp&detabbaniy nissayo d&-
tabboy s&manero upattb&petabbo : &pattim j&n&ti, an&pattbn
j&n&tiy lahukam &pattim j&n&ti, garukam &pattim j&n&ti,
ubhay&ni kbo pan' assa p&timokkh&ni yitth&rena sy&gat&ni
honti suyibhatt&ni suppayattini suyiniccbit&ni suttato anu-
yyaiijanasoy dasayasso y& hoti atirekadasayasso y&. imehi
kho bbikkbaye chah' angehi samann&gatena bhikkhun&
upasamp&detabbam, nissayo d&tabbo> s&manero upattb&pe-
tabbo 'ti. II 14 II
upasamp&detabbachakkam so}asay&ram nittbi-

tam. ||37||

1. 8S. 1-4.] MAHAYAGOA. 69

tenakhopana samayena yoso aiiiiatitthiyapabbo npa-
jjh&yena sahadhammikam vuccam&no upajjhftyassa vftdam
AropetY& tain yeva titthftyatanam samkami, so puna paoc&«
gantv& bhikkhtl npasampadam yaoi. bhikkhA bhagavato etam
attham ItFocesunu yo so bhikkbaye afifiatittbiyapubbo upa-
jjh4yena sahadbammikam vuccam&no upajjh&yassa y&dam
&ropetv& tarn yeva tittb&yatanam sainkanto, so &gato na upa-
samp&detabbo. yo bbikkbave aiifio pi aiiiiatittbiyapnbbo
imasmim dhammavinaye &kankhati pabbajjam, ftkankbati npa-
sampadam, tassa cattftro m&se pariv&so d&tabbo. |il|( eyaii
ca pana bbikkhaye d&tabbo: patbamam kesamassum ob&r&-
pety& kfts&y&ni yatth&ni accfaftd&pety& ekamsam uttar&-
saiigam k&r&petva bbikkbiinam p&de yand&petv& nkkutikam
nisid&petyH ailjaliin pagganb&p6ty& eyam yadebiti yattabbo :
buddbam saranam gacch&mi^ dbammam saranam gacch&mi,
samgbam saranam gaccb&mi, dutiyam pi . . . tatiyam pi
buddbam saranam gacch&mi, tatiyam pi dbammam saituciam
gaccb&mi^ tatiyam pi samgbam saranam gacch&mlti. ||2||
tena kbo bbikkbaye a&iiatitthiyapubbona samgbam upasam-
kamityft ekamsam uttarftsaiigam karityft bbikkhfbiam pftde
yandity& ukkutikam nisidityft aiijalim paggabetyft eyam assa
yacaniyo : abam bbante ittbannAmo aiiiiatitthiyapubbo ima*
smim dhammayinaye ftkankb&mi npasampadam. so 'bam
bbante samgbam catt&ro mftse parivftsam y&c&miti. dutiyam
pi y&citabbo. tatiyam pi y&citabbo. yyattena bhikkbunft
patibalena samgbo ii&petabbo: suQfttu me bbante samgho.
ayam ittfaann&mo aMatittbiyapubbo imasmim dbammayinaye
ftkankhati npasampadam. so samgbam cattftro m&se pariyft-
sam yftcati. yadi samghassa pattakallam, samgho itthannft-
massa annatitthiyapubbassa catt&ro m&se pariyftsam dadeyya.
es&iiatti. ||3|| sui]ifttu me bbante samgbo. ayam itthannft-
mo aiiiiatitthiyapubbo imasmim dhammayinaye &kankhati
npasampadam. so samgham catt&ro mftse pariy&sam yftcati.
samgho itthannftmassa aiiiiatitthiyapubbassa catt&ro mftse pa-
riyftsam deti. yassftyasmato khamati itthannftmassa aiiiia-
titthiyapubbassa cattftro mftse pariyftsassa dftnam, so tunV
assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhftseyya. dinno samghena
itthannftmassa aiiiiatitthiyapubbassa oattftro mftse pariyftso.

70 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 88. 4-8.

khamati samghassa, tasmft tunht, evam etam dMray&mlti.
II 4 II evam kho bhikkhaye aMatitthiyapubbo &r&dhako hoti,
evam an&rftdhako. kathail ca bhikkhave afLAatitthiyapubbo
an&r&dbako hoti. idha bbikkhave aiifiatitthiyapabbo atik&-
lena g&mam pavisati, atidivi patikkamati. evam pi bhi-
kkhave aiiiiatitthiyapubbo an&rftdhako hoti. puna ca param
bhikkhave aiiiiatitthiyapubbo vesiyftgocaro y& hoti, vidhav&^
gocaro y& hoti, thullakum&rikagocaro v& hoti, pandakagocaro
v& hotiy bhikkhunigocaro v& hoti. evam pi bhikkhave aiiiia-
titthiyapubbo an&r&dhako hoti. ||5|| puna ca param bhi-
kkhave aMatitthiyapubbo y&ni t&ni sabrahmac&rtnam ucc&-
vac&ni karanty&ni, tattha na dakkho hoti, na analaso, na
tatrup&y&ya vtmams&ya samami&gato, ua alam k&tum, ua
alam samvidh&tum. evam pi bhikkhave amiatitthiyapubbo
an&rftdhako hoti. puna ca param bhikkhave aMatitthiya-
pubbo na tibbacchando hoti uddese paripucch&ya adhistle
adhicitte adhipa£Lii&ya. evam pi bhikkhave aMatitthiya-
pubbo an&rftdhako hotL ||6|| puna ca param bhikkhave
afLfiatitthiyapubbo yassa titth&yatan& samkanto hoti, tassa
satthuno tassa ditthiy& tassa khantiy& tassa ruciy& tassa ftd4-
yassa avai^^e bhaii£kam&ne kupito hoti anattamano anabhi-
raddho, buddhassa yk dhammassa v& samghassa v& avanne
bhaiiftam&ne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, yassa vft
pana titth&yatan& samkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa ditthi-
y& tassa khantiy& tassa ruciy& tassa &d&yassa vanne bhaMia-
mftne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa y& dham-
massa v& samghassa v& va^e bhaiiiiam&ne kupito hoti
anattamano anabhiraddho, idam bhikkhave samgh&tanikam
a&£Uititthiyapubbassa an&r&dhaniyasmim. evam kho bhi-
kkhave afL&atitthiyapubbo an&rftdhako hoti, evam an&rftdha-
ko kho bhikkhave aiiiiatitthiyapubbo ftgato na upadamp&de-
tabbo. II 7 II kathaii ca bhikkhave aiinatitthiyapubbo ftrft-
dhako hoti. idha bhikkhave aMatitthiyapubbo n&tik&lena
g&mam pavisati, n&tidiv& patikkamati. evam pi bhikkhave
aiiiiatitthiyapubbo &r&dhako hoti. puna ca param bhikkhave
afi&atitthiyapubbo na vesiy&gocaro hoti, na vidhav&go-
caro hoti, na thullakumftrikagocaro hoti, na pandakagocaro
hoti, na bhikkhunigocaro hoti. evam pi bhikkhave a£Uia-

1. 38. 8-89. 1.] MAHAVAGGA. 71

titthiyapubbo &radhako hoti. ||8|| puna ca param bhi-
kkhaTe afifiatitthiyapubbo y&ni t&ni sabrahmac&rtnam ucc&-
Tac&ni karaDiy&niy tattha dakkho hoti analaso tatrup&y&ya
Timamsftya saxnann&gato, alam k&tum^ alam samvidh&tmiL.
eTam pi bhikkhave afifiatitthiyapubbo &r&dhako hoti. puna
ca param bhikkhave annatitthiyapubbo tibbacchando hoti
uddese paripucch&ya adhistle adhicitte adhipafin&ya. eyam
pi bhikkhave afiiLatitthiyapubbo llr&dhako hoti. ||9|| puna
ca param bhikkhave aMatitthiyapubbo yassa titth&yatanA
samkanto hoti, tassa satthono tassa ditthiy& tassa khantiyft
tassa ruciy& tassa ftdftyassa avan^e bhafLiiam&ne attamano
hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa v& dhammassa v& sam-
ghassa v& ava^Qe bhanftam&ne kupito hoti anattamano an-
abhiraddho> yassa v& pana titth&yataii& samkanto hoti, tassa
satthnno tassa ditthiy& tassa khantiy& tassa ruciy& tassa ftd&-
yassa van^e bhaMamftne kupito hoti anattamano anabhi-
raddho, buddhassa vft dhammassa v& samghassa v& vanne
bhaiiilam&ne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho. idam bhi-
kkhave samgh&tanikam afiSatitthiyapubbassa &rftdhaniya-
smim. evam kho bhikkhave ail&atitthiyapubbo &rftdhako
hotL evam ftrftdhako kho bhikkhave a£Laatitthiyapubbo &ga-
to upasamp&detabbo. ||10|| sace bhikkhave aiiilatitthiya-
pubbo naggo ftgacchati, upajjh&yamMakam civaram pariye-
sitabbam. sace acchinnakeso &gacchati, samgho apaloke-
tabbo bha^dukamm&ya. ye te bhikkhave aggik& jafi-
lak&, te &gat& upasampftdetabbft, na tesam parivllso d&tabbo.
tarn kissa hetu. kammavftdino ete bhikkhave kiriyav&dino.
sace bhikkhave j&tiy& S&kiyo annatitthiyapubbo ftgacchati,
so &gato upasampftdetabboy na tassa pariv&so d&tabbo. im&ham
bhikkhave Mtinam &veniyam parih&ram dammtti. || 11 1|
an&atitthiyapubbakath&. ||88|| sattamam

bh&nav&ram.

tena kho pana samayena Magadhesu panca &b&dhft
ussannft honti kuttham gando kil&so soso apamftro. manuss&
pancabi llb&dhehi phutth& Jivakam Kom&rabhaccam
upasamkamitv& evam vadanti : s&dhu no &cariya tikicch&hiti.
aham kho 'yyo bahukicco bahukaraiciiyo, r&j& ca me M&gadho

72 MAHIvAGGA. [1. 89. 1-6.

Seniyo Bimbis&ro upattMtabbo itth&g&raii ca buddhapa-
muldio ca bhikkhusamgho^ n&ham sakkomi tikicchitun tL
Babbarn 8&pateyya£l ca te ftcariya botu^ mayaii ca te d&flft,
8&dhu no &cariya tikicchfthiti. abam kho 'yyo bahukicco
babukaraniyoy T&j& ca me M&gadho Seniyo Bimbiaftro upa-
tthfttabbo itth&g&rail ca buddhapamukho ca bhikkbusarngbo,
n&ham sakkomi tikiccbitun tu ||1|| atha kbo tesam ma-
nussftnam etad abosi : ime kbo samanft Sakyaputtiyft sukba-
8tl& 8ukbaaam&c&r& 8ubbojanftni bbuiljitT& niv&tesu sayanesu
sayanti. yam n&na mayam samanesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabba-
jeyyftma, tattba bhikkbii c' eva upattbahissanti Jivako ca
Kom&rabbacco tikicchissatlti. atba kbo te manuBsft bhikkbft
upasainkamitv& pabbajjam y^cimsn^ te bbikkbCL pabb&jeBam
upasampftdesum, te bbikkbd c' eva upattbabimsu Jivako ca
Kom&rabbacco tikiocbi. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena bbi-
kkbti babii gil&ne bbikkhii upatthabant& yftcanababul& vi-
fi£iattibahal& vibaranti gil&nabbattam detba^ gil&nupatthft-
kabbattam detba, gil&nabbesajjam dethft 'ti. Jivako pi
Kom&rabbacco bahA gil&ne bhikkhCL tikicchanto aililataram
r&jakiccam parih&pesi. ||31| aMataro puriso paiicabi &bft-
dbebi pbuttho Jivakam Eom&rabhaccam upasamkamitviL etad
avoca: s&dhu mam ftcariya tikiccb&biti. abam kho 'yyo
bahukicco bahukaraniyo, r&j& ca me M&gadho Seniyo Bimbi-
B&ro upatth&tabbo itthftg&raii ca buddhapamukho ca bhikkhu-
samghoy nftham sakkomi tikicchitun ti. sabbam sftpateyyaii
ca te ftcariya hotu, ahaii ca te dftso, sltdbu mam &cariya ti-
kicch&hiti. abam kho 'yyo bahukicco bahukarai^lyo, i^j& ca
me M&gadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro upatth&tabbo itthftgftrafl ca
buddhapamukho ca bhikkhusamgho, n&ham sakkomi tikicchi-
tun ti. II 4 II atha kho tassa purisassa etad abosi: ime kho
saman& Sakyaputtiy& sukbasilft sukha6am&cftr& subhojan&ni
bhunjitv& niv&tesu sayanesu sayanti. yam nftn&ham sama-
nesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyam^ tattba bhikkhd c' eva
npattbahissanti, Jivako ca Kom&rabhacco tikicchissati, so
'ham arogo vibbbamiss&miti. atha kho so puriso bhikkh&
upasamkamitvft pabbajjam y&ci, tarn bhikkhd pabbdjesum
upasamp&desum, tarn bhikkhft c' eva upattbabimsu Jivako
ca Kom&rabhacco tikicchi^ so arogo vibbhami. addasa kho

I. S9. 6-40. 3.] MAHAVAGGA. 73

Jivako Komftrabhaoco tarn purisam yibbhamaniam, diBY&na
tain purisam etad avoca : nanu tyam ayyo bhikkhiisa pabba-
jito abositi. evam ftcariy& 'ti. kissa pana tvam ayyo eyarii-
paiii ak&sttL atha kho so puriso Jivakassa Kom&rabhaocassa
efam attbam ftrocesi. [|5|| Jivako Eom&rabhacco ujjh&yati
khiyati vip&ceti : katham ,bi D&ma bhaddantA paficahi &b&-
dbehi pbuttbam pabb&jessantlti. atba kho Jivako Eom4ra*
bhaoco yena bhagav& ten' npasamkami, npasaipkaTnitvA bha-
gavantam abbivftdetv& ekamantom nisidi. ekamantam nisin-
no kho Jivako Eom&rabhacoo bbagavaniam etad avoca:
s&dbu bbante ayy& paftoahi &b&dhebi pbuttbam na pabb&-
jeyyun ti. || 6 1| atha kho bhagav& Jivakam Eom&rabhaccam
dhammiy& kath&ya sandassesi samAdapesi samuttejesi sampa-
bamsesi. atha kho Jivako Eom&rabhacco bhagavat& dham-
miy& katb&ya sandassito sam&dapito samuttejito sampahamsi-
to utth&yftsanft bhagavantam abhivftdetvH padakkhinam katv&
pakk&mi. atha kho bbagavll etasmim nid&ne etasmim pa-
karane dhammikatham katvft bhikkhd ftmantesi : na bhi-
kkhave paficahi &b&dhehi phuttho pabb&jetabbo. yo
pabb&jeyya, ftpatti dukkafassft Hi ||7||39||

tena-kho pana samayena raMo M&gadhassa Seniyassa
Bimbis&rassa paccanto kupito hoti. atha kho r&j& M&-
gadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro senftn&yake mahftmatte ftn&pesi :
gacchatha bha^e paccantam uccinathft 'ti. evam dev& 'ti
kho 8en&n&yak& mah&matt& raiiiio M&gadhassa Seniyassa
Bimbis&rassa paccassosum. ||1|| atha kho abhiilil&tftnam
-abhiiifi&t&nam yodh&nam etad ahosi : mayam kho yuddhft-
bhinandino gacchantft pftpaii ca karoma- bahuii ca apuilfiam
pasavftma. kena nu kho mayam up&yena pftp& ca virameyyA-
ma kaly&nafi ca kareyyftmft 'ti. atha kho tesam yodh&nam
etad ahosi : ime kho sama^A Sakyaputtiy& dhammac&rino
samacftrino brahmac&rino saocavftdino sflavanto kalyft^a-
dhammft. sace kho mayam sama^esu Sakyaputtiyesu pabba-
jeyy&ma, evam mayam pftp& ca virameyy&ma kaly&^an ca
kareyyllm& 'ti. atha kho te yodh& bhikkhii upasamkamitvft
pabbajjam y&cimsu. te bhikkhft pabbftjesum upasamp&de-
Bum. II 2 II seD&Qftyak& mah&matt& rajabhate pucchinisu : kiin

74 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 40. 3-44. I.

nu kho bhane itthann&mo ca itthann&mo ca yodhi na di-
ssantlti. itthann&mo ca itthanii&mo ca s&mi yodh& bhikkhiisu
pabbajit& 'ti. sen&n&yayL mah&inatt& ujjh&yanti khtyanti
yip&centi : katham hi n&ma samanft Sakyaputtiy& r&jabhatam
pabbftjesfiantiti. 8enlln&yak& inah&matt& ranao M&gadhassa
Seniyassa Bimbifi&rassa etam atiham ftrocesum. atha kho
r&j& M&gadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro voharike mah&matte pucchi :
yo bhane r&jabhatain pabbftjeti, kim so pasavatttL upajjh&-
yassa deva siBam. chedetabbam, anuas&vakassa jiyhft uddhari-
tabb&y gaijiassa upaddhaphftsuk& bhanjitabb& 'ti. ||3|| atha
kho T&jk M&gadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro yena bhagayft ten' upa-
samkamiy upaaamkamityft bhagayantam. abhiy&dety& ekam-
antam nisidi. ekamantam nisinno kho raj& M&gadho Seniyo
Bimbis&ro bhagayantam etad ayoca: santi bhante r&j&no
assaddhft appasann&, te appamattakena pi bhikkhii yihethe-
yyum. s&dhu bhante ayy& r&jabhatam na pabb&jeyyiin ti.
atha kho bhagayft rSj&nam M&gadbam Seniyam Bimbis&ram
dhammiy& kath&ya sandassesi sam&dapesi samuttejesi sampa*
hamfiesi. atha kho rftj& M&gadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro bhaga-
yat& dhammiy& kath&ya sandassito saro&dapito samuttejito
sampahamsito utthfty&san^ bhagayantam abhiy&detyft pa-
dakkhiTjam katy& pakk&mi. atha kho bhagayft etasmim
nid&ne etasmim pakara^e dhammikatham katy& bhikkhii
&mantesi : na bhikkhaye r&jabhato pabb&jetabbo. yo
pabb&jeyya, &patti diikkatas8& 'ti. II 4 114011

tena kho pana samayena coro aiigulimftlo bhikkhiisu
pabbajito hoti. manuss& passityft ubbijjanti pi uttasanti pi
pal&yanti pi aiiiiena pi gacchanti aMena pi mukham karonti
dy&ram pi thakenti. manussft ujjh&yanti khiyanti yipftcenti:
katham hi n&ma samanft Sakyaputtiy& dhajabaddham coram
pabb&jessantiti. assosmn kho bhikkhii tesam manuss&nam
ujjh&yant&nam khiyant&nam yip&cent&nam. atha kho te
bhikkhii bhagayato etam attham ftrocesum. bhagay& bhikkhii
ftmantesi : na bhikkhaye dhajabaddho coro pabb&jetabbo.
yo pabb&jeyya, &patti dukkatass^ 'tL || 1 1|41||

tena kho pana samayena raiin& M&gadhena Seniyena

I. 4S. 1-44. 1.]

IIAHAVAGOA. 75

Bimbis&rena annfinAtam hoti: ye samaDesa Sakyaputti-

yesu pabbajanti, na te labbh& kifici kAtmn, sTikkhAto dhar

mmo, caranttt brahmacariyam flammA dakkbaasa antakiriy&yi

Hi. tena kbo pana samayena anfiataro puiiao oorikam katv4

k&riya baddho hoti, so kftram bhinditv4 pal4yitv4 bbikkhflsu

pabbajito hoti. || 1 1| manuasA paadtvi evani AhamsQ : ayam

80 k&rabhedako coro, banda nam nemi 'tL ekaooe bybx^

abamsu : m&yyo evam avacuttha, anufiii&tain rafifiA Maga-

dbena Seniyeaa BimbiBftrena : ye sama^esa Sakyapattiyesa

pabbajanti, na te labbbft kifici kfttran, svMddiito dbammo,

carantu brahmacariyam sammA dukkhaaaa antakiriyAyA 'ti.

manufisA ujjhftyanti khlyanti Tipftcenti : abhayuvarft ime sar

mai^A Sakyapnttiyi, na yime labbhi kifici k&tiim- katham

hi n&ma kirabhedakam coram pabbijeasantiti. bhaga-

vato etam attham ftrocewim. na bhikkhave kirabhedako

coro pabbijetabbo. yo pabbftjeyya, ipatti dukkataasA

'ti. II 2 II 42 II

tena kho pana aamayena afifiataro pnriao corikam katrA
palAyitvA bhikkhftsu pabbajito hoti. ao ca ranfio antepure
likhito hoti yattha paaaitabbo tattha hantabbo 'ti. manuaaA
paaaitvA evam Ahamau : ayam ao likhitako coro, handa nam
hanAmA 'ti. ekacce evam Ahamau : mAyyo evam avacuttha,
anufiflAtam . . . antakiriyAyA Hi. manuaaA ujjhAyanti khl-
yanti vipftcenti : abhayftvarA ime aama^A Sa^aputtiyA, na
yime labbhA kifici kAtum. katham hi nAma likhitakam
coram pabbAjeaaantlti. bhagavato etam attham Aroceaum.
na bhikkhave likhitako coro pabbAjetabbo. yo pabbA-
jeyya, Apatti dukkataaaA Hi. I|l||43||

tena kho pana samayena anfiatai:o puriao kasAhato kata-
da^dakammo bhikkhdau pabbajito hoti. manuaaA ujjhAyanti
khlyanti vipAccnti : katham hi nAma aamai^A SakyaputtiyA
kaaAhatam katadandakammam pabbAjeasantiti. bhagavato
etam attham Aroceaum. na bhikkhave kaaAhato kata-
dandakammo pabbAjetabbo. yo pabbAjeyya, Apatti dukka-
taasA'^ti. I|l||44ll

76 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 45. 1-48. 2.

tena kho pana samajena aiiilataro puriso lakkhan&hato
katadandakammo bhikkhdsu pabbajito hoti. manus8& ujjbft-'
yanti kbiyanti vip&centi : katbam bi n&ma samanft Sakya-
puttiyft lakkbanftbatam katadandakammam pabb&jeflsantiti.
bbagayato etam attbam &roce8um. na bbikkbaye lakkba-
Q&bato katadai^dak^mmo pabb&jetabbo. yo pabb&jeyya,
&patti dukkatas8& Hi. i| 1 li 45 II

tena kbo pana samayena aMataro puriso iniyiko pal&yitv&
bbikkbtlsu pabbajito boti. dbaniy& passitvft evam &bainsa :
ayam so amb&kam in&yiko^ banda nam nem^ ^ti. ekacce evam
ftbamsu: m&yyo evam ayacuttba, anniiii&tam rafiM M&ga-
dbena Seniyena Bimbisirena : ye samariesu Sakyaputtiyesu
pabbajanti, na te labbb^ kifici k&tum, sv&kkb&to dbaramQ,
carantu brabmacariyam samm& dokkbassa antakiriy&y& 'ti.
manussft ujjb&yanti kbtyanti vipdcenti : abbaytivarft ime sa-
man& Sakyaputtiy&, na yime labbb& kifici k&tum. katbaip
bi n&ma in&yikain pabb&jessantiti. bbagayato etam attbam
&rocesum. na bbikkbaye in&yiko pabb&jetabbo. yo pabb&-
jeyya, apatti dukkatassd. Hi. ||l||46ll

tena kbo pana samayena aMataro d&so pal&yity& bbikkb&-
su pabbajito boti. ayyik& passityft eyam ftbamsu : ayam so
amb&kam dftso. banda nam nem& Hi. ekacce eyam Hbamsu :

• ^ • • •

m&jryo . . . antakiriy&y& Hi. manussll ujjbftyanti kbtyanti
yipAcenti : abbay(iyar& ime saman& Sakyaputtiy&y na yime
labbb& kinci k&tum. katbam bi nftma d&sam pabbftjessantt-
ti. bbagayato etam attbam ftrocesum. na bbikkbaye dftso
pabb&jetabbo. yo pabbftjeyya, &patti dukkatassi 'ti. Ill 1147 1|

tena kbo pana samayena aiiflataFo kamm&rabbandu
m&t&pitdbi saddbim bbandity^ &r&mam ganty& bbikkbiisu
pabbajito boti. atba kbo tassa kamm&rabbandussa mat&pi-
taro tarn kamm&rabba^dmn yicinant& &r&mam ganty& bbi-
kkbii puccbimsu : api bbante eyardpam d&rakam passeyy&-
tb& 'ti. bbikkbti aj&nam yeya ftbamsu : na jlln&m& Hi, apas-
sam yeya ftbamsu na pass&m& Hi. |j 1 1| atba kbo tassa
kammftrabba^dussa m&t&pitaro tarn kamm&rabhandam yi-

1. 48. 2-49. 8.] MAHAVAGGA. 77

cinantft bhikkliftsu pabbajitam disv^ ujjb&yanti kblyanti vi-
pftcenti : alajjino ime samanft Sakyaputtiy& dusslld mus&vft-
dino, j&nam yeva ftbamsu: na j&ii&m& 'ti, passam yeva
&hamsu : na pa88&m& 'ti, ayam d&rako bbikkhiisu pabbajito
Hi. assosum kbo bhikkhii tassa kamm&rabhandussa m&tftpi-
tannam ujjh&yant&nam khiyant&nam yipftcent&nam. atha
kbo te bhikkhii bhagavato etam attham ftroceeum. anuj&nft-
ini bbikkhave sarngbam apaloketum bba]adukammfty&

Hi. II2II48II

tena kbo pana samayena R&jagabe sattarasayaggiyA
d&rak& sab&yakft bonti, TJp&li d&rako tesam pftmokkbo
boti. atba kbo llp&lissa m&t&pitunnain etad abosi: kena
nu kbo up&yena Up41i amb&kam acoayena sukbail ca jiveyya
na ca kilameyy& Hi. atba kbo TJp&lissa mftt&pitunnam etad
abosi : sace kbo TTp&li lekbam sikkbeyya^ evam kbo Up&li
amb&kam aocayena sukbail ca jiveyya na ca kilameyy& Hi.
atba kbo XJpftlissa mftt&pitunnam etad abosi : sace kbo XJp&li
lekbam sikkbissati, anguliyo dukkb& bbavissanti. sace kbo
Upftli gananam sikkbeyya, eyam kbo IJp&li amb&kam acca-
yena sukbail ca jiveyya na ca kilameyyft 'ti, || 1 1| atba kbo
Up&lissa mftt&pitunnam etad abosi : sace kbo TJp&li gananam
sikkbissati, urassa dukkbo bbavissati. sace kbo Up&li riipam
sikkbeyya, evam kbo Up&li ambftkam accayena sukbail ca
jiveyya na ca kilameyy& Hi. atba kbo Up&lissa m&tftpi-
tunnam etad abosi : sace kbo Updli rilpam sikkbissati, akkbl-
ni dukkb& bbavissanti. ime kbo samai^& Sakyaputtiy& su-
kbastl& sukbasam&c&rft subbojan&ni bbuiljitv& niv&tesu saya-
nesu sayanti. sace kbo Up&Ii sama^esu Sakyaputtiyesu
pabbajeyya, evam kbo Up&li amb&kam accayena sukbail ca
jiveyya na ca kilameyy& Hi. ||2il assosi kbo Upftli d&rako
mftt&pitunnam imam katbftsall&pam. atba kbo Up&li d&rako
yena te d&rakft ten' upasamkami^ upasainkamitv& te dftrake
etad avoca: etba mayam ayyo samai^esu Sakyaputtiyesu
pabbajissftmi 'ti. sace kbo tvam ayyo pabbajissasi, evam
mayam pi pabbajiss&m& Hi. atba kbo te d&rak& ekamekassa
m&t&pitaro upasamkamitv& etad avocum : anuj&n&tba mam
ag&rasm& anag&riyam pabbajj&y& Hi. atba kbo tesam d&ra-

78 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 49. 3-W. 1.

k&nam m&t&pitaro sabbe p' ime d&rakft sam&naccliandlL kaly&-
9&dhipp&y& 'ti anuj&iiimsu. te bhikkhii iipa8aipkamitv&
pabbajjam yftclmsu. te bhikkhii pabb&jesum upasampftde-
sum. II 3 II te rattiy& pacciisasamayain. paccutth&ya rodanti :
yftgxim deUia, bhattam detha, kh&daniyain deth& Hi. bhi-
kkhd evam fthamsu : &gametha Uvuso y&va vibh&yati. sace
y&gu bhavissatiy pivissatha, sace bhattam bhayissati, bhuiiji*
ssatha, sace khftdaniyam bhavissati, kh&dissatha, no ce bha-
vissati y&gu vk bhattam y& kh&daniyam y6l, pind&ya oaritv&
bhunjis8ath4 Hi. evam pi kho te bhikkh4 bhikkh(ihi vucca-
mknk rodant' eva : y&gum detha, bhattam detha, kh&dani-
yam dethft 'ti, sen&sanam iihananti pi nmmihanti pi. ||4||
assosi kho bhagavft rattiy& pacciisasamayam paccutthftya d&-
rakasaddam, suty&na &yasmantam An an dam &mantesi:
kim nu kho so Ananda d&rakassa saddo 'ti, atha kho ftyasmft
Anando bhagavato etam attham &rocesL saocam kira bhi-*
kkhave bhikkhd j&nam (inaylsatiyassam puggalom upasamplL-
denttti. saccam bhagayft. yigarahi buddho bhagay&: ka-
tham hi n&ma te bhikkhaye moghapuris& j&nam {Lnayisati-
yassam puggalam upasampftdessanti. ||5j| iinayisatiyasso
bhikkhaye puggalo akkhamo hoti sttassa unhassa jighacch&ya
pip&s&ya damsamakasay&t&tapasirimsapasamphass&nam dur-
uttAnam dur&gat&nam yacanapath&nam uppann&nam s&rtri-

k&nam yedan&nam dakkhdnam tibb&nam kharftnam katu-

* ■ • • • .

k&nam as&tftnam aman&p&nam p&nahar&nam anadhiy&saka-
j&tiko hoti. ytsatiyasso kho bhikkhaye puggalo khamo hoti
sitassa ni^hassa • . . p&nahar&nam adhiy&sakaj&tiko hoti. n'
etam bhikkhaye appasann&nam y& pas&diya pasannftnam y&
bhiyyobh&y&ya. yigarahity& dhammikatham katy& bhikkhii
ftmantesi: na bhikkhaye j&nam finayisatiyasso puggalo
upasamp&detabbo. yo upasamp&deyya^ yathftdhammo k&re-
tabbo'ti. II 6 II 49 II

tena kho pana samayena aftSataram kulam ahiy&takaro-
gena kilamkatam hoti^ tassa pit&puttak& sesJl honti, te bhi-
kkhjisu pabbajity& ekato Va pind&ya caranti. atha kho so
d&rako pituno bhikkh&ya dinn&ya upadh&yityft etad ayoca:
mayham pi t&ta dehi^ mayham pi t&ta dehiti. manussft

I. «0. 1-58. 2.] MAHAVAGOA. 79

QJjh&yanti khtyanti yipdcenti: abrahmac&rino ime sama^ft
Sakyaputtiy&, ayam d&rako bhikkhuniyi j&to 'ti. assosum
kho bhikkhii tesam manuasanam ujjh&yant&nam khtyant&nam
Tip&cent4nam. atha kho te bbikkhd bbagavato etam attham
&rocesum. na bbikkbave iiiiapanDarasaYasso d&rako
pabb&jetabbo. yo pabb&jeyya, &patti dukkataasA Hi. || 1 1160 II

iena kho pana Bamayena Ayasmato Anandassa upattbi-
kakulam saddham pasannam abiyfttakarogena k&lamkatain
boti, dve oa d&rak& sesA bonti, te por&i^akena ftcin^akappena
bbikkbii passitv^ upadb&vanti, bbikkbii apasAdeuti. te bbi-
kkbiibi apa8&diyain&n& rodanti. atba kbo ftyasmato Anan-
dassa etad abosi: bbagavat& paMattam na {inapannarasa-
yasso d&rako pabb&jetabbo ^ti, ime ca dftrak& iinapaiinarasa-
yas8&. kena na kbo up&yena ime d&rak& na yinasseyyun ti.
atba kbo ftyasmft Anando bbagayato etam attbam &rooeei.
ussabanti pana te Ananda d&rak& k&ke uttepetun ti. tifisa-
banti bbagay& 'ti. v atba kbo bbagayft etasmim nid&ne
etasmim pakara^e dbammikatbam katy& bbikkbA &mantesi :
anuj4nami bbikkbaye {InapannarasayaBsam d&rakam
k&kuttepakam pabbAjetun ti. II 1 1|61||

tena kbo pana salnayena ftyasmato TJpanandassa Sakya-
puttassa dye 6&maner& bonti Eandako ca Mabako ca, te
aniiamafifiain dtLsesum. bbikkbd iijjb&yanti kbtyanti yip&^
centi : katbam bi n&ma 8&maner& eyar&pam an&cftram ftca-
lissantiti. bbagayato etam attbam ftrocesmn. na bbikkbaye
ekena dye 8&maner& upattbftpetabbi. yo upattb&peyya^
&patti dukkatassft 'ti. II 1 1| 6 2 ii

tena kbo pana samayena.bbagayiL tattb' eya B&jagabe
yassain yasi, tattba bemantam, tattba gimbam. manussft
ujjb&yanti kbtyanti yiplLcenti: &bandarik& samaQ&nam Sa-
kyaputtiyanam di8& andbak&rft, na imesam disi pakkb&yantt-
ti. aasosuin kbo bbikkb(l tesam manuBS&nam ujjbftyant&nam
kbtyantftnam yipftcent&nam. atba kbo te bbikkb{L bbaga*
yato etam attbam ftrocesam. ||1|| atba kbo bbagay& &ya-
smantam Anandam &mantesi : gaccb&nanda apftpura^am &d&-

80 MAHAYAGGA. [1. 68. 2-6.

ya anupariyeniyam bhikkhftnarn ftrocelii : iochat' kvuao
bhagav& Dakkhin&girim cArikam pakkamitum. ya86&-
yasmato attho, so &gaccliat(l 'tL evam bbante 'ti kho ftyasm&
Anando bhagavato pati88utv& ap&pura^am ftd&ya anuparive-
i^iyam bbikkhdnam ftrocesi : iccbat' ftyuso bbagayft Dakkhi-
]^&girim c&rikain pakkamitum. yass&yasmato attho^ so dga-
cchatii 'ti. II 2 11 bhikkhii eyam &hamsu: bhagayata &yuso
Ananda paiiiiattam dasa yassani niss&ya yattbonif dasa-
yassena nissayam d&tum. tattha ca no gantabbam bha-
yissatiy nissayo ca gabetabbo bhayissati, ittaro ca yftso
bbayissati, puna ca pacc&gantabbam bhayissati, puna ca
nissayo gabetabbo bhayissati. sace amb&kam &cariyu-
pajjb&y& gamissanti, mayam pi gamiss&ma, no ce amhft-
kam &cariyupajjh&y& gamissanti, mayam pi na gamiss&ma.
lahudttakat& no &yuso Ananda pailii&yissattti. ||3|| atba
kho bhagay& oganena bhikkhusamgbena Dakkhin&girim cft-
rikam pakk&mi. atba kho bhagay& Dakkhin&girismim ya-
th&bhirantam yiharity& punad eya B&jagaham pacc&gacchi.
atba kho bhagay& &yasmantam Anandam ftmantesi : kim nu
kho Ananda tath&gato oganena bhikkhusaipghena Dakkhi-
i^&girim c&rikam pakkanto 'ti. atba kho &yasm& Anando
bhagayato etam attham &rocesl. atba kho bhagay& etasmim
nid&ne etasmim pakarane dhammikatham katyft bhikkhd
&mantesi: anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye yyattena bhikkhun& pati-
balena paiica yass&ni niss&ya yatthum, ayyattena
y&yajtyam. ||4|| paficahi bhikkhaye angehi samann&gatena
bhikkhimft na anissitena yatthabbam : na asekhena sila-
kkhandhena samannftgato hoti . . • (=!• 36i 2) . . . imehi
kho bhikkhaye paiicah' angehi samannftgatena bhikkhun& na
anissitena yatthabbam. paiicahi bhikkhaye angehi samann&-

w

gatena bhikkhun& anissitena yatthabbam : asekhena . . .
(=1. 36> 3) . . . imehi kho bhikkhaye paiicaV angehi sa-
mann&gatena bhikkhun& anissitena yatthabbam. ||5 1| aparehi
pi bhikkhaye pancah' angehi samann&gatena bhikkhun& na
anissitena yatthabbam: assaddho hoti . . . (=1. 869 6) . • •
imehi kho bhikkhaye paiicah' angehi samann&gatena bhi-
kkhun& na anissitena yatthabbam. paftcahi bhikkhaye ange-
hi samann&gatena bhikkuna anissitena yatthabbam : saddho

1. 68. 6-13.] MAHAVAGGA. 81

hoti ... (=1. 36> 7) . . . imehi kho bhikkhave paficah''
angehi samami&gatena blukkhunft anissitena yatthabbain.
II 6 II aparehi pi • . . na anissitena vatthabbam: adhisile
. . . (=1. 36, 8) . • . imebi kho . . . na anissitena ya-
tthabbam. paficahi . . . anissitena yatthabbam : na adhisile
... (=1. 36, 9) . • . imehi kho . . . anissitena yatthabbam.
|j7|| aparehi pi . • . na anissitena yatthabbam: &pattiin
. . . (=1. 36> 14) . . . imehi kho • . . na anissitena yattha-
bbam. paficahi . . . anissitena yatthabbam: &pattim • . .
(=1. 36, 15) . . . imehi kho . . . anissitena yatthabbam. |i8||
aparehi pi . . . na anissitena yatthabbam: ftpattim . . .
(=1. 36, 16) . . . iinapaficayasso hoti. imehi kho . . . na
anissitena yatthabbam. paiLcahi . . . anissitena yatthabbam :
ftpattim . . . (=1* 36, 17) . . . paficayasso y& hoti ati-
rekapaficayasso y&. imehi kho . . . anissitena yatthabbam.
II 9 II chahi • • . na anissitena yatthabbam: na asekhena
... (=1. 37, 1) . . • ihiapafLcayasso hoti^ imehi kho bhi-
kkhaye chah' angehi samann&gatena bhikkhund na anissite-
na yatthabbam. chahi • . . anissitena yatthabbam : asekhe-
na . . • (=1. 37, 2) . . . paftcayasso y& hoti atirekapaAca-
yasso y&. imehi kho • • . anissitena yatthabbam. ||10||
aparehi pi bhikkhaye chaV angehi . . . na anissitena ya-
tthabbam: assaddho ... (=1. 37, 6) . . . iinapailcayasso
hoti. imehi kho • • . na anissitena yatthabbam. chahi
. . . anissitena yatthabbam: saddho . . . (=1. 37, 6) . . .
pafLcayasso y& hoti atirekapaiioayasso yft. imehi kho . • •
anissitena yatthabbam. || 11 1| aparehi pi . . . na anissitena
yatthabbam: adhisile ... (I. 37, 7) . . . iinapaiicayasso
hoti. imehi kho . . . na anissitena yatthabbam. chahi . • .
anissitena yatthabbam : na adhisile . . . (=1. 37, 8) • . . paii-
cayasso y& hoti atirekapancayasso vL imehi kho . . . anissi-
tena yatthabbam. ||12|| aparehi pi . . . na anissitena ya-
tthabbam: ftpattim . . • (=1. 37, 13) . . . iinapaficayaseo
hoti. imehi kho • . . na anissitena yatthabbam. chahi
. . . anissitena yatthabbam : ftpattim . . • (=1. 37, 14) • . .
paftcayasso y& hoti atirekapaiicayasso yft. imehi kho , • •
anissitena yatthabban ti. ||13||63||

abhayiiyarabhftigLayftram nitthitam.

VOL. in. 6

1

82 MAHAY AOOA. [I. M. 1-5.

atha kho bhagav& R&jagahe yath&bhirantam viliaritv&
yena Kapilavatthu tena c&rikam pakk&mi. anupubbena
c&rikaia caram&no yena Kapilavatthu tad avasari. tatra
sudam bhagavft Sakkesu viharati Kapilavattbusmim
Nigrodh&r&me. atha kho bhagavll pubba^hasamayam ni-
Y&setyft pattactyaram &d&ya yena Suddhodanassa Sa-
kkassa nivesanam ten' upasamkami, upa8amkamity& pa-
iinatte &8ane nistdi. atha kho Efthulam&t& deyl B&hula-
kumftram etad ayoca: eso te R&hula pit&, gacchassu d&yajjam
ysLc&hiti. || 1 1| atha kho R&hulo kum&ro yena bhagayd ten'
upasamkamii upa8ainkamit\& bhagayato purato atth&si su-
kh& te samana ch&y& 'ti. atha kho bhagay& utth&y&san&
pakk&mi. atha kho R&hulo kum&ro bhagayantam pitthito
-pitthito anubandhi d&yajjain me samana dehi, d&yajjam
me samara dehiti. atha kho bhagay& ftyasmantam S&ri-
puttam &mante8i: tena hi tyam S&riputta R&hulakum&ram
pabb&jehlti. kath&ham bhante R&hulakam&ram pabb&jemi-
ti. II 2 II atha kho bhagay& etasmim nid&ne etasmim pakarane
dhammikatham katy& bhikkhA &mantesi: anujftn&mi bhi-
kkhaye tthi saranagamanehi sftmanerapabbajjam. eyaft
ca pana bhikkhaye pabb&jetabbo : pathamam kesamassmn
oh&r&pety& k&s&y&ni yatth&ni acchftd4pety& ekamsam uttar&-
sangain kiripetvA bhikkhiinam p&de yandApetyA ukkatikam
niBid&pety& afijalim pagganh&petyft eyam yadehlti yattabbo :
buddham sara^am gacch&mi, dhammam sara^am gacch&mi,
Bamgham saraii^am gacch&mi, dutiyam pi . . • tatiyam pi
buddham saraij^am gacch&mi, tatiyam pi dhammam saranam
gacch&mi, tatiyam pi samgham sara9am gacch&mitL anujft-
n&mi bhikkhaye imehi tihi saranagamanehi s&manerapabba-
jjan ti. II 3 II atha kho ftyasmft S&riputto Il4hulakum&rai}i
pabb&jesi. atha kho Suddhodano Sakko yena bhagay&
ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityft bhagayantam abhivftdety&
ekamautam nisidL ekamantam nisinno kho Suddhodano
Sakko bhagayantam etad ayoca: ek&ham bhante bhaga-
yantam yaram y&c&miti. atikkantayar& kho Got am a tathft-
gatH 'tL yafi ca bhante kappati yafl ca anayajjan ti. yadehi
Ootam& 'ti. ||4|| bhagayati me bhante pabbajite anappakam
dukkham ahosi^ tath& Nande, adhimattanx B&hule. putta-

1. 64. 6-56. 1.] MAHAYAGGA. 83

pemaDQL bliante chavim chindati, chaTim chetv& oammam
chindati^ cammam chetvA mamsam chindati, mainsani chetvi
nhftrcuiL ohindati, nhftmm chety4 atthim chindati, atthim
chetT& attliimiiijam &hacca titthati. s&dhu bhante ayy& ana-
nu£Ln&tam m&tftpitfthi puttam na pabb&jeyyun ti. || 6 1| atba
kbo bbagaT& Suddhodanam Sakkam dhammiy& katb&ja
sandasseei samddapesi samuttejesi Bampabamsesi. atba kbo
Suddbodano Sakko bbagavatft dbammiyi katb&ya sandaasito
samftdapito samuttejito sampabamsito utthftyftsanft bbaga-
yantam abbiyftdetyft padakkbinam katy& pakk&tni. atba kbo
bbagay& etasmim nid&ne etasmim pakarai^ie dbammikatbam
katyft bbibkb& ftmantesi: na bbikkbaye an an ufi lift to mft-*
tftpitiibi putto pabbftjetabbo. yo pabbftjeyya, ftpatti da-
kkatass&'ti. ||6||64||

atba kbo bbagayft Eapilayattbusmim yatbftbbirantam yi-
barityft yena S&yattbi tena c&rikam pakkftmi. anupubbe-
na c&rikain caramftno yena Sftyattbi tad ayasari. tatra sudam
bbagayft Sftyattbiyam yibarati Jetayane Anfttba-
pindikassa ftrftme. tena kbo pana samayena ftyasmato
Sftriputtassa upattbftkakulam ftyasmato Sftripattassa san-
tike dftrakam p&besi imam dftrakam tbero pabbftjetd 'ti. atba
kbo ftyasmato Sftriputtassa etad abosi : bbagayatft sikkbft-
padam paMattam na ekena dye sftma^^erft upattbftpetabbft
'ti, ayaii ca me Rftbulo sftmanero. katbam nu kbo mayft
patipajjitabban ti. bbagayato etam attbam ftrocesi. anujft-
nftmi bbikkbaye yyattena bbikkbunft patibalena ekena dye
sftma^ere npattbftpetum, yftyatake yft pana nssabati oyaditum
anusftsitnm, tftyatake upattbftpetun ti. ||1 j|66||

atba kbo sftmanerftnam etad abosi : kati nu kbo ambftkam
sikkbftpadftni, kattba ca ambebi sikkbitabban ti. bbagayato
etam attbam ftrocesum. anujftnftmi bbikkbaye sftmanerftnam
dasa sikkbftpadftni, tesuca sftma^erebi sikkbitum: pft^^ft-
tipfttft yerama^l, adinnftdftnft yeramani, abrabmacari-
yft yeramani, musftyftdft yerama^l, surftmerayamajja-
pamftdattbftnft yerama^t, yikftlabbojanft yeramai^i,
naccagltayftditayisiikadassanft yeramanl, m ft 1ft-
gandhayilepanadbftranamandanayibbftsanattbftnft

84 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 58. 1-08. 1.

veramant^ ucc&8ayanamah&8ayan& yeraman), j&tarii-
parajatapatiggaha^ft yeramant. anuj&n&mi bhikkave
s&manersLnam im&ni dasa sikkh&pad&ni, imesu ca s&manerehi
aikkhitunti. ||1||56||

tena kho pana samayena 8&ma]gLer& bhikkli&su ag&rav&
appatissft asabb&gayattiiio yibaranti. bbikkhii ujjb&yanti
khiyanti yip&centi : katham bi n&ma s&ma^erft bbikkbiisu
ag&raya appatiss4 asabb&gayuttino yibarissantiti. bhagayato
etam attbam ftrocesam. anuj&nftmi bbikkbaye paficah' ange-
bi samann&gatassa s&manerassa da^dakammam k&tum :
bbikkbiinam al&bb&ya parisakkati^ bbikkbiinam anattb&ya
parisakkati, bbikkb&nam ay&s&ya parisakkati, bbikkbft akko-
sati paribbftsati^ bbikkbft bbikkbiibi bbedeti. anuj&n&rai
bbikkbaye imebi pailcab' aiigebi samann&gatassa s&mane-
rassa dandakammam k&tun ti. || 1 1| atba kbo bbikkbiinam

etad abosi : kim nu kbo dandakammam k&tabban ti. bba-

• • • .

gayato etam attbam ftrocesum. anujAn&mi bbikkbaye &ya-
rai^am kAtun ti. tena kbo pana samayena bbikkbii s&ma-
ner&nam sabbam samgb&r&main ftyara^am karonti. sftmane-
r& ftr&mam payisitmn alabbam&n& pakkamanti pi yibbbamanti
pi tittbiyesu pi samkamanti. bbagayato etam attbam ftroce-
som. na bbikkbaye sabbo samgb&r&mo ftyaranam k&tabbo.
yo kareyya, &patti dukkatassa. anuj&n&mi bbikkbaye yattba
yft yasati, yattba y& pafikkamati^ tattba ftyara^am k^tun ti.
11211 tena kbo pana samayena bbikkbft s&maQer&nain mu-
kbady&rakam &b&ram ftyaranam karonti. manussll yftgup&-
nam pi samgbabbattam pi karontft s&manere eyam yadanti :
etba bbante y&gum piyatba, etba bbante bbattam bbniljatb&
'ti. 8&maner& eyam yadanti: n&yuso labbb&. bbikkb&bi
&yaranam katan ti. mannssA ujjb&yanti kbtyanti yip&centi.

katbam bi n&ma bbaddantft s&manerftnam mukbadv&rakam

. ...

&b&ram &yaranam karissantiti. bbagayato etam attbam aro-

cesum. na bbikkbaye mukbady&rako &bftro &y&ranam ka-

• • •

tabbo. yo kareyya, &patti dakkatass& 'ti. || 3 1|

dandakammayattbnm nittbitam. ||£7|l

tena kbo pana samayena cbabbaggiyft bbikkbft upa-

1. 68. 1-61. 1.] MAHAYAGGA. §5

jjh&ye anftpacchll s&maner&nani iLvaraigiain karontl. upajjh&-
y& gavesanti katham nu kho amh&kam 8&maner& na difisanti-
ti. bhikkhA evam fthamsu : chabbaggiyehi &yu80 bhikkh&hi
ftvaranam katan tL iipajjh&y& ujjh&yanti khiyanti vipftcenti:
katham hi n&ma chabbaggiy& bhikkhft amhe an&puccha
amh&kam s&ma^^erftnam &varanam kariasantlti. bhagavato
etam attham ftrocesum. na bhikkhave upajjh&ye an&paooh&
ftvara^am k&tabbam. yo kareyya, &patti dukkatassft 'ti.

II 11168 if

tena kho pana samayena chabbagiy& bhikkh{l ther&nam
bhikkhftnam s&manere apal&lenti. ther& s&main danta*
kattham pi mukhodakam pi ganhant& kilamanti. bhagavato
etam attham ftrocesum. na bhikkhaye aMassa parish apa-
141etabb&. yo apalftleyya, &patti dukkatassA Hi. ||1 1|69||

tena kho pana samayena llyasmato Upanandassa Sa-
kyaputtassa Kanda^o n&ma s&mai^Lero Ea^dakam n&-
ma bhikkbunim dftsesi. bhikkhii ujjb&yanti khiyanti Yip&*
centi : katham hi nftma s&manero evariipam an&cdram &ca-
rissatiti. bhagavato etam attham ftrocesum. anuj&n&mi
bhikkhave dasah' angehi samann&gatam sftmaQeram nftse-
turn: p&n&tip&ti hoti, adinnftd&yi hoti, abrahmacftrt hoti^
muBftv^t hoti, majjap&yi hoti, buddhassa avani^am bh&sati^
dhammasea ava^^am bh&sati, samghafisa ava];^am bh&satiy
micchftditthiko hoti, bhikkhunldiisako hoti. anuj&n&mi bhi-
kkhave imehi daaah' angehi samann&gatam sftmaigLeram n&*
setunti. Ill 116011

tena kho pana samayena aftilataro pa^dako bhikkhtUu
pabbajito hoti^ so dahare-dahare bhikkhii upasa]nkamitv&
evam vadeti: etha mam ftyasmanto dtLsethft 'ti. bhikkhft
apas&denti : nassa pandaka, vinassa paii^daka, ko tay& attho
Hi. so bhikkh&hi apas&dito mahante-mahante moligalle s&-
manere upasamkamitvll evam vadeti: etha mam &vaso
d&8eth& Hi. sima^erft apas&denti : nassa pa^daka, vinassa
pa^daka, ko tay& attho Hi. so sftma^erehi apas&dito hatthi-
bha^de assabhaiji^® upasamkamitvft evam vadeti : etha mam

86 MAHAYAaCA. [1. 61. 1-68. 1.

&VUSO dCtsethft 'ti. liatthibhai^d& assabhai^d^ d(LseBaiiL ||1||
te ujjh&yanti khiyanti yip&centi : pandak& ime 8aman& Sa-
kyaputtiyfty ye pi imesam na pandak&, te pi pa^dake dilaenti.
evain ime sabbeva abrahmac&rino 'ti. assosum kho bhi-
kkhd hatthibhandftnam aBsabhaQd&nam ujjh&yant4iiam khi-
yant&nam yip&cent&nam. atba kho te bhikkhft bhagayato
etam attham ftrocesum. pandako bhikkhave anupasam-
panno na upasampftdetabbo, upasampanno nftsetabbo 'ti.
112116111

tena kho pana samayena afiiiataro parAj^^akoIaputto khtna-
kolanAo sukhum&lo hoti. atha kho tassa pur&ij^kulaputtassa
khinakolaiLiiassa etad ahosi : aham kho sukhum&lo na pati-
balo auadhigatam y& bhogam adhigantum adhigatam t&
bhogam ph&tik&tum. kena nu kho ahai|i up&yena sukhaii
ca jiveyyam na ca kilameyyan ti. atha kho tassa pur&i^ka-
laputtassa khioakolaiiiiassa etad ahosi : ime kho samanft
Sakyaputtiyd. sukhasilft sukhasam&c&rlL subhojan&ni bhu£Ljitv&
niy&tesa sayanesu sayanti. yam nihi&ham sftmam pattaoi-
yaram patiy&detyft kesamassum oh&rety& kfts&y&ni yatth&ni
aochAdety& ftr&mam ganty& bhikkhiihi saddhim samyaseyyan
tL II 111 atha kho so pur&i^^akulaputto khi^jiakolaiiiio s&mam
pattaclyaram patiyftdetyft kesamassum oh&rety& kfts&y&ni ya-
tth&ni acchftdetyi &r&mam ganty& bhikkhii abhiy&deti. bhi-
kkhii eyam &hamsu : katiyasso 'si tyam &yuso Hi. kim etam
&yu80 katiyasso nkmk 'H. ko pana te &yuso upajjh&yo 'tL
kim etam &yuso upajjh&yo n&m& 'ti. bhikkhii &yasmantam
XJp&lim etad ayocum : iiigh&yuso IJp&li imam pabbajitam
anuyuiij&hiti. ||2|| atha kho so puribgiakulaputto khinako-
laMo &yasmat& T7p&lin& anuyuiijiyamllno etam attham &ro-
cesL ftyasm& Up&li bhikkhiinam etam attham ftrocesi. bhi-
kkhii bhagayato etam attham ftrocesum. theyyasamy^-
sako bhikkhaye anupasampanno na upasampftdetabbo, upa-
sampanno n&setabbo. titthiyapakkantako bhikkhaye
anupasampanno na upasamp&detabbo, upasampanno n&se-
tabbo 'ti. || 3 1| 62 1|

tena kho pana samayena aniiataro n&go n&gayoniy& atti-

1. 68. 1-6.] MAHAVAGGA. 87

yati harftyati jigucchati. atha kho tassa n&gassa etad ahosi :
kena na kho aham upftyena n&gayoniy& ca parimncceyyaxii
khippan ca manussattam patilabheyyan ti. atba kho tassa
nftgassa etad ahosi : ime kho sama;?L& Sakyaputtiyft dhamma-
dLrino samacirino brahmac&rino saocay&dino sllavanto kaly&-
nadhamm&. sace kho aham sama^esu Sakyaputtiyesu pabba^
jeyyam, ev&ham n&gayoniy& ca parimucceyyam khippaS ca
mannssattani patilabheyyan ti. || 1 1| atha kho so n&go mftna-
yakavannena bhikkhtl upasamkamityft pabbajjam yftoi. tarn
bhikkhd pabbftjesum upasampftdesuin. tena kho pana sama-
yena so n&go aftilatarena bhikkhunft saddhim paccantime
▼ih&re pativasatL atha kho so bhikkhu rattiyH paocfisasama-
yam paccutth&ya ajjhok&se cankamati. atha kho so n&go
tassa bhikkhuno nikkhante yissattho niddam okkamL sabbo
vih&ro ahin& punno, y&tapftaehi bhogH nikkhantft honti. ||2||
atha kho so bhikkhu yih&rain pavisisslliniti kav&tam panft-
mento addasa sabbam yih&rain abink pon^am, y&tapftnehi
bhoge nikkhante. disy&na bhito yissaram akftsi. bhikkhfi
upadh&yityi tain bhikkhum etad ayocum : kissa tyam
ftyuso yissaram akftslti. ayam ftyuso sabbo yih&ro ahinU
pnn^Oy y&tapftnehi bhog& nikkhant& 'ti. atha kho so nago
tena saddena patibujjhity& sake ftsane nisidi. bhikkhA eyam
&hainsu: ko 'si tyam ftyuso 'ti. aham bhante n&go 'ti. kisda
pana tyam &vuso eyarftpam akelslti. atha kho so n&go bhi-
kkhiinam etam attham ftrocesi. bhikkhd bhagayato etam
attham ftrocesum. ||3|| atha kho bhagayft etasmim ni-
dftne etasmim pakanuQie bhikkhusamgham sannip&t&pety&
tarn nftgam etad ayoca : tumhe khy attha n&g& ayirMhi-
dhammft imasmim dhammayinaye. gaccha tyam nftga tatth'
eya c&tuddase pannarase atthamiyft ca pakkhassa uposa-
tham upayasa^ eyam tyam n&gayoniyft ca parimucdssasi
khippaft ca manussattam patilabhissaslti. atha kho so n&go
ayir{i}hidhammo kir&ham imasmim dhammayinaye 'ti dukkhi
dummano ass^ni payattayam&no yissaram karity& pakk&mi.
II 4 II atha kho bhagayft bhikkhii ftmantesi : dye 'me bhi-
kkhaye paccayft n&gassa sabhftyapfttukamm&ya, yad& ca sajft-
tiy& methunam dhammam patiseyati, yad& ca yissattho ni-
ddam okkamati. ime kho bhikkhaye dye paccayft n&gassa

88 MAHAYAGGA. [1. 68. 6-66. 2.

sabli&yap&tukammftya, tiraoch&nagato bhikkhaye an-
upasampanno na upasampftdetabbo, upasampanno nllaetabbo

'ti. II5II63II

tena kho pana samayena aMataro m&^ayako m&taram
jtyiti yoropesi. so tena p&pakena kammena attiyati liar&-
yati jigucchati. atba kho tassa m&nayakassa etad abosi :
kena nu kho aham up&yena imassa p&passa kammassa ni-
kkhantim kareyyan ti. atha kho tassa in&]gLayakassa etad
ahosi : ime kho sama^ft Sakyaputtiy& dhammac&rino sama*
c&rino brahmac&rino saccay&dino silayanto kaly&nadhamm&.
sace kho aham sama^^esu Sakyaputtiyesu pabbajejryam, eyft-
ham imassa p&passa kammassa nikkhantim kareyyan ti. |j 1 1|
atha kho so m&nayako bhikkhCl upasamkamity& pabbajjam
y&ci. bhikkhti Hyasmantam Up&lim etad ayocum: pubbe
pi kho &yuso Upftli nftgo m&nayakayannena bhikkhtLsu
pabbajito^ ingh&yuso TJp&li imam m&nayakam anuyuilj&hitL
atha kho so m&nayako &yasmat& IJp&linft anuyuiijiyam&no
etam attham &rocesi. &yasm& IJp&li bhikkhdnam etam
attham ^rocesi. bhikkhA bhagayato etam attham &rocesum.
m&tugh&tako bhikkhaye anupasampanno na upasampftde-
tabbo, upasampanno n&setabbo ^ti. ||2||64ll

tena kho pana samayena afiiiataro m&^ayako pitaram jiyit&
yoropesi. so tena p&pakena kammena . . . (=1. 64, 1, 2)
. . . bhikkhd bhagayato etam attham &rocesum. pitugh&-
tako bhikkhaye anupasampanno na upasampftdetabbo, upa-
sampanno n&setabbo 'ti. || 1 1|66 II

tena kho pana samayena sambahulft bhikkhd S&ket&
S&yatthim addh&namaggapatipann& honti. antar& magge
corft nikkhamity& ekaoce bbikkhii acchindimsu, ekacce bhi-
kkh{l hanimsu. S&yatthiy& rftjabhat& nikkhamity& ekacce
core aggahesum, ekacce cor& pal&yimsu. ye te paUyimsu,
te bhikkh&su pabbajimsu, ye te gahit&, te yadh&ya ontyanti.
II 1 II addasamsu kho te pabbajit& te core yadh&ya oniya-
mine, disy&na eyam &hamsu : s&dhu kho mayam pal&yimh&,
sac&ca mayam gayheyy&ma, mayam pi eyam eya ha£Lileyy&*

I. ee. 2-69. 4.] mahIyagga. 89

mft 'ti. bhikklitL eyam &hamsu : kim pana tumlie kvuao
akatth& 'ti. attha kho te pabbajit& bhikkhdnain etam
attham ftrocesum. bhikkhd bhagavato etam attham &ro^
cesimi. arahanto ete bhikkhaye bhikkhd. arahantagh&-
tako bhikkbaye anupasampanno na upasampftdetabbo, upa-
sampanno nftsetabbo 'ti. ||2||66||

tena kbo pana samayena sambabuU bhikkhuniyo S&ket&
S&yattbim ad(lh&namaggapatlpaiin& honti. antarft magge
cor& nikkbamityft ekacc& bhikkhaniyo acchindimsUy ekacc&
bhikkbaniyo diisesiim. S&yatthiyft r&jabhat& . . . (=1, 66,
1. 2) . . . bhikkhii bhagayato etam attham &rocesum. bhi-
kkhunidiisako bhikkaye anupasampanno na upasamp&-
detabbo, upasampanno n&setabbo. samgbabhedako bhi-
kkbaye anupasampanno na upasamp&detabbo, upasampanno
n&setabbo. lohitupp&dako bhikkbaye anupasampanno na
upasamp&detabboy upasampanno nftsetabbo 'ti. ||1||67||

tena kho pana samayena aMataro ubhatoyyafijanako bhi-
kkhAsu pabbajito hoti, so karoti pi k&r&peti pi. bhagayato
etam attham ftrocesum. ubhatoyyafijanako bhikkbaye
anupasampanno na upasamp&detabboi upasampanno n&se*
tabbo'ti. 11 111 68 II

tena kho pana samayena bhikkhd anupajjhftyakam upa-
samp&denti. bhagayato etam attham &rocesuin. na bhi*
kkhaye anupajjhftyako upasamp&detabbo. yo upasamp&*
deyya, &patti dukkatass& 'tL || 1 1| tena kho pana samayena
bhikkhd samghena upajjh&yena upasamp&denti. bhagayato
etam attham &rocesum. na bhikkbaye samghena upa*
jjh&yena upasampftdetabbo. yo upasamp&deyya, apatti
dukkatass& Hi. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhii ga*
nena upajjh&yena upasampftdenti. bhagayato etam attham
ftrocesum. na bhikkbaye ganena upajjh&yena upasamp&*
detabbo. yo upasampftdeyya, &patti dukkatass& 'tL || 3 1| tena
kho pana samayena bhikkhd pandakupajjh&yena upasamp&<-
denti — gha — , theyyasamyftsakupajjh&yena upasamp&den-
ti^ titthiyapakkantakupajjh&yena up., tiracch&nagatupajjh&«

90 MAHAVAOGA. [1. 69. 4-70. 6.

yena up., m&tughatakupajjh&yena up., pitugh&takupajjh&yena
up., arahantagMtakupajjh&jeiia up., bhikkhunidftsakupa-
jjh&yena up., samghabhedakupajjh&jena up., lohituppAdaku-
pajjbftyena up. ubbatovyailjanakupajjh&yena upasampadenti.
bbagavato etam attbam ftrocesum. ua bbikkbave pai^da-
kupajjbftyena upasamp&detabbo, na tbeyyasamy&aa-
kupajjb&yena upasamp&detabbo . . . na ubbatoyyafija-
nakupajjb&yena upasamp&detabbo. yo upasamp&deyya,
Upatti dukkataasl 'tL ||4||69||

tena kbo pana samayena bbikkbii apattakam upasampft-
denti. battbesu pind&ya caranti. manussi ujjb&yanti kbl-
yanti yip&centi: seyyatb&pi tittbiyft 'ti. bbagavato etam
attbam ftrocesum. na bbikkbave apattako upasampftde-
tabbo. yo upasamp^eyya, &patti dukkatassft 'ti. || 1 1| tena
kbo pana samayena bbikkbd aqtvarakam upasamp&denti.
nagg& pi^d&ya caranti. manuasll ujjb&yanti kbtyanti vipd,-
centi : seyyatbftpi tittbiy& 'ti. bbagavato etam attbam &ro-
cesum. na bbikkbave actvarako upasampl^etabbo. yo
upasampftdeyya, &patti dukkatas8& 'ti. ||2|| tena kbo pana
samayena bbikkbti apattacivarakam upasamp&denti. nagg&
battbesu pii^d&ya caranti. manuss& ujjb&yanti kblyanti vi-
p&centi: sejryatbsLpi tittbiy& 'ti. bbagavato etam attbam
ftrocesum. na bbikkbave apattacivarako upasamp&de-
tabbo. yo upasamp&deyya, &patti dukkatassft 'ti. || 3 1| tena
kbo pana samayena bbikkbii y&citakena pattena upasamp&-
denti. upasampanne pattam patibaranti, battbesu pind&ya
caranti, manu88& ujjb&yanti kbtyanti vip&centi : seyyatb&pi
tittbiy& 'ti. bbagavato etam attbam &rocesum. na bbi-
kkbave y&citakena pattena upasamp&detabbo. yo upa-
samp&deyya, &patti dukkatass& 'ti. ||4|| tena kbo pana
samayena bbikkbft yacitakena civarena upasampadenti. upa-
sampanne civaram patibaranti, nagg& pi^d&ya caranti. ma-
nuB8& ujjb&yanti kbiyanti vip&centi : seyyatb&pi tittbiy& 'ti.
bbagavato etam attbam &roce8um. na bbikkbave y&cita-
kena civarena upasamp&detabbo. yo upasamp&deyya,
&patti dukkata88& 'ti. ||5 1| tena kbo pana samayena bbikkbii
y&citakena pattacivarena upasamp&denti. upasampanne pa-

I, TO. 6-72. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 91

ttaclyaram patiharanti, nagg& hatthesu pii^d&ya caranti.
manu88& ujjh&yanti khlyanti yipacenti : seyyathftpi titthiyft
'ti. bhagavato etam attham ftrocesum. na bhikkhaye y&oi-
takena pattactvarena upasampftdetabbo. yo upasampft-
deyya, &patti dukkatassft Hi. ||6||70ll naupasamp&de-

tabbakavisatiy&ram nittbitam.

. • • •

tena kho pana samayena bbikkhii battbaccbinnam pabbft-
jenti — gba — , pftdaccbinnani pabb&jenti^ battbapftdaocbi*-
nnam p., ka^accbinnam p.« nftsaccbinnam p., ka^i^anft-
Baocbinnain p., anguliccbinnam p., alaccbinnam p., ka^da-
raccbinnam p., pbanabattbakam p., kbujjam p., y&manam p.,
galagaQdim p., lakkban&batam p., kasfthatam p., likbitakam
p., stpadim p., p&parogim p., parisadflaakain p., k&nam p.,
konim p., kbafijam p., pakkbabatam p., cbinniriyftpatbam
p., jar&dubbalam p., andbaiu p., mtigam p., badbirani p.,
andbamAgam p., andbabadbiram p., mflgabadbirain p.,
andbamiigabadbiraiii pabb&jenti. bbagayato etam attbam
ftrocesnm. ||1|| na bbikkbaye battbaccbinno pabb&je-
tabboy na p&dacobinno pabb&jetabbo . . . na andbamd-
gabadbiro pabb&jetabbo. yo pabb&jeyya^ &patti dukka-
tBLsak 'a. ||2|| napabb&jetabbadyattimsay&raixi ni-
ttbitam. ||71||

d&yajjabb&Qay&ram .nittbitam nayamam.

tena kbo pana samayena cbabbaggiyll bbikkbd alajji-
nam nissayam denti. bbagayato etam attbam ftrocesiim.
na bbikkbaye alajjlnam nissayo d&tabbo. yo dadeyya, &patti
dukkatawA 'ti. tena kbo pana samayena bbikkb(L alajjlnam
niss&ya yasanti^ te pi na cirass' eya alajjino bonti p&pa-
bbikkbCl. bbagayato etam attbam llrooesum. na bbikkbaye
alajjlnam niss&ya yattbabbam. yo yasejrya, ftpatti du-
kkatassft 'ti. || 1 1| atba kbo bbikkb&nam etad abosi : bbaga-
yato pa&£&attam na alajjlnam nissayo d&tabbo, na alajjlnam
niss&ya yattbabban ti. katbam nu kbo mayam j&neyy&ma
lajjim y& alajjim y& 'ti. bbagayato etam attbam &rocesum«
anuj&n&mi bbikkbaye catiibapaiic&bam &gametum y&ya bbi-
kkbusabbAgatam j&n&mlti. II 2 1| 7 2 1|

\

92 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 73. 1-74 1.

tena kho pana samayena a£i£[ataro bhikkhu Eosalesu
janapadesu addh&namaggapatipanno hoti. atha kho tassa
bhikkhuno etad ahosi : bhagavatft panfiattam na anissitena
Tattbabban ti, aba& c' amhi niseayakaranlyo addh&namagga-
patipanno. katham nu kho may& patipajjitabban ti. bhaga-
yato etam attham ftrocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave addh&-
namaggapatipannena bbikkhunft nissayam alabhamft-
nena anissitena vattbun ti. ||1 1| tena kho pana samayena
dve bhikkh(L Kosalesu janapadesa addh&namaggapatipann&
hontiy te aMataram ftvUsam upagacchimsu, tattha eko bhi-
kkhu gil&no hoti. atha kho tassa gil&nassa bhikkhuno etad
ahosi: bhagavatft paniiattam na anissitena vatthabban ti,
ahan c' amhi nissayakaranlyo gil&no. katham nu kho may&
patipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam attham ftrocesum. anu^
j&D&mi bhikkhaye gilanena bhikkhun& nissayam alabha-
m&nena anissitena yatthon ti. ||2|| atha kho tassa gil&nu-
patth&kassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi : bhagayatd paiinattam na
anissitena yatthabban ti, ahan c' amhi nissayakarantyo, ayaii
ca bhikkhu gil&no. katham nu kho may& patipajjitabban ti.
bhagayato etam attham &rocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye
gil&nupatth&kena bhikkhun& nissayam alabhamftnena
y&ciyam&nena anissitena yatthun ti. h3|| tena kho pana
samayena amiataro bhikkhu arafine yiharati, tassa ca tasmim
sen&sane phdsu hotL atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi :
bhafi:ayat& paniiattam na anissitena yatthabban ti, aha£L c'
amW niaaa/akara^lyo. araftSe vihardmi, mayhafi ca imaamna
sen&sane phftsu hotL katham nukho may& patipajjitabban
ti. bhagavato etam attham ftrocesum. anuj&nftmi bhi-
kkhaye ftraiinakena bhikkhunft ph&suyih&ram salla-
kkhentena nissayam alabham&nena anissitena yatthum
yad& patiriipo nissayad&yako &gacchissati^ tassa niss&ya ya-
siss&miti. II 4 1| 73 1|

tena kho pana samayena ftyasmato Mah&kassapassa
npasampad&pekkho hoti. atha kho ftyasmH Mah&kassapo
&yasmato Anandassa santike dfttam p&hesi: &gacchatu
Anando imam anussftyessatiti. dyasmH Anando eyam &ha :
n&ham ussah&mi therassa n&mam gahetum, garu me there

1. 74. 1-76. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 93

Hi. bhagavato etam attham &rocesum. anuj&n&mi bhi-
kkbaye gottena pi anass&yetun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana
samayena ftyasmato Mah&kassapassa dve upasampad&-
pekkh& hontiy te yivadanti : aham pathamam upasampajjissft-
miy aham patbamam upasampajjiss&miti. bhagavato etam
attham ftrocesmn. anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye dve ek&nuss&vane
k&tun ti. II 2 II tena kho pana samayena sambahul&nam the-
ranam upasampadftpekkh& honti, te vivadanti : aham patha-
mam upasampajjiss&mi, aham pathamam upasampajjiss&mtti.
ther& evam &hamsu : handa mayam ftvuso sabbeva ekft-
nuss&vane karom& Hi. bhagavato etam attham ftrocesmn.
anujan&mi bhikkhave dve tayo ek&nuss&vane k&tum, tail
ca kho ekena upajjh&yena, na tv eva n&nupajjh&yen& Hi.

II3II74II

tena kho pana samayena &ya8m& Eum&rakassapo ga-
bbhavlso npasampanno hoti. atha kho ftyasmato Kum&ra-
kassapassa etad ahosi : bhagavat& paniiattam na (Lnavisati-
vasso puggalo upasamp&detabbo Hi, ahaQ c' amhi gabbhaviso.
npasampanno nu kho 'mhi na nu kho npasampanno Hi. bha-
gavato etam attham &rocesmn. yam bhikkhave m&tu ku-
cchismim pathamam cittam uppannam, pathamam viilil&nam
p&tubhiltam, tadup&d&ya 8& V assa j&ti. anuj&n&mi bhi-
kkhave gabbhavlsam upasamp&detun ti. ||l||75ll

tena kho pana samayena upasampannft dissanti kutthik&pi
gandik&pi kilslsikftpi sosik&pi apam&rik&pi. bhagavato etam
attham ftrocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave upasamp&dentena
tassa antar&yike dhamme pucchitmn. evaii ca pana
bhikkhave pucchitabbo : santi te evartip& &b&dh& kuttham
gando kil&so soso apam&ro, manusso ^si, puriso 'si, bhujisso
'si, ana^^ojri, na 'si r&jabhato, anuilii&to 'si m&t&pitdhi, paii-
pu^avisativasso 'si, paripimnan te pattacivaram, kimn&mo
'si, kon&mo te upajjh&yo 'ti. || 1 |j tena kho pana samayena
bhikkhft anannsitthe upasampad&pekkhe antarcLyike dhamme
pucchanti. upa8ampad&pekkh& vitth&yanti, mankd honti,
na sakkonti vissajjetum. bhagavato etam attham &rocesnin.
annj&n&mi bhikkhave pathamam anus&sitv& pacch& antar&yi-

94 MAHAVAG6A. [1. 76. 2-8.

ke dhamme pucchitan ti. ||2|| tatth' eva samghamajjlie anu-
B&santi, upa8ampad&pekkh& tath' eva yitth&janti, mankii
hontiy na sakkonti yiBsajjetum. bbagavato etam attham &ro-
cesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye ekamantam ana8ftsity& samgba-
majjhe antar&yike dbamme pucchitum. eyaft oa pana bbi-
kkbaye anusftsitabbo : pathamam upajjham g&h&petabbo,
upajjham gllbftpety& pattacivaram ftcikkhitabbam^ ayan te
patto, ayam samgbftti, ayam uttarftsango, ayam antaray&sako,
gaccha amutnhi okftse tittb&hlti. ||3il bftl& ayyattft anusA-
santi^ anasittba upasampad&pekkb& yittb&yanti, maiik(L honti,
na sakkonti yissajjetum. bhagayato etam attbam ftrocesum.
na bbikkbaye b&Iena ayyattena anus&sitabbo. yo anu8&-
seyya, &patti dukkatassa. anuj&nftmi bbikkbaye yyattena
bbikkbunft patibalena anus&situn ti. || 4 1| asammatll anu8&-
santi. bbagayato etam attbam Arocesum. na bbikkbaye
asammatena anus&sitabbo. yo anus&seyya^ &patti dukkatass&
Hi. anuj&n&mi bbikkbaye sammatena anusftsitum. eyail ca
pana bbikkbaye sammannitabbo : attanft Va att&nam sam-
mannitabbam parena y& paro sammannitabbo. katbaft ca
attan& \a attftnam sammannitabbam. yyattena bbikkbun&
patibalena samgbo fi&petabbo : sun&tu me bbante samgbo.
ittbann&mo ittbannftmassa &yasmato upasampad&pekkbo.
yadi samgbassa pattakallam, abam ittbann&mam anus&-
seyyan ti. eyam attan& 'ya att&nam sammannitabbam. ||5||
katbafi oa parena paro sammannitabbo. yyattena bbikkbu-
n& patibalena samgbo ii&petabbo : sa];)L&ta me bbante samgbo.
ittbann&mo ittbann&massa &yasmato upasampadftpekkbo.
yadi samgbassa pattakallam, ittbann&mo ittbann&mam anu-
s&seyy& Hi. eyam parena paro sammannitabbo. ||6|| tena
sammatena bbikkbun& upasampad&pekkbo upasamkamity&
eyam assa yacantyo : sunasi ittbann&ma. ayam te saccak&lo
bb(itak&lo. yam j&tam tarn samgbamajjbe paccbante santam
attbiti yattabbam, asantam n' attblti yattabbam. m& kbo
yittb&siy m& kbo manku abosi. eyan tarn puccbissan ti:
santi te eyar&p& &b&db& . . . kon&mo te upajjbfiyo 'ti. ||7||
ekato &gaccbanti. na ekato &gantabbam. anus&sakena patba-
mataram &ganty& samgbo fi&petabbo: sug&tu me bbante
sanigho. ittbann&mo itthann&massa &yasmato npasampad&-

1. 76. 8-77. 1.] MAHAVAGGA. 95

pekkho. anosittho bo may&. yadi samgliassa pattakallam,
itthannftmo &gacclieyyft 'ti. ftgacclillhiti vattabbo. ekamsam
uttarftsangam kftr&petv& bhikkhiinani p&de yand&petv& ukku-
tikam. ni8!d&petY& aiijalim pagganliftpetv& upafiampadam y&-
c&petabbo : samghaiiL bhante upasampadam y&c&miy ullum-
patu mam bhante samgho anukampam upad&ya, dutiyam pi
bhante • . . , tatiyam pi bhante samgham upaeampadani y&-
c&miy idlampatu mam bhante samgho anukampam upad&y&
'ti. II 8 II vyattena bhikkhan& patibalena samgho iiftpetabbo :
sonfttu me bhante samgho. ayam itthann&mo itthann&massa
ftyasmato upasampad&pekkho. yadi samghassa pattakallam,
aham itthann&mam antar&yike dhamme puccheyyan ti. su-
nasi itthann&ma. ayam te saccak&lo bhCLtak&lo. yam j&tam
tarn pucch&mi. santam atthlti vattabbam, asantam n' atthl-
ti yattabbam. santi te evarftpft &bftdh& . . . kon&mo te
upajjh&yo 'ti. |j9|| vyattena bhikkhun& patibalena samgho
Mpetabbo : suj^&ta me bhante samgho. ayam itthann&mo
itthann&massa dyasmato upasampad&pekkho, parisuddho an-
tar&yikehi dhammehi, paripunn' assa pattacivaram. itthan-
n&mo samgham upasampadam y&cati itthann&mena upajjhft*
yena. yadi samghassa pattakallam, samgho itthannftmam
upasamp&deyya itthann&mena upajjb&yena. esU iiatti. ||10||
suu&tu me bhante samgho. ayam itthann&mo itthannftmassa
ftyasmato upasampad&pekkho, parisuddho antar&yikehi dha-
mmehi, paripuijin' assa pattacivaram. itthann&mo samgham
upasampadam yftcati itthann&mena upajjb&yena. samgho
itthannftmam upasamp&deti itthann&mena upajjh&yena. yass-
&ya8mato khamati itthann&massa upa8ampad& itthann&me-
na upajjh&yena, so tu^h' assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bh&-
seyya. ||11|| dutiyam pi etam attham vad&mi: sui^&tu me
• . . tatiyam pi etam attham yad&mi : sun&tu me . . . yassa
na kkhamati, so bh&seyya. upasampanno samghena itthan-
n&mo itthann&mena upajjh&yena. khamati samghassa, ta-
sm& tu^ht, eyam etam dh&ray&mlti. ||12||76|| upasampa-

d&kammam nitthitam.

• • • •

t&yad eya ch&yft metabb&, utupam&nam &cikkhi-
tabbam, diyasabh&go &cikkhitabbo, samgiti &cikkhi-

96 mahIvagga. [I. rr. i-78. 3.

tabb&y catt&ro nissayft &cikkhitabb& : piDdiy&lopabbo-
janam niss&ya pabbajj^, tattha te y&vajivam uss&ho kara-
i[^iyOy atirekal&bho Bamghabbattam uddesabbattam nimanta-
nam Bal&kabbattam pakkbikam uposatbikam p&tipadikam.
pamBuk(Llactyarani niss&ya pabbajj&^ tattha te y&vajivam
u68&bo karantyo. atirekal&bbo khomain kapp4sikam kose-
yyam kambalam s&nani bbangam. rukkhamiilasen&sa-
nam niss&ya pabbajj&y tattha te y&yajiyam usfi&ho karantyo.
atirekal&bho yih&ro addhayogo pfts&do hammiyam gahft.
piitimuttabhesajjam niss&ya pabbajj&, tattha te yftyaji-
yam uss&ho. karaniyo. atirekal&bho sappi nayanltam telam
madhu ph&nitan ti. ||l||77|j cattftro nissayfil nitthitli.

tena kho pana samayena bhikkhii aMataram bhikkhum
upa8amp4dety& ekakam ohftya pakkamimsa. so pacch& eka-
ko ftgacchanto aiitar& magge pur&nadutiyik&ya samlLgacchi.
s& eyam &ha: kim d&ni pabbajito 'stti. . ftma pabbajito 'mhi-
ti. duUabho kho pabbajitftnam methuno dhammo, ehi me-
thunain dhammam patiseyft Hi. so tas8& methunam dham*
mam patiseyity& cirena ftgam&si. bhikkhii eyam &hamsu:
kissa tyam &yuso eyam ciram ak&siti. || 1 1| atha kho so bhi-
kkhu bhikkhdnam etam attham &rocesi. bhikkhii bhaga-
yato etam attham ftrocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye upasam-
p&dety& dutiyam d&tum cattdri ca akaraniy&ni &ci-
kkhitum: upasampannena bhikkhim& methuno dhammo
na patiseyitabbo antamaso tiracch&nagatAya pi. yo bhikkhu
methunam dhammam patiseyati^ assamano hoti asakyaputti-
yo. seyyath&pi n&ma puriso stsacchinno abhabbo tena sari-
rabandhanena jivitum, eyam eya bhikkhu methunam dham-
mam patiseyity& assamano hoti asakyaputtiyo, tarn te
y&yajtyam akara^iyam. ||2|| upasampannena bhikkhun^
adinnam theyyasamkh&tam na ftdfttabbam antamaso ti^a-
salftkam up&dllya. yo bhikkhu p&dam y& p&d&raham y&
atirekapftdam y& adinnam theyyasamkh&tam ftdiyati, assa-
mano hoti asakyaputtiyo. seyyathftpi n&ma pandupalftso
bandhan& pamutto abhabbo haritatt&yay eyam eya bhikkhu
pftdam y& p&d&raham y& atirekapftdam yft adinnam theyya-
Bamkh&tam &diyity& assamano hoti asakyaputtiyo^ tarn te

1. 78. 8-79. 3.] MAHAYAGGA. 97

y&yajiyam akarai;^tyani. || 3 1| upasampannena 1)hikkhiui&
saiicicca p&no jiyit& no voropetabbo antamaso kuntha-
kipillikam up&d&ya. yo bbikkhu saficicca manussayiggahani
jlvit4 Yoropeti antamaso gabbhap&tanam upftd&ya, aasamauo
hoti asakyaputtiyo. seyyath&pi n&ma putbusiU dyedhft
bhiiiii& appatisandhik& hoti, evam era bhikkhu saiicicca ma-
nussaviggaham jtyit& yoropetyft assamano hoti asakyaputtiyo,
tarn te y&yajiyain akaranlyam. ||4|| upasampannena bhi-
kkhun& uttarimanussadhammo na uUapitabbo anta-
maso suiiil&gftre abhiram&miti. yo bhikkhu p&piccho icchfii-
pakato asantain abhfttam uttarimanussadhammam ullapati
jh&nam y& yimokkham yk sam&dhim y& sam^pattim y&
maggam y& phalam y^ assamai^^o hoti asakyaputtiyo. seyya-
th&pi n&ma t&lo matthakacchinno abhabbo punayirft^hiyA,
eyam eya bhikkhu p&piccho icchltpakato asantain abhiitam
uttarimanussadhammam ullapityft assamano hoti asakyaputti-
yOj tarn te y&yajtyam akaraniyan ti. ||5||

catt&ri akarai^ly&ni nitthit&ni. ||78||

tena kho pana samayena aMataro bhikkhu ftpattiy& ada-
ssane ukkhittako yibbhami, so puna pacc&ganty& bhikkhu
upasampadam yftci. bhagayato etam attham &rocesum. idha
pana bhikkhaye bhikkhu &pattiy& adassane ukkhittako yi-
bbhamati, so puna pacc&ganty& bhikkhft upasampadam y&-
.cati. so eyam assa yacantyo : passissasi tarn &pattin ti. sac'
&hain passissAmiti pabbftjetabbo, sac' ftham na passissA-
miti na pabb&jetabbo. ||1|| pabb&jetyft yattabbo passissasi
tarn ftpattin ti. sac' ftham passissftmlti upasamp&detabbo,
sac' &ham na passiss&miti na upasamp&detabbo. upasamp&-
detv& yattabbo passissasi tarn Apattin ti. sac' ftham passi-
ss&miti os&retabboy sac' &ham na passiss&mlti na osftretabbo.
08&rety& yattabbo passasi tarn &pattin ti. sace passati, ice
etam kusalam, no ce passati, labbham&n&ya s&maggiy& puna
ukkhipitabboy alabbham&nftya s&maggiy& an&patti sambhoge
samyftse. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhaye bhikkhu ftpattiy& appati-
kamme ukkhittako yibbhamati, so puna pacc&gantv& bhi-
kkhu upasampadam y&cati. so eyam assa yacaniyo : patika-
rissasi tarn &pattin ti. sac' &ham patikariss&mtti pabb&je-

VOL. III. 7

98 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 79. 3-4.

tabbo, sac' &ham na patikarlas&mlti na pabb&jetabbo. pa-
bblljetv& vattabbo patikarissad tain &pattiii ti. sac' &ham
patikariss&miti upasamp&detabbo, sac' ftham na patikariss^-
mlti na upasamp&detabbo. upa8amp&dety& vattabbo patika-
rissaai tain eLpattin ti. sac' &ham patikariss&miti os&retabbo,
sac' &bain na patikarissllmiti na os&retabbo. os&retvft ya-
ttabbo patikarohi tam &pattin ti. sace patikaroti, ice etam
kusalam, no ce patikaroti, labbbam&n&ya sftmaggiy& puna
ukkhipitabbo, alabbham&n&ya s&maggiy& anftpatti sambhoge
samy&se. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu p&pik&ya
f ditthiy& appatinissagge ukkhittako yibbhamati, so puna pacc4-
gantY& bhikkhii upasampadam y&cati. so evam assa v&ca-
ntyo : patinissajjissasi tam p&pikam ditthin ti. sac' &bain
patinissajjiss&mlti pabb&jetabbo, sac' 4hain na patinissajjisslL-
mtti na pabb&jetabbo. pabb&jetT& vattabbo patinissajjissa-
si tam p&pikam ditthin ti. sac' &ham patinissajjiss&miti
upasamp&detabbo, sac' &bam na patinissajjiss&mtti na
upasampftdetabbo. npasampftdetvH vattabbo patinissajjissa-
si tam p&pikam ditthin ti. sac' ftham patinissajjiss&miti
os&retabboy sac' &ham na patinissajjissHmlti na os&retabbo.
os&rety4 vattabbo patinissajj&hi tam p&pikam ditthin
ti sace patinissajjati, ice etam kusalaip, no ce patinissa-
jjatiy labbham&n&ya s&maggiy& puna ukkhipitabbo^ ala-
bbham&nftya s&maggiy& an&patti sambhoge samvftse 'ti.
II4II79II

Mah&khandhako pathamo.

vinayamhi mahatthesu pesal&nam sukh&vahe
niggahe ca p&picch&nam lajjlnam paggahesu ca|
slLsan&dhllrai^e c'eva sabbafLnujinagocare
anailiiavisaye kheme supanfiatte asamsayej
khandhake vinaye c' eva pariv&re ca m&tike
yathatthak&rl kusalo patipajjati yoniso.j
yo gavam na vij&n^ti na so rakkhati goga^am,
evam stlam ajslnanto kim so rakkheyya samvaram.|
pamutthamhi ca suttante abhidhamme ca tavade

k

mahIyagga. 99

5 yinaye aYinatthamhi puna titthati sAsanam.!
iaamk samgaha^hetu udd&juua anupubbaso
payakkh&mi yath&fi&nam, su^Atha mama bhAaato.l
yattha nid&nam &patti nayft peyy&lam eya ca
dukkaram tarn asesetum, nayato tain yij&n&th& 'ti.|

bodhi ca^ Br&j&yatanam, Ajap&lo, Sahampati
Brahm&y A|&rOy Uddako, bhikkbii ca, Upako isij
KondaMo, Yappo, Bhaddiyo, Mab&n&mo ca, Assaji,
Yaso, catt&ro, paiin&sani, sabbe, pesesi so, di8&,|
yattbum, M4rebi, tims& ca, TJruvelam, tayo jati,

10 agy&g&ram, Mab&r&j&, Sakko, Brahm& ca, keyal&,|
pamsukiilam, pokkharani, silA ca, kakudho, sili,
jambu, ambo ca, &malako, p&ricchattapuppham &hari,|
philiyantu, ujjalantu, yijjh&yantu ca Kassapa,
nimujjanti, mukhi, megbo, Gayft, latthi ca, M&gadho,|
Upatisflo, Kolito ca, abhiiiii&t& ca, pabbajjam,
dunniyatth&, pan&mani, kiso l&kho ca br&hmano,|
an&c&ram ftcarati, udaram, mftnayo, gano,
yassam, b&lebi, pakkanto, dasa yass&ni, nissayo,!
na yattanti, pan&metum, b&UL, passaddhi, paiica, cha,

15 yo 80 aiiiio ca, naggo ca, acchinnam, jati, S&kiyo,|
Magadhesu paiica &b&db&, eko, coro ca anguli,
Mftgadho ca anu&il&si, k&r&, likhi, kas&hato,!
lakkban&, in&, dftso ca, Bbai^^duko, Up&li, abi,
saddbakulam, Kan^ako ca, &hundarikam eya ca,|
yattbumbi, d&rako, sikkbA, yibaranti ca, kim nu kbo,
sabbam, mukbam, upajjh^ye, apaI&lana-Kandako,|
pa^dako, tbeyya-pakkanto, abi ca, m&tari, pit&,
arabanta-bbikkbuni, bbed&, rubirena ca, yyafijanam,!
anupajjb&ya— samgbena, ga^a-pandakft-'pattako,

20 aclyaram, tadubbayam, yftcitena pi ye tayo,|

battb&, pftd&, battbap&d&, ka^ll, n&sA, tadubbayam,
anguli, ala-kandaram, pbanam, khujjaii ca, y&manam,|
galagandi, lakkbai^ft c' eya, kasA, likbita-sipadi,
pftpa-parisadAsafi ca, k&nam, kupim tath' eya ca,|

100 MAHAVAGGA.

khaSja-pakkhahatan o' eva, sacchiimairiy&patliain,
jar&ndha-mtlga-badhiram, andhamAgafi ca yam tahimj
andhabadhirain yam Tuttam, miigabadhiram eva ca^
andhamdgabadhiraii ca, alajjinaii ca nissayam,]
yatthabbaii ca, kataddhftnam, yftcam&nena, pekkbanft,
25 &gacchantam, yivadenti, ekupajjh&yena, EassapoJ
difisanti upasampannft ^bftdhehi ca pilit4,
ananufiitthft yitth&yanti, tatth' eva anusftsan&J
samghe pi ca, atbo b&lo, asammato ca, ekato,
ullumpatupasampadi, nissayo, ekako, tayo 'ti.|
imamhi khandhake vatthu ekasatam b&8attati.|

Mah&khandhake udd&nam nittbitam patbamam.

MAHAVAGGA.

11.

Tena samayena buddho bhagavft R&jagahe viharati
Oijjhakftte pabbate. tena kho pana samayena afiila-
titthiyft paribb&jak4 c&tuddase pannarase atthamiy& ca
pakkhassa 8anmpatity& dhammam bhdsanti. te manussft
upasamkamanti dhammasayanftya. te labhanti aniiatitthi-
yesu paribb&jakesu pemaniy labhanti pas&daniy labhanti aMa-
titthiy& paribb&jak& pakkham. ||1|| atha kho rafLno Mil-
gadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisftrassa rahogatassa pati-
salltnassa eyam cetaso pariyitakko udap&di : etarahi kho
a&ilatitthiy& paribb&jak& c&tuddase pannarase atthamiy& ca
pakkhassa sannipatity& dhammam bh&santi. te mani^sMjA
upasamkamanti dhammasayan&ya. te labhanti ailiiatitthi-
yesu paribb&jakesu pemam, labhanti paslUlam, labhanti aiina-
titthiy& paribbftjak& pakkham. yam nftna ayy&pi c&tuddase
pannarase atthamiy& ca pakkhassa sannipateyyun ti. ||2||
atha kho T&jk M&gadho Seniyo BimbiB&ro yena bhagayft
ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityft bhagayantam abhiy&dety&
ekamantam nistdi. ekamantam nisinno kho r&j& Mdgadho
Seniyo Bimbis&ro bhagayantam etad ayoca: idha mayham
bhante rahogatassa patisalltnassa eyam cetaso pariyitakko
udapftdi : etarahi kho aniiatitthiy& paribb&jakft • . . attha-
miy& ca pakkhassa sannipateyyun ti. s&dhu bhante ayy&pi
c&tuddase pannarase atthamiy& ca pakkhassa sannipateyyun
ti. II 3 II atha kho bhagay& r&j&nam Mftgadham Seniyam
Bimbis&ram dhammiyft kath&ya sandassesi sam&dapesi sam-
uttejesi sampahamsesi. atha kho rftjft M&gadho Seniyo
Bimbis&ro bhagayat& dhammiy& kath&ya sandassito sam&da-
pito samuttejito sampahamsito utth&y&san& bhagayantam

102 MAHAVAGGA. [II. 1. 4-8. 3.

abhiv&dety& padakkhi^am katvft pakk&mi. atha kho bhaga-
y& etasmim nid&ne etasmim pakarane dhammikatham katvi
bhikkhd &mantesi : anuj&n&mi bhikkhave c&tuddase pa-
nnarase atthamiy& ca pakkhassa sannipatitun ti.
II4II1II

tena kho pana samayena bhikkhft bhagavatft anuiiii&tain
c&tuddase pannarase attbamiyi ca pakkhassa sannipatitun ti
te c&tuddase pannarase atthamiy& ca pakkhassa sannipatitv&
tunht nisidanti. te manuss& upasamkamanti dhammasavan&-
ya. te ujjh&yanti khiyanti vip&centi : katham hi n&ma
samanft Sakyaputtiy& c&taddase pannarase atthamiy& ca pa-
kkhassa sannipatitv& tunhi nisidissanti seyyath&pi miigasil-
karft. nana n&ma sannipatitehi dhammo bhftsitabbo 'ti.
assosum kho bhikkhii tesam manussftnam ujjh&yant&nam
khtyant&nain Tip&centftnam. atha kho te bhikkhu bhaga^
vato etam attham ftrocesum. atha kho bhagavH etasmim
nid&ne etasmim pakarane dhammikatham katva bhikkhii
ftmantesi : anujd.n&mi bhikkhave cfttuddase pannarase attha-
miy& ca pakkhassa sannipatitvll dhammam bh&situn
ti. Ill||2||

atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa patisalllnassa evam cetaso
parivitakko udap4di : yam n&nftham y&ni may& bhikkhiinam
paMatt&ni sikkhftpad&ni t&ni nesam p&timokkhuddesam ana-
j&neyyam^ so nesam bhavissati uposathakamman ti. || 1 1| atha
kho bhagav& s&yanhasamayam patisalld.n& yutthito etasmim
nidftne etasmim pakarane dhammikatham katv& bhikkhtl
&mantesi: idha mayham bhikkhave rahogatassa patisalll-
nassa evam cetaso parivitakko udap&di : yam n&n&ham y&ni
may& bhikkhftnam paii&att&ni sikkhftpad&ni t&ni nesam p&ti-
mokkhuddesam anaj&neyyam, so nesam bhavissati uposatha-
kamman ti. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave p&timokkham uddisi-
tum. II 2 II evaii ca pana bhikkhave uddisitabbam : vyattena
bhikkhun& patibalena samgho Mpetabbo : sui^ifttu me bhante
samgho. ajj' uposatho pannarase. yadi samghassa patta-
kallam, samgho uposatham kareyya p&timokkham uddi-
seyya. kim samghassa pubbakiocam p&risuddhim &yasmanto

II. 8. 3-6.] MAHAVAGGA. 103

ftrooetha. pfttimokkham uddisiflB&iiii, tarn sabbeva santi 8&-
dhukam stmoma manasikaroma. yassa siyi ftpatti, so &7i-
kareyya, asantiyft &pattiy& tiu[iht bhayitabbam, tui^hibh&vena
kho paQ&yasmante pari8addh& 'ti yedise&mi. yath& kho pana
paccekaputthassa yeyyftkara^am hoti, eyam eya eyart^p&ya
paris&ya y&yatatiyam anussdyitam hoti. yo pana bhikkhu
y&yatatiyam anuss&yiyam&iie saram&no santmi &pattijn n&-
yikareyya, sampaj&namufi&y&d' assa hoti. 8ampaj&namus&-
y&do kho pan&yasmanto antar&yiko dhammo yutto bhagayatft. *
tdsmft saram&nena bliikkhun& &pannena yisuddhftpekkhena
santi ftpatti &yik&tabb&, &yikat& hi 'ssa ph&su hottti. ||3||
p&timokkhan ti ftdiin etam, mukham etam, pamukham etam
kasal&nam dhamm&Bain, tena yuccati p&timokkhan ti. &ya*
smanto 'ti piyayacanam etam, garuyacanain etam, Bag&raya* ^
sappatifis&dhiyacan^g^ etam ftyasmanto 'ti. uddisissamiti
ftcikkhiss&mi desede&mi pafiii&pessftmi patthapess&mi yiya-
ris8&mi yibhajiss&mi att&nikariss&mi pak&sess&mi. tan ti
p&timokkham yuccati. sabbeya 8ant& 'ti y&yatik& tassA pa-
risAya t he j A ca nay& ca majjhimft^ca, ete yuccanti sabbeya
sant& 'ti. s&dhukam sui[^om& 'ti atthikaty& manasikatyft
sabbam cetasll samann&har&ma. manasikaromll 'ti ekagga-
citt& ayikkhittacitt& ayis&hatacitt& nisftmema. ||4|| yassa
siy& ftpattiti therassa y& nayassa yk majjhimassa y& pafica-
nnam y& 4pattikkhandh&nam aMatar& 4patti sattannam y&
&pattikkhandh&nam afifiatarll ftpatti. so &yikareyy& 'ti so
deseyya, so yiyareyya, so utt&nikareyya, so pakAseyya sam-
ghamajjhe y& ganamajjhe y& ekapuggale y&. asanti n&ma
ftpatti anajjhftpannft yft hoti ftpajjityft yft yutthitft. tunhi
bhayitabban ti adhiyftsetabbam, na yyfthfttabbam. parisu-
ddhft 'ti yedissftmiti jftniss&mi dhftress&mi. ||5|| yathft kho
pana pacoekaputthassa yeyy&karai^^am hotiti yathft ekena eko
puttho yyftkareyya, eyam eya tassft parisftya jftnitabbam mam
pucohatiti. eyarftpft nftma parisft bhikkhuparisft yuccati
yftyatatiyam anussftyitam hotiti sakim pi anuss&yitam hoti
dutiyam pi anuss&yitam hoti tatiyam pi anuss&yitam hoti.
saram&no 'ti j&nam&no safij&nam&no. santt n&ma &patti
ajjh&pann& y& hoti &pajjity& y& ayutthit&. n&vikareyy& 'ti
na deseyya na yivareyya na utt&nikareyya na pak&seyya

V

y

104 MAHAYAGGA. [II. 8. 6-5. 1.

samghamajjhe v& ganamajjhe v& ekapuggale t&. || 6 1| sampa-
jdriiamus&veUl' assa hottti, sampaj&namus&vftdo kim hoti.
dukkatam hoti^ antar&yiko dhammo vutto bhagavatft 'ti.
kissa antar&yiko. pathamassa jh&nassa adhigamftya anta-
r&yiko, dutiyassa jh&nassa adhigam&ya antar&yiko, tati*
yassa jh&naasa adhigam&ya antar&yiko, catutthassa jh&-
nassa adhigam&ya antarayiko, jh&n&nam yimokkhftnam sam-
ftdhtnam sam&pattlnam nekkhammftnam nissaraigLlliiam pa-
yiyek&nain kusalanam dhamm&nam adhigam&ya antarftyiko.
tasmd 'ti taink&ran&. 8aram&nen& Hi j&nam&nena saflj&iia-
XD&neDa. visuddh&pekkhen^ Hi vutth&tuk&mena Yisujjhitu-
k&mena. ||7|| santl n&ma &patti ajjhftpanna y& hoti lLpajjity&
v& avutthitft. &Yik&tabb& Hi ftvik&tabbft samghamajjhe vft
ganamajjhe vft ekapuggale yL &vikat4 hi W phfteu hotUi,
kissa ph&su hoti. pathamassa jh&uassa adhigam&ya ph&sa
hotiy dutiyassa jh&nassa adhigamftya ph&su hoti, tatiyassa
jhllnassa adhigam&ya phasu hoti, catutthassa jh&nassa adhi-
gam&ya ph&su hoti, jhftndnam Timokkh&nam samftdhinam
sam&patttnam nekkhamm&nani nissaran&nam paYivek&nam
kusal&nam dhamm&nam adhigamaya ph^u hotiti. ||8||3||

tena kho paha samayena bhikkhd bhagavat& p&timokkh-
uddeso anunn&to Hi devasikam p&timokkham uddisanti. bha-
gavato etam atthsim ftrocesum. na bhikkhave devasikam
pfttimokkham uddisitabbam. yo uddiseyya, ftpatti dukka-
tassa. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave uposathe p&timokkham
uddisitun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhii bha-
gavat& uposathe pfttimokkhuddeso anuiin&to Hi pakkhassa
tikkhattum p&timokkham uddisanti c&tuddase pannarase
attharoiyft ca pakkhassa. bhafi:avato etam attham ftrocesum.
na bhikkhave pakkhassa tikkhattum p&timokkham uddisi-
tabbam. yo uddiseyya, &patti dukkatassa. anuj&n&mi bhi-
kkhave sakim pakkhassa c&tuddase v& pannarase v&
p&timokkham uddisitun ti, ||2||4||

tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiy& bhikkhd yath&-
parisftya p&timokkham uddisanti sakftya-sak&ya paris&ya.
bhagavato etam attham ftrocesum. na bhikkhave yath&pa-

II. 5. 1-6.] MAHAVAOGA. 105

risaya p&timokkham uddisitabbam sak&ya-sak&ya paris&ya.
yo uddiseyya, &patti dukkatassa. annj&n&mi bhikkhave sam-
aggftnam uposathakamman ti. ||1|| atha kho bhi-
kkhiinam etad ahoei : bhagayat& pafiiiattam samagg&nam
uposathakamman ti. kitt&yat& nu kho 8&maggl hoti^ y&yatft
ek&vftso ud&hu sabbft pathaviti. bhagavato etam attham Aro-
cesnm. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave ett&yat& s&maggl yftvat& ek&-
T&8o'ti.||2|| tena kho pana samayena &yasm& Mah&kappino
K&jagahe viharati Maddakuoohismim migadHye. atha
kho &yasmato Malji&kappiiiassa rahogatassa patisallinassa
evam cetaso parivitakko udap&di : gaccheyyam yftham upo-
satham na y& gaccheyyam, gaccheyyam y& samghakammam
na y& gaccheyyam, atha khy Hham yisuddho paramaya yi-
6addhiy& 'ti. ||3|| atha kho bhagayft &yasmato Mah&kappi-
nassa ceta8& cetopariyitakkam aiin&ya seyyath&pi n&ma bala-
y& puriflo sammiiijitam y& b&ham pas&reyya pas&ritam y&
baham sammiiijeyyay eyam eya Gijjhakfite pabbate antarahi-
to Maddakucchismiin migad&ye ftyasmato Mah&kappinassa
pamnkhe p&turahosi. nisldi bhagay& paSAatte ftsane, ftyas-
m&pi kho Mah&kappino bhagayantam abhiyftdetv& ekamantam
nistdi. II 4 II ekamantam nisinnam kho Hyasmantam Mah&-
kappinam bhagayl^ etad ayoca : nanu te Kappina rahoga-
tassa patisallinassa eyam cetaso pariyitakko udapAdi : gacche-
yyam y&ham nposatham na y& gaccheyyam, gaccheyyam y&
samghakammam na y& gaccheyyam, atha khy Hham yi-
suddho paramftya yisuddhiyft 'ti. eyam bhante. tumhe ce
br&hman& uposatham na sakkarissatha, na garukarissatha, na
m&nessatha, na ptkjessatha, atha ko carahi uposatham sakka-
rissati garukarissati m&nessati pftjessati. gaccha tyam brfth-
mana uposatham, mil no agamftsi, gacch' eya samgha-
kammam, m& no agam&siti. eyam bhante Hi kho &yasm&
Mahftkappino bhagayato paccassosi. ||6l| atha kho bhagayft
ftyasmantam Mahakappinam dhammiyft kath&ya sandassetyft
samftdapetyA samuttejetyft sampahamsetya seyyathftpi nftma
balayft puriso sammiiijitam yft bftham pasAreyya pasftritam y&
b&ham samminjeyya, eyam eya Maddakucchismim migadftye
&yasmato Mahftkappinassa pamukhe antarahito Gijjhakftte
pabbate pftturahosi. ||6||5||

106 MAHAVAGGA. [II. 6. 1-8. 1.

atha kho bhikkhiiiiain etad ahosi : bhagavat& pan&attam
ett&vat& B&maggl y&yat& ek&vftso 'ti. kitt&yat& nu kho ek&vftao
hotiti. bhagavato etam attham ftrocesum. anuj&n&mibhikkha-
ye stmam sammaanitum. evafl ca pana bhikkbave sam-
mannitabbft: pathamam nimitt& kittetabbft, pabbatanimi-
ttain^ pfts&nanimittaniy yananimittam^ nikkhanimittam, ma-
gganimittam, vammikaQimittaixiy nadtnimittaniy udakanimi-
ttam. nimitte kittetvi vyattena bbikkhun& patibalena saingho
Mpetabbo : so^fttu me bhante samgho. yftvatd samantft
nimittft kittitd, yadi samgbassa pattakallam, samgho etebi
nimittehi simam sammaimeyya Bam&naflamyftsam ekuposa-
tham. e8& fiatti. || 1 1| sunitu me bhante samgho. y&yat&
samantft mmitt& kittitft, samgho etehi nimittehi simam sam-
mannati samftnasamyftsam ekuposatham. yass&yasmato
khamati etehi nimittehi sim&ya sammuti sam&nasamy&s&ya
ekuposathdya, so tunh' assa, yassa na kkhamati^ so bh&seyya.
sammat& slm& samghena etehi nimittehi samftnasamyftsA eku-
posath&. khamati samghassa, tasm& tui^hi, eyam etam dhft-
ray&miti. ||2||6||

tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiy& bhikkhii bhaga-
yat& simftsammuti aniiiiMt& 'ti atimahatiyo sim&yo samma-
nnanti catuyojanik&pi pancayojanikftpi chayojanik&pi. bhi-
kkhii uposatham &gacchant4 uddissamftne pi p&timokkhe
ftgacohanti udditthamatte pi Itgacchanti antar&pi pariyasanti.
bhagayato etam attham ftrocesum. na bhikkhaye atimahati
slm& sammannitabb& catuyojanik& y& paficayojaniki y& cha-
yojanik& y&. yo sammanneyya, ftpatti dukkatassa. anujft-
n&mi bhikkhaye tiyojanaparamam stmam sammanni-
.tun ti. II HI tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiy& bhi-
kkd nadlp&ram stmam sammannanti. uposatham &gacchant&
bhikkhii pi yuyhanti patt&pi yuyhanti ctyar&ni pi yuyhanti.
bhagayato etam attham &rocesam. na bhikkhaye nadtp&r&
slmcl sammannitabb&. yo sammanneyya, &patti dukkatassa.
anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye yatth' assa dhuyan&y& y& dhuyasetu
y&y eyardpam nadtpftram stmam sammannitun ti. ||2||7 1|

tena kho pana samayena bhikkhCL anupariye^iyam p&ti-

II. a. 1-9. 1] MAHAVAGGA. 107

mokkham uddiBanti aaamketena. Jlgantuk& bhikkhii na
jftnanti kattha y& ajj' upoaatho kariyissatiti. bbagayato
etam attham Arocesum. na bhikkhave anupariveniyam p&-
timokkbam uddisitabbam asamketena. yo uddiaeyya, &patti
dukkatassa. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave uposatb&gftram sam-
mannitT& uposatham k&tum yam samgbo ftkankhati vih&ram
y& addhayogam y& pftsftdam y& hammiyam y& guham t&.
evan ca paua bbikkbave sammannitabbam : ||lj| yyattena
bhikkhun& patibalena samgbo iiapetabbo : su^fttu me bhante
Bamgho. yadi samghassa pattakallam, saxngho itthann&mam
Tih&ram uposath&g&ram sammanneyya. esft iiatti. suiDL&tu
me bhante samgbo. samgbo ittbann&mam yihftram uposa-
tbftg&ram sammannati. yassHyasmato khamati ittbanni-
massa yih&rassa uposath&g&rassa sammuti, so tunb' assa,
yassa na kkhamati, so bbftaeyya. sammato samghena ittban*
nftmo yib&ro uposatb&g&ram. kbamati samgbassa, tasm^
tunbi, eyam etam db&ray&miti. ||2|| tena kbo pana samaye-
na aiiiiatarasmim &yftse dye uposatb&g&rftni sammatftni hontL
bhikkhii ubhayattha sannipatanti idha uposatho kariyissati
idha uposatho kariyissatiti. bhagayato etam attham arocesum.
na bhikkhaye ekasmim fty&se dye uposath&gftr&ni samman-
nitabb&ni. yo sammanneyya, &patti dukkatassa. anaj&nftmi
bhikkhaye ekam 8am(Lbanity& ekattha uposatham kfttum.
II 3 II eyafi ca pana bhikkhaye samiibantabbam : yyattena bhi-
kkhunft patibalena samgbo Mpetabbo: suQ&tu me bhante
samgbo. yadi samghassa pattakallam, samgbo itthann&mam
uposath&g&ram samiihaneyya. esi natti. suMtu me bhante
samgho. samgbo itthannftmam uposath&g&ram samiihanati.
yass&yasmato khamati itthannftmassa uposath&gftrassa sam-
uggbAtb, so tunh' assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bbftseyya.
samiihatam samghena itthann&mam uposatbftg&ram. kha-
mati saipghassa, tasm& tuijibl, evam etam dh&rayamlti. || 4 1| 8 1|

tena kbo pana samayena afiaatarasmim &v&se atikhudda-
kam uposathftgftram sammatam hoti. tadab' uposathe mah4
bhikkhusamgho sannipatito hoti. bhikkhft asammatiya bhA-
miyA nisinnft pfttimokkham assosum. atba kho tesani bhi-
kkhfrnam fifiid fthosi ! bhaffayati paftiiattam uposathag&ram

108 MAHAVAGGA. [II. 9. 1-11. 1.

8ammaiiiiity& uposatho k&tabbo 'ti, mayaii ca asammat&ya
bhiimiyd. nisinnd p&timokkham a8808umh&. kato nu kho
amh&kam uposatho akato nu kho 'ti. bhagavato etam attham
ftrocesum. sammatftya v& bhikkhave bh(imiy& nisinnd asam-
mat&ya y&, yato p&timokkhani sugi&ti, kato 'v' ass' upo-
satho. II 1 II tena hi bhikkhave samgho y&yamahantam upo-
sathapamukham dkaiikhati, t&yamahantani uposathapa-
mukham sammannatu. evaii ca pana bhikkhave sammaniii-
tabbam : pathamam nimitt& kittetabb&. nimitte kittetvjl
vyattena bhikkhun& patibalena samgho Mpetabbo : su^&tu
me bhante samgho. yft vat& samant& nimittft kittit&, yadi sam-
ghassa pattakallam, samgho etehi nimittehi uposathapamu-
kham sammanneyya. es& natti. sun&tu me bhante samgho.
y&vat& samantft nimitt4 kittit&, samgho etehi nimittehi upo-
sathapamukham sammannati. yass&yasmato khamati etehi
nimittehi uposathapamukhassa sammuti, so tunh' assa, yassa
na kkhamatiy so bhftseyya. sammatam samghena etehi ni-
mittehi uposathapamukham. khamati samghassa, tasm&
tunht, evam etam dh&ray&mtti. ||2||91l

tena kho pana samayena an£ktarasmim &y&se tadah' upo-
sathe navak& bhikkhii pathamataram sannipatitv^ na t&va
therll ftgacchantiti pakkamimsu. uposatho vik&le ahosi. bha-
gavato etam attham &rocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave tadah'
uposathe therehi bhikkhiihi pathamataram sannipa-
ti tun ti. II 111 10 If

tena kho pana samayena R&jagahe sambahuIA kviai sa-
m&nasimd. honti. tattha bhikkhii vivadanti amh&kam &vftse
uposatho kariyatu amh&kam &vftse uposatho kariyatft 'ti.
bhagavato etam attham &rocesum. idha pana bhikkhave
sambahul& &v&s& samftnasimi honti, tattha bhikkhd vivadanti
amh&kam &v&8e uposatho kariyatu amh&kam &v&se uposatho
kariyatii 'ti. tehi bhikkhave bhikkh&hi sabbeh' eva eka-
jjham sannipatitv& uposatho k&tabbo, yattha v& pana
thero bhikkhu viharati tattha sannipatitvA uposatho kfttabbo.
na tv era vaggena samghena uposatho k&tabbo. yo kareyya,
&patti dukkatassft 'ti. j| I ||llll

II. 12. 1-4.] mahAvagga. 109

tena kho pana samayena kyasmi, Mah&kassapo Andha-
kavindft B&jagaham uposatham ftgacchanto antar& magge
nadim taranto manam yulho ahosi, ctvar&ni 'ssa all&ni. bhi-
kkhCL ftyasmantam Mah&kassapam etad aYOcum : kissa te

^&Yuso clvar&ni all&ntti. idh&ham iLvuso Andhakayindd. R&ja-
gaham uposatham ftgacchanto antard. magge nadim taranto
man' amhi yulho, tena me ciyar&ni all&ntti. bhagayato
etam attham ftrocesum. y& sd. bhikkhaye samgh^na simft
Bammat& Bam&na8amy&8& ekuposathft, samgho tarn simam

rticlyarena ayippay&sam sammannatu. ||1|| eyan ca
pana bhikkhaye sammannitabbft : yyattena bhikkhunft pati-
balena samgho ii&petabbo : sun&tu me bhante samgho. y&
8& samghena slmft sammat& 8am&na8amv&8& ekuposathft, yadi
samghassa pattakallam, saipgho tarn simam ticiyarena ayi-

ppayftsam sammanneyya. esd iiatti. sun&tu me bhante

samgho. y& s& samghena stm& sammattf* sam&nasamy&slL
ekuposathft, samgho tarn simam ticiyarena ayippayftsam sam-
mannati. yass&yasmato khamati etiss^ sim&ya ticiyarena
ayippay&s&ya sammuti^ so tunh' assa, yassa na kkhamati, so
x^bhftseyya. sammatd. s& sim& samghena ticiyarena ayippay&*
s&. khamati samghassa, tasmi tunhi, eyam etam dh&ray&mi-
ti. !!2|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhil bhagayat& ticiya-
rena ayippay^sammuti anunii&t& 'ti antaraghare ciyar&ni
nikkhipanti. t&ni ciyar&ni nassanti pi dayhanti pi undurehi

ypi khajjanti, bhikkh{t duccolft honti lilkhaciyar&. bhikkil
eyam &hamsu: kissa tumhe &yuso duccol& l&khaciyard. Hi.
idha mayam &yuso bhagayat& ticiyarena ayippay&sasammuti
anunfi&t& 'ti antaraghare ciyar&ni nikkhipimh&y t&ni ci-
yar&ni natth&ni pi da^dh&ni pi undurehi pi kh&yit&ni. tena

//mayam duccoI& Idkhaciyarft 'ti. bhagayato etam attham
&rocesum. jk s& bhikkhaye samghena sim& sammat& sam&-
na8amyfts& ekuposath&y samgho tarn simam ticiyarena
ayippay&sam sammannatu thapetyft g&man ca g&mii-

'pao&ra£L ca. ||3|| eyafl ca pana bhikkhaye sammannitabb& :

X yyattena bhikkhunft patibalena samgho Mpetabbo: sun&tu

me bhante samgho. y& s& samghena sim& sammat& sam&na-

samyftsd ekuposatha, yadi samghassa pattakallam, samgho

tarn simam ticivarena ayippay&sam sammanneyya thapetyi

110 MAHAVAGOA. [II. 19. 4-7.

g&mafi ca g&m&pac&raii oa« eak xlatti. sunfttu me bhante
samgho. jk 8& samghena siin& sammati sam&nasamv&sft
ekuposathft^ samgho tarn simam ticivarena avippay&saiii sam-
mannati (hapetyd. g&mail ca g&niiipac&raii ca. yass&yasma-
to khamati etissd, stro&ya ticivarena ayippaT&sftya sammuti
tbapetvA g&maii ca g&milpac&raii ca, so tunh' assa, yassa na
kkhamatiy so bh&seyya. 8ammat& ak elmk samghena ticiva-
rena avippavfts^ thapetv& gILmail ca g&mdpac&ran ca. kha-
mati samghassa, tasmft tunht, evam etam dhftray&mtti.
II 4 II stmam bhikkhave sammannantena pathamam sam&na-
samv^saslmlt sammannitabba, pacch& ticivarena avippavftso
sammannitabbo. slmam bhikkhave samiihanantena pathamam
ticivarena avippavftso samfthantabbo, pacch& sam&nasam-
yftsaslmd samiihantabblt. evaii ca pana bhikkhave ticivarena
avippavftso samdhantabbo: vyattena bhikkhun& pa^iba-
lena samgho fi&petabbo : suiji&ta me bhante samgho. yo so
samghena ticivarena avippav&so sammato, yadi samghassa
pattakallam.! samgho tarn ticivarena avippav&sam samiihane-
yya. es& fiatti. suni&ta me bhante samgho. yo so samghena
ticivarena avippavftso sammato, samgho tarn ticivarena avi«
ppav&sam samfkhanati. yass&yasmato khamati etassa ticiva-
rena avippav&sassa samugghftto, so tunh' assa, yassa na
kkhamati, so bhftseyya. sam&hato so samghena ticivarena
avippavftso. khamati samghassa, tasmft tunhl, evam etam
dhftrayftmlti. ||5|| evaii ca pana bhikkhave slmft samiihan-
tabbft: vyattena bhikkhunft patibalena samgho Mpetabbo:
sunfttu me bhante samgho. y& sft samghena slmft sammatft
samftnasamvftsft ekaposathft, yadi samghassa pattakallaxn,
samgho tarn slmam samtihaneyya. esft liatti. sunfttu me
bhante samgho. yft sft samghena slmft sammatft samftna-
samvftsft ekuposathft, samgho tarn slmam samdhanati. yassft-
yasmato khamati etissft slmftya samftnasamvftsftya ekuposa-
thftya samugghftto, so tunh' assa, yassa na kkhamati, so
bhftseyya. sam&hatft sft slmft samghena samftnasamvftsft eku-
posathft. khamati samghassa, tasmft tunhl, evam etam dhftra-
yftmlti. 11 6 II asammatftya bhikkhave slmftya atthapitftya yaip
gftmam yft nigamam yft upaniss&ya .yiharati, yft tassa vft gft-
massa gftmaslmft nigamassa vft nigaraaslmft, ayam tattha

II. 19. 7-14. 8] MAHAVAGGA. 1 1 1

samdnasarnvftsd ekuposath&. ag&make ce bhikkhave arailiie,
samant^ sattabbhantari ayam tattha 8am4na6amyft8& ekupo-
Bath&. 8abb& bhikkhave nadi asimft, sabbo samuddo asimo,
sabbo jd.tas8aro asimo. nadij& yft bhikkhaTe samndde v&
jatassare y& yam majjhimassa purisassa samanlA udakukkhe-
P&, ayam tiEittha 8am&na8amT&s& ekuposathcL 'ti. ||7||12||

tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiy& bhikkhCl slm&ya
fitmam sambhindanti. bhagavato etam attham drocesum.
yesam bhikkhave 8im& pathamam sammat&, tesam tain ka-
mmam dhammikam akuppam th&nftraham. yesam bhi-
kkhave sim& pacch& sammatft, tesam tarn kammam adhammi-
kam kuppam atth&n&raham. na bhikkhave slm&ya simH
sambhinditabbd. yo sambhindeyya, &patti dukkatassa 'ti.
II HI tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiy& bhikkhtl si-
m&ya simam ajjhottharanti. bhagavato etam attham aro-
cesum. yesam bhikkhave 6im& pathamam sammatft, tesam
tarn kammam dhammikam akuppam th&n&raham. yesam
bhikkhave simft paochd sammat&, tesam tarn kammam adha-
mmikam kuppam atth&n&raham. na bhikkhave slm&ya stmft
ajjhottharitabb&. yo ajjhotthareyya, &patti dukkatassa.
anuj&n&mi bhikkhave simam sammannantena simantari-
kam thapetv& simam sammannitun ti. ||2|ll3||

atha kho bhikkh&nam etad ahosi: kati nu kho upo-
sath& Hi. bhagavato etam attham arocesum. dve 'me
bhikkhave uposath& c&tuddasiko ca pannarasiko ca,
ime kho bhikkhave dve uposath& 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhi-
kkhdnam etad ahosi: kati nu kho uposathakamm&niti.
bhagavato etam attham ftrocesum. catt&r' im&ni bhikkha-
ve uposathakamm&niy adhammena vaggam uposaihaka-
mmam, adhammena samaggam uposathakammam, dhamme-
na vaggam uposathakammam, dhammena samaggam upo-
sathakamman ti. tatra bhikkhave yam idam adhammena
^^gg^^i^ uposathakammam, na bhikkhave evarApam upo-
sathakammam k&tabbam na ca may& evai^pam uposatha-
kammam anuiiil&tam. ||2|| tatra bhikkhave yam idam
adhammena samaggam uposathakammam, na bhikkhave

1 12 M AHAVAGGA. [II. 14. 3-15. 4.

evar&pam . . . anufiMtam. tatra bhikkhave yam idam
dhammena yaggam uposathakammam, na bhikkhave
eTardpam . • . anuilMtaip.. tatra bhikkhave yam idam
dhammena samaggam uposathakammam, evardlpam bhi-
kkhave uposathakammam k&tabbam evarilpafli ca may& upo-
sathakammam anunfi&tam. tasm&t iha bhikkhave evariipam
uposathakammam kariss&ma yad idam dhammena samaggan
ti, evafi hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabban ti. ||3||14i|

atha kho bhikkh&nain etad ahosi: kati nu kho pstti-
mokkhuddesH 'ti. bhagavato etam attham ftrocesam.
paiic' ime bhikkhave p&timokkhudde8& : nid&nam uddisitv&
avasesam sutena s&vetabbam, ayam pathamo p&timokkhadde-
80. nid^nam uddisitv& catt&ri p&r&jik&ni uddisitvi avasesam
sutena s&vetabbam, ayam dutiyo patimokkhuddeso. nid&uam
uddisitv& catt&ri p&rdjik&ni uddisitvft terasa samgh&disese
uddisitvft avasesam sutena s&vetabbam, ayam tatiyo p&timo-
kkhuddeso. nid&nam uddisitv& catt&ri p&r&jik&oi uddisitvft
terasa samgh&disese uddisitv& dve aniyate uddisitv4 avasesam
sutena s&vetabbam, ayam catuttho p&timokkhuddeso. vitth&-
ren' eva pa&camo. ime kho bhikkhave pailca p&timokkhud-
des& 'ti. II 1 II tena kho pana samayena bhikkhii bhagavat&
samkhittena p&timokkhuddeso anunfiftto Hi sabbak&lam sam-
khittena p&timokkham uddisanti. bhagavato etam
attham ftrocesum. na bhikkhave samkhittena p&timokkham
uddisitabbam. yo uddiseyya, &patti dukkatass& 'ti. |j2|| te-
na kho pana samayena Eosalesu janapadesu aMatarasmim
&v&se tadah' uposathe savarabhayam ahosi. bhikkhii n&sa-
kkhimsu vitth&rena p&timokkham uddisitum. bhagavato etam
attham drocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave sati antar&ye
samkhittena p&timokkham uddisitun ti. ||3|| tena kho
pana samayena chabbaggiy& bhikkhd asati pi antar&ye
samkhittena p&timokkham uddisanti. bhagavato etam
attham ftrocesum. na bhikkhave asati antar&ye samkhitte-
na p&timokkham uddisitabbam. yo uddiseyya^ &patti du-
kkatassa. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave sati antar&ye samkhittena
p&timokkham uddisitum. tatr' ime antar&y&: r&jantara-
yo corantar&yo agyantar&yo udakantarayo manussantar&yo

II. 15. 4-10.] MAHAVAGGA. 1 13

amanofisantar&yo Tftlantar&yo siriipsapantar&yo jtvitantar&yo
brahmacariyantar&yo. anuj&n&tni bhikkhave evarApesu anta*
r&yesu samkhittena p&timokkham uddisitmn, asati antar&ye
yitth&reii& 'ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiy&
bhikkhii samghamajjhe anajjhitth& dhammam bh&aanti,
bbagayato etam attham irocesum. na bbikkbave samgha-
majjhe anajjhitthena dhammo bh&sitabbo. yo bh&-
fi^yy^ &patti dukkatassa. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave therena
bhikkhim& s&mam y& dhammam bhilsitum param yft ajjhe-
siton ti. II 5 II tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiy& bhi-
kkhtL samghamajjhe asammat4 vinayam pucchanti. bbaga-
yato etam attham &roce8mn. na bhikkhave samghamajjhe
asammatena vinayo pucchitabbo. yo puccheyya,
&patti dukkatassa. annj&n&mi bhikkhave samghamajjhe sam-
matena vinayam pacchitum. evail ca pana bhikkhave
sammannitabbo: attan& 'va att&nam sammannitabbam
parena v& pare sammannitabbo. || 6 1| kathaii ca attan& Va
att&nam sammannitabbam. vyattena bhikkhunA patibalena
samgho S&petabbo: sun&ta me bhante samgho. yadi sam-
ghassa pattakaUam, aham itthann&mam vinayam puccheyyan

ti. evam attan& 'va att&nam sammannitabbam. kathaii ca

• • •

parena paro sammannitabbo. vyattena bhikkhun& patiba-
lena samgho Mpetabbo: snn&tu me bhante samgho. yadi
samghassa pattakallarn, itthann&mo itthann&mam vinayam
puccheyy& 'ti. evam parena paro sanmiannitabbo 'ti. ||7||
tena kho pana samayena pesal& bhikkhd samghamajjhe sam-
mat& vinayam pucchanti. chabbaggiy& bhikkhd la-
bhanti &gh&tam9 labhanti appaccayam, vadhena tajjenti.
bhagavato etam attham &roce8um. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave
samghamajjhe sammatena pi parisam oloketv& puggalam tu-
layitv& vinayam pucchitun ti. 1|8|| tena kho pana samayena
chabbaggiy& bhikkhd samghamajjhe a8ammat& vinayam
vissajjentL bhagavato etam attham arocesum. na bhi-
kkhave samghamajjhe asammatena vinayo vissajje-
tabbo. yo vissajjeyya, &patti dukkatassa. anuj&n&mi bhi-
kkhave samghamajjhe sammatena vinayam vissajjetum. evail
ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo : attan& 'va att&nam sam-
mannitabbam parena v& paro sammannitabbo. ||9|| kathaii

VOL. in. 8

114 MAHAVAGGA. [II. 15. 10-16. 4.

oa attan& Va att&nain sammannitabbam. vjattena bbikkba*
n& patibalena samgbo fillpetabbo : sun&tu me bhante samgho.
yadi samghassa pattakallam, aham itthann&mena vinayam
puttho vissajjeyyan tL eyam attanft 'va att&nam Bammanni-
tabbam. kathail oa parena paro sammannitabbo* vyattena
bhikkhunft patibalena samgho n&petabbo : su^&tu me bhante
samgho. yadi samghassa pattakallam, itthann&mo itthannlt-
mena vinayam puttho yissajjeyyll 'ti. evam parena paro
sammannitabbo 'ti. ||10|| tena kho pana samayena pesal&
bhikkhii samghamajjhe sammat& vinayam vissajjenti. cha-
bbaggiy^ bhikkh& labhanti ftgh&tam, labhanti appacca-
yam^ vadhena tajjenti. bhagavato etam attham ftTocesum.
anuj&n&mi bhikkhave samghamajjhe sammatena pi parisam
olokety& puggalam tulayitv& vinayam vissajjetun ti. || 11 1|15||

tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiy& bhikkhti anok&-
sakatam bhikkhmn &pattiy& codenti. bhagavato etam attham
ftrocesmn. na bhikkhave anok&sakato bhikkhu ftpattiyft co-
detabbo. yo codeyya, dpatti dukkatassa. anuj&n&mi bhi-
kkhave ok&sam k&]:ipetv& &pattiy& codetum karotu &yasm&
ok&sam aham tarn vattuk&mo 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana sama*
yena pesal& bhikkhd chabbaggiye bhikkhft okftsam kftrft-
petvft &pattiy& codenti. chabbaggiy& bhikkhd labhanti &gb&»
tarn, labhanti appaccayam, vadhena tajjenti. bhagavato
etam attham llrocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave kate pi ok&se
puggalam tulayitv& &pattiy& codetun ti. ||2|i tena kho pana
samayena chabbaggiyft bhikkhd pur' amh&kam pesalA
bhikkhii okftsam k&r&pentlti patigacc' eva suddh&nam bhi-
kkh&nam an&pattikftnam avatthusmim ak&rane ok&sam k&r&-
penti. bhagavato etam attham ftrocesum. na bhikkhave
suddh&nam bhikkhtinam an&pattik&nam avatthusmim ak&-
rane okftso kftrftpetabbo. yo k&r&peyya, ftpatti dukkatassa.
anuj&n&mi bhikkhave puggalam tulayitv& okftsam k&rftpetun
ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiy& bhikkh(L
samghamajjhe adhammakammam karonti. bhagavato
etam attham ftrocesum. na bhikkhave samghamajjhe adha-
mmakammam k&tabbam. yo kareyya, &patti dukkatassft 'ti.
karonti yeva adhammakammam. bhagavato etam attham

11. 16. 4-17. 1.] MAHAVAaOA. 116

ftrocesum. anuj&nftmi bhikkhaye adhammakamme kayira*
m&ne patikkositun ti. || 4 1| tena kho pana Bamayena pesalft
bhikkhCL chabbaggiyehi bbikkCLhi adhammakamme kayi-
ramdne patikkoeanti. cbabbaggiy& bkikkbd labhanti &gh&-
tam^ labhanti appaccayam, vadhena tajjenti. bhagavato
etam attham ^rocesum. anuj&nllmi bhikkhave ditthim pi
llyik&tun ti. tesam yeva santike ditthim ftyikaronti. cha-
bbaggiy& bhikkhil labhanti ftghfttam, labhanti appaccayam,
Tadhena tajjenti. bhagayato etam attham ^rocesum. anu-
j&n&mi bhikkhaye catuhi paficahi patikkosituqi, dyihi tibi
ditthim ftvik&tum, ekena adhitthsltum na me tarn khamatitL
||6|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyd. bhikkhii
samghamajjhe p&timokkham uddiflam&n& sailcicca na b&<
yenti. bhagayato etam attham ftrocesum. na bhikkhaye
p&timokkhuddesakena saiicicea na B&yetabbam. yo na 8&-
veyya» apatti dukkatassi 'ti. || 6 1| tena kho pana samayena
4yasm& Ud&yi samghassa p&timokkhnddesako hoti kftkassa^
rako. atha kho Ityasmato Fd&yissa etad ahod : bhagayat&
pannattam p&timokkhuddesakena s&yetabban ti^ ahaii c' amhi
k&kassarako. katham nu kho may& patipajjitabban ti. bha-
gayato etam attham ftroceaum. anujjln&mi bhikkhaye p&ti-
mokkhuddesakena y&yamitum katham sayeyyan ti^ yftya-
mantassa an&pattiti. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena Deya-
datto sagahatth&ya paris&ya p&timokkham uddisati.
bhagayato etam attham ftrocesum. na bhikkhaye sagaha-
tthftya paris&ya p&timokkham uddisitabbam. yo uddiseyya,
&patti dukkatassft 'ti. ||8|| tena kho pana samayena cha-
bbaggiy& bhikkhtl samghamajjhe anajj hi tth& p&timokkham
uddisanti. bhagayato etam attham &rocesum. na bhi-
kkhaye samghamajjhe anajjhitthena p&timokkham uddi-
sitabbam. yo uddiseyya, &patti dukkatassa. anuj&n&mi
bhikkhaye ther&dhikam p&timokkhan ti. ||9||16||

aftflatitthiyabh&^ay&ram nitthitam.

atha kho bhagay& B&jagahe yath&bhirantam yiharitT&
yena Codan&yatthu tena c&rikam pakk&mi. anupubbe-
na cftrikam caram&no yena Codan&yatthu tad ayasari. tena
kho pana samayena annatarasmim fty&se sambahuM bhikkhii

116 MAHAVAGGA. [II. 17. 1-6.

viharanti, tattha thero bhikkhu b&Io hoti avyatto, bo na
j&n&ti uposatham vft uposathakainmam v& p&timokkham y&
p&timokkhaddesam y&. ||1|| atha kho tesam bliikkli4nain
etad ahosi : bhagavatft pafLilattam ther&dhikam p&timokkhan
tiy ayaii ca amh&kam thero b&lo avyatto, na j&n&ti uposatham
Tft . • . p&timokkhuddesam T&. katham nu kho amhehi
patipajjitabban iL bhagavato etam attham ftrocesum. anu-
j&nftmi bhikkhave yo tattha bhikkhu vyatto patibalo tassft-
dheyyam p&timokkhan ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayeua
afiilatarasmiiii &v&se tadah' uposathe sambahulft bhikkhd
yiharanti b&l& avyatti, te na j&nanti uposatham yk upoaatha-
kammam vft pfttimokkham v& p&timokkhuddesam yL te
theram ajjhesimsu uddisatu bhante thero p&timokkhan ti.
80 evam &ha: na me ftyuso vattatiti. dntiyatheram ajjhe-
Bimflu uddisatu bhante thero p&timokkhan ti. so pi evam
&ha : na me &yuso vattatiti. tatiyatheram ajjhesimBu uddi-
satu bhante thero p&timokkhan tL so pi evam &ha : na me
&yuso Tattattti. eten' eva up&yena y&va samghanavakam
ajjhesimsu uddisatu &yasm& p&timokkhan ti. so pi evam
&ha: na me bhante vattatiti. bhagavato etam attham ftro-
cesum. II 3 II idha pana bhikkhave afifUttarasmim &y&8e ta-
dah' uposathe sambEthul& bhikkhu viharanti b&l& avyatt&, te
na j&nanti uposatham v& . . . p&timokkhuddesam v&. te
theram ajjhesanti uddisatu bhante thero p&timokkhan ti. so
evam vadeti : na me &vuso vattatiti. dutiyatheram ajjhesan-
ti uddisatu bhante thero p&timokkhan ti. so pi evam va-
deti: na me &vuso vattatiti. ||4|| tatiyatheram ajjhesanti
uddisatu bhante thero p&timokkhan ti. so pi evam vadeti :
na me &vu8o vattatiti. eten' eva up&yena y&va samghana-
vakam ajjhesanti uddisatu &yasm& p&timokkhan ti. so pi
evam vadeti : na me bhante vattatiti. tehi bhikkhave bhi-
kkh&hi eko bhikkhu s&mant& &v&8& sajjukam p&hetabbo
g&cch&vuso samkhittena v& vitth&rena v& p&timokkham pa-
riy&punitv& &gacch& 'ti. ||5|| atha kho bhikkhtlnam etad
uhosi : kena nu kho p&hetabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam attham
&rocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave therena bhikkhun& navam
bhikkhum &n&petun ti. therena &natt& nav& bhikkhii na
gaechanti. bhagavato etam attham &rocesum. na bhikkhave

II. 17. 6-19. 1.] MAHAVAGGA. 117

therena Anattena agilftnena na gantabbam. yo na gacohe-
yya, &patti dukkatassft 'tL II 6 1| 17 II

atha kho bhagavd. Codan&yatthasmim yath&bhirantam
yiliarity& punad eva B&jagaham pacc&gacchL tena kho
pana samayena maDii88& bhikkhii pind&ya oarante puochanti :
katiml bhante pakkhaasil Hi. bhikkhd eyam fthamsa: na
kho mayam ftvuso jlLn&m& Hi. manuBS& ujjh&yanti khlyanti
vipAcenti : pakkhagananamattam p' ime samai^ft Sakyaputti-
yd. na j&nanti, kim pan' ime aMam kiiici kalyAnam j&ni-
Bsantiti. bhagavato etam attbam ftrocesum. anujAn&mi
bhikkbave pakkhagaQanam nggabetun ti. ||1|| atba kbo
bbikkhiinam etad abosi : kena na kbo pakkbagananA ugga-
betabb& Hi. bbagavato etam attbam ftrocesmn. anaj&n&mi
bbikkbaye sabbeb' eva pakkbagananam uggabetmi ti. ||2||
tena kbo pana samayena manussA bbikkbii pind&ya oarante
puccbanti: kiyatik& bbante bbikkbii 'ti. bbikkbd eyam
ftbamsu : na kbo mayam ftyuso j&n&m& 'ti. manussA u]jb&-
yanti kbiyanti yipftcenti : aiiilama£Lftam p' ime samanft Sa-
kyaputtiyft na j&nanti, kim pan' ime afiSam kiiici kaly&nam
j&niBsantlti. bbagayato etam attbam Arocesum. anuj&n&mi
bbikkbaye bbikkbft gapetun ti. |j3|| atba kho bbikkbd-
nam etad abosi : kad& na kbo bbikkbft ganetabb& 'ti. bba-
gayato etam attbam Arocesum. anujftnftmi bbikkbaye tadab'
uposatbe ganamaggena y& ganetum sal&kam y& ga-
betanti. 114111811

tena kbo pana samayena bbikkbA ajftnant& ajj' nposatbo
'ti d&ram g&mam pindftya caranti. te uddissam&ne pi p&ti-
mokkbe ftgaccbanti addittbamatte pi ftgaccbanti. bbagayato
etam attbam Arocesum. anujftn&mi bbikkbaye ftrocetum
ajj' nposatbo 'ti. atba kbo bbikkb&nam etad abosi : kena nu
kbo &rocetabbo 'ti. bbagayato etam attbam Arocesum. anu-
j&n&mi bbikkbaye tberena bbikkbunft k&layato ftrooetun ti.
tena kbo pana samayena aftfiataro tbero k&layato na ssarati.
bbagayato etam attbam Arocesom. anuj&nftmi bbikkbaye
bbattak&le pi ftrooetun ti. bbattak&le pi na ssari. bbagaya-
to etam attbam arocesum. anujftn&mi bbikkaye yam kftlam
saratiy tarn k&lam ftrocetun ti. jj 1 1119 II

118 MAHAVAGGA. [II. 90. 1-6.

tena kho pana samayena aiifLatarasmim iLvftse uposathftgA-
ram ukl&pam hoti. &gantuk& bhikkhd ujjhftyanti khlyanti
yipftcenti: katham hi n&ma bhikkhii uposath&g&ram na
sammajjissantiti. bliagavato etam attham ftrocesum. anuj&-
n&mi bhikkhave uposath&g&ram sammajjitun tL ||1||
atba kho bhikkhiinani etad abosi : kena nu kho uposathft-
g&ram sammajjitabban ti. bbagavato etam attbam &roce-
Bum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave therena bhikkhun^ navam bhi-
kkhum &n&petun ti. thereoa fiomtttft nav& bhikkhd na
sammajjanti. bhagavato etam attham llrocesmn. na bhi-
kkhave therena di^attena ag^nena na sammajjitabbam. yo
na sammajjeyya, &patti dukkataasft 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana
samayena uposath&g&re &sanam apa&iiattam hoti. bhikkhd
cham&yam nisidanti. gatt&ni pi civar&ni pi pamsukit&ni
honti. bbagavato etam attham llrocesum. anuj&n&mi bhi-
kkhave uposath&gare llsanam pafiii&petun ti. atha kho
bhikkhdnam etad ahosi : kena nu kho upoeath&g&re ftsanam
paHMpetabban ti. bbagavato etam attham ftrocesum. anu-
j&nftmi bhikkhave therena bhikkhun& navam bhikkhum lin&-
peton tL therena &natt& nav& bhikkhA na pafiMpentL bba-
gavato etam attham ftrocesum. na bhikkhave therena ft^a-
ttena agil&nena na paftfL&petabbam. yo na pafiiUlpeyya,
&patti dukkatassft 'ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena uposa-
th&g&re padipo na hoti. bhikkhii andhak&re k&yam pi
civaram pi akkamanti. bbagavato etam attham ftrocesum.
anuj&nftmi bhikkhave uposath&g&re padipam k&tmi ti.
atha kho bhikkhiinam etad ahosi: kena nu kho uposathA-
g&re padtpo k&tabbo 'ti. bbagavato etam attham Arooesum.
anuj&nUmi bhikkhave therena bhikkhun& navam bhikkhum
&]^lLpetun tL therena &9att& nav& bhikkhft na padipenti.
bbagavato etam attham ftrocesum. na bhikkhave therena
ftijiattena agilftnena na padlpetabbo. yo na padipeyya^ ftpatti
dukka^88& 'tL ||4|| tena kho pana samayena afiftatarasmim
Avlise ftvdaik& bhikkhii n' eva p&niyam upatthftpenti na pari-
bhojaniyam upa^th&penti. &gantuk& bhikkhd ujjh&yanti
khiyanti vip&oenti : katham hi n&ma &vftsik& bhikkh{l n' eva
p&niyaip upat(hftpessanti na paribfaojaniyam upatth&pessanti-
ti. bbagavato etam attham arocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkha-

II. 90. 5-21. 3] MAHAVAGGA. 119

ye p&niyani paribhojaniyam upatth&petun ti. ||5||
atha kho bhikkhiinaiii etad ahosi: kena na kho p&niyam
paribhojaniyam upattb&petabbaix ti. bhagavato etam atthani
Arocesum. anuj&nftmi bhikkhaye therena bhikkhunH nayajn
bhikkhom &n&petun iL therena ft^attft nay& bhikkhd na
upatth&penti. bhagayato etam atthaip Arocesum. na bhi-
kkhaye therena Aijiattena agil&nena na upafthllpetabbam. yo
na upatth&peyya, &patti dukkatassA 'ti. || 6 1|20 II

tena kho pana eamayena sambahnlft bhikkhd blLl& ayyatt&
diflamgamik& &cariyupajjh&ye na &pucchiipsa. bhagayato
etam attham ftrocesom. idha pana bhikkhaye sambahuli
bhikkhii balft ayyatt& disamgamikft ftcariyupajjh&ye na &pu-
cchanti. tehi bhikkhaye ftcarijnipajjh&yehi pucchitabbft:
kaham gamissatha, kena saddhim gamiasathft 'ti. te ce bhi-
kkhaye bftl& ayyatt& aMe b&le ayyatte apadiseyyiup, na
bhikkhaye &cariyupajjh&yehi anuj&nitabbft. anujftnejryuni
ce^ &patti dukkatassa. te oe bhikkhaye b&l& ayyattft an-
annfiMtft ftcariyupajjhftyehi gaccheyymn, &patti dukkatassa.
II 1 II idha pana bhikkhaye afiiiatarasmim &yftse sambahul&
bhikkh^ yiharanti bftlft ayyattlL te na j&nanti uposatham
y& upoeathakammam y& pfttimokkham y& p&timokkhuddesam
y&. tattha aMo bhikkhu &gacchati bahussuto ftgat&gamo
dhammadharo yinayadharo ro&tikftdharo pandito yyatto me-
db&yl lajjl kukkuccako sikkh&k&mo. tehi bhikkhaye bhi-
kkhiihi so bhikkhu samgahetabbo anuggahetabbo upal&pe-
tabbo upattb&petabbo cun^ena mattik&ya dantiakatthena mu-
khodakena. no ce samganheyyum anugai^heyyum upal&-
peyyum upafthftpeyyum cu^i^ena mattiklya dantakatthena
mukhodakena, &patti dukkafasaa. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhaye
afiSatarasmim llyftse tadah' uposathe sambaKuUl bhikkhA
yiharanti b&l& ayyattA. te na j&nanti uposatham y& . . .
pfttimokkhuddesam y&. tehi bhikkhaye bhikkhilhi eko bhi-
kkhu sftmant& ftyftsft sajjukam p&hetabbo gacchftyuso
samkhittena yft yitthftrena y& p&timokkham pariyftpu^ityft
&gacch& 'ti. eyam ce tarn labhetha^ ice etam kusalam. no oe
labhetha, tehi bhikkhaye bhikkhdhi sabbeh' eya yattha j&-
nanti uposatham y& . . . pfttimokkhuddesam yk, so ftyftso

120 MAHAVAGGA. [II. 81. 3^28. 3.

gantabbo. no ce gaccheyyum, &patti dukkatassa. ||3|| idha
pana bhikkhave aMatarasmim k\tae 8ambahul& bhikkhft
vassain yasanti \A\k avyattft. te na j&nanti uposatham t&
. • . p&timokkhuddesam y&. tehi bhikkhave bhikkh&hi eko
bhikkhu 8&inant& kvAak sajjukam p&hetabbo gacchftvuso
samkhittena y& vitth&rena y& p&timokkham. pariy&punity&
&gacch& Hi. evam ce tani labhetha, ice etam kusalam. no
ce labhetha, eko bhikkhu satt&hak&likain p&hetabbo gacchi-
yuso samkhittena yd. yitth&rena yft pitimokkham pariyftpu-
nity& ftgacch& 'ti. eyam ce tarn labhetha, ice etam kusalam.
no ce labhetha, na bhikkhaye tehi bhikkh&hi tasmim
ftyftse yassam yasitabbam. vaseyyum ce, &patti'dukkatass&

'ti. ii4ii2iir

atha kho bhagayft bhikkhu &mantesi : sannipatatha
bhikkhaye, samgho uposatham karissatlti. eyam yutte
aMataro bhikkhu bhagayantam etad ayoca: atthi bhante
bhikkhu gil&no, so an&gato Hi. anujftn&mi bhikkhaye gi-
l&nena bhikkhun& p&risuddhim d&tum. eyaii ca pana
bhikkhaye d&tabb& : tena gilftnena bhikkhun& ekam bhi-
kkhum upasamkamity& ekamsam uttar&sangam karityi ukku-
tikam nisldityft aiijalim paggahety& eyam assa yacanlyo : pit-
risuddhim dammi, p&risuddhim me hara, p&risuddhim me
&focehlti k&yena yiM&peti, y&c&ya yifiMpeti, k&yena yft-
c&ya yiM&petiy dinn& hoti p&risuddhi, na k&yena yiiifi&petiy
na y&c&y& yiM&peti^ na k&yena yftc&ya yifiMpeti, na dinn&
hoti p&risuddhi. || 1 1| eyam ce tarn labhetha, ice etam kusa-
lam. no ce labhetha, so bhikkhaye gil&no bhikkhu maficena
y& pithena y& samghamajjhe ftnety& uposatho k&tabbo. sace
bhikkhaye gilftnupatth&kftnam bhikkh&Dam eyam hoti : sace
kho mayam gil&nam th&n& dtyessftma, ftbftdho y& abhiyaddhi-
Bsati k&lamkiriy& y& bhayissatiti^ na bhikkhaye gil&no th&n&
c&yetabboy samghena tattha ganty& uposatho k&tabbo^ na ty
eya yaggena samghena uposatho k&tabbo. kareyya ce,
&patti dukkatassa. ||2|| p&risuddhih&rako ce bhikkhaye di-
nn&ya p&risuddhiy& tatth' eya pakkamati, anilassa d&tabb&
p&risuddhi. p&risuddhih&rako ce bhikkhaye dinn&ya p4ii-
suddhiy& tatth' eya yibbhamati, k&lam karoti, s&ma^ero

II. 28. 3-88. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 121

patij&n&tiy sikkham paccakkh&tako patij&n&ti, antimayatihum
ajjh&pannako patij&n&tiy ummattako p., khittacittp p., veda-
natto p.y &pattiy& adassane ukkhittako p., &pattiy& appa-
tikamme ukkhittako p., p&pik&ya ditthiy& appatinissagge
ukkhittako p., pa^dako p., theyyasarnvftsako p., titthiya-
pakkantako p., tiracch&nagato p., m&tugh&tako p., pitugh&*
tako p., arahantagh&tako p., bhikkhunidtlsako p., samgha*
bhedako p., lohituppftdako p., ubhatoTyaftjanako patij&n&ti,
afiilassa d&tabb& p&risnddhi. ||3|| p&risuddhih&rako oe bhi-
kkhave dinn&ya p&risaddhiyll antard niagge pakkamati,
aD&hat& hoti p&risuddhi. p&risuddhih&rako ce bhikkhave
diim&ya p&risaddhiy& antarft magge yibbhamatiy k&lam
karoti — pa — ubhatoyyaiijanako patij&n&tiy anfthatlL hoti
p&risuddhi. p&risuddhih&rako ce bhikkhave dinn&ya p&ri-
8uddhiy& samghappatto pakkamati, ahat& hoti p&risuddhi.
p&risuddhihftrako ce bhikkhave dinnftya p&risaddhiy& sam-
ghappatto vibbhamati, k&lam karoti — la — ubhatovyafija-
nako patij&n&ti, fthat& hoti p&risuddhi. p&iiBuddhih&rako ce
bhikkhave dinn&ya p&risuddhiyd. samghappatto sutto na &ro-
cetiy pamatto na &roceti, sam&panno na ftroceti, &hat& hoti
p&risuddhiy p&risuddhih&rakassa an&patti. p&risuddhihftrako
ce bhikkhave dinn&ya p&risaddhiy& samghappatto saiioicca
na &roceti, &hat& hoti p&risuddhi, pftrisuddhih&rakassa &patti
dukkatass^ 'ti. ||4||22||

atha kho bhagav& bhikkhii &mantesi: sannipatatha bhi-
kkhave^ samgho kammam karissatitL evam vutte anSataro
bhikkhu bhagavantam etad avoca: atthi bhante bhikkhu
gQ&no, so an&gato Hi. anujftn&mi bhikkhave gilftnena
bhikkhun& chandam d&tum. evaii ca pana bhikkhave
d&tabbo : tena gil&nena bhikkhunft ekam bhikkhum upa-
samkamitv& ekamsam uttar&sangam karitv& ukkutikam nisi-
ditv& aiijalim paggahetv& evam assa vacaniyo : chandam
dammi, chandam me hara, chandam me &rocehtti k&yena
viM&peti, v&c&ya viilfL&peti, k&yena vftc&ya viM&peti, dinno
hoti chando^ na kftyena vi£iil&petiy na v&c&ya viiiil&petiy na
k&yena v&c&ya vinMpeti, na dinno hoti chando. || 1 1| evam
ce tarn labhetha, ice etam kusalam. no ce labhetha, so bhi-

122 MAHAYAGGA. [II. 23. 3-S4. 8.

kkhave gil&no bhikkhu mailcena y& pithena y& samgha-
majjhe ftnetv& kammain k&tabbam. sace bhikkhave gil&nu-*
patth&k&nam bhikkhiiiiam evam hoti : sace kho mayam
gil&nam th&n& cftvess&ma, &bftdho y& abbivaddliissati k&lam-
kiriy& v& bhayissatiti, na bhikkhave gil&no th&n& c&vetabbo^
samgbena tattha gantv& kammam kfttabbam^ na ty eya
yaggena samgbena kammam kJltabbam. kareyya ce, &patti
dukkatassa. ||2|| cbandab&rako ce bhikkhaye dinne cbande
tattb' eya pakkamati, aiiiiasBa d&tabbo chando. chandah&rako
ce bhikkbaye dinne cbande tattb' eya yibbhamati, k&lam ka-
roti . . • ubbatoyyafijanako patij&n&ti, ailfiassa d&tabbo cbando.
cbandah&rako ce bbikkbaye dinne cbande antar& magge
pakkamati, an&bato boti cbando. cbandab&rako ce • • .
(comp. II. 22. 4) . . . cbandab&rakassa &patti dukkatassa.
anuj&n&mi bbikkbaye tadab' uposatbe p&risuddbim dentena
cbandam pi d&tmn santi samgbassa karaniyan ti. ||3 1|28||

tena kbo pana samayena anSataram bbikkbum tadab' upo-
satbe fi&tak4 ganbimsu. bbagayato etcun attbam ftrocesum.
idba pana bbikkbaye bbikkbum tadab' uposatbe Mtakft
ga^banti. te fl&tak& bbikkbftbi eyam assu yacanty& : ingba
tumhe iyasmanto imam bbikkbum mubuttam muficatba yll-
y&yam bbikkbu uposatbam karotlti. ||1|| eyam ce tarn
labbetba, ice etam kusalam, no ce labbetba, te iifttak& bbi-
kkh&bi eyam assu yacan!y&: ingba tumbe &yasmanto mu-
buttam ekamantam botba y&y&yam bbikkbu p&risuddhim
detiti. eyam ce tam labbetba, ice etam kusalam. no ce
labbetba, te n&tak& bbikkhiibi eyam assu yacaniy& : ingba
tumbe dyasmanto imam bbikkbum mubuttam nissimam ne-
tba y&va samgbo uposatbam karottti. eyam ce tam labbetba,
ice etam kusalam, no ce labbetba, na ty eya yaggena sam-
gbena uposatbo k&tabbo. kareyya ce, &patti dukkatassa. 1|2||
idba pana bbikkbaye bbikkbum tadab' uposatbe r&j&no
ganbanti — la — cor& gai^banti, dhutt& ganbanti, bbildcbft
paccattbik& ganbanti te bhikkbft paccattbikH bbikkbfthi
eyam assu yacaniy&: ingba . . • (comp. § 1. 2.) . . . na
ty eya yaggena samgbena uposatbo k&tabbo. kareyya oe,
&patti dukkatassa 'ti. ||3||24||

II. 25. 1-4.] MAHAVAGOA. 123

atha kho bhagavft bhikkh^ ftmantesi: sannipatatha bhi-
kkhave, attbi samghaasa karanlyan ti. evam yutte afUlataio
bhikkhu bhagavantam etad avoca : atthi bhante Oaggo n&-
ma bhikkhu ummattako^ so an&gato 'tL dye 'me bhi-
kkhave iiminattak& : atthi bhikkhu lunmattako sarati pi
uposatham na pi sarati, sarati pi samghakammam na pi
sarati, atthi n' eva sarati, ftgacchati pi uposatham na pi &ga*
cchati, ftgacohati pi samghakammam na pi ftgacohati, atthi
n' eya ftgaoohati. || 1 1| tatra bhikkhaye yy ftyam ummattako
sarati pi uposatham na pi sarati, sarati pi samghakammam
na pi sarati, ftgacchati pi uposatham na pi ftgaoohati, ftga-
oohati pi samghakammam na pi ftgaoohati, anujftnftmi bhi-
kkhaye eyar&passa ummattakassa ummattakasammutim
dfttum. II 2 II eyafL oa pana bhikkhaye d&tabbft : yyattena
bhikkhunft patibalena samgho fiftpetabbo : su^fttu me bhante
samgho. Gtiggo bhikkhu ummattako sarati pi uposatham
na pi sarati, sarati pi samghakammam na pi sarati, ftgaoohati
pi uposatham na pi ftgaoohati, ftgaoohati pi samghakammam
na pi ftgaoohati. yadi samghassa pattakallam, samgho Ga-
ggassa bhikkhuno ummattakassa ummattakasammutim da-
deyya sareyya yft Gaggo bhikkhu uposatham na yft sareyya,
sareyya yft samghakammam na yft sareyya, ftgaooheyya yft upo-
satham na yft ftgaooheyya, ftgaooheyya yft samghakammam na
yft ftgaooheyya, samgho saha yft Gaggena yinft yft Ghiggena
uposatham kareyya samghakammam kareyya. esft flatti. || 3 1|
Bui^ifttu me bhante samgho. Gaggo bhikkhu ummattako sa-
rati pi uposatham . . . na pi ftgaoohati. samgho Gaggassa
bhikkhuno ummattakassa mnmattakasammutim deti sareyya
yft Gaggo . • • na yft ftgaooheyya, samgho saha yft Gaggena
yinft yft Gktggena uposatham karissati samghakammam ka-
rissati. yassftyasmato khamati Gttggassa bhikkhuno umma-
ttakassa ummattakasammutiyft dftnam sareyya yft . . ,
samghakammam karissati, so tunV assa, yassa na kkhamati,
80 bhftseyya* dinnft samghena Gaggassa bhikkhimo ummatta-
kassa ummattakasammuti sareyya yft . • . samghakammam
karissati. khamati samghassa, tasmft tui;ihi, eyam etam
dhftrayftmiti. |]4||25||

124 MAHAVAGGA. [II. 26. 1-6.

tena kho pana samayena afiiiatarasmim &vftse tadab' upo-
sathe catt&ro bhikkhA viharantL atha kbo tesam bhi-
kkbAnam etad abosi: bbagavatft pailfiattain uposatbo k&-
tabbo Hiy mayafi c' amb& catt&ro jan&. katham nu kho
amhebi uposatbo k&tabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam attbam aro-
cesuin. anuj&nftmi bbikkbave catunnam p&timokkbam uddi-
situn ti. II 1 II tena kbo pana samayena afinatarasmim ftyftse
tadab' uposatbe tayo bbikkbii vibaranti. atba kbo tesam
bbikkbdnam etad abosi: bbagavat& anuM&tam catunnam
p&timokkham uddisitum, mayaii c' amb& tayo jan&. katbam
nu kbo ambebi uposatbo k&tabbo 'ti. bbagavato etam
attbam ftrocesum. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave tinijiLam p&ri-
suddbiuposatbani k&tum. ||2|| evaft ca pana bbikkbave
k&tabbo : vyattena bbikkbun& patibalena te bbikkbd ii&pe-
tabb&: sunantu me ayasmanto. ajj' uposatbo pannaraso.
yad' &yasmant&nam pattakallam, mayam afiiiamanilam p&-
xisuddbiuposatbam kareyy&m& Hi. tberena bbikkbun&
ekamsam uttardsaiigam karitvd. ukkutikam nistditv^ ailjalim
paggabetv& te bbikkbft evam assu vacanly&: parisuddbo
abam &vuso, parisuddbo Hi mam db&retha, parisuddbo abam
&vusOy parisuddbo Hi mam db&retba^ parisuddbo abam ftvuso,
parisuddbo Hi mam db&rethd. Hi. || 3 1| navakena bbikkbun&
ekamsam uttar&sangam karitv& ukkutikam nislditv& ailjalim
.paggabetv& te bbikkbfi evam assu vacaniy&i parisuddbo abam
bbante^ parisuddbo Hi mam db&retba, parisuddbo abam
bbante, parisuddbo Hi mam db&retba, parisuddbo abam
bbante, parisuddbo Hi mam db&reth& 'ti. ||4|| tena kbo
pana samayena aiifiatarasmim &v&se tadab' uposatbe dve
bbikkbii vibaranti. atba kbo tesam bbikkbftn^m etad abo-
si: bbagavat& anuiiii&tam catunnam p&timokkbam uddisitum,
tinnannam p&risuddbiuposatbam kfttum, mayan c' ambft dve
jan&. katbam nu kbo ambebi uposatbo k&tabbo 'ti. bbaga*
vato etam attbam ftrocesum. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave dvinnam
p&risuddbiuposatbam k&tum. ||5|| evafi ca pana bbi*
kkbave k&tabbo : tberena bbikkbun& ekamsam uttar&sangam
karitv& ukkutikam nislditvd. ailjalim paggabetvft navo bhi-
kkbu evam assa vacaniyo : parisuddbo abam &vuso, pari-
Buddbo 'ti mam db&rebi^ parisuddbo abam dvuso^ parisuddbo

II. 86. 6-27. 1.] MAHIvAGGA. 125

'ti mam dh&rehi, parisuddho aham ftyaso^ parisuddho 'ti mam
dh&rehiti. ||6|| navakena bhikkhunH ekamsam uttarftsangam
karity& ukkutikam nisidityft aiijalim paggahetyft thero bhi-
kkhu evam assa vacaniyo: parisuddho aham bhante, pari-
suddho Hi mam dh&retha, parisuddho aham bhante, pari*
suddho Hi mam dhftretha, parisuddho aham bhante, pari-
suddho 'ti mam dh&reth& 'ti. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena
aMatarasmim &v&S6 tadah' uposathe eko bhikkhu yiharati.
atha kho tassa bhikkhono etad ahosi : bhagavatft anuiifi&tam
catunnam p&timokkham uddisitum, ti^^annam p&risuddhi-
uposatham kfttum, dvinnam p&risuddhiuposatham k&tuniy
ahafi c' amhi ekako. katham nu kho mayft uposatho kfttabbo
'ti. bhagavato etam attham &roc6sum. ||8|| idha pana bhi-
kkhave aniiatarasmim &Y&se tadah' uposathe eko bhikkhu vi-
harati. tena bhikkhave bhikkhunft yattha bhikkhii pati-
kkamanti upatthd.nas&I&ya y& mandape t& rukkham&le yk, so
deso samroajjitY& p&niyam paribhojaniyam upatthllpetv& &sa-
nam pa!i£i&petv& padipam katy& nistditabbam. sace aiiiie
bhikkhii Ugacchantiy tehi saddhim uposatho k&tabbo> no ce
ftgacchanti, ajja me uposatho 'ti adhitth&tabbam. no ce
adhitthaheyyai &patti dukkatassa. || 9 1| tatra bhikkhave
yattha catt&ro bhikkhii yiharanti, na ekassa p&risuddhim
&harity& tlhi p&timokkham uddisitabbam. uddiseyyum ce,
ftpatti dukkatassa. tatra bhikkhaye yattha tayo bhikkhii
yiharanti, na ekassa p&risuddhim &harityft dythi p&risuddhi-
uposatho k&tabbo. kareyjrum ce, ftpatti dukkatassa. tatra
bhikkhaye yattha dye bhikkhii yiharanti, na ekassa pftri-
suddhim ftharityft ekena adhitthfttabbam. adhitthaheyya ce,
ftpatti dukkatassft Hi. ||10||26||

tena kho pana samayena aMataro bhikkhu tadah' uposathe
ftpattim ftpanno hoti. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad
ahosi: bhagayatft paiiiiattam na sftpattikena uposatho kft*
tabbo 'tiy ahaft c' amhi ftpattim ftpanno. katham nu kho
mayft patipajjitabban ti. bhagayato etam attham ftrocesum.
idha pana bhikkhaye bhikkhu tadah' uposathe ftpattim
ftpanno hoti. tena bhikkhaye bhikkhunft ekam bhikkhum
upasamkaroityft ekamsam uttarftsangam karityft ukkufikam

126 MAHAVIGGA. [II. 87. 1-6;

nistditvll aiijalilii paggabetv& evam assa vacaniyo : ahaxp
&YU80 itthann&mam &pattim ftpannOy tarn patidesemtti. tena
vattabbo : passasiti. &ma pass&mlti. &yatim samyareyy&st-
tL 111 II idha pana bhikkbave bbikkbu tadab' uposatbe
&pattiy& vematiko boti. tena bbikkbave bbikkbuni
ekam bbikkbum upasamkamityd ekamsam . . . evam assa
vacaniyo : abam &vii80 ittbann&m&ya ftpattiya yematiko, yad&
nibbematiko bbayisa&mi, tad& tarn ftpattim patikarifis&miti
yaty& uposatbo kdtabbo patimokkbam sotabbam, na ty eya
tappaccay& uposatbassa antar&yo k&tabbo 'ti. ||2|| tena kbo
pana samayena obabbaggiy& bbikkbtl sabb&gam ftpattim'
desenti. bbagayato etam attbam ftrocesum. na bbikkbaye
8abb&g& ftpatti desetabbft. yo deseyya, &patti dukkataaad
'ti. tena kbo pana samayena cbabbaggiy& bbikkbCL sa-
bb&gam ftpattim patiga^banti. bbagayato etam attbam
ftrocefium. na bbikkbaye sabb&g& &patti patiggabetabb&.
yo patigajgibeyya, &patti dukkatansft 'ti. ||3|| tena kbo
pana samayena a£Lilataro bbikkbu p&timokkbe uddissam&ne
ftpattim sarati. atba kbo tassa bbikkbuno etad abosi:
bbagayato paiinattam na sapattikena uposatbo k&tabbo 'ti^
aban c' ambi &pattim. &panno. katbam nu kbo may& pati-
pajjitabban ti. bbagayato etam attbam ftrooesum. idba
pana bbikkbaye bbikkbu p&timokkbe uddissam&ne &pattiin
sarati. tena bbikkbaye bbikkbun& s&mantft bbikkbu eyam
assa yacantyo : abam &yu8o ittbann&mam ftpattim &panno,
ito yuttbabity& tam &pattim patikarissftmtti yaty& uposatbo
k&tabbo p&timokkbam sotabbam, na ty eya tappaccay&
uposatbassa antarftyo k4tabbo. ||4|| idba pana bbikkbaye
bbikkbu p&timokkbe uddissam&ne &pattiy& yemati-
ko boti. tena bbikkbaye bbikkbun& s&mant& bbikkbu
eyam assa yacantyo : abam &yuso ittbann&m&ya &pattiy&
yematikoy yad& nibbematiko bbayiss&mi, tad& tam &pattiiii
patikariss&miti yaty& uposatbo k&tabbo p&timokkham so-
tabbam, na ty eya tappaccay& uposatbassa antar&yo k&tabbo
'ti. II 5 II tena kbo pana samayena aliiiatarasmim &y&se tadab**
uposatbe sabbo samgbo sabb&gam &pattim &panno boti.
atba kbo tesam bbikkbiinam etad abosi : bbagayat& pa&fia-
ttam na 8abb&g& &patti desetabb&y na 8abb&g& &patti patigga-

II. «7. 6-11.] MAHAVAGGA. 127

hetabM 'ti, ayaii oa sablx) samgho sabh&gam &pattim &panno.
katham nu kho amhehi patipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam
attham &rocesiim. idha pana bhikkhave afiftatarasmim ftyftse
tadah' uposathe sabbo samgho sabh&gam &pattiin &panno ho-
tL tehi bhikkhaye bhikkhiibi eko bhikkhu 8&mant& &y&8&
sajjukam p&hetabbo gaccbUvuso tain ftpattim patikaritY&
ftgacchai mayam te santike &pattim patikariasftmft 'ti. ||6||
evaii oe taijfi labhetha^ ice etam kusalam, no ee labhetha,
yyattena bhikkhun& pa^ibalena saingbo fi&petabbo: sun&tu
me bhante samgho. ayam sabbo samgho sabh&gam &pattim
'ftpanno. yad& ailAam bhikkhum suddham an&pattikam pa-
ssissatiy tad& tassa santike tarn dpattim patikarissatiti yatv&
nposatho k&tabbo p&timokkham uddisitabbam, na ty eya
tappaocay& uposathassa antar&yo k&tabbo. ||7|| idha pana
bhikkhaye aiinatarasmim &y&se tadah' uposathe sabbo samgho
sabh&g&ya &pattiy& yematiko hoti. yyattena bhi-
kkhun& patibalena samgho ii&petabbo : su^&tu me bhante
samgho. ayam sabbo samgho sabh&g&ya &pattiy& yematiko.
yad& nibbematiko bhayissati, tad& tarn &pattim patikarissati-
ti yaty& uposathe k&tabbo p&timokkham uddisitabbaniy na ty
eya tappaccay& uposathassa antar&yo k&tabbo. ||8|| idha
pana bhikkhaye afiiiatarasmim &y&se yassupagato samgho
sabh&gam &pattim &panno hoti. tehi bhikkhaye bhi-
kkh&hi eko bhikkhu ...(=§ 6. 7) ... no ee labhetha,
eko bhikkhu sattAhakAlikam p&hetabbo gacch&yuso tarn &pa.
ttim patikarity& &gaccha9 mayam te santike tarn &pattim
patikaris6&m& 'ti. ||9|| tena kho pana samayena aiinatara-
smim &y&se sabbo samgho sabh&gam &pattim &panno hoti, so
na j&n&ti tass& &pattiy& n&mam gottam. tatth' aiiiio
bhikkhu Agacchati bahussuto &gat&gamo dhammadharo yina-
yadharo m&tik&dharo pandito yyatto medh&yl lajji kukkucoa-
ko sikkh&k&mo, tam enam aiiiiataro bhikkhu yena so bhikkhu
ten' upasamkami, upa8ainkamity& tam bhikkhui^ etad ayoca:
yo nu kho &yuso eyaii c' eyafi ca karoti, kim n&ma so &pattim
&pajjatltL II 10 II so eyam &ha : yo kho &yuso eyafi c' eyaii ca
karoti, imam n&ma so &pattim &pajjati. imam n&ma tyam
&yuso &pattim &panno patikarohi tam &pattin ti. so eyam
&ha : na kho aham &yuso eko Va imam &pattim ftpanno, ayam

128 MAHAVAOGA. [II. 27 11-28. 1.

sabbo samgho imam ipattim &paimo 'ti. so evam &ha : kin
te &VU80 karissati paro &panno y& an&panno yft. iiigha tvani
avuso sak&ya &pattiy& vutthaM Hi. || 11 1| atha kho so bhi-
kkbu tassa bhikkhuno yacanena tarn &pattim patikaritvi
yena te bhikkh(i ten' upasamkamiy upa8im[ikamitv& te bhi-
kkfati etad avoca : yo kira dvuso evaft e' evan ca karoti,
imam n&ma so ftpattim ftpajjati. imam n&ma tumhe &vu8o
&pattim &pann& patikarotha tarn apattin ti. atha kho te
bhikkhii na icchimsu tassa bhikkhuno yacanena tarn &pattim
patiklltum. bhagayato etam attham ^rocesum. ||12|| idha
pana bhikkhaye afi&itarasmim &yftse sabbo samgho sabhAgam
&pattim &panno hoti, so na j&n&ti tassft &pattiy& n&mam
gottam. tatth' anno bhikkhu ftgacchati bahussuto • • . sikkhi-
kftmo> tarn enam afLnataro bhikkhu yena so bhikkhu ten'
upasamkami, upasamkamityft tain bhikkhum eyam yadeti:
yo nu kho &yu80 eyan c' eyafi ca karoti kim nftma so &pattim
ftpajjatiti. ||13|| so eyam yadeti: yo kho &yuso eyafi c'
eyaii ca karoti, imam n&ma so &pattim &pajjati. imam n&ma
tyam &yu80 &pattim &panno patikarohi tarn ipattin ti. so
eyam yadeti: na kho aham &yuso eko 'ya imam ipattim
&panno, ayam sabbo samgho imam ftpattim Apanno 'ti. so
eyam yadeti : kin te &yuso karissati paro &panno y& an&panno
y&. iiigha tyam &yuso sak&ya &pattiy& yutthahft 'ti. ||14||

BO ce bhikkhaye bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno yacanena tarn

•

ftpattim patikarity& yena te bhikkh& ten' upasamkami, upa-
samkamitv& te bhikkhA eyam yadeti : yo kira &vuso eyaii c'
eyaii ca karoti, imam n&ma so &pattim ftpajjati, imam n&ma
tumhe &yuso &pattim &pann& patikarotha tarn Apattin ti, te
ce bhikkhaye bhikkhd tassa bhikkhuno yacanena tarn Apattim
patikareyyum, ice etam kusalam, no ce patikareyyum,
na te bhikkhaye bhikkhii tena bhikkhunft ak&m& yacaniy&
U II 15 II 27 II

Codanftyatthubh&nay&ram nitthitam.

tena kho pana samayena amiatarasmim &y&se tadah' upo-
sathe sambahulfil &vftsik& bhikkhd sannipatimsu catt&ro y&
atirekA yft, te na jftnimsu atth' aiiiie &yftsik& bhikkhd anllgat&

ir. 88. 1-6.] MAHAVAGGA. 129

'ti. te dhammasafiftino yinayasaftiimo yagg& samaggasafiSi-
no upoeatham akainsu p&timokkhani uddisimsu. tehi uddi-
ssam&ne p&timokkhe ath' afifte &Y^ik& bhikkhfl dgaochimsu
bahutarft. bhagavato etam attbam &rocesuin. ||1|| idha
pana bbikkbave an£Latarasiniiii &yftse tadab' uposatbe samba-
bulft &yftsik& bbikkbii sannipatanti catt&ro y& atirek& yi, te
na j&nanti attb' aiiiie &y&8ik& bbikkhii an&gat& 'ti. te
dhammasa&iiiiio yinayasaniiino yagg& samaggasafyoino upo-
satbam karonti p&timokkbaiii uddisanti. tebi uddissa-
m&ne p&timokkbe atb' aiiile &y&8ik& bbikkbil ftgaccbanti
babutar&. tebi bbikkbaye bbikkbtlbi puna p&timokkbam
uddisitabbam, uddesak&nam an&patti. ||2|| idha pana bbi-
kkbaye afiiiatarasmiin ftyftse tadab' uposatbe •..(=§ 2)
• . . tebi uddissam&ne patimokkbe atb' aMe fty&sik& bbi*
kkhd ftgaccbanti sama8ani&. uddittbam suddittbam, aya-
sesam sotabbam, uddesak&nam an&patti. idba pana bbi-
kkbaye aiiiiatarasmiln ftyftse tadab' uposatbe . . . (§ 2) . • •
tebi uddissam&ne p&timokkbe atV aiiiie &y&8ik& bbikkbfl
&gaccbanti tbokatarft. uddittbaipi suddittbam^ ayasesam
Botabbam, uddesak&nam an&pattL ||3|| idba pana bbikkbaye
a&natarasmim kviae tadab' uposatbe • • . tebi uddittba-
matte p&timokkbe atb' ailfie &y&8ik& bbikkbfk &gaccbanti
babutar&. tebi bbikkbaye bbikkbdbi puna p&timokkbam
uddisitabbam, uddesak&nam an&patti. idba pana bbikkbaye
aiifiatarasmim &y&6e tadab' uposatbe • • . tebi uddittba-
inatte p&timokkbe atb' aiiiie fty&sik& bbikkbft Agaccbanti
samasamH. uddittbam suddittbam. tesam santike p&ri-
suddbi &rocetabb&, uddesak&nam an&patti. idba pana bbi-
kkbaye aiifiatarasniiin &y&se tadab' uposatbe • . . tehi uddi-
tthamatte p&timokkhe atb' an£Le &y&8ik& bbikkbii agac-
cbanti tbokatar&. uddittbam suddittbam. tesam santike
p&risuddbi &rocetabb&, uddesak&nam an&patti. ||4|| idba pana
bbikkbaye afLfiatarasmim &y&se tadab' uposatbe . . . tebi uddi-
ttbamatte p&timokkbe ayuttbit&ya paris&ya atb' aii&e
&y&8ik& bbikkbft &gaccbanti babutar&. tebi bbikkbaye bbi-
kkbdbi puna p&timokkbam uddisitabbam, uddesak&nam an&-
patti. idba pana bbikkbaye aiiiiatarasmim &y&se tadab' upo-
satbe • . . tebi uddittbamatte p&timokkbe ayuttbi-
TOL. m. 9

130 MAHAVAGGA. [II. 28. 6-29. 3.

t&ya pariB&ja atV aHiie ftyftsik^ bhikkh^l agacchanti sama-
8am&. nddittham suddittham, tesam santike p&risaddhi
arocetabb&, uddesak&nain an&patti. idha pana bhikkhave
aMatarasmim ky&se tadah' uposathe . . . tehi uddittha-
matte p&timokkhe ayutthit&ya parisftya atV aMe &v&8ik&
bhikkbii clgacchanti thokatar&. uddittham suddittham,
tesam santike p&risuddhi &rocetabb&, uddesak&nam ansLpatti.
11511 idha pana bhikkhave aimatarasmiin &T&8e tadah' upo-
sathe . . • tehi udditthamatte p&timokkhe ekacc&ya
vutthitHya paris&ya ath' aiiiie &v&8ik& bhikkhd &gacchanti
bahatar&. tehi bhikkhave . . . (=§ 5) ...... • eka-

cc&ya vutthit&ya paris&ya . . • samasamft ....... ekacc&-

ya vntthit&ya paris&ya . . . thokatar& . . • || 6 1| idha pana
bhikkhave ailnatarasmiin &v&se tadah' uposathe . . . tehi
udditthamatte p&timokkhe sabb&ya vutthit&ya pari-
sftya ath' aMe &v&sik& bhikkh{L &gacchanti bahutar& • . .
samasamft . . . thokatar& . . . (=§ 6) . . . ||7||

an&pattipannarasakam nitthitam. ||28li

idha pana bhikkhave annatarasmim &v4se tadah' uposathe
sambahulft &v&sik& bhikkhft sannipatanti catt&ro v& atirek&
yi, tej&nanti atth' ailne &v&fiik& bhikkh^ and^t& 'ti. te
dhammasaiinino vinayasannino vaggsL vaggasannino uposa-
tham karonti p&timokkham uddisanti. tehi uddissamlLne
p&timokkhe ath' anile &v&8ik& bhikkhfi &gacchanti bahu-
tar&. tehi bhikkhave bhikkiihi puna p&timokkham uddisi-
tabbam, uddesak&nam &patti dukkatassa. ||1|| idha pana
bhikkhave annatarasmim &v&3e tadah' uposathe . • . (=§ 1)

• . • tehi uddissam&ne patimokkhe ath' afiiie &v&sik& bhi-
kkhd &&:acchanti samasami. uddittham suddittham, ava-
sesam sotabbam, uddesak&nam &patti dukkatassa. idha pana
bhikkhave aiiiiatarasmim &v&se tadah' uposathe ...(=§ 1)

• . . tehi uddissam&ne p&timokkhe ath' aMe &vft8ik& bhi-
kkh{k ftffaochanti thokatar&. uddittham suddittham. avase-
som sotabbam, uddesak&nam &patti dukkatassa. ||2|| idha
pana bhikkhave afifiatarasmim &v&se tadah' uposathe . . •
tehi udditthamatte p&timokkhe — gha — avutthit&ya pari-
B&ya — la — ekacc&ya vutthit&ya paris&ya — la — sabb&ya

II. 89. 3-a2. 1.] mahIvagga. 131

TTitthitftya parisaya ath' aMe ftyftsiklt bliikkhii Agaochanti

bahutarft — la — 8amasam& — la — thokatarft. uddittham

• • •

suddittham, tesam santike p&risuddhi &rocetabb&i uddesaklL-
nam &patti dukkatassa. || 3 1|
Yagg&vaggaBaiiiiinopannarasakam nitthitam. ||29||

idha pana bhikkhave aiinatarasmim ftyftse tadah' uposathe
sambahulft ftyftsikH bbikkbii sannipatanti catt&ro t& atirek&
yiy te jftnanti attb' aMe &yft8ik& bhikkhii anftgat& 'ti. te
kappati nu kho amhftkam uposatbo k&tum na nu kbo kappa-
ttti vematikft nposathEon karonti p&timokkbam nddisanti.
tehi uddissam&ne p&timokkhe ath' aMe &v&8ik& bhikkbii
Agaccbanti babatar&. tehi bbikkbave bbikkbdbi puna
p&timokkbam uddisitabbam, uddeeak&nam &patti dukkatassa.
II 1 II idha pana . . . {eomp. IL 2 9. 2. 3) . . . uddesak&nam
&patti dukkatassa. || 2 1|

YematikcLpannarasakam nitthitam. ||30i|

idha pana bbikkbave aiifiatarasmim avftse tadah' uposathe
8ambahul& &Y&8ik& bhikkh(i sannipatanti catt&ro vft atirekft
Y&, te j&nanti atth' afliie &ylisik& bhikkbd an&gatH 'ti. te
kappat' eya amh&kam uposatbo k&tum, n' amh&kam na
kappatlti kukkuccapakat4 uposatbam karonti pfttimo-
kkham uddisanti. tehi uddissam&ne p&timokkhe ath'
aiiiie &y&sik& bhikkbti &gacehanti babutari. tehi bbi-
kkbave bhikkhiibi puna p&timokkbam uddisitabbam, udde-
sakftnam &patti dukkatassa. || 1 1| idha pana . • . (camp. II.
29. 2. 3) . . . uddesak&nam &patti dukkatassa. |f2|j

kukkuccapakat&pannarasakam nitthitam. |j31ll

idha pana bbikkbave aiiiiatarasmim &y&se tadah' uposathe
8ambahul& &y&sik& bhikkhii sannipatanti catt&ro y& atirek&
v&, te jdnanti atth' aiihe &y&sik& bhikkhft an&gat& 'ti. te
nassante te vinassante te ko tehi attho 'ti bbedapure*
kkh&r& uposatbam karonti p&timokkbam uddisanti. tehi
uddissam&ne p&timokkhe ath' aMe &y&sik& bhikkhft &ga-
cchanti bahutar&. tehi bbikkbave bhikkhfthi puna p&ti-
mokkbam uddisitabbam^ uddesak&nam &patti thullacca-

132 MAHAVAGGA. [II. 83. 1-84. 4.

yassa. ||1|| idha pana . • . (comp. II. 29. 2, 3; instead of
&patti dukkatassa read &patti thullaccayassa) • • . ftpatti thu-
llaccayassa. ||2||

bhedapurekkhd.r&paiinara8akam nitthitam. ||32||

pafLcasattatikam nitthitam.

idha pana blukkhaye aSiilatarasmiin &?&se tadah' uposathe
8ambahul& &v&8ikll bhikkhd sannipatanti catt&ro y& atirekll
yk, te j&nanti aiine &y&sik& bhikkhd antosimam okka-
mantlti. te j&nanti afliie ay&8ik& bhikkhii antosimam
okkant& 'ti. te passanti aMe &T&8ike bhikkhii antost-
mam okkamante. te passanti anne ^vasike bbikkhii
antosimam okkante. te sunanti aMe &y&8ik& bhikkhd
antosimam okkamantiti. te sunanti afiiie av&sikd. bhi-
kkhfi antosimam okkant& Hi. Hv&sikena iLvftsikd. ekasa-
tapaiicasattati tikanayato, &T&sikena &gantuk&, &gantukena
&v&sik&, &gantukena &gantakll, peyy&lamukhena satta tikasa-
t&nihontl i|l||33ll

idha pana bhikkhave &v&sik&nam bhikkhiinam c&tuddaso
hotiy &gantuk&nam pannaraso. sace &Y&sik& bahutar& honti,
&gantukehi &v&sik&Dam anuvattitabbam. sace samasam&
hontiy ftgantukehi &y&sik&nam anuyattitabbam. sace &gantu-
k& bahutar& honti^ &yftsikehi &gantiik&nam anuyattitabbam.
II 1 II idha pana bhikkhaye fty&sik&nam bhikkhiinam panna-
raso hotiy ftgantuk&nam c&tuddaso. sace &y&sik& bahu-
tar& honti, &gantukehi &y&sik&nam anuyattitabbam. sace
samasam& honti^ ftgantukehi &yftfiik&nam anuyattitabbam.
sace ftgantuk& bahutar& honti, &y&sikehi &gantuk&nam anu-
yattitabbam. II 2 II idha pana bhikkhaye &y&8ik&nam bhi-
kkhdnam p&tipado hoti, &gantuk&nam pannaraso. sace
&yftsikll bahutarft honti, &y&sikehi &gantuk&nam n&kftm& d&-
tabb& sftmaggi^ &gantukehi nissimam ganty& uposatho k&-
tabbo. sace samasamft honti^ &y&sikehi ftgantuk&nam n&kftmft
d&tabb& s&maggi, &gantukehi nissimam ganty& uposatho k&-
tabbo. sace &gantuk& bahutar& honti, &v&sikehi &gantuka-
nam s&maggi yk d&tabb& nissimam y& gantabbam. ||3|| idha
pana bhikkhaye ftyflsikftnam bhikkh&nam pannaraso hoti.

n. 84. 4-9.] MAHAVAGGA. 133

&gaiituk&nam p&tipado. sace &v&8ik& bahutar& honti,
ftgantukehi &Y&sikftnani eftmaggi y& d&tabb& nissimain y&
gantabbam. sace samasamft honti, &gaiitukehi ftyftsiMnam
sclmaggi y& d&tabb& nissimam y& gantabbam. saoe &gaiituk&
babatarH honti, ftgantukehi &y&8ik&nain x)&k&m& d&tabbft 8&-
maggi, iLyftsikehi nissimam ganty& uposatho k&tabbo. ||4||
idbapana bhikkhaye &gantuk& bbikkhii passanti &y&sik&-
nam bbikkbtinam &y&sik&k&ram &y&sikalingam &yftsikani-
mittam ftyftsikuddesam supaMattam maflcapltham bhisibim-
bohanam p&niyam paribhojaniyam supatittbitam pariyenam
snsammatthamy passity& yematik& bonti atthi nu kbo &y&*
sikft bhikkbii n' atthi nu kbo 'ti. || 5 1| te yematik& na yici-
nanti, ayicinity& nposatbam karonti> &patti dukkatassa. te
yematik& yicinanti^ yicinity& na passanti> apassity& uposa-
tham karontiy anftpatti. te yematik& yicinantiy yicinity&
passanti, passity& ekato uposatbam karonti, anftpattL te ye-
matik& yicinanti, yicinity& passanti, passity& p&tekkam upo-
satbam karonti, ftpatti dukkatassa. te yematik& yicinanti,
yicinityft passanti, passity& nassante te yinassante te ko tebi
attbo Hi bbedapurekkh&r& uposathan;i karonti, &patti tbulla-
ccayassa. ||6|| idba pana bbikkbaye &gantuk& bbikkbii su-
inanti fty&sikAnam bbikkbiinam &yftsik&k&ram &y&sikalingam
ftyftsikanimittam ftyftsikuddesam cankamant&nam padasaddam
sajjb&yasaddam ukkftsitasaddam kbipitasaddam, 8uty& yema-
tik& bonti attbi nu kbo ftyasik^ bhikkbii n' atthi nu kbo
Hi. te • . • (=§ 6) . . . Upatti thullaccayassa. ||7|| idba
pana bhikkhaye &v&sik& bhikkhft passanti &gantuk&nam
bhikkhiinam &gantukfik&rain ftgantukaliiigam ftgantukani-
mittam ftgantukuddesam afiii&takam pattam afifi&takam ciya-
ram aM&takam nisidanam pftd&nam dhotam udakanissekam,
passity& yematikft bonti atthi nu kbo &gantuk& bhikkbii
n' atthi nu kbo Hi. te . . . (=§ 6) • • . &patti thullacca-
yassa. ||8|| idba pana bhikkhaye &y&sik& bhikkbii sunanti
ftgantuk&nam bhikkhiinam &gantukftkllram ftgantukalingam
&gantukanimittam &gantukuddesain iLgacchant&nani pada-
saddam upfthanapappotbanasaddam ukkftsitasaddam khipita-
saddam, sutyH yematik& honti atthi nu kbo &gantuk&
bbikkhii n' atthi nu kbo Hi. te ...(=§ 6) .. . Apatti

134 MAHAyAGGA. [II. 84. 9-85. 3.

thullaccayassa. ||9 1| idha pana bhikkhave &gantak& bhikkhii
passanti &yfisike bhikkhd niLn&samvftsake. te sam&na-
Bamy&sakaditthim patilabhanti, sam&nasamY&sakaditthiin
patilabhitY& na puccbanti, apucchitv& ekato uposatbam ka-
rontiy an&patti. te puccbanti, puccbity& n&bbivitaranti, an-
abbiyitarity& ekato uposatbam karonti, &patti dukkatassa. te
puccbantiy puccbitv& n&bbivitaranti^ anabbivitarity& p&te«
kkam uposatbam karonti, an&patti. ||10|| idba pana bbi-
kkbaye &gantuk& bbikkbd passanti ftv&sike bbikkbd sam&-
nasamy&sake. te n&n&samT&sakadittbim patila-
bbantiy n&ndsamv&sakadittbim patilabbityft na puccbanti,
apuccbity& ekato uposatbam karonti, &patti dukkatassa. te
puccbanti, puccbityft abbiyitaranti, abbiyitarityft p&tekkam
uposatbam karonti^ &patti dukkatassa. te puccbanti^ puccbi-
ty& abbiyitaranti, abbiyitarity^ ekato uposatbam karonti,
an&pattL ||11|| idba pana bbikkbaye ftv&sikft bbikkbii pas-
santi &gantuke bbikkbii n&nftsamyftsake. te sam&na-
s&my&sakadittbim pafilabbanti ...(=§ 10) . • . an&-
patti. II 12 II idba pana bbikkbaye &yftsikft bbikkbii passanti
ftgantuke bbikkbii samllnasamy&sake. te n&n&samylk-
sakadittbim patilabbanti ...(=§ 11) . . . an&patti.

II 13 II 34 II

no bbikkbaye tadaV uposatbe sabbikkbuk& &y&s& abbi-
kkbuko kwiao gantabbo aMatra samgbena afiiiatra antar&yft.
na bbikkbaye tadab^ uposatbe sabbikkbuk& ftvfts& abbikkbu-
ko an&vftso gantabbo aMatra samgbena afiiiatra antar&yli.
na bbikkbaye tadab' uposatbe sabbikkbukft &y&s& abbikkbu-
ko &vft8o yft an&yftso yft gantabbo aililatra samgbena ai&iiatra
antar&y^ jj 1 1| na bbikkbaye tadab' uposatbe sabbikkbuk&
an&v&s& abbikkbuko ftv&so gantabbo afiiiatra samgbena ailila-
tra antarftyft. na bbikkbaye tadab' uposatbe sabbikkbukU
anfty&sH abbikkbuko anfty&so gantabbo aililatra samgbena
aftBatra antar&y&. na bbikkbaye tadab' uposatbe sabbikkbu-
k& an&yftsft abbikkbuko &vftso y& an&vftso y& gantabbo ailila-
tra samgbena afiiiatra antarftyH. ||2|| na bbikkbaye tadab'
uposatbe sabbikkbuk& &v&s& y& an&yftsft y& abbikkbuko &t&-
so gantabbo afifiatra samgbena afiiiatra antarlty&. na bbi-'

IL 86. 3-88. 3.] MAHAVAGGA. 136

kkhave tadah' uposathe sabhikkhakH ftv&8& y& an&v&8& y&
abhikkliuko an&Y&so gantabbo anSiatra samghena aiiiiatra an-
tar&y&. na bhikkhaye tadab' uposatbe sabbikkbuk& kv&ak yi
an&yA8& y& abhikkhuko &y&80 y& an&yftso yft gantabbo aMatra
samgbena afiiiatra antar&yfi. || 3 1| na bbikkbaye tadah' upoeathe
sabhikkbuk^ fty&s& sabbikkbuko &yfiao gantabbo yatth'
aBsu bhikkbii nftn&samyll8ak& afifiatra samghena anfia-
tra antar&yft. na bhikkaye tadah' uposatbe sabhikkhnkft &y&s&
sabbikkbuko an&yftso gantabbo yattb' assu bbikkhd n&n&-
8ainy&sak& ailSatra samgbena annatra antar&y&. na bhi-
kkhaye tadah' uposatbe sabhikkhuk& &yfts& sabbikkbuko ky&r
so y& an&y&so y& . • . (comp. § 1« 2, 3) . . • na bbikkbaye
tadab' uposatbe sabbikkbuk& &y&s& y& an&y&B& y& sabbikkbu-
ko kyiao Y& anfty&so y& gantabbo yattb' assu bhikkhd n&n&-
samyftsakft aMatra samghena annatra antar&yft. ||4|| gan-
tabbo bbikkbaye tadab' uposatbe sabbikkbuk& &y&s&
sabbikkbuko fty&so yattb' assu bhikkh(L sam&nasamY&8ak&,
yam janM sakkomi ajj' eya gantun ti. gantabbo bbikkbaye
tadab' uposatbe sabbikkhuk& &y&s& sabbikkbuko an&y&so
yattb' assu bbikkbfi sam&nasamy&sak&y yam janM sakkomi
ajj' eya gantun ti . • . gantabbo bbikkbaye tadab' uposatbe
sabbikkbukft &yfts& y& anftyfts^ y& sabbikkbuko &yftso y& an&-
yftso Y& yattb' assu bbikkbii sam&nasamyftsak&y yam jailM
sakkomi ajj' eya gantun ti. ||5||35||

na bbikkbaye bbikkbuniyft nisinnaparis&ya p&timo-
kkham uddisitabbam. yo uddiseyya, &patti dukkatassa.
— la — na bbikkbaye sikkbam&n&ya> na s&ma^erassa, na
s&maneriy&^ na sikkham paccakkb&takassa, na antimayattbum
ajjb&pannakassa nisinnaparis&ya p&timokkbam uddisitabbam.
yo uddiseyya^ &patti dukkatassa. || 1 1| na &pattiy& adassane
ukkbittakassa nisinnaparis&ya p&timokkbam uddisitabbam.
yo uddiseyya, yatb&dbammo k&retabbo. na ftpattiy& appati-
kamme ukkbittakassa nisinnaparis&ya, na p&pik&ya dittbiy&
appatinissagge ukkbittakassa nisinnaparisftya p&timokkham
uddisitabbam. yo uddiseyya, yathftdhammo k&retabbo. ||2||
na pandakassa nisinnaparis&ya p&timokkbam uddisitabbam.
yo uddiseyya, ftpatti dukkatassa. na theyyasamy&sakassa

136 MAHAYAGGA. [II. 86. 3-4.

— la — na titthiyapakkantakassa, na tiraocli&nagatassa^ na
mfttugh&takassa^ na pitughfttakassa, na arabantaghfttakassay
na bhikkhunldflflakassa, na samghabhedakassa, na lohituppA-
dakassa^ na ubiiatovyatijanakassa nisinnaparis&ya p&timo-
kkbam uddisitabbam. yo uddiseyya, ftpatti dukkatassa. || 3 1| na
bhikkhave p&rJTftsikafisa p&risuddhid&nena uposatho kfttabbo
-aiiilatra ayutthit&ya paris&ya. na ca bhikkhave anuposathe
uposatho k&tabbo aMatra 8amgha8ftinaggiy& Hi. ||4||36||
uposathakkhandhake tatiyam bh&nay&ram.

imasmim khandhake vatthu chaasitL tassa udd&nam :

a •

titthiy& Bimbis&ro ca^ sannipatanti tuiDLhik&^
dhammam, raho, p&timokkham, devasikam, tad& sakimj
yath&paris&ya, samaggam^ s&maggi^ Maddakucchi ca,
Bim&, mahatly nadiy&, anu, dye, khuddak&ni ca,|
nav&y R&jagahe c' eya, eHmk ayippav&san&y
sammanne pathamam simam pacch& Bimam samfthane,
asammat& g&maslm&y nadiyft samudde sare
udakukkhepo, bhindanti, tath' ey' ajjhottharanti ca,
kati, kamm&ni, uddeso, sayar^, asati pi ca,
6 dhammam, yinayam, tajjenti, puna yinaya-tajjanft,|
codan&, kate okftse, adhamma-patikko8an&,
catupaiicaparfty &yi, sancicca, ce pi y&yamej
sagahatthft, anajjhitth&, Codanamhi, na j&nati,
8ambahul& na jftnanti, sajjukam, na ca gaccharej
katimi, klyatik&, dftre &rocetuii ca, na ssari,
ukl&pam, ftsanam, padtpo, dis&, afLiio bahussutoj
sajjukain, yassuposatho, suddhikammafi ca, ii&tak&,
^^ggo, catu-tayo, dve-'ko, &patti, sabh&g&, sari,!
sabbo samgho, yematiko, na j&nanti, bahussuto,
10 bahft, samasam&, thok&, paris&ya ayutthitAya ca,|
ekacc& yutthitft, sabb&, j&nanti ca, yematik&,
kappat' ey& Hi kukkuccH, j&uam, passam, sunanti ca,
ftyftsikena &gantu, c&tupannaraso puna,
p&tipado pannarasa, lingasainyft8ak& ubho,|
pftriy&s&nuposatho, atiiiatra samghasAmaggiyft.
ete yibhatt4 udd&n& yatthuyibh&takftran& ti.|

MAHAVAGGA.

III.

Tena samayena buddho bhagavft B&jagahe yiharati Ye-
lavane Kalandakaniyftpe. tena kho pana samayena
bhagavatft bhikkhAnam yaBsftyftso apaiifiatto botL te 'dha
bbikkhA hemantam pi gimham pi yassam pi c&rikam earanti.
II 1 II nianu88& ujjh&yanti khtyanti yip&oenti : katham hi
n&ma «im«,^ SakyaputtiyA hemantam pi gimharn pi vaasam
pi c&rikam carissanti harit&ni tin&ni 8ammaddant& ekindri-
yam jlyam yihetbentH bahA khuddake pAigie samgb&tam &p&-
denti. ime hi n&ma aililatitthiyft darakkh&tadhamm& yassft-
yftaam alliyissanti samk&payissanti^ ime hi n&ma sakuntakft
rukkhaggesu kul&yak&ni karityft yass&y&sam alliyissanti sam-
k&payissantiy ime pana sama^ft Sakyaputtiy& hemantam pi
gimham pi yassam pi c&rikam earanti harit&ni tin&ni samma-
ddant& ekindriyam jtyam yihethent& bahii khuddake p&ne
samgh&tam &p&dent& 'ti. ||2|| asaosum kho bhikkhd tesam
manuss&nam ujjh&yant&nam khtyant&nam yip&cent&nam.
atha kho te bhikkhft bhagayato etam attham ftrocesum. atha
kho bhagay& etasmim nid&ne etasmim pakara^e dhammika-
tham katy& bhikkhft &mante8i: anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye ya-
ssam upagantun ti. ||3||lj|.

atha kho bhikkhftnam etad ahori : kad& nu kho yassam
upagantabban tL bhagayato etam attham ftrocesum. anu-
j&n&mi bhikkhaye yass&ne yassam upagantun ti. 1|1|| atha
kho bhikkhftnam etad ahosi : kati nu kho yassupwa&yikfc 'U,
bhagayato etam'attham &roce6um. dye ^m& bhikkhave ja-
ssupan&yik& purim'ik& paccWmik& 'ti. /Pf?^33^8^^yf
fts&lhiy& purimik& upagantabbft, m&sagat&ya &dilhiyfc pa^W
mik& upagantabb&. im& kho bhikkhaye dye yassupan&yikk
'ti. 02II2II

138 MAHAvAGGA. [III. 8. 1-4.

tena kho pana samayena cliabbaggiy^ bhikkhA vasaain
upagantyft antarft yassam c&rikam caranti. manussd ujjhft-
yanti khiyanti yip&centi : katham hi n&ma samanft Sakya-
puttiy& hemantam pi gimbam pi yassam pi c&rikam cari-
ssanti harit&ni ti^&ni 8ammaddant& ekindriyam jtyam yihe-
tbent& bahd khuddake pftne samgh&tam &p&dent&. ime hi
n&ma aiiflatitthiy& durakkhatadhammd. yass&v&sam alliyis-
santi samk&payissantiy ime hi n&ma sakuntakft rukkhaggesu
kul&yak&ni karity& yass&v&sam alliyissanti samk&payissanti,
ime pana saman& Sakyaputtiy& hemantam pi gimham pi
yassam pi c&rikam caranti harit&ni tinini sammaddanti
ekindriyam jiyam yihethent& bahft khuddake p&ne samgha-
tam &p&dent& 'ti. || 1 1| assosum kho bhikkhd tesam manussi-
nam ujjh&yant&nam khtyant&nam yip&cent&nam. ye te bhi-
Iskhd appicch& te ujjh&yanti khiyanti yip&centi : katham hi
n&ma chabbaggiy4 bhikkhd yassam upagantyi antard yassam
c&rikam carissantiti. atha kho te bhikkhd bhagayato etam
attham &rocesum. atha kho bha^aysl etasmim nid&ne etas-
mim pakarane dhammikatham katy& bhikkhd &mantesi: na
bhikkhaye yassam upaganty& purimam y& tem&sam
pacchimam y& tem&sam ayasity& c&rika pakkamitabb^.
yo pakkameyya, &patti dukkatass& 'ti. ||2||3||

tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiy& bhikkhii na
iochanti yassam upagantum. bhagayato etam attham &ro-
cesum. n& bhikkhaye yassam na upagantabbam. yo
na upagaccheyya, &patti dukkatass& Hi. || 1 1| tena kho pana
samayena chabbaggiyft bhikkhtl tadahu yassupanayikftya
yassam anupagantuk&m& saiicicca &ylLsam atikkamanti. bha-
gayato etam attham &rocesum. na bhikkhaye tadahu yassupa-
n&yik&ya yassam anupagantuk&mena saiicicca &y&so atikka-
mitabbo. yo atikkameyya, &patti dukkatass^ 'ti. ||2|| tena
kho pana samayena r&jsl M&gadho Seniyo Bimbisslro
yassam ukkaddhituk&mo bhikkhdnam santike diitam p&hesi,
yadi pan' ayy& &game jugihe yassam upagaccheyyun ti. bha-
gayato etam attham ^rocesum : anujanami bhikkhaye r&jti-
nam anuyattitun ti. !j3||4||

III. 5. 1-6.] mahAvagga. 139

atba kho bhagavft B&jagahe yath&bliirantam viharityft
yena S&vatthi tena c&rikam pakklLmi. anupubbena cftri-
kam caram&no yena Sftvatthi tad avasarL tatra sudam bha-
gav& S&vatthiyam yiharati Jetayane Anftthapindikasaa
ftr&me. tena kho pana samayena Eosalesu janapadesu
TTdenena up&sakeaa samgham uddiBsa yiharo kftrftpito
hoti. so bhikkh&nam santike diitam p&hesi, ftgacohantu
bhaddantl^ iccb&mi d&naii ca dfttom dhammail ca sotuin bhi-
kkhA ca passitun ti. ||1|| bhikkhA evam Hhainsa: bhaga-
yat& &VUS0 paftiiattani na yassam upaganty& purimam y&
temftsam paccbimam Yk tem&sam ayasityft c&rikft pakkami-
tabb& 'ti. &gameta Udeno upftsako y&va bhikkhd yassam
yasanti, yassam yutth& gamissanti. sace pan' assa acc&yikam
karaniyam, tatth' eya ftv&sik&nam bhikkhtlnam santike yihft-
ram patitth&petft 'ti. ||2|| Udeno upftsako njjh&yati khiyati
yipftceti : katham hi n&ma bhaddantft may& pahite na &ga-
cchissanti, aham hi dftyako k&rako samghapatth&ko 'ti. asso'
snm kho bhikkhii Udenassa up&sakassa ujjh&yantassa khl-
yantassa yip&centassa. atha kho te bhikkhii bhagayato etam
attham ftrocesmn. ||3|| atha kho bhagav& etasmim nid&ne
dhammikatham katy& bhikkhii iLmantesi: anuj&n&mi bhi-
kkhaye sattannam satt&hakaraniyena pahite gantmn^na
ty eya appahite, bhikkhossa bhikkhuniy& sikkhamftn&ya sft-
manerassa sftmaneriyft np&sakassa npftsik&ya. anuj&n&mi
bhikkhaye imesam sattannam satt&hakara^iyena pahite gan-
tuniy na ty eya appahite. sattftham sanniyatto k&tabbo. ||4||
idha pana bhikkhave up&sakena samgham uddissa yihftro
k&rftpito hoti. so ce bhikkhtinam santike dAtam pahineyya^
&gacchanta bhaddant&, icchftmi d&nafi ca d&tum dhammail ca
sotum bhikkhd ca passitun ti, gantabbam bhikkhaye satt&ha*
karaniyena pahite, na ty eya appahite. satt&ham sanniyatto
kAtabbo. ||5 1| idha pana bhikkhaye up&sakena samgham
uddissa addhayogo kar&pito hoti, pAsAdo k&rftpito hoti, hammi-
yam k&rapitam h., guhA k&rftpita h., pariyenam k&r&pitam
h., kotthako k&r&pito h., upatth&nas&l& k&r&pit& h., aggisftlft
k&r&pit& h., kappiyakuti k&r&pit& h., yaccakuti k&r&pit& h.,
cankamo k&rftpito h., cankamanasAlA k&rApit& h., udap&no
k&r&pito h., udapAnasAlA k&r&pit& h., jant&gharam k&r&pi-

1

140 MAHAVAGGA. [III. «. 6-9.

tain h., jantftgliara8&l& k&r&pit& h., pokkharai^l k&r&pit& h.,
man4apo kftr&pito b., &r&mo k&r&pito b., ftrftmayatthum k&-
r&pitam lioti* so ce bliikkhiinain santike diitam 'pahh^eyys^
&gacchantu bhaddant&y iccb&mi d&nafi ca datum dbammi^ ca
sotum bbikkbii ca passitun ti, gantabbam bhikkbave sattftha-
karai^iyena pabite, na tv eva appahite. satt&bani sannivatto
k&tabbo. ||6|| idba pana bbikkbaye up&sakena samba-
bule bbikkbA uddissa — la — ekam bhikkhum uddi-
ssa vih&ro k&r&pito h.^ addhayogo k. h., p&s&do k. b., . • «
(=§ 6) • • . satt&bam sannivatto k&tabbo/ ||7|| idba pana
bbikkbaye upftsakena bbikkbanlsamgham uddissa

— la — sambabulft bbikkbuniyo uddissa — la — ekam
bbikkbunim uddissa — la — sambabul& sikkbam&n&-
yo uddissa — la — ekam sikkbamftnam uddissa — la —
sambabule s&manere uddissa — la — ekam sftmane-
ram uddissa — la — sambabul& s&maneriyo uddissa

— la — ekam s&maigLerim uddissa yihftro kftr&pito boti,
addhayogo k. b., p&s&do k. b., bammiyam k. b., gubft k. b.,
pariyenam k. b., kotthako k. b., upatth&nas&Ift k. b., aggisd-
1& k. h., kappiyakutt k. b., cankamo k. b., cankamanasftli
k. b.9 udap&no k. b., udap&nas&l& k. b., pokkbaranl k. b.,
mai^dapo k. b., &r&mo k. b., &r&mayatibum k. botL so ce
bbikkbiinam santike dfttam pabineyya, &gaocbantu bba-
ddant&, iccb&mi d&nafi ca d&tum dbammafi ca sotum bbikkbd
ca passitun ti, gantabbam bbikkbaye satt&bakarantyena pa-
bite, na ty eya appabite. satt&bam sanniyatto k&tabbo. ||8||
idba pana bbikkbaye up&sakena attano attb&ya niyesa-
nam k&r&pitam boti — la ^ sayanigbaram k. b., uddosito
k. b.y atto k. h., m&lo k. b., ftpai^o k. b., &pana8&l& k. b., pi-
sibdo k. b., bammiyam k. b., gub& k. b., pariyenam k. h.,
kottbako k. b., upatth&nas&l& k. b., aggis&l& k. b., rasayatt
k. h,, yaccakuti k. b., cankamo k. b., cankamanasftU k. b.,
udapftno k. b., udap&nas&l& k. b., jantftgbaraiii k. b., jant&-
gbaras&l& k. b., pokkbaraiii k. b., ma^dapo k. b., &r&mo k. b.,
&r&mayattbum k. b., puttassa y& y&reyyam boti, dbttuy& y&
y&reyyam boti, gil&no y& boti, abhiiifi&tam y& suttantain bba-
nati. so ce bbikkbfLnam santike d&tam pabineyya^ &gaccbantu
bbaddant& imam suttantam pariyapunissanti pur' ftyam su*

III. 5. 9-13.] MAHAYAGGA. 141

ttanto palujjatiti. aiiiiataraiii y& pan' assa kiccam hoii kara-
niyam yft. so ce bhikkhiiiiani santike d&tam pahi^eyya,
&gacchanta bhaddaiit&, icchftmi d&naf) ca d&tum dhammafi oa
Botum bhikkhii ca pasedtun ti, gantabbam bhikkhaye satt&ha-
karantyena pahite, na ty eya appabite. satt&ham Banniyatto
k&tabbo. ||9|| idha pana bbikkbaye upftsikHya saipgbaia
uddissa yib&ro k&rftpito hoti. b6l ce bbikkhtmam santike
dAtam pabineyya, &gaccbantu ayyft, iccb&mi d&nan ca d&tum
dhamma£L ca sotnm bbikkhd ca passitun ti, gantabbam bhi-
kkhaye satt&hakara^lyena pahite, na ty eya appahite. 8att&-
ham Banniyatto k&tabbo. ||10|| idha pana bhikkhaye upft-
sik&ya Bamgham uddissa addhayogo k&r&pito •••(=§ 6)
. . . &r&mayatthum k&r&pitam hoti. b& ce bhikkhAnam • • .
(= § 10) • . • sattftham sanniyatto k&tabbo. ||11 II idha pana
bhikkhaye upftsik&ya sambahule bhikkhA uddissa — la —
ekam bhikkhum uddissa — la — bhikkhunisamgham uddissa
— la — sambahulft bhikkhuniyo uddissa — la — ekam bhi-
kkhunim uddissa — la -^ sambahulft sikkham&n&yo uddissa,
ekam sikkham&nam uddissa, sambahule s&manere uddissa,
ekam sftmaneram uddissa, sambahul& sftmaneriyo uddissa,
ekam s&manerim uddissa — la — attano atthftya niyesanam
karftpitam hoti — la — sayanigharam k&r&pitam hoti • . •
(= § 9) . • . gil&n& y& hoti, abhiM&tam y& suttantam bha-
^ati. s& ce bhikkhfLnam santike ddtam pahi:QLeyya, &ga-
cchantu ayy& imam suttantam pariy&punissanti pur' &yam
suttanto palujjattti. aiifiataram y& pan' as8& kiccam hoti
karaii^tyam y&. s& ce bhikkhiinam santike d&tam pahineyya,
&gacchantu ayy&, icch&mi d&naii ca d&tum dhammaii ca so-
turn bhikkh(k ca passitun ti, gantabbam bhikkhaye satt&ha-
karaniyena pahite, na ty eya appahite. satt&ham sanniyatto
k&tabbo. II 12 1| idha pana bhildsiiaye bhikk hun & samgham
uddissa, bhikkhuniy& samgham uddissa, sikkham&n&-
ya samgham uddissa, s&ma^erena samgham uddissa, s&-
maneriy& samgham uddissa, sambahule bhikkhd uddissa,
ekam bhikkhum uddissa, bhikkhunisamgham uddissa, samba-
hul& bhikkhuniyo uddissa, ekam bhikkhunim uddissa, samba-
hul& sikkham&n&yo uddissa, ekam sikkham&nam uddissa,
sambahule s&manere uddissa, ekam s&maneram uddissa,

142 MAHAVAGGA. [III. 5. 13*«. 5.

8ambahul& s&maneriyo uddissa, ekaip. s&mai^eriin uddissa,
attano atthaya vib&ro k&rftpito hoti •••(=§ 8) •• . ftr&-
m&vattliuni k&r&pitam. hoti. b6l ce bhikkhAnam santike
d&tam pabineyya, &gaccbantu ayyft^ iccbami d&nafi ca dft-
turn dhammafi ca sotum bbikkhA ca passitun ti, gantabbam
bbikkhave satt&hakarantyena pahite, na ty eva appahite.
satt&ham sanniyatto k&tabbo 'ti. 11 13 1] 5 1|

tena kbo pana samayena aiiriataro bhikkhu gilAno hotu
80 bbikkAnani santike d&tam pftfaesi, abam bi gil&no^ ftga-
ccbantu bhikkhA, iccb&mi bhikkh&iiam Igatan ti. bbagaya-
to etam attbam ftrocesum. anuj^nftmi bhikkbaye paftcannani
sattftbakarai^tyena appabite pi gantum, pag eya pahite,
bbikkbussa bbikkbuniy& sikkbam&nftya s&manerassa s&mane-
riyft. anuj&n&mi bbikkbaye imesani paftcannani satt&baka-
ranlyena appabite pi gantam, pag eya pabite. sattAbam
sanniyatto k&tabbo. ||1|| idha pana bbikkbaye bbikkbu
gil&no boti. so ce bbikkb&nam santike di^tam pabi-
il^eyya^ abam bi gil4no, &gaccbantu bbikkbA^ iccb&mi bbi-
kkbiinani &gatan ti, gantabbam bbikkbaye satt&bakaranl-
yena appabite pi, pag eya pabite, gil&nabbattam yft pari-
yesiss&mi, gilftnupattbftkabbattam y& pariyesiss&mi, gilftna-
bbesajjam y& pariyesiss&mi, puccbiss&mi yft, upattbabiasftmi
y& 'ti. satt&bam sanniyatto k&tabbo. || 2 1| idba pana
bbikkbaye bbikkbussa anabbirati uppannft boti. so ce
bbikkb(knam santike dfttam pahineyya, anabbirati me uppa-
nn&y &gaccbanta bbikkbd, iccb&mi bbikkb(Lnam ftgatan ti,
gantabbam bbikkbaye satt&bakaraniyena appabite pi, pag
eya pabite, anabbiratim y^ipak&sess&mi y& y&pakfts&pess&mi
\k dhammakatbam yftssa kariss&mtti. satt&bam sanniyatto
k&tabbo. ||3|| idba pana bbikkbaye bbikkbussa kukkuccam
uppannam boti. so ce bbikkbAnam santike dfitam pabi-
neyya, kukkuccam me uppannam, &gaccbantu bhikkbd,
iccb&mi bbikkbftnam ftgatan ti, gantabbam bbikkbaye satt&-
bakara^iyena appabite pi, pag eya pabite, kukkuccam yino-
dess&mi y& yinod&pess&mi yft dbammakatbam y&ssa karissft-
mtti. sattftbam sanniyatto k&tabbo. ||4|| idba pana bbi-
kkbaye bbikkbussa dittbigatam uppannam boti. so ce

III. 6. 6-10.] mahAvagoa. 143

bliikkhAnam santike dAtam paliineyya, dittUgatam me tippa-
nnam, ftgacchantu bhikkhii, icch&mi bhikkhiinam &gatan ti,
gantabbam bhikkhave satt&hakaranlyena appahite pi, pag
eva pahite, ditthigatam yivecess&mi y& Tiyecftpess&mi v&

dbammakatham yftssa karifis&mtti. Batt&ham sannivatto k&-

• • • •

tabbo. ||5|| idba pana bhikkhave bhikkbu garudham-
mam ajjh&panno boti pariv&s&raho. so oe bbikkh&nain
santike dAtam pahi^eyyay abam bi garudhammam ajjhftpanno
parivfts&rabo, ftgaocbantu bbikkhu, icch&mi bbikkhdnam ftga-
tan ti, gantabbam bhikkbave satt&bakara^tyena appahite pi,
pag eva pabite, pariv^tod&nam ussukkam kariss&mi vi, anu-
Bs&vessftmi y&, ga^apdrako y& bhaviss&mlti. satt&ham sanni-
vatto k&tabbo. II 6 II idba pana bbikkhave bbikkhu miil&ya
patikassan&raho boti. so ce bhikkhfinam santike ddtam
pahi^eyya, abam hi mM&ya patikassan&raho, &gacchanta
bbikkhu, icch&mi bhikkhiinam &gatan ti, gantabbam bhi-
kkhaye satt&hakaraniyena appahite pi, pag eya pahite,
mtil&ya patikassanam ussukkam kariss&mi y&, anuss&yess&mi
yft, ganaptlrako y& bhayiss&miti. sattftham sanniyatto k&-
tabbo. ||7|| idba pana bhikkhaye bhikkbu mftnatt&raho
boti. so ce bhikkhiinam santike diitam pahineyya, aham hi
m&Datt&raho, ftgacchantu bhikkhii, icchftmi bhikkhiinam ftga-
tan ti, gantabbam bhikkhaye satt&hakaranlyena appahite pi,
pag eya pahite, mftnattad&nam ussukkam kariss&mi y&, anu-
ss&yess&mi y&, ganapiirako y& bhayiss&mlti. satt&ham sanni-
yatto k&tabbo. II 8 II idha pana bhikkhaye bbikkhu abbh&-
n&raho boti. so ce bhikkhiinam santike diitam pahineyya,
aham hi abbh&n&raho, ftgacchantu bhikkhii, icch&mi bhi-
kkhiinam &gatan ti, gantabbam bhikkhaye satt&hakarantyena
appahite pi, pag eya pahite, abbh&nam ussukkam kariss&-
mi y&, anuss&yess&mi y&, ganapiirako y& bhayiss&miti.
satt&ham sanniyatto k&tabbo. ||9|| idha pana bhikkhaye
bhikkhussa samgho kammam kattuk&mo boti tajjani-
yam y& nissayam y& pabb&janiyam y& patis&raniyam y&
ukkhepaniyam y&. so ce bhikkhiinam santike diitam
pahineyya, samgho me kammam kattuk&mo, &gacohantu
bhikkhii, icch&mi bhikkhiinam &gatan ti, gantabbam bhi*
kkhaye satt&hakaraiOLlyena appahite pi, pag eya pahite, kin ti

144 MAHAYAGGA. ' [III. 6. 10-16.

nu kho samglio kammam. na kareyya lahuk&ya y& pari^ft-
meyyft 'ti. satt&liani sannivatto k&tabbo. ||10|| katam y&
pan' assa hoti samghena kammam tajjaniyam y4 • • •
ukkhepaniyam y&. so ce bhikkh&iiam santike d(itam palii«
neyya, samglio me kammam ak&si, ^gacchantu bbikkhjiy
iocli&mi bhikkhAnam Agatan ti, gantabbam bhikkhave 8att&-
hakara^lyena appabite pi, pag eva pahite, kin ti nu kho sa-
mm&yatteyya lomam pftteyya netthftram yatteyya, samgho
tarn kammam patippassambheyyil Hi. satt&ham sanniyatto
kdtabbo. ||llj| idha pana bbikkhaye bbikkbuni gil&-
nk hoti. 6& ce bbikkhAnam santike dAtam pahii^eyya,
aham hi gil&n&y &gacchantu ayy&, icchftmi ayy&nam &ga-
tan tiy gantabbam bhikkhaye satt&hakaraniyena appahite
pi, pag eya pahite, gil&nabhattam y& pariyesiss&mi, gil&-
nupatth&kabhattam y& pariyesissftmi, gilftnabhesajjam yH
pariyesiss&miy pucchiss&mi y&, upatthahiss&mi y& 'ti. satt&-
ham sanniyatto k&tabbo. ||12|| idha pana bhikkhaye bhi-
kkhuniy& anabhirati uppanni hoti. s& ce bhikkhiinaiii
santike d(ktam pahineyya, anabhirati me uppann&, &ga-
cchantu ayy&, icch&mi ayy&nam &gatan ti, gantabbam
bhikkhaye satt&hakaranlyena appahite pi, pag eya pahite,
anabhiratim yupak&sess&mi y& yilipakas&pessftmi y& dhamma-
katham y&66& kariss&miti. satt&ham sanniyatto k&tabbo. ||13 1|
idha pana bhikkhaye bhikkhuniy& kukkuccam uppannam
hoti. s& ce bhikkhiinam santike dfttam pahi^eyya, kukku-
ccam me uppannam, &gacchantu ayy&, icch&mi ayy&nam
&gatan ti, gantabbam bhikkhaye satt&hakaraniyena appahite
pi, pag eva pahite, kukkuccam yinodess&mi y& yinod&p^s&mi

yft dhammakatham yftss& kariss&miti. satt&ham sanniyatto

• ...

k&tabbo. II 14 II idha pana bhikkhaye bhikkhuniy& ditthi-
gatam uppannam hoti. sft ce bhikkhiinam santike d&tam
pahineyya, ditthigatam me uppannam, &gacchantu ayy&,
icch&mi ayy&nam &gatan ti, gantabbam bhikkhaye satt&haka-
ranlyena appahite pi, pag eya pahite, ditthigatam yiyecessA*
mi y& yiyec&pess&mi y& dhammakatham y&8s& kariss&mtti.
satt&ham sanniyatto k&tabbo. ||15|| idha pana bhikkhaye
bhikkhuni garudhammam ajjh&pann& hoti m&nattft-
rah&. s& ce bhikkhdnam santike dCltam pahineyya, aham hi

III. e. 16-22.] MAHAVAGGA, 145

garudhammam ajjh&pann& mftnatt&rafa&y &gacchanta ayy&,
icchftmi ayyftnain ftgatan ti^ gantabbam bhikkhave sattelha*
karantyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, mftnattad&nam ussu-
kkam karissllmtti. satt&ham sannivatto k&tabbo. || 16 1| idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhunt m&l&ya patika8san&rah&
hoti. s& ce bhikkhiinain santike diitam pahineyya, aham hi
m&l&ya patikassan&rahft, ftgacchantu ayy&, icch&mi ayy&nam
Ugatan ti, gantabbam bhikkhave sattahakaraniyena appahite
pi, pag eva pahite, mM&ya patikassanam ussukkam kariss&-
miti. satt&ham sannivatto k&tabbo. ||17|| idha pana bhi-
kkhave bhikkhunt abbh&n&rahd. hoti. sd ce bhikkhiinam

•

santike diitani pahineyya, aham hi abbh&n&rah&, ftgacehantu
ayy&, icch&mi ayy&nam &gatan ti, gantabbam bhikkhave
satt&hakaranlyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, abbh&nam
nssukkam kariss&mlti. sattftham sannivatto k&tabbo. ||18||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhuniysl samgho kammam
kattuk&mo hoti tajjaniyam v& nissayam yi pabb&-
janiyam vft patis&raniyam v& ukkhepaniyam v&. b&
ce bhikkhixnam santike diitam pahineyya, samgho me
kammam kattokftmo, ftgacchantu ayy&, icch&rni ayy&nam
&gatan ti, gantabbam bhikkhave satt&hakarantyena appahite
pi, pag eva pahite, kin ti nu kho samgho kammam na ka-
reyya lahuk&ya v& parin&meyy& 'ti. satt&ham sannivatto
kfttabbo. II 19 II katam y& pan' as8& hoti samghena kam-
mam tajjaniyam vft . . . ukkhepaniyam v&. s& ce bhi-
kkhfinam santike ddtam pahineyya, samgho me kammam
ak&si, ftgacchantu ayy&, icchltmi ayytlnam &gatan ti, ganta-
bbam bhikkhave satt&hakaraniyena appahite pi, pag eva pa-
hite, kin ti nu kho samm&vatteyya lomam p&teyya netth&ram
vatteyya, samgho tarn kammam patippassambheyyft 'ti. sa-
tt&ham sannivatto k&tabbo. ||20|| idha pana bhikkhave
sikkhamftnft gil&n& hoti. s& ce bhikkh&nam santike
dAtam pahineyya, aham hi gil&n&, ftgacchantu ayyft, icchftmi
ayyftnam ftgatan ti, gantabbam bhikkhave sattfthakarantyena
appahite pi, pag eva pahite, gilftnabhattam vft pariyesissftmi^
gilftnupatthftkabhattam vft pariyesissftmi, gilftnabhesajjam vft
pariyesissftmi, pucchissftmi vft, upatthahissftmi vft 'ti. sattft-
ham sannivatto kfttabbo. ||21 j| idha pana bhikkhave sikkha*

VOL. in. 10

146 MAHAYAOGA. [III. 6. 22-27.

m&Dftya anabhirati uppann& hoti — la — sikkham&n&ya
kukkuccam uppannam hoti, sikkham&nftya ditthigatam
uppannam hoti, Bikkham&nftya sikkhft kupit& hoti. 8&
ce bhikkhiiiiam santike d&tam pahiQeyya, sikkhll me kupit&,
ftgacchantu ayyft, icch&mi ayyftnam igatan ti, gantabbam
bhikkhave sattfthakara^iyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite,
sikkhftsamftd&Qam ussukkam kariss&mlti. satt&hani sanni*

• • •

Tatto k&tabbo. ||22|| idha pana bhikkhave sikkham&Q& upa-
Bampajjitakftiii& hoti. A ce bhikkhdnam santike dAtam
pahi^eyya, aham hi upasampajjitak&mft, &gacchantu ayyft,
icch&mi ayy^am &gatan ti, gantabbam bhikkhave sattcLha-
karaniyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, upasampadam uasu*
kkam kariss&mi vt, anuss&vess&mi v&, ganap&rako v& bha*
vissftmtti. satt&ham sannivatto k&tabbo. ||23[| idha pana
bhikkhave s&manero gil&no hoti. so ce bhikkhdnam
Bantike d&tam pahineyya, aham hi gil&no, &gacchantu bhi-
kkh&9 icch&mi bhikkhiinam &gatan ti, gantabbam bhikkhave
fiatt&hakaraniyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, gil&nabhattam
v& pariyesiss&mi, gil&nupatth&kabhattam v& pariyesiss&mii
gil&nabhesajjam v& pariyesissami, pucchiss&mi v&, upattha-
hiBs&mi vft 'ti. satt&ham sannivatto k&tabbo. ||24|| idha
pana bhikkhave s&manerassa anabhirati uppann& hoti
— la — s&manerassa kukkuccam uppannam hoti, s&mane-
rassa ditthigatam uppannam hoti, sftmai^ero vassam
pucchituk&mo hoti, so ce bhikkhdnam santike diitam
pahi^eyya, aham hi vassam pucchituk&mo, &gacchantu bhi-
kkhA, icch&mi bhikkhdnam &gatan ti, gantabbam bhikkhave
satt&hakaraniyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, pucchiss&mi
v& ftcikkhiss&mi v& 'ti. satt&ham sannivatto k&tabbo. U25||
idha pana bhikkhave s&manero upasampajjituk&mo hoti.
so ce bhikkhiinam santike d&tam pahinej'ya, aham hi upa-
sampajjituk&mo, &gacchantu bhikkhil, icch&mi bhikkhiinam
&gatan ti, gantabbam bhikkhave satt&hakaraniyena appahite
pi, pag eva pahite, upasampadam ussukkam kariss&mi v&,
anuss&vess&mi v&, ganapiirako v& bhaviss&miti. satt&ham
sannivatto k&tabbo. ||26|| idha pana bhikkhave s&manert
gil&n& hoti. B& ce bhikkhunam santike dCltam pahineyya,
aham hi gil&n&, &gacchantu ayy&, iccb&mi ayy&nam &gatan

III. 6. 27-7. 4.] KAHATAGOA. 147

ti^ gantabbam bhitkhaYe satt&hakanmyena appabite fi, pag
eva pahite, gil&iiabhattam yi pariyesiss&ini, ^lanupatthlJui-
bbattam y& pariyesifisami, gilinabbeflajjam t& pariyesiaajliniy
puccbisB&mi y^ upatthahissftmi tA 'tL aattabimi sannivatto
kfttabbo. j|27|| idba pana bbikkbaye aftmaneriyi anabbi-
rati uppann&boti — bi — aftma^eriyi knkkuccam iippa-
nnam boti, a&maneriyft dittbigatam nppannam boti, 8&-
ma^eri yassam pnccbitak&mi botL A oe bbikkb(hiain
santike dfttam pabineyya, abam bi yaasam paccbituk&mft^
&gaocbanta ayyft, iocb&mi ayy&nam &gatan ti, gantabbam
bbikkbaye aattibakaranlyena appabite pi, pag eya pabite,
paccbiss&mi y& ftcikkbiBB&mi y& 'tL sattAbani sanniyatto ki-
tabbo. ||28|| idba pana bbikkbaye s&maneri sikkbam sa-
ni&diyitukftm& boti. A ce bbikkhOnain santike dAtam
pabb^eyya, abam bi sikkbam samAdiyitnUUnft, &gaccbanta
ayy&9 iccb&mi ayyftnam &gatan ti, gantabbam bbikkbaye
satt&bakaraQiyena appabite pi, pag eya pabite, mkkhAaamA"
d&nam Tmnnlrlrftin kaiiBs&mltL satt&bam sanniyatto k&tabbo
'ti. ||29||6||

tena kbo pana samayena ailBatarassa bbikkbnno m&t&
gil&nft botL 8& puttassa santike diitam p&hesi, abam bi
gil&n&y ftgaccbatn me putto, iccb&mi puttassa ftgatan tL
atba kbo tassa bbikkbnno etad aboei : bbagayati pafinattam
sattannam sattftbakaraniyena pabite gantum, na ty eya appa-
bite, paiicannam sattAbakaraniyena appabite pi gantum, pag
eya pabite, ayafL ca me m&t& gil&n& 8& ca annp&8ik&. katbam
nn kbo may& patipajjitabban ti. bbagayato etam attbam
&rooesum. ||1|| annjftn&mi bbikkbaye sattannam satt&ba-
karaniyena appabite pi gantum, pag eya pabite, bhi-
kkbussa bbikkhuniy& sikkhamftn&Jra sftmanerassa sama^eriyft
m&tuy& ca pitussa ca. anuj&n&mi bbikkbaye imesam satta-
nam satt&hakara^tyena appabite pi gantum, pag eya pabite.
satt&ham sannivatto k&tabbo. ||2|| idha pana bbikkbaye
bbikkbossa m&t& gil&n& boti. sft ce puttassa santike de-
tain pahineyya, abam bi gil&n&, &gaccbatu me putto, iccb&mi
puttassa &gatan ti, gantabbam . . . (=111. 6. 2) . . . satt&-
bam sanniyatto k&tabbo. |j3|| idha pana bbikkbaye bbi->'

148 MAHIvaGGA. [III. 7. 4-9. 1.

kkhussa pit& gil&no hoti. so ce puttassa santike diltam
pahineyya, aham hi gHkno, ftgacchatu me ptttto, icch&mi
pattassa &gatan ti, gantabbam . . . (=111. 6. 2) « • • sattft-
ham sannivatto kfttabbo. |j4|| idha pana bhikkhaye bhi-
kkhussa bh&tft gil&no hotL so ce bh&tuno santike diitam
pahineyya, aham hi gilftno, &gacchatu me bh&t&, icch&mi
bh&tuno &gataii ti, gantabbam bhikkhaye satt&hakaranlyena
pahite, na ty eya appahite. satt&ham sanniyatto kcltabbo.
||5|| idha pana bhikkhaye bhikkhussa bhagin! gil&n&
hoti. sk ce bh&tuno santike diitam pahi^eyya, aham hi
gil&n&, ftgacchatu •«.(=§ 5) .. . satt&ham sanniyatto kft-
tabbo. II 6 II idha pana bhikkhaye bhikkhussa fiatako gil&-
no hoti. so ce bhikkhussa santike diitam pahineyya, aham.
hi gil&no, &gacchatu bhaddanto, icchftmi bhaddantassa &gatan
ti, gantabbam bhikkhaye satt&hakaraniyena pahite, na ty
eya appahite. satt&ham sanniyatto k&tabbo. || 7 1| idha pana
bhikkhaye bhikkhugatiko gil&no hoti. so ce bhikkhd-
nam santike diitam pahiijieyya, aham hi gil&no, &gacchantu
bhikkhfl, icch&mi bhikkhiinam &gatan ti, gantabbam bhi-
kkhaye satt&hakaraniyena pahite, na ty eya appahite. satt&«
ham sanniyatto k&tabbo 'ti. I|8||7||

tena kho pana samayena samghassa yih&ro udriyati. ailfia-
tarena up&sakena araiiiie bhandam chedftpitam hoti. so bhi-
kkhiinam santike ddtam p&hesi, sace bhaddant& tarn bhandam
ayahareyyum, dajj&ham tarn bhandan ti. bhagayato etam
attham ftrocesum. anujcln&mi bhikkhaye samghakarani-
y ena gantum. satt&ham sanniyatto k&tabbo Hi. II 1 1| 8 II

yass&y&sabh&nay&ram nitthitam.

• • • . •

tena kho pana samayena Eosalesu janapadesu anilata*
rasmim &ylise yassupagat& bhikkhfl y&lehi ubb&lh& honti,
ganhimsu pi parip&timsu pi. bhagayato etam attham &ro-
cesum. idha pana bhikkhaye yassupagat& bhikkhii y&lehi
ubb&lh& honti, ganhanti pi parip&tenti pi. es' eya antar&yo
'ti pakkamitabbam. an&patti yassacchedassa. idha pana
bhikkhaye yas8upagat& bhikkhi\ sirimsapehi ubb&lhft
honti, dasanti pi parip&tenti pi. es' eya . • . yassacche*

III. 9. 1-11. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 149

dassa. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatd bhikkhd
core hi ubb&lha honti, yilumpanti pi ftkotenti pi. es' eva
• . . vassaccbedassa. idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatll bhi«
kkh(i pis&cehi ubb&}h& hontiy &viBanti pi ojam pi haranti.
es' eva . . . vassacchedassa. |j2 1| idha pana bhikkhave vassu-
pagat&nam bhikk&nam g&mo aggin& daddho hoti, bhi-;
kkhii pindakena kilamanti. es' eva . . • vassacchedassa.
idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatftnam bhikkhtinani send*
sanam aggin& daddham hoti, bhikkh{L senftsanena kila-
manti. es' eva . . . vassacchedassa! ||3|| idha pana bhi"»
kkhave vassupagat&nam bhikkhiinain g&mo udakena
vu}ho hoti, bhikkhii pindakena kilamanti. es' eva . . «
vassacchedassa. idha pana bhikkhave vassupagat^nam bhi-
khCLnam sen&sanam udakena vu}ham hoti, bhikkhd
sen&sanena kilamanti. es' Qva • • • vassacchedassa ^ti*
11411911

tena kho pana samayena annatarasmim &v^e vassupaga*
t&nam bhikkhiinam g&mo corehi vutth&si. bhagavatq
etam attham ftrocesum. anujftn&mi bhikkhave yena g&mo
tena gantun ti. g&mo dvedh& bhijjittha. bhagavato
etam attham &FOcesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave yena baha<»
tar& tena gantun ti. bahutard assaddhd, honti appasann&»
bhagavato etam attham ftrocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave ye«
na saddhft pasann& tena gantun ti. ||1||10||

tena kho pana samayena Eosalesu janapadesu annata-
rasmim &vftse vassupagatft bhikkhii na labhimsu ICikhassa v&
p&nttassa v& bhojanassa y&vadattham p&rip(irim. bhagavato
etam attham ftrocesum. idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatft
bhikkh(i na labhanti liikhassa v& pajjiitassa yi bhojanassa
y&vadattham p&ripdrim. es' eva antar&yo Hi pakkami-
tabbam. an&patti vassacchedassa. idha pana bhikkhave
vassupagat& bhikkhd labhanti liikhassa v& panitassa yi bho*
janassa y&vadattham p&rip£Lrimy na labhanti sapp&y&ni bho-
jan&ni. es' eva . . . vassacchedassa. ||1|| idha pana bhi*
kkhave vassupagat& bhikkhfL labhanti liikhassa v& panttassa
v& bhojanassa yftvadattham pftriptirim^ labhanti sapp&y&ni

150 MAHAVAGGA. [III. 11. 2-7.

bhojan&ni, na labhanti sapp&yani bhesajj&ni. es' eva • . .
Tassacchedassa. idha pana bhikkhave yassupagatA bhikkhdL
labhanti l&khassa y& panttassa v& bhojanassa y&yadattham p&-
riptkriniy labhanti sapp&y&ni bhojan&ni, labhanti sapp&y&ni
bhesajjUni, na labhanti patirftpam upatth&kain. ea' era
• . . Tassacchedassa. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupaga-

tam bhikkhum itthi nimanteti : ehi bh&nte hiraiifiam yk te

• • •

demiy suvan^ain yk te demi, khettam y& t. i,, yatthum y&
t. d., g&yum y& t. d., g&viin y& t. d., d&sani y& t. d., d&sim y&
t. d., dhitaram y& t. d. bhariyatth&ya^ aham y& te bhariyft
homi, annam y& te bhariyam &nemiti. tatra ce bhikkhuno
evain hoti : lahuparivattain kho cittam yuttam bhagayat&i
siysLpi me brahmacariyassa antar&yo 'ti^ pakkamitabbam.
an&patti yassacchedassa. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhaye yassupa-
gatam bhikkhum ye si nimanteti — la — thuUakum&ri ni-
mantetiy pandako nimanteti, fiatak& nimantenti, r&j&no ni-
mantenti, cor& nimantenti, dhutt& nimantenti : ehi bhante
hiraniiam y& te dema • . . dhitaram y& te dema bhariyatth^
ya, aniiam yH te bhariyam aness&mlL 'ti. tatra oe bhikkhuno
eyam hoti : lahupariyattam . . • yassacchedassa. idha pana
bhikkhaye yassupagato bhikkhu as&mikam nidhim passa-
ti. tatra ce bhikkhuno eyam hoti: lahupariyattam . • . yassa-
cchedassa. II 4 II idha pana bhikkhaye yassupagato bhikkhu
passati sambahule bhikkhii samghabhed&ya parakka-
mante. tatra ce bhikkhuno eyam hoti : garuko kho samgha*
bhedo yutto bhagayat&, mk mayi sammukhlbhtLte samgho
bhijjlti, pakkamitabbam. an&patti yassacchedassa. idha pa-
na bhikkhaye yassupagato bhikkhu sunftti : sambahul& kira
bhikkhti samghabhedftya parakkamantlti. tatra oe • . •
yassacchedassa. || 5 1| idha pana bhikkhaye yassupagato bhi-
kkhu sunftti: amukasmim kira &y&se sambahullL bhikkhii
samghabhed&ya parakkamantlti. tatra ce bhikkhuno eyam
hoti : te kho me bhikkhd mitt&, ty &ham yakkh&mi : garuko
kho &yuso samghabhedo yutto bhagayat&y mftyasmantanam
samghabhedo ruccitthft 'ti, karissanti me yacanam suss&si-
ssanti sotam odahissantlti, pakkamitabbam. an&patti yassa-
cchedassa. II 6 II idha pana bhikkhaye yassupagato bhikkhu
su^&ti : amukasmim kira kykae sambahul& bhikkhii samgha-

III. 11. 7-12. 1] MAhAvAGGA. 151

bhed&ya parakkamantiti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evam hot! : te
kho me bhikkhOi na mittd., api ca ye tesam mittsL te me mitti,
ty &ham vakkh&mi, te yutt& te vakkhanti : garuko • . .
(=§ 6) . . . vassacchedassa. ||7|| idha pana bhikkhave va-
ssupagato bbikkhu sun&ti : amukasmim kira &y&se sambahu-
lehi bbikkhtibi samgho bhinno 'ti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evam
hoti : te kho me bhikkhd mitt&, ty &ham vakkh&mi : garuko
...(=§ 6) .. . yassacchedassa. ||8|| idha pana bhi-
kkhave vassupagato bhikkhu sun&ti : amukasmim kira &v&se
sambahulehi bhikkhdbi samgho bhinno 'ti. tatra ce bhi-
kkhuno evam hoti : te kbo me bhikkhfi na mitt&, api ca ye
tesam mitt& te me mittft, ty Hhain vakkh&mi, te vutt& te va-
kkhanti: garuko . . • (= § 6) . • . vassacchedassa. ||9||
idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu sun&ti : amukas-
mim kira &v&se sambahulft bhikkhuniyo samghabhed&ya pa-
rakkamantiti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evam hoti: t& kho me
bhikkhuniyo mitt&, t&ham vakkh&mi : garuko kho bhaginiyo
samghabhedo vutto bhagavat&, m& bhaginlnam samghabhedo
ruccitth& Hi. karissanti me vacanam sussdsissanti sotam oda-
hissantiti, pakkamitabbam. an&patti vassacchedassa. ||10||
idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu sun&ti: amu-
kasmim kira &v&se sambahulft bhikkhuniyo samghabhed&ya
parakkamantiti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evam hoti : t& kho me
bhikkhuniyo na mitt&, api ca y& tdsam mitt& t& me mitt&,
t&ham vakkh&mi, t& vutt& t^ vakkhanti: garuko • . .
(=g 10) . . . vassacchedassa. ||11|| idha pana bhikkhave
vassupagato bhikkhu su^&ti : amukasmim kira &v&se samba-
hul&hi bhikkhunihi samgho bhinno 'ti. tatra ce bkikkhuno
evam hoti : t& kho me bhikkhuniyo mitt&y tftham vakkb&mi :
garuko ...(=§ 10) .. . vassacchedassa. ||12|| idha pana
bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu su^&ti: amukasmim kira
&v&se sambahul&hi bhikkhunihi samgho bhinno 'ti. tatra ce
bhikkhuno evam hoti : t& kho me bhikkhuniyo na mitt&, api
ca y& tftsam mittH t& me mitt&, t&ham vakkh&mi^ t& vutt& t&
vakkhanti: garuko ...(=§ 10) .. . vassacchedassa.
1113111111

tena kho pana samayena a&iiataro bhikkhu vaje vassam

152 MAHAVAGGA. [III. 12. 1-8.

upagantuk&mo lioti. bbagavato etam attbam &rocesimL
anuj&n&mi bhikkbave yaje Tassam upagantun ti. vajo
Tuttb&si. bbagavato etam attbam Urocesum. anuj&DlU
mi bbikkbave yena vajo tena gantum ti. ||1|| tena kbo
pana samayena amiataro bbikkbu upakattb&ya vassu-^
panftyik&ya sattbena gantuk&mo boti. bbagavato etam
attbam ftrocesum. anuj&nftmi bbikkbave sattbe vassam
upagantun ti. tena kbo pana samayena aniiataro bbikkbu
upakattb&ya vassupan&yik&ya n&vftya gantukftmo boti. bba-
gavato etam attbam ftrocesum. anujftn&mi bbikkbave n&-
v&ya vassam upagantun ti. |]2|| tena kbo pana samayena
bbikkb(i rukkbasusire vassam upagaccbanti. manussi ujjb&-
yanti kbiyanti vip&centi, seyyatbftpi pisftcillikft 'tL bbaga-
vato etam attbam &rocesum. na bbikkbave rukkbasusire
vassam upagantabbam. yo upagaccbeyya, dpatti cLukkatass&
'ti. II 3 II tena kbo pana samayena bbikkb& rukkbavitabbiyi
vassam upagaccbanti. manussft ujjblLyanti kbtyanti vip&-
centi, seyyatb&pi migaluddak& 'ti. bbagavato etam attbam
&rocesum. na bbikkbave rukkbavitabbiy& vassam upa-
gantabbam. yo upagaccbeyya, &patti dukkatass& 'ti. ||4||
tena kbo pana samayena bbikkbd ajjbok&se vassam upa-
gaccbantiy deve vassante rukkbamiilam pi nimbakosam pi
upadb&vanti. bbagavato etam attbam ftrocesum. na bbi-
kkbave ajjbok&se vassam upagantabbam. yo upagaccbe^
yya, &patti dukkatass& 'ti. ||5|| tena kbo pana samayena
bbikkbii asenftsanak& vassam upagaccbanti, sitena pi kila-
manti unbena pi kilamanti. bbagavato etam attbam &ro-
cesum. na bbikkbave asen&sanakena vassam upaganta-
bbam. yo upagaccbeyya, ftpatti dukkatassft 'ti. ||6|| tena
kbo pana samayena bbikkbu obavakutik&ya vassam upa-
gaccbanti. manussft ujjb&yanti kbiyanti vip&centi, seyya-
tb&pi cbavad&bak& 'ti. bbagavato etam attbam ^rocesum.
na bbikkbave cbavakutik&ya vassam upagantabbam. yo
upagaccbeyya, ftpatti dukkatass& 'ti. |j7|j tena kbo pana
samayena bbikkbii cbatte vassam upagaccbanti. manuss&
ujjhftyanti kbiyanti vipftcenti, seyyatb&pi gop&Iak& 'ti. bba-
gavato etam attbam &rocesum. na bbikkbave cbatte vas-
sam upagantabbam. yo upagaccbeyya, slpatti dukkatassft 'ti.

-?

III. IS. 8-14. 2.] MAHAYAQGA. 153

II 8 II tena kho pana samayena 1>hikkhii cfttiy^ yafisam upa-
gacchanti. manafl8& ujjb&yanti khtyanti yip&centi^ 8eyyatb&-
pi titthiy& 'tL bhagavato etam attham irocesiuxu na bbi*
kkhave c&tiy& Tassam upagantabbam. yo upagaccbeyya,
ftpatti dukkatassft 'tL |j9||12||

tena kbo pana samayena S&Yattbiy& samghena ka*
tik& kat& hoti antar& vassam na pabb&jetabban ti. Yisft-
kb&ya Mig&ram&tuy& natt& bhikkb(i iipa8a]nkaniitY&
pabbajjam yftci. bhikkb(i evam &haiiisu: samghena kbo
&yii80 k&tik& kat& antar& vassam na pabb&jetabban ti, &game-
bi kyuao y&va bbikkbii vassam vasanti, vassam vuttbjl pabbd-
jessanttti. atha kho te bhikkhii vassam vutth& Yis&khftya
Mig&ram&tuyft natt&ram etad avocum : ehi d&ni &vuso pabba-
j&htti. so evam &ha: sac' dham bhante pabbajito assam,
abhirameyyftm' ^bam, na d&n' &ham bhante pabbajissAmtti. ||1||
Yisftkhft Mig&ram&tH njjh&yati khlyati vip&ceti : kathaft hi
nftma ayy& evartipam katikam karissanti na antara vassam
pabb&jetabban ti, kam k&lam dhammo na caritabbo 'ti.
assosum kho bhikkhf^ Yis&khftya Mig&ram&tuy& ujjh&yantiy&
khiyantiyft vip&centiy&. atha kho te bhikkhtl bhagavato
etam attham Arocesum. na bhikkhave evarAp& katik& k&«
tabb& antar& vassam na pabb&jetabban ti. yo kareyya, &patti
dukkatas8& 'ti ||2||i3ll

tena kho pana samayena &yasmat& TJpanandena Sakya*
puttena ranfio Pasenadissa Eosalassa vass&v&so pati-
ssuto hoti purimik&ya. so tarn &v&sam gacchanto addasa
antar& magge dve &r&se bahucivarake, tassa etad ahosi : yam
nftn&ham imesu dvlsu &v&sesu vassam vaseyyam, evam me
bahu civaram nppajjissatiti. so tesu dvtsu &v&8esu vassam
vasi. r&j& Pasenadi Eosalo njjh&yati khiyati vip&ceti: ka«
thafl hi n&ma ayyo XJpanando Sakyaputto amh&kam vass&v&*
sam patisunitv& visamv&dessati. nanu bhagavat& anekapari*
y&yena mns&v&do garahito, mus&v&d& veramani pasatthft 'ti.
11 111 assosum kho bhikkhd raMo Pasenadissa Kosalassa
njjh&yantassa khiyantassa vip&centassa. ye te bhikkhd
appicch&, te njjh&yanti khiyanti vip&centi : katham hi nftma

154 MAHAVAGGA. [III. 14. 2-6.

&ya8in& TJpanando Sakyaputto raft&o Pasenadissa Eosalassa
yass&vasam patisunity& visamyftdessati. nanu bhagayat& ane-
kapariy&yena mus&y&do garahito^ mus&y&d& yeramani pasa-
tth& 'ti. II 2 II atha kho te bbikkhd bhagayato etam attham
ftrocesum. atha kho bhagay& etasmim nid&ne bhikkhusam-
gham 8annipllt&pety& ftyasmantam Upanandam Sakyaputtam
patipucchi : saccam kira tyam Upananda ratliio Pasenadissa
Kosalassa yass&yftsam pati8uiiity& yisamy&desiti. saccam
bhagay&. yigarahi buddho bhagaysl : katham hi n&ma tyam
moghapurisa raMo Pasenadissa Kosalassa yass&y&sam pati-
sunityft yisamy&dessasi. nanu may& moghapurisa anekapari-
y&yena mus&y&do garahito mus&y&d& yeramai^l pasatth^. n'
etam moghapurisa appasann&nam y& pas&daya — la — yiga-
rahity& dhammikatham katy& bhikkhii &mantesi : || 3 1| idha
pana bhikkhaye bhikkhun& yass&y&so patissuto hoti
purimik&y&« so tarn &y&sam gacchanto passati antar&
magge dye &y&se bahuciyarake, tassa eyam hoti : yam n(in&-
ham imesu dyisu fty&sesu yassam yaseyyam^ eyam me bahum
ciyaram uppajjissattti. so tesu dytsu &y&sesu yassam yasati.
tassa bhikkhaye bhikkhuno purimik& ca na paiin&yati pati-
ssaye ca &patti dukkatassa. ||4|| idha pana bhikkhaye bhi-
kkhun& yass&y&so patissuto hoti purimik&ya. so tarn fryftaam
gacchanto bahiddh& uposatham karoti, p&tipadena yih&ram
upeti senasanam pafLfL&peti p&niyam paribhojaniyam upatth&-
peti pariyenam sammajjati, so tadah' eya akaranlyo pakkamatL
tassa bhikkhaye bhikkhuno purimikft ca na panfiayati patissa-
ye ca 4patti dukkatassa. idha pana ...(=§ 5) ... so tadah' eya
sakarantyo pakkamatL tassa bhikkhaye bhikkhuno purimi-
k& ca na pann&yati patissaye ca &patti dukkatassa. || 5 1| idha
pana ... so dyihatiham yasitv& akaraniyo pakkamatL tassa
bhikkhaye bhikkhuno purimik& ca na paMayati padssaye ca
&patti dukkatassa. idha pana ... so dyihatiham yasityH sakara-
^lyo pakkamatL tassa bhikkhaye bhikkhuno purimik& ca na*
panA&yati patissaye ca ftpatti dukkatassa. idha pana ... so dyi-
hatiham yasity& sattlihakaranlyena pakkamati. so tarn satt&*
ham bahiddh& yltin&meti. tassa bhikkhaye bhikkhuno puri-
mik& ca na pa£Lil&yati patissaye ca &patti dukkatassa. idha
pana ... so dyihatiham yasity& satt&hakara^lyena pakka-

m. 14. 6-11.] MAHAVAOGA. 155

xnati.' so tarn' satt&ham anto Banniyattam karoti. tassa
bhikkhave bhikkhuno puriinik& ca paiiii&yati patissave ca
an&patti. ||6|| idha pana ... so satt&ham an&gat&ya pava-
ranaya sakaraniyo pakkamati. &gaccbeyya y& so bhikkhave
bhikkhu tarn frvftsam na y& ^gaccheyya, tassa bhikkhaye bhi-
kkhuno puTiinik& ca panii&yati patissaye ca an&patti. ||7||
idha pana bhikkhaye bhikkhun& yass&y&so patissuto hoti
parimik&ya. so tarn &y&sam ganty& uposatham karoti, pftti-
padena yih&ram upeti sen&sanam paiiii&peti p&niyam pari-
bhojaniyam upatth&peti pariyenam sammajjati. so tadah'
eya akaranlyo pakkamati. tassa bhikkhaye bhikkhuno puri-
inik& ca na pann^yati patissaye ca Upatti dukkatassa. ||8||
idha pana ..•(=§ 8) ... so tadah' eya sakaraniyo pa-
kkamati — la — so dyihatiham yasityft akarantyo pakkamati
— la — so dyihatiham yasity& sakaraniyo pakkamati — la —
so dyihatiham yasity& satt&hakaraniyena pakkamati. so tarn
satt&ham bahiddh& yitin&meti. tassa bhikkhaye bhikkhuno
purimikH ca na paM&yati patissaye ca &patti dukkatassa. ||9 1|
so dvihatiham yasitydr satt&hakaraniyena pakkamati. so tain
satt&ham anto sanniyattam karoti. tassa bhikkhaye bhi-
kkhuno purimik& ca paM&yati patissaye ca an&patti. so
satt&ham an&gat&ya ...(=§ 7) .. . anftpatti. ||10|| idha
pana bhikkhaye bhikkhunft yass&y&so patissuto hoti pacchi-
mik&ya. so tarn &y&sain gacchanto bahiddh& uposatham
karoti, p&tipadena yih&ram upeti sen&sanam paM&peti p&ni-
yam paribhojaniyam upatthftpeti pariyenam sammajjati. so
tadah' eya akarantyo pakkamati. tassa bhikkhaye bhikkhuno
pacchimik& ca na paM&yati patissaye ca &patti dukkatassa.
idha pana . . . (the tchole passage is identical toith § 5-10 ;
read instead of purimiksl and purimik&ya : pacchimik& and
pacchimiksLya, instead of anagat&ya pay&ran&ya : an&ga-
t&ya komudiy& c&tum&siniy&) . • •• patissaye ca an&patti-

ti. II 11 1114 II

yassupan&yikakkhandhako tatiyo.

tassa udd&nam :

upagantum, kad& c' eya, kati, antar& yassa ca,
na icchanti ca, saiicicca, ukkaddhitum, upftsako,

156 MAHAYAGGA.

gilkuo, m&t& ca, pit&y bh&tA ca, atha fi&tako,
bhikkhugatiko, yih&ro, v&}& c&pi, 8iriiii8ap&,|
cor& c' eva, pi8&c& ca, daddbo, tadubbayena ca,
Yulbo dakena, yuttb&si, babutar& ca, d&yak&J
Ktkhapa^itasappftya-bbesajj'-upattbakena ca,
ittbi, yesi, kum&rt ca, pandako, Mtakena ca^l
r&j&, cor&> dhatt&, nidhi, bhed&y atthayidbena ca,
6 yaj&, 8attb& ca, n&y& ca, susire, yitabb&ya caj
ajjbok&se yassfty&so, asen&sanfdcena ca,
cbayakutik&, cbatte ca, c&tiy& ca upenti te,|
katikft, patisanity&, babiddb& ca upo8aib&»
purimik&, paccbimikd; yatbftnayena yojaye,|
akaranlyo pakkamati, sakaranlyo tatb' eya ca,
dytbatib& ca puna, satt&bakaranlyena ca,|
flatt&ban&gat4 c' eya, &gaccbeyya na eyya y&,
Tattbuddftne antarik& tantimaggain nis&maye 'ti.|
imambi kbandbake yattbu dyepan^&sa*

157

MAHAVAGQA.

IV.

Tena samajena buddho bhagav^ S&vattliiyam viharati
Jetavane Anfttliapi^dikassa &r&me. tena kho pana sa-
majena 6ambaliul& sanditth& sambhattft bbikkhd Kosalesu
janapadesu ailfiatarasmiin &y&8e yassam upagaccbimsu. atba
kbo tesani bbikkb&nam etad abosi: kena nu kbo mayam
npftyena samagg& 8animodam&n& ayiyadam&n& pb&sukam
yassam yaseyy&ma na ca pindakena kilameyy&m& Hi. ||1||
atba kbo tesam bbikkbdnam etad abosi : sace kbo mayam
anilamailnani n' eya &lapeyy&ma na sallapeyy&ma, yo patba-
mam gftmato pii^d&ya patikkameyya, so ftsanam pailMpeyya^
p&dodakam p&dapitbam p&dakatbalikam upanikkbipeyya,
ayakk&rapfttim dboyityft upattb&peyya^ p&niyam paribboja-
niyam npattb&peyya, ||2|| yo paccbft g&mato pi^d&ya pati-
kkameyya, sac' assa bbutt&yaseso, sace &kankbeyya, bbuilje-
yya, no ce ^kaiikbeyya^ appabarite y& cbaddeyya app&nake
T& udake opil&peyya, so &sanam uddhareyya, p&dodakam p&-
dapltbam p&dakatbalikam patis&meyya^ ayakk&rap&tim dbo-
Tity& patis&meyyay p&niyam paribbojaniyam patis&meyya,
bbattaggam sammajjejrya, ||3|| yo passeyya paniyagbatam
y& paribbojaniyagbatam y& yaccagbatam y& rittam tuccbam,
so upattb&peyya, sac' assa ayisaybam battbayjk&rena» duti-
yam &mantety& battbayilangbakena upattb&peyya, na ty eya
tappaccay& y&cam bbindeyya, eyam kbo mayam samagg&
8ammodam&n& ayiyadam&n& pb&sukam yassam yaseyy&ma na
ca pindakena kilameyyllm& 'ti. ||4|| atba kbo te bbikkbd
aMamanilam n' eya ftlapimsu na sallapimsu. yo patbamam
g&mato pind&ya patikkamati^ so &sanam pailn&peti^ p&doda-
kam p&dapltbam pftdakatbalikam upanikkbipati, ayakk&ra-
p&tim dboyity& npattb&peti, pftniyam paribbojaniyam upa-

168 mahAvagga. [IV. i. 6-11.

ttb&peti. II 5 II yo pacch& g&mato pind&ya patikkamati^ sace
hoti bhuttftvaseso, sace iLkankliati, bhunjati, no ce ^kankhati,
appaharite t& chaddeti app&nake t& udake opil&peti, so &sa-
nam uddharati p&dodakam pftdapttham pftdakathalikam pati-
s&meti, ayakk&rap&tim dhovitv& patis&metiy p&niyam pari-
bhojaniyam patisameti, bbattaggam sammajjati. ||6|| yo
passati p&niyagbatani y& paribbojaniyagbatam yk vaccagba-
tam Y& rittam tuccbam, so upattb&peti. sac' a«sa boti avi-
saybam battbavik&rena, dutiyam ftmantety& battbavilangba-
kena upattbftpeti, na tv eya tappaccay& y^cam bbindati. ||7||
ftcinnam kbo pan' etam yassam yuttbftnam bbikkb&nam bha-
gayantam dassanftya upasainkamitum. atba kbo te bbikkbii
yassam yuttb& tem&saccayena sen&sanam 8ain8ftmety& pattacl-
yaram &dftya yena Sftyattbi tena pakkamimsa. annpubbena
yena S&yattbl Jetayanam An&tbapindikassa ftr&mo, yena
bbagayH ten' upasamkamimsu, upasainkamity& bbagayantam
abbiyftdetyft ekamantam nisldimsu. ftcinnam kbo pan'
etam buddb&nam bbagayant&nam &gantukebi bbikkbftbl
saddbim patisammoditum. ||8|| atba kbo bbagay& te bbi-
kkbii etad ayoca: kacci bbikkbaye kbamaniyam, kacci yft-
paniyam, kacci samaggft 8ammodamftn& ayiyadam&n& pb&su-
kam yeissam yasittba na ca pindakena kilamittb& 'ti. kba-
maniyam bbagay&, y&paniyam bbagay&, samaggft ca mayam
bbante sammodam&n& ayiyadam&n& pb&sukam yassam ya-
simbft na ca pindakena kilamimbft 'ti. ||9|| jftnantftpi tath&-
gat& puccbanti, j&nant&pi na puccbanti, k&Iam yidity& pu-
ocbanti, kalam yidity& n& puccbanti, attbasambitam tatb&gatft
puccbanti no anattbasambitam, anattbasambite setugbftto
tQtb&gat&nam. dyibi ftkftrebi buddb& bbagayanto bbikkbCk
patipuccbanti, dbammam y& desess&ma, s&v&k&nam y& si-
kkb&padam pailMpe8S&m& 'ti. atba kbo bbagay& te bbikkbft
etad ayoca : yatbakatbam pana tumbe bbikkbaye samaggft
sammodam&n& ayiyadam&n& pbftsukam yassam yasittba na ca
pindakena kilamittba 'ti. || 10 || idba mayam bbante samba-
bul& sandittb& sambbattft bbikkbft Eosalesu janapadesu aiiiia-
tarasmim fty&se yassam npagaccbimb&. tesam no bbante
amb&kam etad abosi : kena nu kbo mayam upftyena samaggft
sammodamsLn& ayiyadamftnft pbftsukam yassam yaseyy&ma na

IV. 1. 11-14.] MAHAVAGGA. 159

ca pindakena kilameyyftm& 'ti. tesam no bhante arnhftkarn
etad ahosi: sace kbo mayam ... evam klio mayam sam*
agg& Baminodam&n& ayiyadam&n& pb&sukam vassam ya-
aeyy&ma na ca pindakena kilameyy&m& Hi. atba kho mayam
bhante aMamaniiam n' eva &lapimb& na 8allapimb&. yo
patbamam g&mato pind&ya patikkamati, so &sanam pailii&-
peti, p&dodakain . . . yftcam bbindati. evain kbo mayam
bbante samagg^ Bammodam&Dft aviyadam&nft pb&sukam yas-
sam yasimbft na ca pindakena kilamimb& Hi. || 11 II atba kbo
bbagay& bbikkb(i ftmanfeesi: apb&suii iieya kira ^me bbi-
kkbaye mogbapuri8& yuttb^ saro&n& pb&su 'mba yiittb& Hi
patijftnantiy pasusamylisaii ileya kira 'me bbikkbaye mogba-
puri8& yuttb& samftnlL pb&su 'mba yuttb& Hi patij&nanti, ela-
kaBamy&saiL neya kira 'me bbikkbaye mogbapuris^ yutth&
8am&n& pb&su 'mba yuttb& 'ti patij&nanti, pamattasamy&saii
lieya kira 'me bbikkbaye mogbapuris& yuttb& samftn^ pb&su
'mba yuttb& 'ti patij&nanti* katbam bi n&m' ime bbikkbaye
mogbapuris& mfigabbatam tittbiyasam&d&nam sam&diyissan-
ti. II 12 II n' etam bbikkbaye appasann&nam y& pasftd&ya.
yigarabity& dbammikatbam katy& bbikkbd &mantesi: na
bbikkbaye mAgabbatam tittbiyasam&d&nam sam&diyitabbam.
yo samftdiyeyya, ftpatti dukkatassa. anuj&n&mi bbikkbaye
yassam yuttbftnam bbikkb(Lnam tibi tb&nebi payftretum

• • • • A •

dittbena y& sutena y& parisaiik&ya y&. s& yo bbayissati annam-
anfi&nulomatft ftpattiyuttb&nat& yinayapurekkb&rat&. || 13 1|
eya£L ca pana bbikkbaye pay&retabbam. yyattena bbi-
kkbun& patibalena samgbo Mpetabbo : sun&tu me bbante
samgbo. ajja pay&ran&. yadi samgbassa pattakallam sam-
gbo pay&reyy& 'ti. tberena bbikkbun& ekamsam uttarft-
saiigam karity& ukkutikam nisidity& anjalim paggabety&
eyam assa yacaniyo : samgbam &yuso pay&remi dittbena y&
sutena y& parisanksLya yA, yadantu mam &yasmanto anu-
kampam upftd&ya, passanto patikariss&mi. dutiyam pi . * •
tatiyam pi &yuso samgbam pay&remi dittbena y& sutena y&
parisank&ya y&, yadantu mam &yasmanto anukampam up&-
d&ya, passanto patikarissamiti. nayakena bbikkbun& ekam-
sam uttar&saiigam karity& ukkutikam nistdity^ afLjalim pa-
ggabety& eyam assa yacaniyo: saingbam bbante pay&remi

160 MAHAVAQGA^ [IV. 1. U-8. 3»

ditthena t& • • • dutiyam pi • • • tatiyam pi . • • passanto
patikarias&miti. ||14j|l||

tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiy& bhikkhii there*
su bhikkh(isu ukkutikam nisinnesu pav&rayamftnesu ftsanesu
acchanti. ye te bbikkhd appicch& te ujjh&yanti khiyanti
yip&centi: katham bi n&ma cbabbaggiy& bhikkhd theresu
bbikkbCisa ukkutikam nisinnesu pav&rayam&nesu ftsanesu
acchissantiti. atba kho te bhikkhd bhagavato etam attham
drocesum. saccam kira bhikkhave chabbaggiy& bhikkhii
theresu • • • acchantiti. saccam bhagavft. vigarahi bu-
ddho bhagav& : katham hi n&ma te bhikkhave moghapuris&
theresu . . . acchissanti. n' etam bhikkhave appasannsLnam
v& pasltdd^ya. vigarahitv& dhammikatham katv& bhikkhfi.
&mantesi : na bhikkhave theresu bhikkh&su ukkutikam ni-
sinnesu pav&rayam&nesu Usanesu acchitabbam. yo accheyya,
&patti dukkatassa. anujan&mi bhikkhave sabbeh' eva
ukkutikam nisinnehi pav&retun ti. ||1|| tena kha
pana samayena annataro there jar&dubbalo y&va sabbe pavft-
rentlti ukkutikam nisinno &gamayam&no mucchito papati.
bhagavato etam attham &rocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave
tadantard ukkutikam nislditum y&va pav&reti, pav&retv&
ftsane nisiditun ti. || 2 1| 2 II

atha kho bhikkhftnam etad ahosi : kati nu kho pav&ran&
'ti. bhagavato etam attham &rocesum. dve 'mk bhikkhave
pav&ran& c&tuddasik& pannarasik& ca. im& kho bhikkhave
dve pav&ran& 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhikkhCinam etad ahosi:
kati nu kho pav&ranakamm&ntti. bhagavato etam
attham ftrocesum. catt&r' im&ni bhikkhave pav&ranakamm&-
niy adhammena vaggam pav&ranakammam . . . (= II. 14.
2, 3. Head pavftrai^akammam instead of uposathakammam)
• • . sikkhitabban ti. j|2|| atha kho bhagav& bhikkhii
&mantesi : sannipatatha bhikkhave^ samgho pav&ressatiti.
evam vutte anilataro bhikkhu bhagavantam etad avoca :
atthi bhante bhikkhu gil&no^ so an&gato 'ti. anuj&n&mi
bhikkhave gil&nena bhikkhun& pavaranam dfttum. evaii
ca pana bhikkhave d&tabb&. tena gil&nena bhikkhund, ekam

IV. 8. 3-4. 8.] MAHAVAGGA. 161

bhikkhmn upa8a]nkamity& ekamsam uttar&saiigam karityft
ukkutikam nisiditv^ anjalim paggahetv^ evam assa vacaDt-
yo : pav&ranain dammi, pav&ranam me hara, mam' atth&ya
pav&rehlti. k&yena viiin&peti, y&c&ya viiin&peti, k&yena vft*
c&ya vi&n&peti, dinni hoti pav&ranft. na k&yena yinn&peti,
na yftcftya yiflMpeti, na k&yena yic&ya yififillpeti, na dinn&
hoti payftrani. ||3|| eyam ce iam labhetha, ico etam kusa-
lam. no oe labhetha, so bhikkhaye gil&no bhikkhu maiicena
y& pithena y& samghamajjhe &netv& pay&retabbam. sace
bhikkhaye gilftnupatth&k&nain bhikkhdnam eyam hoti : sace
kho mayam gil&nam theLnd c&yess&ma, &b&dho y& abhiva-
ddhissati k&lamkiriy& y& bhayissatlti, na bhikkhaye gil&no
th&n& c&yetabboy samghena tattha ganty& pay&retabbam, na
ty eya yaggena samghena pay&retabbam. pay&reyya ce,
&patti dukkatassa. ||4|| pay&ran&hftrako ce bhikkhaye di-
nn&ya payftran&ya . . . (= II. 22. 3, 4. Read pay&ran&,
pay&ran&ya, pay&ran&hlLrako instead of p&risuddhi, p&ri-
suddhiyft, p&risuddhih&rako) • . . pay&ran&h&rakassa &patti
dukkatassa. anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye tadahu pay&ran&ya pav&-
ranam dentena chandam pi d&tum santi samghassa karantyan
ti. ||5||3II

tena kho pana samayena aMataram bhikkhum tadahu pa-
y&ran&ya Mtak^ ganhimsu. bhagayato etam attham aro-
cesum. idha pana bhikkhaye bhikkhum tadahu pay&ran&ya
Mtak& ganhanti. te ii&tak& bhikkhiihi eyam assu yacaniy& :
iiigha tumhe &yasmanto imam bhikkhum muhuttam mufica-
tha y&y&yam bhikkhu pay&rettti. || 1 1| eyam ce tarn labhetha^
ice etam kusalam, no ce labhetba, te ild.tak& bhikkhiihi eyam
assu yacanty& : iiigha tumhe &yasmanto muhuttam ekam-
antam hotha y&vftyam bhikkhu pay&ranam detiti. eyam
ce tarn labhetha, ice etam kusalam, no ce labhetha, te fiata-
kH bhikkhiihi eyam assu yacaniy& : ingha tumhe &yasmanto
imam bhikkhum muhuttam nissimam netha y&ya samgho
pay&retiti. eyam ce tarn labhetha, ice etam kusalam, no ce
labhetha, na ty eya yaggena samghena pay&retabbam. pa-
v&reyya ce^ ftpatti dukkatassa. Il2|| idha pana bhikkhaye
bhikkhum tadahu payftran&ya r&j&no gai^hanti, cor& gai^-
VOL. ni. U

162 MAHAVAGGA. [IV. 4. 3-5. 4.

hanti, dhutt& ganhanti, bhikkhii paccattliik& ganhanti. te
bhikkhi^ paccattbikft bhikkliiihi evam assu Tacaniyft : iiigha
. . . {comp. § 1. 2) . . . na tv eva vaggena samghena pav&-
retabbam. pay&reyya ce, ftpatti dukkataasft 'ti. || 3 1| 4 II

tena kho pana samayeiia aMatarasmiin &v&8e tadaha paY&-
ran&ya paiica bhikkhCL viharanti. atha kho teeam bhi-
kkh&nam etad ahosi : bhagavatll paMattam samghena paY&-
retabban ti, mayati c' amhil pafica jan&. katham nu kho
amhehi pavftretabban ti. bhagavato etam attham irocesum.
anuj&nami bhikkhave paiicannam Bamghe pav&retan ti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena aiinatarasmim ftyftse tadaha pavft-
ranftya catt&ro bhikkhii viharanti. atha kho tesam bhi-
kkh&nam etad ahosi : bhagavat& auufiri&tam pancannani
samghe pav&retum, mayaii c' amh& catt&ro jan&. katham
nu kho amhehi pav&retabban ti. bhagavato etam attham
ftrocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave catunnam aMamafifiam
pav&retum. || 2 1| evafi ca pana bhikkhtfve pav&retabbam :
vyattena bhikkhunft patibalena te bhikkhft Mpetabb& : su-
nantu me &yasmanto. ajja pav&ran&. yad' ftyasmantftnam
pattakallam mayam aiifiamafinam pav&reyy&m& Hi. therena
bhikkhun& ekamsam uttarftsaiigam karitv& ukkutikam nist-
ditv& anjalim paggahetv& te bhikkh& evam assu vacaniy& :
aham Avuso &yasmante pav&remi ditthena v& sutena v& pa-
risaiik&ya vft, vadantu mam &yasmanto anukampam upftd&ya,
passanto pa(ikaris8&mi. dutiyam pi . . • tatiyam pi &vu80
. . . patikariss&mttL navakena bhikkhun& ekamsam uttar&-
saiigam karity& ukkutikam nistditvA ailjalim paggahetv& te
bhikkhd evam assu vacanty& : aham bhante llyasmante pav&-
remi ditthena vft . • • dutiyam pi . . • tatiyam pi . . . pa-
tikariss&mitL |j3|| tena kho pana samayena aiiSatarasmim
ftv&se tadahu pav&ran&ya tayo bhikkhfL viharanti. atha
kho tesam bhikkhdnam etad ahosi: bhagavato anufiii&tam
paiicannam samghe pavftretum, catunnam aililamaiiiiam pa-
v&retum, mayan c' amh& tayo jan&. katham nu kho amhehi
pav&retabban ti. bhagavato etam attham ftrocesum. anuj&-
nAmi bhikkhave tinnannam aflnaroailiiam pav&retum. evafi
ca pana bhikkhave pavftretabbam. vyattena ...(=§ 3)

IV. 5. 4-9.] MAHAVAGGA, 163

. . . patikarissftmiti. ||4|| tena kho pana* samayena aniiata-
rasmim ftvftse tadahu pay&ran&ya dve bhikkhCl viharanti.
atha kho tesam bhikkhtinam etad ahosi : bhagavatll anuilil&-
tam paficannain samghe pav&retuin, catunnam aftfiamaililain
pav&retum, tinnannam afifiamailnain pavilretum, mayaii o'
amh& dye jan&. katham nu kho amhehi pav&retabban ti.
bhagavato etam attham ftrocesum. anuj&ntlmi bhikkhave
dvinnam aMamaiitiam pav&retum. ||5|| evail ca pana bhi-
kkhave pav&retabbam. therena bhikkhun& ekamsam uttar&-
saiigam karitY& ukkutikam iiisiditT& anjalim paggahetv&
navo bhikkhu evam assa vacaniyo : aham &?ii8o ftyas-
mantam pav&remi ditthena yk sutena yft parisank&ya yk,
Tadatu mam &yae(Qi& anukampain up&d&ya, passanto patika-
riss&mi. dutiyam pi . • . tatiyam pi ftvuso . • . patikariB6&-
miti. navakena bhikkhunft ekamsam • . • paggahetv& thero
bhikkhu evam assa vacaniyo : aham bhante Ayasmantam pa-
T&remi ditthena t& . • • dutiyam pi . . • tatiyam pi . • •
patikari^ftmlti. || 6 1| tena kho pana samayena ailfiatarasmim
ftvftse tadahu pavftran&ya eko bhikkhu viharati. atha kho
tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi : bhagavat& anuiiii&tam pafica-
nnam samghe pavftretum, catunnam aiiilamaiifiam pav&re-
tum, tinnannam aniiamaiinam pavaretum, dvinnam aiiilam-
aililam pavftretum, ahaii o' amhi ekako. katham nu kho
may& pav&retabban ti. bhagavato etam attham ftrocesum.
II 7 II idha pana bhikkhave aiiiiatarasmim &v&se tadahu pav&-
ranftya eko bhikkhu viharati. tena bhikkhave bhikkhun&
yattha bhikkh^i patikkamanti upatth&nas&I&ya v& mandape
vel rukkham{ile v&, sa deso sammajjitv^ p&niyam paribhojani-
yam upatthftpetv& dsanam paiin&petvft padlpam katvll nistdi-
tabbam. sace afifie bhikkhii ftgacchanti, tehi saddhim pavlL-
retabbam^ no ce &gacchanti, ajja me pavd,ran& 'ti adhitthft-
t abb am. no ce adhitthaheyya, &patti dukkatassa. ||8||
tatra bhikkhave yattha pafica bhikkh& viharanti^ na ekassa
pav&ranam &haritv& catfthi samghe pavftretabbam. pavft-
reyyum ce, &patti dukkatassa. tatra bhikkhave yattha
catt&ro bhikkhd viharanti, na ekassa pav&ranam &haritvft
tlhi aiiilamannam pavftretabbam. pav&reyyum ce, &patti
dukkatassa. tatra bhikkhave yattha tayo bhikkhQ viharanti,

164 MAhAvAGGA. [IV. 5. 9-7. 2.

m

na ekassa pavdranam &haritv& dvihi aMamailnam pavare-
tabbam. pay&royyum ce, ftpatti dukkafassa. tatra bhi-
kkhave yattha dve bhikkhA viharanti, na ekassa pav&ranam
ftharitv& ekena adhitth&tabbam. adhitthaheyya ce, &patti
dukkatass& 'ti. I|9||5|I

tena kho pana samayena aniiataro bhikkbu tadahu pav&-
ran&ya ftpattim &panno boti. atha kho tassa bhikkbuno
etad ahosi : bhagavatH panflattam na s&pattikena pavare-
tabban ti, abaii c' amhi ftpattim ftpanno. katham nu kho
mayft patipajjitabban ti. bhagayato etam attham Urocesum.
idha pana • . . (comp, II. 27. 1^ 2. Mead tadahu pav&ranaya
instead of tadah' uposathe) . • . patikariss&miti vatv& pav&-
retabbam, na tv eva tappaccayft pavftran&ya antardyo k&tabbo
'ti. II 1 II tena kho pana samayena aiiiiataro bhikkhu pav&ra-
yamftno ftpattim sarati. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad
ahosi : bhagavat^ paiiilattani na s&pattikena pav&retabban ti,
ahaii c' amhi &pattim ftpanno. katham nu kho may& pati-
pajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam attham irocesum. idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhu pay&rayam&no &pattim sarati. tena
bhikkhave bhikkhunsl 8&mant& bhikkhu evam assa vacaniyo :
aham &vuso itthann&mam &pattim ftpanno, ito vutthahitv^
tarn ftpattim patikariss&miti vatv^ pav&retabbam, na tv eva
tappaccay& pav&ran&ya antar&yo k&tabbo. ||2|| idha pana
bhikkhave bhikkhu pay&rayamftno &pattiy& yematiko
hoti. tena bhikkhave bhikkhun& . • • {cotnp. II. 27. 4-8)
. . . patikarissattti yatv& pav&retabbam, na tv eva tappaeca-
yft pavftran&ya antarftyo k&tabbo 'ti. || 3 1| 6 1|

pathamabhftnav&ram nitthitam.

A • * ... .

tena kho pana samayena afifiatarasmim &v&se tadahu pavft-
ran&ya sambahul& &v&sik& bhikkhti sannipatimsu pailca v&
atirekft \k, te na j&nimsu atth' afLiie &v&sik& bhikkhCL an&ga-
t& 'ti. te dhammasaiinino yinayasailiiino yaggft samagga-
saiinino pay&resum. tehi pav&riyam&ne ath' aiiiie &v&sik&
bhikkhii ftgaccbimsu bahutarft. bhagavato etam attham &ro-
cesum. II 1 II idha pana bhikkhave amiatarasmim &vAse tad-
ahu pav&ran&ya sambahuU ftv&sikft bhikkhii sannipatanti

IV. 7. 2-a. 2] M AHAVAGGA. 1 66

paiica y& atirek& y&, te na j&nanti atth' ailiie ftv&8ik&
bhikkhA anftgat& 'ti. te dbammasaiiilino vinayafiaiiilino
Yagg& samaggasaiifliDo pav&renti. tehi pavftriyam&ne
ath' afiile dvHsikft bhikkhii &gacchanti bahatar&. tehi bhi-
kkbave bhikkhtihi puna pav&retabbam, pay&rit&nam an&patti.
II 2 II idha pana bhikkhaye aiifLatarasniiiii &v&se tadahu pay&^
ran&ja . . . tehi pay&riyam&ne ath' anile &v&Bik& bhikklid
&gacchanti samasamft. pay&rit4 8upav&rit&, avasesehi payft*
retabbam, payftrit&nam an&patti. idha pana bhikkhaye afifia-
tarasmim kviae tadahu pav&ran&ya . . . tehi payftriyam&ne
ath' aMe ^vftsikH bhikkhf^ ftgacchanti thokatarl. payft*
ritft 8upay&rit&, ayasesehi pay&retabbam, pay&rit&nam an&patti.
||3!| idha pana bhikkhaye anriatarasmim ivkae tadahu pa-
y&ran&ya . . • tehi payftritamatte atV anSe &y&8ik&
bhikkhd ftgacchanti bahutar&. tehi bhikkhaye bhikkhdhi
puna pav&retabbam, payftiit&nam an&patti. idha pana . . .
tehi pay&ritamatte ath' aiine &yftsikft bhikkhii ftgacchanti
samasamft. pay&ritft supayftritft, tesam santike pay&re-
tabbam, payftritftnam anftpatti. idha pana . . . tehi pay ft-*
ritamatte ath' ailiie ftyasikft bhikkhd ftgacchanti thoka-
tarft. pavftritft Bupayftrita, tesam santike payftretabbam,
payftritftnam anftpatti. ||4|| idha pana . . . tehi payftri-
tamatte ayutthitaya parisftya ath' afiile ...(=§ 4)
. . . payftritftnam anftpatti. idha pana . . . tehi payftri-
tamatte ekaccftya yutthitftya parisftya ...(=§ 4)
. . . payftritftnam anftpatti. idha pana . . . tehi payftri-
tamatte sabbftya yutthitftya parisftya ...(=§ 4)
. . . payftritftnam anftpatti. ||5||

anftpattipannarasakam nitthitam. ||7||

idha pana bhikkhaye aililatarasmim fty&se tadahu payft-
ranftya sambahulft ftyftsikft bhikkhii sannipatanti paiica yft
atirekft yft, te jftnanti atth' ailiie ftyftsikft bhikkhii anftgatft
'ti. te dhammasafiftino yinayasailiiino yaggft yaggasaililino
payftrenti. tehi payftriyamftne ath' afiile ftyftsikft bhi-
kkhil ftgacchanti bahutarft. tehi bhikkhaye bhikkhdhi
puna payftretabbam, payftritftnam ftpatti dukkatassa. ||l|j
idha pana • . • tehi payftriyamftne ath' afifie ftyftsikft

166 MAHAVAGGA. [IV. 8. 2-11. 1.

bhikkhd &gacchanti 8amasam4. pay&rit& 8upav&rit&, ava-
sesehi paYftretabbam, pay&rit&nam &patti dukkatassa. idba
pana . . • tehi pav&riyam&ne ath' anne &v&8ik& bhikkhd
ftgacchanti thokatar&. paY&rit& 8upayftrit&, avasesehi pa-
v4retabbani^ pay&rit4iiain &patti dukkatassa. || 2 1| idha pana
. . . tehi pav&ritamatte — la — avuttbitiya paris&ya — la —
ekacdLya vuttbit&ya paris&ya — la — sabb&ya yutthit4ya
paris&ya ath' ailiie &Yftsik& bbikkhd &gacchanti bahutar&
— la — samasam& — la — thokatar&. payftrit& supay&rit&y
tesam santike pay&retabbam, payftrit&nam &patti dukka-
tassa. II 3 II
yagg&yaggasafiiiinopannarasakam nitthitam. ||8II

idha pana bhikkhaye ailfiatarasmim iv&se tadahu pay&ra-
n&ya sambahulft &y&sik& bhikkhii sannipatanti paiica y&
atirek& y&y te j&nanti atth' aniie fty&sik& bhikkhii an&gatA
'ti. te kappati nu kho amh&kani pay&retum na nu kho
kappatiti yematikft pay&renti. tehi pay&riyam&ne ath'
aftiie &y&sik& bhikkhii dgacchanti bahutar&. tehi bhi-
kkhaye bhikkhiihi puna pay&retabbam, pay&rit&nam &patti
dukkatassa. ||1|| idha pana . . . {comp. lY. 8. 2, 3) . • •
tesam santike pay&retabbam, pay&rit&nam &patti dukka-
tassa. II 2 II

yematik&pannarasakam nitthitam. ||9|j

idha pana bhikkhaye aMatarasmim &y&se tadahu payara-
]^&ya sambahul& &y&sik& bhikkhd sannipatanti paiica y&
atirek& y&, te j&nanti atth' aiiile &y&sik& bhikkhii an&gat&
'ti. te kappat' eya amh&kam pay&retum, n' amh&kam na
kappatiti kukkuccapakat& pay&renti. tehi pay&riya-
m&ne ath' anne &y&sik& bhikkhii &gacchanti bahutar&.
tehi bhikkhaye bhikkhiihi puna pay&retabbam, pay&rit&nam
&patti dukkatassa. || 1 1| idha pana . . • (comp, lY. 8. 2, 3}
• . . tesam santike pay&retabbam, pay&rit&nam &patti dukka-
tassa. II 2 II

kukkuccapakat&pannarasakam nitthitam. ||10ll

idha pana bhikkhaye annatarasmim &y&se tadahu paY&-

IV. 11. 1-14. 1.] MAHAVAGGA. 167

ra^&ya sambahulft ^vftsikft bhikkhd sannipatanti paiica y&
atirekft t^^ te j&nanti atth' an&e &v&8ik& bhikkbd anftgat&
'ti. te nassante te vinassante te ko tehi attho 'ti bheda*
parekkh&r& pav&renti. tehi pav&riyam&ne ath' afLiie
ftv&sik& bhikkh^L &gacchanti bahutar&. tehi bhikkhave
bhikkh&hi puna pav&retabbam, pav&rit&naixx apatti thullacca-
yassa. || 1 1| idha pana • . • {camp. TV. 8. 2, 3. Bead &patti
thullaocayassa instead of &patti dukkatassa ; in the case of
&gacchanti 8ama8am& read pavftritft supav&rit&y ayaaesehi pa-
Yftretabbam) • • . tesam santike paY&retabbam, pavarit&aam
&patti thullaocayassa. ||2j|
bhedapurekkh&r&pannarasakam nitthitam. ||11||
panoasattatikam nitthitam.

idha pana bhikkhave aflnatarasmim &v&8e tadahu pavftra-
9&ya sambahula &v&sik& bhikkhd sannipatanti paiica t&
atirek& yk, te jananti afLiie ^yftsiklL bhikkhii antosimam
okkamantiti. te j&nanti aiiiie &v&sik& bhikkhd antoai-
main okkantft 'ti. te passanti aiiiie ^vftsike bhikkhii
antoBlmam okkamante. te passanti aiitLe ftvasike bhi-
kkhd antosimam okkante. te sunanti aiiiie ftv&sik& bhi*
kkhii antosimam okkamantiti. te sunanti aiiiie &vAaik&
bhikkhft antosimam okkanta Hi. ftyftsikena ftv&sikft eka-
satapaiicasattati tikanayato^ &v&sikena &gantuk&y ^gantukena
ftyftsikfty Ugantukena ftgantuklt, peyy&lamukhena satta tikasa-
t&nihonti. ||l|il2li

idha pana bhikkhaye &y&8ik&nam bhikkhCLnam c&tudda-
so hoti, ftgantuk&nam pannaraso . . . (= II. 32* 1-33, 5.
Head pav&retabbami pay&renti, tadahu pay&ra^&ya instead of
uposatho k&tabboy uposatham karonti, tadah' uposathe) . • •
ajj' eya gantun ti. ||l||13ll

na bhikkhaye bhikkhuniy& nisinnaparis&ya pay&re-
tabbam. yo pay&reyya, &patti dukkatassa. na bhikkhaye
sikkham&nllya, na s&manerassa, na s&maneriyft, na sikkham
paccakkh&takassa, na antimayatthum ajjh&pannakassa ni-
sinnaparisftya pay&retabbam. yo pav&reyya> &patti dukka-

1 68 M4HAVAGGA. [IV. 14. 1-15. 3.

tassa. II 1 II na &pattly& adassane ukkhittakassa nisiimapari-
8&ya pav&retabbam. yo pav&reyya, yatb&dhammo k&retabbo.
na &pattiy& agpatikamme ukkbittakassa, na p&pik&ya ditthi-
jk appatinissagge ukkbittakassa nisinnaparisllya pavftre-
tabbam. yo pavlLreyya, yath&dhammo k&retabbo. ||2|| na
pandakassa nisinnaparie&ya pav&retabbam. yo pav&reyya,
&patti dukkatassa. na theyyasamv&sakassa^ na titthiyapa-
kkantakassai na tiraocb&nagatassa, na m&tughfttakassa, na
pitugh&takassa, na arahantagh&takassa, na bhikkhuntd&sa-
kassa, na saingbabbedakassa, na lohitupp&dakassa, na ubhato-
yyaiijanakassa nisinnaparis&ya pav&retabbam. yo pav&reyya,
&patti dukkatassa. ||3|| na bbikkbave pftrivftsikassa pav&ra-
nUd&nena pav&retabbain aiifiatra avuttbit&ya parisiya. na
ca bbikkbave apay&ran&ya pav&retabbam aiiiiatra samgha-
B&maggiy&'ti. |14||14||

tena kho pana samayena Eosalesu janapadesu afiiiata-
rasmim &v&66 tadabu pav&ran&ya savarabbayakam abosi.
bbikkbii n&sakkbimsu tevftcikam pavftretum. bbagayato
etam attbam arocesum. anujftn&mi bbikkbave dvev&ci-
kampav&retun ti. b&lhataram savarabbayakam abosi.
bbikkbii n&sakkbimsa dvev&cikam pav&retum. bbagavato
etam attbam Arocesum. anujan&mi bbikkbave ekav&ci-
kampavaretun ti. bftlbataram savarabbayakam abosi.
bbikkbd n&sakkbimsu ekav&cikam pavftretum. bbagavato
etam attbam ftrocesum. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave sam&na-
vassikam pavlLretun ti. ||1|| tena kbo pana samayena
annatarasmim &v&6e tadabu pav&ran&ya manussebi dftnam
dentebi yebbuyyena ratti kbepit& boti. atba kbo tesam bbi-
kkb^Lnam etad abosi : manussebi d&nam dentebi yebbuyyena
ratti kbepitd. sace samgbo tev^ikam pav&ressati, apav&rito
'va samgbo bbavissati, atb&yam ratti vibb&yissati. katbam
nu kbo ambebi patipajjitabban ti. bbagavato etam attbam
ftrocesum. |j2|| idba pana bbikkbave anflatarasmim ^vftse
tadabu pav&ranslya manussebi dftnam dentebi yebbuyyena
ratti kbepitd boti. tatra ce bbikkbAnam evam boti: ma-
nussebi . . . vibb&yissatiti, vyattena bbikkbun& patibalena
samgbo iiapetabbo : sun&tu me bbante samgbo, manussebi

IV. 16. 3-7.] MAHAVAGGA. 169

d&nam dentehi yebhuyyena ratti khepit&. sace samgho te-
I v&cikam pav&ressati, apav&rito 'va samgbo bhavissati, atb&-

yam ratti vibb&yissati. yadi samghassa pattakallam, samgho
dvev&cikam ekay&cikam Bam&navassikam pav&reyyft Hi. ||3||
idba pana bbikkbave anfiatarasmim ftvftse tadahu pay&ran&-
ya bhikkhdhi dbammam bhanantehi suttantikehi suttantam
samgftyantehi yinayadharehi vinayam yinicchinantebi dha-
I mmakathikehi dbammam s&kaccbantehi bhikkh&hi kalabam

karontebi yebhuyyena ratti khepit& hoti. tatra ce bhikkhii-
nam evam hoti : bhikkh&hi kalabam karontebi yebhuyyena
ratti khepit&. sace samgho tev&cikam pav&ressati, apav&rito
'va samgho bhayissati, ath&yam ratti yibb&yissatlti, yyatte-
na bhikkhun& patibalena samgbo ii&petabbo : sun&tu me
bhante samgho. bhikkhfthi kalabam . . . khepit&. sace
samgho tevftcikam pay&ressati^ apayftrito 'va samgho bha-
yissati, ath&yam ratti yibb&yissati. yadi samghassa patta-
kallam, samgho dyey&cikam ekav&cikam sam&navassikam pa-
y&reyyft 'ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena Kosalesu
janapadesu aiiilatarasmim Avftse tadahu pay&ran&ya mab&
. bhikkbusamgho sannipatito hoti parittaii ca anovassikam
hoti mah& ca megho uggato hoti. atha kho tesam bhikkhii-
nam etad ahosi : ayam kho mah& bhikkbusamgho sannipatito
parittan ca anovassikam mah& ca megho uggato. sace
samgho tevAcikam pay&ressati, apav&rito 'va samgho bha-
yissati, ath&yam megho pavassissati. katham nu kho amhe-
hi patipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam attham ftrocesum. ||5||
idba pana bbikkbave aiinatarasmim &v&se tadahu pavftran&ya
mah& bhikkbusamgho sannipatito hoti parittaii ca anoyassi-
kam hoti mah& ca megho uggato hoti. tatra ce bhikkhTinam
evam hoti : ayam kho mah4 ...(=§ 5) .. . pavassissatlti,
yyattena bhikkhun& patibalena samgho Mpetabbo : sun&tu me
bhante samgho. ayam mah& . . . pavassissati. yadi samghassa
pattakallam, samgho dyevftcikam ekavftcikam sam&navassi-
kam pay&reyy& 'ti. || 6|j idba pana bhikkhaye aiiiiatarasmim
&v&8e tadahu pav&ran&ya r&jantarftyo hoti — la — corantarft-
yo h., agyantar&yo h., udakant. h., manussant. h., amanussant.
h., yftlant. h., sirimsapant. h., jlvitant. h., brahmacariyanta-
r&yo hoti. tatra ce bhikkh&nam evam hoti : ayam kho brah*

170 MAHAVAGGA. [IV. 15. 7-16. 4.

macariyantarayo. Bace samgho tev&cikam paT&ressatiy apa-
Y&rito 'ya samgho bhavissati, ath&yam bralimacariyantar&yo
bhavissatiti^ vyattena bbikkhunH patibalena samgho n&pe-
tabbo : sun&tu me bhante samgho. ayam brahmacariyanta-
r&yo. sace samgho tev&cikam pav&ressati, apav&rito Va
samgho bhayissati, ath&yam brahmacariyantar&yo bhavissa-
ti. yadi samghassa pattakallam, samgho dvev&cikani eka-
T&cikam sam&navassikam pay&reyyd. 'ti. i|7||15||

tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiy& bhikkh(L s&-
pattikH paY&renti. bhagavato etam attham &rooesum. na
bhikkhave s&pattikena pay&retabbam. yo payd.-
T^yy^ &patti £ikkatassa. anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye yo s&pa-
ttiko pay&reti, tassa ok&sam k&r&pety& &pattiy& codetun
ti. ||1|| teiiia kho pana. samayena chabbaggiy& bhi-
kkhii ok&sam k&r&piyam&n& na icchanti ok&sam k&tum.
bhagayato etam attham &rocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye
ok&sam akarontassa pay&ranam th ape turn, eyail ca
pana bhikkhaye thapetabbft. tadahu pay&ran&ya c&tuddase
yk pannarase \i tasmim puggale sammukhlbhiite samgha-
majjhe udd.haritabbam : sun&tu me bhante samgho. itthan-
n&mo puggalo s&pattikoj tassa pay&ranam thapemi, na
tasmim sammukhibh&te pay&retabban ti thapitd hoti pay&-
TBJ^k 'ti. II 2 II tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiy& bhi-
iLkha pur' amh&kam pesalA bhikkhA pay&ranam thapentl-
ti patigacc' eya suddh&nam bhikkhdnam an&pattik&nam
ayatthusmim ak&rane pay&ra^am thapenti pay&rit&nam pi
payftrai^am thapenti. bhagayato etam attham ftrocesum.
na bhikkhaye suddh&nam bhikkhdlnam an&pattik&nam aya-
tthusmim ak&rane pay&ran& thapetabb&. yo thapeyya, &patti
dukkatassa. na bhikkhaye pay&rit&nam pi payjlra^ft thape-
tabb&. yo thapeyya, &patti dukkatassa. || 3 1| eyam kho bhi-
kkhaye thapitft hoti pay&ranft^ eyam atthapit^ kathan ca
bhikkhaye atthapit& hoti pay&ran&. tey&cik&ya ce bhikkhaye
payllran&ya bhAsit&ya lapit&ya pariyosit&ya pay&ranam tha-
peti^ atthapit& hoti pay&ra^i. dyey&cik&ya ce bhikkhaye,
ekayacik&ya ce bhikkhaye, sam&nayassik&ya ce bhikkhaye pa-
y&rari&ya bh&sit&ya lapit&ya pariyosit&ya pay&ra^iam thapeti,

IV. 16. 4-10.] MAHAVAGGA. 171

atthapitA hoti pav&raii&, evam kho bhikkhave atthapitA
hoti payAran&. ||4|| kathaii ca bhikkhaye thapit& hoti pavA-
ran&. tevftcikAya ce bhikkhave pav&ra;]L&ya bh&sit&ya lapit&-
ya pariyosit&ya pav& ran^g i tb apetiy thapit& hoti pav&ran&. \
dyev&cik&ya ce bhikkhave^ ekay&cik&ya ce bhikkhaye^ 8am&-
nayassik&ya ce bhikkhaye payAranftya bh&sit&ya lapitAya
apariyositaya pay&ranam thapeti, thapit& hoti pay&ran&* ^
eyam kho bhikkhaye CEapita hoti pay&ran&. ||5|| idha pana
bhikkhaye tadahu pav&ranftya bhikkhu bhikkhussa pay&-
ranani thapeti. tarn ce bhikkhum aMe bhikkhii j&nanti
ayam kho AyasmA aparisaddhak&yasamftc&ro aparisuddhaya-
clsam&c&ro aparisuddha&jiyo b&lo ayyatto na patibalo anu-
yuiijiyaiii&uo auuyogam d&tun ti^ alam bhikkhu^ m& bhanda-
nam in& kalaham mft yiggaham mi, yiy&dan ti omaddity&
Bamghena pay&retabbam. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhaye tadahu
pay&ran&ya bhikkhu bhikkhussa payAraijiaixi thapeti. tarn ce
bhikkhum aniie bhikkhti jAnanti ayam kho AyasmA pari-
Buddhak&yasam&c&ro aparisuddhayacisamftc&ro aparisuddha-
Ajlyo bAlo ayyatto na patibalo anuyunjiyam&no anuyogam
dAtun ti, alam bhikkhu . . . payAretabbam. || 7 1| idha pana
bhikkhaye tadahu pay&ran&ya bhikkhu bhikkhussa payftra-
nam thapeti. tarn ce bhikkhum anile bhikkhii j&nanti ayam
kho ayasmA parisuddhak&yasam&cAro parisuddhayacisamA-
c&ro aparisuddhaAjiyo b&lo avyatto na patibalo anuyunjiya-
m&no anuyogam d&tun ti» alam bhikkhu • . . pay&retabbam.
II 8 II idha pana bhikkhaye tadahu pay&ran&ya bhikkhu bhi-
kkhussa pay&ranam thapeti. tarn ce bhikkhum aMe bhi-
ikhd j&nanti ayam kho ftyasmft parisuddhak&yasam&c&ro
parisuddhayacisamAc&ro parisuddha&jtyo b&lo ayyatto na
patibalo anuyunjiyam&no anuyogam d&tun ti, alam bhi-
kkhu . . . payftretabbam. ||9|| idha pana bhikkhaye tad-
ahu pay&ra^ya bhikkhu bhikkhussa pay&ra^am tl^ape-
ti. tarn ce bhikkhum a£Lne bhikkhii jananti ayam kho
AyasmA parisuddhak&yasamAc&ro parisuddhayaclsam&c&ro pa-
risuddha&jiyo pandito yyatto patibalo anuyuiijiyam&no
anuyogam dfttun ti, so eyam assa yacanlyo : yam kho
tyam &yuso imassa bhikkhuno payftranam thapesi, kimhi
nam thapesi, silavipattiyft thapesi, Ac&rayipattiyA thapesi.

172 MAHAVAGGA. [IV. 18. 10-15.

ditthiTipattiy& thapesiti. ||10|| so ce eyam vadeyya: si*
Iavipattiy& thapemi^ ftdLravip. th., dittliivip. thapemlti^
80 evam assa vacantyo : j&n&ti pan&yasm& sllavipattim,
j&n&ti &c4raYipattim, j&n&ti ditthivipattin tL so ce evam
yadeyya : j&n&mi kho aham &vuso stlavipattim, j&n&mi &c4-
ravipattim, j&n&mi dittUvipattin ti^ so evam assa yacant*
yo: katam& panftyoso silayipatti^ katam& &c&rayipatti, katam&
ditthiyipattiti. ||11 1| so ce eyam yadeyya : catt&ri ca p&r&ji-
k&ni terasa samghfidises^ ayam sllavipatti, thuUaccayam pft*
cittiyam p&tidesaniyam dukkatam dubbh&sitam ayam &e&ra-
yipatti, micch&ditthi antagg&hik& ditthi ayam ditthiyipattiti,
so eyam assa yacaniyo : yam kho tyam ftyuso imassa bhi-
kkhuno payftranam thapesi, ditthena thapesi, sutena thapesi,
parisank&ya thapesiti. || 12 1| so ce evam yadeyya: ditthena y&
thapemi, sutena y& thapemi, parisank&ya y& thapemiti, so
evam assa yacaniyo : yam kho tvam &vuso imassa bhikkhu-
no ditthena pav&ranam thapesi, kim te dittham, kinti te
dittham, kad& te dittham, kattha te dittham, parftjikam ajjh&-
pajjanto dittho, samgh&disesam ajjh&pajjanto dittho, thuUa-
ccayam p&cittiyam p&tidesantyam dukkatam dubbh&sitam
ajjh&pajjanto dittho, kattha ca tvam ahosi, kattha c&yam
bhikkhu ahosi, kim ca tvam karosi, kim c&yam bhikkhu
karotiti. I|13|| so ce evam vadeyya: na kho aham &vuso
imassa bhikkhuno ditthena pav&ranam thapemi, api ca su-
tena pav&ranam thapemiti, so evam assa yacaniyo : yam kho
tvam &VUSO imassa bhikkhimo sutena pav&ranam thapesi,
kim te sutam, kinti te sutam, kad& te sutam, kattha te sutam,
p&rftjikam ajjh&panno ^ti sutam, samgh&disesam ajjh&panno
Hi sutam, thuUaccayam p&cittiyam p&tidesaniyam dukkatam
dubbhftsitam ajjh&panno Hi sutam, bhikkhussa sutam, bhi-
kkhuniyft s., sikkham&n&ya s., s&manerassa s., s&maneriyll s.,
upftsakassa s., up^ik&ya s., r&jiinam s., r&jamah&matt&nam
s., titthiyftnam s., titthiyas&vak&nam sutan ti. ||14|| so ce
evam yadeyya : na kho aham &vuso imassa bhikkhuno sute*
na pav&ranam thapemi, api ca parisaiikftya pavaranam tha-
pemiti, so evam assa vacantyo : yam kho tvam llvuso imassa
bhikkhuno parisank&ya pav&ranam thapesi, kim parisankasi,
kinti parisankasi, kad& parisankasi^ kattha parisankasij p&r&-

II. 18. 16-20.] MAHAVAGGA. 173

jikam ajjhftpanno 'ti parlsaiilcasi, samgh&dlsesam ajjb&panno
'ti parisaiikasi, thullaccayam p&cittiyam pfttidesaniyam du-
kkatam dnbbh&sitam ajjh&panDO 'ti parisaiikasi, bhikkhussa
Butv& parisankasi . . . titthiyas&vak&nain Butvd. parisanka-
siti. II 15 II so ce evam vadeyya : na kbo aham ftvuso imaasa
bbikkbuno parisaiik&ya paT&ranam tbapemi, api ca abam na
jftn&mi kena aham imassa bbikkbuno pav&rai^am tbapemlti,
80 ce bbikkbaye codako bhikkbu anuyogena viilii&nain sa-
brabmac&rinam cittam na ftr&dbeti ananuv&do cudito bbi-
kkbft 'ti alam yacan&ya. so ce bhikkbave codako bhikkbu
anuyogena Tiriiiiinam sabrahmacarinam cittam &rftdheti 8&-
nuvftdo cudito bhikkhd Hi alam vacan&ya. ||16|| so ce bhi-
kkbave codako bhikkbu am&lakena pftrftjikena anuddhamsi-
tam patij&nftti, samghftdisesam ropety& samghena pav&re-
tabbam. so ce bhikkbave codako bhikkbu amtilakena sam-
gh&disesena anuddbamsitam patij&n&ti^ yath&dhammam k&rft-
petvd samghena pav&retabbam* so ce bhikkbave codako
bhikkbu am&Iakena tbullaccayena p&cittiyena pfitidesantyena
dukkatena dubbb&sitena anuddbamsitam patij&n&ti, yath&-
dhammam k&r&petva samghena pav&retabbam. ||17|| so ce
bhikkbave cudito bhikkbu p&r&jikam ajjb&panno 'ti patij&n&-
ti^ n&setv4 samghena pav&retabbam. so ce bhikkbave cudito
bhikkbu samgb&disesam ajjb&panno 'ti patij&nftti, samgh&di-
sesam ropetv& samghena pav&retabbam. so ce bhikkbave
cudito bhikkbu thullaccayam p&cittiyam p&tidesaniyam
dukkatam dubbh&sitam ajjb&panno Hi patij&n&ti^ yath&-
dhammam k&r&petv& samghena pav&retabbam. ||18|| idha
pana bhikkbave bhikkbu tadabu pav&ran&ya thullaccayam
ajjhftpanno hoti. ekacce bhikkhii thuUaccayaditthino honti,
ekacce bhikkhii samgh&disesaditthino honti. ye te bhi-
kkbave bhikkhd thuUaccayaditthino, tehi so bhikkbave
bhikkbu ekamantam apanetv& yath&dhammam k&r&petv&
samgham upasamkamitv& evam assa vacaniyo : yam kbo so
&VUSO bhikkbu &pattim &panno, s&ssa yath&dhammam patika-
t&. yadi samghassa pattakallam, samgho pav&reyy& Hi. ||I9||
idha pana bhikkbave bhikkbu tadabu pav&ran&ya thullacca-
yam ajjb&panno hoti. ekacce bhikkhd thuUaccayaditthino
honti, ekacce bhikkh& p&cittiyaditthino honti. ekacco bbi-

174 MAHAVAGGA. [IV. 16. 20-26.

kkhft thuUaccayadittlimo honti, ekaoce bhikkh(i p&tideeant-
yaditthino honti. ek. bh. thullaccayad. h., ek. bh. dukka-
(ad. h.9 ek. bh. thullaccayad. h.^ ek. bh. dubbh&sitad. h*
ye te bhikkhave bhikkhii thuUaccayaditthino, tehi • . .
(= § 19) . . . samgho pav&reyyft 'ti. ||20|| idha pana bhi-
kkhave bhikkhu tadahu pav&ran&ya pftcittiyam ajjh&panno
hoti, pfttidesaniyam ajjh&p. hoti, dukkatam ajjh&p. hoti,
dubbh&sitam ajjhftp. hoti. ekacce bhikkhA dubbh&sitaditthi-
no honti, ekacce bhikkhA samgh&disesaditthino honti. ye te
bhikkhaye bhikkhd dubbh&sitaditthino, tehi ...(=§ 19)
• . . samgho pav&reyy& 'ti. ||21|| idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhu tadahu pav&ran&ya dubbh&sitam ajjh&panno hoti.
ekacce bhikkhd dubbhftsitaditthino honti, ek. bh. thullacca-
yad. h., ek. bh. dubbh&sitad. h., ek. bh. p&cittiyad. h., ek.
bh. dubbh&sitad. h., ek. bh. p&tidesantyad. h., ek. bh. du*
bbhftsitad. h., ek. bh. dukkatad. honti. ye te bhikkhave bhi-
kkhu dubbh&sitaditthino, tehi . . . samgho pavftreyyA 'ti. ||22||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu tadahu pav&ran&ya samgha-
majjhe ud&hareyya: sun&tu me bhante samgho.* idam
vatthum panii&yati na puggalo. yadi samghassa patta-
kallam, vatthum t^apetvA samgho pavftreyyA 'ti. so evam
assa vacanlyo : bhagavat4 kho llvuso visuddhftnam pav&ranft
paiinatt&. sace vatthum pafln&yati na puggalo, idftn' eva
nam vadehtti. ||23|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu tadahu
pav&ran&ya samghamajjhe ud&hareyya : sun&tu me bhante
samgho. ayam puggalo pafljl&yati na vatthum. yadi sam-
ghassa pattakallam, puggalam thapetv& samgho pav&reyyft
'ti. so evam assa vacaniyo : bhagavat& kho &vuso samaggft-
nam pav&ran& pafiilatt&. sace puggalo pailil&yati na vatthum,
id&n' eva nam vadehtti. ||24|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu
tadahu pav&ran&ya samghamajjhe ud&hareyya : sun&tu me
bhante samgho. idam vatthuii ca puggalo ca paiin&yati.
yadi samghassa pattakallam, vatthun ca puggalail ca thapetv&
samgho pav&reyy& 'ti. so evam assa vacantyo: bhagavat& kho
&VUSO visuddh&naii ca samagg&naii ca pav&ran& paiinatt&.
sace vatthuii ca puggalo ca pann&yati, id&n' eva nam vadeht-
ti. II 25 II pubbe ce bhikkhave pav&ran&ya vatthum paflil&ya-
ti, pacch& puggalo, kallam vacanftya. pubbe ce bhikkhave

IV. 16. 26-17. 4.] MAHAVAGGA. 176

pavftran&ya pnggalo pailii&yati, pacch& yatthum, kallam va-
can&ya. pubbe ce bhikkbave pav&ran&ya yatthuil ca pngga-
lo ca paiiil&yati, tarn ce katftya pav&ran&ya ukkoteti, idckota-
nakam p4cittiyan ti. ||26||16||

tena kbo pana samayena sambabulft 8andittb& 8ambhatt&
bhikkhil Kosalesu janapadesu ai&ilatarasmiin ^vftse vassam
upagacchimsu. tesam s&mantft anile bbikkhd bhandana-
k&rak& kalahak&rak& YiY&dak&rak& bhassak&raklk samghe
adbikaranak&rak& vassam upagacchimsu mayam tesam bhi-
kkhAnam yassam yuttb&nam pav&ran&ya pavftranam tha-
pess&mft Hi. assosum kho te bhikkhfi: amb&kam kira
samantft ailiie bhikkhft bhandanakskrakll . . . adhika-
ranak&rak& vassam upagatft mayam . . • t^apessfimft Hi.
katham nu kbo amhehi patipajjitabban ti. bhagavato
etam attham drocesum. ||1|| idha ^pana bhikkhave sam-
babuls sandittbd sambhatttl bhikkhft aMatarasmim &vftse
vassam upagacchanti. tesam s&mantft ail&e bbikkhA bhanda-
nak&rak& . . . adhikaranak&rak& vassam upagacchanti ma*
yam . . . thapessftm^ Hi. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave tehi bhi*
kkh&hi dve tayo uposathe c&tuddasike kfttuin katham mayam
tehi bhikkhCLhi pathamataram pav&reyy4m& Hi. te ce bhi-
kkhave bhikkhft bhandanak&rak& • , . adhikaranakftrak&
&vftsam ftgacchantiy tehi bhikkhave ftvftsikehi bhikkhfthi la-
hum-lahum sannipatitvft pav&retabbam^ pav&retvft vattabb& :
pavftritft kho mayam ftvuso, yathftyasmant& manilanti tath&
karontA Hi. ||2|| te ce bhikkhave bhikkhd bhandanak&rak&
• . . adhikaranak&rak& asamvihitft tarn &vftsam ftgacchanti,
tehi bhikkhave &v&sikehi bhikkhiihi ftsanam pafiii&petabbainy
pftdodakam p&dapitham p&dakathalikam upanikkhipitabbam,
paccuggantv& pattacivaram patiggahetabbam, pftniyena pu*
cchitabb&, tesam vikkhitvft nissimam gantv& pav&retabbam^
pav&retvft vattabbd : pav&rit& kho mayam ftvuso, yathft-
yasmantft manilanti tath& karontd Hi. ||3|| evan ce tarn
labhetha, ice etam kusalam, no ce labhetha, &vftsikena bhi-
kkhun& vyattena patibalena &v&sik& bhikkhii nftpetabb& : su-
nantu me 4yasmanta &v£Lsik&. yad' &yasmant&nam patta-
kallam, id&ni uposatham kareyy&ma p&timokkham uddiseyy&-

176 MAHAVAOGA. [IV. 17. 4-18. 1.

ma, &game k&Je paT&reyy&m& 'ti. te ce bhikkhave bhikkhil

bhandanak&rak& • • • adhikaranak&rak& te bbikkhd evam

• • • •

vadeyyum : s4db' &vu80 id&n' eva no pay&reth& 'ti, te evam
assu vacaniy& : anissarft kbo tumbe &vuso amb&kam pav&ra-
n&ya, na t4Ya mayam pay&ress&m^ 'ti. ||4|| te ce bhikkhave

bhikkhil bhandanak&rak& . • • adhikaranak&rak& tain k&lam

• • • • • .

anuvaseyyum, &v&sikena bhikkhave bhikkhan& vyattena
patibalena &v&8ik& bhikkh(i nd,petabb&: sunantu me dyas-
mant& • . . uddiseyyftma, &game junhe pav&reyy&m& 'ti. te
ce bhikkhave bhikkh(i bhandanak&raka . . • adhikaranak&-
rak& te bhikkhd evam vadeyyum : 8&dh' &vuso id&n'' eva no
pav&rethd 'ti, te evam assu vacaniy^: anissar^ kho tumhe
ftvuso amh&kam pav&ran&ya, na t&va mayam pav&ress&m& 'ti.
II 5 II te ce bhikkhave bhikkhii bhandanak&rak& . . • adhi-
karanak&rak& tam pi junham anuvaseyyum, tehi bhikkhave
bhikkh{Lhi sabbeh' eva &game junhe komudiya c&tum&siniydr
ak&m& pavftretabbam. I|6|| tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhuhi
pav&riyam&ne gil&no agil&nassa pav&ranam thapeti, so evam
assa vacaniyo : llyasm^ kho gilano, gil&no ca ananuyogakkha-
mo vutto bhagavatft. &gamehi Uvuso y&va &rogo hosi, &rogo
&kankbam&no codessaslti. evam ce vuccamano codeti, andda-
riye p&cittiyam. || 7 1| tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhflhi pav&riya-
m&ne agil&no gil&nassa pavftranam thapeti, so evam assa va-
caniyo : ayam kho ftvuso bhikkhu gil&no, gil&no ca ananuyo-
gakkhamo vutto bhagavat&. d,gamehi &vuso y&v&yam bhi-
kkhu &rogo hoti, &rogam &kankham&no codessasiti. evam ce
vuccam&no codeti, an&dariye p&cittiyam. ||8|| tehi ce bhi-
kkhave bhikkhuhi pav&riyam^ne gil&no gil&nassa pav&ranam
thapeti, so evam assa vacaniyo : &yasmant& kho gil&n&, gil&-
no ca ananuyogakkhamo vutto bhagavat&. agamehi &vuso
y&va &rog& hotha, ftrogam &kankham&no codessasiti. evam
oe vuccam&no codeti, an&dariye pacittiyam.j|9|| tehi ce bhi-
kkhave bhikkhiihi pav&riyam&ne agil&no agil&nassa pavft-
ranam thapeti, ubho samghena samanuyuiijitv& samanugg&-
hitv& yath&dhammam karftpetv& samghena pav&retabban
ti- II 10 II 17 II

tena kho pana samayena sambahuld. sanditthd. sambhatta

IV. IS. 1-5.] MAHAVAGGA. 177

bliikkhii Kosalesu janapadesa aniiatarasmiin iyise yassam
upagaccldinsu. tesam samagg&nani sammodam&n&nam avi-
Tadam&n&nam viharatam aMataro ph&suyih&ro adhigato
hoti. atha kho tesam bhikkhunam etad ahosi: ambft-
kaqoL kbo samagg&nani . • . adbigato. sace mayam id&ni
pav&ress&ma, siy&pi bhikkbii pav&retY& ccLrikaip pakkame-
yyum, evam mayam imamhil pb&suYib&r& parib&bir& bba-
Tiss&ma. katbaiu nu kbo ambebi patipajjitabban ti. bbagava-
to etam attham ftrocesum. || 1 1| idha pana bbikkbaye samba-
bul& sandittb& 8ambbatt& bbikkbii afifiatarasmim fty&se yassam
upagaccbanti. tesam samagg&nam . . . adbigato boti. tatra
ce bbikkb&Dam evam boti : amb&kam kbo samagg&nam . • .
parib&bir& bbayiss&mi 'ti. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave tebi bbi-
kkbiibi.pav&ran&samgabam k&tum. ||2|| evafi ca pana
bbikkbave k&tabbo. sabbeb' eya ekajjbam sannipatitabbam^
sannipatitvft yyattena bbikkbun^ patibalena samgbo Mpe-
tabbo : su^&tu me bbante samgbo. amb&kam samagg&nam
sammodam&n&nam avivadam&n&nam vibaratam afiiiataro pb&-
suvib&ro adbigato. sace mayam id&ni pav&ress&ma, siyftpi
bbikkbd pay&rety& cftrikam pakkameyyum^ eyam mayam
imambft pbftsuyib&r& parib&bir& bbayiss&ma. yadi samgbassa
pattakaUam, samgbo pay&ran&samgabam kareyya, id&ni upo-
satbam kareyya p&timokkbam uddiseyya, &game komudiysl
c&tumftsiDiy& samgbo pay&reyya. es& fiatti. || 3 1| sun£ltu me
bbante samgbo. amb&kam samagg&nam . . . parib&bird bba-
yiss&ma. samgbo pay&rai^&samgabam karoti, id&ni uposa-
tbam karissati p&timokkbam uddisissati, &game komudiy&
c&tum&8iniy& pay&ressati. yassllyasmato kbamati pay&ran&-
samgabassa karanam idftni nposatbam karissati p&timokkbam
uddisissati^ ftgame komudiyft c&tum&8iniy& pay&ressati, so
tunb' assa. yassa na kkbamati, so bbftseyya. kato samgbe-
na pay^rai^&samgabo id&ni nposatbam karissati p&timokkbam
nddisissati, &game komudiy& c&tum&siniy& payftressati. kba-
mati samgbassa^ tasm& tunbt^ evam etam db&ray&mtti. ||4||
tebi ce bbikkbave bbikkbiibi kate pav&ranftsamgabe anfia-
taro bbikkbu evam vadeyya: iccb&m' abam dvuso janapa-
dac&rikam pakkamitum, attbi me janapade karaniyan ti, so
evam assa vacaniyo : s&db' &vuso pay&rety& gaccb&blti. so

12

178 MAHAVAGGA. [FV. 18. 6-6.

ce bhikkhave bhikkhu pay&rayam&no aMatarassa bbikkhuno
pav&ranam tbapeti, so eyam assa vacantyo : anissaro kho me
tvam &VUSO pay&ran&ya, na t&v&ham pav&ressftmiti. tassa ce
bhikkhave bhikkhuno pav&rayam&nassa aiiiiataro bhikkhu
tassa bhikkhuno pav&ranam thapeti, ubho samghena samanu-
yuiijitv& samanugg&hityft yathftdhammam k&r&p6tabb&. ||5||
so ce bhikkhaye bhikkhu janapade tarn kara^lyam tlrety&
punad eya anto komudiy& c&tumAsiniy^ tarn &v&6am ftgaccha-
ti, tehi ce bhikkhaye bhikkhfthi pay&riyam&ne aiifiataro bhi-
kkhu tassa bhikkhuno pay&ranam thapeti, so eyam assa ya-
caniyo: anissaro kho me tyam &yuso pay&ra^&ya, payftrito
ahan ti. tehi ce bhikkhaye bhikkhdhi pay&riyam&ne so
bhikkhu afliiatarassa bhikkhuno pav&ranam thapeti, ubho
samghena Bamanuyuiijity& samanuggfthityi yathftdhammam
k&r&petyft samghena pay&retabban ti. ||6||18||

pay&ranakkhandhakam catuttham.

& • • •

imamhi khandhake yatthu chacatt&risJl. tassa udd&nam :

•

yassam yutth& Kosalesu agamum satthu dassanam
aphlLsupasusamyftsam afi&imaiiMnulomat&J
pay&rent&pan&9 dye ca, kammam, gil&na-il&tak&y
rftj&, cor& ca, dhutt& ca, bhikkhtL paccatthik& tath&,|
paiica, catu, tayo, dye, 'ko, &panno, yemati, sari,
sabbo samgho, yematiko, bahii sam& ca thokik&»|
&y&sik&, c&tuddasd, linga-samy&sak& ubho,
gantabbam, na nisinn&ya, chandad&n', apay&ran&J
sayarehi, khepitJt, megho, antar& ca, pay&ran&,|
6 na karonti, pur' amh&kam, atthapit& ca, bhikkhuno, |
kimhi y& 'ti katamaii ca ditthena sutasank&ya,
codako cuditako ca, thullaccaya-yatthu-bhandanam,|
pay&ran&samgaho ca, anissaro, payftraye 'tL

179

MAHAVAGGA.

V.

Tena samayena buddho bhagav& B&jagalie yiharati
Gijjhakiite pabbate. tena kho pana samayena r&ja M&-
gadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro asitiyll gftmasahassesu iasarft-
dhipaccain rajjam kftreti. tena kho pana samayena Camp&-
yam So no nftma Koliviso setthiputto sukhumftlo hoti^
tassa pftdatalesu lom&ni j&t4ni honti. atha kho r&j& M&ga-
dho Seniyo Bimbis&ro t&ni aaitiin g&mikasahass&ni sannip&-
t&petyft kenacid eya karantyena So^assa KoUvisassa santike
d&tam p&hesi, ftgacchatu Sono icchftmi Sonassa &gatan ti. || 1 1|
atha kho Sonassa Eolivisassa mftt&pitaro Sonam Eolivisam.
etad avocum: rkjk te t&ta Sona p&de dakkhituk&mo. mk
kho tvam t&ta Sona yena rftj& tena pftde abhippasftreyy&si,
rafiiio purato pallaiikena nisida, nisinnassa te r&j& pftde
dakkhissatiti. atha kho Sonam £o}iyisani sivik&ya ftnesum.
atha kho Sono Eoliviso yena rftj& Mftgadho Seniyo BimbiB&-
ro ten' npasamkami, upasamkamityft r&j&nam M&gadham
Seniyam Bimbis&rain abhiy&detv& rafiiio purato pallaiikena
nistdL addasa kho rftj& Mftgadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro Sonassa
Eojivisassa pftdatalesu lom^ni jftt&ni. ||2|| atha kho r&j&
M&gadho Seniyo Bimbisftro t&ni asttim g&mikasahass&ni
ditthadhammike atthe anns&8ity& uyyojesi : tumhe khy attha
bhane mayft ditthadhammike atthe anus4sit&, gacchatha tain
bhagayantam payirup&satha, so no bhagayft sampar&yike
atthe annsftsissattti. atha kho t&ni astti g&mikasahass&ni
yena Gijjhak&to pabbato ten' upasamkamimsu. ||3|| tena
kho pana samayena &yasmft S&gato bhagayato upatth&ko
hoti. atha kho t&ni asiti g&mikasahassftni yen&yasmft S&gato
ten' upasamkamimsu^ upasamkamityft &yasmantam S&gatam

180 MAHAVAGGA. [V. 1. 4-9.

etad avocum: im&ni bhante astti gftmikasahass&ni idh*
upasamkant&ni bhagavantam dassanftya. s&dhu mayam
bhante labbeyy&ma bhagayantam dassanftyH Hi. tena hi
tumhe ftyasmanto muhuttam idh' eva t&va hotha yftv&ham
bhagavantam pativedemtti. ||4|| atha kho iyasmft S&gato
tesam asttiyft gftmikasahafls&nam purato pekkhamftn&nam p&-
tik&ya nimujjity& bhagavato purato ummnjjity& bhagayantam
etad ayoca: im&ni bhante asiti gftmikasahass&oi idh' npa-
samkant&ni bhagayantam dassan&ya, yassa d&ni bhante bha-
gay& k&lam manfiattti. tena hi tyam SAgata yih&rapacch&-
y&yam ftsanam paiin&pehlti. j| 5 1| eyam bhante Hi kho
ftyasmA S&gato bhagayato patisunityft pitham gahetyft bha-
gayato purato nimujjity& tesam asttiyA gftmikasahasa&nam
purato pekkham&n&nam pfttik&ya ummujjity& yih&rapacchft>
yftyam ftsanam paiiii&pesi. atha kho bhagay& yih&r& nikkha-
mityft yih&rapacch&yftyam paiifiatte ftsane nistdi. ||6|| atha
kho t&ni asiti gftmikasahass&ni yena bhagay& ten' upa-
samkamimsuy upasamkamityd bhagayantam abhiy&dety&
ekamantam nisidlmsu. atha kho t4ni asiti g&mikasahass&ni
ftyasmantam yeya S&gatam samann&haranti, no tathtl bhaga-
yantam. atha kho bhagay& tesam &sltiy& g&mikasahass&nam
cetasft cetopariyitakkam afiil&ya ftyasmantam S&gatam &man-
tesi : tena hi tvam Sftgata bhiyyosomatt&ya uttarimanussa-
dhammam iddhip&tih&riyam dassehlti. eyam bhante 'ti kho
ftyasm& Sftgato bhagayato patisu^itvH yeh&sam abbhugganty&
^ftse antalikkhe cankamati pi titthati pi nisldati pi aeyyam
pi kappeti dh(kp&yati pi pajjalati pi antaradhftyati pi. ||7||
atha kho &yasm& Sftgato kkiae antalikkhe*anekayihitam utta-
rimanussadhammam iddhipfttih&riyam dassetvft bhagayato
p&desu sirasA nipatity& bhagayantam etad ayoca : satthd me
bhante bhagay&, s&yako 'ham asmi, satthA me bhante bha-
gay&^ s&yako 'ham asmtti. atha kho t&ni astti g&mikasa-
hass&ni acchariyam yata bho, abbhutam yata bho^ s&yako pi
n&ma eyam mahiddhiko bhayissati eyam mah&nubh&yo, aho
niina 8atth& 'ti bhagayantam yeya samann&haranti, no tath&
&yasmantam S&gatam. || 8 1| atha kho bhagay& tesam asitiy&
g&mikasahass&nam cetas& cetopariyitakkam anfi&ya anu-
pubbikatham kathesi seyyath' idam : d&nakatham sllakatham

V. 1. 9-12.] MAHAVAGGA. 181

saggakatham kftrnftnam ddlnavam ok&ram samkilesam ne-
kkhamme ftnisamsam pakllsesi. yad& te bhagav& aiin&si
kallacitte muducitte vintvaranacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte,
atha yft buddh&nam 8ftmTikkamsik& dhammade8an& tain pa-
k&seei, dukkham samudayam nirodham maggam. seyyathft-
pi n&ma suddham yattham apagatakftlakam sammad eva
rajanam patiga^heyya, eyam eya tesam asttiyH gUmikasa-
hass&nam tasmim yeya &8ane yirajam yltamalam dhamma-
Gakkkum udapftdi yam kiiici samudayadhammam sabbam
tarn nirodhadhamman ti. || 9 1| te dittbadhammft patta-
dhamm& yiditadhammft pariyogll}hadhamm& ti:gLnayicikicch&
yigatakathamkathd ye8&rajjappatt& aparappaccayft satthu sft-
sane bhagayantam etad ayoouin : abhikkantam bhante, abhi-
kkaatam bhante, seyyath&pi bhante nikkujjitam yft ukku-
jjoyy&i paticchannam y& yiyareyya, mC^lhassa yk maggam
ftcikkheyya, andhak&re yft telapajjotam dh&reyya cakkhu«
manto rfip&ni dakkhintlti, eyam eya bhagayatft anekapariyft-
yena dhammo pakftsito. ete mayam bhante bhagayantam
saranam gacch&ma dhamman ca bhikkhusamghaft ca^ up&-
Bake no bhagay& dh&retu ajjatagge p&napete saranam gate
'ti. II 10 II atha kho Sonassa Koliyisassa etad ahosi : yath&
-yath& kho aham bhagayati dhammam desitam &jdnftmi, na
yidam sakaram ag&ram ajjhftya8at& ekantaparipunnam ekan-
taparisuddham sankhalikhitam brahmacariyam caritum. yam
niin&ham kesamassmn oh&rety& k&s&y&ni yatthftni acch&dety&
agftrasmft anag&riyam pabbajeyyan ti. atha kho t&ni asiti
g&mikasahaas&ni bhagayato bhftsitam abhinandityft anumo-
dityft ntth&yftsanft bhagayantam abhiy&dety& padakkhii^am
katy& pakkamimsu. ||ll|j atha kho Sono Koliyiso acirapa-
kkantesu tesu asitiyft g&mikasahassesu yena bhagay& ten'
upasamkami^ upasamkamityd. bhagayantam abhiy&detvft ekam-
antam niflldi. ekamantam nisinno kho Sono Koliyiso bha-
gayantam etad ayoca: yathA-yath&ham bhante bhagayati
dhammam desitam . • . brahmacariyam caritum. icch&m*
aham bhante kesamassum oh&retyft k&s&y&ni yatthftni acchi-
detyA agftrasmA anagftriyam pabbajitum, pabbijetu mam
bhante bhagayft 'ti. alatth'a kho Soiio Koliyiso bhagayato
santike pabbajjam, alattha upasampadain. acirftpasampanno

182 MAHAY AGGA. [V. 1. 12-16.

ca pan&yasmft Soi^o Sitavane yiharati. ||12|| tassa aoc&ra-
ddhaviriyaflsa cankamato pftdft bhijjimsu, cankamo lohitena
phuto hoti seyyathftpi gaY&gh&tanam. atha kho &yasmato
Soi^assa rahogatassa patisallinassa evam cetaso parivitakko
udap&di : ye kho keci bhagavato 8&yak& Araddhaviriyft viha-
ranti, aham tesam afiiiataro, atha ca pana me nftnup&d&ya
ftaavehi cittam Timuccati^ samvijjanti kho pana me kule bho-
ga. 8akk& bhoge ca bhufijitum puiiMni ca k&tum. yam
niin&ham hin&y&vattitvft bhoge ca bhuiljeyyain puiinftni ca
kareyyan ti. yl3|| atha kho bhagav& ftyasmato So^assa oe-
ta8& cetoparivitakkam ann&ya seyyath&pi n&ma balavft puriso
sammiiljitam yk b&ham pas&reyya pas&ritam vft b&ham
sammiiijeyya, eyam eva GijjhakAte pabbate antarahito Sita-
vane p&turahosi. atha kho bhagav& sambahulehi bhikkhfthi
saddhim senftaanacdrikam &hindanto yen&yasmato Soi^iassa
caiikamo ten' upasamkami. addasa kho bhagavft iyasmato
Sonaasa caiikamam lohitena phutam, disv&na bhikkh{L &man-
tesi : kassa ny ftyam bhikkhaye cankamo lohitena phuto
seyyath&pi gay&gh&tanan ti. Ayasmato bhante Sonaasa acc&-
raddhayiriyassa cankamato pftd& bhijjimsu, taaaftyam canka-
mo lohitena phuto seyyath&pi gay4ghatanan ti. || 14 1| atha
kho bhagayft yenftyasmato Sonaasa yih&ro ten' upasamkami,
upaaamkamity& panfiatte &aane nisldL &yaam&pi kho S090
bhagayantam abhiy&dety& ekamantam niatdi. ekamantam
niainnam kho ftyaamantam Sonam bhagayft etad ayoca : nanu
te Sona rahogataaaa patiaalltnaaaa eyam cetaao pariyitakko
udap&di : ye kho keci . . . puiiil&ni ca kareyyan ti. eyam
bhante 'ti. tarn kim mafifiaai Sona, kuaalo tyam pubbe agft-
rikabhfito ylnAya tantiaaare 'ti. eyam bhante. tarn Idm
maiiilaai Sona, yad& te ylnAya tantiyo acc&yat& honti, api nu
te yin& taamim aamaye aarayatt y& hoti kammaflM y& 'ti.
no h' etam bhante. ||15|| tarn kim maflfiaai So^a, yadi te
yl^ftya tantiyo atiaithil& honti, api nu te ytn& taamim aamaye
aayarati y& hoti kammai!in& y& 'ti. no h' etam bhante. tarn
kim maiiiiaai Sona, yad& te ytn&ya tantiyo n' eya acc&yat&
honti n&tiaithil& aame gune patitthit&, api nu te yin& taamim
aamaye aarayati ya hoti kammanM y& 'ti. eyam bhante.
eyam eya kho Sona acc&raddhayiriyam uddhacc&ya aamyatta-

V. 1. 16-22.] hahAyagga. 183

tiy atiltnaviriyani kosajjftya samyattati. ||16|| tasmftt iha
tyam So^a Tiriyasamatam adhitthaha indriy&nam ca sa-
matam padvijjha tattha ca nimittain gaijLh&hiti. evam
bhante 'ti kho kyasmk Soijio bhagavato paccaasosi. atha kho
bhagayft iyasmantam So^am imin& oy&dena oyadityft seyya-
tbftpi n&ma balay& puriso sammifijitani y& b&ham pas&rejrya
pasftritam y& b&ham sammifijeyya, eyam eya Sltayane ftyasma-
to Soi^Bsa sammukhe antarahito GijjhakAte pabbate p&tar-
ahofii. II 17 II atha kho ftyasmft Sono aparena samayena yi-
riyasamatam adhitthftsi indriy&nam ca samatam patiyijjhi
tattha ca nimittam aggahesi. atha kho ftyasmft Sono eko
yiipakattho appamatto ftt&pl pahitatto yiharanto na cirass'
eya yass' atth&ya kulaputt& sammad eya agHrasmft anagftri-
yam pabbajailti, tad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyos&nam
dittheya dhamme sayam abhiiiM saochikatyll upasampajja
yihftsi^ kh}n& jftti, yuaitam brahmacariyam^ katam karaniyam,
n&parain itthatt&yft 'ti abbhanii&si, aflilataro ca panftyasmft
S090 arahatam ahoei. || 18 1| atha kho &yasmato Sonassa ara-
hattam pattassa etad ahosi : yam n{Ln&ham bhagayato santike
aiifiam yy&kareyyan ti. atha kho ftyasmft Soijio yena bhaga-
y& ten' upaeainkami, upasamkamitylL bhagayantam abhiy&-
dety& ekamantam nisidi, ekamantam nisinno kho ftyasmft
Bono bhagayantam etad ayoca : || 19 i| yo so bhante bhikkhu
araham khinftsayo yusitayft katakarai?lyo ohitabhftro anuppa-
ttasadattho parikkhtnabhayasamyojano sammadailMyimuttOy
so cha tth&n&ni adhimiitto hoti : nekkhamm&dhimutto hoti,
payiyek&dhimutto hoti^ ayy&pajjhftdhimutto hoti, up&d&na-
kkhayftdhimutto hoti, tai^hakkhay&dhimatto hoti^ asammohft-
dhimutto hoti. |j20|| Biy& kho pana bhante idh' ekaocassa
ftyasmato eyam assa: keyalam Baddh&mattakam nAna ayam
&ya8m& nisfi&ya nekkhammfidhimutto 'ti. na kho pan' etam
bhante eyam datthabbam. khlnftsayo bhante bhikkhu ynsi-
tay& katakaranlyo kara^iyam att&nam asamanupassanto ka-
tafisa y& paticayam khayft r&gassa yitar&gatt& nekkhamm&-
dhimutto hoti, khay& dosassa yitadosattft nekkhamm&dhi-
mutto hoti, khay& mohassa yitamohattd nekkhamm&dhimutto
hoti. II 21 II Biy& kho pana bhante idh' ekaocassa &yasmato
eyam assa : l&bhasakk&rasilokam ndna ayam &ya8m& nik&-

184 MAHAVAGGA. [V. 1. 22-27.

mayam&DO pavivekftdliimutto Hi. na kho pan' etam . . .
khay& r&gassa yltadLgattft payiyek&dhimutto hoti, kliay& do-
sassa Yitadosatt& paviyek&dhimutto hoti, khay& mohassa yI-
tamohatt& paviyekddhimutto hoti. ||22|| siyft kko pana
bhante idh' ekaccassa ftyasmato eyam assa: Bllabbataparft-
m&sam n&na ayam &yasmjl s&rato pacdlgacchanto ayy&pajjh&-
dhimutto 'ti. na kho pan' etam . • . khay& r&gassa yitar&-
gatt& ayy&pajjh&dhimutto hoti, kliay& dosassa yttadosattft
ayy&pajjh&dhimutto hoti, khay& mohassa yitamohatt& ayyft-
pajjh&dhimutto hoti, ||23|| khay& rftgassa yttarftgatt&
up&d&nakkhay&dhimutto hoti, khay& dosassa yttadosatt&
npftd&nakkhay&dhimutto hoti, khay& mohassa yitamohatt&
upftd&nakkhay&dhimutto hoti, khaylL r&gassa yitarftgatt^
tanhakkhay&dhimutto hoti, khay& dosassa yitadosatt& tai^ha-
kkhay&dhimutto hoti, khay& mohassa yitamohatt& tanhakkha-
yftdhimutto hoti, khayft r&gassa~ yttar&gatt& asammoh&dhi-
mutto hoti, khayft dosassa yitadosattA asammoh&dhimutto
hoti, khay& mohassa yitamohattll asammohftdhimutto hoti.
II 24 II eyam samm&yimuttacittassa bhante bhikkhuno bhusA
Ce pi cakkhuyiniieyy& rtip& cakkhussa &p&tham &gacchanti,
n* ey' assa cittam pariyftdiyanti, amissikatam ey* assa cittam
hoti thitam ftnejjappattam yayaii c' ass&nupassati. bhus& ce
pi sotayiiiileyy& saddft, gh&nayirliieyyft gandhft, jiyh&yiiiney&
ras&, k&yayiMey& photthabbft, manoyiilfieyy& dhammft ma-
nassa &p&tham ftgacchanti, n' ey' assa cittam pariy&diyanti,
amissikatam ey' assa cittam hoti thitam &nejjappattam
yayaii c' ass&nupassatL || 25 1| seyyath&pi bhante selo pabba-
to acchiddo asusiro ekaghano puratthimftya ce pi dis&ya
&gaccheyya bhus& y&tayutthi, n' eya nam samkampeyya na
sampakampeyya na sampayedhejrya, pacchim&ya ce pi dis&ya
— la — uttar&ya ce pi dis&ya — la — dakkhin&ya ce pi dis&-
ya . • . na sampayedheyya, eyam eya kho bhante eyam
samm&yimuttacittassa bhikkhuno bhusft ce pi cakkhuyiMe-
yy& rtpk • . . manoyinfiey& dhamm& manassa &p&tham
ftgacchanti, n' ey' assa cittam . . • yayaft c' ass&nupassa-
tlti. II 26 II

nekkhammam adhimuttassa payiyekaii ca cetaso
ayy&pajjh&dhimuttassa up&d&nakkhayassa ca |

V. 1. 27-2. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 186

tanhakkhay&dhiinattassa afiammohafi ca cetaso
disv& &yatanupp&dam samm& cittam Yimuccati.|
tassa samm&vimuttafisa santacittassa bhikkhuno
katassa paticayo n' atthi karaniyan ca na vijjati.|
selo yathft ekaghano v&tena na samirati,
evam r&pft ras& saddft gandh& pliass& ca keyal& |

itth& dliamm& anitth& ca na pavedhenti t&dino.

• • • • f

thitam cittam yippamuttam vayan c' ass&nupassatiti. ||27||

atha kho bhagaY& bhikkhd ftmantesi: evam kho bhikkhave
kulapatt& aiiilam vy&karonti. attho ca vutto att& ca anupantto.
atha ca pan' idh' ekacce moghapiLri8& hasam&nakam maflile
ailiiam vy ftkarontii te pacchft Tigh&tam ftpajjantlti. || 28 1| atha
kho bhagav& &yasmantam Sonam dmantesi: tyam kho 'si
Sona sukhum&lo. anuj&n&mi te Sona ekapal&sikam np&hanan
ti. aham kho bhante asttisakatayfthehi rafLilam ohftya ag&-
TBBjni anag&riyam pabbajito sattahatthikafi ca anikam. tassa
me bhavissanti vatt&ro : So^o Eoliyiso asttisakatay&hehi
rafLnam ohftya ag&rasm& anag&riyam pabbajito sattahatthi-
kaii ca antkam, so dftn' ftyam ekapal&sikftsu upfthanftsu satto
Hi. II 29 II sace bhagavft bhikkhusamghassa anuj&nissati,
aham pi paribhuiijiss&mi, no ce bhagavft bhikkhusamghassa
annj&nissati^ aham pi na paribhuiijiBS&mtti. atha kho bha-
gaY& etasmim nid&ne dhammikatham katvft bhikkhd &man-
tesi: anuj&D&mi bhikkhave ekapal&sikam up&hanam. na
bhikkhave digunft up&han& dh&retabb&, na tiguQ& up&han&
dhftretabb&y na ga9amganfip&han& dh&retabb&. yo dhftreyya,
ftpatti dukkatas8& 'ti. || 30 1| 1 1|

tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyll bhikkh& sabba-
nllik& up&hanftyo dh&renti — la — sabbapitik& np&han&yo
dhftrenti, sabbalohitik& up. dh., 8abbama£ljetthik& up. dh.,
sabbakanhft up. dh., sabbamah&rangaratt& up. dh., sabbama-
h&n&maratt& up. dh&renti. manuss& ujjhftyanti khiyanti vi-
p&centi : seyyath&pi gihi k&mabhogino 'ti. bhagavato etam
attham &rocesum. na bhikkhave sabbantlikft up&han& dh&*
retabbft, na sabbapltik& up&han& dhUretabbft • • • na sabba-
mah&n&maratti up&han& dh&retabb&. yo dh&reyya, &patti
dukkatassft 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggi-

186 MAHAVAGOA. [V. 8. 2-8. 2.

y & bhikkhd ntlakayattLk& up&han&yo dh&renti» pttakayattik&
up. dh., lohitakayattik& up. dh., ma&jetthakavattik& up. dfa.,
kanhayattik& up. dh., mah&rangarattayattik& up. dh., mahlU
n&marattayattikH up. db&renti. inanu86& ujjh&yanti kht-
yanti yipftcenti : seyyath&pi gihi k&mabhogino Hi. bhaga-
yato etam attham ftrocesum. . na bhikkhaye nilakayattik&
up&han& dh&retabb& . . • na mah&Dftmarattayattik& up&han&
dh&retabb&. yo dhftreyya, &patti dukkataas^ 'ti. i| 2 1| tena
kho pana samayena chabbaggiy& bhikkbd khallakabaddb&
up&ban&yo dh&renti, putabaddh& up. dh&renti, p&ligunthimft
up. dh., tiilapun^ik& up. dh., tittirapattik& up. dh., mendayi-
B&]^abandhik& up. dh., ajayi8&nabandhik& up. dh., yicchikftlik&
up. dh., inorapicchapari8ibbit& up. dh., citr& up. dh&renti.
inaiiu88& ujjh&yanti kblyanti yip&centi : seyyathftpi gihi k&-
mabhogino 'ti. bhagayato etam attham ilrocesum. na bhi-
kkhaye khallakabaddhH up&han& dh&retabb& • • . na citr&
up&han& dh&retabb&. yo dh&reyya, ftpatti dukkatassft 'ti. || 3 1|
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiy& bhikkhii stha-
cammaparikkhat& up&han&yo dhftrenti, yyagghacammapari-
kkhat& up. dh.y dtpicammap. up. dh., ajinacammap. up. dh.,
uddacammap. up. dh., majj&ricammap. up. dh., k&Jaka-
cammap. up. dh., ulftkacammap. up. dh&rentL manu88&
ujjh&yanti khtyanti yipftcenti : seyyath&pi gihi k&mabhogino
'ti. bhagayato etam attham ^rocesum. na bhikkhaye si-
hacammaparikkhatil up&han& dh&retabbd. . . . na ultika-
cammap. up. dh&retabbi. yo dh&reyya, Apatti dukkataseft
Hi. II 4 II 2 II

atha kho bhagay& pubbanhasamayam niy&8ety& pattaciya-
ram &d&ya B&jagaham pind&ya p&yisi aii&atarena bhikkhu-
n& pacchftsamaQena. atha kho so bhikkhu khaiijam&no bha-
gayantam pitthito-pitthito anubandhi. addasa kho aSfiataro
upftaako ganamgan&p&hanam &rohity& bhagayantam diirato
'ya igacchantam^ disy& up&han& orohity& yena bhagay& ten'
upasamkamiy upasamkamityft bhagayantam abhiy&dety& yena
so bhikkhu ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityft tarn bhikkhum
abhiyftdety& etad ayoca : || 1 1| kissa bhante ayyo khailjatiti,
pftdll me &yuso ph&lit& 'ti. handa bhante up&han&yo 'ti.

V. 3. 2-4^. 1.] MAHAVAGGA. 187

alam ftvuso patikkhittd bhagayat& ga9amga9Ap&}ian& 'tL
ga9hsLh' et& bhikkhu up&hanftyo 'ti. atha kho bhagayft
etasmim nid&ne dhairnnikatham katvlL bhikkhd imantesi :
anuj&n&mi bhikkhave omukkam ga^amga^iip&haiianu na
bhikkbave navll ganamgan&p&haD& db&retabb&. yo dh&-
reyya, &patti dukkataas^ HL ||2||3||

tena kbo pana samayena bhagay& ajjhok&se aiiup&«
bano cankamati. sattbft anup&hano cankamatiti ther&pi
bbikkhii anup&banll cankamanti. cbabbaggiyd bbikkhd
satthari anupahane cankamamliiie theresu pi bhikkbflBu
anap&banesu cankamam&nesu 8aup&han& cankamanti. ye
te bhikkbd appicchft te ujjbftyanti khiyanti vip&centi:
katbam bi nftma cbabbaggiyH bbikkbd sattbari anup&-
bane cankamam&ne tberesu pi bhikkbiUu anup&banesu
cankamam&nesu Baap&ban& cankamissantiti. ||1|| atba kbo
te bbikkbd bbagavato etam attbam ftrocesuin. saccain kira
bbikkbave obabbaggiy& bbikkbd sattbari . • . saup&ba-
n& cankamantlti. saccam bbagavft 'ti. yigarabi buddbo
bbagavft : katbam bi nftma te bbikkbaye mogbapurisft sattba-
ri .. . saup&ban& cankamiasanti* ime bi n&ma bbikkbave
gibl od&tavasanft abbijtvanikassa sippassa k&rai;i& ftcariyesu sa-
g&raY& sappatissft sabbftgavuttiki yibarissanti. ||2|| idba
kbo tarn bbikkbaye sobbetba yam tumbe eyam sy&kkb&te
dbammayinaye pabbajit& sam&n& ftcariyesu ftcariyamattesu
upajjb&yesu upajjb&yamattesu sag&rayft sappatissft sabb&ga-
yuttik& yibareyy&tba. n' etam bbikkbaye appasann&nam y&
pasftd&ya — la — yigarabity& dbammikatbam katy& bbikkbii
Amantesi: na bbikkbaye ftcariyesu ftcariyamattesu upajjbft-
yesu upajjb&yamattesu anup&banesu cankamamftnesu sau-
p&banena cankamitabbam. yo cankameyya, &patti
dukkatassa. na ca bbikkbaye ajjb&r&me up&ban& dbftre-
tabb&. yo dbllreyya, &patti dukkatassft 'ti. II 3 1| 4 II

tena kbo pana samayena anflatarassa bbikkbuno p&dakbl-
l&b&dbo boti. tarn bbikkbum pariggabetyft ucc&ram pi
pass&yam pi nikkb&menti. addasa kbo bbagay& senftsana-
c&rikam &bindanto te bbikkbd tani bbikkbum pariggabetY&

188 MAHAVAGGA. [V. «. 1^. 4.

ucc&ram pi pass&yam pi nikkh&mente, diBY&na yena te bhi-
kkhd ten' upasamkami, upasainkamity& te bhikkhu etad
avoca : || 1 1| kim imassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno Hbl^ho 'ti.
imassa bhante iyasmato pftdakhil&b&dhoy imam mayam pa-
riggahety& ucc&ram pi pass&vam pi nikkhftmemft 'tL atha
kho bhagav& etasmim nid&ne dhammikatham katv& bbikkhd
ftmantesi : anujftn&mi bhikkhaye yassa pftd& yft dakkh& p&d&
y& ph&Iit& p&dakhiU y& &b&dho up&hanam dhftretun ti.
II2II5II

tena kho pana samayena bhikkht^ adhotehi p&debi maiicam
pi pltham pi abhir&hantiy ciyaram pi senftsanam pi dussati.
bhagayato etam attham ftrocesum. anuj&nftmi bhikkbaye
id&ni maiicain y& pltham y& abhiriihissftmlti up&hanam
dh&retun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhii rattiyft
uposathaggam pi sannisajjam pi gacchant& andhak&re kh&-
num pi kantakam pi akkamanti, p&d& dukkh& hpnti. bha-
gayato etam attham llrocesum. anujftn&mi bhikkbaye ajjh&-
)^ r&me up&hanam dh&retum ukkam padlpam kattaradandan ti.
112 II tena kho pana samayena chabbag'giyinbhikkhd
rattiy& paccAsasamayam paccutth&ya katthap&dak&yo abhi-
riihitv& ajjhok&se cankamanti uccftsaddi mahftsadd& khafa-
khatasaddll anekayihitam tiracchftnakatham kathent& seyyath^
idam: rftjakatham, corakatham, mah&mattak.^ sen&k., bha-
yak.y yaddhak.i annak., pftnak., yatthak.^ sayanak., m&l&k.,
gandhak., Mtik.> y&nak., g&mak., nigamak., nagarak., jana-
padak., itthik., sdrak., yisikh&k., kumbhatth&nak., pubbape-
tak.y n&natthak.y lokakkhftyikam samuddakkh&yikam itibha-
y&bhayakatham iti y& kitakam pi akkamity& m&renti bhikkhii
pi samftdhimbft c&yenti. ||3|| ye te bhikkhd appicch& te
ujjh&yanti khlyanti yip&centi : katham hi n&ma chabbaggiy&
bhikkhii rattiy& pacctisasamayaiii pagcutth&ya katthapftduk&-
yo abhiriihityft ajjhoklLse cankamissanti ucc&8add& • • . akka-
mity& m&ressanti bhikkhii pi 8am&dhimh& c&yessantiti. atha
kho te bhikkhi!! bhagayato etam attham ftrooesum. saccam
kira bhikkbaye chabbaggiy& bhikkhtL rattiy& pacciisasam-
ayam paccutth&ya katthap&duk&yo abhiriihityft ajjhok&se
cankamanti ucc&saddft . . • akkamity& m&renti bhikkhd pi

V. 6. 4-«. 1.] MAHAVAGGA. 189

samftdhimM c&yentiti. saccam bhagavft. Tigarahity& dha-
mmikatham katy& bhikkhii ftmantesi: na bhikkhave ka-
tthap&duk& dh&retabbft* yo db&reyya, &patti dukkatassA
'ti. ||4||e||

atba kbo bbagavft R&jagahe yatbftbbirantam yiharitv&
yena B&r&nasi tena cftrikam pakk&mi. anupabbena cftri-
kam caram&no yena B&r&nasi tad avasari. iatra sudam bba-
gaY& B&r&nasiyam viharati Isipatane migad&ye. tena
kbo pana samayena chabbaggiyi bbikkbd bhagavati
kattbap4duk& patikkhitt& 'ti tftlatarune cbed&pety& tftlapatta-
p&dukftyo dh&renti^ t4ni t&latarui^ftni cbinn&ni mil&yanti»
manii88& njjhftyanti khiyanti yip&centi : kaiham bi n&ma sa-
man& Sakyaputtiyft tUatarune cbed&pety& t&Iapattapftdakftyo
dh&ressanti, t&ni t&latarui^&ni cbinn&ni milftyanti. ekindri-
yam samanft Sakyaputtiyi jivam yibethentlti. || 1 1| assosum
kbo bbikkbtL tesam manuss&nam ujjh&yant&nam kbiyant&-
nam yip&cent&nam. atba kbo te bbikkbd bbagavato etam
attbam ftrocesum. saccain kira bbikkbave cbabbaggiy& bbi-
kkb& tftlatarune cbed&petv& t&lapattap&duk&yo db&renti, t&ni
t&latarun&ni cbinn&ni mil&yantitL saccam bbagavil. viga-
rabi buddbo bbagav&: katbam bi n&ma te bbikkbave mogba-
puris& t&latarune cbed&petY& t&bipattap&duk&yo db&reBsanti,
t&ni t&latarun&ni cbinn&ni mil&yanti. jivasafiiiino bi bbi-
kkbave mana88& rakkbasmim. n' etam bbikkbave appa-
sann&nam v& pas&d&ya — la— vigarabitv& dbammikatbam
katv& bbikkbA &mantesi : na bbikkbave t&Iapattap&dak&
dh&retabb&. yo db&reyya, &patti dukkatass& Hi. ||2|| tena
kbo pana samayena cbabbaggiy& bbikkbii bbagavat& t&-
lapattap&dak& patikkbitt& 'ti velutanu^e cbed&petv& ve]u-
pattap&duk&yo db&renti^ t&ni . . . (= § 1. 2. Itead veju^
instead of t&la°) . • . na bbikkbave velapattap&dak& db&re-
tabb&. yo dh&reyya, &patti dakkatass& 'ti. || 3 1| 7 II

atba kbo bbagav& B&r&i^asiyam yatb&bbirantam viba-
ritv& yena Bbaddiyam tena c&rikam pakk&mi. anupubbe-
na c&rikam caram&no yena Bbaddiyam tad avasari. tatra
sudam bbagav& Bbaddiye vibarati J&tiy&vane. tena

190 mahAvagga. [V. 8. l-«. 1.

kho pana samayena Bhaddiy& bhikkhfi anekayihitam pftda*
kam mandan&nuyoganL anuyutt& viharanti, tinap&dukam ka-
ronti pi k&r&penti pi, muiijap&d. k. pi k. pi, babbajap&d.
k. pi k. pi, hint&lap&d. k. pi k. pi, kamalap&d. k. pi k. pi,
kambalap&d. k. pi k. pi, rificanti uddesam paripuccham
adhistlam adhicittam adhipaiiiiain. || 1 1| ye te bhikkhft appi-
ccb&, te ujjhftyanti khtyanti yip&centi : katham Hi n&ma
Bhaddiyft bbikkbft anekayihitam p&dukam mandan&nuyogam
anuyutt& viharissanti, tinap&dukam karissanti pi k&r&pessanti
pi • . . rinciasanti uddesam paripuccham adhisilam adhi-
cittam adhipailiiaii ti. atha kho te bhikkhd bhagavato etam
attham llrocesum. saccam kira bhikkhave Bhaddiy& bhikkhii
anekayihitam p&dukam mandan&nuyogam anujoittll yiha-
ranti, ti^ap&dukam karonti pi k&r&penti pi — la — riiicanti
uddesaxn . . • adhipaiiilan ti. saccam bhagayd.. yigarahi
buddho bhagay& : katham hi n&ma te bhikkhaye moghapu-
ri8& anekayihitam p&dukam mandan&nuyogam anuyutt& yi-
harissanti, tinapd^lukam karissanti pi kftr&pessanti pi — la —
rificissanti uddesam paripuccham adhistlam adhicittam adhi-
paMam. n' etam bhikkhaye appasannftnam yk pas&d&ya. ||2||
yigarahity& dhammikatham katy& bhikkhii ftmantesi : na
bhikkhaye tinap&dukft dh&retabbft, na muiijapftduk& dhftre-
tabb&, na babbajap. dh., na hintAlap. dh., na kamalap. dh.,
na kambalap. dh., na soyani^amayd. p. dh., na rApiyamayft. p.
dh., na manimayft p. dh., na yeluriyamayft p. dh., na phali-
kamay& p. dh., na kamsamaya p. dh., na klk»may& p. dh., na
tipumayft p. dh., na stsamayft p. dh., na tambalohamay& p.
dhftretabbft. yo dhftreyya, ftpatti dukkatassa. na ca bhi-
kkhaye k^i samkamantyft p&duk& dhftretabb&. yo dh&reyya,
ftpatti dukkatassa. anuj&nftmi bhikkhaye tisso p&duk&yo
dhuyatthftniy& asamkamanty&yo, yaccap&dukam, pas8&yap&-
dukam, ftcamanapftdukan ti. || 3 1| 8 II

atha kho bhagayft Bhaddiye yath&bhirantam yiharity&
yena S&yatthi t-ena c&rikam pakk&mi. anupubbena cftri-
kam caram&no yena Sayatthi tad ayasari. tatra sudbm bha-
gay& Sftyatthiyam yiharati Jetayane Anftthapindi-
kassa &rftme. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiy^

V. •. 1-10. 3.] MAHAVAGGA. 191

blukkhii AciraYatIy& nadiy& g&vlnain tarantlnam Tis&nesa pi
ganhanti, kannesu pi ganhanti, glvftya pi ganhanti, cheppft-
ya pi ganhanti, pitthim pi abhirfihanti, rattacitt&pi angaj&-
tam chupanti, vaccliatari pi og&hetvft m&renti ||1 1| mannsfift
ujjh&yanti khlyanti yipftcenti: katham hi nftma samanll
Sakyaputtiyft g&vlDam taranttnam yis&nesu pi galiessanti
— gha — eeyyathftpi giht k&mabhogino 'tu aasosnm kho
bhikkM tesam manuss&nam ujjh&yantftnam khlyant&nam vi-
p&oent&nam. atba kho te bhikkhd bhagavato etam attham
ftrocesum. saccam kira bhikkhave — la — saccam bhagaviL
II 2 II Tigarahity& dhammikatham katyft bhikkhd ftmantesi:
na bhikkhave g&vinam yie&nesu gahetabbam, na kannesu ga-
hetabbam, na giv&ya gahetabbam, na chepp&ya gahetabbaniy
na pitthi abhiriihitabbft. yo abhirCiheyya^ &patti dukkatassa.
na ca bhikkhaye rattacittena angajfttam chupitabbani. yo
chnpeyya, &patti thullaccayassa. na yacchataii m&retabb&.
yo m&reyya, yathftdhammo k&retabbo 'ti. ||3|| tena kho
pana samayena chabbaggiyft bhikkhii yftnena y&yanti,
itthiyuttena pi purisantarena^ purisayuttena pi itthantarena.
manussft ujjh&yanti khlyanti yip&centi : seyyath&pi Gang&*-
mahiy&y& 'ti. bhagavato etam attham &rocesum. na bhi-
kkhave yAnena y&yitabbam. yo y^yeyya, Apatti dukkatasBft
'ti. ||4|)9||

tena kho pana samayena aiiliataro bhikkhu Kosalesu
janapadesu Sftvatthim gacchanto bhagavantam dassanAya
antarft magge gil&no hoti. atha kho so bhikkhu magg&
okkamma aMatarasmim rukkhamCLle nisldi. manussA tarn
bhikkhum disvA etad avocum : kaham ayyo bhante gamissa-
tlti. SAvatthim kho aham Avuso gamissAmi bhagavantam
dassanAyA ^ti. ||i || ehi bhante gamissAmA 'ti. nAhaip Avuso
Bakkomi,gilAno'mhlti. ehi bhante yAnam abhirAhA ti, ala^
fcvuao patikkhittam bhagavatA yAuan ti kukkuccAyanto yA-
nam nShirfthi. atha kho so bhikkhu SAvatthim gantvik
bhikhftnam etam attham Arocesi. bhikkhA bhagavato etam
attham Arocesum. anujAnAmi bhikkhave gilAnassa yAnan ti.
11211 atha kho bhikkhdnam etad ahosi : itthiyutta^ nu kho
puriaayuttam nu kho Hi. bhagavato etam attham Arocesum.

192 MAHAVAGGA. [V. 10. S-7.

anuj&Dftmi bhikkhaye purisayattam hatthavattakan ti. tena
kho pana samayena aMatarassa bhikkhano y&nuggh&tena
bftlbataram apb&su abosi. bbagavato etam attbam ftrocesuni.
anuj&Q&mi bbikkbave sivikam p&tankin ti. ||3|| tena kbo
pana samayena cbabbaggiy& bbikkbii acc&sayanamabAsaya-
n&ni db&renti seyyatb' tdam : ftsandim, pallankam, gonakam,
cittakam, patikam, patalikam, tfth'kam, yikatikaniy uddbalo-
mim, ekantalomim, kattbissam, koseyyam, kuttakaqiy battba-
ttbaram, assattbanun, -ratbattbaram, ajinappave^im, kadali-
migapayarapaccattbaranam, sauttaraocbadam, ubbatolobita-
kftpadb&nam. manussft yib&rac&rikam &bindant& passityH
ujjbftyanti kbiyanti yipftcenti : seyyatb&pi gibi k&mabbogino
'ti. bbagayato etam attbam ftrocesum. || 4 1| na bbikkbaye
ucc&sayanamab&sayan&ni db&retabb&ni seyyatb' idam:
Asandi, pallanko, gonako, cittak&, patik&, patalikft, tMik&, yi-
katik&, uddbalomt, ekantalomi, kattbissam, koseyyam, ka-
ttakam, battbattbaram, assattbaram^ ratbattbaram, aji-
napjMtyeQi, kadalimigapayarapaccattbaranam, sauttaraccba-
dam, ubbatolobitakftpadb&nam. yo dbftreyya, &patti dukka-
tassll 'ti. II 5 II tena kbo pana samayena cbabbaggiyft
bbikkbii bbagayat& uccftsayanamab&sayan&ni patikkbitt&ntti
mabftcamm&ni db&renti, sibacammam, yyaggbacammam^ dt-
picammam. t&ni maiicappam&nena pi cbinn&ni honti, pi-
tbappam&nena pi cbinn&ni bonti, anto pi ma&ce pafiiiattAni
bontiy babi pi maiice paMatt&ni bonti, anto pi pltbe paiina-
tt&ni bontiy babi pi pitbe paiinatt&ni bonti. manus8& yib&-
rac&rikam &bindant& passitya ujjb&yanti kbtyanti yipAcenti :
seyyatb&pi gibt k&mabbogino 'ti. bbagayato etam attbam
ftrocesum. na bbikkbaye mab&camm&ni db4retabb&ni, st-
hacammam, yyaggbacammam, dipicammam. yo db&reyya,
&patti dukkatassft 'tL ||6|| tena kbo pana samayena cba-
bbaggiyft bbikkbii bbagayatA mabftcamm&ni patikkbitt&-
niti gocamm&ni db&renti. t&ni maiicappam&nena pi cbinn&-
ni bonti • . . babi pi pitbe paiiftatt&ni bonti. afLSataro
p&pabbikkbu aMatarassa p&pup&sakassa kuliipako boti. atba
kbo so p&pabbikkba pubbanbasamayam niy&setyft pattactya-
ram &d&ya yena tassa papupftsakassa niyesanam ten' upa-
samkami, upasamkamitvA paiiiiatte ftsane nisidi. atba kbo

V. 10. 7-10.] MAHAVAGGA. 193

80 p&pup&sako yena so p&pabhikkha tea' upasamkami, upa-
8ainkamity& tarn pftpabhikkhum abhivftdety& ekamantam
nifildi. II 7 II tena kho pana samayena taaaa papupftsakaasa
Tacchako hoti tarunako abhir&po dasaaniyo pftsftdiko citro
seyyatb&pi dtpicch&po. atba kho so p&pabhikkhu tain ya-
ccbakam sakkaccam upanijjh&yati. atba kbo so p&papfisako
tain p&pabbikkhuin etad ayoca : kissa bhante ayyo imam ya-
ccbakam sakkaccam upanijjb&yatlti. attbo me &yu80 imassa
yaccbakassa cammenft 'ti. atba kbo so p&pupftsako tarn
yaccbakam yadbityi cammam yidh&nity& tassa pftpabbi-
kkbuno pftdftsi. atba kbo so p&pabbikkbu tain cammam
sarngbfttiyft paticcb&dety& agam&si. ||8|| atba kbo Bk g&yi
yaccbagiddbini tarn p&pabbikkbum pittbito-pittbito anu-
bandbL bbikkbd eyam ftbamsu : kissa ty ftyam &yuso g&yi
pittbito-pittbito anubaddbi 'ti. abam pi kbo ftyuso na j&n&*
mi kena my &yam g&yi pittbito-pittbito anubaddb& 'tL tena
kbo pana samayena tassa p&pabbikkbuno samgb&ti lobitena
makkbit& boti. bbikkb(i eyam ftbamsu : ayain pana te ayuso
samgb&ti kim kat& 'tL atba kbo so pftpabbikkbu bbikkbii-
nam etam attbam ftrocesi. kim pana tyam &yuso pftnfttipftte
samftdapesiti. eyam llyuso 'ti* ye te bbikkbii appiccbft, te
ujjb&yanti kbiyanti yip&centi : katbam bi n&ma bbikkbu
pfti^tip&te sam&dapessati. nanu bbagayatft anekapariy&yena
pftn&tip&to garabito p&9&tip&t& yeramani pasattb& 'ti. atba
kbo te bbikkbfL bbagayato etam attbam ftrocesmn. ||9|| atba
kbo bbagay& etasmim nid&ne etasmim pakarai^e bbikkbu-
samgbam sannip&t&pety& tarn pftpabbikkbum patipuccbi:
saccam kira tyam bbikkbu p&i^&tipftte sam&dapesiti. saccam
bbagayft. katbam bi n&ma tyam mogbaporisa p&n&tip&te
samAdapessasL nana may& mogbapurisa anekapariy&ye-
na pAn&tipftto garabito, pfti^tip&tft yeramani pasattbA. n'
etam mogbapurisa appasann&nam y& pasiid&ya. yigara-
bityft dbammikatbam katyft bbikkbA Amantesi: na bbi-
kkhave pftijifttipftte 8am&dspetabbai]i. yo eamAdapeyya, ya-
thftdhammo kAretabbo. na bhikkhaye gocammam dhAre-
tabbanL yo dhAreyya, ftpatti dukkataaea. na ca bhikkhave
kiiloi oammaiii dhilretabbaqi. yo dhftroyya, Apatti dukka-
tass&'ti. ||10||iO||

TOt. ni. ^

194 MAHAVAGGA. [V. 11. 1-13. 2.

tena kho pana samayena manussftnam maficam pi pitham
pi cammonaddh&ni honti cammavinaddh&ni. bhikkh& ku-
kkucc4yant& n&bhinisidanti. bhagavato etam attham firoce-
sum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave gibivikatam abbinistditum, na
tv eya abhinipajjitun ti. tena kho pana samayena yih&rA
cammabandbehi ogumpbiyanti. bhikkhii knkkucc&yant^ nft-
bbinistdanti. bbagayato etam attham Urocesuxn. anuj&n&mi
bhikkhave bandhanamattam abhinisiditun ti. i|l||ll||

tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiy4 bhikkhii saap&-
han& gftmam pavisanti. manussft ujjh&yanti khiyanti Tip&-
centi: seyyath&pi gihi k&mabhogino 'ti. bhagavato etam
attham irooesum. na bhikkhave saup&hanena g&mo pavisi-
tabbo. yo paviseyya, &patti dukkatassft 'tL tena kho pana
samayena afiiiataro bhikkhu gil&no hoti, na sakkoti up&hane-
na vin& g&mam pavisitum. bhagavato etam attham iroce-
sum. anaj&n&mi bhikkhave gil&nena bhikkhunA saup&ha-
neda gftmam pavisitun ti. ||1||12||

tena kho pana samayena ftyasm& Mah&kacc&no A vantt-
su viharati Euraraghare Pap&te pabbate. tena kho pana
samayena Sono upftsako Kutikanno llyasmato Mah&kaccft-
nassa upatth&ko hoti. atha kho Sono upftsako Kutikanno
yenftyasmft Mah&kaccftno ten' upasaxnkami, upasamkamitvft
&yasmantam Mah&kaccftnam abhivftdetv& ekamantam nistdi.
ekamantam nisinno kho Sono up&sako Kutikanno llyasmantam
Mahftkacc&nam etad avoca : yath&-yath&ham bhante ayyena
Mah&kacc&nena dhammam desitam &j&n&mi^ na yidam su-
karam agftram ajjh&vasatft ekantaparipunnam ekantapari-
suddham sankhalikhitam brahmacariyam caritum. icchftm'
aham bhante kesamassum oh&retvft kfts&y&ni vatth&ni aochft-
detv& ag&rasmft anag&riyam pabbajitum, pabb&jetu mam
bhante ayyo Mahftkacc&no 'ti. || 1 1| dukkaram kho Sona y&-
vajtvam ekaseyyam ekabhattam brahmacariyam, ingha tvam
Sona tatth' eva ag&rikabhd^to buddhftnam s&sanam anuyuiija
kftlayuttam ekaseyyam ekabhattam brahmacariyan ti. atha
kho Sonassa upftsakassa Kutikannassa yo ahosi pabbajj&bhi-
samkh&ro so patippassambhi. dutiyam pi kho Sono upftsako

V. 18. 2-6.] MAHAVAGGA. 195

Eutikanno — la — tatiyam pi kho Sono np. Eut. 7en&ya8in&
Mah&kaccftno ten' upasamkami • . . pabMjetu mam bhante
ayyo Mah&kaccftno 'ti. atha kho ftyasm& Mah&kacc&no
Sonam npftsakam Kutikannam pabb&jesL tena kho pana
samayena Avantidakkhin&patho appabhikkhuko hoti. atha
kho &ya8m& Mah&kacc&no tinnam vass&nam accayena kicche-
na kasirena tato-tato dasavaggam bhikkhusamgham Bannip&«
t&petvft ftyasmantam Sonam upasamp&desi. ||2|| atha kho
&yasmato Sonassa vassam yutthassa rahogatassa patisalllaassa
evam cetaao parivatakko udapftdi : suto yeva kho me so bha-
gaY& ediso ca ediso c& 'ti na ca may& 8ammukh& dittho. ga-
ccheyy&ham tarn bhagavantam daasan&ya arahantam samm&-
sambuddham sace mam upajjh&yo anuj&neyy& 'ti. atha kho
&ya8m& Bono s&yanhasamayam patisall&n& vutthito yen&-
yasmft Mah&kacc&no ten' upasamkami^ upasamkamitv& ayas-
mantam Mah&kacc&nam abhiy&detv& ekamantam nisidj, ekam-
antam nisinno kho ftyasmft Sono iyasmantam Mah&kacdl-
nam etad avoca : || 3 1| idha mayham bhante rahogatassa
patisallinassa evam cetaso parivitakko udap&di : suto yeva
kho me so bhagay& ediso ca ediso c& 'ti, na ca mayft sammu-
khft dittho. gaccheyy&ham tarn bhagavantam dassan&ya
arahantam samm&sambuddham sace mam upajjh&yo anuj&ne*
yy& 'ti. gacchejry&ham bhante tarn bhagavantam dassanftya
arahantam sammAsambuddham sace mam upajjhftyo anaj&n&-
titL s&dhu s&dhu Soi;^, gaccha tvam Soi^a tarn bhagavantam
dassanftya arahantam samm&sambuddham. ||4|| dakkhissasi
tvam Sona tarn bhagavantam p&s&dikam pas&daDiyam santin-
driyam santam&nasam uttamadamathasamatham anuppattam
dantam guttam yatindriyam nAgam. tena hi tvam Sona
mama vacanena bhagavato p&de sirasA vanda upajjh&yo me
bhante &yasm& Mah&kacc&no bhagavato p&de sirasA vandati-
ti, evafl ca vadehi: Avantidakkhi^&patho bhante appa-
bhikkhuko, tinnam me vass&nam accayena kicchena kasirena
tato-tato dasavaggam bhikkhusamgham sannipAtApetvft upa-
sampadam alattham. app eva n&ma bhagavA Avantidakkhi-
n&pathe appatarena ganena upasampadam anujftneyya. ||5||
Avantidakkhi^Apathe bhante kanhuttarft bhftmi kharft go-
kantakahatA. app eva nAma bhagavA Avantidakkhii^pa-

196 MAHIvAGGA. [V. 18. 6-9.

the ganamgan&pfthanain annj&neyya. Avantidakkhin&pathe
bhante nali&aagaruk& manossd udakasuddhik&. app eva nft-
ma bhagavA Avantidakkhin&pathe dhuvanahanam anujA-
neyya. Avantidakkhin&pathe bhante camm&ni attharan&ni
elakacammam ajacammam migacammam. seyyath&pi bhante
majjhimesu janapadesu eragu moragu majjh&ni jantu, evam
eva kho bhante Avantidakkhin&pathe camm&ni attharan&ni
e}akacammam ajacammam migacammam. app eva n&ma
bhagav& Avantidakkhi^&pathe camm&ni attharan&ni anuj&-
neyya elakacammam ajacammam migacammam. || 6 1| etarahi
bhante manu88& nisstmagat&nam bhikkhiinam civaram denti
imam ctvaram itthann&massa dem& 'ti, te &gantv& &rocenti
itthann&mehi te &vu80 manussehi ctvaram dinnan ti, te ku-
kkacc&yant& na s&diyanti m& no nissaggiyam ahositL app
eva n&ma bhagav& civare pariy&yam &cikkheyy& 'ti. evam
bhante 'ti kho &ya8m& So^o &yasmato Mah&kacc&nassa pati->
8unitv& utth&y&san& &yasmantam Mah&kacc&nam abhiv&detv&
padakkhinam katv& sen&sanain 8am8&metv& pattacivaram
&d&ya yena S&vatthi tena pakk&mi. ||7|| anupubbena yena
S&vatthi Jetavanam An&thapindikassa &r&mo yena
bhagav& ten' upasamkami, upa8amkamitv& bhagavantam
abhiv&detv& ekamantam nistdi. atha kho bhagav& &yasman-
tarn Anandam &mante8i: imass&nanda &gantukassa bhi-
kkhuno sen&sanam paiiii&pehiti. atha kho &yasm& Anando
yassa kho mam bhagav& &n&peti imassa Ananda &gantukassa
bhikkhuno sen&sanam pafiS&pehlti, icchati bhagav& tena bhi-
kkhun& saddhim ekavih&re vatthum, icchati bhagav& &yas-
mat& Sonena saddhim ekavih&re vatthun ti yasmim vih&re
bhagav& viharati tasmim vih&re &yasmato Sonassa sen&sanam
paM&pesi. ||8j| atha kho bhagav& bahud eva rattim ajjho-
k&se vitin&metv& vih&ram p&visL &yasm&pi kho Sono bahud
eva rattim ajjhok&se vitin&metv& vih&ram p&visi. atha kho
bhagav& rattiy& pacc&sasamayam paccutth&ya &yasmantain
Sonam ajjhesi: patibh&ta tarn bhikkhu dhammo bh&situn
ti. evam bhante 'ti kho &yasm& Sono bhagavato patisunitv&
sabb&n' eva atthakavaggik&ni sarena abh&sL atha kho bha-
gav& &ya8mato Soigiassa sarabhaiifiapariyos&ne abbhanumodi :
B&dhu s&dhu bhikkhu suggahit&ni kho te bhikkhu atthaka-

V. 18. 9-15.] MAHAVAGGA. 197

Taggik&ni Bamanasikatlliii 8<ipadh&rit&ni kaly&niy&pi 'si t&-
c&ya samann&gato Tissatth&ya anelagal&ya atthassa yiflS&pa-
niy&. kativasso si tvam bhikkhil Hi. ekavasso aham bhagav&
'ti. II 9 II kissa pana tvam bhikkhu evain ciram ak&stti. ci-
ram dittho me bhante k&mesu ftdtnavo, api ca 8amb&dh& gha-
rftvasft bahukicc& bahukaranly& 'ti. atha kbo bhagaY& etam
attham yiditY& t&yam vel&yam imam ud&nam ud&nesi :

disvi &diDavam loke natv& dhammam nir&padhi
ariyo na ramati p&pe sftsane ramati suctti. || 10 1|

atha khp ftyasmft Sono patisammodati kho mam bhagav&y
ayam khv assa k&lo yam me upajjhftyo paridassiti utth&y&sa-
nk ekamsam uttar^aiigam karity4 bhagavato p&desu sirasft
iiipatitv& bbagayantam etad avoca : upajjh&yo me bhante
&ya8m& Mah&kacc&no bhagavato p&de sirasft vandati evan
cavadati: Avantidakkhi^slpatho . • . pariy&yam &cikkheyy&
Hi. atha kho bhagav& etasmim nid&ne etasmim pakarai^e
dhammikatham katy& bhikkhd ^mantesi: Avantidakkhi-
n&patho bhikkhave appabhikkhuko. anujan&mi bhikkhave
sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu vinayadharapaficame-
na galena upasampadam. ||11|| tatr' ime paccantimft
janapad&: puratthimftya dis&ya Kajangalaipi n&ma ni-
gamoy tassa parena Mah&s&l&y tato par& paccaQtimft ja-
]iapad&^ orato majjhe. puratthimadakkhi^ftya dis&ya Salla-
vati nllma nadi, tato par& paccantimft janapad&, orato
majjhe. dakkhi^&ya dis&ya Setakan^ikam nftma nigamo,
tato par& paccantimH janapadft, orato majjhe. pacchim&ya
dis&ya Thftnam n&ma br&hmanag&mo, tato par& paccanti-
m& jaiiapad&, orato majjhe. uttar&ya dis&jra Usiraddhajo
n&ma pabbato, tato par& paocantim& jaoapadft, orato majjhe.
anuj&n&mi bhikkhave evar&pesu paecantimesu janapadesu
vinayadharapaficamena ganena upasampadam. ||12|| Avanti-
dakkhi^&pathe bhikkhave kanhuttar& bhilmi khar& gokanta-
kahat&. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave sabbapaccantimesu janapade-
su ganamganftpfthanam. Avantidakkhii(i&pathe bhikkhave
nah&nagaruk& manuss& udakasuddhik&. anuj&nftmi bhikkha-
ve sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu dhuvanah&nam. Avanti-
dakkhi^pathe bhikkhave camm&ni atthara^&ni e}akacammaiii

198 MAHAVAGGA. [V. 18, 13.

ajacammam migacammani. seyyath&pi bhikkhave majjhi-
mesu janapadesu eragu moragu majjh&ra jantu, evam eva
kho bhikkhave Avantidakkhinftpathe camm&ni attharanllni
elakacammam ajacammam migacammam. anuj&n&mi bhi-
kkhave sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu camm&ni attharan&ni
ejakaoammam ajacammam migacammam. idha pana bhi-
kkhave manuBsd, nisslmagat&nam bhikkh&nam civaram denti
imam civaram itthann&massa demsl 'ti. anuj&n&mi bhi-
kkhave siLditum. na t&va tarn gananiipagam y&va na ha-
ttham gacchatiti. || 13 1| 13 II

cammakkhandhakam paiicamam.

imamhi khandhake vatthu tesatthi. tass' udd&nam :

r&j& M&gadho Sono ca asltisahassissaro
S&gato Gijjhakdtasmim bahmn dassesi uttarim j
pabbajj&raddha-bhijjimsn vinam ekapalftsikam^
nll&, plt&^ lohitik&, maiijetth&, kanham eva caj
mah&ranga-mah&ii&m& vattikft ca patikkhipi,
khallak&, puta-p&lt ca, tftla-tittira-men<^'-aj&,|
vicchikft mora-citr& ca, Btha-vyaggh& ca, dtpikft,
ajia'-udd&, majj&ri ca, k&la-Iuvaparikkhatd.,|
ph&lit-up&hanft, khil&, 'dhota-khftnu-khatakhatft,
5 t&Ia-velu-tinam c' eva, mufija-babbaja-hintal&,|
kamala-kambala-80vann&, r<ipik&, mani, veluriyft,
phalik&, kamsa-k&c& ca, tipu-sisaii ca, tambak&,|
g&vi, y&nam, gil&no ca, purisayutta-sivikft,
sayan&ni, mah&camm&, gocammehi ca pftpako,|
gihtnam, cammabaddhehi, pavisanti, gil&yano,
Mahdkacc&yano Sono saren' atthakavaggikam j
- upasampadam paiicaganam ganamganH dhuvasin^
cammattharan&nunn&si na t&va gananftpagam
ad&s' ime vare paSca Sonattherassa nayako 'ti.

199

MAHlVAGGA.

VI.

Tena samayena baddho bhagav& S&yatthiyam Yiharati
Jetavane An&thapi^dikassa &r&me. tenakho pana sam-
ayena bhikkhiinani sftradikena ftb^dhena phutthftnam y&gu
pi pitft uggaocbati bbattam pi bhuttam uggacchati^ te tena
kisd honti Iftkhft dubbannft nppanduppandcikaj&t& dhammani-
santbatagattft. addasa kbo bbagavft te bhikkhft kise KLkbe
dubbanne uppa^duppa^dukaj&te dhammanisantbatagatte,
disyftna ftyasmantam A nan dam ftmantesi: kim nn kbo
Ananda etarabi bbikkbd kiB& l&kbft • . • dhamanisantbata-
gatt& 'tL etarabi bbante bbikkbftnam s&radikena &b&dbena
pbuttbftnam yftgu pi plt& uggaocbati bbattam pi bbuttam
uggaocbatiy te tena kisft liikbft dubbannft uppai^duppa^duka-
j&t& dbamanisantbatagattft 'ti. || 1 1| atba kbo bbagavato ra-
bogatassa patisallinassa eyam cetaso pariyitakko udapAdi:
etarabi kbo bbikkb&nam s&radikena ftb&dbena pbuttb&nam
— la — dbamaniaantbatagattA. kim nu kbo abam bbikkbft-
nam bbesajjam anuj&neyyam, yam bbesajjaii o' eya aasa bbe-
sajjasammatafL ca lokassa Abftrattaft oa pbareyya na ca ol&riko
Abftro paiifi&yeyyft 'ti, atba kbo bbagayato etad abosi:
imini kbo paiica bbesajjftni seyyatb' Idam eappi nayanltani
telam madbu pb&^itam bbeeajj&ni o' eva bbesajjasammat&ni
ca lokaasa ftbArattail ca pbaranti na oa olftriko Abftro paftM-
yati. yam nftnibam bbikkbdnam im&ni paiica bbesajjAni
anuj&neyyam k&le patiggabetyft k&le paribbufljitun ti. II 2 «
atba kbo bbagayft sAya^basamayam patiaalUnA vuttbito
etasmim nidftne dbammikatbam katyft bbikkbd Amantesi :
idba maybam bbikkbaye rabogataasa . . . paflftftyeyy* ti.
taasa mayba^ bbikkbaye etad ahoed : imtoi kbo paflca bbe-

200 MAHAVAGGA. [VI. 1. 3-8. 1.

sajj&ni — la — yam ndn&haxii bhikkhiinain im&ni paiica
bhesajj&ni anuj&Qeyyam k&le patiggahetv^ kdle paribhunji-
tun ti. anoj&nftmi bhikkbave t&ni pafica bhesajj&ni k&le
patiggabetv& kftle paribbuiljitun ti. || 3|| tena kbo pana sam-
ayena bbikkhd t&ni paiica bbesajj&ni k&le patiggabetv&
k&le paribhuiijanti. tesam y&ai pi t&ni p&katik&ni l&kb&ni
bhojan&ni t&ni pi na ccb&denti, pag eva senesik&ni. te tena
o' eva 8&radikena &b&dhena phatth& imin& ca bhatt&ccbanda-
kena tadubhayena bbiyyosomatt&ya ki8& honti liikb& du-
bbanna iippanduppandukaj&t& dbamani8anthatagatt&. addasa
kbo bbagav& te bhikkb(L bbiyyosomatt&ya — la — dbama-
nisantbatagatte, disv&na &ya8mantam Anandam ftmantesi :
kim nu kbo Ananda etarabi bbikkbtl bbiyyosomatt&ya
kis& — la — dbamanisantbatagatt& ^ti. || 4 1| etarabi bbante
bbikkbd t&ni ca paiica bbesajj&ni k&le . . . tadubbayena
bbiyyosomatt&ya ki8& lukb& dubbann& uppa9duppandukaj&t&
dbamanisantbatagatt& 'ti. atba kbo bbagav& etasmim nid&ne
dbammikatbam katy& bbikkbii &mantesi: anuj&n&mi bbi-
kkbave t&ni paiica bbesajj&ni patiggabetv& k&le pi vik&le pi
paribbuiljitun ti. ||6||1||

tena kbo pana samayena gil&n&nam bbikkhAnam yasebi
bbesajjebi attbo boti. bbagavato etam attbam &rocesuiiu
anuj&n&mi bbikkbave vas&ni bbesajj&ni accbayasam maccba-
vasam susuk&vasam sCikarayasam gadrabbayasam k&le pa-
tiggabitam k&le nipakkam k&le samsattbam telaparibbogena
paribbuiijitum. || 1 1| yik&le ce bbikkbaye patiggabitam, yi»
k&le nipakkam, yik&le samsattbam, tarn ce paribbuiijeyyay
&patti tinnam dukkat&nam. k&le ce bbikkbaye patiggabi-
tam, yik&le nipakkam, yik&le samsattbam, tarn ce pari-
bbuiijeyya, &patti dyinnam dukkat&nam. k&le ce bbikkbaye
patiggabitam, k&le nipakkam, yik&le samsattbam, tarn ce
paribburgeyya, &patti dukkatassa. k&le ce bbikkbaye pa-
tiggabitam, k&le nipakkam, k&le samsattbam, tarn ce pari-
bbuiijeyya, an&patttti. ||2||2||

tena kbo pana samayena gil&n&nam bbikkbdnam mdlebi
bbesajjebi attbo boti, bbagayato etam attbam &rocesunu

VI. 8. 1-7. 1.] MAHAVAGGA. 201

anujan&mi bhikkhaye miilllni bhesajj&ni. hallddam siiigi-
veram yacam yacattham atiyisam katakarohinini uslram
bhaddamuttakam y&ni y& pan' ann&ni pi atthi m(Q&iii bhe-
sajj&ni, n' eya kb&daniye kh&daniyattam pbaranti, na bho-
janiye bhojaniyattam pharanti, t&ni patiggahety& y&yajiyam
paribarituniy sati paccaye paribhuiijitum. asati paccaye pa-
ribhuiljantassa &patti dukkataasft 'ti. ||1|| tena kbo pana
samayena gil&n&nam bhikkbiinam mfilehi bbesajjehi pittbehi
attbo hoti. bbagavato etam attbam ftpocesuin. anuj&n&mi
bbikkbaye nisadam nisadapotan ti. ||2||3||

•

tena kbo pana samayena gil&n&nam bbikkbiinam kas&yebi
bbesajjebi attbo boti. bbagayato etam attbam ftrocesum.
anuj&n&mi bbikkbaye kas&y&ni bbesajj&ni nimbakas&yam
kutajak. pakkayak. nattam&lak. y&ni y& pan' a8ii&ni pi attbi
kas&yabbesajj&ni, n' eya kbftdaniye kb&daniyattam pbaranti
na bbojaniye bbojaniyattam pbaranti, t&ni patiggabety^ yft-
yajiyam paribaritmn, sati paccaye paribbuiijitum. asati
paccaye paribbuiljantassa &patti dukkatas6& 'ti. || 1 1| 4 1|

tena kbo pana samayena gil&n&nam bbikkkibiam pai^nebi
bbesajjebi attbo boti. bbagayato etam attbam &rocesum.
anuj&n&mi bbikkbaye pann&ni bbesajjftni nimbapannam
kutajap. patolap. sulasip. kappftsikap. y&ni y& pan' ailn&ni
pi attbi pann&ni bbesajjiLni, n' eya kbftdaniye kbftdaniyattam
pbaranti na bbojaniye bbojaniyattam pbaranti — la — •

iUllfill

tena kbo pana samayena gil&n&nam bbikkb&nam pbalebi
bbesajjebi attbo boti — la — anuj&n&mi bbikkbaye pbalftni
bbesajj&ni yilangam pippalam maricam baritakam yibbita-
kam &malakam gotbapbalam y&ni y& pan' aiin&ni pi attbi
pbal&ni bbesajj&niy n' eya kb&daniye kb&daniyattam pba-
rantiy na bbojaniye bbojaniyattam pbaranti — la — . ||1 1|6||

tena kbo pana samayena gil&nftnam bbikkbAnarn jatiibi
bbesajjebi attbo boti — la — annj&n&mi bbikkbaye jattlni
bbesajj&ni bingu bingujatu bingusipft(ikaixi takam takapattiqi

202 MAHAVAGGA. [VI. 7. I-IO. 2.

takapannim sajjulasam y&ni y& pan' aM&ni pi atthi jatflni
bhesajj&ni, n' eva kh&daniye kh&daiiiyattaiii pharanti — la — •

II1II7II

tena kho pana samayena gil&n&nam blukkhiinam lonehi
bhesajjehi attho hoti — la — anujftn&mi bhikkhave lont&ni
bhesajjllni 8&muddam k&lalonam sindhavam ubbhidam bilam
y&ni Y& pan' aftfi&ni pi atthi lon&ni bbesajj&ni, n' eva kh&-
daniye khftdaniyattam pharanti, na bhojaniye bhojaniyattam
pharanti, t&ni patiggahetv& y&yajiyam pariharitum, sati pa-
ccaye paribhuiljituin. asati pitccaye paribhufijantassa Upatti
dakkataas&UIHllSlI

tena kho pana samayena ayasmato Anandassa upajjh&-
yassa ftyasmato Belatthaslsassa thullakacchftbftdho hoti.
tassa lasik&ya civar&ni kftye lagganti. t&ni bhikkhii uda-
kena temety&-temety& apakaddhanti. addasa kho bhagay&
senftsanacdrikam &hindanto te bhikkhd tftni civar&ni uda-
kena temety&-temetv& apakaddhante, disy&na yena te bhi-
kkhii ten' upasamkami, npasamkamityft te bhikkhd etad
ayoca : kim imassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno &bftdho 'ti. imassa
bhante ftyasmato thullakacch&b&dhoy lasik&ya ciyar&ni k&ye
lagganti, iAm mayam udakena temety&-temetY& apakaddh&-
mk ^ti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavft etasmim nid&ne dhammi-
katham katy& bhikkhii ftmantesi : anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye
yassa kandu y& pi}ak& y& ass&vo yft thullakacchi yft &bftdho
kftyo y& duggandho, cunn&ni bhesajj&ni, agil&nassa cha-
kanam mattikam rajananipakkam. anujftn&mi bhikkhaye
udukkhalam musalan ti. ||2||9||

tena kho pana samayena gil&n&nam bhikkh^knam cuiginehi
bhesajjehi c&litehi attho hoti — >la — anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye
cni^nac&laninti. sanhehi attho hoti. anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye
dussac&lanin ti. || 1 1| tena kho pana samayena aii&ttarassa
bhikkhuno amanussik&b&dho hoti. tain ftcariyupajjh&y&
upatthahant& nftsakkhimsu ftrogam k&tum. so Slikarasiinam
gantyft Amakamamsam khftdi &makalohitam piyi, tassa so
amanussik&b&dho patippassambhi bhagayato etam attham

YI. 10. 2-12. 3.] MAHAVAGGA. 203

ftrocesimL anuj&n&mi bhikkhave amanussik&b&dhe ftmaka-
mamsam &makalohitan tL ||2i|10||

fena kho pana samayena aiiiiatarassa bhikkhiino cakkha-
rog&bftdho hotL tarn bhikkbnin pariggahetyft ucoaram pi
pass&vam pi nikkh&menti. addasa kho bhagav& senftsana-
c&rikam fthi^danto te bhikkhd tarn bhikkhtun pariggahetvft
ucc&ram pi pass&yam pi nikkh&mente, disyftna yena te bhi-
kkhii ten' upasaipkami, xipa8ainkamity& te bbikkbii etad
ayoca: kirn imassa bbikkbaye bhikkhuno &bftdho 'ti. ||1||
ipaassa bhante ftyasmato cakkhurogftb&dho, imam mayam
pariggahetyi ucc&ram pi pass&yam pi nikkhftmemft Hi. atha
kho bhagayft efcasmim nid&ne dhammikatham katy& bhikkhii
iLmantesi: anuj&nftmi bhikkhaye aiijanam k&laftjanam ra-
saiijanam sotaftjanam gerukam kapallan ti. afijanupapisanehi
attho hoti — gha — anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye oandanam taga-
ram k&l&nus&riyam tftllsam bhaddamuttakan ti. ||2||11||

tena kho pana samayena bhikkh(L pit(hftni aSjan&ni th&li-
kesn pi sarftyakesu pi nikkhipanti. ti^acunnehi pi pamsu-
kehi pi okiriyanti •— gha — anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye afijanin
ti. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyd bhikkhii uccft-
yac& aiijaniyo dh&renti soyannamayam r&piyamayam. ma-
nu88& ujjhftyanti khlyanti yip&oenti : seyyath&pi gihl k&ma-
bhogino 'ti. bhagayato etam attham &rocesiiin. na bhi-
kkhaye ucc&yac& ailjanl dhftretabb&, yo dh&reyya, &patti
dukkatassa. anujftnftmi bhikkhaye atthimayam dantamayam
yis&namayam nalamayam yelumayam katthamayam jatuma-
yam phalamayam lohamayam saiikhan&bhimayan ti. || 1 1|
tena kho pana samayena aiijani ap&rut& honti. tinacunnehi
pi pamsukehi pi okiriyanti — la — anujftn&mi bhikkhaye
apidh&nan ti. apidh&nain nipatati. anujan&mi bhikkhaye
suttakena bandhity& anjaniyi bandhitun ti. aiijaDl nipatati.
anujftn&mi bhikkhave snttakena sibbetun ti. ||2|| tena kho
pana samayena bhikkhii anguliy& aiijanti. akkhlni dukkh&-
ni honti — la — anujftnftmi bhikkhaye aiijanisal&kan ti.
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyd bhikkhii uccftyac&
afijanisal&kftyo dh&renti soya^jgiamayam riipiyamayam. ma-

204 MAHAVAGGA. [VI. VL 3-14. 1.

I1U88& ujjh&yanti khiyanti vip&centi : seyyatMpi gihi k&ma-
bhogino 'ti — la — na bhikkhave uccfivacft a£Ljani8alak&
dh&retabb&. yo dh&reyya, &patti dukkatassa. anuj&D&mi bhi-
kkhave atthimayam — la — sankhanftbhimayan ti. || 3 1| tena
kho pana samayena ailjanisal&k& bhiimiyam patit& pharus&
hoti — la — anuj&n&mi bhikkhave sal&kodhftniyan ti.
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhii aiijanim pi aiijanisal&kam pi
hatthena pariharanti — la — anuj&n&mi bhikkhave afijani-
thavikan ti. aniBabandhako na hoti — la — anuj&n&mi bhi-
kkhave amsabandhakam bandhanasuttakan ti.||4||12||

tena kho pana samayena ftyasmato Pilindavacchassa
sls&bhit&po hoti — la — anuj&n&mi bhikkhave muddhani
telakan ti. na kkhamaniyo hoti — la — anuj&n&mi bhi-
kkhave natthukamman ti. natthu galati — la — anu-
jftn&mi bhikkhave natthukaranin ti. tena kho pana sam-
ayena chabbaggiy& bhikkhCl ucc&vacll natthukaraniyo
dhllrenti sovannamayam rilpiyamayam. manusssl ujjhftyanti
khlyanti vip&centi : seyyathftpi gihl k&mabhogino 'ti. na
bhikkhave ucc&vac& natthnkaranl dh&retabba. yo dh&reyya,
ftpatti dukkatassa. anuj&nftmi bhikkhave atthimayam — la—
sankhan&bhimayan ti. || 1 1| natthum visamam &sincantL
anuj&n&mi bhikkhave yamakanatthukaranin ti. na
kkhamaniyo hoti. anujd.n&mi bhikkhave dhdmam p&tun
ti. tan lieva vattim &limpetv& pivanti. kantham dahati

— la — anuj&n&mi bhikkhave dhiimanettan ti. tena kho
pana samayena chabbaggiyft bhikkhd ucc&vac&ni dhtl-
manett&ni dhftrenti . . . {camp, § 1.) . • • saiikhan&bhima-
yan tL tena kho pana samayena dh{imanett&ni ap&rut4ni
hontii p&9ak& pavisanti — la — anuj&n&mi bhikkhave api-
dh&nan ti. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhd dh{imanett&ni
hatthena pariharanti. annj&n&mi bhikkhave dhflmanetta-
thavikan ti. ekato ghamsiyanti — la — anujan&mi bhi-
kkhave yamakathavikan ti. amsabandhako na hoti

— la — anaj&n&mi bhikkhave amsabandhakam bandha-
nasuttakan ti. ||2||13||

tena kho pana samayena &yasmato Pilindavacchassa

VI. 14. 1-5.] MAHAVAGGA. 205

T&t&b&dho hoti. vejj& evam ftliamsu: telam pacitabban ti.
anuj&n&mi bhikkhave telap&kan ti. tasmim kho pana te-
lapftke majjam pakkhipitabbam hoti. anujftD&mi bhikkbave
telap&ke majjam pakkbipitun ti. tena kho pana samayena
cbabbaggiya bbikkbii atipakkbittamajj&ni tel&ni pacanti.
t&ni piyitv& majjanti. na bhikkhave atipakkhittamajjam te*
lam p&tabbam. yo piveyya, yathftdhammo k&retabbo. anu-
j&nftmi bhikkhave yasmim telap&ke majjassa na vanno na
gandho oa rase pafin&yati, evardpam majjapakkhittam telam
p&tun ti. II 1 II tena kho pana samayena bhikkh(inam bahum
atipakkhittamajjam telam pakkam hoti. atha kho bhikkhtlnam
etad ahosi : katham nu kho atipakkhittamajje tele patipajji-
tabban ti. anujftnftmi bhikkhave abbhailjanam adhitth&-
tun ti. tena kho pana samayena ftyasmato Filinda-
vacchassa bahutaram telam pakkam hoti, telabh&janam na
samvijjati. anuj&nftmi bhikkhave tini tumb&ni lohatumbam
katthatumbam phalatumban ti. |j2|| tena kho pana sam-
ayena ftyasmato Pilindavacchassa aiigav&to hoti. anu-
j&n&mi bhikkhave sedakamman ti. na kkhamantyo hoti.
anuj&n&mi bhikkhave sambh&rasedan ti. na kkharoaniyo
hoti. anuj&nftmi bhikkhave mah&sedan ti. na kkhama-
ntyo hoti. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave bhangodakan ti. na
kkhamaniyo hoti. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave udakakotthakan ti.
||3|| tena kho pana samayena &yasmato Pilindavacchassa
pabbav&to hoti. anujftn&mi bhikkhave lohitam mocetun
ti. na kkhamaniyo hoti. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave lohitam
mocetv& vis&nena gahetim ti. tena kho pana samayena
&ya8mato Pilindavacchassa p&d& ph&lit& honti. anuj&-
n&mi bhikkhave p&dabbhanj anan ti. na kkhamaniyo hoti.
antij&n&mi bhikkhave pajjam abhisamkharitnn ti. tena
kho pana samayena ailiiatarassa bhikkhuno gand&b&dho hoti.
anuj&n&mi bhikkhave satthakammam. kas&vodakena attho
hoti. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave kas&vodakan ti. tilakakke-
na attho hoti. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave tilakakkan ti. ||4||
kabalik&ya attho hoti. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave kabalikan
ti. vanabandhanacolena attho hoti. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave
vanabandhanacolan ti. yano kanduvati. anuj&n&mi
bhikkhave s&sapakuttena phositun ti. vano kilijjittha.

206 mahJLvagga. [VI. 14. s-is. i.

anuj&Q&mi bhikkhave dhtiinam k&tun ti. yanamamfiaiii
vutth&ti. anujlln&ini bhikkhave lo^asakkharik&ya
chinditun ti. vano na riihatL anuj&n&mi bhikkhave va-
natelan ti. telam galati. bhagavato etam attham &roce-
Bum. anujftnUmi bhikkhave vik&sikam sabbam vanapati-
kamman ti. i|5|| tena kho pana samayena ailiiataro bhikkhu
ahin& dattho hoti. bhagavato etam attham ftrocesom. ana-
jftn&mi bhikkhave catt&ri mah&vikat&ni d&tum . g&thain
muttam chftrikam mattikan ti. atha kho bhikkhdnam etad
ahoai : appatiggahit&ni nu kho ud&hu patiggahetabb&nttL
bhagavato etam attham &rocesum. anujanftmi bhikkhave
sati kappiyakftrake patiggahftpetum^ asati kappiyak&rake
B&mam gahetv& paribhuiijitan ti. tena kho pana samayena
aiifLatarena bhikkhunft visam pltam hoti. anuj&n&mi bhi-
kkhave g&tham pftyetun ti. atha kho bhikkh&nam etad
ahoei: appatiggahito nu kho ud&hu patiggah&petabbo Hi.
anuj&n&mi bhikkhave yam karonto patigganh&ti sv eva
patiggaho kato^ na puna patiggah&petabbo Hi.' ||6|| tena
kho pana samayena aniiatarassa bhikkhuno gharadinnaki-
b&dho hoti. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave stt&lo}im p&yetun ti.
tena kho pana samayena aiifiataro bhikkhu dutthagahais^iko
hotL anuj&nftmi bhikkhave ftmisakhftram p&yetun ti.
tena kho pana samayena annatarassa bhikkhuno paiiduro-
g&b&dho hoti. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave muttaharitakam
p&yetun ti. tena kho pana samayena afinatarassa bhikkhuno
chavidos&b&dho hoti. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave gandh&lepaxn
k&tun ti. tena kho pana samayena afiiiiataro bhikkhu abhi-
sannak&yo hoti. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave virecanam p&tun
ti. acchaka!ijiy& attho hoti. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave accha-
kaiijikan ti. akatayilsena attho hoti. anuj&n&mi bhi-
kkhave akatay{isan ti. kat&katena atth6 hoti. anuj&n&mi
bhikkhave kat&katan ti. paticch&daniyena attho hotL
anuj&n&mi bhikkhave paticch&daniyan ti. ||7||14||

tena kho pana samayena &yasm& Pilindavaccho R&ja-
gahe pabbh&ram sodh&peti lenam kattuk&mo. atha kho
r&j& M&gadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro yen&ya8m& Pilinda^
vaccho ten' upasamkami, upasamkamitv& &yasmanta]n Pilin*

VI. 15. 1-4.] MAHAVAGOA. 207

davaccham abhiyftdetv& ekamantam niaidi. ekamantam
nisinno kho r&j& M&gadho Seniyo Bimbiaftro &yasmantain
Pilindayaccliain etad avoca : kim bhante thero k&r&petlti.
pabbh&ram mah&rftja sodh&pemi le^am kattuk&mo 'ti. attho
bhante ayyassa &r&mikeii& 'ti. na kho mah&rftja bhagavatft
&r&miko anunfi&to 'ti. tena hi bhante bhagavantain pati-
puochity& mama &roceyy&th& 'ti. evam mah&r&j& 'ti kho
Ayasmft Pilindavaccho raiiiio M&gadKassa Seniyassa Bimbi-
aftrassa paccassosi. ||1|| atha kho ftyasmft Pilindavaccho
r&j&nam M&gadham Seniyam Bimbisftram dhammiy& kath&ya
sandafisesi sam&dapesi samuttejesi sampahamsesL atha kho
r&j& Mftgadho Seniyo Bimbisftro ftyasmatA Pilindavacchena
dhammiyft kath&ya sandassito samftdapito samuttejito sampa-
hamsito utthfty&8an& ftyasmantam Pilindayaccham abhivft-
detvft padakkhinam katv& pakk&mi. atha kho &yasm&
Pilindavaccho bhagavato santike ddtam p&hesi : r&j& bhante
M&gadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro &r&mikain d&tuk&mo. katham
nu kho bhante patipajjitabban ti. atha kho bhagavft
etasmim nid&ne dhammikatham katv& bhikkhA &mantesi:
annj&n&mi bhikkhave &r&mikan ti. ||2|| dutiyam pi kho
r&jft M&gadho Seniyo Bimbisftro yen&yaamft Pilindavaccho
ten' npasamkami, upasamkamitvft ftyasmantam Pilindava-
ocham abhivftdetvft ekamantam nistdL ekamantam nisinno
kho r&j& Magadho Seniyo Bimbisftro ftyasmantam Pilinda-
vaccham etad avoca: anuiin&to bhante bhagavat4 ftrftmiko
'ti. evam mahftrftjft 'ti. tena hi bhante ayyassa ftrftmikam
dammlti. atha kho rftjft M&gadho Seniyo Bimbisftro ftyasma-
to Pilindavacchassa ftrftmikam patisunitvft vissaritvft cirena
satim patilabhitvft aiiiiatarain sabbatthakam mahftmattam
ftmantesi : yo mayft bhane ayyassa ftrftmiko patissnto dinno
BO ftrftmiko 'ti. na kho deva ayyassa ftrftmiko dinno 'ti.
kivaciram nu kho bhane ito hitam hotiti. || 3 1| atha kho so
mahftmatto rattiyo viganetvft rftjftnam Mftgadham Seniyam
Bimbisftram etad avoca : pafica deva rattisatftniti. tena hi
bha^e ayyassa pafica ftrftmikasatftni dethft 'ti. evam devft 'ti
kho so mahftmatto raMo Mftgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisftrassa
patisunitvft ftyasmato Pilindavacchassa paiica ftrftmikasatftni
pftdftsiy pfttiyekko gftmo nivisi. Arftmikagftmo 'ti pi nam

208 MAHAVAGGA. [VI. 15. 4-7.

dhamsu, Pilindag&mo 'ti pi nam &liamsa. tena kho pana
samayena kyaamk Pilindavaecho tasmim g&make kuldpako
hoti. atha kho &yasmft Pilindavaccho pubbanhasamayam
iiiyft8ety& pattacivaram ftd&ya Pilindag&mam pind&ya p&visi.
II 4 II tena kho pana samayena tasmim g&make ussavo hoti,
dftrik& alamkati m&l&kit& kilanti. atha kho ^yasmft Pilinda-
Yaccho Pilindag&make sapad&nam pind&ya caram&no yena
aMatarassa &r&mika8sa nivesanam ten' upasamkami, upa-
8amkamitv& paiiiiatte &sane nistdi. tena kho pana samayena
tas8& &r&mikiniy& dhtt& afLiie d&rake alamkate m&l&kite paasitvA
rodati : m&lam me detha, alamk&ram me deth& 'ti. atha kho
&yasma Pilindavaccho tarn &rftmikinim etad avoca : kiss&yam
d&rika rodattti. ayam bhante d&rik& aMe d&rake alamkate
m&l&kite passityft rodati : m&lain me detha, alamk&ram me
deth& 'ti. kuto amh&kam duggatftnam m&l&y kuto alamk&ro
'ti. II 5 II atha kho ftyasmft Pilindavaccho annataram tinan4u-
pakam gahetvft tarn ftramikinim etad avoca: hand' imam
tinandupakam tassA darikftya stse patimuficA 'ti. atha kho
8& &r&mikini tarn tinandupakam gahetv& tassft d&rik&ya sise
patimufici. si ahosi Buvannam&l& abhiriip& dassaniyA pftsd-
dik&y n' atthi tftdis& raiiilo pi antepure suvaigLnamiJA. ma-
nussA railiio M&gadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisftrassa iLrocesmn :
amukassa deva ftr&mikassa ghare Buvannam&l& abhirftp&
dassaniyft p&s&dik&, n' atthi t&disi devassa pi antepure su-
vaQ^am&l&. kuto tassa duggatassa. nissamsayam corik&ya
&bhat& 'ti. atha kho r&j& M&gadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro tarn
&r&mikakulam bandh&pesi. || 6 1| dutiyam pi kho Hyasmft Pi-
lindavaccho pubbaigihasamayam niv&setv& pattacivaram ftdllya
Pilindag&mam pind&ya p&visi. Pilindag&make sapad&nam
pi^d&ya caram&no yena tassa irHmikassa nivesanam ten' upa-
samkami, upasamkamitvA pativissake pucchi: kaham imam
&r&mikakulam gatan ti. etissft bhante suvan^amfilftya kftra-
n& raii£i& bandh&pitan ti. atha kho &yasmft Pilindavaccho ye-
na raiiiio M&gadhassa Seniyassa Bimbis&rassa nivesanam ten'
upasamkami, upasamkamitvA paiiiiatte ftsane nisldi. atha kho
rftjA M&gadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro yen&yasmft Pilindavaccho
ten' upasamkami, upasamkamitv& &yasmantam Pilindava-
ccham abhiv&detv& ekamantam nistdL ekamantam nisinnam

VI. 15. 7-ie. 1.] MAHAVAGGA. 209

kho r&j&nam M&gadhain Seniyam BimbisAram ftyasmft Pi-
lindayaccho etad avoca: ||7|| kissa mah&r&ja &r&mikakiilaiii
bandh&pitan ti. tassa bhante ftrftmikassa gbare 8uyani^am&l&
abbirdpft dassaniyft pftsftdikd, n' atthi tAdisft amhAkam pi
antepure Buyai^^am&l&. kuto tassa duggatassa. nissamsayam
oorik&ya &bbat& Hi. atba kho &ya8m& Pilindayaccho rafiiio
M&gadbassa Seniyassa Bimbis&rassa p&s&dam suvannan ti
adhimacci, so abosi sabbo soyannamayo. idaijfi pana te ma-
b&r&ja t&yababum suyannam kuto 'ti. a£ifi&tam bhante,
ayyassa eso iddhftnubh&yo 'ti tam ftrftmikakulam muiic&pesi.
II 8 II manussd ayyena kira Pilindayaccbena aar&jik&ya pari-
sftya attarimanussadhammain iddhip&tih&riyam dassitan ti
attaman& abhippasanni &yasmato Pilindayacchassa panca
bhesajj&ni abhiharimsa seyyath' idani : sappim nayanitanx
telam madhum ph&nitan tL pakatiy&pi ca ftyasmil Pilinda-
yaccho l&bhl hotiy pailcannain bhesajj&nam laddham-laddhani
paris&ya yissajjesi. parish c' assa hoti b^huUika, laddhani
-laddham kolambe pi ghate pi piirety& patis&meti, pariss&ya-
n&ni pi thayik&yo pi ptirety& y&tap&nesu lagganti, t&ni olina-
yilin&ni titthanti, undurehi pi yih&r& okinnayikii^nft honti.
manus8& yih&rac&rikam &hindant& passityft ujjh&yanti khl-
yanti yipftcenti : antokotth&g&rik& ime saman& Sakyaputtiy&
seyyath&pi rftj& Mdgadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro 'ti. ||9|| assosuni
kho bhikkhd tesam manussdnam ujjh&yant&nam khiyant&-
nam yip&cent&nam. ye te bhikkhd appicch& te ujjh&yanti
khiyanti yip&centi : katham hi n&ma bhikkhd eyariip&ya b&-
hull&ya cetessantiti. atba kho te bhikkhd bhagayato etam

atthanx &rocesum. saccam kira bhikkhaye bhikkhii eyarti-

• • •

p&ya b&huU&ya cetentlti. saccam bhagay&. yigarahityft
dhammikathaip katy& bhikkhii ftmantesi : y&ni kho pana
t&ni gil&n&nam bhikkhiinam patis&yaniyftni bhesajj&ni
seyyath' idam : sappi nayanttam telam madha ph&nitam, t&-
ni patiggahety& satt&haparamam sannidhik&rakam
paribhufijitabb&niy tam atikk&mayato yath&dhammo k&«

letabbo'ti. II10||15||

bhesajjaanuiiii&tabh&nay&ram pathamam.

atba kho bhagay& S&yatthiyam yath&bhirantam yiha?

VOL. lU. 14

t

210 MAHAVAGGA. [VI. 16. 1-17. 2.

ritv& yena R&jagabam tena cftrikam pakk&mi. addasa kho
&ya8m& Kankh&revato antarA magge gulakaranam okka-
mity& gule pittfaam pi ch&rikam pi pakkhipante^ disv&na
akappiyo gulo s&miso, na kappati gulo vik&le paribbuiijitan
ti kukkucc&yanto sapariso gulam na paribhuiijatiy ye pi 'ssa
sotabbam maiiiianti, te pi gulam na paribbuiijanti. bbaga-
Tato etam attbam ftrocesuin. kimattbiyft bhikkhave gale
pittbam pi cb&rikam pi pakkbipantiti. thaddbanattb&ya
bbagavft 'ti. sace bbikkbave tbaddbanattbftya gule pittbam
pi cb&rikam pi pakkbipanti so ca gulo tv eva samkbam
gaccbati^ anuj&nami bbikkbave yatb&sukbam gulam pari-
bbunjitun ti. ||1|| addasa kbo &yasm& £ankb&reyato
antar& magge yacce muggam j&tam, pas8ity& akappiyft
muggft, pakkftpi muggH j&yantiti kukkucc&yauto sapariso
muggam na paribbunjati, ye pi 'ssa sotabbam maiinanti, te
pi muggam na paribbuiijanti. bbagayato etam attbam &ro-
cesum. sace bbikkbave pakk&pi mugg& j&yanti, anuj&nami
bbikkbave yatbftsukbam muggam paribbunjitun ti. ||2||
tona kbo pana samayena annatarassa bbikkbuno udaray&t&-
bftdbo boti^ so lo^asovirakam ap&yi, tassa so udaravftt&bftdho
patippassambbi. bbagavato etam attbam ftrocesum. anuj&-
n&mi bbikkbave gil&nassa lonasovirakam, agil&nassa
udakasambbinnam p&naparibbogena paribbuiijitun ti. || 3 1| 16 1|

atba kbo bbagaviL anupubbena c&rikam caram&no yena
K&jagabam tad avasarL tatra sudam bbagavft B&jagabe
vibarati Yeluvane Xalandakaniv&pe. tena kbo pana
samayena bbagavato udarav&t&b&dbo boti. atba kbo &ya8m&
Anando pubbe pi bbagavato udarav&t&blUibo tekatul&ya
y&guy& pb&su botiti s&mam tilam pi tandulam pi muggam
pi paiiii&petv& anto v^setyft ante s&mam pacitv& bbagavato
npan&mesi pivatu bbagav& tekatulay&gun ti. !! 1 1| jftnant4pi
tatbftgat& puccbanti, j&nant&pi na puccbanti, kAlam viditv&
puccbanti, k&lam viditv& na puccbanti, attbasambitam tatb&-
gat& puocbanti no anattbasambitam, anattbasambite setu*
gb&to tatbftgat&nam. dvtbi &k&rebi buddbft bbagavanto
bbikkbti patipuccbanti, dbammam v& desess&ma, sftvak&nam
vA sikkb&padam pafiilftpess&mft 'ti. atba kbo bbagav& ftyas-

VI. 17. 2-7.] MAHAVAGGA. 211

mantam Anandam llmantesi: kut' ijsm Ananda y&gd 'ti.
atha kho &yasm& Anando bhagavato etam attham Arocesi.
II 2 II yigarahi buddho bhagav&: anaaucchaviyam Ananda
anannlomikam appatir&pam aas&ma^akam akappiyam aka-*
raniyam. katham hi n&ma tvam Ananda evartip&ya b&hullAya
cetessasi. yad api Ananda anto vuttham tad api akappiyam^
yad api anto pakkam tad api akappiyanii yad api s&mam
pakkam tad api akappiyam. n' etain Ananda appasann&nam
yft pas&d&ya. vigarahitv& dhammikatham katv^ bhikkhii
&mantesi: na bhikkhaye anto yutj^ham anto pakkam
aftmftTn pftklrRpn paiibhunjita^Ebam. yo panEhuilgeyyay
&patti dukkatassa. ||3|| anto ce bhikkhaye yuttham anto
pakkam 8&mam pakkam^ tail ce paribhniljeyya, &patti tii;u;^aiii
dakkat&nam. anto ce bhikkhaye yuttham anto pakkam
aflnehi pakkam, tail ce paribhuiijeyya, &patti dyinnam
dukkat&nam. anto ce bhikkhaye yuttham bahi pakkam
8&mam pakkam, tan ce paribhufijeyya, ftpatti dvinnam dukka-
t&nam. ||4|| bahi ce bhikkhaye yuttham anto pakkam
B&mam pakkam, tan ce paribhunjejrya, &patti dyinnam dukka-
tftnam. anto ce bhikkhaye yuttham bahi pakkaijfL aiinehi
pakkam, tail ce paribhunjeyya, &patti dukkatassa. bahi ce
bhikkhaye yuttham anto pakkam anfiehi pakkam, tail ce
paribhuiijeyya, ftpatti dukkatassa. bahi ce bhikkhaye yu-
ttham bahi pakkam s&mam pakkam, tail ce paribhunjeyya,
&patti dukkatassa. bahi ce bhikkhaye yuttham bahi pakkam
aftiiehi pakkam, tafi ce paribhuiijeyya, an&pattiti. ||5|| tena
kho pana samayena bhikkhtl bhagayat& simampiko pati-
kkhitto 'ti punap&ke kukkucc&yanti. bhagayato etam attham
jtrocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye punap&kam pacitun ti,
II 6 II tena kho pana samayena B&jagaham dubbhikkham ho-
ti. manuss& lo^am pi telam pi tandulam pi kh&daniyam pi
&r&mam &haranti, t&ni bhikkhii bahi y&senti, ukkapii^dak&pi
khftdanti corftpi haranti. bhagayato etam attham ftrocesum.
anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye anto y&setun ti. anto yftsetvft bahi
pftcenti, damakft pariv&renti. bhikkhii avissatthft pari-
bhufijanti. bhagayato etam attham &rocesum. anujftn&mi
bhikkhaye anto pacitun ti. dubbhikkhe kappiyakftrak&
bahutaram haranti, appataram bhikkhiinam denti. bhaga-

212 MAHAVAGGA. [VI. 17. 7-lB. 1.

vato eiam attham jtrocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave s&mam
pacitum. anuj^nftmi bhikkhave anto yutthanx anto
pakkam s&main pakkan ti. ||7|| tena kho pana sama-
yena Bambahul& bhikkhti K&slsu vassam vutth& H&jaga-
ham gacchant& bhagayantam dassan&ya antar& magge na
labhimsu Itikhassa t& panitassa yk bhojanassa j&yadattham
p&riptirim, bahuii ca phalakh&daniyam ahosi, kappiyakftrako
ca na ahosi. atha kho te bhikkhd kilantar(ip& yena Eftja-
gaham Yelayanam Kalandakaniv&po yena bhagavi
ten' upasamkamimsu, upasaTpkamitvA bhagayantam abhiy&-
dety& ekamantam nifiidimsu. ftcinnam kho pan' etam buddh&-
nam bhagayant&nam &gantukehi bhikkhiihi saddhim pati-
sammoditum. atha kho bhagay& te bhikkhft etad ayoca:
kacci bhikkhaye khamaniyam, kaoci y&paniyam, kacci Htha
appakilamathena addh&nam &gat&, kuto ca tumhe bhikkhaye
&gacchath& Hi. ||8|| khamanlyam bhagay&, idha mayam
bhante Kftstsu yafisam yutth& R&jagahain &gacchanta bha-
gayantam dassan&ya antarcl maggo na labhimhH Idkhassa y&
panitassa y& bhojanassa y&vadattham p&rip&riin, bahuii ca
phalakh&daniyam ahosi, kappiyak&rako ca na ahosi, tena
mayam kilantar(ip& addh&nam &gat& 'ti. atha kho bhagay&
etasmim nid&ne dhammikatham katy& bhikkhii &mantesi:
anuj&D&mi bhikkhaye yattha phalakhftdaniyam passati kappi-
yak&rako ca na hoti, s&mam gahety& haritvi kappiya-
k&rakam passitv^ bh&miyam nikkhipity& patiggah&petya
paribhufijitum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye uggahitam pa-
tiggahitun ti'. ||9||17||

tena kho pana samayena aniiatarassa brfthmanassa nav&
ca til& nayafi ca madhum uppann& honti. atha kho tassa
br&hmanassa etad ahosi : yam nAnftham naye ca tile naya£L
ca madhum buddhapamukhassa bhikkhusamghassa dadeyyan
ti. atha kho so br&hmano yena bhagay& ten' upasamkami,
upasamkamity& bhagayat& saddhim sammodi. sammodant*
yam katham s&raniyam ytti8&retv& ekamantam atthasi, ekam-
antam thito kho so br&hmano bhagayantam etad ayoca:
adhiv&setu me bhante bhayam Go tamo syatan&ya bhattam
saddhim bhikkhu6amghen& 'ti. adhiv&sesi bhagayft tunhi-

VI. 18. 1-19. 1.] MAHAYAGQA. 213

bh&yena. atba kho so br&hmano bbagavato adbivftsanaiii
Yi<lity& pakk&mi. || 1 1| atba kbo so br&hmano tassA rattiy&
accayena panltam kb&daniyam bbojaniyam patiyAd&pety&
bbagavato k&lam &roc&pesi : k&lo bbo Gotama, nittbitam
bbattan ti. atba kbo bbagayft pubba^hasamayam niyftsetyft
pattaciyarain &d&ya yena tassa br&bmanassa niyesanam ten'
upasamkamif upasamkamityft paMatte ftsane nistdi saddbim
bbikkbusamgbena. atba kbo so br&bmano buddbapamu-
kbam bbikkbusamgbam panttena kb&daniyena bbojaniyena
sabattbft santappetyft Bampay&rety& bbagayantam bbutt&yim
onttapattapft^im ekamantam nisldi. ekamantam nisinnam
kbo tain brftbmanam bbagay& dbammiy& katb&ya sandassetv^
sam&dapetyft samuttejetyft sampabamsety^ uttb&y&8an& pa-
kk&mi. II 2 II atba kbo tassa br&bmanassa acirapakkantassa
bbagayato etad abosi: yesam kbo may& attb&ya buddhapa-
mukbo bbikkbusamgbo nimantito naye ca tile nayaii ca
madbuin dass&miti, te may& pamuttb& dfttum. yam nftn&-
bam naye ca tile nayaii ca madbuin kolambebi ca gbatebi
ca ftrftmam bar&peyyan ti. atba kbo so br&bma^o naye
ca tile nayafi ca madbum kolambebi ca gbatebi ca &r&maiii
&bar&pety& yena bbagay& ten' upasamkami, npasamkamityft
ekamantam attb^i, ekamantam tbito kbo so br&bmano bba-
gayantam etad ayoca: ||3|| yesam kbo mayft bbo Gotama
atth&ya buddbapamukbo bbikkbusamgbo nimantito nave ca
tile nayafi ca madbum dassftmtti, te mayft pamuttb& d&tum,
patiganb&tu me bbayam Gotamo naye ca tile naya£L ca
madbim ti. tena bi br&bmana bbikkbtinam debtti. tena
kbo pana samayena bbikkbii dubbbikkbe appamattake pi
pay&renti patisamkb&pi patikkbipanti, sabbo ca samgbo pa-
y&rito boti, bbikkbii kukkucc&yant& na patiga^banti. pati*
ganbatba bbikkbaye paribbunjatba. anujftn&mi bbikkbaye
tato nlbatam bbutt&yin& pay&ritena anatirittam pari-
bbufljitun ti. ||4||18|j

tena kbo pana samayena ftyasmato Upanandassa Sa-
kyaputtassa upattb&kakulam samgbass' attb&ya kbftdani-
yam p&besi : ayyassa Upanandassa dassetyft samgbassa d&-
tabban ti. tena kbo pana samayena &yasm& IJpanando

/

y

214 MAHAVAGGA. [VI. 19. l-«0. 2,

Sakjaputto g&mam pindaya payittbo hoti. atha kho te ma-
nussft &r&mani gantva bhikkhfL pucchimsu: kaham bhante
ayyo Upanando 'ti. es&vuso &ya8m& Upanando Sakyaputto
gftmam pii;id&ya pavittho Hi. idam bhante kh&daDiyam.
ayyassa Upanandassa dassetyft samgbassa d&tabban ti. bha-
gavato etam attham &rocesuin. tena hi bhikkhaye patigga-
betva nikkbipatha y&ya Upanando &gacchatlti. ||l|| atba
kho ftyasm& Upanando Sakyaputto porebhattam kul&ni pa-
yirupftsitvft diyft ^gacchi. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhCL
dubbhikkhe appamattake pi pay&renti patisamkh&pi pati-
kkhipantiy sabbo ca saingho pay&rito hoti, bhikkhfL kukku-
oc&yant& na patiganhanti. patiganhatha bhikkhaye pari-
bhufijatha. anuj&nftmi bhikkhaye purebhattam pati-
ggahitam bhutt&yin& pay&ritena anatirittain paribhu&jitua
tL l|2||19|i

atha kho bhagay& B&jagahe yath&bhirantam yiharity&
yena S&yatthi tena c&rikain pakk&mi. anupubbena c&rikam
caram&no yena S&yatthi tad ayasari. tatra sudam bhagay&
S&yatthiyam yiharati Jetayane An&thapi^dikassa
Arftme. tena kho pana samayena ftyasmato S&riputtassa
k&yadfth&b&dho hoti. atha kho &ya8m& Mah&moggall&-
no yen&yasmft S&riputto ten' upasamkami, upasainkamity&
lyasmantam S&riputtam etad ayoca: pubbe te &yuso S&ri-
putta k&yadfth&b&dho kena phftsu hotlti. bhisehi ca me
ftyuso mulalik&hi c& 'ti. atha kho ftyasmft Mah&moggall&no
seyyath&pi n&xna balay& puriso samminjitam y& b&ham pa8&-
reyya paB&ritam yft b&ham sammiiijeyyay eyam eya Jetayane
antarahito Mand&kiniy& pokkharaniy& tire p&tnrahosi.
I) 1 II addasa kho aMataro n&go ftyasmantam Mah&moggall&-
nam d&rato Va &gacchantam, disy&na &yasmantain Mah&-
moggall&nam etad ayoca : eta kho bhante ayyo Mah&mogga-
ll&noy sy&gatain bhante ayyassa Mah&moggall&nassa, kena
bhante ayyassa attho, kim dammiti. bhisehi ca me &yuso
attho mulftlikfthi c& Hi. atha kho so n&go afifiataram n&gam
ftn&pesi : tena hi bhane ayyassa bhise ca mulalik&yo ca y&yad-
attham dehlti. atha' kho so n&go Mand&kinim pokk^axa»--
nim ogfthety& sond&ya bhisaii ca mu}&l{il ca abb&hity& sayi-

YI. 90. 2>». 2.] .MAHAVAGQA. 215

kkhlLlitaiii yikkhftletylL bha^dikam bandbitv& yenftyasmft Ma^
h&moggall&no. ten' upasamkami. ||2|| atha kho ftyasmft
Mah&moggall&no aeyyath&pi n&ma balavft puriso sammiiiji-
tam T& b&hazn pas&reyya pas&ritam vft b&ham sammiiijeyyay
evam eva Mand&kimy& pokkhara^iyft tire antarabito Jeta-
Tane pfttarahosi, so pi kbo n&go Mandftkiniyft pokkharaniy&
tire antarabito Jetavane p&turabosi. atba kbo bo nftgo
ftyasmato Mab&moggall&nassa bbise ca mu]&lik&yo ca pa-
tiggab&petv& Jetavane antarabito Mand&kiniy& pokkbara-
niy& tire p&turabosi. atba kbo &ya8m& Mabftmoggall&no
ftyasmato S&riputtassa bbise ca mul&lik&yo ca npan&mesi.
atba kbo ftyasmato B&riputtassa bbise ca mul&lik&yo ca pa-
ribbuttassa k&yadab&b&dbo patippassambbi. babd bbisiL ba
mu}&lik&yo ca avasiubft bonti. || 3 1| tena kbo pana samayena
bbikkbii dubbbikkbe appamattake pi pav&renti patisamkb&pi
patikkbipantiy sabbo ca samgbo pav&rito boti, bbikkbii ka«
kkuodlyant& na pafiganbanti. patiganbatba bbikkbave pari-
bbufijatba. anuj&nftmi bbikkbave vanattbam pokkba-
rattbam bbatt&vin& pav&ritena anatirittam paribbuiijitun
ti. '114112011

tena kbo pana samayena S&yattbiyain babum pbalakb&-
daniyam nssannam boti kappiyakftrako ca na boti. bbikkbCL
kukkucc&yant& pbalain na paribbuiijanti. bbagavato etam
attbam irocesum. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave abijam nibbatta-
bijam akatakappam pbalain paribbniijitan tL Hl||21||

atba kbo bbagavlL S&yattbiyam yatb&bbirantam yiba-
ritY& yena B&jagabam tena c&rikam pakk&mi. anupubbe-
na c&rikam caram&no yena Rijagabam tad avasari. tatra
Budam bbagayft Rftjagabe yibarati Yeluyane Kalanda-
kaniy&pe. tena kbo pana samayena ailnatarassa bbikkbnno
bbagandalftb&dbo boti. Ak&sagotto yejjo sattbakammam
karoti. atba kbo bbagay& sen&sanac&rikun &bindanto yena
tassa bbikkbuno yib&ro ten' upasamkami. || 1 1| addasa kbo
Ak&sagotto yejjo bbagayantam diirato 'ya ^gaccbantam, dis-
yftna bbagayantam etad ayoca: &gaccbata bbavam Gotamo
imasBa bbikkbuno yaccamaggam paBsatu seyyatbftpi goclb&-

216 MAHAYAGGA. [YI. 82. 2-88. 3.

mukhan ti. atlia kho bhagavd. mamam khy &yam moghapuri-
BO uppandettti tunliibhdto 'va patinivattity& etasmim nid&ne
etaamim pakarane bhikkhusamghain 8aDnip&t&pety& bhikkhd
patipucchi: atthi kira bhikkhave amukasmim yih&re bbikkba
gil&QO Hi. atthi bbagay& 'ti. kim tassa bbikkfaaye bfaikkhuno
&b&dho Hi. tassa bhante &yasmato bfaagandalab&dhoy Ak&-
sagotto yejjo satthakammain karottti. ||2|| yigarahi buddho
bhagay& : ananucchayiyam bhikkhaye tassa mogfaaporisassa
ananulomikam appatiriipam ass&manakam akappiyam aka-
raniyam. katham hi s&ma so bhikkhave moghapuriso
samblUlhe satthakammam k&r&pessatlti. samb&dhe bhikkha-
ye sukhum^ chayi^ duropayo yaij^o, dupparih&ram sattham.
n' etam bhikkhaye appasann&nain y& pas&d&ya. yigara*
hity& dhammikatham katy& bhikkh(i ftmantesi : na bhi-
kkhaye samb&dhe satthakammam k&r&petabbam. yo
k&r&peyya, &patti thullaccayass& Hi. ||3|| tena kho pana
samayena chabbaggiy& bhikkhd bhagayat& sattha-
kammam patikkhittan ti yatthikammam kftr&penti. ye
te bhikkhdl appicch& te ujjh^yanti khiyanti yip&centi:
katham hi n&ma chabbaggiy& bhikkhii yatthikammam k&r&-
pessanttti. atha kho te bhikkhii bhagayato etam attham
ftrocesum. saccam kira bhikkhaye chabbaggiy& bhikkhA
yatthikammam k&r&pentiti. saccam bhagay&. yigarahitylL
dhammikatham katv& bhikkhd 4mantesi : na bhikkhaye
samb&dhassa s&Tnant4 dyanguli satthakammam y&
yatthikammam yll k&r&petabbam. yo k&rftpeyya^ &patti
thullaccayassa Hi. ||4||22ll

atha kho bhagaylL R&jagahe yath&bhirantam yiharity&
yena B&r&nasi tena c&rikam pakk&mL anupubbena cftri-
kam earam&no yena B&r&nast tad ayasari. tatra sudam bha-
gay& B&r&nasiyam yiharati Isipatane migad&ye. tena
kho pana samayena Bftr&nasiyam Suppiyo ca up&sako
SuppiyA ca upftsikA ubhatopasannA honti d&yakft kirakA
6amghupatth&k&. atha kho Suppiy& up&sikiL ar&mam gantyfi.
yih&rena yih&ram parivenena pariyenam upasamkamity& bhi-
kkhd pucchati: ko bhante gil&no, kassa kim &hariyyat&
Hi, II 111 tena kho pana samayena aMatarena bhikkhun&

VI. 28. 2^.] MAHAVAGOA. 217

Tirecaziam pitam Iioti. atlia kho so blxikkhu Suppiyam
up&sikam etad avoca : mayft kho bhagini virecanam pttam,
attho me paticcliftdamyen& 'ti. satthu ayya dhariyissatiti
gharam gantvi anteTftsim &n&pesi : gaccha bhane pavatta-*
xnaipfiam j&n&faiti. evam ayye 'ti kho so puriso Suppiy&ya
updsikftya patisunitv& kevalakappam B&r&nasim &hindanto
ha addasa pavattamamsain. atha kho so puriso yena Suppiyft
^pftsikft ten' upasamkami, upasamkamity& Suppiyam up&si-
kam etad avoca: n' atth' ayye paTattamamsam^ m&ghftto
ajj& 'ti. II 2 II atha kho Suppiy&ya up&sik&ya etad ahosi:
tassa kho gil&nassa bhikkhuno paticchftdaniyam alabhantassa
&bftdho T& abhivaddhissati k&lamkiriy& y& bhayissati, na kho
me tarn patirApam y&ham patisunity& na harftpeyyan ti po«
tthanikam gahetyft iirumamsam ukkantity& d&siyft ad&si :
handa je imam mamsam sampftdety& amukasmim yihiLre bhi-
kkhu gil&no tassa dajjehi, yo ca mam pucchati gilftnft 'ti pati-
yedehiti uttar&saiigena (Lrum yethety& ovarakam payisityft
mafLcake nipajji. || 3 j| atha kho Suppiyo upllsako gharam gan-
ty& dftsim pucchi: kaham Suppiy& 'ti. es&yya oyarake nipann&
'ti. atha kho Suppiyo up&sako yena Suppiy& up&sik& ten'
upasamkamiy upasamkamity& Suppiyam up&sikam etad ayoca:
kissa nipannftslti. gil&n' amhiti. kin te &b4dho 'ti. atha
kho Suppiy& up&8ik& Suppiyassa up&sakassa etam attham
ftrocesi. atha kho Suppiyo up&sako acchariyam vata bho
abbhutam yata bho y&ya saddh&yam Suppiy& pasann&, yatra
hi n&ma attano pi mams&ni pariccatt&ni, kim pana imftya
aiifiam kiiici adeyyam bhayissatlti hattho udaggo yena bha«
gay& ten' upasamkami^ upasamkamityft bhagayantam abhi«
yftdety& ekamantam nisidi. ||4|| ekamantam nisinno kho
-Suppiyo up&sako bhagayantam etad ayoca: adhiy&setu me
bhante bhagayft sy&tan&ya bhattam saddhim bhikkhusam-
ghen& 'ti. adhiy&sesi bhagay& tunhibh&yena. atha kho
Suppiyo up&sako bhagayato adhiyftsanam yidityft utth&yftsaQ&
bhagayantam abhiy&dety& padakkhi^am katyft pakk&mi.
atha kho Suppiyo upftsako tass& rattiy& accayena panltam
khftdaniyam bhojaniyam patiy&d&pety& bhagavato kftlam
arocftpesi : k&lo bhante nitthitam bhattan ti. atha kho bha-
gayft pubbanhasamayam nivftsetyft pattaciyaram &d&ya yena

218 MAHATAGGA. [YI. 28. 6-10.

Suppiyassa up&Bakassa niyesanam ten' upasamkamiy upiek-
Bamkamity& paMatte ftsane nisidi saddhim bhikkhosamgliena.
II 5 II atha kho Suppiyo up&sako jena bbagavft ten' upa-
samkami, npa8ainkamitv& bhagavantam abhiy&dety& ekam-
antam afthftai. ekamantam thitam kho Suppiyam upftaakam
bbagavft etad avoca: kabam Suppiy& Hi. gil&n& bbagayft
Hi. tena hi &gacchat& 'ti. na bhagay& ussahatiti. tena hi
pariggabety&pi &Qeth& 'tL atha kho Suppiyo up&sako Suppi-
yam up&sikam pariggahetyft ftnesL taaai, Baha dassanena
bhagayato t&yamah& yano rdlho ahosi succhayi lomaj&to.
II 6 II atha kho Suppiyo ca up&sako Suppiy& ca upftsikft
acchariyam yata bho abbhutam yata bho tath&gataasa mahi-
ddhikatft mah&nubh&yat&^ yatra hi n&ma saha dassanena
bhagayato tftyamah& yano rtilho bhayissati succhayi loma-
j&to 'ti hatth& udagg& buddhapamukham bhikkhusamgham
panitena kh&daniyena bhojaniyena sahatth& santappetyi
sampay&retyft bhagayantam bhutt&yim onttapattap&riiin ekam-
antam nisidimsu. atha kho bhagay& Suppiyam upftsakam
Suppiyaii ca up&sikam dhammiy& kath&ya sandassetyft samft-
dapetva samuttejetyft sampaha^etvA utthAy&sanft pakk&mi.
II 7 II atha kho bhagay& etasmim nid&ne etasmim pakarane
bhikkhusamgham Bannip&t&pety& bhikkhd patipuochi: ko
bhikkhaye Suppiyam upftsikam maipjBam yifiii&peslti. eyam
yutte so bhikkhu bhagayantam etad ayoca : aham kho
bhante Suppiyam up&sikam mamsam yinn&pesin ti. &hari-
yittha bhikkh(i 'ti. &hariyittha bhagay& 'ti. paribhunji tyam
bhikkhfl 'ti. paribhuiij' eLham bhagay& 'tL patiyekkhi tyam
bhikkhii 'ti. n&ham bhagay& patiyekkhin ti. || 8 i| yigarahi
buddho bhagayft: katham hi n&ma tyam moghapurisa appati-
yekkhity& mamsam paribhunjissasi. manussamamsam kho tar
y& moghapurisa paribhuttam. n' etcun moghapurisa appa^
sann&nam y& pasftd&ya. yigarahity& dhammikatham katy& bhi-
kkhft &mantesi: santi bhikkhaye manuss& saddh& pasann&y te-
hi attano pi mams&ni pariccatt&ni. na bhikkhaye manussa-
mamsam paribhuiijitabbam. yo paribhunjeyya, &patti
thuUaccayassa. na ca bhikkhaye appatiyekkhity& mam-
sam paribhuiijitabbam. yo paribhuiij eyya, &pattidukka-
{a8s& 'ti. 11 9 II tena kho pana samayena raiifio hatthi ma-

VI. 23. 10-18.] MAHAYAGGA. 219

rantL maniis8& dnbbhikklie liattliimamsain paribbuSjantii*
bbikkhdnam pind&ya carant&nam hatthimamsam dentin bhi-
kkhti batthimamsam paribbuiijanti. manussft ujjb&yanti
kbiyanti yipftcenti: katbam bi n&ma sama^ft SakyaputtiyA
battbimamsam paribbuiijissanti. rftjangam battbi^ sace riji,
j&neyya^ na nesam attamano aaak 'ti. bbagavato etam attbam
iLrocesum. na bbikkbave battbimamsam paribbuilji-
tabbam. yo paribbufijeyya, &patti dukka^assft HL ||10||
tena kbo pana samayena rafiflo assA maranti. manossft
dubbbikkbe assamamsam paribbonjantiy bbikkbiinam pi^dft-
ya carant&nam aasamaxpsam denti, bbikkbii aHBamaTpBam
paribbuiijanti. manussft ujjbftyanti kbiyanti vipftcenti :
katbam bi n&ma samanft Sakyaputtiy& assamamsam pari-
bbufyissanti. rftjaiigam assd, sace r&jft jftneyya, na nesam
attamano assft 'ti. bbagavato etam attbam &rocesum. 11 a
bbikkbave assamamsam paribbuiijitabbam. yo pari-
bbuiijeyya^ ftpatti dakkatassft 'ti. ||11|| tena kbo pana
samayena manussft dubbbikkbe sunakbamamsam paribbuii-
janti, bbikkbdnam pind&ya carant&nam sunakbamamsam
denti, bbikkbfL simakbamamsam paribbuiijanti. manussft
ujjbftyanti kbiyanti vipftcenti : katbam bi nftma sama^
Sakyaputtiyft sunakbamamsam paribbuiLjissanti, jeguocbo
sunakbo patikkftlo 'ti. bbagavato etam attbam ftrocesum.
na bbikkbave sunakbamamsam paribbuiijitabbam.
yo paribbuiijeyya, ftpatti dukkatassft 'ti. ||12|| tena kbo
pana samayena manussft dubbbikkbe abimamsam paribbuft-
janti, bbikkb(inam pindftya carantftnam abimamsam denti,
bbikkbft abimamsam paribbufijanti. manussft ujjbftyanti
kbiyanti vipftoenti : katbam bi nftma samanft Sakyaputtiyft
abimamsam paribbuiijissanti, jeguccbo abi patikkdlo 'tL
Supasso pi nftgarftjft yena bbagavft ten' upasamkami, upa-
samkamitvft bbagavantam abbivftdetvft ekamantam attbftsi.
ekamantam tbito kbo Supasso nftgarftjft bbagavantam etad
avoca : santi bbante nftgft assaddbft appasannft, te appamattake
pi bbikkbCl vibetbeyyum. sftdbu bbante ayyft abimamsam
na paribbunjeyyun ti. atba kbo bbagavft Supassam nftgarft-
jftnam dbammiyft katbftya sandassesi — la — padakkbi-
jfjBLqi katvft pakkftmi. atba kbo bbagavft etasmiqi nid&ne

220 MAHAVAGQA. [VI. 2S. IS-St 3.

dhammlkatham katy& bhikkh^L ftmantesi: na bhikkhave
ahimamsain paribhuiljitabbam. jo paribbunjeyya,
&patti dukkatassd. 'ti. || 13 1| tena kho pana samayena luddak&
siham hantv^ mamsam paribbunjanti, bbikkbdnam pi^d&ya
carant&nam stbamamsam denti. bbikkhli sihamamsain pari*
bhufLjitv& araMe vibaranti, sibjl stbamamsagaiidhena bbi-
kkb(i parip&tenti. bbagayato etam attbam &rocesuin. na
bbikkbave sibamamsam paribbuiljitabbani. yo pari-^
bbunjeyya, &patti dakkatassft 'ti. || 14 1| tena kbo pana sama-
yena luddakd. yyaggbam. banty&, dtpim bantv&, accbam
h&ntYii,, taraccbain bantvd. mamsam paribbunjanti, bbikkbft-
nam pind&ya carant&nam taraccbamamsam denti. bbikkbtL
taraccbamamsam paribbunjityft araiiiie vibaranti, taraccbft
taraccbamamsagandbena bbikkbii parip&tenti. bbagavato
etam attbam ^rocesum. na bbikkbave taraccbamamsam
paribbuiijitabbam. yo paribbuiijeyya, ftpatti dukkatassft
'ti. II 15 II 23 II

atba kbo bbagav& B&r&nasiyam yatb&bbirantam viba*^
ritv& yena Andbakavindam tena c&rikam pakkftmi ma*
bat& bbikkbusarngbena saddbim addbatelasebi bbikkbusatebi.
tena kbo pana samayena j&napad& manuss& babum lonam pi te-
1am pi tandulam pi kbadaniyam pi sakatesu aropety& buddba-
pamukbassa bbikkbusamgbassa pittbito-pittbito anubaddb^
bonti yad& patip&tim labbiss&ma tad& bbattam karissimft 'ti,
paiicamattftni ca vigb&sftdasat&ni. atba kbo bbagav^ anupu-
bbena cftrikam caram&no yena Andbakavindam tad avasari.
II 1 II atba kbo aiinatarassa br&bmanassa patip&tup. alabban-
tassa etad abosi : atitftni kbo me dve m&s&ni buddbapamakbam
bbikkbusamgbam anubaddbassa yad& patip&tim labbiss&mi
tad& bbattani kariss&mtti, na ca me patipftti labbbati, abaii
c' ambi ekako, babu ca me gbar&v&sattbo b&yati. yam
niinlLbam bbattaggam olokeyyam^ yam bbattagge na addaaam
tarn patiy&deyyan ti. atba kbo so br&bm^o bbattaggam
olokento dve n&ddasa y&guii ca madbugolakan ca. || 2 1| atba
kbo so brftbmano yen&yasm& An an do ten' upasamkami,
upasamkamityft ftyasmantam Anandam etad avoca : idba met
bbo Ananda patipfttim alabbantassa etad abosi: atit&ni kbo

VI.,«4.8-6.] MAHAVAGOA. 221

me dve mfts&ni buddhapamakham bhikkliusamgham anuba-
ddhassa yad& patip&tim labhiss&mi tad& bhattam kariss&miti,
na ca me patip&ti labbhati, ahaii c' amhi ekako^ bahu ca me
gharftvlLsattho h&yati. yam ntlnllham bhattaggam olokeyyam,
yam bhattagge na addasam tarn patiy&deyyan ti. so kho
abam bho Ananda bbattaggam olokento dye na addasam
y&guD ca madhugolakaiL ca. sac' &ham bho A.nanda pati-
yftdeyyam y&gun ca madbugoIakafL ca, patiganheyya me
bhavam Gotamo 'ti. tena hi br&hmaiia bhagavantam pu-
cchiss&miti. ||3|[ atha kho ftyasm& Anando Uiagavato etam
attham &rocesi. tena h' Ananda patiy&det& ^ti. tena hi
br&hmana patiyftdehitL atha kho so brahmano tassft rattiy&
accayena pahfitam y&gu£L ca madhugolakaiL ca patiyftd&petY&
bhagavato upanftmesi : patiganh&tu me bhavam Gotamo
yftguii ca madhugolakaii c& 'ti. tena hi br&hmana bhikkhii-
nam dehiti. bhikkhii kukkucc&yant& na patiganhanti. pa-
tiganhatha bhikkhave paribhuiijath& 'ti. atha kho so br&h-
mano buddhapamnkham bhikkhusamgham pah&taya y&guya
ca madhugolakena ca sahatthiL 8antappetv& sampav&retvft
bhagaYantam dhotahattham onltapattap&nim ekamantam ni-
sidi. ||4|| ekamantam nisinnam kho tarn br&hmai;^am bhaga-
vft etad avoca : das' ime br&hmana ftnisams& y&guy&, katame
dasa. yagum dento ftyum deti, yannam deti, sukham deti, ba-
1am deti^ patibhanam deti, y&gu pit& khudam patihanati, pi-
pftsam yinodeti, y&tam anulometi, vatthim sodheti, &m&vase-
sam p&ceti. ime kho brfthma^a dafi&niBains& y&guy& 'ti. ||5||

yo safiftatlLnam paradattabhojinam kftlena sakkaccam dad&ti

T&fiTum
das' assa th&n&ni annppayacchati : &yufi ca vani^an ca

sukham balaii ca,|
patibh&nam assa upftjayati tato^ khudam pip&san ca vyapa-

neti vfttam,
sodheti vatthim, pari^&meti bhattam. bhesajjam etam

sugatena van^itam.!
tasm& hi yftgum alam eva d&tum niccam manussena

Bukhatthikena
dibbftni v& patthayat& sukh&ni manussasobh^gyatam icchat&

▼a'ti. II 6 II

222 MAHAVAOGA. [V, M. 7.«. 4.

atha kho bhagavil tain br&hmanam imfthi gftth&hi anumo-^
ditT& utthfty&san& pakk&mi. atha kho bhagavft etasmim
nid&ne dhammikatham katvi bhikkhii ftmaatesi : anuj&n&mi
bhikkbave y&gufi ca madbugolakafi c& 'ti. ||7||24|i

assosum kho xnanu8s& : bhagavat^ kira y&gu anuM&tA
madhugolakaii cH 'ti. te k&lass' eva bhojjayftgum patiy&denti
xnadhugolakaii ca. bhikkhii k&Iass' eva bhojjay&guy& dh&t&
madhugolakena ca bhattagge na cittar(ipam bhuiljanti. tena
kho pana samayena ailiiatareiia tarunapasanneDa mah&matte-
na BV&tan&ya buddhapamukho bhikkhusamgho nimantito
hoti. atha kho tassa tarunapasannassa mahftmattassa etad
ahofii : yam ntinfthaia addhatelasannam bhikkhusat&nam
addhatelas&ni mamsap&tlsat&oi patiy&deyyam ekamekassa
bhikkhuno ekamekam mamsap&tim apan&meyyan ti. ||1||
atha kho so taranapasanno mahftmatto tas8& rattiy& accayena
panttam kh&daniyam bhojaniyam patiy&d&petY& addhatela-
fi&ni ca maipsap&tlsat&ni bhagavato k&lam ftrocftpesi: k&lo
bhante, nitthitam bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavi pubbanha-
satnayam nivftsetvll pattaclvaram ftd&ya yena taasa taru^pa-
sannassa mah&mattassa nivesanam ten' upasamkami, upaaam-
kamitT& paiinatte ftsane nisidi saddhim bhikkhusainghena. || 2 1|
atha kho so tarunapasanno mahftmatto bhattagge bhikkhd pa*

rivisati. bhikkhd evam fthamsu : thokam &vuso dehi thokam

• • • •

Avuso dehtti. mk kho tumhe bhante ayam tarunapasanno ma-
h&matto 'ti thokam-thokam patisfanhatha. bahum me kh&dani*
yam bhojaniyam patiyattam addhatelas&ni ca mam8ap&tlsat&*
niy ekamekassa bhikkhuno ekamekam mamsap&tim upan&me-
68&mtti. patiga^hatha bhante y&vadatthan ti. na kho mayam
&yuso etamk&raQ& thokam-thokam patigai]Lh&ma, api ca mayam
k&lass' eva bhojjay&guy& dh&t& madhugolakena ca, tena mayam
thokam-thokam patiganh&mft 'ti. || 3 1| atha kho so tarunapa-
sanno mah&matto ujjh&yati khiyati vipftceti : katham hi
n&ma bhaddant& may& nimantit& aniiassa bhojjay&gum pa-
ribhmijiBsantiy na c&ham na patibalo y&vadattham dfttun ti
kupito anattamano &6&dan&pekkho bhiU^hdnam patte pdrento
agam&si bhuiljatha v& haratha v& 'ti. atha kho so taruna-
pasanno mah&matto buddhapamukham bhikkhusamgham pa-

VL85.4-7.] MAHIvAGGA. 223

9ttena kh&daniyena bhojaniyena Bahatth& 8antappetv& sampa-
yftretyft bhagavantam bhutt&Tim onttapattap&nim ekamantam
nisidi. ekamantam nisinnam kho tarunapasannam mah&-
mattam bbagayfi. dhammiy& kath&ya sandassetT JL samftdapetvft
Bamiittejety& 8ampaliamBety& utth JLy&8an& pakk&mi. || 4 1| atha
kho tafisa tarunapasannaasa mah&mattassa acirapakkantassa
bbagayato ahud eya kukkuccam abu yippatis&ro: al&bh& yata
me, na yata me l&bb&y dulladdbam yata me, na yata me bu-
laddbam^ yo 'bam kupito anattamano fts&dan&pekkho bbi-
kkbtknam patte pftrento agam&sim bbufijatba y& baratba yft
'ti. kim nu kbo may& babum pasiitam pufifiam y& apufiiiam
yk 'ti. atba kbo so tarunapasanno mab&matto yena bbagay&
ten' npasamkami, upasamkamityft bbagayantam abbiy&detvft
ekamantam nisidi. ekamantam nisinno kbo so tarunapa-
sanno mab&matto bbagayantam etad ayoea : idba maybam
bbante acirapakkantassa bbagayato abud eya kukkuccam
aba yippatis&ro : al&bb& yata me, na yata me I&bb&, dulla-
ddbam yata me, na yata me suladdbam, yo 'bam kupito
anattamano fts&dan&pekkbo bbikkbftnam patte p&rento aga-
m&sim bbuiijatba y& baratba y& 'ti. kim nu kbo may&
babum pasiitam pufLfiam ya apuMam y& Hi. kim nu kbo
may& bbante babum pasiitam puiulam y& apuMam y& 'ti. ||5||
yadaggena tay& &yuso sy&tan&ya buddbapamukbo bbikkbu-
samgbo nimantito, tadaggena te babum pufUiam pasii-
tam, yadaggena te ekamekena bbikkbun& ekamekam si-
ttbam patiggabitam, tadaggena te babum puMam pasii-
tam, sagg& te &raddb& 'ti. atba kbo so tarunapasanno
mab&matto l&bb& kira me, suladdbam kira me, babum kira
may& pu&iiam pasiitam, 8agg& kira me &raddb& 'ti battbo
udaggo uttb&y&san& bbagayantam abbiy&dety& padakkbinam
katy& pakk&mi. ||6|| atba kbo bbagay& etasmim nid&ne
etasmim pakara^e bbikkbusamgbam sannip&t&pety& bbikkbii
patipuccbi: saccam kira bbikkbaye bbikkbii aiiiiatra ni-
mantit& aMassa bbojjay&gum paribbufijantiti* saccam bba-
gay&. yigarabi buddbo bbagay& : katbam bi n&ma te bbi-
kkbaye mogbapuris& afiiiatra nimantit& aiiilassa bbojjay&gum
paribbuiijissantL n' etam bbikkbaye appasann&nam y& pa-
6&d&ya« yigarabityft dbammikatbam katy& bbikkbti &mante-

224 MAHAVAOGA, [VI. M. 7-», 4.

si: na bhikkhave afiiiatra nlmantitena aiiiLassa bho-
jjay&gu paribliuiljitabb&. yo paribhufLjeyyai yathft-
dhammo k&retabbo 'ti. ||7||25||

atha kho bhagavft Andhakavinde yatbftbbirantani vi-
barity& yena Rftjagaham tena c&rikain pakk&mi mahat&
bhikkbusamghena saddhim addhatelasebi bhikkbusatehi. te-
na kbo pana saiDayeiia Belattho Sacc&no R&jagab&
Andhakavindam addb&namaggapatipaiino boti panca-
mattebi sakatasatebi sabbeb' eva gnlakumbbapiiFebi. addasa
kbo bbasrayft Belattbam Eacc&nam dftrato 'va ft&raccbantaiii,
disvftna magg& okkamma ail8atarasmiin rukkhamiile nisidi.
II 111 atba kbo Belattbo Kacc&no yena bbagav& ten' upa-
eamkarai, upa8aiiikamity& bbagavantam abbiy&detv4 ekam-

antam attb&si. ekamantam tbito kho Belattbo Eacc&no

• • • ■ • • •

bbagavantam etad avoca: iecb&m' abam bbante ekamekassa
bbikkbuno ekamekam gulakumbbam d&tun ti. tena bi tyam
Kacc&na ekam yeya gulakumbbam &bar& 'ti. eyam bbante
'ti kbo Belattbo Kacc&np bbagayato patisucLityft ekam yeva
gulakumbbam &dllya yena bbagay& ten' upasamkami, upa*
Bamkamity& bhagayantam etad ayoca: abate bbante gula-
kumbbo^ katb&bam bbante patipajj&mtti. tena bi tyam
Kaec&na bbikkb(inam gulam debiti. ||2|| eyam bbante 'ti
kbo Belattbo Eaecftno bbagayato patisunityft bbikkbiinam
gulam datvft bhagayantam etad ayoca: dinno bbante bbi*
kkhfinam gulo babu eftyam gulo ayaaittho, kathftbam bbante
patipajj&mtti. tena bi tyam Eaec&na bbikkh&nam gujam
y&yadattham debiti. eyam bbante 'ti kho Belattho Kacc&no
bbagayato patisunityll bhikkhunam gulam y&yadattham da*
ty& bhagayantam etad ayoca : dinno bbante bhikkh&nam
gulo y&yadattbo babu cftyam gulo ayasittho, kath&bam bbante
patipajj&miti. tena bi tyam Kacc&na bbikkbii gulebi santa*
ppehiti. eyam bbante 'ti kbo Belattbo Kacc&no bbagayato
patisunityft bbikkbii gulebi santappesi. ekacce bbikkbii
patte pi pdresum pariss&yanftni pi tbavik&yo pi piiresum. ||3U
atha kbo Belattho Kacc&no bbikkbii gulebi santappetyft bba*
gavantam etad ayoca: santappit^ bhante bhikkhii gulebi baba
c&yam gulo ayasittho, kath&ham bbante patipajjftmlti. tena

VI. 86. 4-8.] mahIvagga. 225

hi tyam Eacc&na yigh&sftd&nam ga}am dehiti. evam bhante
'ti kho Belattbo Eaccftno bbagavato patisunityft yigb46Ad&-
nam gulam datv& bbagavantam etad avoca: dinno bbante
Tigbftfi&d&nam gu}o babu c&yam gulo ayasittbo, katb&bam
bbante patipajj&mtti. tena bi tyam Eacc^a yigb&s&d&nam
y&yadattbam gulam debiti. ||4|| eyam bbante Hi kbo Be-
lattbo Eacc&no bbagayato patiaunityft yigb&s&d&nam y&yad-
attbam gu^am datyft bbagayantam etad ayoca : dinno bbante
yigb&s&d&nam gulo y&yadattbo babu c&yain gu|o ayasittbo,
katb&bam bbante patipajj&miti. tena bi tyam Kacc&na yi-
gb&s&de gu)ebi santappebiti. eyam bbante Hi kbo Belattbo
Kacc&no bbagayato pati8U]giity& yigbfts&de gulebi santappesi.
ekacce yigbfteftdft kolambe pi gbate pi piiresum pitak&ni pi
necbange pi pdresum. || 5 1| atba kbo Belattbo Kacc&no yi-
gbfts&de gulebi 8antappety& bbagayantam etad ayoca : santa-
ppit& bbante yigbftsftdft gulebi babu c&yam gu}o ayasittbo,
katb&bam bbante patipajj&miti. n&bam tarn KaocAna passft-
mi sadeyake loke sam&rake sabrabmake sassamanabr&bma^i-
y& pajftya sadeyamanuss&ya yassa so gulo paribbutto sammft
parin&mam gaccbeyya aiiiiatra tatb&gatassa y& tatb&gata8&-
yakassa y&. tena bi tyam Kacc&na tarn gulam appabarite y&
cbaddebi app&nake yk udake i)pil8lpebtti. eyam bbante Hi
kbo Belattbo Kacc&no bbagayato patisunityft tarn gulam
app&nake udake opil&pesi. ||6|| atba kbo so gu}o udake pa-
kkbitto ciccit&yati citicit&yati samdbftp&yati sampadb&p&ya-
ti. seyyatb&pi n&ma pb&lo diyasam santatto udake pakkbitto.
ciccit&yati citicit&yati samdbiip&yati sampadb&p&yati, eyam
eya so gulo udake pakkbitto ciccit&yati citicit&yati samdbfL-
p&yati sampadbtip&yati. atba kbo Belattbo Eaccftno sam-
yiggo lomabattbaj&to yena bbagay& ten' upasamkami, upa-
samkamityi bbagayantam abbiy&detv& ekamantam nisldi. ||7||
ekamantam nisinnassa kbo Belattbassa Eaec&nassa bbagay&
anupubbikatbam katbesi seyyatb' idam : dftnakatbam silaka-
tbam saggakatbam kamftnam ftdtnayam ok&ram samkilesam
nekkbamme &nisamsam pak&sesi. yad& bbagay& afLn&si Be-
lattbam Eacc&nam kallacittam muducittam yinlyarai^acittam
udaggacittam pasannacittam, atba y& buddb&nam s&mukkam-
Bik& dbammadesanft tarn pak&sesi — la — eyam eya Bela-

VOL. III. 15

226 MAHAVAG6A. |TI. 96. 8-9$. 2

tthaasa Kacc&nafisa tasmlm yeva ftaane Tirajam vitamalam
dhammacakkbum udap&di yam kiiici samadayadliammaixi
sabbam tam nirodbadbamman ti. 11 8(1 atba kbo Belattbo
Kacc&no dittbadbammo pattadbammo viditadbammo pariyo-
g&|badbammo tinnavicikiccbo vigatakatbamkatbo ves&rajja-
ppatto aparappaccayo sattbu sftsane bbagavantam etad avoca:
abbikkantam bbante^ abbikkantam bbante, seyyatb&pi bbante
nikkujjitam y& ukkujjeyya — la — evam eya bbagavatft ane-
kapariy&yena dbammo pakftsito. es' kham bbante bbaga-
vantanL saranam gaccb&mi dbammafL ca bbikkbosarngbaft ca,
upasakam mam bbagavi dbiretu ajjatagge p&nupetam sara-
nam gatan ti. ||9||26ll

atba kbo bbagavi anupubbena c&rikam caram&no yena
R&jagabam tad avasari. tatra sudam bbagavft Rajagabe
vibarati Yejuvane Kalandakaniv&pe. tena kbo pana
samayena B&jagabe gu}o ussanno boti. bbikkbii gil&nass'
eva bbagayat& gujo anuiiii&to no agil&naes& Hi kukkuodl-
yant& gulam na bbuiijanti. bbagavato etam attbam iroce-
Bum. anujftn&mi bbikkbave gil&nassa gulam, agil&naasa
gulodakanti. II1II27II

atba kbo bbagay& B4jagabe yatbftbbirantam yibaritva
yena P&taligftmo tena c4rikam pakkAmi mabat& bbikkbu-
samgbena saddbim addbatelasebi bbikkbuaatebi. atba kbo
bbagay& anupubbena c&rikam caram&no yena F&talig&mo
tad ayasari. assoBum kbo P&talig&mik& upftaak&: bbagay&
kira P&talig&mam anuppatto 'ti. atba kbo P&talig4mik&
upftsakH yena bbagayfi, ten' upasamkamimsu, upasamkamity^
bbagayantam abbiy&dety& ekamantam niBidimsu, ekamantam
nisinne kbo P&talig&mike up&sake bbagay& dbammiy& ka-
tb&ya sandasBesi Bamddapesi samuttejesi BampabamseBi. ||1||
atba kbo Patalig&mik& up&sak& bbagayat4 dbammiy& katb&-
ya BandaBBit& samftdapitft Bamuttejit& sampabam8it4 bbaga-
yantam etad ayocum : adbiy&Betu no bbante bbagay& &yasa-
tbftg&ram saddbim bbikkbusarngbenA Hi. adbiy&sesi bbagay&
tunbibb&yena. atba kbo P&talig&mik& up&9ak& bbagayato
adbiyasanam yidity& uttb&y^n& bbagayantam abbiy&detv&

VI. S8. 2-5.] MAHAVAGOA. 227

padakkhinam katv& yena ftvaaatb&g&ram ten' upaaamkamim-
8Uy upasamkamitY& sabbasantbarim santhatam &ya8ath&g&raiii
santbaritv& Asan^ pa£Lil&pety& udakamai^ikam patittb&petv&
telapadipain &ropety& yena bhagavA ten' upasamkamimsu,
upa8aipkamitY& bbagavantam abhiY&detv& ekamantam
attbamsu. U2|| ekamantam tbit& kho P&tftlig&niikll np&sakft
bbagayantam etad aygcnm: sabbasantbarim santbatam bbante
&ya6a.tb&gftram^ fisanslni pannatt&ni, udakamaniko patittb&pi*
tOy telapadipo ftropito^ yassa d&ni bbante bbagayft k&Iam
maMatiti. atba kho bbagay& pnbbanbasamayam niy&8ety&
pattactyaram &d&ya saddbim bbikkbusamgbena yena ftyasa*
tb&g&ram ten' upasamkami^ upasamkamityi pftde pakkb&-
lety& &ya8atbftg&rain payisity& majjbimam tbambbam nias&ya
purattbim&bbimukbo nisldi. bbikkbusamgbo pi kbo p&de
pakkb&lety& &yasatb&g&rain payisityft paccbimam bbittim
niss&ya purattbim&bbimukbo nisidi bbagayantam yeya pura*
kkbatyft. F&talig&mik&pi kbo up&8ak& pftde pakkb&lety&
&ya8atb&g&ram payisityft purattbimam bbittim nissftya pa-
ccbim&bbimukb& nisidimsa bbagayantam yeya purakkba-
tyft.11311

atba kbo bbagay& P&talig&mike up&sake Amantesi : pafic'
ime gabapatayo ftdlnay& dussilassa sllayipattiyft. katame
paiica. idba gabapatayo dussilo sllayipanno pamftd&dbikara-
i^am mabatim bbogajftnim nigaccbati, ayam patbamo ftdlnayo
dussilassa stlayipattiyft. puna ea param gabapatayo dussi-
lassa silayipannassa p&pako kittisaddo abbbuggaccbati, ayam
dutiyo Adiilayo dussilassa silayipattiyft. puna ea param ga-
bapatayo dussilo silayipanno yan iiad eya parisam upasamka-
mati yadi kbattiyaparisam yadi br&hmanaparisam yadi gaba-
patiparisam yadi samanaparisam ayis&rado upasamkamati
mankubbiito, ayam tatiyo ftdinayo dussilassa silayipattiyft.
puna ca param gabapatayo dussilo silavipanno sammftlho
k&lam karoti, ayam catuttbo ftdinayo dussilassa silayipattiyft.
puna ca param gabapatayo dussilo silayipanno kftyassa bbedft
param mara^lL ap&yam duggatim vinip&tam nirayam upa-
pajjati, ayam pancamo ftdinayo dussilassa silayipattiyft. ime
kbo gabapatayo paiica Adinayft dussilassa silayipattiyA. ||4||

pane' ime gabapatayo ftnisamsA silayato silasampadiya.

228 MAHAVAGGA. [VI. 28. 6-8.

katame pafica. idha gabapatayo silavft Bilasampanno appa-
m&dadhikaranam mahantam bhogakkhandham adhigacchati,
ayam pathamo ftnisamso silavato silasampad&ya. puna ca
param gahapatayo sUavato stlasampannassa kalysLno kittisaddo
abbhuggacchati, ayam dutiyo ^nisamso silavato ellasampadft-
ya. puna ca param gabapatayo silavft silasampanno yaii iiad
eva parisam upasamkamati yadi khattiyaparisam yadi brslb-
manaparisam yadi gabapatiparisam yadi samanaparisam yisel-
rado upasamkamati amaiikubbtltOy ayam tatiyo ftnisamso si-
lavato silasampad&ya. puna ca paraip. gabapatayo silavA.
silasampanno asammMbo kAlam karoti, ayam catuttbo &ni-
samso silavato silasampad&ya. puna ca param gabapatayo
silav& silasampanno k&yassa bbed& parani maran& sugatim
saggam lokam upapajjati, ayam pailcamo sLnisamso silavato
silasampadftya. ime kbo gabapatayo panca ftnisamsft silavato
stlasampaddyft 'ti. || 5 1|

atba kbo bbagav& Fd,talig&mike upftsake babud eva rattim
dbammiyft katb&ya sandassetv^ sam&dapetvH samuttejetv&
sampabamsetv& uyyojesi : abbikkantsl kbo gabapatayo ratti,
yassa dani k&lam mannatb& 'ti. evam bbante 'ti kbo P&tali-
gfimik& upftsak& bbagavato patisunitv& uttb&y&8an& bbaga-
vantam abbiv&detv& padakkbinam katv& pakkamimsu. || 6 1|

atba kbo bbagav& acirapakkantesu F&talig&mikesu up&sa-
kesu sunn&glLram p&visi. tena kbo pana samayena Suni-
dbavassak&rft Magadbamabftmatt& P&talig&me na-
garam m&penti Yajjinam patib&b&ya. addasa kbo bbagavft
rattiy& pacciisasamayam paccuttb&ya dibbena cakkbun& vi-
suddbena atikkantam&nusakena sambabul^ devatftyo Pfttali-
gllme vattbAni pariganbantiya yasmim padese mabesakkb&
devat& vattbdni pariga^banti, mabesakkfa&nam tattba r&j&-
nam rftjamab&mattftnam citt&ni namanti nivesan&ni mftpetum,
yasmim padese majjbim^ devat& vattbflni pariganbanti^
majjbim&nam tattba r&j&nam r&jamab&matt&nam cittftni na-
manti nivesan&ni m&petum, yasmim padese nic& devat&
vattbilni pariganbanti^ nic&nam tattba r&jAnam r&jamab&-
matt&nam cittani namanti nivesan&ni m&petum. ||7|| atba
kbo bbagav& Jlyasmantam Anandam ^mantesi : ke nu kbo
te Ananda F&talig&me nagaram m&pentiti. Sunidbavassakft-

YI. 88. 8-11.] MAHAVAGGA. 229

r& bhante Magadliamali&matt& F&tallg&nie nagaram m&penti
Yajjlnam patib&b&j& 'ti. seyyatb&pi Ananda devehi T&ya-
timsebi saddhim mantety& evam eya kho Ananda Sunidha-
yassak&rll Magadhamab&matt& PataUg&me nagaram m&penti
Yajjinam patibslh&ya. idh&bam Ananda rattiy& pacciisasam-
ayam paccutth&ya addasam dibbena cakkhund. yisuddhena
atikkantam&nusakena sambahulcL deyat&yo . . . nlcftnam
tattba r&jiinam r&jamab&matt&nanx citt&ni namanti niyesanfi,-
ni m&petmn. yftyatlL Ananda ariyam Ityatanam y&yat& ya-
nippatbo idam agganagaram bhayissati P&taliputtam puta-
bhedanam. P&taliputtassa kho Ananda tayo antar&y& bha- »
yissantiy aggito y& udakato y& abbhantarato y& mithubhedi
U II 8 II

atha kho Sunidhayas8ak&r& Magadhamah&matt& yena bha-
gay& ten' upasainkamimsu, upa8ainkamitv& bhagayatA sa-
ddhim sammodimsu, sammodaniyam katham s&ranlyam ylti-
s&rety& ekamantam atthamsu, ekamantam thit& kho Sunidha-
yassak&rft Magadhamah&matt& bhagayantaip etad ayocum:
adhiyftsetu no bhayam Gotamo ajjatanftya bhattam saddhim
bhikkhusamghen& 'ti. . adhiyftsesi bhagay& tu^hibh^yena.
atha kho Sunidhayaci8ak&r& Magadhamah&matt& bhagayato
adhivftsanam yidity& pakkamimsu. ||9|| atha kho Sunidha-
yassak&rft Magadhamahftmatt& panitam kh&daniyam bhojani-
yam patiyftd&pety& bhagayato kftlam &roc&pe8um : k&lo bho
Gotama, nitthitam bhattan ti. atha kho bhagay& pubbanha-
samayam niy&sety& pattaciyaram ftd&ya yena Simidhayassa-
kftrftnam Magadhamah&matt&nam pariyesanft ten' upasamka-
mi, upasamkamitylL paMatte ftsane nistdi saddhim bhikkhu-
samghena. atha kho Sanidhayas8ak&r& Magadhamah&matt&
buddhapamukham bhikkhusamgham panltena kh&daniyena
bhojaniyena sahatthft santappetyft sampayaretyft bhagayantam
bhutt&yim onltapattap&nim ekamantam nisldimsu^ ekaman-
tam nisinne kho Sunidhayassak&re Magadhamah&matte bha-
gay& im&hi g&th&hi anumodi : ||10||

yasmim padese kappeti yftsam panditaj&tiyo,
sllayantettha bhojety& saniiate brahmacariye |
y& tattha deyat& ftsum t&sam dakkhinam Itdise,
t& pftjitft p&jayaatiy m&nit& m&nayanti namj

230 MAHAYAGGA. [YL St. 11-S8. 2.

tato nam anukampaDti in&t& puttam va orasain.
devatApnkampito poeo 8ad& bhadr&ni paasattti.

atha kho bhagay& Smudhavassak&re Ifagadhamah&matte
im&hi g&th&hi anumoditY& ntth&yftsan& pakk&mi. II 11 1| tena
kho pana samayena SanidhaTa88ak&r& Magadliamali&matt4
bhagayantain pitthito-pitthito anubaddh& honti, yen' ajja sa-
mano Ootamo dv&rena nikkhamissati tarn Gotamadv&ram

• • •

n&ma bkayiasati, yena titthena G an gam nadim nttarissati
tarn Gotamatittham n&ma bhayissatiti. atha kho bhaga-
T& yena dy&rena nikkhami tarn Gotamadvftram n&ma ahosi.
atha kho bhagavi yena Gang& nadt ten' upaaamkamL tena
<s/ kho pana aamayena Gang& nadt piir& hoti samatitthik A k&ka-
peyy&. manussft ailfie n&ram pariyeeanti anne ulumpam
pariyesanti anfie kullam bandhanti or& p&ram gantuk&msL
II 12 II adda8a kho bhagavft te manusse anfie n&vam pariye-
sante aftfie ulumpam pariyesante anfte kuUam bandhante or&
pArani gantuk&me, disv&na seyyathapi n&ni^a balavi puriso
sammifyitain y& b&ham pas&reyya pas&ritam yft b&ham samm-
ifijeyya, evam eva Gang&ya nadiy& orimattre antarahito pft-
limattre paccutthftsi saddhim bhikkhusamghena. atha kho
bhagay& etam attham yidity& t&yam yel&yam imam ud&nam
ud&nesi:

ye taranti a^nayam saram setum katyftna yiasajja pallal&niy
kullam hi jano bandhati, tinn& medh&yino jan& 'tL || 13|| 28 ij

atho kho bhagay& yena Kotigftmo ten' upasamkami. tatra
sudam bhagay& Eotig&me yiharati. tatra kho bhagayft
bhikkhA imantesi : oatunnam bhikkhaye ariyasaccftnam an-
anubodh& appatiyedhft eyam idam digham addhftnam Bandh&-

yitam samsaritam mamaii c' eya tumhftkafi ca. katamesam

• • • •

catunnam. dukkhassa bhikkhaye ariyasaccassa ananubodhft
appatiyedh& eyam idam digham addh&nam sandh&yitam sam-
saritam maman c' eya tumhftkail ca. dukkhasamudayassa ari-
yasaccassa, dukkhanirodhassa ariyasaccassa, dukkhanirodha-
g&minipatipadftariyasaccassa ananubodh& appafiyedhA eyam
idam dieham addh&nam sandh&yitam samsaritam mamafi c'
eya tumhftkan ca. j| 1 1| tayidam bhikkhaye dukkham ariya-

VI. 88. 2-»0, 3.] MAHAyAQGA. 231

saccam annbuddham patividdham, dukkhasamudayam ariya-
saccam anubuddham patiyiddham, dukkhanirodham ariya-
Baccam anubuddham patiyiddham, dukkhanirodhag&mint pa-
patipad& ariyasaccam anubuddham patiyiddham, uochmn&
bhayatanh&, khtn& bhayanetti, n' atthi d&ni punabbhayo 'ti.

catunnam ariyasacc&nam yath&bhfitam adassanft
samsitam digham addh&nam t&su-tftsy eya j&tisu.|
t&ni et&ni ditth&ni, bhayanetti 8amvihat&,
ucchinnam mvilam dukkhassa, n' atthi d&ni punabbhayo
U ||2||29|| *

assosi kho Ambap&li ganiksl: bhagay& kira Eotig&-
mam anuppatto 'ti. atha kho Ambap&Ii ganik& bhadrftni
-bhadr&ni y&nllni yojllpety& bhadram y&nam abhir\jLhity&
bhadrehi-bhadrehi yftnehi Ye8&liy& niyy&si bhagayantam
dassan&ya. y&yatik& y&nassa bhftmi y&nena gantyft y&nft
pacoorohity& pattik& 'ya yena bhagay& ten' upasamkami,
upasamkamityft bhagayantam abhiy&dety& ekamantam nistdi.
II 111 ekamantam nisinnam kho Ambap&lim ganikam bha-
gayft dhammiy& kathaya sandassesi sam&dapesi samuttejeai
sampahamseai. atha kho Ambap&lt ganik& bhagayat& dha-
mmiy& kathftya sandassitft sarnddapitft samuttejitft sampa-
hamsit& bhagayantam etad ayoca : adhiyftsetu me bhante
bhagayft syfttanAya bhattam eaddhim bhikkhusamghenA 'ti.
adhiyiaesi bhagayft tunhibh&yena. atha kho Ambapfi.ll gani-
k& bhagayato adhiyftsanam yidityft utth&yftsanft bhagayantam
abhiyfidetyft padakkhi^am katyft pakkAmi. 2 II assosum kho
VesAlikft Licchay! : bhagayA kira Kotigimam anuppatto
'ti. atha kho Vesftlikft Licchayl bhadiAni-bhadiAni y&n&ni
yojApetyi bhadram-bhadram yftnam abhiriihityA bhadrehi
-bhadrehi y&nehi VesAUyft niyyAsum bhagayantam daaeanftya.
appekacce Licchayl nll4 honti nllava^nft nllavatthft nll&lani-
k&r&, appekacce Licchayl pltA honti pltavanni pltayatthi pi-
tftlamk&ri, appekacce Licchayl lohitakA honti 1<^^^^^*^^*
lohitayatthA lohitdlamkAra, appekacce Licchayl o^ata honU
od&tayanijia od&tayatth& odatAlamkarft. atha kho Ambap&ii
ganikA daharanam-daharinam Licchaylnam Isfeya Isain yu^-
nayugam cakkei^ cakkam akkhena akkham patiyattesi. II ^ II

232 MAHAVAGGA. [VI. 80. 4-6.

atha kho te Licohavl Ambap&lim ganikam etad ayocum :
kissa je Ambap&li dahar&nam-daliar&nam Licchayinam ts&ya
isam yugena yugam cakkena cakkam akkhena akkham
pativattesiti. tatfa4 hi pana may& ayyaputt& sv&tan&ya
buddhapamukho bhikkhusamgho nimantito 'ti. debi je
Ambap&li ambftkam etam bhattam 8ata8abas8en& 'ti. sace pi
ayyaputti Yes&liiii s&b&ram dajjeyy&tha, n' eva dajjftham
tain bhattan ti. atba kho te Licchayi aiiguli potbesmn:
jit' amb& vata bho ambak^ya, par&jit' amh^ Tata bho
ambak&ya 'ti. ||4|| atba kbo te Licchavi yena bhagay&
ten' upasamkamimsu. addasa kho bhagay& te Licchavi du-
rato 'ya ftgacchante, disyftna bhikkhii &inantesi: yehi bhi-
kkhaye bhikkhiihi dey& T&yatiins& aditthapubb4, oloketha
bhikkhaye Licchayiparisain apaloketha bhikkhaye Licchayi-
parisam upasamharatha bhikkhaye Licchayiparisain T&yatim-
sapaiisau ti. atha kho te Licchayi y&yatik& y&nassa bhiiini
y&nena ganty& y&nft paccorohity& pattik& 'ya yena bhagay&
ten' upasamkamimsu, upasamkamity& bhagayantam abhiy&-
dety& ekamantam nisldimsu. ekamantam nisinne kho te
Licchayi bhagay& dhammiy& kath&ya sandassesi samftdapesi
samuttejesi sampahamsesi. atha kho te Licchayi bhagayatft
dhammiy^ kathftya sandassitft sam&dapitft samuttejiti sampa-
hamsitH bhagayantam etad ayocum : adbiyftsetu no bhante
bhagay& sy&tanfiya bhattam saddhim bhikkhusainghen& 'ti.
adhiyuttho 'mhi Licchayi sy&tan&ya Ambap&liy& ganik&ya
bhattan ti. atha kho te Licchayi aiiguli pothesum: jit'
amh& yata kho ambak&ya, par&jit' amh& yata bho ambak&yft
'ti. atha kho te Licchavi bhagavato bh&sitam abhinanditv&
anumodity& utthlly&8an& bhagayantam abhiy&dety& padakkhi-
laam katy& pakkamimsu. ||5|| atha kho bhagay& Kotig&me
yath&bhirantam yiharity& yena N&tik& ten' upasamkami.
tatra sudam bhagay& N&tike yiharati Giiijak&yasathe.
atha kho Ambap&li ganik& tass& rattiy& accayena sake &r&me
paiaitam khftdaniyam bhojaniyam patiy&d&pety& bhagavato
kftlain ftrocApesi: k&lo bhante, nitthitam bhattan ti. atha
kho bhagay& pubbanhasamayam iiiv&setv& pattacivaram ftd&-
ya yena AmbapsLliyft ganikftya pariyesan& ten' upasamkami,
upasamkamitvi paMatte ftsane nisidi saddhini bhikkhu-

-

VI. 80, 6-Sl. 3.] MAHAVAGGA. 233

samghena. atha kho Ambapftlt ganik& baddhapamukhani
bhikkhusamgham panltena khAdaniyena bhojaniyena saba-
tthft 8antappety& 8aiDpav&retv& bhagayantam bbutt&yiin oni-
tapattap&nim ekamantani nisidL ekamantam niamnft kho
Ambap&li ganik& bhagavantam etad avoca : im&ham bbante
Ambapalivanam buddhapamukhassa bbikkhosamghassa
dammlti. patiggahesi bbagay& &r&inam. atha kho bhagay&
Ambap&liin ganikam dhammijft kath&ya sandassetyA . • •
8ampahamsety& utthftyftsanft yena Mah&yanam ten' upa-
samkami. tatra sudam bhagay& Yes&liyam yiharati Ma-
h&yane Eat&g&raskl&yam. ||6||30||

Liccbayibh&nay&ram nitthitam.

• • • • •

tena kho pana samayena abhiMllt&-abhmil&tA Licchayi
Banth&g&re 8aiiiiifiiiin& saniiipatit& anekapariy&yena buddhassa
Tannam bb&santi. dhammassa yannam bhAsanti, samffhassa
yannam bhftsanti. tena kho pana samayena SI ho sen&pati
niganthas&yako tassam parisftyam nisinno hoti. atha kho
Slhassa sen&patissa etad ahosi : nissamsayam kho so bhagayft
araham samm&sambuddho bhayissati^ tath& h' ime abhiii£L&t&
-abhinii&tft Licchayi santh&g&re sannisinnft sannipatit& aneka-
pariy&yena buddhassa yannam bhftsanti, dhammassa yannam
bh&santiy samghassa yannam bhftsantL yam ndnftham tarn
bhagayantam dassan&ya upasamkameyyam arahantam sa-
mmftsambuddhan ti. ||1|| atha kho Slho senftpati yena nigantho
Nitaputto ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityft nigaiitham
NaLtaputtam etad ayoca: icch&m' aham bhante samanam
Gotamam dassan&ya upasamkamitun ti. kim pana tyam
Slha kiriyay&do samino akiriyay&dam samanam Gotamai|i
dassanftya upasamkamissasL sama^o hi Stha Gotamo akin-
yayftdo akiriyftya dhammam dedeti tena ca s&yake yinetlti.
atha kho Sthassa sen&patissa yo ahosi gamik&bhisainkh&ro
bhagayantam dassan&ya so patippassambhi. II 2 1| dutiyam pi
kho abhifiiiat&.abhiiln&t& Licchayi santhftg&re ^^^^^
sannipatitA anekapariy&yena buddhassa Tai^nam JfJ^^nti,
dhammassa vannam bhftsanti, samghassa yaijnai^ bhftsanti.
dutiyam pi kho Slhassa senapatissa etad ahosi : nissamsayaiyt
. . sammftsambuddhan ti. dutiyam pi kho Slho sen&paU

234 MAHATAGGA. [VI. 81. 3-6.

yena nigajgitho Nfttaputto . . . Tineti. dutiyam pi kho Si-
hassa sen&patiBsa . • . patippaBsambhi. tatiyam pi kho
abhinMt& . . . yan^am bhAsanti. tatiyam pi kho Sihassa
fieD&patiasa etad ahosi: nissamsayam . . . aainghafisa vanQam
bh&santi. kim hi me karissanti nigai^thft apalokit& y& an-
apalokit& y&. yam nCln&ham anapaloketyft Va niga^the tarn
bhagayantant dasaan&ya upasamkameyyam arahantam 8amm&-
sambuddhan ti. ||3|| atha kho Siho sen&pati paficahi ratha-
satehi diyftdiyassa yes&liy& niyy^i bhagayantam dassanA-
ya. y&vatik& y&nassa bhiimi y&nena ganty& y&n& paocoro-
hity& pattiko 'ya yena bhagay& ten' upasamkami, upasamka-
mity& bhagayantam abhiyftdety& ekamantani nisidi. ekam-
antam nisinno kho Stho sen&pati bhagayantam etad ayoca :
Butam metam bhante: akiriyayftdo samano Qotamo, akiriy&ya
dhammam deseti tena ca s&yake yinetitL ye te bhante eyam
&hamBa : akiriyay&do samano G-otamo^ akiriy&ya dhammam
deseti tena ca s&yake yinetlti, kacci te bhante bhagayato
yattay&di na ca bhagayantam abhfttena abbhftcikkhanti
dhammassa ca anudhammam yy&karonti. na ca koci saha-
dhammiko yftd&nuy&do gftrayhatth&nam ftgacchati, anabbha-
kkh&tuk&m& hi mayam bhante bhagayantan ti. ||4||

atthi Siha pariy&yo yena mam pariy&yena samm& yadamlL-
no yadeyya: akiriyay&do samano G-otamo, akiriy&ya dha-
mmam deseti tena ca s&yake yinettti. atthi Siha pariy&yo yena
mam pariy&yena samm& yadamftno yadeyya: kiriyay&do sa-
maijio GotamOy kiriy&ya . . • yinetiti. atthi Siha pariy&yo
yena mam . . . yadeyya: uccheday&do samano Gotamo,
ucched&ya . • . yinetiti. atthi Siha pariy&yo yena mam
. . . yadeyya : jegucchi samano Gotamo, jegucchit&ya . • •
yinetiti. atthi Siha pariy&yo yena mam . . . yadeyya : ye-
nayiko samano Gotamo, yinay&ya . . . yinetiti. atthi Siha
pariy&yo yena mam . . . yadeyya : tapassi samano Gotamo^
tapassit&ya . • . yinetiti. atthi Siha pariy&yo yena mam
• . . yadeyya : apagabbho samano Gotamo, apagabbhat&ya
. . . yinetiti. atthi Siha pariy&yo yena mam . . • yadeyya :
assattho samano Gotamo, ass&s&ya • . . yinetiti. ||5|| kata-
mo ca Siha pariy&yo yena mam pariy&yena samm& yadam&no
yadeyya : akiriyay&do samano Gotamo, akiriy&ya dhammam

VI. 81. 6-8.] MAHAVAGGA. 235

deseti tena ca s&vake vinetlti aham hi Siha akiriyam yad&-
mi k&yaduccaritafisa Taciducoaritassa manoduccaritaasa ane-
kavihit&nain p&pak&nam akusal&nam dhamm&nam akiriyam
Tad&mi. ayam kho Siha pariy&yo yena mam • . . vadeyya :
akiriyayftdo aamano Gotamo, akiriy&ya • . . yinetlti. kata*
mo ca Siha pariy&yo yena mam • . . yadeyya : kiriyay&do
samaiE^o Gotamo, kiriy&ya . • • yinetiti. aham hi Siha kiri-
yam yad&mi k&yasucaritassa yacisucaritassa manosucaritassa
anekayihit&nam kusal&nam dhammftnam kiriyam yad&mi.
ayam kho Siha pariyftyo yena mam . • . yadeyya : kiriyay&-
do samano Gotamo, kiriy&ya . • • yinetiti. || 6 1| katamo ca
Siha pariy&yo yena mam . . • yadeyya : ucchedayftdo sama-
no GotamOy ncched&ya . . . yinetiti. aham hi Siha ucche-
dam yad&mi rftgassa dosassa mohassa anekayihit&nam p&pa-
k&nam akusal&nam dhamm&nam ncchedam yad&mi. ayam
kho Siha pariy&yo yena mam . . . yadeyya: uccheday&do
Bamako Gotamo, ncched&ya • . . yinetiti. katamo ca Siha
pariyftyo yena mam . • . yadeyya : jegncchi samano Gotamo,
jegacchitAya . . . yinetiti. aham hi Siha jigucch&mi k&ya-
duccaritena yaciduccaritena manoduccaritena anekayihit&nam
pftpakftnam akusalftnam dhamm&nam 8am&pattiy& jegucchiti-
ya dhammam deeemi. ayam kho Siha pariy&yo yena mam
. . . yadeyya : jegucchi samano Gotamo, jegucchit&ya . . •
yinetiti ||7|| katamo ca Siha pariy&yo yena mam . • . ya-
deyya: yenayiko samai^o Gotamo, yinay&ya • . . yinetitL
aham hi Siha yinay&ya dhammam desemi r&gassa dosassa mo-
hassa anekayihit&nam p&pak&nam akusal&nam dhamm&nam

mam . • • yadeyya: yenayiko samano Gotamo, yinay&ya
. . • yinetiti. katamo ca Siha pariy&yo yena mam • . • ya-
dejrya: tapassi samano Gotamo^ tapassit&ya . . • yinetiti.
tapaniy' &ham Siha p&pake aknsale dhamme yad&mi k&ya-
duccaritam yaciduccaritam manoduccaritam. yassa kho Siha
tapaniy& p&pak& akasal& dhamm& pahin& ucchinnamiil& t&-
I& yatthiikat& anabh&yam kat& &yatim anupp&dadhamm& tarn
aham tapassiti yad&mi. tath&gatassa kho Siha tapaniy& p&-
pak& aka8al& dhamm& . . . annpp&dadhamm&. ayam kho
Siha pariy&yo yena mam . . . yadeyya: tapassi samai^o

236 MAHAVAGGA, [VI. 81. 8-11.

GotamOi tapassitftja . . . vinetlti. ||8|| katamo ca Siha pa-
riy&yo yena mam . . . vadeyya : apagabbho samano Gotamo,
apagabbhat&ya . -. . vinetiti. yassa kho Siha &yatim gabbba-
Beyysl punabbhayftbhinibbatti pahin& uccbiziQam&l& t&l& va-
ttbukat^ anabh&vam kat& ftyatim aiiupp&dadhamm&, tam
abam apagabbbo 'ti vad&mi. tatb&gataesa kho Siha &yatim
gabbhaseyyi . • . anupp&dadhamm&. ayam kho Siha pari-
yftyo yena mam • . • vadeyya : apagabbho samano Gotamo,
apagabbhat&ya . . . vinetiti. katamo ca Siha pariy&yo yena
mam . . • vadeyya : assattho samano Gotamo, assfts&ya . . .
vinetitL aham hi Siha assattho paramena ass&sena ass&s&ya
ca dhammam desemi tena ca s&vake vinemi. ayam kho Siha
pariyftyo yena mam . . . vadeyya : assattho samano Gotamo,
ass&s&ya dhammam deseti tena ca s&vake vinetiti. ||0|| evam
vutte Siho sen&pati bhagavantam etad avoca : abhikkantam
bhante — la — upftsakam mam bhagav& dharetu ajjatagge
p&nupetam saranam gatan ti. anuvijjak&ram kho Siha karo-
hi, anuvijjak&ro tamhftdis&nam ii&tamanuss&nam s&dhu hoti-
ti. imin& p' ftham bhante bhagavato bhiyyosomatt&ya atta-
mano abhiraddhb yam mam bhagavfi. evam &ha : anuvij[jak&-
ram kho Siha karohi, anuvijjak&ro tumhftdi8d,nam Mtamanussfir
nam s&dhu hotiti. mamam hi bhante aMatitthiyft s&vakam
labhitv& kevalakappam Yes&lim pat&kam parihareyyum Siho
amh&kam sen&pati s&vakattam upagato 'ti. atha ca pana
mam bhagav& evam &ha : anuvijjak&ram kho Siha karohi,
anuvijjak&ro tumhadis&nam li&tamanuss&nam s&dhu hotiti.
es' &ham bhante dutiyam pi bhagavantam saranam gacchftmi
dhamman ca bhikkhusamghaii ca^ upftsakam mam bhagav&
dh&retu ajjatagge p&nupetam saranam gatan ti. || 10 1| digha-
rattam kho te Siha niganth&nam op&nabhiitam kulam yena
nesam upagat&nam pindap&tam d&tabbam mafineyyfisiti.
iminft p' &ham bhante bhagavato bhiyyosomatt&ya a,ttamano
abhiraddho yam mam bhagav& evam &ha : digharattam kho
te Siha niganth&nam op&nabhdtam kulam yena nesam upa-
gat&nam pindap&tam d&tabbam maMeyy&siti. - sutam metam
bhante : samano Gotamo evam ftha : mayham eva d&nam
d&tabbam, na afiiiesam d&nam d&tabbam, mayham eva s&va-
k&nam d&nam d&tabbam, na afinesam s&vak&nam d&nam d&-

VI. 81. 11-14.] mahIvagga. 237

tabbaniy mayham eva dinnam mahapphalam, na aftnesam
dinnain mahapphalam^ mayham eva s&vak&nam dinnam ma-
happhalam, na aMeeam s&vak&nam dinnam -mahapphalan ti.
atha ca pana mam bbagay& niganthesu pi d&ne samftdapeti.
api ca bhante mayam ettba kftlam j&nissama. es' &ham
bhante tatiyam pi bbagavantam saranam gacch&mi . . . sa-
rai^am gatan ti. ||11|| atha kho bhagavfi. Sihassa sen&patissa
anupubbikatham kathesi seyyath' tdam: d&nakatham — la —
aparappaccayo satthu s&sane bhagavantam etad avoca :
adhiv&setu me bhante bhagavft sv&tan&ya bhattam sa-
ddhim bhikkhusamgh6n& 'ti. adhiyftsesi bhagay& tunhibh&-
Tena. atha kho Siho sen&pati bhagavato adhivjlsanam vi-
ditv& ntth&yllsan& bhagavantam abhiY&detv& padakkhinam
katv& pakk&mi. atha kho Siho sen&pati afiiiataram purisam
ftnftpesi : gaccha bhane pavattamamsam j&n&hiti. atha kho
Siho senftpati tassft rattiy& accayena panitam kh&daniyam
bhojaniyam patiy&d&pety& bhagayato k&lam ftrodlpesi : k&lo
bhante, nitthitam bhattan ti. atha kho bhagay& pubbanha-
samayam niyftsety& pattaciyaram iLd&ya yena Sihassa sen&pa*
tissa niyesanam ten' upasamkami, upasainkamity& paiiiiatte
&sane nisidi saddhim bhikkhusamghena. ||12|| tena kho
pana samayena sambahul^ nigai^th& Yes&liyam rathiyftya
rathiyam siiighfttakena singhfttakam b&hft paggayha kandan-
ti : ajja Sihena sen&patin& thuUam pasum yadhity& sama-
nassa Gotamassa bhattam katam, tam samano Gotamo jftnam
nddissakatam mamsam paribhufLjati paticcakamman ti. atha
kho afinataro puriso yena Siho senftpati ten' upasakam-
mi, upasamkamity& Sihassa sen&patissa upakannake &rocesi :
yagghe bhante j&neyyftsi, ete sambahnl& niganthft Yesftliyain
rathiyftya rathiyam singh&takena singhfttakam b&h& paggay-
ha kandanti : ajja . . • nddissakatam mamsam paribhuiijati
paticcakamman ti. alam ayyo digharattam pi te &yasmant&
aya^nak&m& buddhassa ayannak&m& dhammassa ayai^akftmH
samghassa, na ca pana te &yasmant& jiranti tam bhagayantam
asat& tucch& mus& 'ya abhAtena abbh&cikkhant&, na ca ma-
yam jiyitahetu pi saflcicca p&nam jiyitft yoropeyy4m& 'ti.
II 1311 atha kho Siho sen&pati buddhapamukham bhikkhu-
eamgfaam pai^itena kh&daniyena bhojaniyena sahatthft santa-

238 MAHAVAGGA. [VI. 81. U-M. 1.

ppetvft sampav&retvft bhagavantam bhatt&vim onttapattapftr
nim ekamantam nisidi. ekamantam nisinnani kho Siham

• • ' • • m

sen&patim bbagav^ dhammiy& katbllya sandassetvft • . .
sampabam8etv& utth&y&san& pakk&mi. atha kbo bhagavjl
etasmiin nid&ne dhammikatham katY& bhikkhft imantesi : na
bbikkbave j&nam uddissakatam. mamsain paribhunji-
tabbam. yo paribhunjeyya, &patti dukkatassa. anuj&D&mi
bhikkhave tikotiparisuddham maccbamamsam adittbam
asutam aparisankitan ti ||14||31|j

tena kho pana samayena Yes&li 8abbikkb& boti su8a68&
Bulabhapind& 8ukar& uiichena paggabena y&petum. atba
kbo bbagavato rabogatassa patisalHoassa evam cetaso pa-
rivitakko udap&di: y&ni t&ni may& bbikkbCLnam anunM-
t&ni dubbbikkbe dussasse dullnbhapinde ant</^uttbam anto^
pakkam s&mani^pakkain uggabitapnfiggabitakam tato niba-
tam. purebbattam patiggabitam Tanattbam pokkbarattbam,
ajj&pi nu kbo t&ni bhikkbtL paribbunjantiti. atba kbo
bbagavft s&yanbasamayam patisaMnft vuttbito iyaamantam
A n a n d a m ftmantesi : y&ni t&ni Ananda may4 bbikkbii-
nam anunii&t&ni . • . paribbuiijantiti. paribbufijanti bba-
gav& Hi. II 1 II atba kbo bhagav& etaamim nid&ne etasmim
pakarane dbammikatbam katy& bbikkbd ftmanteBi : y&ai
t&ni bbikkbave may& bbikkb&nam anunnitftni dubbbikkbe
dussasse dullabbapinde anto yuttbam anto pakkam s&mam pa-
kkam uggabitapatiggabitakam tato nibatam purebbattam pa-
tiggabitam vanattbam pokkbarattbam, t&n' &bam ajjatagge
patikkbip&mi. na bbikkbave anto vuttbam anto pakkam s&-
mam pakkam uggabitapatiggabitakam paribbufijitabbam. yo
paribbunjeyya, &patti dukkatassa. na ca bbikkbave tato nt-
batam purebbattam patiggabitam vanattbam pokkbarattbam
bbutt&yin& pay&ritena anatirittam paribbunjitabbam. yo
paribbunjejrya^ yatb&dbammo k&retabbo 'ti. ||2||32||

tena kbo pana samayena j&napadft manuss^ babum lo^am
pi telam pi tandulam pi kbftdaniyam pi sakatesu &ropetv&
bab&r&makottbako sakataparivattam karitv& accbanti yad&
patip&tim labbissima tad& bbattam kariBS&m& 'ti, mab& ca

VI. 88. 1-6.] MAHAVAGGA. 239

megho nggato hoti. atha kho te manu88& jen&yafimft
Anando ten' upasamkamimsu, upa8ainkamity& ftyasmantam
Anandam etad avociim : idha bhante Ananda bahiim lonam
pi telam pi tandulam pi kh&daniyam pi sakatesu &ropetv&
titthanti mahft ca megho uggato. katham nu kho bhante
Ananda patipajjitabban ti. atha kho ftjasmjl Anando bhagava-
to etam attham ftrocesi. ||1|| tena h' Ananda samgho paccanti-
mam yihftram kappiyabhiimim sammannityft tattha T&se-
tn yam samgho Ukankhati yih&ram y& a^dhayogam y& pftsft-
dam y& hammiyam y& guham y&. eyafi ca pana bhikkhaye
sammannitabbo : yyattena bhikkhun& patibalena samgho fi&-
petabbo : sunfttu me bhante samgho. yadi samghassa patta-
kallam, samgho itthannftmam yih&ram kappiyabhiimim sam-
manne3rya. esft natti. snn&tu me bhante samgho. samgho
itthannftmam yih&ram kappiyabhiimim sammannati. yassft-
yasmato khamati itthann&massa yih&rassa kappiyabhAmiy&
sammuti, so tunh' assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhftaeyya.
sammato samghena itthannftmo yih&ro kappiyabhiimi. kha-
mati samghassa, tasm& tui^tht, eyam etam dh&ray&miti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena manusstl tatth' eya sammatiy& ka-
ppiyabh<imiy& y&guyo pacanti bhatt&ni pacanti stkpftni sampft-
denti mame&ni kottenti katth&ni ph&lenti. assosi kho bha-
gay& rattiyft pacctbasamayam paccntth&ya acc&saddam mah&-
saddam kftkorayasaddam, suty&na dyasmantam Anandam
ftmantesi: kim nu kho so Ananda uccftsaddo mah&saddo
k&korayasaddo Hi. || 8 1| etarahi bhante manus8& tatth^ eya
sammutiyft kappiyabh&roiyft y&guyo pacanti bhatt&ni pacanti
s&p&ni samp&denti mamsftni kottenti katth&ni ph&lenti, so
eso bhagay& uccftsaddo mah&saddo k&korayasaddo Hi. atha
kho bhagay& etasraim nidftne dhammikatham katy& bhikkhii
ftmantesi: na bhikkhaye sammntl kappiyabhdmi pari-
bhuiljitabb&. yo paribhuiijeyya, ftpatti dukkatassa. annjft-
n&mi bhikkhaye tisso kappiyabhdmiyo nss&yanantikam
gonislidikam gahapatin ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena
ftyasmft Tasojo gilftno hoti, tass' atthftya bhesajj&ni &hari-
yyanti, t&ni bhikkhii bahi tthapenti. nkkapindak&pi
khftdanti oorftpi haranti. bhagayato etam attham &rocesum.
anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye sammutim kappiyabhiimim pa*

240 HAHAYAGGA. [V. 88. 6-84. 6.

ribhuftjitum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave catasso kappija-
bhiimiyo uBs&vanantikam gonis&dikam gahapatim sammu-

tintL ||5||33ll

catuyisatibb&naT&ram nitthitam.

tena kho pana samayena Bhaddiyanagare Mendako
gabapati pativasati^ tassa eTardpo iddh&nubh&vo hoti : stsam
iiab&yitv& dhafin&g&raiii 8aiiimajjftpetv& bahidy&re 'va nisi-
dati, antalikkb& dhaiifiassa dhftrft opatitv& dbafiii&g&rani pd-
retL bbariy&ya evarftpo iddh&nubh&vo hoti : ekail fieva
ftlhakatbftUkam upanifltditv& ekaii ca sfipavyaiijanakam d&sa-
kammakaraporisam bhattena parivisati, na t&va tarn khiyati
ykva 8& na vuttb&ti. puttassa evariipo iddh&nubh&vo boti :
ekan fieva sabassattbavikam gahetY& d&sakammakaraporiflassa
chamm&sikam vetanam deti, na tftva tain kbiyati jkY* assa
battbagat&. || 1 1| sunis&ya evarftpo iddhftnubb&vo boti : ekan
fieva catudonikam pitakam upani8iditv& dftsakammakarapori-
sassa cbammftsikam bbattam deti^ na t&va tain kbiyati y&va 8&
na vuttb&ti. dftsassa evarupo iddb&nubb&vo boti: ekena
nangalena kasantasaa satta stt&yo gaccbantL ||2|| assosi kbo
rftj& M&gadbo Seniyo Bimbis&ro: amb&kam kira vijite
Bhaddiyanagare Mendako gabapati pativasati, tassa evarApo
iddh&nubh&vo : slsain nah&yitv& dhaiin&g&rani 8ammajj&petv&
babidv&re nistdati, antalikkh& dhaiiiiassa dh&r& opatitv&
dbaflMg&ram p&reti. bhariyftya evar&po iddb&nubb&vo :
ekan iieva &lbakath&Iikam upanislditv^ ekaii ca s&pavyanja-
nakam ddsakammakaraporisam bhattena parivisati, na t&va
tain kbiyati y&va s& na vuttb&ti. puttassa evarfipo iddb&nu-
bb&vo: ekan ileva sabassattbavikam gabetv& d&sakammaka-
raporisassa cbamm&sikam vetanam deti, na t&va tarn kbiyati
y&v' assa battbagat&. ||3|| sunis&ya evarfipo iddb&nubb&vo :
ekaii iieva catudonikam pitakam upanisiditv& d&sakammaka-
raporisassa cbamm&sikam bbattam deti, na t&va tarn kbiyati
y&va 8& na vuftb&ti. d&sassa evar&po iddb&nubb&vo : ekena
nangalena kasantassa satta sit&yo gaccbantiti. ||4|| atba kbo
r&j& M&gadbo Seniyo Bimbis&ro aiiiiataram sabbattbakam
mab&mattam &mantesi : amb&kam kira bbane vijite Bhaddi-
yanagare Mendako gabapati pativasati, tassa evarfipo iddb&-

VI. 84. 6-9.] MAHAVAGGA. 241

nubbftvo : sisam . . . satta sttAyo gacclianti. gaccha bhane
jftnfthiy yatb& may& s&mam dittho evam tava dittho bhavissa-
titi. evam dev& 'ti kbo so mab&matto raiiilo Mftgadhassa
Seniyassa Bimbis&rassa patisuigLitrft cataranginiy& sen&ya ye-
na Bbaddiyam tena pfty&si. ||5|| anupubbena yena Bhaddi-
yam yena Mendako gabapati ten' upasamkamiy upasamka-
mitv& Me^dakam gabapatim etad avoca: abam hi gabapati
rann& ftnatto : amb&kam kira bbane vijite . . • dittbo bba-
Tissatiti. passftma te gabapati iddb&nubb&van ti. atba kbo
Mei^dako gabapati sisam nab&yitvft dbannftg&ram sammajjft-
petvll babidvftre nisidi, antalikkb& dbannassa db&lr& opatity&
dbaM&g&ram pAresi. dittbo te gabapati iddb&nubb&yo,
bbariyftya te iddb&nubbftvam passiss&mll 'ti. ||6|| atba kbo
Mendako gabapati bbariyam llnftpesi: tena bi caturanginim
senam bbattena pariviB&hiti. atba kbo Mendakassa gabapa-
tissa bbariyft ekaii neva &lbakatb&Iikam npanisidity& ekaii ca
BfipaTyaiijanakain caturanginim senam bbattena parivisi, na
tftva tarn kblyati y&va 8& na yuttbftti. dittbo te gabapati
bbariyftya pi iddb&nubb&vo, puttassa te iddb&nubb&vam pa-
ssiss&mft 'ti. ||7|| atba kbo Mendako gabapati puttam &n&pe-
si : tena bi t&ta cataranginiy& sen&ya cbammftsikam vetanam
debiti. atba kbo Mendakassa gabapatissa putto ekaii fieva
sabassattbavikam gabety& cataranginiy& sen&ya cbammftsi-
kam vetanam ad&si, na t&va tarn kbiyati y&v' assa battba-
gat&. dittbo te gabapati puttassa pi iddbftnubbayo, su-
nis&ya te iddb&nubbftvam passiss&m& 'ti. ||8|| atba kbo
Mendako gabapati sunisam ftn&pesi : tena bi caturanginiy&
sen&ya cbammftsikam bbattam debtti. atba kbo Mendakassa
gabapatissa sunis& ekaii neva catudonikam pi|akam upanisl-
ditv& caturanginiyft senftya cbammftsikam bbattam adftsi, na
tftva tarn kbiyati yftva s& na vuttbftti. dittbo te gabapati su-
laisftya pi iddbftnubbftvo, dftsassa te iddbftnubbAvam passissft-
mft 'ti. maybam kbo sftmi dftsassa iddbftnubbftvo kbette
passitabbo 'ti. alam gabapati dittbo te dftsassa pi iddbftnu*
bbftvo 'ti. atba kbo so mabftmatto caturanginiyft senftya pu-
nad eva Kftjagab am pacoftgaccbi, yena rftjft Mftgadbo Seni-
yo Bimbisftro ten' upasamkamiy upa&amkamitvft raiiiio Mftga-
dbassa Seniyassa BimbiBftrassa etam attbam ftrocesi. || 9 1|

VOL. in. 16

242 MAHiVAGGA. [YI. 9L 10-18.

atha kho bhagavft Yes&lijam yatb&bhirantain yibariivft
yena Bhaddiyam tena cftrikam pakk&mi mahatft bhikkhu-
Bamgbena saddhim a^Jdhatelaaehi bhikkhusatebi. atba kbo
bbagay& anupubbena c&rikam caram&no yena Bhaddiyam
tad aTasari. tatra sudam bhagav& Bhaddiye viharati
J&tiy&Tane. I|10|| aasoei kho Mendako gahapati: sa-
mano khalu bbo Gotamo Sakyaputto Sakyakul& pabbajito
Bhaddiyam anuppatto Bhaddiye yiharati J&tiyftTane. tarn
kho pana bhagavantam Gotamam evam kaly&no kittiBaddo
abbhuggato iti pi so bhagavft araham sammftaambuddho
yijj&caranasampanno sugato lokavidft anuttaro purifiadamma-
Bftrathi satthft deyamanuss&nam buddho bhagavft, so imam
lokam sadevakam sam&rakam sabrahmakam sassamanabr&h-

• • • • *

manim pajam sadevaixiaiiussam sayam abhiniift 8acchikatY&
pavedeti, bo dhammam deseti ftdikaly&nam majjhe kaly&nam
pariyos&nakaly&nam sattham Bavyanjanam keyalaparipunnam
parisuddham brahmacariyam pak&seti. sftdhu kho pana ta-
th&rAp&nam arahatam dassanam hotlti. ||11|| atha kho
Mendako gahapati bhadrftni-bhadr&ni yftn&ni yojftpetv& bha-
dram y&nam abhirClhitvft bhadrehi-bhadrehi y&nehi Bhaddiyft
niyy&si bhagavantam dassanftya. addasamsu kho sambahulU
titthiy& Mendakam gahapatim d&rato 'va &gacchantam, dis-
vftna Mendakam gahapatim etad avocum : kaham tvam ga-
hapati gaochaalti. gacch&m' aham bhante bhagavantam Ba-
manam Gotamam da88an&y& Hi. kim pana tvam gahapati
kiriyavftdo sam&no akiriyav^am samanam Gotamam dasBa-
n&ya upaBamkamisBaBi, Bamano hi gahapati Gotamo akiriyavft*
do akiriyftya dhammam deseti tena ca s&vake vinetlti. || 12 1|
atha kho Mendakassa gahapatissa etad ahosi : nissamsayam
kho so bhagav& araham samm&sambuddho bhavissati yathft
yime titthiyft usuyyantiti, y&vatiki yftnassa bhftmi yftnena
gantv& yAn& paccorohitvft pattiko 'va yena bhagav& ten' upa-
samkami, npasamkamitvft bhagavantam abhivJLdetvft ekam-
antam nistdi. ekamantam nisinnassa kho Mendakassa ga-
hapatissa bhagav& anupubbikatham kathesi seyyath' tdam:
d&nakatham — la — aparappaccayo satthu sftsane bhaga-
vantam etad avoca: abhikkantam bhante — gha — npjisa-
kam mam bhagavft dh&retu ajjatagge pftigiupetam saranam

YI. ai. 13-18.] MAHAVAGGA. 243

gatan ti, adhiv&setu ca me bhante bliagay& sv&tan&ya bha-
ttam saddhim bhikkbusamgheii& Hi. adhiv&seu bhagavft
tunhibh&vena. || 13 1| atha kho Mendako gahapati bbagavato
adhiv&sanam vidityft uttbftyft8aii& bhagayantaiii abhiT&detv&
padakkhinam katy& pakk&mi. atha kho Mendako gahapati
tassft rattij& accayena paiiitam kh&daniyam bhojaniyam pati-
y&dftpety& bhagayato kdlam &roc&pesi: kftlo bhante, nitthitam
bhattan ti. atha kho bhagay& pubbanhasamayam niy&sety&
pattacivaram ftd&ya yena Mendakassa gahapatissa niyesanam
ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityft paMatte ftsane nistdi sa-
ddhim bhikkhusamghena. || 14 1| atha kho Mendakassa gaha-
patissa bhariy& ca putto ca sunisll ca dftso ca yena bhagay&
ten' upasamkamimsuy upasamkamity& bhagayantam abhiv&-
dety& ekamantam nisidimsu. tesam bhagayft anupubbika-
tham kathesi — la — aparappaccay& satthu sftsane bhaga-
yantam etad ayocum : — gha — ete mayam bhante bhaga-
yantam saranam gacch&ma dhammaii ca bhikkhusamghafi ca,
npftsake no bhagavd. dh&retu ajjatagge p&nupete saranam gate
'ti. II 15 II atha kho Mendako gahapati buddhapamukham
bhikkhusamgham panltena kh&daniyena bhojaniyena saha-
tth& santappetvft 8ampay&retv& bhagayantam bhutt&yim ont-
tapattapftnim ekamantam nistdi. ekamantam nisinno kho
Mendako gahapati bhagayantam etad ayoca : y&ya bhante
bhagayft Bhaddiye yiharati, t&ya aham bnddhapamiikhassa
bhikkhusamghassa dhuyabhattenft 'ti. atha kho bhagayft
Mendakam gahapatim dhammiy& kath&ya sandassety& • . .
sampahamsetyft ntth&y&san& pakk&mi. || 16 1|

atha kho bhagavft Bhaddiye yathftbhirantain yiharityft
Mendakam gahapatim anftpncchft yena Anguttarftpo tena
c&rikam pakk&mi mahatft bhikkhusamghena saddhim addha-
telasehi bhikkhusatehi. assosi kho Mendako gahapati : bha-
gay& kira yena Anguttar&po tena c&rikam pakkanto mahatft
• . . bhikkhusatehtti. atha kho Mendako gahapati dftse ca
kammakare ca jlnftpesi : tena hi bhane bahum lonam pi telam
pi tandulam pi kh&daniyam pi sakatesu Aropetyft ftgacchatha,
addhatelas&ni ca gop&lakasat&ni addhatelasftni dhenusat&ni
4d&ya ftgacchantu, yattha bhagayantam passissHma tattha
taronena khtrena bhojess&mft 'ti. |jl7|| atha kho Mendako

•^ -

244 MAHAVAGGA. [VI. 84. 18-21.

gahapati bhagavantam. antar& magge kant&re sambh&vesi.
atha kho Mendako gahapati yena bhagavft ten' upasamkami,
upa8ainkainitv& bhagavantam abhiv&detv& ekamantam atth&-
si. ekamantam tbito kho Mendako gahapati bhagavantam
etad avoca : adhiv&setu me bhante bhagayft ST&tan&ya bha-
ttam saddhim bhikkhusamghen& Hi. adhiv&sesi bhagavft
tunhibhftvena. atha kho Mendako gahapati bhagavato
adhivftsanam yiditvlL bhagavantam abhiv&detvA padakkhinam
katy& pakk&mi. atha kho Mendako gahapati tassd, rattijft
accayena panttam kh&daniyam bhojaniyam patiy&d&petv&
bhagavato k&lam ftrocftpesi: k&lo bhante, nitthitam bhattan
ti. II 18 II atha kho bhagavft pubbanhasamayam niv&setv&
pattactvaram ftd&ya yena Men4aka88a gahapatissa parivesanft
ten' upasamkami, upa8amkamitv& pannatte ftsane nisidi sa-
ddhim bhikkhusamghena. atha kho Mendako gahapati a4dha-
telasftni gop&lakasatilni &n&pesi : tena hi bhane ekamekam
dhenum gahetvft ekamekassa bhikkhuno upatitthatha tanine-
na khtrena bhojessftmft 'ti. atha kho Mendako gahapati
buddhapamukham bhikkhusamgham panitena khftdaniyena
bhojaniyena sahatthft santappesi sampavftresi tarunena ca
khirena. bhikkh{^ kukkucc&yantft khiram na patiganhanti.
patiga^hatha bhikkhave paribhuiljathft 'ti. ||19|| atha kho
Mendako gahapati buddhapamukham bhikkhusamgham pa-
iiitena khftdaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthft santappetvft sampa-
vftretvft tarunena ca khirena bhagavantam bhutt&vim onita-
pattap&nim ekamantam nisidi. ekamantam nisinno kho
Mendako gahapati bhagavantam etad avoca: santi bhante
maggft kant&r& appodakft appabhakkhft na sukarft apfttheyye-
na gantum. s&dhu bhante bhagavft bhikkhftnam p&theyyam
anujftnftt(i 'ti. atha kho bhagavft Mendakam gahapatim
dhammiyft kathftya sandassetvft . . . sampahamsetvft utthft-
.yftsanft pakkftmi. ||20|| atha kho bhagavft etasmim nidftne
dhammikatham katvft bhikkhd ftmantesi : anujftnftmi bhi-
kkhave paiica go rase khiram dadhim takkam navanttam
sappim. santi bhikkhave maggft kantftrft appodakft appa-
bhakkhft na sukarft apfttheyyena gantum. anujftnftmi bhi-
kkhave pfttheyyam pariyesitum, tandulo tandulatthikena,
in^Sgo muggatthikena, mftao mftsatthikena, lonam lonatthi-

\1. 84. 21-85. 4.] MAHAYAGGA. 245

kena, gulo gulatthikena, telam telatthikena, sappi sappittU-
kena. santi bhikkhave inaniiS8& 8addh& pasannft, te kappiya-
kftrak&nam hatthe hiranfLam upanikkhipanti iminft ayyassa
yam kappiyam tarn deth& 'ti. anuj&D&mi bhikkhave yam
tato kappiyam tarn s&ditum. na tv ev&ham bhikkhave kena-
ci pariyftyena j&tarftparajatam B&ditabbam pariyesitabban ti
vad&miti. ||21||34||

m

atha kho bhagav& anupubbena c&rikam caram&no yena
Apai^am tad avasari. assosi kho Eeniyo jatilo: samanio
khalu bho Gotamo Sakyaputto Sakyakul& pabbajito Apanam
anuppatto Apane viharati. tarn kho pana bhagavantam
Gotamam evamkaly&no kittisaddo abbhuggato —la — 8&dhu
kho pana tath&rdpllnam arahatam dassanam hottti. atha
kho Eeniyassa jatilassa etad ahosi : kim nu kho aham sama-
nassa Gotamassa har&peyyan ti. || 1 1| atha kho Keniyassa
jatilassa etad ahosi : ye pi kho te brfthmaii&nam pubbak&
isayo mant&nam katt&ro mantAnam pavattftro yesam idam
etarahi br&hman& por&nam mantapadam gitam pavuttam
samihitam tad anug&yanti tad anubhftsanti bhftsitam anubhi-
santi v&citam anuvftcenti, seyyath' Idam : Atthako Y&ma-
ko Y&madevo Yess&mitto Yamataggi Angiraso
Bh&radv&jo Yllsettho Kassapo Bhagu, rattftparat&
virat& vik&labhojan&, te evariip&ni p&nftni s&diyimsu, ||2||
samano pi Gotamo rattuparato virato vik&labhoJEUi&, arahati
samaiDLO pi Gotamo evariip&Qi p&nftni saditun ti, pahdtam p&-
nam patiy&d&petv& k&jehi g&h&petv& yena bhagav& ten' upa-
samkami, upasamkamitv& bhagavat& saddhim sammodi, sam-
modaniyam katham sftraniyam viti8&retv& ekamantam
atthftsi. ekamantam thito kho Eeniyo jatilo bhagavantam
etad avoea : patiganh&tu me bhavam Gotamo p&nan ti. tena
hi Eeniya bhikkhiinam dehlti. bhikkhii kukkucc&yantA na
patiganhanti. pafiganhatha bhikkhave paribhniijathft HL
II 3 II atha kho Eeniyo jatilo buddhapamukham bhikkhu-
samgham pahfltehi p&nehi sahatthft santappetvA sampavft-
Tetv& bhagavantam dhotahattham onltapattapftnim ekaman-
tam nisldi. ekamantam nisinnam kho Eeniyam jatilam bha-
gav& dhanmiiy& kath&ya sandassesi . . . sampahamsesL atha

246 MAHAYAGGA. [VI. 86. 4-8.

klio Eeniyo jatilo bliagavatd clhammiy& kathftja sandassito
. . . Bampahamsito bhagayantam etad avoca : adhiv&setu me
bhaTam Gotamo ST&tan&ya bhattam saddhim bhikkbusamghe-
nk 'ti. II 4 II mahft kho Keniya bhikkhusamgho a^dbatelas&ni
bhikkhusat&ni tvaii ca br&hmanesu abhippasanno Hi. duti-
yam pi kho Eeniyo jatilo bbagavantam etad avoca : kin cftpi
bho Gotama mahft bhikkhusamgho addhatelas&ni bhikkhusa-
tftni ahafL ca brfthmanesu abhippasanno. adhivftsetu me . . .
bhikkhusamghenft 'ti. mahft kho . . . abhippasanno 'ti.
tatiyam pi kho Eeniyo jatilo bhagavantam etad avoca : kiii
cftpi . . • saddhim bhikkhusamghenft 'ti. adhivftsesi bhaga-
Y& tuciiibhftvena. atha kho Eeniyo jatilo bhagavato adhivft-
sanam viditvft utthftyftsanft pakkftmi. ||5|| atha kho bhagavft
etasmim nid&ne dhammikatham katvft bhikkhii ftmantesi :
anuj&n&mi bhikkhave attha p&D&ni: ambapftnam jambupft-
nam cocapftn&m mocapftnam madhup. muddik&p. s&lukap.
phftrusakapftnam. anujftnftmi bhikkhave sabbam phalara-
8 am thapetvft dhaiiiiaphalarasain. anujftnftmi bhikkhave
sabbam pattarasam thapetvft dftkarasam. anujftnftmi bhi-
kkhave sabbam puppharasam thapetvft madhukapuppha-
rasam. anujftnftmi bhikkhave ucchurasan ti. ||6||

atha kho Eeniyo jatilo tassft rattiyft accayena sake assame
panltam khftdaniyaan bhojaniyam patiyftdftpetvft bhagavato
kftlam ftrocftpesi : kftlo bho Gotama, nitthitam bhattan ti.
atha kho bhagavft pubbanhasamayam nivftsetvft pattactvaram
ftd&ya yena Eeniyassa jatilassa assamo ten' upasamkami, upa-
samkamitvft paiiilatte ftsane nisidi saddhim bhikkhusamgho-
na. atha kho Eeniyo jatilo buddhapamukham bhikkhu-
samgham panttena khftdaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthft santa-
ppetvft sampavftretvft bhagavantam bhuttftvim onttapattapft-
niip. ekamantam nisidi. ||7|| ekamantam nisinnam kho
Eeniyam jatilam bhagavft imfthi gftthfthi anumodi :

aggihuttamukhft yanfift, sftvittht chandaso mukham,
rftjft mukham manussftnam, nadinam sftgaro mukhamj
nakkhattftnam mukham cando, ftdicco tapatam mukham,
puiinam ftkankhamftnftnam samgho ve jayatam mukhan ti.

atha kho bhagavft Eeniyam jatilam imfthi gftthfthi anumodi-
tvft utthftyftsanft pakkftmi. li8||36

VI. 86. 1-4.] mahIvagga. 247

atha kho bhagav^ Apaigie yath&bhirantam yiharity& jena
£u8in&r& tena cArikam pakk&mi mahatH bhikkhusaijfigheDa
Baddhim a44hatela0ehi bhikkliusatehi, assosum kho Kosi-
n&rak& Mall&: bhagav& kira KusixiAraiii &gaochati mabatA
bhikkhusanighena aaddhim addhatelasebi bhikkbuaatehiti.
te Bamgaram akainsa : yo bbagavato paocuggamanai^ na ka-
rissati pafica sat&ni dando Hi. tena kho pana samayena
Bojo Mallo ftyaamato Anandassa sah&yo hoti. atha kho
bhagava anupubbena c4rikam caramlLno yena Kasin&r& tad
avasari. || 1 1| atha kho Eo8m&rak& MaM bhagavato paocu-
ggamanain akamsu. atha kho ^^o Mallo bhagavato paccu-
ggamanain karitvA yenftyasmft Anando ten' upasamkami,
iipa8ainkamitv& Ayasmantam Anandam abhiv&detv& ekaman-
tam atth&si. ekamantam thitam kho Bojam Mallam Ayasmft
Anando etad avoca : u}&rain kho te idam ftvuso Boja yam
tvam bhagavato paccuggamanam ak&siti. n&hani bhante
Auanda bahukato buddhena vft dhammena v& samghena v&i
api ca fi&tihi samgaro kato yo bhagavato paccuggamanam na
karissati pafica satHni dando 'ti. sa kho aham bhante Ananda
fi&tinam dan4abhay& evftham bhagavato paccuggamanam
ak&sin ti. atha kho ftyasm& Anando anattamano ahod : ka-
tham hi nftma Bojo Mallo evam vakkhatiti. || 2 1| atha kho
&yasm& Anando yena bhagavA ten' upasamkamiy upasamka-
mitv& bhagavantam- abhiv&detv& ekamantam nisidL ekam-
antam nisinno kho ftyasmH Anando bhagavantam etad avoca :
ayam bhante Bojo Mallo abhinn&to fi&tamanuaso. mahiddhi-
yo kho pana evarftp&nam li&tamanuss&nam imasmim dha-
mmavinaye pas&do. s&dhu bhante bhagavft tath& karotu yath&
Bojo Mallo imasmim dhammavinaye pa8ideyy& 'tL na kho
tarn Ananda dukkaram tath&gatena yath& Bojo Mallo ima-
smim dhammavinaye pasideyyi 'ti. ||3|| atha kho bhagavft
Bojam Mallam mettena cittena pharitv& utth&y^n& vih&ram
p&viaL atha kho Bojo Mallo bhagavat& mettena cittena
phuttho seyyath&pi n&ma g&vi tarunavacchft evam eva vih&-
rena vihftram pariveijitena parivei^am upaaaipkamitvA bhikkhii
pucchati : kaham nu kho bhante etarahi so bhagavA viharati
araham sammftsambuddho, daB8anak&m& hi mayam tarn bha-
gavantam arahantam aamm&sambuddhan ti. ea' &vuao Boja

248 MAHAVAGGA. [VI. Se. 4-7.

Tih&ro samvutadv&rOy tena appasaddo upa8ainkamity& atara-
mftno ftlindam payi8itv& ukkasitv& aggajain ftkotehi, viva-
rissati te bhagav& dv&ran ti. || 4 1| atlia kho Bojo Mallo yena
BO vih&ro samvutadv&ro tena appasaddo upaaainkamitv& ata-
ram&no ftlindam paviaitvH ukk&sitvft aggajam ftkotesi, vivari
bliagav& dv&raxn. atha kho Kojo Mallo vih&rani pavisitvH
bhagavantam abhiv&detvft ekamantam nistdi. ekamantam
nisinnassa kho Bojassa Mallassa bhagav& anupubbikatham
kathesi seyyath' tdam : d&Dakatham — la — aparappaccayo
satthu sftsane bhagavantam etad avoca : B&dhu bhante ayy&
maman neva patiganheyyom clvarapindap&tasenftsanagil&na-
paccayabhesajjaparikkh&ram no afLnesan ti. yesam kho Boja
sekhena nanena sekhena dassanena dhammo dittho seyyathft-
pi tay& tesam pi evam hoti : aho niina ayy& amh&kan iieva
patiganheyyum ctvarapin4ap&ta8en&8anagil&napaccayabhe8a-
jjaparikkh&rain no afLnesan ti. tena hi Boja tava c' eva pa-
tiganhissanti a&ftesan ck 'ti. i|5||

tena kho pana samayena Kusin&r&yam pauit&nain bha-
tt&nam bhattapatip&ti adhitthit& hoti. atha kho Bojassa
Mallassa patip&tim alabhantassa etad ahosi: yam niin&ham
bhattaggam olokeyyam, yam bhattagge n&ddasam tarn pa-
tiyftdeyyan ti. atha kho Rojo Mallo bhattaggam olokento
dve nftddasa dikafi ca pitthakh&daniyan ca. atha kho
Rojo Mallo yen&yasm& An an do ten' upasamkami, upa-
samkamitv& &yasmantam Anandam etad avoca : idha me
bhante Ananda patip&tim alabhantassa etad ahosi : yam
n&n&ham bhattaggam olokeyyam, yam bhattagge nftddasam
tarn patiyftdeyyan ti. so kho aham bhante Ananda bhatta-
ggam olokento dve n&ddasam dftkaii ca pitthakh&daniyafi ca.
sac' iLham bhante Ananda patiy&deyyam d&kaii ca pitthakh&-
daniyaii ca, patiganheyya me bhagavft 'ti. tena hi Boja
bhagavantam patipucchiss&mtti. ||6|| atha kho &yasm&
Anando bhagavato etam attham ftrocesi. tena h' Ananda
patiy&detii 'ti. tena hi Boja patiyftdehitL atha kho Bojo
Mallo tass& rattiy& aocayena pahiitam 4&kafL ca pitthakhftda-
niyaii ca patiy&dftpetv& bhagavato upan&mesi patigai^ihftta
me bhante bhagav& 4&I^&i^ ca pitthakh&daniyaii c& 'ti. tena
hi Boja bhikkhftnam dehtti. bhikkhtii kukkucc&yantft na pa-

VI. 86. 7-67. 4.] MAHAVAGGA. 249

tigaphanti. patiganhatha bhikkhave paribhuiljath&. 'ti ||7||
atha klio Kojo Mallo buddhapamukham bbikkhusamgbam
pahAtehi d&kehi ca pitthakhftdaniyehi ca sabatth& santappe-
ty& sampay&retvd. bbagavantam dhotahattham onitapattapH-
nim ekamantain nistdi. ekamantam nisinnaiu kho Bojam
Mallam bhagavft dhammiy& kath&ya 8anda8setv& . • • sampa-
bamsetvft iitth&yft8an& pakk&mi. atha kbo bbagay& etasmim
nid&ne dhammikatham katvft bhikkh& dmantesi : anuj&n&mi
bhikkhave sabbaii ca d&kam sabbaii ca pitthakh&dani-
yan ti. 118113611

atha kho bhagavft Eusin&r&yam yathftbhirantam yiha-
ritv& yena A turn ft tena c&rikam pakk&mi mahatft bhikkhu-
samghena saddhim a44hatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. tena kho
pana samayena annataro vuddhapabbajito Atum&yam pativa-
sati nah&pitapubboy tassa dve d&rak& honti manjukft pati-
bh&neyyak& dakkhH pariyod&tasippft sake ftcariyake nah&pi-
takamme. ||1|| assosi kho so Yud4hapabbajito : bhagavft
kira Atumam iLgacchati mahatft bhikkhusamghena saddhim
addhatelasehi bhikkhusatehlti. atha kho so Tud4hapabbajito
te dftrake etad avoca : bhagavft kira t&ta Atamam ftgacchati
mahat& bhikkhusamghena saddhim addhatelasehi bhikkhusa-
tehi. gacchatha tumhe tftta khurabhandam ftdftya n&liy&-
y&pakena anugharakam-anugharakam fthindatha lon^m pi
telam pi tandulam pi khftdaniyam pi samharatha, bhagavato
ftgatassa y&gup&nam karissimft 'ti. ||2|| evam t&t& 'ti kho te
dftrakft tassa yud4hapabbajitas8a patisunityft khurabhan4am
Ad&ya n&|iy&vftpakena anugharakam-anugharakam fthin4anti
lo^am pi telam pi tan4ulam pi khddaniyam pi samharantft.
manussft te d&rake manjuke patibhilneyyake passityft ye pi
na k&r&petukftm& te pi kftrllpenti k&rftpety&pi bahum denti.
atha kho te d&rakft bahum lonam pi telam pi ta]^4ulam pi
khftdaniyam pi samharimsu. || 3 1|

atha kho bhagayft anupubbena c&rikam caramftno yena
Atumft tad avasari. tatra sudam bhagayft Atum&yam yi-
harati Bhdsftg&re. atha kho so yu441^&P&hbajito tass&
rattiyft accayena pahiitam yftgum patiyftdftpetyA bhagayato
upan&mesi patigai^h&tu me bhante bhagayH y&gun ti. jA-

250 MAHAVAGGA. [VI. 87. 4-40 1.

nant&pi tath&gat& pucchanti — la — s&vak&nam vft sikkba-
padam paM&pe88ftm& 'ti. atha kho bhagavd tarn Yu4dha-
pabbajitam etad avoca : kut' ftyam bhikkhu y&gii 'ti. atha
kho 80 Yuddhapabbajito bhagavato etam attham ftroceai. ||4;|
yigarahi buddho bhagavft: ananucchaviyani moghapurisa ana-
nulomikam appatiriipain aBS&manakain. akappiyam akarani-
yam. katham. hi n&ma tyani moghapurisa pabbajito akappi-
ye samftdapessasi. u' etam moghapprisa appasann&nam t&
pas&d&ya. vigarahitT& dhammikathaip. katv& bhikkhii Jlman-
tesi: na bhikkhave pabbajitena akappiye sam&dape-
tabbam. yo samftdapeyya, &patti dukkatassa. na ca bhi-
kkhave nah&pitapubbena khurabha^dam pariharitabbam.
yo parihareyya, &patti dukkataasft 'ti. ||5||37il

atha kho bhagay& Atum&yam yath&bhirantam vihari-
tvk yena S&vatthi tena c&rikam pakk&mi. anupubbena
dtrikam caram&no yena S&vatthi tad avasari. tatra sudam
bhagayft S&yatthiyam yiharati Jetayane An&tha-
pi94ikABsa ftr&me. tena kho pana samayena S&yatthiyam
bahum phalakh&daniyam ussannam hoti. atha kho bhikkhii-
nam etad ahosi: kim nu kho bhagayat& phalakh&daniyam
anunft&tam kim ananunn&tan ti. bhagayato etam attham
iLrocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye sabbam phalakh&dani-
yan ti/||l||38ll

tena kho pana samayena samghik&ni blj&ni puggalik&ya
bbftmiyft ropiyanti, puggalik&ni bijftni samghikftya bhiimi-
y& ropiyanti. bhagayato etam attham Arocesum, samghi-
k&ni bhikkhaye bij&ni puggalik&ya bh(imiy& ropitAni
bh&gam daty& paribhunjitabb&ni, puggalikftni btjftni
samghikAya bh{lmiy& ropit&ni bUBlgam daty& paribhunji-
tabb&niti. ||1||39||

tena kho pana samayena bhikkhiinaiii kismifloi-kismiiici
th&ne kukkuocam uppajjati : kim nu kho bhagavatA anuftM-
tam kim ananunMtan tL bhagayato etam attham Arocesum.
yam bhikkhaye may& idam na kappatiti appatikkhittam, ta£L
oe akappiyam annlometi kappiyam patibfthati, tarn yo na
kappati. yam bhikkhaye may& idam na kappatiti appa-

VI. 40. 1-3.] MAHAYAGGA. 261

tikkhittam, tan ce kappiyam aniilometi akappiyam patibftha-
tiy tain Yo kappa ti. ya£L ca bhikkhave may& idam kappatiti
ananuiifL&tainy tail ce akappiyam anulometi kappiyam patibft-
bati, tain to na kappati. yam bhikkhave may& idam

-kappatiti ananunii&tam, tafL ce kappiyam anulometi akappi-
yam patib&hati, tarn yo kappatiti. ||1||

atha kho bhikkhilnam etad ahosi : kappati nu kho y&-
Yak&likena y&mak&likani na nu kho kappati. kappati nu
kho y&vakalikena satt&hak&likam na nu kho kappati. ka-

'^ppati nu kho y&vak&likena y&vajiYikam na nu kho kappati«
kappati nu kho y&mak&likena satt&hak&likam na nu kho
kappati. kappati nu kho y&mak&likena y&Yajtvikam na nu
kho kappati. kappati nu kho satt&hak&likena y&YajlYikam
na nu kho kappatiti. bhagaYato etam atthani ftrocesum. || 2 i|

^&Yak&likena bhikkhaYe y&mak&likam tadahu patiggahi-
tam k&le kappati Yik&le na kappati. y&vak&likena bhi-
kkhaYe satt&hak&likam tadahu patiggahitam k&le kappati
Yik&le na kappati. y&Yak&likena bhikkhaYe y&YajiYikaip
tadahu patiggahitam k&le kappati Yik&le na kappati.
y&mak&likena bhikkhaYe satt&hak&likam t. p. y&me
kappati y&m&tikkante na kappati. y&mak&likena bhikk-
haYe y&YajiYikam t. p. y&me kappati y&m&tikkante na
kappati. satt&hak&likena bhikkhaYe y&YajiYikam satt&-
ham kappati satt&h&tikkante na kappatiti. || 3 1| 40 II
bhesajjakkhandhakam chattham.

imamhi khandhake Yatthum ekaaatam chaYatthum. tassa

• • •

udd&nam :

•

s&radike, Yik&le pi, Yasam, mtile, pitfhehi ca,
kas&Ychi, paiina-phalam, jatu-lonam, chakanam ca,|
cupnam, c&lini, mamsaii ca, anjanam, upapisanam,
aiijani, uoca-parut&, 8al&k&, sal&kodhanij
thaYikam, bandhakam, suttani, muddhani telam, natthu ca,
natthukarani, dhiimaii ca, nettan, c&, 'pidh&nam, thaYi,|
telap&kesu, majjan ca, atikkhitta-abbhanjanam,
tumbam, sedam, sambh&rafi ca, mah&-bhangodaka]n tath&,|
dakakottham, lohitan ca, Yis&^am, pAdabbhafijanam,
6 pajjam, sattham, kas&Yafi ca, tilakakka-kaba}ikam,|

252 MAHAYAOOA.

colam, 8&sapakattafi ca^ dhiima-sakkliarik&ya ca,
vanatelam, yik&sikam, yikataii ca, patiggahamj
giitham, karontOi lo\\h ca^ kh&ram, muttaliaiitak),
gandh&, virecanan c'eva^ acch&, 'kata-kat&katam,|
paticch&dani-pabbh&rft, &r&ini, sattahena ca,
gu}ain, muggam, sovlraii ca, s&map&k&y pun& pacej
pun&nuiifi&si^ dubbhikkhe, phalaii ca, tila-kh&dani^
purebbattam, k&yacpiho, nibbattan ca, bbagandalaip,!
yatthikamman ca, Suppi ca, manussamamsam eya ca,
10 hatthi, ass&y sunakho ca^ ahi, stha-yyaggba-dipikamj
accba-taracchamamsan ca, patip&ti ca, y&gu ca,
tarunam anfLatra, gulam, Sunidh^-&ya6athftgftramJ
Ambapftli ca, Licchayi, Qang&, Koti saccakath&y
uddissakatam, subhikkbam punad eya patikkbipij
meghoy Yasojo, Mendako ca, gorasam p&tbeyyakena oa,
Keni, ambo, jambu, coca-moca-madhu, muddikft, Bftlukam, I
pb&rusakft^ d&ka-pitthain, Atum&yain nah&pito,
8&yatthiyam pbala-bijam^ kasmini th&oe ca^ k&liko 'ti.

r

253

MAHAVAGGA.

VII.

Tena samayena buddho bhagavft S&vatthiyam vibarali
Jetavane Anftthapii^LdikasBa &r&me. tena kho pana
Bamayena tim8amatt& P&tlieyyak& bbikkhd sabbe &ra-
iiiiak& sabbe pindap&tik& sabbe pamsukiilik& sabbe tectvarika
S&vattbim gacchant& bhagavantam dassan&ya upakattbftya
yassf^pan&yik&ya n&sakkhimsu S&vatthiyam vassiipaD&yikain
sambb&vetuin, antar& magge S&kete Tassaifi upagacchimsu.
te ukkai^tbitarAp& vassam vasimsu : ftsanneva no bhagav& yi-
harati ito cbasu yojanesu na ca mayam labb&ma bhaga-
yantam dassan&ylL 'ti. atba kbo te bbikkhtL yassam yuttb&
'tem&saccayena kat&ya pay&ranaya deye yassante udakasamga-
he udakacikkhalle okapunnehi clvarebi kilantarfipft yena Sft-
yatthi Jetayanam An&thapi^^^kassa &r&mo yena bhagayH
ten' upasamkamimsu, upasamkamityft bbagayantam abhiy&-
dety& ekamantam nisidimsu. ||1|| ftciniiam kho pan' etam
buddb&nam bhagayantftnam ftgantukehi bhikkh(ifai saddhim
patisammoditum. atha kbo bhagay& te bhikkhft etad ayoca :
kacci bhikkhaye kbamanlyam, kacci yftpantyam, kacci sam-
agg& sammodam&nll ayiyadam&n& pbftsukam yassam ya«
sittha na ca pindakena kilamitth& 'ti. kbamantyam bba-
gayft, y&pantyam bbagayft, samaggft ca mayam bhante sam-
modamftnft ayivadam&n& yassam yasimhH na ca pindakena
kilamimh&. idha mayam bhante timsamattft Pfttheyyakft
bhikkhii Sftyatthim &gacchant& bbagayantam dassan&ya upa-
katth&ya yassdpan&yik&ya nftsakkhimh& S&vatthiyam yassd-
pan&yikam sambhftyetum, antar& magge S&kete yassam upa-
gacchimhft. te mayam bhante ukkanthitarflpft yassam ya-

254 MAHAYAGGA. [VII. 1. 2-6.

simh& : JlsaniieTa no bhagavlt viharati ito chasu yojanesu na
ca mayam labb&ma bhagavantam dassan&yft 'ti. atha kbo
mayam bhante vassani yutth& temftsaccayena kat&ya pav&ra-
n&ya deve vassante udakasamgahe udakacikkhalle okapunne-
hi ciyarefai kilantariipft addfa&nain &gat& 'ti. (|2|| atha kho
bhagavft etasmim nidftne dhammikatbam katT& bbikkhix
Amantesi : anuj&n&mi bbikkbave vassam vutthlLnain bbikkbtL-
nam katbinam attbaritum. attbatakatbinftnam. vo bbi-
kkbave panca kappissanti anftmantac&ro asam&d&nac&ro gana-
bbojanam yftyadattbacivaram yo ca tattba ctvarupp&do so
nesam bbavissati. attbatakatbin&nam vo bbikkbave im&ni
paiica kappissanti. eyafL ca pana bbikkbaye katbinam attba-
ritabbam: ||3|| yyattena bbikkbun& patibalena samgbo n&-
petabbo: sun&tu me bbante samgbo. idam samgbassa ka^bi-
nadussam uppannam. yadi samgbassa pattakallam, samgbo
imam katbinadussam ittbann&massa bbikkbuno dadeyya ka-
tbinam attbaritum. es& fiatti. sun&tu me bbante samgbo.
idam samgbassa katbinadussam uppannam. samgbo imam
katbinadussam ittbannftmassa bbikkbuno deti katbinam
attbaritum. yass&yasmato kbamati imassa katbinadussassa

ittbannftmassa bbikkbuno d&nam katbinam attbaritum so

• • • •

tunb' assa. yassa na kkbamati so bb&seyya. dinnam idam
samgbena katbinadussam ittbann&massa bbikkbuno katbinam
attbaritum. kbamati samgbassa, tasm& tunb}, eyam etam
db&ray&miti. || 4|| eyam kbo bbikkbaye attbatam boti katbi-
nam, eyam anattbatam. katban ca bbikkbaye anattbatam
boti katbinam. na uUikbitamattena attbatam boti katbi-
nam, na dboyanamattena attbatam boti katbinam, na civara-
vic&ranamattena attb. b. katb., na ccbedanamattena attb. b.
k., na bandbanamattena attb. b. k., na oyattikakaranama-
ttena attb. b. k., na kandusakaranamattena attb. b. k., na
dalbikammakaranamattena attb. b. k., na anuy&takarania-
mattena attb. b. k., na paribbandakaranamattena attb. b. k.,
na oyaddbeyyakaranamattena attb. b. k., na kambalamadda-
namattena attb. b. k., na nimittakatena attb. h. k., na pari-
katbftkatena attb. b. k., na kukkukatena attb. h. k., na
sannidbikatena attb. b. k., na nissaggiyena attb. b. k., na
akappakatena attb. b. k^ na annatra samgb&tiya attb. b. k..

VII. 1. 6-«. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 265

na afinatra uttar&sangena attfa. h. k., na afiiiatra antaravftsa-
kena atth. h. k., na afiiiatra pancakena v& atirekapancakena
T& tadah' eva sanchinnena samandalikatena atth. h. k., sa
aflnatra puggalassa atth&r& atth. h. kathinam. 8amm& c' eva

atthatam hoti kathinam tan ce nissimattho anumodati evam

• • • • •

pi anatthatam hoti kathinam. evam kho bhikkhave anattha-
tam hoti kathinam. ||5 1| kathan ea bhikkhave atthatam hoti
kathinam. ahatena atthatam hoti kathinam, ahatakappena
atth. h. k., pilotik&ya atth. h. k., pamsnkftlena atth. h. k.,
p&panikena atth. h. k., animittakatena atth. h. k., aparika-
th&katena atth. h. k., akukkukatena atth. h. k., asannidhika-
tena atth. h. k., anissaggiyena atth. h. k., kappakatena atth.
h. k., 8amgh&tiy& atth. h. k., nttarftsangena atth. h. k., anta-
ravftsakena atth. h. k., pancakena v& atirekapaiicakena vft
tadah' eva sanchinnena samandalikatena atth. h. k., pugga-
lassa atth&rft atth. h. k., sammft c' eva atthatam hoti kathi-
nam tafi ce stmattho anumodati evam pi atthatam hoti kathi-
nam. evam kho bhikkhave atthatam hoti kathinam. ||6||

kathan ca bhikkhave ubbhatam hoti kathinam. atth'. im&

• ....

bhikkhave m&tik& kathinassa ubbh&r&ya pakkamananti-
k& nitthftnantikft sannitthftnantikft nftsanantiki savanantik&
&sftvaochedik& sim&tikkantikft 8ahubbh&r& Hi. ||7||1||

bhikkhu atthatakathino kataclvaram ftdftya pakkamati na
paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno pakkamanantiko kathinu-
ddhftro. bhikkhu atthatakathino civaram &dftya pakkamati,
tassa bahisimagatassa evam hoti : idh' ev' imam ctvaram kft-
ressam na paccessan ti, so tarn civaram k&reti. tassa bhi-
kkhuno nitth&nantiko kathinuddh&ro. bhikkhu atthataka-

• • •

thino civaram &d&ya pakkamati, tassa bahisimagatassa evam
hoti : n' ev' imam civaram kdressam na paccessan ti. tassa
bhikkhuno sannitth&nantiko kathinuddh&ro. bhikkhu attha-
takathino civaram ftdftya pakkamati, tassa bahisimagatassa
evam hoti : idh^ ev' imam civaram k&ressam na paccessan ti,
so tarn civaram k&reti, tassa tarn civaram kayiram&nam nassa-
ti. tassa bhikkhuno nAsanantiko kathinuddhftro. j|l|| bhi-
kkhu atthatakathino civaram &d&ya pakkamati paccessan ti,
so bahisimagato taiji civaram k&retii so katacivaro suQ&ti:

256 MAHAVAGGA. [VII. 2. 2-3. 2.

ubbhatam kira tasmim ftvftse kathinan ti. tassa bhikkhuno
savanantiko kathinuddb&ro. bbikkbu attbatakathino ctva-
ram ftd&ya pakkamati paccessan ti, 8o bahisimagato tarn
civaram k&reti, so kataclvaro paccessam paccessan ti babi-
ddbft katbinuddfa&rain vltinftmeti. tassa bbikkbuno sim&-
tikkantiko katbinuddh&ro. bbikkbu attbatakatbino ctvaram
&d&ya pakkamati paccessan ti, so babislmagato tarn ctvaram
kftreti, so katacivaro paccessam paccessan ti sambbun&ti ka-
tbinuddbftram. tassa bbikkbuno saba bbikkb&bi katbinu-
ddb&ro. II2II2II

lld&yasattakam nittbitam.

bbikkbu attbatakatbino katacivaram sam&d&ya pakkamati
na paccessan ti. tassa bbikkbuno pakkamanantiko katbinud-
db&ro. bbikkbu attbatakatbino civaram sam&d&ya pakka-
mati, tassa babisimagatassa evam boti : idb' ev' imam ctva-
ram k&ressam na paccessan ti, so tarn ctvaram k&reti. tassa
bbikkbuno nittb&nantiko ka(b{nuddbftro. bbikkbu attbata-
katbino civaram sam&dftya pakkamati, tassa babisimagatassa
evam boti : n' ev' imam ctvaram k&ressam na paccessan ti.

• • • • ^

tassa bbikkbuno sannittbftnantiko katbinuddb&ro. bbikkbu
attbatakatbino ctvaram sam&dftya pakkamati, tassa babist-
maffatassa evam boti : idb' ev' imam ctvaram k&ressam na

o • • • •

paccessan ti, so tarn ctvaram k&reti. tassa tarn civaram
kayiramftnam nassati. tassa bbikkbuno nftsanantiko katbin-
uddb&ro. || 1 1| bbikkbu attbatakatbino ctvaram samftdftya
pakkamati paccessan ti, so babistmagato tarn ctvaram k&reti,

so katacivaro sun&ti : ubbbatam kira tasmim ftv&se kathinan

* • « •

ti. tassa bbikkbuno savanantiko kathinuddb&ro. bbikkbu
attbatakathino ctvaram sam&d&ya pakkamati paccessan ti, so
babistmagato tarn civaram k&reti, so katacivaro paccessam
paccessan ti babiddb& katbinuddb&ram vttin&meti. tassa
bbikkbuno sim&tikkantiko kathinuddb&ro. bbikkbu attha-
takafbino civaram sam&d&ya pakkamati paccessan ti, so ba-
bistmagato tarn civaram k&reti, so katacivaro paccessam
paccessan ti sambbun&ti katbinuddb&ram. tassa bbikkbuno
saba bhikkbtihi kathinuddb&ro. ||2||8ll

sam&d&yasattakam nittbitam.

VII. 4. 1-6. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 257

1)hikkhu atthatakatbino Tippakatactvaram ftdftya pakka-
matiy tassa bahisimagatassa evam faoti : idh' ey' imam
civaram k&ressam na paccessan ti^ so tain civaram k&reti.
tassa bhikkhuno nitth&nantiko • • . (= eA. 2; read yippaka-
tacivaram ftd&ya instead of civaram &dftya ; the pakkaman-
antiko katbinuddbaro is omitted,) • . . saha bbikkbiihi
katbinuddbftro. Ill||4||

ftdftyacbakkam nittbitam.

bbikkbu attbatakatbino vippakataclvaram 8am4d4ya pa-
kkamati, tassa babisimagatassa evam boti : idb' ev' imam
clvaraxjoi k&ressam na paccessan ti, so tarn civaram k&reti.
tassa bbikkbimo nittbftnantiko . . • (= cA. 3 ; read vippaka-
taclvaram sam&d&ya instead o/* civaram samftd&ya ; the pakka-
manantiko katbinuddb&ro is omitted.) • • • saba bbikkbdbi
katbinuddbftro. || 1 1| 5 1|

sam&d&yacbakkam.

bbikkba attbatakatbino civaram ftd&ya pakkamati, tassa
babisimagatassa evam boti : idb' ev* imam civaram k&ressam
na paccessan ti, so tarn civaram kllreti. tassa bbikkbuno

nittb&nantiko katbinuddb&ro. bbikkbu attbatakatbino clva-

• • • •

ram ftdftya pakkamati, tassa babisimagatassa evam boti:
n' eV imam civaram k&ressam na paccessan ti. tassa bbi-
kkbuno sannitthftnantiko katbinuddb&ro. bbikkbu attbata-
katbino civaram &dftya pakkamati, tassa babisimagatassa
evam boti : idb' ev' imam civaram k&ressam na paccessan
ti, so tarn civaram k&reti. tassa tarn civaram kayiram&nam
nassati. tassa bbikkbuno n&sanantiko katbinuddbftro. ||1||
bbikkbu attbatakatbino civaram ftd&ya pakkamati na pa*
ccessan ti, tassa babisimagatassa evai^ boti : idb' ev' imam
civaram k&ressan ti, so tam civaram k&reti. tassa bbikkbuno

nittbftnantiko katbinuddbftro. bbikkbu attbatakatbino clva-
... •

ram ftdftya pakkamati na paccessan ti, tassa babisimagatassa

evam boti: n' ev' imam civaram kftressan ti. tassa bbi-

• • •

kkbuno sannittbftnantiko katbinuddbftro. bbikkbu attbata-
katbino civaram ftdftya pakkamati na paccessan ti, tassa
babisimagatassa evam boti : idb' ev' imam civaram kftressan
rot. m. 17

258 MAHAVAGGA. [VII. 6. 2-4.

ti, SO tain civaram k4reti, tassa tain ciyaram kayiramftnam
nassati. tassa bhikkhuno n&sanantiko kathinuddh&ro. ||2|| '
bhikkhu atthatakathino civaram &dAya pid^kamati anadhi-
tthitena^ n' ev' assa hoti^ paccessan ti, na pan' assa boti na
paccessan ti, tassa bahistmagatassa eyam boti : idb' ev' imam
civaram kftressam na paccessan ti, so tain ctvaram k&reti.

tassa bbikkbuno nittbftnantiko katbinuddb&ro. bbikkhu

• • •

attbatakatbino ciyaram ftdftya pakkamati anadbittbitena, n'
ey' assa boti paccessan ti, na pan' assa boti na paccessan ti,
tassa babiaimagatassa eyam boti : n' ey' imam ciyaram
k&ressam na paccessan ti. tassa bbikkbuno sannittb&nantiko
katbinuddbftro. bbikkbu attbatakatbino ciyaram lUl&ya pa-
kkamati anadbittbitena, n' ey' assa boti paccessan ti, na pan'
assa boti na paccessan ti, tassa babisimagatassa evam boti :
idb' ey' imam civaram k§.ressam na paccessan ti, so tarn civa-
ram k&reti, tassa tarn civaram kayiram&nam nassati. tassa
bbikkbuDO n&sanantiko katbinuddb&ro. || 3 1| bbikkbu attbata-
katbino civaram lUl&ya pakkamati paccessan ti, tassa babisi-
magatassa evam boti: idb' ev' imam civaram karessam na
paccessan ti, so tarn civaram kftreti. tassa bbikkbuno nittb&n-

antiko katbinuddb&ro. bbikkbu attbatakatbino civaram
• • •

ftd&ya pakkamati paccessan ti, tassa babisimagatassa evam
boti: n' ev' imam civaram k&ressam na paccessan ti. tassa
bbikkbuno sannittb&nantiko katbinuddb&ro. bbikkbu attba-
takatbino civaram &d&ya pakkamati paccessan ti, tassa babisi-
magatassa evam boti : idb' ev' imam civaram k&ressam na
paccessan ti, so tain civaram k&reti, tassa tarn civaram
kayiramd^nam nassati. tassa bbikkbuno n&sanantiko katbi-
nuddbftro. bbikkbu attbatakatbino civaram &d&ya pakka-
mati paccessan ti, so babisimagato tarn civaram k&reti, so

katacivaro sundti : ubbbatam kira tasmim &vftse katbinan ti.

• . . .

tassa bbikkbuno savauantiko katbinuddb&ro. bbikkbu attba-
takatbino civaram &dftya pakkamati paccessan ti, so babisi-
magato tarn civaram k&reti, so katacivaro paccessam paccessan
ti babiddbd katbinuddb&ram vitin&meti. tassa bbikkbuno
sim&tikkantiko katbinuddb&ro. bbikkbu attbatakatbino ci-
varam Maya pakkamati paccessan ti, so babisimagato tarn
civaram k&reti, so katacivaro paccessam paccessan ti sambbu-

VII. 6. 4-8. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 259

^ftti kathinuddhftram. tassa bfaikkhuiio saha bfaikkhilhi
kathinaddh&ro. ||4||6||

bhikkhu atthatakathino ctyaram sam&d&ya pakkamati

— pa — ftd&yapakkamanayftraeadisain evam yitth&retabbam

— la — bhikkhu atthatakathino Tippakatacivaram &d&ya
pakkamati — la — sam&d&yapakkamanav&rasadisani eyam
yitth&retabbam — la — bhikkhu atthatakathino yippakata-
ciyaram samftd&ya pakkamati . • • (= {;A. 6 ; read yippaka-
taclyaram samftd&ya instead of ciyaram ftd&ya.) . . . saha
bhikkhi^hi kathinuddh&ro. || 1 1| 7 1|

&d&yabh&9ay&ram nitthitam.

bhikkhu atthatakathino ctyar&s&ya pakkamati, so bahisima-
gato tain ciyar&sam payirup&sati an&s&ya labhati &8&ya na
labhati. tassa eyam hoti : idh' ey' imam ciyaram k&ressam na

' • • • •

paccessan ti, so tarn ciyaram k&reti. tassa bhikkhuno nitthftn-
antiko kathinuddh&ro. bhikkhu atthatakathino ciyar&s&ya
• . . tassa eyam hoti : n' ey' imam ctyaram k&ressam na pa-

• • • • X

ccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sannitth&nantiko kathinuddh&ro.

• • •

. . • tassa eyam hoti : idh' ey' imam ciyaram k&ressam na pa-
ccessan ti, so tarn ciyaram k&reti, tassa tarn ciyaram kayiram&-
namnassati. tassa bhikkhuno n&sanantikokathinuddh&ro. bhi-
kkhu atthatakathino ctyarfts&ya pakkamati, tassa bahistmaga-
tassa eyam hoti : idh' ey' imam ciyarftsam payirupftsissam na
paccessan ti, so tarn clyarAsam payirupAsati, tassa s& clyar&s&
upacchijjati. tassa bhikkhuno &s&yacchediko kathinuddh&ro.
II 1 II bhikkhu atthatakathino ctyar&s&ya pakkamati na pa-
ccessan ti, so bahistmagato tarn ciyar&sam payirup&sati
an&s&ya labhati &sftya na labhati, tassa eyam hoti : idh' ey'
imam ctyaram k&ressan ti, so tam ciyaram kareti. tassa

bhikkhuno nitth&nantiko kathinuddh&ro. bhikkhu atthata-

• • •

kathino . . . tassa eyam hoti : n' ey' imam ctyaram k&ressan
• • • •

ti. tassa bhikkhuno sannitth&nantiko kathinuddh&ro . . .

* * *

tassa eyam hoti : idh' ey' imam ctyaram k&ressan ti, so tam
ctyaram k&reti, tassa tam ctyaram kayiram&nam nassati.
tassa bhikkhuno n&sanantiko kathinuddh&ro. bhikkhu attha-
takathino ctyar&s&ya pakkamati na paccessan ti, tassa bahist-

260 MAhAvaGGA. [VII. 8. 2-9. 2.

magatassa eyam hoti : idh' ey' imam civarftsain payirap&sissan
ti, so tarn clvar&sam payirupftsati, tassa 8& ctvarll8& upacchi-
jjati. tassa bhikkhuno As&vaccfaediko kathinuddhftro. ||2||
bhikkhu atthatakathino civar&s&ya pakkamati anadhitthitenay
n' ey' assa hoti paccessan ti, na pan' assa hoti na paccessan
ti» so bahislmagato tarn ciyarasam payirup&sati anfts&ya
labhati &sllya na labhati, tassa eyam hoti : idh' ey' imam
ciyaram k&ressam na paccessan ti, so tain civaram k&reti.

tassa bkikkhuno nitth&nantiko kathinuddh&ro . . • tassa eyam

• • • •

hoti : n' ey' imam ctvaram k&ressam na paccessan ti. tassa

bhikkhuno satinitthelnantiko kathinuddh&ro . . . tassa eyam

• • • ■

hoti: idh' ey' imam ciyaram k&ressam na paccessan ti, so
tarn ciyaram kftreti, tassa tarn ciyaram kayiramftnam nassati.
tassa bhikkhuno n&sanantiko kathinuddh&ro. bhikkhu attha-
takathino ciyar&sdya pakkamati anadhitthitena, n' ey' assa
hoti paccessan ti, na pan' assa hoti na paccessan ti, tassa
bahisimagatassa eyam hoti : idh' ey' imam ctyar&sam payir-
upftsissam na paccessan ti, so tain ciyar&sam payirupftsati, tassa
s& ciyar&s& upacchijjati. tassa bhikkhuno &s&vacchediko
kathinuddh&ro. ||3||8||

an&s&dolasakam nitthitam.

bhikkhu atthatakathino ciyar&s&ya pakkamati paccessan ti,
so bahisimagato tarn ciyar&sam payirupftsati ftsftya labhati
an&s&ya na labhati, tassa eyam hoti : idh' ey' imam ciyaram
kftressam na paccessan ti, so tarn ciyaram k&reti. tassa
bhikkhuno nitth&nantiko kathinuddh&ro . • . tassa eyam
hoti : n' ey' imam ciyaram k&ressan na paccessan ti. tassa

bhikkhuno sannitth&nantiko kathinuddh&ro . • . tassa eyam

... ■

hoti: idh^ ey' imam ciyaram k&ressam na paccessan ti, so
tarn ciyaram k&reti, tassa tarn civaram kayiram&nam nassati.
tassa bhikkhuno nfisanantiko kathinuddh&ro. bhikkhu attha-
takathino civar&s&ya pakkamati paccessan ti, tassa bahisi-
magatassa eyam hoti : idh' ey' imam ciyar&sam payirup&-
sissam na paccessan ti, so tarn civar&sam payirup&sati, tassa
s& ciyar&8& upacchijjati. tassa bhikkhuno &s&yacchediko
kathinuddh&ro. || 1 1| bhikkhu atthatakathino ctvar&s&ya
pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisimagato sun&ti: ubbhatam

VII. 9. 2-3.] MAHAVAGGA. 261

kira tasmim Hv&se kathinan ti, tassa evain hoti : yato tasinim
&vftse ubbhatam kathinam idh' ev' imam ctvarftaam payirup&-
sissan ti, so tarn civar&sam payirupftsati ftsftya labhati anfts&ya
na labhati, tassa evam faoti : idh' ev' imam civaram kftressam na
pacoessan ti, so tarn civaram kftreti. tassa bfaikkhuno nitthftn-
antiko kafhinuddh&ro . . . tassa evam faoti : n' ev' imam
ctvaram k&ressam na paccessan ti. tassa bfaikkfauno sanni-
(tfa&aantiko katfainuddh&ro . . • tassa evam faoti: idfa' ev'
imam ctvaram kftressam na paccessan ti, so tarn civaram
k&reti, tassa tain civaram kayiramftnam nassati. tassa
bfaikkfauno n&sanantiko katfainuddfa&ro. bfaikkfau attfaataka-
tfaino civarfts&ya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bafaistmagato
sunftti : ubbfaatam kira tasmim ftv&se kathinan ti, tassa evam
faoti : yato tasmim ftv&se ubbfaatam kathinam idfa' ev' imam
civarftsam payirup&sissam na paccessan ti, so tarn civar&sam
payirupftsati, tassa 8& civar&s& upaccfaijjati. tassa bfaikkfauno
&8&vaccfaediko katfainuddfaftro. ||2|| bfaikkfau attfaatakatfaino
civarAs&ya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bafaistmagato tarn
civarftsam payirupftsati ftsftya labfaati anftsftya na labfaati, so
tam ctvaram kftreti, so katacivaro sunftti : ubbfaatam kira
tasmim ftvftse katfainan ti. tassa bfaikkfauno savanantiko
katfainuddfaftro. bfaikkfau attfaatakatfaino civarfts&ya pakka-
mati paccessan ti, tassa bafaisimagatassa evam faoti : idfa' ev'
imam civarftsam payirupftsissam na paccessan ti, so tam
civarftsam payirupftsati, tassa sft civarftsft upaccfaijjati. tassa
bfaikkfauno ftsftvaccfaediko katfainuddhftro. bfaikkfau attfaata-
katfaino civarftsftya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bafaistmagato
tam civarftsam payirupftsati ftsftya labfaati anftsftya na labhati,
so tam ctvaram kftreti, so katacivaro paccessam paccessan ti
bafaiddfaft katfainuddfaftram vitinftmeti. tassa bfaikkfauno st-
mfttikkantiko katfainuddfaftro. bfaikkfau attfaatakatfaino civar-
ftsftya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bafaistmagato tam civarft-
sam payirupftsati ftsftya labfaati anftsftya na labfaati, so tam
civaram kftreti, so katacivaro paccessam paccessan ti sambfau-
nftti katfainuddfaftram. tassa bfaikkfauno safaa bfaikkfa&fai
katfainuddfaftro. ||3||9||

ftsftdolasakam nittfaitam.

262 MAHAVAGGA. [VII. 10. 1-8.

bhlkkhu atthatakathlno kenacid eva karan!yena pakkamati,
tassa bahisimagatassa civarftsft uppajjati, so tam ctvar&sam
payirupftsati an&fi&ya labfaati &8&ya na labhati, tassa evam
hoti: idh' er' imam civaram k&ressam na paccessan ti, so

tam civaram k&reti. tassa bbikkhuno nitth&nantiko katbi-

• • • • •

nuddb&ro . . . tassa evam hoti : n' ev' imam civaram k&re-
ssam na paccessan ti. tassa bbikkhuno sannitth&nantiko
kathinuddh&ro . • . tassa eyam hoti : idh' ev' imam civaram
kftressam na paccessan ti^ so tam civaram k&reti, tassa tam
civaram kayiram&nam nassati. tassa bbikkhuno n&sanantiko
ka^hinuddhftro. bhikkhu attfaatakathino kenacid eva kara-
^iyena pakkamati^ tassa bahisimagatassa civarftsft uppajjati,
tassa evam hoti : idh' ev' imam civarftsam payirup&sissam na
paccessan ti, so tam civarftsam payirupftsati, tassa s& civarftsft
upacchijjati. tassa bbikkhuno &s&vacchediko kathinuddb&ro.
Ill II bhikkhu atthatakathino kenacid eva karaniyena pa-
kkamati na paccessan ti, tassa bahisimagatassa civarfts&
uppajjati, so tam ctvarftsam payirup&sati an&sftya labhati
&s&ya na labhati, tassa evam hoti : idh' ev' imam civaram
k&ressan ti, so tam civaram kftreti, tassa bbikkhuno nit^h&n-

antiko kathinuddhftro . . . tassa evam hoti : n' eV imam civa-

• • •

ram k&ressan ti. tassa bbikkhuno sannitth&nantiko kathinu-

• • • •

ddh&ro • . . tassa evam hoti : idh' eV imam civaram kftressan

• • •

ti, so tam civaram k&reti, tassa tam civaram kayiramftnam
nassati. tassa bbikkhuno nftsanantiko kathinuddh&ro. bhi-
kkhu atthatakathino kenacid eva karai^iiyena pakkamati na
paccessan ti, tassa bahisimagatassa civarfts& uppajjati, tassa
evam hoti : idh' ev' imam civar&sam payirup&sissan ti, so
tam civarftsam payirupftsati, tassa sft civarfts& upacchijjati.
tassa bbikkhuno As&vaccfaediko kathinuddh&ro. ||2 j| bhikkhu
atthatakathino kenacid eva kanugiiyena pakkamati anadhitthi-
tena, n' ev' assa hoti paccessan ti, na pan' assa hoti na pacce-
ssan ti, tassa bahisimagatassa civarftsft uppajjati, so tani
civarftsam payirup&sati anAsftya labhati &8&ya na labhati,
tassa evam hoti : idh' eV imam civaram k&ressam na pacce-
ssan ti, so tam civaram k&reti. tassa bhikkhuno nitth&nan-

tiko kathinuddh&ro • . . tassa evam hoti: n' eV imam

• • •

civaram k&ressam na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanni-

VII. 10. 3-11. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 263

tth&nantiko kathinuddh&ro . . . tassa evam hoti : idh' ev'
• • • •

imam civaram k&ressam na paccesean ti, so tarn ciyaram
k4reti, tassa tain civaram kayiram&nam nassati. tassa bhi-
kkhuno n&sanantiko kathinuddhftro. bhikkhu attfaatakathino
kenacid eya karai^iyena pakkamati anadhitthitena, n' ev' assa
hoti paooessan ti, na pan' assa hoti na pacceesan ti, tassa
bahisimagatassa clvar&s& uppajjati^ tassa evam hoti : idh' ev'
imam civarftsam payirap&sissam na paccessan ti, so tarn
clvarftsam payirupftsati, tassa s& civar&s& upacchijjatL tassa
bbikkhuno &s&vaochediko katbinuddh&ro. ||3||10ll
karanlyadolasakam nitthitam.

bhikkhu atthatakathino disamgamiko pakkamati ctvara-
pativisam apacinayam&no, tam enam diBamgatam bhikkhd
pucchanti: kaham tvam &vuso Tassam vuttho kattha ca to
civarapatiyiso 'ti. so evam vadeti: amukasmim ftv&se vassam
Tuttho 'mhi tattha ca me civarapatiyiso ti. te evam vadanti :
gacch&vuso tam civaram &hara, mayan te idha civaram ka-
riss&m& 'ti. so tam &v&sam ganty& bhikkhd puoohati :
kaham me &vuso civarapatiyiso 'ti. te evam vadanti : ayan
te &VUSO civarapatiyiso, kaham gamissasiti. so evam vadeti :
amukam n&ma ftv&sam gamiss^mi tattha me bhikkhtk civaram
karissantiti. te evam vadanti : alam ftvuso mi agam&si^
mayan te idha civaram kariss&m& 'ti : tassa evam hoti : idh
ev' imam civaram k&ressam na paccessan ti, so tam clvaraip.
k&reti. tassa bhikkhuno nitthftnantiko kathinuddh&ro- bhi-
kkhu atthatakathino disamgamiko pakkamati — la — tas^a
bhikkhuno sannitthftnantiko kathinuddh&ro. bhikkhu attha-
takathino disamgamiko pakkamati —la — tassa bhikkhuno
B&sanantiko kathinuddhiro. II 1 1| bhikkhu atthatakathino
diBamgamiko pakkamati clvarapativisam apacinayamano • • •
ayan te 4vuso civarapatiyiso 'ti. so tam civaram &daya .
ivasam gacchati, tam enam antaT& magge bhikkhu. ^^^^^
anti : ftvuso kaham gamissasiti. so evam vadeti : »^°^ ^^
nima ftv&sam gamissimi, tattha me bhikkhii ^^^^^^^^3,^^,^^
riflsantlti. te evam vadanti : alam &yu80 mk agamft«^» ^ iraom
te idha civaram kariss&m& 'ti. tassa evam hoti: idh ^ -^ftxetV*
dvaraiji kftressaip na paccessan ti, so tam civaram?*-

264 MAHAVAGGA. pTII. XI. 2-12. 1.

tassa bhikkhaiio nittb&nantiko kathinuddfa&ro . . . iassa evam

• • • •

hoti : n' ey' imam civaram k&ressam na paccessan tL tassa

bhikkhuno sannitth&nantiko kathinuddh&ro • . . idh' ev'

• • •

imam ctvaram k&ressam na paccessan ti^ so tarn civaram
k&retiy tassa tarn civaram kayiram&aam nassati. tassa bbi-
kkbuno n&sanantiko katbinuddh&ro. ||2|| bhikkhu attfaata-
kathino disamgamiko pakkamati civaram apacinayam&ao . . •
ayan te &vuso civarapativiso 'ti. so tarn civaram &dftja tarn
frvftsam gacchatiy tassa tarn &vftsam gaccbantassa evam hoti :
idh' ev' imam civaram kftressam na paccessan ti, so tarn
civaram k&reti. tassa bhikkbuno nitth&nantiko ka(bin-
uddhftro . . . n' ev' imam civaram k&ressam na paccessan tL

tassa bbikkbuno sannitth&nantiko kathinuddbaro • . . idb^

• • •

ev' imam civaram karessam na paccessan ti^ so tarn civaram
k&retiy tassa tarn civaram kayiram&nam nassati. tassa bbi-
kkbuno n&sanantiko katbinuddb&ro. ||3||11||

apacinanavakam nittbitam.
A • • • •

bbikkbu attbatakatbino pb&suvib&riko civaram ftd&ya
pakkamati amukam n&ma &v&8am gamiss&mi, tattba me
pb&su bbavissati vasiss&mi, no ce me pbftsu bbavissati amu-
kam n&ma &v&sam gamiss&mi, tattba me pb&su bbavissati
vasiss&mi, no ce me pb&su bbavissati amukam n&ma &v&sam
gamiss&mi, tattba me pb&su bbavissati vasiss&miy no ce me
pb&su bbavissati paccessan ti. tassa babisimagatassa evam
boti: idb' ev' imam civaram k&ressam na paccessan ti^ so

tam civaram k&reti. tassa bbikkbuno nittb&nantiko katbin-
• • • • •

uddb&ro. bbikkbu attbatakatbino pb&suvib&riko . . . pa-
ccessan ti. tassa babisimagatassa evam boti : n' ev' imam
civaram k&ressam na paccessan ti. tassa bbikkbuno sanni-
ttb&nantiko katbinuddb&ro. bbikkbu attbatakatbino pb&su-
vib&riko . . . paccessan ti. tassa babisimagatassa evam
boti: idb' ev^ imam civaram k&ressam na paccessan ti, so
tam civaram k&reti, tassa tam civaram kayiram&nam nassati.
tassa bbikkbuno n&sanantiko katbinuddb&ro. bbikkbu attba-
takatbino pb&suvib&riko . . . paccessan ti. so babisimagato
tam civaram k&reti, so katacivaro paccessam paccessan ti
babiddb& katbinuddb&ram vitin&meti. tassa bbikkbuno si-

\ II. 12. 1-18. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 265

m&tikkantiko kathinuddli&ro. bhikkhu atthatakathino ph&-
suyih&riko • . • paccessan ti. bo bahistmagato tain civaram
k&retiy so katacivaro paocessam pacGessaii ti sambhu^ti
kathinuddbftram. tassa bhikkhuno saba bbikkhiobi kathin-

uddh&ro.||l||12ll

pbftsayibftrapancakaiii nittbitam.

dve ^me bbikkbave katbinassa palibodb& dve apalibodb&.
katame ca bbikkbave dve katbinassa palibodbft. ftv&sapali-
bodbo ca civarapalibodbo ca. katbaii ca bbikkbave &v&8a-
palibodbo boti. idba bbikkbave bbikkbu vassati v&tasmiin
&v&se B&pekkbo vft pakkamati paccessan ti. evam kbo
bbikkbave ftv&sapalibodbo boti. katbaii csl bbikkbave civara-
palibodbo boti. idba bbikkbave bbikkbuno civaram akatam
v& boti vippakatam v& civar&8& v& anupaccbinn&. evam kbo
bbikkbave civarapalibodbo boti. ime kbo bbikkbave dve
katbinassa palibodbft. || 1 1| katame ca bbikkbave dve katbi-
nassa apalibodbft. ftv&saapalibodbo ca civaraapalibodbo ca.
katbafi ca bbikkbave &v&saapalibodbo boti. idba bbikkbave
bbikkbu pakkamati tambft ftv&s& cattena vantena muttena
anapekkbena na paccessan tL evam kbo bbikkbave &v&sa-
apalibodbo boti. katban ca bbikkbave civaraapalibodbo
boti. idba bbikkbave bbikkbuno civaram katam v& boti
nattbam vft vinattbam vft daddbam vft civar&s& v& upaccbi-
nn&. evam kbo bbikkbave civaraapalibodbo boti. ime kbo
bbikkbave dve katbinassa apalibodbft 'ti. 1 2||13||
katbinakkbandbakam sattamam.

imambi kbandbake vattbu dolasa, peyy&Iamukb&ni ekasa-
tam attb&rasa. tassa udd&nam :

timsa P&tbeyyakft bbikkbd S&ket' ukkantbitft vasum
vassam vuttb' okapuni^ebi agamum jinadassanam.)
idam vattbum katbinassa, kappiyan ti ca paficakft :
an&mant& asam&c&rft tatb' eva ganabbojanam |
y&vadattbaii ca upp4do attbatftnam bbavissati.
iiatti eV attbatafL c' eva, evafi c' eva anattbatam.|
ullikbi dbovanft c' eva vicftranam ca cbedanam
bandban' ovatti ka^du ca da|hikamm'-ftnuv&tik& |

266 MAHAVAGGA.

paribhandam ovatteyyam maddan& nimitta-katli&
5 kukku sannidhi niasaggi n' akapp' aiinatra te tayo I
aiiiiatra paiic&tireke sanchinnena sama^dali
na afiilatra puggallk, samm& nissimattho anumodatij

kathinam anatthatam hoti evam buddhena desitam.

• • ■ • ■

ahat'-ftkappa-piloti-pamsu-p&panikftya ca |
animitt'-ftparikathft akukku asannidhi ca
anissaggi kappakate tathft tictyarena ca |
paiicake T&tireke y& chinna-samandalikate
puggalass' atth&r&, sammft Btmattho anumodati.!

evam kathinattharanam. ubbh&rass' attha m&tikft :

• • • • • •

10 pakkamananti nitthftnam sannitthftnail ca nftsanam |

savanam &s&yacchedi Bim& saubbfa4r' atthamt.

• • •

katactyaram ftd&ya na paccessan ti gacchatij
tassa tarn kathinuddh&ro hoti pakkamanantiko.
&d&ya ciyaram y&ti nissime idha cintayi |
k&ressam na paccessan ti nitth&ne kathinuddh&ro.
ftd&ya nisstmam n' eya na paccessan tim&naso |
tassa tarn kathinuddh&ro sannitth&nantiko bhaye.

k&ressam na paccessan ti kayiram tassa nassati,
15 tassa tarn kathinuddhftro bhayati nftsanantiko.|
&d&ya yiiti paccessam babi k&reti ciyaram

ciyarakato sun&ti ubbhatam kathinam tahimj

• • • • • » •

tassa tam kathinuddh&ro bhayati sayanantiko.
&d&ya y&ti psux^essam bahi k&reti ciyaram |
kataciyaro bahiddh& n&meti kathinuddh&ram,
tassa tam kathinuddh&ro simfttikkantiko bhaye. |
&d&ya y&ti paccessam bahi k&reti ciyaram
kataciyaro paccessam sambhoti kathinuddhftram,|
tassa tam kathinuddh&ro saha bhikkhiihi j&yatL
20 &d&ya sam^&ya ca sattasattavidhi gati.|

pakkamanantikH n' atthi chacc& yippakat& gati.
&d&ya nissimagatam k&ressam iti j&yati |

nitth&nam sannitth&nafi ca n&sanafi ca ime tayo.

• • ■ ■ • tf

&d&ya na paccessan ti bahisime karomiti |
nitth&nam sannitth&nam pi n&sanam pi idam tayo.
anadhitthitena n' ey' assa hetth& tini nay& yidhi.|

MAHAVAGGA. 267

&d&ya y&ti paccessam bahistme karomiti
na paccessan ti kftreti, nitth&ne kathinuddhftro |
sannitth&nam n&sanail ca Bayana-8iin&tikkam&
25 saha bhikkh&hi jftyetha, eyam pannarasam gati.|
sam&d&ya, yippakat&y Bamftd&ya punft tathft,
ime te caturo yftr& sabbe pannarasa yidhi.|
anfts&ya ca, &8&ya, karantyo ca te tayo,
nayato tain yijftaeyya tayo dy&dasa-dy&dasa.!
apacinan& nay' ettha« pfa&su paiicayidh& tahim,
palibodh'-ftpalibodhft, udd&aam nayato katan ti.

s

2268

MAHAVAGGA.

VIIL

Tena samayena buddho bhagavft Kftjagahe viharati
Ye|ayane Kalandakaniv&pe. tena kho pana samayena
Yesftll iddhft c' eva hoti phlt& ca bahujanft ftkinnamanussft
subhikkb& ca, satta ca p&s&dasabassftni satta ca pfts&dasat&ni
satta ca p&sad& satta ca kdt&g&rasabass&ni satta ca k{^t&g&-
rasat&ni satta ca kAt&g&r&ui satta ca &rftma8abass&ni sata ca
&r&inasat&ni satta ca &riim& satta ca pokkharantsabass&ni sata
ca pokkbaranisatftDi satta ca pokkhara^iyo. Ambap&lik&
gai^ikft abhirAp& hoti dassantyft p&s&diki param&ya yanna-
pokkharatftya samann&gati padakkhi^ft nacce ca glte ca

v&dite ca abhisat& atthik&aam-atthik&nani manuss&Qam

• • • •

paniifts&ya ca rattim .gaccbati t&ya ca Yes&U bbiyyosoma-
tt&ya upasobhati. ||1|| athcTlLho Aftjagahako negamo Yesa-
lim agam&si kenacid eva karanlyena. addasa kho B&jagahako
negamo Yes&Iim iddham ca phttani ca bahujanam filki^nama-
nussam subhikkham ca satta ca p&s&dasahass&ni . . . satta ca
pokkharaniyo Ambap&lim ca ganikam abhirftpam dassantyam
p^&dikam . • . upasobhitan ti. /atha kho BAjagahako ne-
gamo Yes&Uyam tain karantyam tiretv^ punad eva B&jaga-
ham paccftgacchiy yenar&j& M&gadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro
ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityd. r&j&nam M&gadham Seni-
yam Bimbis&ram etad ayoca : Yes&li deya iddhft ca phit& ca
. • . upasobhati. s&dhiLdeya mayam pi ganiikain yutth&«
peyyftm& Hi. tena hi bhane t&disim kumftrim j&n&hi
yam tumhe ganikam yutth&peyy&thll 'ti. ||2|| tena kho
pana samayena B&jagahe Sftlayati nftma kum&rl abhiriip&
hoti dassaniy& pfts&dikft param&ya yan^apokkharat&ya sama-
nQ&gat&. atha kho RAjagahako negamo S&layatim kum&rim

X

VIII. 1. 3-6.] MAHAVAGGA. 269

ganikam yntth&pesi. atha kho Sfilavatl ganik& na cirass' eva
padakkhin& ahosi nacce ca gtte ca y&dite ca abhisatft atthik&-
nam-atthik&nam manuss&nam patisatena ca rattim gacchati.
atha kho Salavatl ganik& na cirass' eva gabbhint ahosi. atha
kho S&layatiy& ganikftya etad ahosi : itthi kho gabbhini purisft-
nam aman&p4. sace mam kooi j&nissati S&lavatl ganikH
gabbhinlti sabbo me sakk&ro parihftyissati. yam niin4ham
gil&D& 'ti pativedeyyan ti. atha kho S&Iavati ganik& dov^-
rikam ftn&pesi : m& bhane dovftrika koci puriso p&visi, yo ca
mam pucchati gil&n& Hi patiyedehiti. evam ayye Hi kho so
dov&riko S&layatiy& ganik&ya paccassosi. ||3|| atha kho
S4Iavati ganik& tassa gabbhassa parip&kam anv&ya puttam
yij&yi. atha kho S&layatt ganik& d&sim ftnftpesi: handa je
imam d&rakam kattarasuppe pakkhipity& iiiharity& samkftra-
kdte chaddehiti. eyam ayye 'ti kho 8& dftsi S&Iayatiy&
ga^ik&ya patisu^ity^ tarn d&rakam kattarasuppe pakkhipity^
iiiharity& samk&rakiite chaddesi. tena kho pana samayena
Abhayo nftma r&jakum&ro k&lass' eya r4jupatth&nam
gacchanto addasa tarn d&rakam k&kehi samparikinnam, dis«
y&na manusse pucchi kim etam bhane k&kehi samparikinnan
ti. dftrako dey& 'ti. jiyati bhane 'ti. jlyati deyft 'ti. tena
hi bhane tarn d&rakam amh&kam antepuram nety& dh&tiuam
detha posetun ti. eyam dey& 'ti kho te manus8& Abhayassa r&ja-
kum&rassa patisunity& tarn d&rakam Abhayassa r&jakum&rassa
antepuram nety& dh&tinam adamsu posethft 'ti. tassa jtyatiti
Jiyako 'ti n&mam akamsu, kum&rena pos&pito 'ti £om&ra-
bhacco 'ti n&mam akamsa. ||4||

atha kho Jtyako Eomftrabhacco na cirass' eya yin&u-
tam p&pu^i. atha kho Jiyako Eom&rabhacco yena Abhayo
r&jakum&ro ten' upasamkami, upasamkamity& Abhayam
r&jakum&ram etad ayoca : k& me deya m&tH ko pit& 'ti.
aham pi kho te bhane Jlyaka m&taram na j&n&mi, api
c&ham te pit&, may&pi pos&pito 'ti. atha kho Jiyakassa
Kom&rabhaccassa etad ahosi : imftni kho rftjakulftni na
sukarilni asippena upajtyitum. yam n&nHham sippam
sikkheyyan ti. tena kho pana samayena Takkasil&yam
dis&p&mokkho yejjo patiyasati. ||5 1| atha kho Jiyako Komft-
rabhacco Abhayam r&jakam&ram an&pucchft yena Takkasil^

270 MAHAVAGGA. [Tin. 1. 6-8.

tena pakk&mi, annpubbena yena Takkasilft yena so yejjo ten'
upasamkami, upasamkamitvll tarn yejjain etad avooa: icch&m'
aham Hcariya sippam sikkhitun ti. tena hi bbane Jlvaka
sikkhassd 'ti. atha kbo Jivako EomHrabhacco bahum ca
ganhUti lahum ca ganh&ti sutthum ca upadh&reti gahitaxn
c' assa na pamussati. atha kho Jlvakassa Kom&rabhaccassa
sattannam yass&nam accayena etad ahosi : aham kho bahum
ca ganh&mi lahum ca ganh&mi sutthum ca upadh&remi ga-
hitam ca me na pamussati satta ca me vass&ni adhlyantassa
na yimassa sippassa anto paM&yati, kad& imassa sippassa
ante paiiil&yissatiti. ||6|| atha kho Jivako Kom&rabhacco
yena so vejjo ten' upasamkami, upasamkamity& tarn yejjam
etad ayoca : aham kho &cariya bahum ca ganh&mi lahum ca
ganh&mi sutthum ca upadh&remi gahitam ca me na pamussati
satta ca me yass&ni adhlyantassa na yimassa sippassa anto
pafiMyati, kad& imassa sippassa anto paiiii&yissatiti. tena
hi bhane Jlvaka khanittim ftd&ya Takkasil&ya samant&
yojanam ahindanto yam kiiici abhesajjam passeyyftsi tarn
&har& 'ti. evam ftcariyft 'ti kho Jtvako Eom&rabhacco tassa
yejjassa patisuigiitvlL khanittim ftd&ya Takkasil&ya samantA
yojanam &hindanto na kiiici abhesajjam addasa. atha kho
Jivako £om&rabhacco yena so yejjo ten' upasamkami, upa-
samkamitv& tarn yejjam etad ayoca : fthindanto 'mhi &cariya
Takkasil&ya samantft yojanam^ na kiiici abhesajjam addasan
ti. sikkhito 'si bhane Jlvaka^ alan te ettakam jiyik&y& 'ti
Jlvakassa Eom&rabhaccassa parittam p&theyyam p&d&si. ||7||
atha kho Jivako Kom&rabhacco tarn parittam p&theyyam
&d&ya yena Sr&jagaham tena pakkftmi. atha kho Jtvakassa
Eom&rabhaccassa tarn parittam p&theyyam antarft magge
S&kete parikkhayam agam&si. atha kho Jlvakassa £ora&-
rabhaccassa etad ahosi: ime kho magg& kant&r& appodakft
appabhakkh& na sukar& ap&theyyena gantum^ yam nfin&ham
p&theyyam pariyeseyyan ti. tena kho pana samayena S&kete
setthibhariy&ya sattavassiko sls&b&dho hoti, bahd mahantA
-mahant& diB&p&mokkh& yejj& &ganty& n&sakkhimsu irogam
k&tum, bahum hirafLiiam &d&ya agamamsu. atha kho Jivako
Eom&rabhacco S&ketam pavisitvft roanusse puccbi : ko bhai^e
gil&no kam tikicch&ralti. etissH &cariya setthibhariy&ya

VIII. 1. 8-12.] MAHAVAGGA. 271

sattavassiko slsftb&dho^ gaccha &carija setthibhariyam tiki-
cch&hiti. II 8 II atha kho Jivako Eomclrabhacco yena settbissa
gahapatissa niveeanam ten' upasamkami, Tipa8amkamitv&
dov&rikam &n&pesi: gaccba bbane dov&rika, settbibbariy&ya
p&vada^ vejjo ayye &gato so tarn datthuk&mo Hi. evam
ftcariyH 'ti kho so dov&riko Jtvakassa Kom&rabhaccassa pati-
8unitT& yena settibbariyH ten' upasamkami, upasamkamitYH
setthibhariyam etad avoca : vejjo ayye Ugato so tain datthu-
k&mo Hi. kidiso bhane dov&rika vejjo 'ti« daharako ayye
HL alam bhane dov&rika, kim me daharako vejjo karissati.
bahd mahant&-mahant& di8ftp&mokkh& vejj& &gantv& n&sa-
kkhimsu ftro&ram k&tum. bahum hiraililam &d&ya aramamsii 'ti.
j|9|| atha kho so dovjlriko yena Jivako Kom&rabhacco ten'
upasamkami, upasamkamitv^ Jtvakam Komftrabhaccam etad
avoca : setthibhariy& ftcariya evam &ha: alam bhane dovftrika
• • . agamamsd 'ti. gaccha bhane dov&rika, setthibhariyftya
pftvada : vejjo ayye evam ftha : mft kir' ayye pure kiiici adftsi^
yad& Arogft ahosi, tad& yam iccheyy&si tarn dajjeyy&siti.
evam ftcariy& 'ti kho so dov&riko Jivakassa Kom&rabhaccassa
patisunitvH yena setthibhariy& ten' upasamkami, upasam-
kamitv& Betthibhariyam etad avoca : vejjo ayye evam &ha
. . . tarn dajjeyy&sttL tena hi bhane dov&rika vejjo &gacch-
at(k 'ti. evam ayye 'ti kho so dov&riko setthibhariyftya
patisunitvft yena Jivako Kom&rabhacco ten' upasamkami^
upasamkamitvH Jivakam Kom&rabhaccam etad avoca : setthi-
bhariy& tarn &cariya pakkosatiti. ||10|| atha kho Jivako
Kom&rabhacco yena setthibhariyft ten' upasamkami, upasam-
kamitv& setthibhariy&ya vik&ram sallakkhetvft setthibhariyam
etad avoca : pasatena ayye sappinft attho 'ti. atha kho
setthibhariyH Jivakassa Komllrabhaccassa pasatam sappim
d&pesi. atha kho Jivako £omftrabhacco tarn pasatam sappim
n&D&bhesajjehi nippacitvft setthibhariyam maiicake uttdnam
nipajj&petv& natthuto adftsi. atha kho tarn sappi natthuto
dinnam mukhato uggacchi. atha kho setthibhariy& patiggahe
nutthuhitvft d&sim &n&pesi: handa je imam sappim picun&
ganh&htti. ||ll|j atha kho Jivakassa Eomftrabhaccassa etad
ahosi : acchariyam y&va liikhlLyam gharani yatra hi n&ma
imam chaddanij^adhammam sappim picun& g&hapessati| bahu-

272 MAHAVAGGA. [VIII. 1. 12-14.

k&ni ca me mahaggh&ni-mahaggh&ni bbesajj&ni upagat&ni,
kirn pi m' &yam kiiici deyyadhammam dassatiti. atha kho
8etthibhariy& Jivakassa Kom&rabhaccassa vik&rain salla-
kkhetY& Jivakam Kom&rabhaccam etad avoca : kissa tvam
&cariya vimano 'siti. idha me etad ahosi : accbariyam y&va
• • . daasatiti. mayam kho &cariya agftrik& n&ma upaj&n&m'
etassa samyamassa^ yaram etam sappi d^nam t& kamma-
kar&nam y& p&dabbhanjanam v& padipakara^e tH ^ittam.
mH tvam &cariya vimano abosi, na te deyyadhammo b&yissa-
titi. II 12 II atha kho Jivako Kom&rabhacco settbibhariy&ya
sattavassikam sls&b&dham eken' eva natthukammena apa-
kaddhi. atha kho setthibhariyft &rog& sam&ii& Jivakassa
Kom&rabhaccassa catt&ri sahass&ni p&d&si, putto m&t& me
&rog& thit& 'ti cattftri sahass&ni p^ftsi, sunisft sassft me &rog&
thiti 'ti catt&ri sabass^ni p&d^i, setthi gahapati bhariyft me
&rog& tbitft 'ti catt&ri sabassftni p&dftsi d&sam ca dftsiip ca
assaratham ca. atha kho Jivako Kom&rabhacco t&ni 8o}asa
sabass&ni ftd&ya d&sam ca d&sim ca assaratham ca yena
B&jagaham tena pakk&mi, anupubbena yena Rdjagaham
yena Abhayo r&jakum&ro ten' upasamkami, upasamkamitvi
Abhayam r&jakum&ram etad avoca : idam me deva pathama-
kammam solasa sahass&ni dftso ca d&sl ca assaratho ca, pati-
ganh&tu me devo pos&vanikan ti, alam bhane Jtvaka tuyh'
eva hotu, amh&kaii fLeva antepure nivesanam m&pehtti. evam
dev& 'ti kho Jivako Kom&rabhacco Abhayassa r&jakum&rassa
patisunitvH Abhayassa r&jakum&rassa antepure nivesanam
m&pesi. II 13 II

tena kho pana samayena rafino M&gadhassa Seniyassa
BimbiseLrassa bhagandal&b&dho hoti, s&tak& lohitena
makkhiyanti. deviyo disvft uppandenti utimi d&ni devo,
puppham devassa uppannam, na cirass' eva devo vijft-
yissatiti. tena r&j& manku hoti. atha kho rftj& M&gadho
Seniyo Bimbis&ro Abhayam r&jakum&ram etad avoca :
mayham kho bhane Abhaya t&diso &b&dho: s&takH lohitena
makkhiyanti, deviyo mam disvft uppandenti . . . vij&yissatiti.
ingha bhane Abhaya t&disam vejjam jUn&hi yo mam tiki-
ccheyyft 'ti. ayam deva amh&kam Jivako vejjo taruno
bhadrako, so devam tikicchissatiti. tena hi bhai^e Abhaya

VIII. 1. 14-17.] MAHAVAGGA. 273

Jtvakam yejjam ftn^pebi^ so mam tikicchissatlti. ||14|| atha
kbo Abhayo r&jakum&ro Jivakam Kom&rabbaccam &n&pesi :
gaccba bhane Jivaka r&jftnam tikiccli&htti. evam devH 'ti
kho Jivako Kom&rabhacco Abhajassa r&jakumftrassa patisu-
nitY& nakhena bhesajjam ftdHya yena r&j& M&gadho Seniyo
Bimbis&ro ten' upasamkami^ upasamkamity& rftj&nam M&-
gadham Seniyam Bimbis&ram etad avoca : &b&dham deva
pa8sftm& 'ti. atha kbo Jivako Eom&rabhacco ranilo Mftgadh-
assa Seniyassa Bimbifi&rassa bhagandal&b&dham eken' eva
ftlepena apakaddhi. atha kho rftj& M&gadho Seniyo Bimbi-
8&ro ftrogo sam&no paiica itthisat&ni sabb&lamk&rain bh(is&-
petv& omuiic&petY& punjam klLr&petv& Jivakam Kom&ra-
bhaccam etad avoca : etam bhane Jivaka paiicannam itthisa-
t&nam sabb&lamk&ram tuyham hotii 'ti. alam deva adhik&ram
me devo saratfL 'ti. tena hi bhane Jivaka mam upatthaha
itth&gftram ca buddhapamukham bhikkhusamgham c& 'ti.
evam dev& 'ti kho Jivako £om&rabhacco raMo M&gadhassa
Seniyassa Bimbis&rassa paccassosi. || 15 1|

tena kho pana samayena E&jagahakassa setthissa satta-
vassiko sis&b&dho hoti, bahd mahant&-mahant& dis&p&mokkh&
vejj& &gantv& n&sakkhimsu &rogam kfttum, bahum hiraiiiiam
&d&ya agamamsu. api ca vejjehi paccakkh&to hoti, ekacce
vejj& evam fthamsu : paficamam divasam setthi gahapati k&-
lam karissatitiy ekacce vejj& evam fthamsu : sattamam
divasam setthi gahapati k&lam karissatiti. atha kho B&-
jagahakassa negamassa etad ahosi : ayam kho setthi
gahapati bahflpak&ro raftfto c' eva negamassa ca, api ca
vejjehi paccakkh&to, ekacce vejjft evam ihamsu : pancamam
divasam setthi gahapati kftlam karissatiti. ekacce vejj& evaiyi
Ahamsu : sattamam divasam setthi gahapati k&lam karissatiti,
ayam ca rafiflo Jivako vejjo taruno bhadrako, yam n<ina
mayam lAjftnam Jivakam vejjam ytoeyy&ma settbim gaha-
patim' tikicchitun ti. ||i6|| atha kho R&jagahako negamo
yena rijA M&gadho Senivo Bimbis&ro ten' npasa^^"^^*
upasamkamitvi r&jftnam Mftgadham Seniyam Bimbis&ram
etad avoca: ayam deva setthi gahapati bahtipakftro ^^^
c' eva negamassa ca, api ca vejjehi paccakkh&.to • • • .

titi. sftdhu devo Jivakam vejjam &n&petu setthim gaUapau .

TOL. III.

274 MAHAVAGGA. [VIII. 1. 17-19*

tikiocliitan tL atba klio r&j& M&gadlio Seniyo Bimbis&ro
Jivakam Eom&rabhaccam ftigL^pesi : gaccHa bhane Jtvaka
setthim gahapatim tikicch&hiti. evam dey& 'ti kbo Jtvako
Komftrabhacco ra£i£Lo Magadhassa Seniyassa Bimbis&rassa
patisu^itv^ yena setthi gabapati ten' upasamkami, upasamka-
mitY& setthissa gahapatissa vik&raqi sallakkhetv& settbim
gabapatim etad avoca : sac' &bam tarn gabapati &rog&peyyain
kim me assa deyyadbammo 'ti. sabbam s&patejryam ca te
&cariya botu abam ea te dftso 'ti. ||17ll sakkbissasi pana
tvam gabapati ekena paasena satta mftse nipajjitun ti. .
sakkom' abam &cariya ekena passena satta m&se nipajjitun ti.
sakkbissasi pana tvam gabapati dutiyena passena satta m&se
nipajjitun ti. sakkom' abam &cariya dutiyena passena satta
m&se nipajjitun ti. sakkbissasi pana tvam gabapati utt&no
satta m&se nipajjitun ti. sakkom' abam ftcariya utt&no satta
m&se nipajjitun ti. atba kbo Jivako Eomftrabbacco settbim
gabapatim mailcake nipajjApetyi ma&cake sambandbitv&
sisaccbavim uppb&letv jl sibbinim yin&metv& dve p&nake niba-
ritvft janassa dassesi: passatb' ayyo ime dye p&nake ekam
kbuddakam ekam maballakam. ye te &cariy& eyam &bainsu :
paiicamam diyasam settbi gabapati k&lam karissatlti teb'
ftyam maballako p&nako dittbo, paiicamam diyasam settbissa
gabapatissa mattbalungam pariy&diyissati, mattbalungassa
pariy&d&n& settbi gabapati k41am karissati, sudittbo tebi
ftcariyebi. ye te &cariy& eyam &bamsu : sattamam diyasam
settbi gabapati k&lam karissatiti teb' &yam kbuddako panako
dittbo, sattamam diyasam settbissa gabapatissa mattbalungam
pariyftdiyissati, mattbalungassa pariy&dftn& settbi gabapati
k&lam karissati, sudittbo tebi Acariyebtti, sibbinim sampati-
p&dety& sisaccbayim sibbety& &lepam ad&si. || 18 1| atba kbo
settbi gabapati satt&bassa accayena Jtyakam Eom&rabbaccam
etad ayoca : n&bam d^cariya sakkomi ekena passena satta m&se
nipajjitun ti. nanu me tyam gabapati patisuni sakkom'
abam acariya ekena passena satta mftse nipajjitun ti. sacc&-
bam fircariya patisunim, ap' &bam mariss&mi, n&bam sakkomi
ekena passena satta m&se nipajjitun ti. tena bi tyam gaba-
pati dutiyena passena satta m&se nipajj&biti. atba kbo settbi
gabapati satt&bassa accayena Jlyakam Kom&rabbaccam etad

VIII. 1. 19-21.] MAHAVAGGA, 275

avoca : n&ham &cariya sakkomi dutiyena passena satta m&se
nipajjitim tL nanu me tvam gahapati patisu^i sakkom'
aliam ftcariya dutiyena passena satta mftse nipajjitun ti.
sacc&hain icariya patisuniniy ap' &ham mariss&mi, n&ham
&cariya sakkomi dutiyena passena satta m&se nipajjitun ti.
tena hi tvam gahapati uttftno satta m&se nipajj&htti. atha kho
setthi gahapati satt&hassa accayena Jivakam Komftrabhaccam
etad evoca : nftham ftcariya sakkomi utt&no satta mftse
nipajjitun ti. nanu me tvam gahapati patisuni sakkom' aham
ftcariya utt&no satta m&se nipajjitun ti. sacc&ham ftcariya
patisunim, ap' &ham mariss&mi, n&ham sakkomi utt&no satta
m&se nipajjitun ti. ||19|| aham ce tarn gahapati na va-
deyyam ettakam pi tvam na nipajjeyy&si, api ca patigacc'
eva may& Mto tlhi sattfthehi setthi gahapati &rogo bhavissa-
tlti. utthehi gahapati &rogo 'si, j&n&hi kim me deyya-
dhammo 'ti. sabbam s&pateyyam ca te ftcariya hotu aham ca
te d&so 'ti. alam gahapati m& me tvam sabbam s&pateyyam
ad&si m& ca me d&so, rafliio satasahassam dehi mayham sata-
sahassan ti. atha kho setthi gahapati &rogo sam&no rafifto
satasahassam ad&si Jivakassa Kom&rabhaccassa satasaha-
ssam. ||20||'

tena kho pana samayena B&r&naseyyakassa settiu-
puttassa mokkhacik&ya kllantassa antagai^th&b&dho hoti y ena
y&gu pi plt& na sammftparin&mam gacchati bhattana V\
bhuttam na samm&parin&mam gacchati ucc&ro pi pafl8»'^^ v
na paguno. so tena kiso hoti Idkho dubbanno uppa^4^1PT^ ^
ndukaj&to dhamanisanthatagatto. atha kho ^-*^^*^^^^?^|^
kassa setthissa etad ahosi : mayham kho puttassa t-tam
&b&dho. y&gu pi pltA na samm&parinkmam gacchati fl^^^
pi bhuttam na samm&parii^&mani gacchati ucc&ro p^ V^^idu-
pi na paguno, so tena kiso Kikho dubbawo uppa|>4^Pt~^ ^
kaj&to dhamanisanthatagatto. yam n^n&hani B*'J^^ ^ ^^^^
gantv& r&j&nam Jivakam vejjam y&ceyyam P^^**^^{^Zciam
cchitun ti. atha kho BfiLr&^iaseyyako setthi -^-^^^g^aaxx^-
gantv& yena r&j& M&gadlio Seniyo Bimbis&ro ten ^V^^i^-
kami, upasamkamitvA rdj&nam M&gadhain Semya^qp. ^^^g^YLO '.
ram etad avoca ; mayham. kho deva puttassa taa««> ^j^^^^^jbo^
y&gu pi . . . dhamanisanthatagatto. B&dhu devo

276 MAHAVAGGA. [VIII. 1. 21-24.

Tejjam &n&petu puttam me tikicchitun ti. ||21|| atha kho
rftj& M&gadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro Jivakam Kom&rabhaccam
&nftpesi : gaccha bhane Jlvaka B&r&nasim gantT& B&r&na-
seyyakam setthiputtam tikicch&biti. evam dev& 'ti kho
Jivako Kom&rabhacoo railiio M&gadhassa Seniyassa Bimbi-
sftrassa patisunitY& Bftr&nasim gantvk yena B&r&i^aseyyako
settbiputto ten' upasainkamiy upa8amkamitv& B&r&naaeyya-
kassa setthiputtasfia yik&ram sallakkhetyft janam u884retT&
tirokara^iyam parikkhipitv& thambhe ubbandhitvH bhariyam
purato thapetv& udaracchavim uppb&letv& antaga^thim niha-
ritv& bhariy&ya dassesi passa te s&mikassa &b&dbam, imini
yftgu pi pit& na samm&parin&mam gaccbati bbattam pi
bbuttam na samm&parin&mam gaccbati ucc&ro pi pass&vo pi
na pagu^Oy imind^yam kiso l&kho dubbanno uppancjuppan^u-
kaj&to dhamanisantbatagatto 'ti, antagantbim viniyetbetv&
ant&ni patipaye8etv& udaraccbayim sibbetyft dlepam ad&si.
atba kbo B&rftnaseyyako settbiputto na cirass' eya &rogo
abosi. atba kbo B&r&naseyyako settbi putto me &rogo tbito
'ti Jiyakassa Kom&rabbaccassa solasa sabaas&ni p&d&si. atba
kbo Jlyako Kom&rabbacco t&ni sojasa sabass&ni ftd&ya punad
eya Rftjagabam pacc&gaccbi. ||22||

tena kbo pana samayena raiifio Pajjotassa pandaro-
g&b&dbo boti. babd mabant& - mabant& diB&p&mokkb&
yejj& &ganty& n&sakkbimsu ftrogam k&tum, babum bira&iiam
ftd&ya agamamsa. atba kbo rftj& Pajjoto railno M&ga-
dbassa Seniyassa Bimbisftrassa santike diitam p&besi :
may bam kho t&diso ^bftdbo, s&dhu deyo Jiyakam
yejjam dn&petu, so mam tikiccbissatiti. atba kho lAjk
M&gadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro Jtyakam Eom&rabbaccam
fti^&pesi: gaccha bhane Jiyaka Ujjenim ganty& r&j&nam
Pajjotam tikicch&htti. eyam dey& 'ti kho Jtyako Eom&ra-
bhacco raiifio M&gadhassa Seniyassa Bimbis&rassa patisunity&
Ujjenim ganty& yena r&jft Pajjoto ten' upasamkami, upasam-
kamityft rafLiio Pajjotassa yik&ram sallakkhetyH r&j&nam
Pajjotam etad ayoca: ||23|| sappim deya nippaciss&miy tarn
deyo piyissattti. alam bhane Jiyaka yam te sakka yinft
sapping &rogam k&tum tarn karobi, jeguccbam me sappi
patikk&lan ti. atha kho Jiyakassa Kom&rabbaccassa etad

VIII. 1. 24-27.] MAHAVAGGA. 277

ahosi : imassa kho ramio tMiso &b&dho na sakk& vink sapping
&rogam k&tuin. yam ndn&ham sappim nippaceyyam ka8&-
TavaQnam kas&yagandliam kas&varasan ti. atha kho Jtvako
Kom&rabhaoco n&n&bhesajjehi sappim nippaci kafl&vayannam
kas&vagandham kafi&varasam. atha kho Jtvakassa Kom&ra-
bhaccassa etad ahosi : imassa kho raniio sappi pitam parin&-
mentam uddekam dassati. cand' &yam r&jH gh&t&peyy&si
mam. yam nftnUham patigaco' eva ftpuccheyyan ti. atha
kho Jlvako Kom&rabhacco yena rkji Pajjoto ten' upasamkami;
upasamkamitv& r&j&nam Pajjotam etad avoca: ||24|| mayam
kho deva yejj& n&ma tddisena muhuttena miilftni uddhar&ma
. bhesajj&ni samharftma. sftdhu devo ylLhan&gftresu ca dy&resu
ca ftnlLpetu : yena y&hanena Jiyako icchati tena y&hanena
gacchatu, yena dvftrena icchati tena dyftrena gacchatu, yam
kftlam icchati tam k&lam iracohatu, yam k&lam icchati tarn
k&lam payisatii 'ti. atha kho r&j& Pajjoto yHhan&g&resu ca
dy&resu ca ftn&pesi : yena y&hanena Jiyako icchati tena
y&hanena gacchatu, yena dyftrena icchati tena dy&rena ga-
cchatu, yam k&lam icchati tam k&lam gacchatu, yam k&lam
icchati tam k&lam payisatii 'tL tena kho pana samayena
rafiiio Pajjotassa Bhaddayatik& n&ma hatthinik& paililftsayo-
janikH hoti. atha kho Jiyako Kom&rabhacco raiifio Pajjotassa
sappim upan&mesi kasftyam deyo piyatft 'ti. atha kho Jiyako
Kom&rabhacco r&j&nam Pajjotam sappim p&yety& hatthisHlam
ganty& fihaddayatik&ya hatthinik&ya nagaramh& nippati.
II 25 11 atha kho raiiiio Pajjotassa tam sappi pitam
parinamentam uddekam ad&sL atha kho rftj& Pajjoto
manusse etad ayoca : dutthena bhane Jiyakena sappim p&yito
'mhi. tena hi bhane Jiyakam yejjam yicinathft 'ti. Bhadda-
yatikftya deya hatthinik&ya nagaramh& nippatito *ti. tena
kho pana samayena rafiflo Pajjotassa K&ko n&ma d&so
satthiyojaniko hoti amanussena paticca j&to. atha kho r&ja.
Pajjoto K&kam ddaam ftn&pesi : gacoha bhane Kfilka Jlvakam
yejjam niyattehi rftji tam ftcariya niyatt&petiti. ete kho
bha^e K&ka yejjft nftma bahum&y&, m& c' assa kiiloi patigga-
hesiti. II 26 II atha kho K&ko d&so Jiyakam Kom&rabhaxjcam
antarft magge Kosambiyam sambh&vesi p&tarasata karon-
tam. atha kho KAko diso Jiyakam Kom&rabhaccam etad

278 MAHAVAGGA. [VIII. 1. 27-80.

avoca : r&j& tarn ftcariya niTatt&petiti. &gamehi bha^e KUka
yftva bhuiij&ma, handa bhane K&ka bhufijassd Hi. alam
ftoariya raii£L' amhi ft^atto : ete kho bhane £&ka yejj& n&ma
bahum&7& mH o' assa kifici patiggahestti. tena kho pana
samajena Jivako Kom&rabhacco nakhena bhesajjam olum-
pety& &malakam ca khftdati p&niyam ca piyati. atha kho
Jivako Kom&rabhaoco Kftkam dftsam etad avoca : handa
bhai^e K&ka Umalakam ca kh&da p&niyam ca pivassA 'ti. 1|27 1|
atha kho K&ko d&so ayam kho vejjo iLmalakain ca kh&dati
p&niyam ca pivati, na arahati kiiici p&pakam hotun ti
upaddh&malakam ca khftdi p&niyam ca ap&yi. tassa tain
upaddhftmalakam kh&dayitam tatth' eva nicchftresi. atha
kho K&ko dftso Jivakam Kom&rabhaccam etad avoca : atthi
me ftcariya jivitan ti. mft bhai^e K&ka bbftyi, tvam c' eva
&rogo bhavissasi, rkjk ca cai^do, so rftj& gh&t4peyy&si mam,
ten&ham na nivatt&miti Bhaddavatikam hatthinikam K^Lkassa
niyyftdetv& yena BlLjagahain tena pakk&mi, anupubbena yena
R&jagaham yena rijft M&gadho Seniyo Bimbis&ro ten' upa-
samkami, upa8ainkamitv& rafifio M&gadhassa Seniyaasa Bim-
bis&rassa etam attham ftrocesi. sutthu bhane Jlvaka akftsi yam
pi na nivatto, cando so r&j& gh&t&peyy&si tan ti. ||28|| atha
kho rftjft Pajjoto ftrogo samftno Jivakassa Kom&rabhaccaflsa
santike d&tam p&hesi, &gacchatu Jivako varam dass&mi-
ti. alam ayyo adhik&ram me devo saratii Hi. tena kho
pana samayena raiiiio Pajjotassa Siveyyakam dussayugam
uppannam hoti bahunnam duss&nam bahunnam duBsayug&nam
bahunnam dussayagasat&nam bahunnam dussayugasaha88&-
nam bahunnam dussayugasatasahass&nam aggam ca settham
ca mokkham ca uttamam ca pavaram ca. atha kho r&j&
Pajjoto tarn Siveyyakam dussayugam Jivakassa Eomftra-
bhaccassa p&hesi. atha kho Jivakassa Komftrabhaccassa etad
ahosi: idam kho me Siveyyakam dussayugam raiiil& Pajjotena
pahitam bahunnam duss&nam . • . pavaram ca, na yimam
B&Ro koci pacc&rahati afiiiatra tena bhagavat& arahat& samm&-
sambuddhena raiin& v& M&gadhena Seniyena Bimbis&ren& 'ti.
II 29 II

tena kho pana samayena bhagavato k&yo dos&bhisanno
hoti. atha kho bhagav& &yasmantam Anandam ftmantesi :

.VIII. 1. 30-82.] . MAHAVAGGA. 279

dos&bhisaniio kho Ananda tatMgatassa k&yo, iccbati tath&gato
Yirecanam plltun ti. atha kho ft7a8in& Anando yena Jlvako
Kom&rabhacco ten' upasamkami, upasaipkamitv& Jivakam
Kom&rabhaccam etad ayoca : dosftbhisanno kho ivoso Jivaka
tath&gatassa k&yo, icchati tath&gato virecanam p&tun ti.
tena hi bhante Ananda bhagavato kftyam katip&ham Bine-
hethil 'ti. atha kho &ya8m& Anando bhagavato k&yam
katip&ham sinehety& yena Jivako Kom&rabhacoo ten' upa-
Bamkamiy upasamkamitv& Jivakam Kom&rabhaccam etad
avoca : siniddho kho &ynso Jtvaka tathftgatassa k&yo, yassa
d&ni k&lam maMastti. ||30|| atha kho Jtvakassa £om&ra-
bhaccassa etad ahosi : na kho me tarn patirApam yo 'ham
bhagavato o}&rikain yirecanam dadeyyan ti, tlni nppala-
hatth&ni n&n&bheeajjehi paribhftyety& yena bhagayH ten'
npasamkami, upasamkamityfL ekam uppalahattham bhagayato
npan&mesi imam bhante bhagayft pathamam uppalahattham
upasinghatu, idam bhagayantam dasakkhattum yirecessattti.
dutiyam pi uppalahattham bhagayato upanHmesi imam bhante
bhagay& dutiyam uppalahattham upasinghatu, idam bhaga-
yantam dasakkhattum yirecessattti. tatiyam pi uppalaha-
ttham bhagayato upan&mesi imam bhante bhagayft tatiyam
uppalahattham upasinghatu, idam bhagayantam dasakkha-
ttum yirecessatitiy eyam bhagayato samatims&ya yirecanam
bhayissatlti. atha kho Jiyako KomHrabhacco bhagayato sama-
timsHya yirecanam daty& bhagayantam abhiyftdetyH padakkhi-
i^am katyH pakkftmi. ||31|| atha kho Jiyakassa Kom&ra-
bhaocassa bahi dy&rakotthak& nikkhantassa etad ahosi: mayH
kho bhagayato samatims&ya yirecanam dinnam. dos&bhisanno
tath&gatassa k&yo, na bhagayantam samatimsakkhattum yire-
cessati, ekftnatiipsakkhattum bhagayantam yirecessati, api
ca bhagay& yiritto nah&yissati, nah&tam bhagayantam sakim
yirecessati, eyam bhagayato samatims&ya yirecanam bhayissa-
tlti. atha kho bhagay& Jtyakassa Kom&rabhaccassa cetasA
cetopariyitakkam afiii&ya ftyasmantam Anandam &mantesi:
idh&nanda Jiyakassa Kom&rabhaccassa bahi dy&rakotthak&
nikkhantassa etad ahosi : may& kho bhagayato . • . bhayissa-
ttti. tena h' Ananda unhodakam patiyftdeth& 'ti. eyam
bhante 'ti kho &yasm& Anando bhagayato patisunityft unho-

280 MAHAVAGGA. [VIII. 1. 82-35.

dakam patiy&desi. ||32|| atha kho Jlvako Eom&rabbaoco
yenabhagavH ten' upasamkami, upa8ainkamity& bhagavan-
tam abhiy&detv& ekamantam nisldi, ekamantam nisinno kho
Jivako KomHrabhacco bhagayantam etad avoca : yiritto
bhante bhagavft 'ti. yiritto 'mhi Jtyakft Hi. idha mayham
bhante bahi dy&rakotthak& nikkbantassa etad ahosi: may&
kho bhagayato . . . bhayissattti. nah&yatu bhante bhagay&y
nah&yatu sugato 'ti. atha kho bhagaylL unhodakam nah&yi,
nah&tam bhagayantam sakim yirecesi, eyam bhagayato sama-
timsHya yirecanam ahosi. atha kho Jiyako KomHrabhaoco
bhagayantam etad ayoca : y&ya bhante bhagayato k4yo
pakatatto hoti, alam ydsapin^apHtenlL 'ti. atha kho bhaga-
yato k&yo na cirass' eya pakatatto ahosi. ||33||

atha kho Jiyako Eom&rabhacco tarn Siyeyyakam dussayu-
gam ftd&ya yena bhagay& ten' upasamkami, npasamkamityft
bhagayantam abhiy&dety& ekamantam nisidi. ekamantam
nisinno kho Jtyako Eom&rabhacoo bhagayantam etad ayoca :
ek&ham bhante bhagayantam yaram y&c&miti. atikkantayar&
kho Jiyaka tath&gat& 'ti. yam ca bhante kappati yam ca
anayajjan ti. yadehi Jlyak& 'ti. bhagay& bhante pamsukii-
liko bhikkhusamgho ca. idam me bhante Siyeyyakam
dussayugam rann& Pajjotena pahitam bahunnam doss&nam
bahunnam dussayugftnam bahunnam dussayugasat&nam ba-
hunnam dussayugasahass&nam bahunnam dussayugasatasa-
hass&nam aggam ca settham ca mokkham ca uttamam ca
payaram ca. patiganh&tu me bhante bhagayft Siyeyyakam
dussayugam bhikkhusamghassa ca gahapaticlyaram anuj&-
n&t& 'ti. patiggahesi bhagay& Siyeyyakam dussayugam.
atha kho bhagayft Jiyakam Kom&rabhaccam dhammiyft
kath&ya sandassesi samftdapesi samuttejesi sampahamsesL
atha kho Jiyako Kom&rabhacco bhagayatll dhammiyd. ka-
th&ya sandassito samftdapito samuttejitosampahamsitoutthHyH-
sanH bhagayantam abhiyftdety& padakkhinam katy& pakk&mi.
II 34 II atha kho bhagay& etasmim nid&ne dhammikatham
katyH bhikkhd &roantesi: anuj&nftmi bhikkhaye gahapati-
clyaram. yo icchati pamsuk&liko hotu, yo icchati gahapati-
clyaram s&diyatu. itaritarena p' &ham bhikkhaye santutthim
yannemtti. assosum kho R&jagahe manuss& bhagayatH

VIII. 1. 36-8. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 281

kira bhikkhihiam gahapaticivaram anuM&tan ti, te ca
manas8& hattli& abesuin udagg&, idani kho mayam d&n&ni
dass&ma pufiil&ni kariss&ma yato bhagavatH bhikkhdnam
gabapaticivaram anufLii&tan ti, ek&hen' eva B&jagahe babdni
civarasabasslLni uppajjimsu. assosum kho j^apad^ manu8s&
bhagavatft kira bhikkbdnam gabapatictvaram anufiMtan ti,
te ca manu88& battbft abesum udagg&, id&ni kbo mayam
d&n&ni dass&ma pufin&iii kariss&ma yato bbagavat& bbikkbd-
nam gabapaticivaram anuMlltan ti, janapade pi ek&ben' eva
babiini clvarasabass&ni uppajjimsu. ||35|| tena kbo pana
samayena saingbassa p&v&ro uppanno boti. bbagavato etam
attbam &rocesum. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave p&v&ran ti. ko-
seyyap&Y&ro uppanno boti. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave koseyya-
p&y&ran ti. kojavam uppannam boti. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave
koiavan ti. I|36||l||*

patbamakabb&^av&ram nittbitam.

tena kbo pana samayena K&sikar&j& Jivakassa Ko-
m&rabbaccassa addbak&sikam kambalam p&besi upaddba-
kftsinam kbamam&nam. atba kbo Jlvako Kom&rabbacco tam
a4dbak&sikam kambalam ftdftya yena bbagavsl ten^ upasam-
kami, upasamkamityft bbagavantam abbiv&detv& ekamantam
nisldi. ekamantam nisinno kbo Jtvako Kom&rabbacco bba-
gavantam etad avoca : ayam me bbante addbak&siko kambalo
K&8iranfi& pabito upaddbak&sinam kbamamano. patiganbfttu
me bbante bbagav& kambalam yam mama assa digbarattam
bit&ya 8ukbfty& 'ti. patiggabesi bbagavft kambalam. atba
kbo bbagavH Jivakam Kom&rabbaccam dbammiy& katb&ya
sandassesi — la — padakkbinam katv& pakk&mi. atba kbo
bbagav& etasmim nidftne dbammikatbam katv& bbikkbfi
&mantesi: anuj&n&mi bbikkbave kambalan ti. i| 111 2 II

tena kbo pana samayena samgbassa ucc&vacftni civar&ni
uppajjanti. atba kbo bbikkbtLnam etad abosi : kim nu kbo
bbagavat& civaram anuilii&tam kim ananuiiii&tan ti. bbaga-
vato etam attbam ftrocesum. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave cha
civar&ni kbomam kappftsikam koseyyam kambalam sftnam
bbaiigan ti. II 1 1| tena kbo pana samayena te bbikkbft gaba-

282 MAHAVAGGA. [VIII. 8. 2-4. 4,

paticivaram sftdiyanti, te kukkuGC&yant& pamsokiilani na
sftdiyanti ekam yeva bhagavatft civaram anufiiilltam na dve
'ti. bhagavato etam attham ^Tocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkha-
ye gahapaticivaram s&diyantena pamsuktLlain pi siditum, tad-
ubhayena p' &hain bhikkhave santatthim van^emiti. ||2||3||

tena kho pana samayena sambahulU bhikkhd Kosalesu
janapadesu addh&nainaggapatipaTiii& honti. ekacce bhikkhd
sus&nam okkamimsu pamsuk&l&ya^ ekaoce bhikkhA n&ga-
mesum. ye te bhikkhii sus&nam okkamimsu pamsukfll&ya
te panisuk{il&ni labhimsu, ye te bhikkhii n&gamesum te eyam
Hhamsu : amh&kam pi &vuso bh&gam dethi 'tL te evam
&hamsu : na mayam ftvuso tumh&kam bh&gam dassftma, kissa
tumhe n&gamitthft 'ti. bhagavato etam attham &rocesum. anu-
j&n&mi bhikkhave n&gament&nam n&k4m& bh&gam d&tun ti.
II 1 II tena kho pana samayena sambahul& bhikkhft Kosalesu
janapadesu addhUnamaggapatipannlt honti. ekacce bhikkhd
susftnam okkamimsu pamsukiil&yay ekacce bhikkhii ftga-
mesum. ye te bhikkhii sus&nam okkamimsu pamsukiil&ya
te pamsukiil&ni labhimsu, ye te bhikkhii Ugamesum te evam
&hamsu : amh&kam pi &vuso bh&gam deth& 'ti. te evam
&hamsu : na mayam &vuso tumh&kam bh&gam dass&ma, kissa
tumhe na okkamitth& 'ti. bhagavato etam attham &rocesum.
anuj&n&mi bhikkhave &gament&nam ak&m& bh&gam d&tun
ti. II 2 II tena kho pana samayena sambahul& bhikkhii Kosa-
lesu janapadesu addh&namaggapatipann& honti. ekaoce
bhikkhii pathamam sus&nam okkamimsu pamsukiil&ya, ekacce
bhikkhii pacch& okkamimsu. ye te bhikkhii pathamam
sus&nam okkamimsu pamsukiil&ya te pamsukiil&ni labhimsu,
ye te bhikkhii pacch& okkamimsu te na labhimsu, te evam
&hamsu : amh&kam pi &vuso bh&gam detha 'ti. te evam
&hainsu : na mayam &vuso tumh&kam bh&gam dass&ma, kissa
tumhe pacch& okkamitth& 'tL bhagavato etam attham
&rocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave pacch& okkant&nam n&-
k&m& bh&gam d&tun ti. || 3|| tena kho pana samayena samba-
hul& bhikkhii Kosalesu janapadesu addh&namaggapati-
pann& honti. te sadis& sus&nam okkamimsu pamsukiil&ya,
ekacce bhikkhii pamsukiil&ni labhimsu, ekacce bhikkhii na

VIII. 4. 4-«. 1] MAHAVAGaA. 283

labhimsu. ye te bhikkbd na labhimBu te evam fthamsa:
amh&kam pi ftvuso bh&gam deth& 'ti« te evam Hhamsu : na
mayam ftviiso tumh&kam bh&gam dass&ma, kissa tumhe na
labhitthjl 'ti. bhagavato etam attham ^rocesum. anuj&n&mi
bhikkhave sadis&nam okkant&nam ak&mH bh&gam d&tun ti.
||4|| tena kho pana samayena sambahuli bhikkhfl Kosalesu
janapadesu addh4namaggapatipann& honti. te katikam katvH
sus&nam okkamiinflu pamsuktd&ya^ ekacce bhikkhii pamsukd-
l&ni labhimsu^ ekacce bhikkhii na labhimsu. ye te bhikkhii
na labhimsu te evam fthamsu : amh&kam pi &yuso bh&gam
dethft Hi. te evam Hhamsu : na mayam kraao tumh&kam
bh&gam dass&ma, kissa tumhe na labhitth& 'ti. bhagavato
etam attham &rocesum. anujUnltmi bhikkhave katikam katvH
okkantlbnam ak&m& bh&gam d&tun ti. || 5 1| 4 1|

tena kho pana samayena manuss& clvaram &d&ya
&r&mam Agacohanti, te patigg&hakam alabham&n& pad-
haranti^ oivaram parittam uppajjati. bhagavato etam
attham &rocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave pancah' angehi
samann&ffatam bhikkhum civarapatiffs&hakam samma-

gaccheyya, na moh&gatim gaccheyya, na bhay&gatim
gaccheyya^ gahit&gahitam ca j&neyya. ||1|| evam ca pana
bhikkhave sammannitabbo : pathamam bhikkhu y&citabbo,
ylLcitv& vyattena bhikkhun& patibalena samgho n&petabbo :
• sun&tu me bhante samgho. yadi samghassa pattakallam
samgho itthann&mam bhikkhum civarapatigg&hakam samma-
nneyya. eek iiatti. sun&tu me bhante samgho. samgho
itthann&mam bhikkhum clvarapatigg&hakam sammannati.
yass&yasmato khamati itthann&massa bhikkhuno civara-
patigg&hakassa sammuti^ so tunh' assa^ yassa na kkhamati
so bh&seyya. sammato samghena itthann&mo bhikkhu ci-
varapatigg&hako. khamati samghassa, tasm& tunht, evam
etam dh&rayamiti. i|2 1|5 1|

tena kho pana samayena civarapatigg&hak& bhikkhft oiva-
ram patiggahetv& tatth' eva ujjhitv& pakkamanti, clvaram
nassati. bhagavato etam attham &rocesum. anuj&n&mi

^ASin^^^' [VIII. 6. 1-8. 1.

284

naBoah' aagehi samannftgatam bhikkhuni clva-

^^^^AhTkam a&mmantdtma : yo na chandftgatim gaocheyjra

^*"na hhay&^tim gaocheyya nihitinihitam ca j&neyya. ||1||

' ' ca pa°A bhikkhavesammannitabbo: pathamam bhikkhu

^I^bbo, yAcifcvA vyattena bhikkhunA patibalena samgho

JifLoetabho : fiun&tu me bhante samgho. yadi samghassa

ttakaU^ samgho itthann&mam bhikkhum ciyaranid&-

L^am sammanneyya. esft iiatti. suigi&ta me bhante samgho.

ggjngho itthannlLmam bhikkhmn civaranid&hakam samma-

nbatL yass&yasmato khamati itthann&massa bhikkhuno

ctvaranid&hakassa sammuti so tu^h' assa, yassa na kkhamati

80 bh&seyya. sammato samghena itthann&mo bhikkhu

civaranid&hako. khamati samghassa^ tasmH tunhi, evam

etam dh&ray&mlti. || 2 1| 6 1|

tena kho pana samayena ctvaranid&hakcL bhikkhii man4ape
pi rukkhamille pi nimbakose pi clvaram nidahanti, undurehi
pi upacik&hi pi khajjanti. bhagavato etam attham ftrocesum.
anuj&nftmi bhikkhave bhancjilg&ram sammannitum yam
samgho &kankhati vih&ram y& addhayogam y& p&sAdam yft
hammiyam t& guham v&. ||1|| evam ca pana bhikkhave
sammannitabbo : vyattena bhikkhun& patibalena samgho
ii&petabbo : sun&tu me bhante samgho. yadi samghassa
pattakallam samgho itthann&mam vih&ram bhand&g&ram
sammanneyya. es& natti. sun&tu me bhante samgho. samgho
itthannftmam vih&ram bhandftg&ram sammannati. yass&yas-
mate khamati itthann&massa vih&rassa bhand&g&rassa sammuti
so tunh' assay yassa na kkhamati so bh&seyya. sammato
samghena itthann&mo vihftro bhand&gftram. khamati sam-
ghassa, tasmft tunhi, evam etam dh&ray&miti. ||2||7||

tena kho pana samayena samghassa bhand&gftre ctvaram
aguttam hoti. bhagavato etam attham &rocesum. anujft-
n&mi bhikkhave paiicah' angehi samann&gatam bhikkhum
bhandftg&rikam sammannitum: yo na chand&gatim ga-
ocheyya : . . na bhay&gatim gaccheyya g^tt&guttam ca
j&neyya. evam ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo — la —
sammato samghena itthann&mo bhikkhu bhand&g&riko.

f

VIIT. 8. 1-10. 1.] MAHAVAGOA. 285

khamati samghassa, tasmll tunlii, evam etam dh&ray&mlti.
ill II tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyH bhikkhii
bhand&g&rikam vutthllpenti. bhagavato etam attham &ro-
ceeum. na bhikkhave bha^dftg&riko vutth&petabbo. yo
vutth&peyya, ftpatti dukkatassH Hi. ||2||8||

tena kho pana samayena samghassa bband&g&re clvaram
ussannam hoti. bhagavato etam attham irocesum. anuj&-
n&mi bhikkhave sammukhtbhAtena samghena bhftjetun ti.
tena kho pana samayena sabbo samgho ctvaram bh&jento
kolfthalam akftsi. bhagavato etam attham ilrocesum. anuj&-
nftmi bhikkhave pailcah' angehi samannftgatam bhikkhum
civarabh&jakam sammannitum yo na chand&gatim ga-
ccheyya . . . na bhayftgatim gaccheyya bh&jit&bh&jitam ca
j&neyya. evam ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo — la —
sammato samghena itthann&mo bhikkha ctvarabh&jako.
khamati samghassa^ tasmJL tunhi^ evam etam dh&ray&miti.
||1|| atha kho civarabh&jak&nam bhikkhflnam etad ahosi:
katham nu kho clvaram bhftjetabban ti. bhagavato etam
attham ftrocesum. anuj&nftmi bhikkhave pathamam uccinitvi
tulayitvll va]^n&vannam katv& bhikkhii gai^etvft vaggam
bandhitvH ctvarapativisam thapetun ti. atha kho ctvara-
bh&jakAnam bhikkhdnam etad ahosi : katham nu kho s&ma*
ner&nam civarapativiso dfttabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam
attham ftrocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave s&maiieriinam upa-
ddhapativisam d&tun ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena
aaaataro bhikkhu sakena bhAgena uttarituk&mo hoti. bha-
gavato etam attham Arocesnm. anuj&nftmi bhikkhave utta-
rantassa sakam bh&gam dfttun ti. tena kho pana samayena
afinataro bhikkhu atirekabhftgena uttarituk&mo hoti. bhaga-
vato etam attham ftrocesum. anujftn&mi bhikkhave anukkhepe
dinne atirekabhftgam dfttun ti. ||3|| atha kho civarabh&ja-
kftnam bhikkht^nam etad ahosi : katham nu kho ctvarapati-
viso d&tabbo &gatapatipfttiy& nu kho udfthu yath&vud4han
ti. bhagavato etam attham ftrocesum. anujftnftmi bhikkhave
vikalake tosetvft kusapfttam kfttun ti. ||4||9||

tena kho pana samayena bhikkhii chakanena pi pandu-

286 MAHAVAOGA. [VIII. 10. 1-11. 2.

mattik&ya pi clyaram rajanti, clyaram dabbannam hoti.
bhagavato etam attham &rooesimL anuj&n&mi bhikkbaye cba
rajan&ni mt^larajanam kbandharajanam tacarajanam patta-
rajanam puppbarajanam pbalarajanan ti. j| 1 1| tena kbo pana
samayena bhikkhil sltanaayiya ctvaram rajanti, clvarain
duggandham boti. bbagavato etam attbam &rocesum.
anuj&nftmi bbikkbave rajanam pacitum cullarajanakumbbin
ti« rajaDam uttariyati. anuj&a&mi bbikkbave uttar&lampani
bandbitun ti. tena kbo pana samayena bbikkbd na j&nanti
rajanam pakkam y& apakkam v&. bbagavato etam attbam
&rocesum. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave udake vft nakbapittbikftya
v& tbevakam d&tan ti. ||2|| tena kbo pana samayena bbi-
kkbd rajanam oropent& kumbbim ivajjanti, kumbbl bbijjati.
bbagavato etam attbam Urocesum. anujiLn&mi bbikkbave
rajanauluiikam dandakatb&Iikan ti. tena kbo pana sama-
yena bbikkb&nam rajanabb&janam na samvijjati. bbagavato
etam attbam ftrocesum. anuj&nftmi bbikkbave rajanako-
lambam rajanagbatan ti. tena kbo pana samayena bbikkbd
pfttiy&pi patte pi clvaram sammaddanti, civaram paribbijjati.
bbagavato etam attbam &rocesum. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave
rajanadonikan ti. || 3 1| 10 II

tena kbo pana samayena bbikkbii cbam&ya civaram pattba-
rantiy civaram pamsukitam boti. bbagavato etam attbam
&rocesum. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave tinasantb&rakan ti tina-
santb&rako upacikftbi kbajjati. bbagavato etam attbam
ftrocesum. anuj&nlLmi bbikkbave civaravanxsam civararajjun
tL majjbena laggenti, rajanam ubbato galati. bbagavato
etam attbam &rocesum. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave kanne bandbi-
tun ti. kanno jirati. bbagavato etam attbam &rocesum.
anuj&n&mi bbikkbave kannasuttakan tL rajanam ekato
galati. bbagavato etam attbam &rocesam. anuj&n&mi
bbikkbave samparivattakam - samparivattakam rajetum na
ca accbinne tbeve pakkamiton ti. ||1|| tena kbo pana sama-
yena civaram pattbinnam boti. bbagavato etam attbam
ftrocesum. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave udake os&retun ti. tena
kbo pana samayena civaram pbarusam boti. bbagavato
etam attbam ftrocesum. anuj&nftmi bbikkbave p&nin& &ko-

VIII. 11. 2-18. 1.] MAHAVAGGA. 287

tetun ti. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhft aodunnak&ni
dh&renti dantakfts&y&nL . manussft ujjh&yanti khiyanti vip&-
centi: seyyath&pi nftma giht k&mabhogino 'ti. bhagavato
etam attham Urocesum. na bhikkhave acchinDak&ni ctvar&ni
dhftretabbftnL yo dh&reyya, &patti dukkatassft 'ti. I|2||ll||

atha kho bhagav& R&jagahe yath&bbiraiitam Yiharitv&
yena DakkhinJLgiri tena cftrikam pakk&mi. addasa kho
bhagavH Magadhakhettam aocibandbam pdlibandham
mariy&dabandham singh&takabandham^ disvftna ftyasmantam
A nan dam Amantesi: passasi no tvain Ananda Magadha-
khettam accibandham . . . singh&takabandhan ti. evam
bhante. ussahasi tvam Ananda bhikkhdnam evariip&ni
clvarftni samvidahitan ti. nssah&mi bhagavft 'ti. atha kho
bhagay& Dakkhin&girismim yathftbhirantam yiharity& punad
eva B&jagaham pacc&gacchi. atha kho Hyasmft Anando
sambahulftnam bhikkhiinam ctvar&ni 8ainyidahity& yena
bhagay& ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityft bhagayantam
etad ayoca : passatu me bhante bhagay& ciyar&ni samyida-
hit&nitL II 111 atha kho bhagay& etasmim nid&ne dhammi-
katham katyft bhikkhii ftmantesi: pandito bhikkhaye Anando,
mah&paMo bhikkhaye Anando, yatra hi n&ma mayft samkhi-
ttena bh&sitassa yitthftrena attham ftjUnissati, kusim pi
n&ma karissati addhakuaim pi n&ma karissati man4alam pi
n. k. addhamaiidalam pi n. k. yiyattam pi n. k. anayi-
yattam pi n. k. giyeyyakam pi n. k. jangheyyakam pi n. k.
b&hantam pi n. k. chinnakam ca bhayissati sattal&kham
samanas&nippam paccatthik&nam ca anabhijjhitam. anujU-
n&mi bhikkhaye chinnakam samgh&tim chinnakam uttarll-
sangam chinnakam antaray&sakan ti. ||2||12||

atha kho bhagayft B&jagahe yath&bhirantam yiharity&
yena Yes&li tena c&rik^ pakk&mi. addasa kho bhagayft
antar& ca R&jagaham antarft ca Yes&lim addh&namaggapati-
panno sambahule bhikkhii ciyarehi abbha94^te sise pi
ciyarabhisim karity& khandhe pi ciyarabhiBim karityft ka-
tiy&pi ciyarabhisim karityft &gacchante, disy&na bhagayato
etad ahosi : atilahum kho ime moghapuriaJk ciyare b&huU&ya

288 MAHAVAGGA. (Till. 13. 1-6.

ftyattfty yam n&n&ham bhikkhilnam ctvare stmain bandhe-
yyam mariy&dam thapeyyan ti. || 1 1| atha kho bliagav&
anupubbena c&rikam caram&no yena Yes&li tad avasari. tatra
sudam bhagavlt Yesftliyam viharati Gotamake cetiye.
tena kho pana samayena bhagavH stt&su hemantikftsu
rattisu antaratthakftsu himap&tasamaye rattim ajjhok&ae
ekacivaro nisfdi, na bhagavantam sttam ahosi. nikkhante
pathame y&me sttam bhagavantam ahoei. dutiyam bhagavft
ctvaram pftrupi, na bhagayantam sitam ahosi. nikkhante
majjhime y&me sitam bhagavantam ahosi. tatiyam bhagav4
ctvaram p&rupi^ na bhagavantam sitam ahosi. nikkhante
pacchime y&me uddhate arune nandimukhiya rattiyft sitam
bhagavantam ahosi. catuttham bhagavlL ctvaram p&rnpi, na
bhagavantam sitam ahosi. ||2|| atha kho bhagavato etad
ahosi : ye pi kho te kulaputt& imasmim dhammavinaye
stt&luk& sttabhtruk& te pi sakkonti tictvarena y&petxim. yam
n&n&ham bhikkhdnam ctvare stmam bandheyyam mariy&dam
thapeyyam ticivaram anuj&neyyan ti. atha kho bhagav&
etasmim nid&ne dhammikatham katvft bhikkhii ^mantesi:
II 3 II idh&ham bhikkhave antar& ca R&jagaham antar& ca
Yes&lim addh&namaggapatipanno addasam sambahule bhi-
kkh{l civarehi ubbhandite stse pi civarabhisim karitvft
khandhe pi civarabhisim karitvft katiy&pi civarabhisim
karitvft &gacchantey disv&na me etad ahosi: atilahum kho
ime moghapuris& ctvare bahullftya &vattft, yam nftn&ham
bhikkhClnam ctvare stmam bandheyyam mariyftdam tha-
peyyan ti. II 4 II idh&ham bhikkhave sit&su hemantik&su
rattisu antaratthak&su himap&tasamaye rattim ajjhokftso
ekacivaro nisidiitL, na mam sitam ahosi. nikkhante pathame
y&me sitam mam ahosi. dutiy&ham ctvaram p&rapim na
mam sitam ahosi. nikkhante majjhime yftme sttam mam
ahosi. tatiy&ham civaraip p&rupim, na mam sttam ahosi.
nikkhante pacchime y&me uddhate arune nandimukhiyi
rattiy& sitam mam ahosi. catutthllham ctvaram p&rupim, na
mam sitam ahosi. tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi : ye pi
kho te kulaputtiL imasmim dhammavinaye sit&luk& sitabhi-
ruk& te pi sakkonti tictvarena y&petum. yam n&n&ham
bhikkhiinam civare stmam bandheyyam mariyftdam thape-

VIII. 18. 5-14. 1.] MAHAVAOGA. 289

yyam tictvaram anuj&neyyan ti, anuj&n&mi bhikkhave
ticiyaram digunam samgh&tim ekacciyam uttarstsangam.
ekacciyam antaravftsakan ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena
chabbaggiyH bhikkbfL bhagavata tictvaram anuiin&tan ti
annen' eva tictvarena gftmam pavisanti, anileiia ticivareDa
&r&me acchanti, aiiiiena ticivarena nahanam otaranti. ye te
bhikkhii appicch^ te ujjh&yanti khtyanti vipdx^enti : katham
hi n&ma cbabbaggiyft bbikkhiL atirekacivaram dh&ressanttti.
atha kho te bhikkhd bhagavato etam atthanx &rocesum.
atha kho bhagavd. etasmim nid&ne dhammikatham katv&
bhikkhtL ^mantesi : na bhikkhave atirekacivaram dh&re-
tabbam. yo dh&reyya^ yath&dhammo k&retabbo 'ti. ||6||
tena kho pana samayena iyasmato Anandassa atirekaciva-
ram uppannam hoti kjBsmk ca Anando tarn civaram
&yasmato S&riputtassa d&tuk&mo hoti &yafim& ca S&ri-
putto Sftkete yiharati. atha kho ftyasmato Anandassa etad
ahosi : bhagavati pannattam na atirekacivaram dhftretabban
ti, idam ca me atirekacivaram uppannam aham ca imam
civaram ^yasmato S&riputtassa d&tuk&mo &yasm& ca S&riputto
S&kete yiharati. katham nu kho may& patipajjitabban ti.
atha kho &yasm& Anando bhagavato etam attham ftrocesi:
kivaciram pan&nanda S&riputto &gacchissatiti. navamam
y& bhagavH divasam dasamam v& 'ti. atha kho bhagav^
etasmim niddne dhammikatham katv& bhikkhd &mantesi:
anuj&D&mi bhikkhave das&haparamam atirekacivaram dh&-
retun ti. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhdnam
atirekacivaram uppajjati. atha kho bhikkhiinam etad ahosi :
katham nu kho atirekacivare patipajjitabban ti. bhagavato
etam attham iLrocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave atirekaciva-
ram vikappetun ti. || 8 1| 13 II

atha kho bhagav& Yes&liyam yath&bhirantam viharitv&
yena B&r&;iasi tena c&rikam pakkftmi. anupubbena c&ri-
kam caram&no yena B&r&nasi tad avasari. tatra sudam
bhagav& B&r&nasiyam yiharati Isipatane migad&ye.
tena kho pana samayena aniiatarassa bhikkhuno antarav&sako
chiddo hoti. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi : bhaga-
vato ticivaram anuiinatam digunSl samghftti ekacciyo uttari-
voL. m. 19

MASAVAGGA. [VIII. 14. 1-16. 2.

290

1r ivo ozitarari^ko, ayam ca me antaravftsako

^ddo. jan* nttniham aggalam acchupeyyam samantato

A Attain bbavissati majjhe ekacciyan ti. ||1|| atha kho so

hWikh\JL ^gff^^^ ^^^^"P^^^* addasa kho bhagav& sen&sana-

irikam Ahiudanto tam bhikkhum aggalam acchupentam,

Msxknsi yena so bhikkhu ten' upasamkami, upaBamkamity&

^2n bfaikkhum etad avoca : kim tvam bhikkhu karostti,

gggalam bhagav& acchupemiti. s&dhu sadhu bhikkhu, s&dhu

kho tram bhikkhu aggalam acchupestti. atha kho bhagavft

etasmim nid&ne dhammikatham katvft bhikkhii ftmantesi:

anuj&n&mi bhikkhave ahat&nam duss&nam ahatakapp&nam

digunam samgh&tim ekacciyam uttar&sangam ekacciyam

antarav&sakam, utuddhat&nam duss&nam catugunam samghft-

tim digunam uttarftsaiigam digunam antaraySLsakam. pamsu-

kAle y&vadattham pftpanike use&ho karantyo. anuj&nllmi

bhikkhave a&:g:alam tunnam ovattikam kandusakam dalhi-

kamman ti. || 2 \\ 14 1|

atha kho bhagay& B&r&nasiyam yath&bhirantam yiha-
rity& yena S&yatthi tena c&rikam pakkftmi. anupubbena
c&rikam caram&no yena S&vatthi tad avasari. tatra sudam
bhagay& S&yatthiyam yiharati Jetayane Anftthapindi-
kassa Ar&me. atha kho Yis^khd, Mig&ram&t& yena
bhagay& ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityi bhagayantam
abhiylldety& ekamantam nistdi. ekamantam nisinnam kho
Yis&kham Mig&ram&taram bhagay& dhammiy& kath&ya
sandassesi . • . sampahamsesi. atha kho Yis&kh& Mig&ra«
m&tA bhagayat4 dhammiy& kath&ya sandassitd . . . sampa-
hamsitft bhagayantam etad avoca : adhiy&setu me bhante
bhagayd svatan&ya bhattam saddhim bhLkkhu8amghen&
'ti. adhiy&seei bhagay& tunhibh&vena. atha kho Yisakhi
Migaram&t& bhagavato adhivasanam yiditv& utthsly&san&
bhagayantam abhiv^etv^ padakkhi^am katy& pakk&mi. || 1 1|
tena kho pana samayena tass& rattiy& accayena c4tuddipiko
mah&megho p&yassi. atha kho bhagay& bhikkhii ftmanteai :
yath& bhikkhave Jetayane yassati eyam catdsu dipesu vassati,
ovass&petha bhikkhave k&yam, ayam pacchimako c&tuddtpiko
mah&megho 'ti. evam bhante 'ti kho te bhikkhji bhagavato

VIII. W. 2-6.] MAHAY AGGA. 291

pati8unitv& nikkhittacivarJL k&yam oyass&penti. ||2|| atha
kbo Yi8ftkh& Mig&ram&t& panttam khftdaniyam bhojaniyam
pati7ftd&pety& diLsim inftpesi : gaccha je ftr&mam gantvft
k&Iam llrocehi k&lo bhante nittbitam bbattan ti. evam ayye
'ti kbo fift dftsl Yis&kb&ya Mig&ram&tuy& patisunityft ftr^mam
ganty& addasa bbikkbti nikkbittacivare k&yam ovass&pente,
disv&na n' atthi &r&me bbikkbil, &jiyak& k&yam ovass&pentlti 1
yena Vis&kbA Mig&ram4t& ten' upasamkami, upasamkamitvA
Yis&kham Mig&ram&taram etad avoca : n' attb' ayye &r&me
bbikkbii, kjivakk k&yam ovass&pentlti. atba kbo Yis&kb&ya J(
Mig&ram&tuy& pandit&ya yiyatt&ya medb&TiniyH etad abosi :
nissamsayam kbo ayy& nikkbittactvarft k&yam ovassApentiti,
8&yam b&l& maMittba n' attbi &rftme bbikkbii, &jtvak& k&yam .^
ovass&peniiti, d&sim Anftpesi : gaocba je &r&main gantyft

k&lam &rocebi k&lo bbante Dittbitam bbattan ti. II 3 1| atba

• • • • •• ••

kbo te bbikkbft gatt&ni 8itikaritv& kallak&y& ctvar&ni ga-
betyft yatb&vib&rani payisiinsu. atba kbo 8& d&si &rftmam
ganty& bhikkbil apassanti n' attbi &r&me bbikkbil, eufiilo
Ar&mo Hi yena Yififtkbft, Mig&ran)&t& ten' upasamkami, upa-
samkamitvH YisAkbam Mig&ramAtaram etad ayoca : n' attb'
ayye &r4me bbikkbA, sufiiio &r&mo Hi. atba kbo Yisftkb&ya
Mig&ram&tuy& pandit&ya yiyatt&ya medbftyiniyA etad abosi :
nissainsayain kbo ayy& gatt&ni 8itikarity& kallak^yH etyar&ni
gabety& yatb&yib&ram payittb&, sftyam b&l& mafSiiittba n'
attbi &r&me bbikkbft, suiiiio Aramo 'ti d&sim AnlLpesi : gaccba
je drftmam gantvft k&lam &rocebi k&lo bbante nittbitam
bbattan ti. ||4j| atba kbo bbagayH bbikkbil Uroantesi:
sannabatba bbikkbaye pattaciyaram, kAlo bbattassH 'ti.
evam bbante ti kbo te bbikkbii bbagayato paccasaosum.
atba kbo bbagayll pubba^baaamayam niv&8ety& pattactyaram
&d&ya seyyatb&pi n&ma balay& puriao sammiiljitam y& b&-
bam pas&reyya pas&ritam y& b&bam sammifijeyya eyam eya
Jetayane antarabito Yis&kb&ya Mig&ram&tay& kottbake p&-
turaboai. niaidi bbagay& paiiiiatte ftaane saddbim bbikkbu-
8amgbena. ||6|| atba kbo Yis&kbH Mig&ram&t& accbariyam
yata bbo abbbutam yata bbo tatb&gataasa mabiddbikatA
mab&nubb&yat&y yatra bi n&ma jannukamatteau pi ogbeau
payattam&ne8u katimatteau pi ogbesa payattamftneau na bi

\

292 MAHAVAGGA. [VIII. 15. 6 9.

njima ekabhikkhussa pi p&di t& ciTarani v& all&ni bhavissan-
titi batthA udaggft baddhapamnkbain bhikkhusamgham pant-
tena kbftdaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthft santappetvH sampa-
T&retT& bbagaTantam bhutt&vini onitapattap&niin ekamantam
nistdL ekamantain nisiim& kho YifiAkhft Mig&ram&t& bha-
gaTantam etad avoca : atth&bam bbante bhagavantam yar&ni
jAc&mitL atikkantayarA kho Yis&khe tath&gat& 'ti. y&ni ca
bhante kappiy&ni y&ni ca anavajjj&mti. vadehi Yis&khe 'ti.
||6il iccb&m' aham bhante samghassa y&yajivaxn vassika-
8&tikam d&tum, Agantukabhattam d&tnin, gamikabhattam
d&tum, gil&nabhattain dAtom, gil&napatth&kabhattain d&tum,
gil&nabhesajjam dAtum, dhaTayagom d&tum, bhikkhunt-
samghasaa udakasji(ikain d&tnn ti. kim pana tvam Yis&khe
atthavasam sampassam&nA tath&gatam attha var&ni y&castti.
idh&ham bhante dAsim AnApesun : gaccha je ArAmam gantvA
kAlam Arocehi kAlo bhante nitthitam bhattan ti, atha kho sA
bhante dAsi ArAmam gantvA addasa bhikkhii nikkhittaclvare
kAyam ovassApente, disvAna n' atthi ArAme bhikkhft^ AjivakA
kAyam ovassApentiti yenAham ten' upasamkami, upasamka-
mitvA mam etad avoca n' atth' ayye ArAme bhikkhti, AjtvakA
kAyam ovassApentitL aauci bhante naggiyam patikkfllani.
imAham bhante atthavasam sampassamAnA icchAmi samghassa
yAvajtvam vassikasAtikam dAtom. ||7|| puna ca param
bhante Agantuko bhikkhu na vithikusalo na gocarakusalo
kilanto pin^Aya carati. so me Agantukabhattam bhuiijitvA
vithikusalo gocarakusalo akilanto pindAya carissati. imaham
bhante atthavasam sampassamAnA icchAmi samghassa yAva-
jtvam Agantukabhattam dAtum. puna ca param bhante
gamiko bhikkhu attano bhattam pariyesamAno satthA vA
vihAyissati, yattha vA vAsam gantukAmo bhavissati tattha
vikAle upagacchissati kilanto addhAnam gamissati. so me
gamikabhattam bhuiijitvA satthA na vihAyissati, yattha
vftsam gantukAmo bhavissati tattha kAlena upagacchissati
akilanto addhAnam gamissati. imAham bhante atthavasam
sampassamAnA icchAmi samghassa yAvajtvam gamikabhattam
dAtum. II 8 II puna ca param bhante gilAnassa bhikkhuno
sappAyani bhojanAni alabhantassa AbAdho vA abhivaddhissati
kAlamkiriyA vA bhavissati. tassa me gilAnabhattam bhuttassa

;

VIII. 15. 9-13.] MAHAVAGGA. 293

&blUlbo na abhivaddhissati kftlamkirly& Da bhayissati. im&-
bam bbante attbavasani 8ampa88am&ii& icch&mi samgbassa
yftyajiyam gil&nabbattam d&tam. puna ca param bbante
gil&napatth&ko bbikkbu attano bbattanx pariyesam&no gil&-
nassa nss&re bbattam nibarissati bbattaccbedam karissati.
80 me gilftnupatth&kabbattam bbu£gity& gil&nassa k&lena

bbattam nibarissati bbattaccbedam na karissati. im&bam

« • *

bbante attbayasam sampassam&n& iccbftmi samgbassa y&ya-
jiyam gil&nupattb&kabbattam d&tum. ||9|| pmia ca param
bbante gil&nassa bbikkbuno sappfty&ni bbesajj&ni alabban-
tassa &b&dbo y& abbiya^dbissati k&lamkiriy& yft bbayissati.
tassa me gil&nabbesajjam paribbuttassa Hb&dbo na abbi-
yaddbissati k&lamkiriyft na bbayissati. im&bam bbante
attbayasam sampassaman& iccb&mi samgbassa yllyajt-
yam gil&nabbesajjam d&tum. puna ca param bbante
bbagayat4 Andbakayinde dasftnisamse sampassamftnena
y&gu anuiin&t4. ty &bani bbante &nisamse sampassam&n&
iccb4mi samgbassa y&vajiyam dbuyay&gnm d&tum. ||10||
idba bbante bbikkbuniyo Acirayatiy& nadiy& yesiy&bi
saddbim nagg& ekatittbe nab&yanti. t4 bbante yesiy^
bbikkbuniyo uppan4esum: kim nu kbo n&ma tumb&kam
ayye dabar&nam brabmacariyam cinne^ nanu n&ma k&mft
paribbunjitabbft, yad& jinn& bbayissanti tad& brabmacariyam
carissatbai eyam tumbftkam ubbo antft pariggabitd. bha-
yissantiti. t& bbante bbikkbuniyo yesiy&bi uppandiyam&n&
mankd abesum. asuci bbante m&tug^massa naggiy^^
jeguccbam patikkftlam. im&bam bbante attbayasam eaia-
paasam&nA icchftmi bbikkbunlsamgbassa yiyajlvam udaka-
riLtikam d&tun ti. || 11 1| kim pana tyam Vis&kbe ftnisamsam
sampassam&nft tatb&gatam attba yar&ni y&casiti. y'f

bhante disftsu yassam yutthft bbikkbCl Sfilyattbim ^8»^^
Bsanti bbagayantam dassan&ya, te bbagavantam upas®^*^"
mitvi puccbissanti': itthann&mo bbante bbikkbu kOamisia^.
tassa k& gati ko abbisampar&yo 'ti. tarn bbagav^^ ^\TX
karissati sotftpattipbale y& sakadigJimipbale y4 anigftmai^o- o
yk arabattapbale yft. ty &ham upasamkamityft P^^^^^'f^J [
agatapubbA nu kbo bhante 'tena ayyena S&^^^^^^^'^^rAti
sace 'me yakkbanti &gatapubb& tena bbikkbuni Savfttt »

294 MAHAVAGGA. [VIII. 15. 13-16. 1.

nittham ettha gacchissllmi nissamsayam paribhuttam tena
ayyena vaasikaa&tikA v& &gantakabhattam y& gamikabhattam
y& gil&Qabliattam v& gil&nupatth&kabhattain y& giUnabhe-
sajjam y& dhuyay&ga y& 'tL tass^ me tad anussarantiyi
p&mujjam j&yissati, pamudit&ya plti j&yissati, pltimaD&ya
k&yo passambhissatii passaddhakftyft Bukham yedayiss&mi,
sukhiDiyH cittam sam&dhiyissati, 8& me bhayissati indriya-
bh&yanft balabh&yan& bojjhangabb&yan&. im&ham bhante
iLnisamsam Bampassam&nH tath&gatam attba yar&ni y&camlti.
II 18 II 8&dhu B&dhu Yis&kbe, s&dbu kho tyam Yia&kbe imam
ftniaamsam Bampa88am&n& tath&gatam attha yariLni y&casi.
anuj&n&mi te Yifi&khe attba yar&niti. atha kbo bbagay&
Yis&kham Mig&ram&taram im&hi giLtb&bi anumodi :

y& annap&nam atipamoditH silApapannd sugatassa 8&yik&
dad&ti d&nam abhibhuyya maccberam soyaggikam soka-

nudam sukb&yahamj
dibbam Bk labbate &yum &gamma maggam yirajam ananga-

nam,
sk punnak&m& sukhini an&may& saggamhi k&yambi ciram

pamodatlti.

atba kbo bbagayft Yis&kham Mig&ram&taram im&bi g&tbahi
anumodityH utth&yftsan& pakkftmi. ||14|| atha kho bhagay&
etasmim nid&ne dhammikatham katy& bhikkhd &mantesi:
aDtij&n&mi bhikkhaye yassikas&tikam &gantukabha-
ttam gamikabhattam gil&nabhattam gil&nu-
patth&kabhattam gil&n abbe saj jam dhuyay&gum
bhikkhunisamghassa udakasd^tikan ti.||ld||15||

Yis&kh&bh&uay&ram.

tena kho pana samayena bhikkhii panit&ni bhojan&ni
bhunjityft mutthassatl asampaj&na niddam okkamenti^ tesam
muttbassattnam asampaj&nanam niddam okkamant&nam supi-
nantena asuci muccati, sen&sanam asucinft makkhiyatL atha
kho bbagayft &yasmat& Anandena pacchftsamanena sen&sa-
nac&rikam fthindanto addasa senftsanam asucinft makkhitam,
disyftna ftyasmantam Anandam ftmantesi : kim etam Ananda
sen&sanam makkhitan ti. etarahi b^iante bhikkhji pantt&ni

VIII. 16. 1-17. 1.] MAHAVAGGA. 295

bhojan&ni bhunjitv& mutthassatl a8ampaj&n& niddam okka-
mentiy tesam . • . asuci muccati, tayidaip bliagay& senftsanam
asucinlL makkhitan ti. || 1 1| evam etam Ananda evam etain
Anandai maooati hi Ananda mutthassatinam asampaj&nllnam
niddam okkamant&nam supinantena asuci. ye te Ananda
bhikkhii upatthitasati 6ampaj&n& niddam okkamenti tesam
asuci na muccati, ye pi te Ananda putbujjan& k&mesu ytta-
rftg& tesam pi asuci na muccati. atth&nam etam Ananda
anavak&so yam arabato asuci mucceyyil ^ti. atba kbo bhagav&
etasmim nid&ne dhammikatbam katv& bbikkb& &mantesi:
idbabam bbikkbave Anandena paccbftsamanena senftsanacAri-
kam &bin4anto addasam sen&sanam asucin& makkbitam,

disv&na Anandam &mantesim : kim etam Ananda . • •

■ • • •

(=§ 1, 2) . . . arabato asuci mucceyy& 'ti. ||2|| pailo' ime
bbikkbave &dinaY& muttbassatissa asampaj&nassa niddam
okkamayato: dukkbam supati, dukkbam patibujjbati^ p&pa-
kam supinam passati^ devat4 na rakkbanti, asuci muccati.
ime kbo bbikkbave paiica &dlnay& muttbassatissa asampaj^-
nassa niddam okkamayato. pane' ime bbikkbave &nisains&
upattbitasatissa sampaj&nassa niddam okkamayato : sukbam
supati, sukbam patibujjbati, na p&pakam supinam passati,
devatft rakkbanti, asuci na muccati. ime kbo bbikkbave
paiica &nisains& upattbitasatissa sampaj&nassa niddam okka-
mayato. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave k&yaguttiy& clvaraguttiy&r
sendsanaguttiyA nisldanan ti. ||3|| tena kbo pana sama-
yena atikbuddakam nisldanam na sabbam senftsanam gopeti.
bbagavato etam attbam Arocesum. anuj&n&mi bhitkhave
yftvamabantam paccattharai^am Mtaiikbati tivamahantam.
paccattbaranam k&tun ti. ||4||16ll

tena kbo pana samayena ^yasmato Anandassa upaj3 "
yaasa Ayasmato BelatthaslBassa tbullakacch&b&ai^^
tassa lasikftya civar&ni kfilye lagganti, t&ni bbikkh^ ^^ ®^^
temetv4-temetv4 apakaddhanti. addasa kbo bhag*'^ irotia
flanac&rikam &bindanto to bhikkbOi tini ctvar&ni ^Vi'Wkli^
temetvft-temetvft apaka4dhante, disv&na yena t® voca :

ten' upasamkami, upasamkamitvft. te bbikkbd eta<*- , ^^^^^^^
kim imassa bbikkbave bhikkhuuo 4b&dbo 'ti. ii

296 MAHAVAGGA. [VIII. 17. 1-80. 2.

ftyasmato thullakacch&b&dho, lasik&ya ciyar&ni kftye lagganti,
t&ni mayam udakena temetv&-temety& apakaddh&mft 'ti. atha
kho bbagav^ etasmim nid&ne dhammikatham katva bhikkhil
ftmantesi : anuj&D&mi bhikkbave yassa kandu v& pilak& v&
ass&YO v& tbullakaccb& v& &b&dbo kan4upaticcb&din ti.

IIIII17II

atba kbo Yis&kb^ Mig&ram&t& mukhapuncbanacola-
kam &dftya yena bbagav& ten' upasamkami^ upasainkamitT&
bbagayantam abhiv&detvlL ekamantam nisidi, ekamantam
i)isinD& kbo yi8&kb& Mig&raiD&t& bbagavantam etad avoca :
patiganb&tu me bhante bhagava mukhapaDchanacolakain yam
mama assa dlgbarattam bit&ya 8ukb&y& 'ti. patiggabesi
bbagavH mukbapuiicbaiiacolakam. atba kbo bbagavi Yis&-
kbam Mig&ram&taram dbamroiy^ katb&ya sandassesi • • •
sampabamsesi. atba kbo Yi8&kb& Mig&ram&t& bbagayat&
dbammiyft katb&ya sandassit^ • • . sampabam8it& uttb&y&-
sanft bbagavantam abbiy&dety& padakkhinam katy& pakk&mi.
atba kbo bbagay& etasmim nid&ne dbammikatbam katy&
bbikkb& ftmantesi: anuj&n&mi bbikkbave mukbapancba-
nacolakan ti. ||1||18||

tena kbo pana samayena Kojo Mallo dyasmato Anan-
da88a 8ab&yo boti. Eojassa Mallassa kboinapilotik& llyasmato
Anandassa battbe nikkbittft boti ftyasmato ca Anandassa
kbomapilotik&ya attbo boti. bbagayato etam attbam &roce-
8um. anuj&nftmi bbikkbave paiicab' angebi samann&gatassa
yiss&sam gabetum: sandittbo ca boti sambbatto ca ftlapito
ca jivati ca janftti gabite me attamano bbavissatiti. anujft-
n&mi bbikkbave imebi paiicab' angebi samannftgatassa vis8&-
sam gabetun ti. || 1 1| 19 1|

tena kbo pana samayena bbikkb(lnam paripuni^iain boti
tictvaram attbo ca boti parissftvanebi pi tbayik&bi pi.
bbagayato etam attbam &rocesum. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave
parikkb&racolakan ti. ||1|| atba kbo bbikkbdnam etad
ahosi : yftni t&ni bbagavatft anuiiil&tftni ticiyaran ti y& yassi-
kasfttikft 'ti y& nisidanan ti v& paccattbaranan ti v& kandupa*

VIII. 30. 2-82. 1.] MAHAVAGGA. 297

ticch&dtti y& mukhapuiiclianacolakaii ti v& parikkh&racolakan
ti yi, sabb&ni t&ni adhittb&tabMni na kho ud&hu yikappe-
tabb&niti. bbagavato etam attbam ^rocesum. anuj&n&mi
bhikkhave ticiyaram adbitth&tum na yikappetum^ vassika-
Batikam vass&nam c&tumftsain adbittb&tum tato param
yikappetum, nistdanam adbittb&tum na vikappetum> pacca-
ttharanam adhitth&tum na vikappetum, kai^dupaticch&dim
y&va &b&db& adhittb&tum tato param vikappetum^ mukba-
puncbanacolakam adbittb&tum na vikappetum, parikkb&ra-
oolakam adbittb&tam na yikappetun ti. ||2||20 II

atha kho bhikkbdnam etad abosi: kittakam paccbiniam na
kbo civaram vikappetabban ti. bbagavato etam attbam
ftrocesum. anuj&n&mi bbikkhave fty&mena attbangulam
sugatangulena caturaiigulam yittbatam paccbimam civaram
vikappetun ti. tena kbo pana samayena ftyasmato Mabft-
kassapassa pamsukMakato garuko boti. bbagavato etam
attbam iLrocesTim. anuj&n&mibbikkbave suttalAkbam k&tun
ti. vikanno boti. bbagavato etam attbam ftrocesum. anu-
j&n&mi bbikkbave vikannam uddbaritan ti. 8utt& okiri-
yanti. bbagavato etam attbam ftrocesum. anuj&n&mi bbikkb-
ave anuv&tam paribha^dam ftropetun ti. tena kbo
pana samayena samgb&tiyH pattH lujjanti. bbagavato etam
attbam Urocesmn. anuj&n&mi bbikkbave attbapadakam
k&tun ti. II 1 II tena kbo pana samayena aiinatarassa bbikkb-
nno tictvare kayiram&ne sabbam cbinnakam na ppaboti.
anuj&n&mi bbikkbave dve chinnak&ni ekam aocbinnakan ti.
dve cbinnak&ni ekam acbinnakam na ppaboti. anuj&n&mi
bbikkbave dve accbinnakftoi ekam cbinnakan ti. dve
accbinnak&ni ekam cbinnakam na ppaboti. anuj&n&mi
bbikkbave anv&dbikam pi &ropetmn. na ca bbikkbave
sabbam accbinnakam db&retabbam. yo dhftreyya, &patti
' dukkatassa 'tL l|2||21||

tena kbo pana samayena aMatarassa bhikkbuno babom
civaram uppannam boti so ca tarn civaram mfttftpitunnam
d&tuk&mo boti. bbagavato etam attbam ftrocesum. m&t&-
pitaro bi kbo bbikkbave dadam&ne kim vadeyy&ma. anujd*

298 MAHAVAOGA. [VIII. 82. 134. 1.

n&mi bhikkhave m&t&pituniiain d&tum. na ca bhikkhave
saddh&deyyam yinip&tetabbam. yo yiaipftteyya^ &patti dukka-

tass&'ti. II1II22II

tena kho pana samayena afiiiataro bbikkhu Andhavane
ctyaram iiikkbipity& santaruttarena g&mam pii;^4&ya pftvisi.
corft tain clvaram ayaharimsu. 8o bhikkbu daccolo boti

• • •

l&kbaclvaro. bhikkbd evam ftbamBu : kissa tvam ftyuso

• • •

duccolo liikbaclvaro 'ti. idb&bam &yu80 Andbavane ciyaram
nikkbipitY& santaruttarena g&mam pind&ya p&viaimy cor&
tam clvaram avabarimsu, ten&ham daccolo Itikbacivaro 'ti.
bbagavato etam attbam Urocesum. na bbikkbave santar-
uttarena g4mo pavisitabbo. yo payiseyya, iLpatti dukka-
tassft 'ti. ||l|j tena kbo pana samayena kyaamk Ana n do
asatiy& santaruttarena g4inain pii^i^&ya p&visi. bbikkbd
ftyasmantam Anandam etad avocum: nanu kbo &yuso Ananda
bbagavatft pannattam na santaruttarena gamo pavisitabbo HL
kissa tvain &vu80 santaruttarena gftmam pavittbo 'tL saccam
&VU80 bbagavat& paiiilattain na santaruttarena g&mo pavisi-
tabbo 'ti, api c&bam asatiyft pavittbo 'ti. bbagavato etam
attbam ftrocesum. ||2 1| pa£Lc' ime bbikkbave paccay& samghft-
tiyft nikkbep&ya : gilftno v& boti, vassikasamketam v& boti,
nadtp&ram gantum v& boti, aggalagutti vih&ro v& boti, attba-
takatbinam vft boti. ime kbo bbikkbave pailca paccay&
samgbfttiy& nikkbep&ya. paftc' ime bbikkbave paccay&
uttar&saiigassa antarav&sakassa nikkbep&ya : gilftno v& . • .
attbatakatbinam v& boti. ime kho bbikkbave panca paccay&
uttar&sangassa antarav&sakassa nikkbepftya. paiic' ime bbi-
kkbave paccayjl vassikas&tik&ya nikkhep&ya : gil&no v& boti,
nisslmam gantum v& boti, nadip&ram gantum v& boti,
aggalagutti vib&ro v& boti, vassikas&tiki akat& vft boti vippa-
kat& v&. ime kbo bbikkbave pailca paccay& vassikas&tikftya
nikkbep&y& 'ti. ||3||23il

tena kbo pana samayena aii£iataro bbikkhu eko vassam
vasi. tattha manussft samghassa dem& 'ti clvar&ni adamsu.
atha kho tassa bhikkbuno etad abosi : bhagavatft pafliiattam
oatuvaggo paccbimo samgho 'ti, abam c' amhi ekako, ime ca

VIII. 84. 1-6.] MAHATAGGA. 299

manassft samgliassa dem& 'ti clvarllni adamsu. yam ntln&ham
im&ni samghik&ni civarftni S&yatthim hareyyan ti. atha
kho 80 bhikkhu t&ni clvar&ni ad&ya Sftvatthim gaiity& bhaga-
yato etam attham ftrocesi. tayh' eva bhikkhu t4ni clvar&ni
yftva kathinassa abbh&r&y& 'ti. || 1 1| idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhu eko vassam vasati. tattha manu88& samghaasa
dem& Hi civarftni denti. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave tass' eva tftni
civar&ni yftva kathinassa ubbh&rftyH Hi. ||2|| tena kho pana
samayena aMataro bhikkhu utuk&lam eko yasi. tattha
mannsfA samghassa demk 'ti clyar&ni adamsu. atha kho
tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi : bhagayatft paniiattain catuyaggo
pacchimo samgho Hi^ aham c' amhi ekako, ime ca manussft
samghassa dem& Hi clyar&ni adamsu. yam niinftham im&ni
samghik&ni ciyar&ni S&yatthim hareyyan ti. atha kho
so bhikkhu t&ni clyar&ni &d&ya Sftyatthim ganty& bhikkhii-
nam etam attham ftrocesi. bhikkh{i bhagayato etam attham
ftrocesum. anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye sammukhibh&tena sam-
ghena bh&jetum. || 3 i| idha pana bhikkhaye bhikkhu utuk&Iam
eko yasati. tattha manussft samghassa dem& Hi ciyar&ni
denti. anuj&n&mi bhikkhaye tena bhikkhunft t&ni ciyar&ni
adhitth&tum mayh' imftni ciyarftntti. tassa ee bhikkhaye
bhikkhuno tarn clyaram anadhitthitena aiino bhikkhu &ga-
cchati, samako d&tabbo bh&go. tehi ce bhikkhaye bhikkhtihi
tarn clyaram bh&jiyamftne ap&tite kuse anilo bhikkhu &ga-
cchati, samako d&tabbo bh&go. tehi ce bhikkhaye bhikkh&hi
tarn clyaram bhftjiyamftne p&tite kuse afino bhikkhu ftga-
cchati, nftk&m& d&tabbo bh&go Hi. || 4 1| tena kho pana sama-
yena dye bh&tuk& therft &yasm& ca Isid&so ftyasmft oa
Isibhatto Sftyatthiyam yassam yutth& ai&nataram g&mak-
fty&sam agamamsu. manussa cirass&pi ther& &gat& Hi sacl-
yarftni bhatt&ni adamsu. ftyasikft bhikkhii there pucchimsu :
imftni bhante samghikftni dyarftni there ftgamma uppann&ni,
sftdiyissanti therft bhftgan ti. therft eyam fthamsu : yathft
kho mayam ftyuso bhagayatft dhammam desitam ftjftnftma
tumhftkam yeya tftni ciyarftni yftya kathinassa ubbhftrftyft Hi.
II 5 II tena kho pana samayena tayo bhikkhu Rftjagahe
yassam yasanti. tattha manussft samghassa demft Hi ciyarftni
denti. atha kho tesam bhikkhtbiam etad ahosi : bhagayatft

I A

I

300 MAHAVAGGA. [VIII. »4. 6-25. 2.

pannattam catavaggo pacchimo samgho 'ti, mayam c' amhi
tayo janft, ime ca manus8& samghassa dem& 'ti ciyar&ai denti.
katham nu kho amhehi patipajjitabban ti. tena kho pana
samayena sambahuU tber& &yasm& ca Nilav&sl &yasmlL
ca Sftnay&si ftyasm& ca Qopako &yasm& ca Bhagu
&yasm& ca Phalikasand&no Pfttaliputte yiharanti
Kukkut&r&me. atha kho te bhikkhCL P&taliputtam
gantv& there pucchimsu. theri eyam &hamsu: yath& kho
mayam ftyuso bhagayat& dhammam desitam &j&nllma tumh&-
kam yeya t&ni ciyar&ni y&ya kathinassa ubbh&rfty& 'ti.

II6II24II

tena kho pana samayena ayaami Fpanando Sakya-
piitto S&vatthiyam yassam yuttho aniiataram g&mak-
&y&sain agamftsi. tattha bhikkhd ciyaram bh&jetuk&m&
sannipatimsu. te eyam fthamsu : im&ni kho &yu80 samghi-
k&ni clyar&ni bh&jiyissanti, sftdiyissasi bh&gan ti. &m&yuflo
s&diyissftmlti tato ctyarabhftgam gahety& aiinam fty^sam
agamftsi. tattha pi bhikkhti civaram bh&jetuk&m& sanni-
patimsu. te pi eyam dhamsu : im&ni kho &yuso samghikd-ni
ciyar&ni bh&jiyissanti, s&diyissasi bh&gan ti. &m&yuso
s&diyiss&miti tato pi ctyarabhagam gahety& aMam &yftsam
agam&si. tattha pi bhikkh{i ciyaram bh&jetuk&m& sanni-
patimsu. te pi eyam &hamsu : imftni kho liyuso samghik&ni
ciyardni bh&jiyissanti, s&diyissasi bh&gan ti. &m&yuso s&di-
yiss&miti tato pi ciyarabh&gam gahety& mahantam ciyara-
bhandikam ftd&ya punad eya S&yatthim pacc&gacchi. ||1||
bhikkhu eyam &hamsu: mah&puniio 'si tyam &yuso Upananda,
bahum te civaram uppannan ti. kuto me &yuso punnam,
idh&ham ftyuso Siyatthiyam yassam yuttho aiiiiataram g&mak-
&y&sam agam&sim^ tattha bhikkh(i ciyaram bh&jetuk&mH
sannipatimsu^ te mam eyam &hamsu : im&ni kho ftvuso
Bamghik&ni ciyar&ni bhSjiyissanti, s&diyissasi bh&gan ti.
&m&yuso s&diyiss&miti tato ciyarabh&gam gahetyft aiinam
&y&sam agamasim, tattha pi bhikkhii ciyaram bh&jetuk&m&
sannipatimsu, te pi mam eyam &hamsu : im&ni kho ftyuso
samghikani ciyar&ni bh&jiyissanti, s&diyissasi bh&gan ti,
&m&vuso s&diyiss&miti tato pi ciyarabh&gam gahety& aMam

VIII. 25. 2-26. 1.] MAHAVAGGA. 301

&v&sain agam&sim, tattha pi bhikkhd ctvaram bh&jetuk&m&
sannipatimsu, te pi mam evam fthamsu : im&ni • . . s&di-
yiss&miti tato pi ctvarabh&gam aggahesim, evam me bahum
clvaram uppannan ti. ||2|| kim pana tvam &yuso TJpananda
aiinatra vassam yattho aiiiiatra civarabh&gam s&diyissasiti.
evam &yuso 'ti. ye te bhikkhii appicch& te ujjh&yanti khi-
yanti yipftcenti : katham hi n&ma &yasm& TJpanando Sakya-
patto aiinatra yassam yuttho aiiiiatra ctyarabh&gam e&di-
yissatiti. bhagayato etam attham ftrocesum. saecam kira
tyam TJpananda afiriatra yassam yuttho aiiiiatra clyarabh&gam
B&diyiti. saecam bhagay&. yigarahi buddho bhagay&:
katham hi n&ma tyam moghapurisa aMatra yassam yuttho
aiiiiatra ciyarabhagam s&diyissasi. n' etam moghapurisa
appasannftnam y& pasftd&ya pasann&nam y& bhiyyobhft-
y&ya. yigarahity& dhammikatham katy& bhikkhii ftmantesi :
na bhikkhaye aiinatra yassam yutthena aiinatra c}yarabh&go
sAditabbo. yo s&diyeyya, &patti dukkatass& Hi. ||3|| tena
kho pana samayena &yasm& TJpanando Sakyaputto eko
dylsu &y&se8u yassam yasi eyam me bahum ciyaram uppajji-
ssattti. atha kho tesam bhikkh&nam etad ahosi : katham
nu kho &yasmato TJpanandassa Sakyaputtassa clyarapatiyiso
d&tabbo Hi. bhagayato etam attham Arocesum. detha
bhikkhaye moghapurisassa ek&dhipp&yam. idha pana
bhikkhaye bhikkhu eko dvisu ftyftsesu yassam yasati eyam
me bahum ciyaram uppajjissatiti. sace amutra upa4dham
amutra upaddham yasati, amutra upaddho amutra upaddho
Clyarapatiyiso d&tabbo, yattha y& pana bahutaram yasati
tato clyarapatiyiso dfttabbo Hi. || 4 1|25 II

tena kho pana samayena aiiilatarassa bhikkhuno kucchi-
yik&r&bftdho hoti, so sake muttcdcarlse palipanno seti. atha
kho bhagay& AyasmatA A nan den a pacch&samanena sen&-
sanacftrikam fthindanto yena tassa bhikkhuno yih&ro ten'
upasamkami. addasa kho bhagay& tarn bhikkhum sake
muttakarlse palipannam sayam&nam, disyftna yena so bhi-
kkhu ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityft tarn bhikkhum etad
ayoca : kim te bhikkhu &b&dho 'ti. kucchiyik&ro me bhagay&
'ti. atthi pana te bhikkhu upatth&ko 'ti, n' atthi bhagay&

302 MAHAVAGGA. [VIII. 88. 1-6.

'ti. kissa tarn bhikkhii na upatthentiti. aham kho bhante
bhikkhiiiiaiii -ak&rako, tena mam bhikkbii na upatthentiti.
Ill II atha kho bhagavll ftyasmantam Anandam &mantesi:
gacch&nanda udakam fthara, imam bhikkhum nah&pess&mft
'ti. evam bhante 'ti kho dyasmft Anando bhagavato patisn-
nity& udakam &haritv& bhagav& udakam &8iiici ftyasmft
Anando paridhovi, bhagay& sisato aggahesi ftyasmft Anando
p&dato ucc&retv& maiical^e nip&tesum. ||2|| atha kho bhagav&
etasmim nid&ne etasmim pakarane bhikkhusamghain eanni-
p&tlipetv& bhikkhii patipucchi : atthi bhikkhave amukasmim
vih&re bbikkhu gil&no 'ti. atthi bhagavft 'ti. kim tassa
bhikkhave bhikkhuno ftb^ho 'ti. tassa bhante ftyasmato
kucchivikHr&b&dho 'ti. atthi pana bhikkhave tassa bhi-
kkhuno upatthftko 'ti. n' atthi bhagav& 'ti. kissa tarn bhikkhii
na upatthentiti. eso bhante bbikkhu bkikkhiinam akarako,
tena tarn bhikkhii na upatthentiti. n' atthi te bhikkhave
m&t& n' atthi pit4 ye te upatthaheyyum. tumhe ce bhi-
kkhave aiiilamaiiiiam na upatthahissatha atha ko carahi
upatthahissati. yo bhikkhave mam upatthaheyya so gilftnam
upatthaheyya. ||3|| sace upajjh&yo hoti upajjh&yena y&vaji-
vam upatth&tabboy vutth&nassa &gametabbam. sace
ftcariyo hoti &cariyena y&vajivam upatth&tabbo, vutth&nassa
jlgametabbam. sace saddhivih&riko hoti . • . sace antevft-
siko hoti . . • sace sam&nupajjh&yako hoti . . . sace sam&n&-
cariyako hoti sam&nftcariyakena y&vajivam upatthcLtabbo,
vuttb&nassa ftgametabbam. sace na hoti upajjh&yo v& &cariyo
v& saddhivihilriko v& antev&siko v& sam&nupajjh&yako v&
samUn&cariyako v& samghena upatthfttabbo. no ce upattha-
^6yy&9 ftpatti dukkatassa. ||4|| pafLcahi bhikkhave angehi
samann&gato gil&no dupatth&ko hoti : asapp&yak&ri hoti,
sapp&ye mattam na j&n&ti, bhesajjam na patisevitft hoti,
atthakftmassa gil&nupatth&kassa yath&bhiitam &bftdham n&vi-
kattd hoti abhikkamantam v& abhikkamatiti patikka-
mantam v& patikkamatiti thitam v& thito 'ti, uppann&nam

s&ririkftnam vedan&nam dukkh&nam tibb&nam kharftnam

. . ...

katuk&nam asftt&nam aman&pd,nam p&nahar&nam anadhi-
vftsakajfttiko hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave paficah' angehi
samann&gato gil&no dupatth&ko hoti. || 6 || pancahi

VIII. 96. 6-87. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 303

bhikkhave angehi samannftgato gil&no supatth&ko hoti :
sapp&yak&rt hoti, sappftye mattam j&n&ti, bhesajjam pati-
sevitd hotly atthakftmassa gilftnupatth&kassa yathftbh&tain
&b&dham &vikatt& hoti abhikkamantam y& abhikkamatiti
patikkamantam y& patikkamatiti thitam yk thito Hi, iippann&«

nam 8&rtrikanam vedanlinam dukkh&nam tibb&nam khar&nam

■ • • > • ■

katuk&nam as&t&nam aman&pftnam p&nahar&nam adhivi-
sakaj&tiko hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pancah' angehi
samann&gato gil&no supatth&ko hoti. ||6|| pancahi bhi-
kkhave angehi samann&gato gil&nupatthiko nftlam gil&nam
upatthatuin : na patibalo hoti bhesajjam yidh&tum, sapp&yft-
sappftyam na jftn&ti asapp&yam npan&meti Bapp&yam apan&-
meti, ftmisantaro gil&nam upatth&ti no mettacitto, jegucchi
hoti ucc&ram t& pasB&yam y& khelam t& vantam y& nihatum,
na patibalo hoti gil&nam kftlena k&lam dhammiy& kath&ya
sandassetuin . • . sampahamsetum. imehi kho bhikkhave
paiicah' angehi samann&gato gil&nupatth&ko n&Iam gil&nam
upatth&tom. ||7|| pancahi bhikkhave angehi samann&gato
gil&nupatth&ko alam gil&nam upatth&tum : patibalo hoti
bhesajjam samvidh&tum, sapp&y&sapp&yam jftn&ti asapp&yam
apan&meti sapp&yam upan&meti, mettacitto gilanam upatth&ti
no &misantaro, ajegucchi hoti ucc&ram v& pass&vam v& khe-
lam v& vantam v& nih&tmn, patibalo hoti gil&nam k&lena
k&lam dhammiy& kath&ya sandassetum . . . sampaham-
setum. imehi kho bhikkhave paiicah' angehi samann&gato
gil&napatth&ko alam gil&nam upatth&tun ti. || 8 1| 26 1|

tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhu Kosalesn jana-
padesu addh&namaggapatipann& honti. te annataram &v&sam
upagacchimsu, tattha aiinataro bhikkhu gil&no hoti. atha
kho tesam bhikkhiinam etad ahosi : bhagavat& kho &vuso
gil&nupatth&nam vannitam, handa mayam &vuso imam
bhikkhum upatthahem& 'ti, te tam upatthahimsu. so tehi
upatthahiyam&no k&lam ak&si. atha kho te bhikkhii tassa
bhikkhimo pattacivaram &d&ya S&vatthim gantv& bhaga-
vato etam attham &rocesmn. ||1|| bhikkhussa bhikkhave
k&Iam kate samgho s&mi pattactvare. api ca gil&nupatth&k&
bahftpak&r&. anuj&n&mi bhikkhave samghena tictvaram

304 MAHAVAGGA. [VIII. 27. 2-4.

ca pattam ca gil&nupattb&k&nam d&tum. evam ca pana
bhikkhave d&tabbam : tena gil&napatthftkena bhikkhun^
samgham upasamkamityft evam assa yacanlyo : itthann&mo
bhante bhikkhu k&lam kato, idam tassa tictvaram ca patto c&
'ti. yyattena bbikkhun& patibalena samgho ii&petabbo :
sun&tu me bhante samgho. itthann&mo bhikkhu k&lam kato,
idam tassa ticivaram ca patto ca. yadi samghassa patta-
kallam samgho imam ticivaram ca pattam ca gil&nupatth&-
k&nam dadeyya. es& natti. sun&tu me bhante samgho.
itthann&mo bhikkhu k&lam kato, idam tassa tictvaram ca
patto ca. samgho imam tictvaram ca pattam ca gil&nupatthft-
k&nam deti. yass&yasmato khamati imassa ticivarassa ca
pattassa ca gil&nupatth&k&nam d&nam so tunh' assa, yassa na
kkhamati so bh&seyya. dinnam idam samghena tictvaram
ca patto ca gil&nupatth&k&nam. khamati samghassa, tasmit
tunht, evam etam dh&ray&miti. || 2 1| tena kho pana samayena
afiiiataro s&manero kdlam kato hoti. bhagavato etam attham
&rocesum. s&manerassa bhikkhave k&Iam kate samgho s&mi
pattactvare. api ca gil&nupatth&kd. bah{Lpak&r&. anuj&n&pai
bhikkhave samghena clvaram ca pattam ca gil&nupatthi-
k&nam d&tum. evam ca pana bhikkhave databbam: tena
gil&nupatth&kena bhikkhun& samgham upasamkamitv& evam
assa vacantyo : itthann&mo bhante s&manero k&lam kato,
idam tassa ctvaram ca patto c& 'ti. vyattena bhikkhun&
patibalena samgho Mpetabbo : sun&tu me bhante samgho.
itthann&mo s&manero k&lam kato, idam tassa ctvaram ca
patto ca. yadi samghassa pattakallam, samgho imam
ctvaram ca pattam ca gil&nupatth&k&nam dadeyya. esft
natti. sun&tu me bhante samgho. itthann&mo s&manero
k&lam kato, idam tassa ctvaram ca patto ca. samgho imam
ctvaram ca pattam ca gil&nupatth&k&nam deti. yass&yasmato
khamati imassa ctvarassa ca pattassa ca gil&nupatth&k&nam
d&nam so tunh' assa, yassa na kkhamati so bh&seyya. dinnam
idam samghena clvaram ca patto ca gil&nupatth&k&nam.
khamati samghassa, tasmi tunht, evam etam dh&ray&mtti.
II 3 II tena kho pana samayena annataro bhikkhu ca s&manero
ca gil&nam upatthahimsu. so tehi upatthahiyam&no kcllam
ak&si. atha kho tassa gil&nupatth&kassa bhikkhuno etad

VIIL «r. 4-28. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 305

aliosi : katham nu kho gil&napatth&kassa s&maneraasa
civarapativiso d&tabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam attham &ro«
cesum. anuj&nftmi bhikkhave gil&nupatth&kassa s&mane-
rassa samakam pativiBam d&tun ti. ||4|| tena kho pana
samayena aiinataro bhikkhu bahubhando baliuparikkh&-
ro k&lam kato hoti. bbagavato etam attham ftrooesmn.
bhikkhussa bhikkhave k&lam kate samgho a&ml pattaci-
▼are. api ca gil&nupatth&kft bahdpakftri. anaj&n&mi
bhikkhave saingbena ticivaram ca pattam ca gil&nu-
patth&kftnam d&tum> yam tattha lahubhandam lahupari-
kkbftram tarn sammokhlbhiiteiia samghena bh&jetum, yam
tattha garubhan^am garuparikkbftram tarn &gat&n&ga-
tafisa c&tuddisaflsa samghassa aviBsajjikam avebhaiigikan ti.
Il5||27||

tena kho pana samayena annataro bhikkhu naggo hutv&
yena bhagavft ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityft bhagayan-
tam etad avoca : bhagav& hi bhante anekapariy&yena appi-
cchassa santutthassa sallekhassa dhutassa pfts&dikassa apaca-
yassa yiriyftrambhassa yanij^ay&di. idam bhante naggiyam
anekapariyftyena appiochat&ya santutthiylt Ballekh&ya dhu-
tatt&ya p&s&dikat&ya apacayftya yiriy&rambh&ya samyattati.
sftdhu bhante bhagay& bhikkhAnam naggiyam anujftn&t<i 'ti.
yigarahi buddho bhagayft : ananucchayiyam moghapurisa
ananulomikam appatir&pam ass&mai^akam akappiyam akara-
nlyam. katham hi n&ma tyam moghapurisa naggiyam
titthiyasamftd&nam samftdiyissasi. n' etam moghapurisa
appasann&nam vft pasftd&ya. yigarahityft dhammikatham
katy& bhikkh{i ftmantesi: na bhikkhaye naggiyam titthi-
yasamftd&nam samftdiyitabbam. yo samftdiyeyya, ftpatti
thullaccayas8& ^ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aiiiiataro
bhikkhu kusaciram niy&8ety& — la — y&kaclram nivftsetyft.
phalakaciram niy&sety&y kesakambalam niyftsetyft^ yftlakamba-
lam niy&setyft^ uliikapakkham nivftsetyft — la— ajinakkhi-
pam niyftsety& yena bhagayH ten' upasamkami, upasainka-
mity& bhagayantam etad ayoca : bhagay& bhante anekapari-
yftyena appicchassa • . . yannay&dl. idam bhante ajinakkhi-
pam anekapariyftyena appicchat&ya . . . samyattati. s&dhu

TOL. III. 20

306 kahIyagoa. [viii. m. 2-80. 1.

bliante bhagavi bliikklitLnani ajinakkhipam anuj&nfttii 'ti.^
yigarahi . . . akaraniyaxa. katham hi ii4ma tvani mogha-
puxisa ajinakkhipam titthiyadhajam db&ressafii. n' etam.
moghapurisa appasannHnain y& pas&d&ya. TigarahitvA
dhammikatham katy& bhikkhii ftmantesi: na bhikkhave
ajinakkhipam titthiyadhajam dh&retabbam* yo dhftreyya,
ftpatti ihullaccayassi 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena
anfiataro bhikkhu akkan&lam nivftsetvA. — la — potthakam
niyftsetT& yena bhagavft ten' upananikami, upafiamkami-
tY& bhagayantam etad ayoca : bhagay& bhante aneka-
pariyllyena appicchassa . • . yani^ay&dL ayam bhante
potthako anekapariyftyena appiochat&ya • . . samyatta-
ti. 8&dha bhante bhagay& bhikkhiinam potthakam anu-
j&n&tA 'ti. yigarahi . • • akarantyam. katham hi n&-
ma tyam moghapurisa potthakam niy&sessasi. n' etam
moghapurisa appasann&nam y& pas&d&ya. yigarahity&
dhammikatham katy& bhikkhd JLmantesi: na bhikkhaye
potthako niy&setabbo. yo niy&seyya, ftpatti dukkatassft
'ti. 113112811

tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyA bhikkh{i sabbant-
lak&ni ctyar&ni dh&renti, sabbapitak&ni ctyar&ni dh&rentiy
sabbalohitak&ni ctyarftni dh&renti, sabbamanjetthak&ni ciya-
r&ni dh&rentiy sabbakanhani ciyarftni dh&renti, sabbamahft-
rangarattftni ctvar&ni dh&rentiySabbamah&n&maratt&ni clya-
r&ni dhftrenti, acchinnadas&ni clvarAni dh&renti, dlghadas&ni
ciyar&ni dh&renti, pupphadas&ni ctyar&ni dh&renti, phanada-
s&ni ctyarftni dh&renti, kaiicukam dh&renti, tiritakam dh&-
rentiy yethanam dh&renti. manussft ujjh&yanti khtyanti
yip&centi : seyyath&pi giht kftmabhogino 'ti. bhagayato
etam attham ftrocesum. na bhikkhaye sabbantlakftni ctya*
r&ni dh&retabb&niy na sabbapttakAni clyar&ni dh&retabb&ni
• • . na kaficukam dh&retabbam. na tiritakam dh&retabbam,
na yethanam dh&retabbam. yo dh&reyya, &patti dukkata8a&

u II 111 2911'

»

tena kho pana samayena yassaixi yutthft bhikkhii anuppanne

viir. so. 1-4.] mahIvagga. 807

civare pakkamanti pi, yibbhamanti pi, k&Iam pi karonti, 8&-
maQer&pi patij&nanti, sikkham paccakkh&takapi patij&nanti,
antimayatthum ajjh&pannak&pi patij&nanti, ummattakftpi p.,
khittacitt&pi p., vedanattipi p., &pattiy& adassane ukkhitta-
k&pi p., ftpattiyft appatikamme ukkhittak&pi p., p&pikftya
ditthiy& appatiniflsagge ukkhittak&pi p., pa^dak&pi p.,
theyyasamvftsak&pi p., titthiyapakkantak&pi p., tiracch&na-
gatftpi p., m&tugh&tak&pi p., pitugh&tak&pi p., arahantaghft*
tak&pi p., bhikkhantdiisakftpi p., samghabhedak&pi p.,
lohituppftdak&pi p., abhatoYyaSjanak&pi patij&nanti. bba-
gavato etam attham drocesum. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave
vassam yuttbo bhikkhu anuppanne ciyare pakkamati. sante
patirtipe gfthake d&tabbam. idha pana bhikkhaye yassam
yuttho bhikkhu anuppanne ciyare yibbhamati, k&lam karoti,
B&ma]|^ero patij&n&ti, sikkham paccakkh&tako patij&n&ti, anti-
mayatthum ajjh&pannako patij&nAti. samgho s&mi. idha
pana bhikkhaye yassaip yuttho bhikkhu anuppanne ctyare
ummattako patij&n&ti, . • . p&pik&ya ditthiy& appatinissagge
ukkhittako patijftn&ti. sante patirftpe g&hake d&tabbain.
idha pana bhikkhaye yassam yuttho bhikkhu anuppanne
ciyare pandako patij&nftti, • . . ubhatoyyailjanako patij&n&ti.
samgho s&mi. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhaye yassam yuttho
bhikkhu uppanne ciyare abh&jite pakkamati. sante patiriipe
g&hake d&tabbam. idha pana bhikkhaye yassam yuttho
bhikkhu uppanne ciyare abhftjite yibbhamati, • • . antima-
yatthum ajjh&pannako patij&n&ti. samgho s&mi. idha pana
bhikkhaye yassam yuttho bhikkhu uppanne ciyare abh&jite
ummattako patij&n&ti, • • . p&pik&ya ditthiy& appatinissagge
ukkhittako patij&n&ti. sante patirdpe g&hake d&tabbam.
idha pana bhikkhaye yassam yuttho bhikkhu uppanne ciyare
abhftjite paQ4^^o patij&n&ti . . . ubhatoyyailjanako patij&-
nftti. samgho sftmi. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhaye yassani
yutth&nam bhikkh&nam anappanne ciyare samgho bhijjati.
tattha manussft ekasmim pakkhe udakam denti ekasmim
pakkhe ciyaram denti samghassa demft Hi. samghass' ey'
etam. idha pana bhikkhaye yassam yutthftnam bhikkhdnam
anuppanne ciyare samgho bhijjati. tattha manussft ekasmim
pakkhe udakam denti, tasmim yeya pakkhe ciyaram denti

oamk 12^

!4|

ima lau"

uxiz

*v«.

> N\

«%N<««A X «?^<»s>« c* v^5^*» ijiizrc^

,V> Vv^v^Nx V VV'

♦V !.;!.

'^ .> >'* ^

*N ••••>

VIII. 81. 2-a«. 1.] MAHAVAGGA. 309

80 antar& magge sun&ti ubho k&lam kata 'ti. yo pahinati
taasa matakaclvaram adhitth&ti, svftdhitthitam. yassa pahi-
yyati tassa matakaclvaram adhitth&ti, dv4dhitthitam. ||2||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe civaram
pahinati imam civaram itthannftmassa dammit i. so antar&
magge yo pahinati tassa viB6&8& gai^hftti, duggahitam. yassa
pahiyyati tassa vissftsft gai]ih&tiy saggahitam. idha pana
bhikkhave bhikkhu . . . dammtti. so antar^ niagge yassa
pahiyyati tassa vissds& ganh&ti, suggahitam. yo pahinati
tassa viss&s& ganih&ti, duggahitam. idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhu . . . dammlti. so antar& magge sun&ti yo pahi-
i^ti so k&lam kato 'ti. tassa matakaclvaram adhitth&ti,
dv&dhitthitam. yassa pahiyyati tassa visslis& ganh&ti, sugga-
hitam. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu • • . dammitL so
antar& magge sun&ti yassa pahiyyati so k&lam kato Hi. tassa
matakaclvaram adhitth&ti, svftdhitthitam. yo pahinati tassa
vissftsft ganhftti, duggahitam. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu
• . . dammtti. so antar& magge sun&ti ubho k&lam kat& 'ti.
yo pahinati tassa matakaclvaram adhitth&ti, dv&dhitthitam.
yassa pahiyyati tassa matakaclvaram adhitthati, sv&dhitthi-
tam. II8II31II

atth' imft bhikkhave m&tik& clvarassa upp&d&-
ya: slm&ya deti^ katik&ya deti, bhikkhftpafliiattiy& deti,
samghassa deti^ ubhatosamghassa deti, vassam vutthasam*
ghassa deti, &dissa deti, puggalassa deti. slm&ya deti :
y&vatik& bhikkh{i antoslmagatft tehi bhftjetabbam. katik&ya
deti: sambahul& &vfts& sam&naUbh& honti, ekasmim ftv&se
dinne sabbattha dinnam hoti. bhikkhftpafinattiy& deti:
yattha samghassa dhuvak&r& kariyanti tattha dem& 'ti.
samghassa deti: sammukhlbhiitena samghena bh&jetabbam.
ubhatosamghassa deti: bahuk&pi bhikkhii honti ek& bhi-
kkhunl hoti, upaddham d&tabbam. bahuk&pi bhikkhu-
niyo honti eko bhikkhu hoti, upaddham d&tabbam. vassam
vutthasamghassa deti: y&vatik& bhikkhft tasmim ftvft-
se vassam vutthft tehi bh&jetabbam. ftdissa deti: y&guy&
v& bhatte v& kh&daniye v& clvare v& sen&sane v& bhesajje

310 MAHAvAGGA. [Vni. 82. 1.

Y&. puggalassa deti : imam civaram itthann&massa dammt-

ti. Ill II 32 II

civarakkhandhakam atthamam.

imamhi khandhake vatthu ohannavutl. taasa udd&nam :

E&jagahako negamo disvlL Yesdliyam gani
pana R&jagaham ganty& rafHio tarn patiyedayi.|
patto Sldayatik&ya Abhayassa hi atrajo
jiyatlti kumarena samkh&to Jlvako iti.j
so hi Takkasilam gantv& aggahetvft mah&bhiso
satfayaasika&bsLdham natthukammena nftsayi,|
rafiiio bhagandal&bftdham ftlepena ap&ka4dhi,
mamam ca itth&g&ram ca buddhasamgham o' apatthaha.|
R&jagahako ca Betthi, antaganthitikicchitam,
S Pajjotassa mahftrogam ghatap&nena nftsayi.}
adhik&ram ca, Siyeyyam, abhisannam sinehati,
tl^i uppalahatthena samatiinsayirecanam.|
pakatattam yaram y&ci^ Siyeyyam ca patiggahi,
clyaram ca gihid&nam anufiiiftsi tathllgato.j
B&jagahe janapade bahum uppajji ctyaram.
p&y&ro, kosikam c' eya, kojayo, addhakftsikam^l
iiccftyac& ca, santutthi, nftgames' &gamesa ca,
pathamam paoch&, sadisi, katikft oa, patiharum,!
bhan4&g&ram, agnttam ca, yutth&penti tath' eya ca,

10 ussannam, kol&halam ca, katham bh&je, katham dade,|
sak'-&tirekabh&gexia, patiyiso katham dade,
chakanena, situ^gihi ca, uttaritum, na j&nare,|
oropento, bh&janam ca, pfttiy& ca, chamllya ca,
upacik&, majjhe, jiranti, ekato, patthinnena ca,| .
phan]a'-&ohiim'-accibandh&, addaa&si ubhan^ite,
ylmaiii8ity& Sakyamuni anuniiftsi ticiyaram,|
afinena atirekena, uppajji, chiddam eya ca,
c&tuddlpo, yaram y&ci dfttum yaarikas&tikam |
ftgantu-gami-gUllnam upatthakam ca bhesajjam

15 dhuyam udakas&tim ca, panitam, atikhuddakam,|

ihullakacchu, mukham, khomam, paripu^^am, adhitth^-
nam,

pacchimam, kato garuko, yikanno, suttam okiri,|

MAHAVAGGA. 311

lujjantiy na ppahonti ca, anvftdhikam, bahiini ca,
Andhavane, asatiyd, eko vassam, utumhi caj
dye bhUtukfty lUjagahe, IJpanando, puna dvisu,
kucchivik&ro, gil&no ubho o' eva^ gil&yanft,|
nagg&y kuaif yftkaciram, phalako, kesakambalam,
y&la-iil{ikapakkham ca, ajinam, akkan&lam caj
potthakam, nlla-pitam ca, lohitam, manjetthena ca,
20 ka^hft, mahllranga-n&ma, acchinnadasikll tath&,|
digha-puppha-phanadasfty ka£lcu-tirita-vethanain,
anuppanne pakkamati, samglio bhijjati tftvadej
pakkhe dadanti, samghassa, &ya8m& Bevato pahi,
vifle&sag&h', ftdhittbftti, attha clvaram&tik& 'ti.

312

MAHAVAGQA.

IX.

Tena samayena buddho bhagav& Oamp&yam yiharati
Gaggar&ya pokkharaniy& tire, tena kho pana samayena
K&sIbu janapadesu Y&sabbagftmo n&ma boti^ tattha
Kassapagotto n&ma bhikkbu ftvisiko hoti tantibaddho
ussukkam &panno kinti anllgat& ca pesalft bbikkbd Igacche-
yyum &gat& ca pesal& bbikkbu pfaftsu vibareyyum ayam ca
ftyftso Yuddbim vir&lbim yepuUam &pajjeyy& Hi. tena kbo
pana samayena sambahulft bbikkhd £&8isu c&rikam caram&n&
yena Y&sabbagftmo tad ayasarum. addasa kbo Kassapagotto
bbikkbu te bbikkbfi derate Wa ftgaccbante, disyftna
ftsanam paiin&pesi pddodakam padapltbam p&dakatbali-
kam npanikkbipi paccuggantya pattaciyaram patiggabesi
p&niyena &puccbi nabftne ussukkam ak&si ussukkam pi
ak&si y&guy& kb&daniye bbattasmim. atba kbo tesam
agantuk&nam bbikkb&nam etad abosi : bbaddako kbo ayam
&yuso fty&siko bbikkbu, nab&ne ussukkam karoti ussukkam pi
karoti y&g^y& kb&daniye bbattasmim, banda mayam &yuso
idb' eya Y&sabbag&me niy&sam kappem& HL atba kbo te
ftgantuk& bbikkbii tattb' eya Y&sabbagllme niyasam kappe-
sum. II 1 II atba kbo Eassapagottassa bbikkbuno etad abosi :
yo kbo imesam &gantuk&nam bbikkbiinam ftgantukakilamatbo
so patippassaddbo, ye p' ime gocare appakatannuno te
d&n' ime gocare pakataiifiuno. dukkaram kbo pana para-
kulesu y&yajiyam ussukkam k&tum yiMatti ca manuss&nam
aman&pa. yam ntin&bam na ussukkam kareyyam yftguy&
kb&daniye bbattasmin ti. so na ussukkam akftsi y&guy&
kb&daniye bbattasmim. atba kbo tesam igantukdnam bbi-

IX, 1. 2-6.] MAHAVAGGA. 313

kkh&nam etad ahosi : pubbe khv ftyamlLyuso &v&8iko bhikkhu
nah&ne ussakkam ak&ai ussukkam pi ak&si yftgay& kb&*
daniye bbattasmim, so d&n' &yam na ussukkam karoti yaguyft
kh&daniye bhattasmim. duttbo d&n' &yam &vuso Avftsiko
bbikkhu, bandft mayam &yuso fty&sikam bhikkhum ukkbip&m&
'ti. II 2 II atha kbo te &gantuk& bhikkh{i 8aniiipatity& Eassa-
pagottam bhikkhum etad avocum: pubbe kho tvam &yuso
nah&ue ussukkam karosi ussukkam pi karosi yftguyft kh&-
daniye bhattasmim, so d&ni tvam na ussukkam karosi y&guy&
khftdaniye bhattasmim. &pattim tvam &vuso &panno, passas'
etam ftpattin ti. n' atthi me &vuso &patti yam aham
passeyyau ti. atha kho te &gantuk& bhikkhii Eassapagottam
bhikkhum &pattiy& adassane ukkhipimsu. atha kho Eassa-
pagottassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi : aham kho etam na j&nftmi
&patti yft es& anftpatti y& &panno c' amhi an&panno y&
idckhitto c' amhi anukkhitto yft dhammikena y& adhammi-
kena y& kuppena y& akuppena y& th&n&rahena y& atthftn&-
rahena y&. yam niinftham Campam ganty& bhagayantam
etam attham puccheyyan ti. ||3|| atha kho Eassapagotto
bhikkhu senftsanam 8ams&mety& pattactyaram ftdftya yena
Camp& tena pakkltmi, anupubbena yena Camp4 yena bhagavi
ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityft bhagayantam abhiyftdetyft
ekamantam nisidi. ftcinnam kho pan' etam buddh&nam
bhagayant&nam ftgantukehi bhikkhiihi saddhim patisammodi*
turn, atha kho bhagayll Eassapagottam bhikkhum etad
ayoca : kacci bhikkhu khamaniyam, kacci y&paniyam, kacci
appakilamathena addh&nam ftgato, kuto ca tyam bhikkhu
&gacchastti* khamanlyam bhagay&, yftpaniyam bhagav&y
appakilamathena c&ham bhante addh&nam igato. ||4|| atthi
bhante E&slsu janapadesu Y&sabbag&mo n&ma, tatthftham
bhagayft &y&siko tantibaddho ussukkam &panno kinti an&«
gat& ca pesal& bhikkhii ftgaccheyyum &gat& ca pesalft bhikkhd
phftsu yihareyyum ayam ca &yftso yuddhim yirMhim yepullam
ftpajjeyy& 'ti. atha kho bhante sambahulft bhikkhii Eftsisu
cftrikam caram&n& yena Yftsabhag&mo tad ayasarum. adda-
sam kho aham bhante bhikkhii diirato 'ya ftgacchante,
disy&na ftsanam pafin&pesim • . • atha kho tesam bhante
ftgantuk&nam bhikkhiinam etad ahosi : bhaddako . . • atha

314 MAHATAGGA. [IX. 1. 6-8.

kho to bhante Agantak& bhikkhft tatth' eva Y&sabhagftme
niydsain kappesum. tassa mayham bhante etad ahosi : yo
kho . . . bhattasmin ti. so kho aham bhante na nwiikkam
aklisim . . . atha kho tesam bhante &gantuk&nani • . .
nah&ne uRwnkkain karoti ussukkam pi karoti y&guy& kh&-
daniye bhattasmiipy so d&n' &yain na ussukkam karoti . . .
atha kho te bhante ftgantukft bhikkhii sannipatityft mam etad
avocum : pubbe kho . . . passeyyan ti. atha kho te bhante
&gantuk& bhikkhA mam Apattiyft adassane ukkhipimsu. tassa
mayham bhante etad ahosi : aham kho . . . puccheyyan ti.
tato aham bhagavft Agacchftmiti. ||5|| anftpatti es& bhikkhu
n' e6& ftpatti, an&panno 'si na 'si &panno, anukkhitto 'si na 'si
ukkhittOy adhammikena 'si kammena ukkhitto kuppena atth&*
nftrahena. gaccha tvam bhikkhu tatth' eva Y&sabhag&me
niyftsam kappehtti. evam bhante 'ti kho £assapagotto
bhikkhu bhagavato patisunitvft utth&y&8an& bhagavantam
abhiyftdety& padakkhinam katy& yena Yftsabhag&mo tena
pakk&mi. ||6|| atha kho tesam &gantuk&nam bhikkhflnam
ahud eya kukkuccam ahu yippatisftro : al&bh& vata no na
yata no Iftbh^, dulladdham yata no na yata no suladdham, ye
mayam suddham bhikkhum an&pattikam ayatthusmim ak&-
rane ukkhipimh&. handa mayam &yuso Campam ganty&
bhagayato santike aocayam accayato desemft 'tL atha kho te
&gantuk& bhikkhd sen&sanam samsftmetyft pattaciyaram ftd&ya
yena Camp& tena pakkamimsu, anupubbena yena Oamp&
yena bhagayft ten' upasamkamimsu, upasamkamity& bhaga-
yantam abhiyftdetyft ekamantam nistdimsu. ftcinnam kho

• • • « • •

. . . patisammoditum. atha kho bhagayft te bhikkhd etad
ayoca : kacci bhikkhaye khamaniyam, kacci yApaniyam,
kacci appakilamathena addhftnam AgatA, kuto ca tumhe
bhikkhaye AgacchathA 'ti. khamanlyam bhagayA, yApant-
yam bhagayA, appakilamathena ca mayam bhante addhA-
nam AgatA. atthi bhante EAslsu janapadesu YAsabha-
gAmo nAma, tato mayam bhagayA AgacchAmA 'ti. l|7il
tumhe bhikkhaye AyAsikam bhikkhum ukkhipitthA 'ti.

eyam bhante 'ti. kismim bhikkhaye yatthusmim kA-

• • •

rane 'ti. ayatthusmim bhagayA akArane 'ti. yigarahi
buddho bhagayA : ananuochayiyam bhikkhaye ananulomi-

IX. 1. 8-«. 2.] MAHAVAGGA. 315

kam • . • akaranlyaqfi. kathaiii hi n&ma tumhe mogha-
purisA Buddham bhikkhum anftpattikam ayatthusmim ak&-
ra^e ukkhipiasatha. n' etam moghaparis& appasann&nam
yk paa&d&ya. Tigarahity& dhammikatham kaivft bhikkhd
ftmantesi: na bhikkhave suddho bhikkhu an&pattiko aya-
tthusmim ak&ra^e ukkhipitabbo. yo ukkhipeyya, Apatti
dukkatassft Hi. ||8|i atha kho te bhikkhii ntthayftsanA
ekamsam nttarftsangam karityft bhagayato pftdesu siraaft
nipatityft bhagayantam etad ayocum : accayo no bhante
accagamA yathft bile yathft m&}he yath& akusale ye mayam
Buddham bhikkhum aD&pattikam ayatthusmim ak&ra^e ukkhi-
pimh&y tesam no bhante bhagay& accayam aceayato pad*
ganh&tu ftyatim samyar&y& 'ti. taggha tumhe bhikkhaye
aoeayo accagam4 yathft b&le yath& mfi}he yathft akusale ye
tumhe Buddham bhikkhum an&pattikam ayatthusmim akft-
rai^e ukkhipittha. yato ca kho tumhe bhikkhaye aooayam
aceayato disy& yathftdhammam patikarotha tarn yo mayam
patigai^h&may yuddhi h' eak bhikkhaye ariyassa yinaye yo
accayam aceayato disy& yath&dhammam patikaroti ftyatim
samyaram &pajjatlti. II 9 1|1 1|

tena kho pana samayena Oampftyam bhikkhii eyariipAni
kamm&ni karonti : adhammena yaggakammam karonti,
adhammena samaggakammam karonti, dhammena yaggak.
ky dhammapatiriipakena yaggak. k.» dhammapatirCkpakena
samaggak. k., eko pi ekam ukkhipati, eko pi dye ukkhipati,
eko pi sambahule ukkhipati, eko pi aamgham ukkh., dye pi
ekam ukkhipanti, dye pi dye ukkh., dye pi sambahule ukk)i.>
dve pi samgham ukkh., sambahul&pi ekam ukkh., saTnbahu-
Upi dye ukkh., sambahulftpi sambahule ukkh., gambahul^pi
Bamgham ukkh., samgho pi samgham ukkhipati. || HI 7^ ^
bhikkhii appicch& te ujjhiyanti khlyanti yipftoenti : 1k»t\i«^
hi nbna CampAyam bhikkhA eyar(ip&ni kamm&Di kariasaiitA--
adhammena yaggakammam karissanti, • . , dham^a^P^^ '
pakena aamaggakammam karissanti, eko pi ekam ukl^^^^
. . . flaipgho pi saipgham ukkhipisBatlti. atb* ^^*virf
bbikkhft bhagayato etam attham arocesum. saocai'P-
bhikkhaye CampAyam bhikkhiSk eyarftpAni kammA^^

316 MAHAVAGGA. [IX. 2. 2-«. 1.

adhammena Yaggakammam karonti • . • samgho pi samghain
ukkhipatiti. saocani bhagavL yigarahi buddho bhagaY&:
ananuochaviyam bhikkhave teaam moghapuris&nam ananu-
lomikam • . . akarai^tyam. katham bi n&ma te bbikkhave
mogbapurisft evarAp&ni kammftni karissanti: adhammena
yaggakammam karissanti • • . samgho pi samgham ukkhi-
pissati. n' etam bhikkhave appasamiftnam y& pas&d&ya.
vigarahityft dhammikatham katy& bhikkhA Amantesi. ||2||
adhammena ce bhikkhave yaggakammam akammam na oa
karaniyam. adhammena samaggakammam akammam na ca
karantyam • . . dhammapatirfipakena samaggakammam
akammam na ca kanugilyam, eko pi ekam ukkhipati akammam
na ca karaniyam . . . samgho pi samgham ukkhipati aka-
mmam na ca karai^tyam. ||3|| catt&r' im&ni bhikkhave
kamm&ni: adhammena yaggakammam, adhammena sam-
aggakammam, dhammena yaggakammam, dhammena sam*
aggakammam. tatra bhikkhave yam idam adhammena
yaggakammam idam bhikkhave kammam adhammatt4
vaggattft kuppam a^th&n&raham. na bhikkhave evar&pam
kammam k&tabbam na ca may& evar&pam kammam anuiifi&-
tarn, tatra bhikkhave yam idam adhammena samagga-
kammam idam bhikkhave kammam adhammattA kuppam
• • . anuiiii&tam. tatra bhikkhave yam idam dhammena
yaggakammam idam bhikkhave kammam vaggattft
kuppam . • • anufiii&tam. tatra bhikkhave yam idam
dhammena samaggakammam idam bhikkhave kammam
dhammatt& samaggattll akuppam th&n&raham. evariipam
bhikkhave kammam kfttabbam evarftpam ca may& kammam
anufift&tam. tasmftt iha bhikkhave evariipam kammam
kariss&ma yad idam dhammena samaggan ti, evaft hi vo
bhikkhave sikkhitabban ti. ||4|t2l|

tena kho pana samayena ohabbaggiy& bhikkhii evarft-
p&ni kamm&ni karonti : adhammena yaggakammam karonti,
adhammena samaggakammam k., dhammena vaggak. k.»
dhammapatirdpakena vaggak. k., dhammap. samaggak. k.,
iiattivipannam pi kammam karonti anuss&vanasampannam,
anuss&vanavipannam pi kammam karonti flattisampannam,

IX. 8. 1-4.] MAHAVAGGA. 317

fiattivipannam pi anusa&vanayipannam pi kammam karonti,
*aniiatrdpi dfaamm^ kammam karonti aililatr&pi yinayft k. k.,
aMatr&pi satthu sftsandr k. k., patikutthakatam pi kammam
karonti adhammikam kuppam atth&n&raham. ye te bhikkhii
appicchft te ujjh&yanti khlyanti yip&centi : katham hi n&ma
chabbaggiy& bhikkhii evar&p&ni kamm&ni karissanti :
adhammena vaggakammam karissanti . . . patikutthakatam
pi kammam karissanti kuppam atth&n&rahan ti. atha kho te
bhikkh& bhamyato etam attham ftrocesum. saccam kira

o • • •

bhikkhave cbabbaggiy^ bhikkhii evar(lp&ni kammftni karonti:
adhammena yaggakammam karonti — la — patikutthakatam
pi kammam karonti adhammikam kuppam atth&nftrahan ti.
saccam bhagay&. — la — yigarahity& dhammikatham katv&
bhikkhtl ftmantesi: ||1|| adhammena ce bhikkhaye yagga-
kammam akammam na ca karantyam . • • dhammapatird-
pakena samaggakammam akammam na ca karantyam, iiatti-
yipannam ce bhikkhaye kammam anuss&yanasampannam
akammam na ca karaniyam, anuss&yanayipannam ce bhikkh-
aye kammam iiattisampannam ak. na ca k., fiattiyipannam
ce bhikkhaye kammam anuss&yanayipannam ak. na ca k.,
aniiatrftpi dhammsL kammam ak. na ca k., annatr&pi yinay&
kammam ak. na ca k., afinatr&pi satthu s&8an& kammam ak.
na ca k., patikutthakatam ce bhikkhaye kammam adhammi-
kam kuppam atth&n&raham akammam na ca karai^iyam. ||2||
cha yim&ni bhikkhaye kamm&ni : adhammakammam yagga-
kammam samaggakammam dhammapatirCipakena yagga-
kammam dhammapatirtlpakena samaggakammam dhammena
samaggakammam. katamam ca bhikkhaye adhamma-
kammam. fiattidutiye ce bhikkhaye kamme ek&ya £iattiy&
kammani karoti na ca kammayftcam anuss&yeti, adhamma-
kammam. iiattidutiye ce bhikkhaye kamme dyihi fLattlhi
kammam karoti na ca kammay&cam anussftyeti, adhamma-
kammam. fiattidutiye ce bhikkhaye kamme ek&ya kamma-
yftcftya kammam karoti ^na ca fiattim thapeti, adhamma-
kammam. fiattidutiye ce bhikkhaye kamme dyihi kamma-
yftc&hi kammam karoti na ca ilattim thapeti, adhamma-
kammam. If 3 II fiatticatutthe ce bhikkhaye kamme ekftya
fiattiy& kammam karoti na ca kammay&cam anussftyetiy

318 MAHAVAOGA. [IX. 8. 4-7.

adhammakammain. fiattioatutthe ce bhikkhave kamme dvthi
ftattthi kammam karoti • . . tihi ilattthi kammam karoti . . . '
cat&hi nattlhi kammam karoti na ca kammavftcam anuss&yeti,
adhammakammam. ftatticatutthe oe bhikkhave kamme ekaya
kammav&c&ya kammam karoti • . . dvthi kammav&cfthi
kammam karoti • . . tthi kammay&c&hi kammam karoti . . .
oatiihi kammavftc&hi kammam karoti na ca nattim tbapeti,
adhammakammam. idam yuccati bhikkhave adhamma-
kammam. ||4|| katamam ca bhikkhave vaggakammam.
fiattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme y&vatik& bhiU:h{i kamma-
ppatt& te an&gatft honti, chand&rah&nam chando an&hato
hoti, 8ammukhibhiit& patikkosanti, vaggakammam. natti-
dutiye ce bhikkhave kamme y&vatik& bhikkhii kammappatt4
te &gatft hontiy chand&rah&nam chando an&hato hoti,
8ammukhlbhAt& patikkosanti, vaggakammaip. fiattidatiye
oe bhikkhave kamme y&vatik& bhikkhii kammappattll te
&gat& honti, chand&rah&nam chando fthato hoti, sammukhl-
bhiitft patikkosanti, vaggakammam. iiatticatutthe ce . . •
(the same three cases are repeated here) • . . vaggakammam.
idam yuccati bhikkhave vaggakammam. ||5|| katamam ca
bhikkhave samaggakammam. fiattidutiye ce bhikkhave
kamme y&vatik& bhikkhd kammappattft te &gat& hontii
chand&rahftnam chando &hato hoti, 8ammukhtbh(it& na
patikkosanti, samaggakammam. iiatticatutthe ce . . . na
patikkosanti, Bamaggakammam. idam yuccati bhikkhave
samaggakammam. ||6|| katamam ca bhikkhave dhamma-
patir&pakena vaggakammam. iiattidutiye ce bhikkh-
ave kamme pathamam kammavftcam anussftveti, pacchft •
fiattim thapeti, y&vatikft bhikkhA kammappattft te anftgat&
honti, chand&rahftnam chando anfthato hoti, 8ammukhibh(lt&
patikkosantiy dhammapatir&pakena vaggakammam. fiatti-
dutiye ce bhikkhave kamme pathamam kammavftcam anuasft-
yeti, pacchft nattim thapeti, yftvatikft bhikkhii kammappattft
te ftgatft honti, chandftrahftnam chando anfthato hoti, sammu-
khibhdtft patikkosanti, dhammapatiriipakena vaggakammam.
fiattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme pathamam kammavftcam
annsaftvetiy pacchft fiattim thapeti, yftvatikft bhikkhii kamma-
ppattft te ftgatft honti, chandftrahftnam chando fthato hoti.

IX. 8. 7-4. 1] MAHAVAaOA. 319

sammuklitbh&tA patlkkosanti, dhammapatlr&p&kena vagga-
kammam. iiatticatutthe ce bhikkhave kamme • • . (the
same three cases are repeated here) . . . dhammapatirdpakena
yaggakammam. idam vuccati bhikkhave dhammapatiriipa-
kena vaggakammam. i| 7 1| katamam ca bhikkhave d h a m m a-
patiriipakena samaggakammam. fiiattidutiye oe bhi*
kkhave kamme pathamam kammav&cain anufis&veti^ pacch&
ffattim thapetiy y&vatik& bhikkhft kammappatti te kgaik
honti, chand&rah&nam chando &hato hoti, sammukhibhuti na
patikkosanti, dhammapatiriipakena samaggakammam. iiatti-
oatutthe ce . . . na patikkosanti, dhammapatiriipakena sam-
aggakammam. idam vuccati bhikkhave dhammapatirA-
pakena samaggakammam. ||8|| katamam ca bhikkhave
dhammena samaggakammam. fiiattidutiye ce bhikkhave
kamme pathamam iiattiin thapeti, pacch& ekAya kammavftc&ya
kammam karoti, y&vatik& bhikkh& kammappattA te &gat&
honti, chand&rah&nam chando &hato hoti, sammukhibhdtlL
na patikkosanti, dhammena samaggakammam. fiatticatutthe
ce bhikkhave kamme pathamam nattim thapeti^ pacoh& tihi
kammav&c&hi kammam karoti, y&vatik& bhikkhd kamma-
ppatt& te &gat& honti, chand&rah&nam chando &hato hoti^
sammukhlbh{lt& na patikkosanti, dhammena samagga-
kammam. II 9 II 3

panca samghH: catuvaggo bhikkhusamgho^ paficavaggo
hhikkhusamgho, dasavaggo bhikkhusamgho, visativaggo
bhikkhusamgho, atirekavisativaggo bhikkhusamgho. tatra
bhikkhave yv ftyam catuvaggo bhikkhusamgho, tha-
petv& tini kamm&ni upasampadam pav&ranam abbh&nam
dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu kammappatto. tatra
bhikkhave yv &yam paficavaggo bhikkhusamgho, thapetv&
dve kammdni majjhimesu janapadesu upasampadam abbhft-
nam dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu kammappatto. tatra
bhikkhave yv Ayam dasavaggo bhikkhusamgho, thapetvft
ekam kammam abbh&nam dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu
kammappatto. tatra bhikkhave yv &yam visativaggo
bhikkhusamgho, dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu kamma-
ppatto. tatra bhikkhave yv ayam atirekavisativaggo

320 M AHAVAOGA. [IX. 4. 1 6.

bhikkhosamgho, dhammena samaggo sabbakammesa kamma-
ppatto. II HI catuvaggakarai^kiii oe bhikkhave kammam
bhikkhunlcatuttho kammam kareyya, akammam na ca
karantyam. catuvaggakarai^am. ce bhikkhave VfiminRTn
sikkham&nftcatuttho • • . s&maneracatuttho • • • s&manert-
catutthd . . . sikkham paccakkhfttakacatuttho . • • antima-
vatthum ajjhftpaimakaGatuttho . • . &pattiy& adassane
ukkhittakacatuttho • • . &pattiy& appatikamme ukkhitta*
kacatuttho . . • p&pik&ya ditthiyft appatiniBsagge ukkhitta-
kacatuttho . . . pandakacatuttho . . • theyyasamyftsakaca-
tuttho • . • titthiyapakkautakacatuttho . . • tiracchftnagata-
catuttho . . . mfttughHtakaoatuttho . . • pitugh&takacatuttho

• . • arahantagh&takacatttttho . . . bhikkhunidiisakacatuttho

• . . samghabhedakacatuttho . . . lohituppAdakacatuttho
. . . ubhatovyaiijailakacatuttho . . . nftnftsamvftsakacatuttho
. • . n&u&sim&ya thitacatuttho • . • iddhiy& yeh&se thita-
catuttho . . • yassa samgho kammam karoti tamcatuttho
kammam kareyya^ akammam na ca karantyam. ||2|| catu-
vaggakara^am.

paftcayaggakaranam ce bhikkhave kammam bhikkhunl-
paiicamo kammam kareyya, akammam na ca karajgiiyam . • .
yassa samgho kammam karoti tampaiicamo kammam kareyya,
akammam na ca karantyam. ||3|| paficavaggakaracianL

dasavaggakaranam ce bhikkhave kammam bhikkhuntda-
samo kammam kareyya, akammam na ca karantyam . . .
yassa samgho kammam karoti tamdasamo kammam kareyya,
akammam na ca karantyam. ||4|| dasavaggakaranam.

vlsativaggakaranam ce bhikkhave kammam bhikkhuniviso
kammam kareyya, akammam na ca karantyam • • . yassa
samgho kammam karoti tamvlso kammam kareyya, akammam
na ca karantyam. ||6|| vtsativaggakaranam.

p&rivftsikacatuttho ce bhikkhave pariv&sam dadeyya mft-
l&ya patikasseya mftnattam dadeyya, tamvtso abbheyya,
akammam na ca karantyam. mdl&ya patikassan&rahaca-
tuttho ce bhikkhave pariv&sam dadeyya m&Uya patikasseyya
mftnattam dadeyya, tamvtso abbheyya, akammam na ca
karantyam. m&natt&rahacatuttho ce bhikkhave parivftsam
dadeyya miil&ya patikasseyya m&nattam dadeyya, tamvtso

IX. 4. 6-9,] MAHAVAGGA. 321

abbheyya^ akammam na ca karaniyam. m&nattao&rikaca-
tuttho ce bhikkhaye pariy&sam dadeyya mdlftya patikasseyya
m&nattam dadeyya^ tamvlso abbheyya, akammam na ca
karaniyam. abbh&n&rahacatuttho ce bhikkhave pariv&sam
dadeyya mAl&ya patikaaseyya mftnattam dadeyya, tamylso
abbheyya, akammam na ca karaniyam. ||6 1|

ekaccasaa bhikkhave samghamajjhe patikkosanft rA«
hati, ekaccaflsa na riihati. kassa ca bhikkhave samghamajjhe
patikkosanft na riihati. bhikkhuniyft bhikkhave samgha-
majjhe patikkoeani na riihati, sikkham&n&ya bhikkhave
— la — s&manerassa bh., s&maneriyft bh., sikkham paccakkhft-
takassa bh., antimavatthum ajjh&pannakassa bh., ummatta-
kassa bh., khittacittassa bh., vedanattassa bh., &pattiy&
adassane nkkhittakassa bh., &pattiy& appafikamme ukkhitta-
kassa bh., p&pik&ya ditthiy& appatinissagge nkkhittakassa
bh.y pa94ftkas8a bh., theyyasamvftsakassa bh., titthiyapakkan-
takassa bh., tiracch&nagatassa bh., mfttughfttakassa bh., pitu-
gh&takassa bh., arahantagh&takassa bh., bhikkhunldiisakassa
bh., samghabhedakassa bh., lohitupp&dakassa bh., ubhato*
vyafijanakassa bh., n&n&samvftsakassa bh., n&n&sim&ya thitassa
bh.y iddhiy& veh&se thitassa bh., yassa samgho kammam
karoti tassa bhikkhave samghamajjhe patikkosan& na riihati.
imesam kho bhikkhave samghamajjhe patikkosanft na riihati.
II 7 II kassa ca bhikkhave samghamajjhe patikkosan& riihati.
bhikkhossa bhikkhave pakatattassa samUnasamvftsakassa sa-
m&nasim&ya thitassa antamaso &nantarika8S&pi bhikkhuno
viM&pentassa samghamajjhe patikkosanft r&hati. imassa
kho bhikkhave samghamajjhe patikkosan& riihati. ||8||

dve 'm& bhikkhave niss&ran&. atthi bhikkhave puggalo
appatto niss&rai^iainy tarn ce samgho nissftreti ekacco sunis8&-
rito ekacco dunniss&rito. katamo ca bhikkhave puggalo
appatto niss&ranam tain ce samgho niss&reti dunniss&rito.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu suddho hoti an&pattiko, tarn
ce samgho niss&reti dunniss&rito. ayam vuccati bhikkhave
puggalo appatto niss&ranam tarn ce samgho niss&reti dunni-
ss&rito. katamo ca bhikkhave puggalo appatto niss&ranam
tarn ce samgho niss&reti suniss&rito. idha pana bhikkhave
bhikkhu b&lo hoti avyattp &pattibahulo anapad&no gihi-

TOL. III. 21

322 mahIvaoga, [IX. 4. 9-5. 1.

samsattho Tiharati ananulomikehi gihisamflaggeliiy tam oe
samgho niss&reti suniae&rito. ayam vuccati bhikkhave
puggalo appatto niss&ra^am tam ce samgho nifls&Feti sunissftr
rito. ||9||

dve 'm& bhikkhave osftranft. atthi bhikkhave puggalo
appatto os&rananii tam ce samgho os&reti ekacco sos&rito
ekacco dos&rito. katamo ca bhikkhave puggalo appatto
osftranam tam ce samgho os&reti dos&rito. paj^^^^ko bhikkh-
ave appatto os&ra^am taxft ce saifigho os&reti dos&rito.
thejyasamvftsako bhikkhave . . . titthiyapakkantako bhikkh-
ave, tiracch&nagato bh., m&tugh&tako bh., pitugh&tako bh.,
arahantagh&tako bh., bhikkhunldiisako bh., samghabhedako
bh., lohitupp&dako bh., ubhatovyafijanako bhikkhave appatto
osftranam tam ce samgho os&reti dos&rito. ayam vuccati
bhikkhave puggalo appatto oe&ranam tam ce samgho os&reti
dosllrito. ime vuccanti bhikkhave puggal& appatt& os&raQam.
tam ce samgho osftreti dosariti. || 10 1| katamo ca bhikkhave
puggalo appatto os&raitiam tam ce samgho os&reti sos&rito,
hatthacchinno bhikkhave appatto os&ranam tam oe samgho
os&reti sos&rito. p&dacchinno bhikkhave, hatthap&dacchinno
bh.| kannacchinno bh.^ nftsacchimio bh., ka^nan&saochinno
bh., aiigulicchinno bh., a}acchinno bh., kandaraochinno bh.,
phasahatthako bh., khujjo bh., v&mano bh., galagai^di bh.,
lakkhan&hato bh., kas&hato bh., likhitako bh., stpadiko bh.,
p&parogt bh., parisadiisako bh., kftno bh., kuni bh., khaftjo
bh., pakkhahato bh., chinniriy&patho bh., jar&dubbalo bh.,
andho bh., mdgo bh., badhiro bh., andhamiigo bh., andha-
badhiro bh., miigabadhiro bh., andham&gabadhiro bhikkhave
appatto os&ranam tam ce samgho osareti sos&rito. ayam
vuccati bhikkhave puggalo appatto os&ra^am tam oe samgho
os&reti sos&rito. ime vuccanti bhikkhave puggallL appatt&
os&ra^am tam ce samgho os&reti sos&rit&. || 11 1|4||

Y&sabhag&mabhfti^av&ram pathamam.

idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa na hoti &patti datthabb&.
tam enam codeti samgho v& sambahulft v& ekapuggalo v& :
&pattim tvam &vu80 &panno, passas' etam ^pattin ti. so evam
vadeti : n' atthi me &vu80 ftpatti yam aham passeyyan tiu

IX. 5. 1-6.] MAHAVAGGA. 323

tarn saipLgho 4pattiy& adassane ukkhipati^ adhammakammain.
idha pana blukkhaye bhikkhussa na hoti ftpatti patik&tabb&.
tarn enam codeti samgho yd, 8ambahul& v& ekapuggalo yH :
ftpattiin tYBJD. Itvuso ftpanno, patikarohi tarn ^pattin ti. bo
evam vadeti: n' atthi me &yu6o &patti yam aham patika-
reyyan ti. tarn samgho ftpattiyft appatikamme ukkhipati,
adhammakammam. idba pana bhikkbave bhikkbussa na
hoti p&pik& dittbi pafinis8aj]et&, tam enam codeti samgho
Y& sambahuUi yft ekapuggalo yi : p&pikll te ftvuso dittbi,
patinissajj' etam p&pikam ditthin ti. so evam vadeti: n' atthi
me &ynso plLpik& ditthi yam aham padnissajjeyyan ti. tam
samgho pftpik&ya ditthiyft appafinissagge ukkhipati, adha-
mmakammam. II 1 II idba pana bhikkbave bhikkbussa na hoti
&patti datthabb& na hoti Upatti patik&tabb&. tam enam codeti
samgho yi sambabul& v& ekapuggalo v& : ftpattim tvam ftvuso
&panno, passas' etam Itpattim, patikarohi tam &pattin ti. so
evam vadeti : n' atthi me &va80 &patti yam aham passeyyam,
n' atthi me ftvuso ftpatti yam aham patikareyyan ti. tam
samgho adassane v& appatikamme v& ukkhipati, adhamma-
kammam. II 2 II idba pana bhikkbave bhikkhussa na hoti
&patti datthabb& na hoti p&pik& dittbi patinissajjet&. tam
enam codeti samgho yk sambabulU v& ekapuggalo v& :
ftpattim tvam ftvuso ftpanno, passas' etam ftpattim, pftpikft
te dittbi, patinissajj' etam pftpikam ditthin ti. so evam
vadeti : n' atthi me ftvuso ftpatti yam aham passeyyam,
n' atthi me pftpikft ditthi yam aham patiniasajjeyyan ti. tam
sanigbo adassane vft appatinissagge vft ukkhipati, adhamma-
kammam. ||3|| idba pana bhikkbave bhikkhussa na hoti
ftpatti patikfttabbft na hoti pftpikft dittbi patinissajjetft. tam
enam codeti samgho vft sambabulft vft ekapuggalo vft : ftpattim
tvam ftvuso ftpanno, patikarob' etam ftpattim, pftpikft te ditthi,
patinissajj' etam pftpikam ditthin ti. so evam vadeti: n'
atthi me ftvuso ftpatti yam aham patikareyyam, n' atthi me
pftpikft ditthi yam aham patinissajjeyyan ti. tam samgho
appatikamme vft appatinissagge vft ukkhipati, adhamma-
kammam. 11 4 II idba pana bhikkbave bhikkbussa na hoti
ftpatti datthabbft na hoti ftpatti patikfttabbft na hoti pftpikft
ditthi patinissajj etft. tam enam codeti samgho vft sambabulft

324 MAHIvAGGA. [IX. 6. 6-8.

T& ekapuggalo y& : &pattiin tvam &vu80 &panno, passas' etam
ftpattim, patikarohi taizi &pattim, p&pik& te dittlu^ patinissajj'
etam p&pikam ditthin ti. so evam vadeti : n' atthi me
&VU80 ftpatti yam aham passeyyam, n' atthi me &yuso apatti
yam aham patikareyyanii n' atthi me p&pik& ditthi
yam aham patinissajjeyyan ti. tam samgho adassane y&
appatikamme vft appatiaiBsagge y& ukkhipati^ adhamma*
kammam. || 5 1|

idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti &patti datthabblL
tam enam codeti samgho v& sambahuUl v& ekapuggalo t& :
&pattim tvam ivuso &panno, passaa' etam Upattin ti. so
evam vadeti : &m&vii80 pass&miti* tam samgho &pattiy&
adassane ukkhipati, adhammakammam. 'idha pana bhikkh-
ave bhikkhussa hoti &patti pat;ik&tabb&. tam enam codeti
samgho vft sambahulft vft ekapuggalo v& : apattim tvam
ftvuso ftpannOy patikarohi tam ftpattin ti. so evam vadeti :
&m&vuso patikariss&miti. tam samgho &pattiy& appatikamme
ukkhipati, adhammakammam. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkh-
ussa hoti p&pikjt ditthi patinissajjet&. tam enam codeti
samgho v& sambahula v& ekapuggalo v&: p&pik& te &viiso
ditthi, patinissajj' etam pftpikam ditthin ti. so evam vadeti :
&m&vuso patinissajjissftmtti. tam samgho p&pik&ya ditthiy&
appatinissagge ukkhipati, adhammakammam. ||6|| idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti Apatti datthabb& hoti ftpatti
patikatabbft — la — hoti ftpatti datthabb& hoti p&pik& ditthi
patinissajjetft, hoti ftpatti patik&tabb& hoti p&pik& ditthi
patinissajjetH, hoti ftpatti datthabb& hoti &patti patik&tabb&
hoti p&pik& ditthi patinissajj et&. tam enam codeti samgho
v& sambahul& v& ekapuggalo v& : ftpattim tvam &vuso &panno,
passas' etam ftpattim, patikarohi tam &pattim, p&pik& te
ditthi, patinissajj' etam p&pikam ditthin ti. so evam vadeti :
&m&vuso passftmi, ftma patikariss&mi, ftma patinissajjiss&mtti.
tam samgho adassane v& appatikamme v& appatinissagge v&
ukkhipati, adhammakammam. ||7||

idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti &patti datthabb&.
tam enam codeti samgho v& sambahulft v& ekapuggalo v& :
&pattim tvam &vuso &panno, passas' etam &pattin ti. so evam
vadeti : n' atthi me &vuso &patti yam aham passeyyan ti.

r"

IX. 5. 8-6. 2.] MAHAY AGGA. 325

tarn samgho adassane ukkliipati, dhammakammain. idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhossa hoti ftpatti patik&tabbft. tam
enam codeti samgho yk 8ambahul& v& ekapuggalo v&: ftpattim
tvam &VUSO &panno, patikarohi tam ftpattin ti. so evani
vadeti : n' atthi me ftvuso ^patti yam aham patikareyyan ti,
tam samgho appatikamme ukkhipati, dhammakammam. idha
pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti p&pikft ditthi patinissajjelA.
tam enam codeti samgho y& sambahulft y& ekapuggalo v& :
pftpik& te Uvuso ditthi, patinissajj' etam p&pikam ditthin ti.
60 eyam yadeti : n' atthi me ftynso pftpik& ditthi yam aham
patinissajjeyyan ti. tam samgho p&pik&ya ditthiy& appa-
tinissagge ukkhipati, dhammakammam. ||8|| idha pana
bhikkhaye bhikkhussa hoti &patti datthabbft hoti dpatti
patikfttabb&y hoti &patti datthabb& hoti p&pik& ditthi pati-
nissajjet&y hoti &patti patik&tabb& hoti pftpik& ditthi pati-
nissajjetft, hoti Upatti datthabb& hoti ftpatti patikfttabb& hoti
p&pikft ditthi patinissajjetH. tam enam codeti samgho y&
sambahul& y& ekapuggalo y&: &pattim tyam &yuso ftpanno,
passas' etam drpattim, patikarohi tam &pattim, p&pik& te
ditthi, patinissajj' etam p&pikam ditthin ti. so eyam yadeti :
n' atthi me ftvuso ftpatti yam aham passeyyam, n' atthi me
ftyuso ftpatti yam aham patikareyyam, n' atthi me pftpikft
ditthi yam aham patinissajjeyyan ti. tam samgho adassane
y& appatikamme yft appatinissagge yft ukkhipati, dhamma-
kamman ti. ||9||5II

atha kho ftyasmft Upftli yena bhagayft ten' upasamkami,
upasamkamityft bhagayantam abhivftdetyft ekamantam nisidi.
ekamantam nisinno kho ftyasmft TJpftli bhagayantam etad
ayoca : yo nu kho bhante samaggo samgho sammukhftkara-
nlyam kammam asammukhft karoti, dhammakammam nu kho
tam bhante yinayakamman ti. adhammakammam tam Upftli
ayinayakammam. || 1 1| yo nu kho bhante samaggo samgho
patipucchftkaraniyam kammam appatipucchft karoti, patiriiift-
yakarantyam kammam appatifLnftya karoti, sativinayftrahassa
am{Llhayinayam deti, amfilhayinayftrahassa tassapapiyyasikft-
kammam karoti, tassapftpiyyasikftkammftrfthassa tajjaniya-
kammani karoti, tajjaniyakammftrahassa nissayakammam k.,

^

326 HAHAVAOOA. [IX. 6. 2-<.

niBsayakamm&rahassa pabb&janijakammam k., pabb&janiya-
kamm&rahassa patis&raniyakammam k., pati8ftraniyakamm&-
rahassa ukkhepaniyakammain k., ukkhepaniyakamm&rahaflBa
parivftsam deti^ pariy&s&raham mdl&ya patikassati, miil&ya.
patikassan&rahassa m&nattam deti, mftnattftraham abbheti,--
abbhftn&raham upasampftdeti, dhammakammam nu kho tam.
bhante yinayakamman ti. ||2|| adhammakammam tam XJp&li
avinayakammaiiL yo kho IJp&li samaggo saingho sammu-
kh&karanlyam kammam aaammukbll karoti, evam kho IJp&li
adhammakammam hoti avinayakammam evaii ca pana^
Bamgho s&tis&ro hoti. yo kho Up&li samaggo aamgho pati-
pucch&karaniyam kammam appatipacch& karoti, patiiiMya-
karantyam . . . abbh&n&raham upasamp&deti, evam kho
TJp&li adhammakammam hoti avinayakammam evaii ca pana
samgho s&tis&ro hotlti. || 3 |i -^

yo nu kho bhante samaggo samgho sammukh&karantyam

kammam sammukhlL karoti. dhammakammam nu kho tam

• ' • •

bhante yinayakamman ti. dhammakammam tam Up&li
vinayakammam. yo nu kho bhante samaggo samgho pati*
pucch&karaniyam kammam patipucchiL karotii patidniya- ^
karantymn kammam patiftil&ya karoti, sativinay&rahassa
sativinayam deti . . . abbh&n&raham abbheti, upasampadd^
raham upasamp&deti, dhammakammam nu kho tam bhante
yinayakamman ti. dhammakammam tam IJpali vinaya-
kammam. yo kho TTpftli samaggo samgho sammukhftkara-
iityam kammam sammukhft karoti, evam kho XJp&li dhamma-
kammam hoti vinayakammam evaii ca pana saingho anati-
s&rohotL yo kho XJp&li samaggo samgho patipuoch&karantyam
kammam patipucch& karoti . . . upasampad4raham upasam-
p&deti, evam kho Up&li dhammakammam hoti vinayakammam -
evaii ca pana samgho anatis&ro hotiti. ||4||

yo nu kho bhante samaggo samgho sativinay&rahafisa
amtijhavinayam deti amdlhavinay&rahassa sativinayam deti,
dhammakammam nu kho tam bhante yinayakamman ti.
adhammakammam tam XJp&li avinayakammam. yo nu kho
bhante samaggo samgho amiilhavinay&rahassa tassapftpiyya-
sik&kammam karoti tassap&piyyasik&kamm&rahassa amA|ha-
vinayam deti, tassap&piyyasik&kammHrahassa tajjaniya-

IX. 6. 6-8.] MAHAVAGGA. 327

kaxnmam karoti tajjaniyakamm&rahassa tassap&piyyasikll-
kammam karoti, tajjaniyakamm&rahassa niBsayakammain
karoti nissayakammftrahassa tajjaniyakammam karoti, nissa-
yakamm&rahassa pabb&janiyakammam karoti pabb&janiya-
kamm&rahassa nissayakammaifi karoti, pabb&janiyakainm&-
rabaasa patis&nugiyakammam karoti patis&ra^iyakamm&ra-
hassa pabb&janiyakammam karoti, patifl&ra^yakamm&rahassa
nkkhepaniyakammam karoti ukkhepaniyakanmmftrahaasa pati-
B&raQiyakammam karoti, ukkbepaniyakamm&rahassa pari-
Y&sam deti parivfta&rabassa ukkhepaniyakammaixL karoti,
pariyfts&rabam miU&ya patikassati miil&ya pa^ikassan&rahasaa
parivftaam deti, miil&ya patikassan&rahassa m&nattaip deti
m&natt&rahani mCkl&ya patikassati, m&aatt&raham abbbeti
abbb&n&rahassa m&nattam deti, abbh&n&rahani upasamp&deti
upasampad&rabain abbbeti, dbammakammazix nu kbo tarn
bbante yinayakamman tL ||6|| adbammakammain tani XJp&li
ayinayakammain* yo kho T7p&li samaggo samgho sativinayft-
rabaasa amiilbayinayam deti amiilbaYiiiay&rabassa satiyina-
yaip. deti, evanx kbo Up&li adbammakammain boti avinaya-
kammam eyaii ca pana samgbo sfttifl&ro botL yo kbo Up&li
samaggo saipgbo amil^baviiiay&rabasssa tassap&piyyasik&-
kammaiT! karoti . . • upaaampad&rabam abbbeti, evam kbo
XJp&li adbammakammain boti avinayakammam evaft ca pana
samgbo s&tis&ro botiti. || 6 1|

yo nu kbo bbante samaggo samgbo satiyinay&rabassa
sativinayam deti amiilbavinayftrabassa am{i}bayinayam
deti, dbammakammam nu kbo tarn bbante yinayakamman
tL dbammakammam tarn Upftli yinayakammam. yo nu
kbo bbante samaggo samgbo amiilbayinay&rabaBsa amii-
Ibayinayam deti, tassap&piyyasik&kamm&rabassa tassapft-
piyyasik&kammam karoti • . • abbb&n&rabam abbbeti.
upasampad&rabam npasamp&deti, dbammakammam nu kbo
tarn bbante yinayakamman ti. ||7|| dbammakammam tarn
TTp&li yinayakammam. yo kbo XJp&li samaggo samgbo
satiyinay&rabassa satiyinayam deti amilk^bayinayftrabassa
am(i}bayinayam deti, eyam kbo Upftli dbammakammam boti
yinayakammam eyafi ca pana samgbo anatis&ro boti. yo kbo
UpUi samaggo samgbo amfi^bayinay&rahassa amMbayinayam

328 MAHAVAGGA. [IX. 6. 8-7. 1.

deti . . . npasampad&raham npasamp&deti, eyam kho IJp&li
dhammakammam hoti yinayakammani evafi ca pana samglio
anatisftro hotlti. ||8||

atha kho bhagavft bbikkhft Jtmantesi : yo kbo bhikkhave
samaggo samglio Batiyinayftrahassa am&lhayinayam deti, evam
kho bhikkhave adhammakammam hoti ayinayakammam eyafL
ca pana samgho s&tis&ro hoti. yo kho bhikkhave samaggo
flamgho satiyinay&rahassa tassap&piyyasikftkammam karoti,
sativinayftrahassa tajjaniyakammam karoti . . . sativinayft-
raham upasamp&deti, eyam kho bhikkhaye adhammakammam
hoti ayinayakammam eyaii ca pana samgho s&tis&ro hoti.
yo kho bhikkhaye samaggo samgho am&lhayinay&rahassa
tassap&piyyasik&kammam karoti, eyam kho bhikkhaye adha-
mmakammam hoti ayinayakammam eyaii ca pana samgho
s&tis&ro hoti. yo kho bhikkhaye samaggo samgho am\i}ha-
yinay&rahassa tajjaniyakammam karoti . . . amftlhayinay&-
raham upasamp&deti^ amiilhayinayftrahassa satiyinayam deti,
eyam kho bhikkhaye adhammakammam hoti ayinayakammam
eyaii ca pana samgho s&tis&ro hoti. yo kho bhikkhaye
samaggo samgho tassapftpiyyasik&kamm&rahassa . . . upa-
sampad&raham abbheti, eyam kho bhikkhaye adhamma-
kammam hoti ayinayakammam eyaii ca pana samgho s&tiB&ro
hotiti. 11911611

Up&lipucch&bh&nay&ram dutiyam.

idha pana bhikkhaye bhikkhu bhandanak&rako hoti
kalahak&rako yiy&dak&rako bhassak&rako samghe adhikara-
nak&rako. tatra ce bhikkh&nam eyam hoti : ay am kho
&yuso bhikkhu bhandanak&rako — la — samghe adhikara-
nakftrako, hand' assa mayam tajjaniyakammam karoma 'ti,
te tassa tajjaniyakammam karonti adhammena yagg&. so
tamhft kvisk arifiam ftyftsam gacchati, tattha bhikkh&nam
eyam hoti: ayam kho &ynso bhikkhu samghena tajjaniya-
kammam kato adhammena yaggehi, hand' assa mayam
tajjaniyakammam karom& \\, te tassa tajjaniyakammam
karonti adhammena samaggd. so tamh&pi &y&s& afLiiam
&y&sam gacchati, tattha pi bhikkh&nam • • . tajjaniya-
kammam kato adhammena samaggehi, hand' assa mayam

IX. 7. 1-5.] MAHAVAGGA. 329

tajjaniyakammani karom& Hi^ te tassa tajjaniyakammam
karonti dhammena vaggft. so tamli&pl kykek afifiam . . .
tajjaniyakammaipL kato dhammena vaggeki, hand' asaa
mayam tajjaniyakammam karom& 'ti, te tassa tajjaniya-
kammam karonti dhammapatirdpakena vagg&. so tamh&pi
&Yft8& afiiiam . . • tajjaniyakammam kato dhammapatirft-
pakena yaggehi, hand' assa mayam tajjaniyakammam karomA
'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammam karonti dhammapatir&pakena
samaggft. || 1 1| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkha bhandanak&-
rako hoti • • . samghe adhikaranak&rako. tatra ce bhikkhfi-
nam evain hoti : ayam kho ftvuBo bhikkha bhandanak&rako
• . . samghe adhikaranak&rako, hand' assa mayam tajjani-
yakammam karom& 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammam karonti
adhammena samagg&. so tamh& &yfts& aililam ftyftsam
gacchatiy tattha bhikkhiinam evain hoti: ayam kho &vnso
bhikkhu samghena tajjaniyakammam kato adhammena
samaggehiy hand' assa mayam . . . dhammena yagg&. so
tamh&pi ftvftsft . . • dhammapatirftpakena vaggft. so tamhftpi
ftyftsft • . . dhammapatiHipakena samagg&. so tamh&pi
&yfts& • • . adhammena yaggft. ||2|I idha pana bhikkhaye
bhikkha bhan4anak&rako hoti • . . samghe adhikaranak&-
rako. tatra oe bhikkhdnam eyam hoti: ayam kho ftynso
bhikkha bhai^danakftrako . . . samghe adhikaranak&rakoy
hand' assa mayam tajjaniyakammam karom& 'ti, te tassa tajja-
niyakammam karonti dhammena yagg& • • . dhammapatirii-
pakena yagg& • • . dhammapatirftpakena samaggft . . . adha-
mmena yagg& . . . adhammena samaggft. ||3|| idha pana
bhikkhaye bhikkha bha](^danak&raka hoti . . • samghe
adhikaranakftrako. tatra ce bhikkhAnam eyam hoti : ayam
kho &yaso bhikkha bhandanakftrako . . . samghe adhikaranakft-
rakoy hand' assa mayam tajjaniyakammam karom& 'ti, te tassa
tajjaniyakammam karonti dhammapatirtipakena yagg& • . .
dhammapatiriipakena samagg& . . . adhammena vagg& . . .
adhammena samaggft • . . dhammena yagg&. || 4 1| idha pana
bhikkhaye bhikkha bhandanakftrako hoti . . . samghe adhi-
karanakftrako. tatra ce bhikkh&nam eyain hoti : ayam kho
ftyaso bhikkha bhandanakftrako . . . samghe adhikaranakft-
rako, hand' assa mayam tajjaniyakammam karomft 'ti^ te

330 MAHAVAGGA, [IX. 7. ^10.

taasa tajjaniyakammam karonti dhammapatirApakena sam-
agg& • • • adhammena vaggll • . • adhammena samaggi
. • . dhammena Tagg& • . . dhammapatirtlpakena vaggft. ||5||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu b&lo hoti avyatto ftpattiba-
bulo anapad&no gihisanisattho viharati ananalomikehi
gihisamBaggehi. tatra ce bhikkhdnaiii evam hoti: ayam
kho &YU80 bhikkhu b&lo avyatto • . • gihisamaaggehi,
hand' aasa mayaip nissayakammam karom& 'ti, te taasa
nissayakammani karonti adhammena vagg&. so tamh&
&y&8& aii&aipL ivftsani gaochati, tattha bhikkhdnam eyam
hoti: ayaip kho &yu80 bhikkhu samghena niflsayakammam
kato adhammena vaggehi^ hand' assa mayam niasayakammam
karom& 'ti^ te tassa nissayakammam karonti adhammena
samaggft — la — dhammena vagg&, dhammapatiriipakena
yaggft, dhammapatirtlpakena samaggft. yathH hetthll tathA
cakkam kd.tabbaip — la — • ||6|| idha pana bhikkhaye
bhikkhu kuladdsako hoti pftpasam&c&ro. tatra ce bhikkhd-
nam eyam hoti: ayaqi kho &yuso bhikkhu kuladtlsako
p&pasam&c&ro^ hand' assa mayani pabb&janiyakammaip.
karom& 'ti te tassa pabb&janiyakammam karonti adhammena
yagg& . • . {comp. § 6) • • . dhammapatiriipakena samaggft.
cakkam k&tabbam. ||7|| idha pana bhikkhaye bhikkhu
giht akkosati paribh&satL tatra ce bhikkhunam eyam hoti :
ayam kho &yuso bhikkhu gihi akkosati paribh&sati, hand' aasa
mayam patisftraniyakammam karom& 'ti, te tassa patis&ra^iya-
kammam karonti adhammena yagg& . . . (comp. § 6) . . •
dhammapatir&pakena samaggL cakkam kfttabbam. || 8 1| idha
pana bhikkhaye bhikkhu &pattim &pajjityll na iochati &pattiin
passitum. tatra ce bhikkhfinam eyam hoti : ayam kho
&yuso bhikkhu &pattim ftpajjity& na icchati ftpattim passitum,
hand' assa mayam &pattiy& adassane ukkhepaniyakammam
karom&'tiy te tassa &pattiy& adassane ukkhepaniyakammam
karonti adhammena yagg& . . . dhammapatiriipakena sam-
agg&. cakkam k&tabbam. ||9|| idha pana bhikkhaye
bhikkhu iLpattim &pajjity& na icchati &pattim patik&tum.
tatra ce bhikkh&nam eyam hoti : ayam kho ftyuso bhikkhu
&pattim &pajjity4 na icchati &pattiin patik&tum, hand' assa
mayam &pattijft appatikamme ukkhepaniyakammam karom&

IX. 7. 10-14.] MAHAVAGGA. 331

'ti^ te tassa &pattiy& appatikamme ukkhepaniyakammam
karonti adhammena Tagg& . . . dhammapatir&pakena sam-
agg&. cakkamk&tabbam. ||10|| idhapanabhikkhavebhikkhu
na iccbati p&pikam ditthim patinissajjituin. tatra ce bhi-
kkhftnam eyam hoti: ayam kho &yu80 bhikkhu na iccbati
p4pikain ditthim patiniBsajjituiiiy hand' assa may am p&pikSlya
ditthiyft appatinissagge ukkhepaniyakammam karom& Hi,
te tassa p&pik&ya ditthiy& appatinissagge nkkhepaniya-
kammam karonti adhammena vagg& . • . dhammapatirfL-
pakena samaggi. cakkam k&tabbam. || 11 1|

idha pana bhikkbave bhikkhu samghena tajjaniyakammam
kato samm&yattati lomam p&teti netth&ram yattati tajjani-
yassa kammassa patippassaddhim y&catL tatra ce bhikkhft-
nam evam hoti : ayam kho &yuBo bhikkhu samghena tajjani-
yakammam kato samm&yattati • . . patippassaddhim y&cati,
hand' a8«; mayam tajjaniyakammairi jiatippassambhemft 'ti.
te tassa tajjaniyakammam patippassambhenti adhammena
^Agg&* 60 tamhft &y&9& aiifiam &yftsain gacchati, tattha
bhikkh(inam eyam hoti : imassa kho &yuso bhikkhuiy^
samghena tajjaniyakammam patippassaddham adhammena
yaggehi^ hand' assa mayam tajjaniyakammam patippassam-
bhem& 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammam patippassambhenti
adhammena samaggft . . . dhammena yagg& . • . dhamma-
patir{ipakenayagg& . . . dhammapatir{Lpakena samagg&. ||12||
idha pana bhikkhaye bhikkhu samghena tajjaniyakammam
kato sammftyattati lomam p&teti netth&ram yattati tajjani-
yassa kammassa patippassaddhim yftcati. tatra ce bhikkhil-
nam eyam hoti: ayam kho &yuso bhikkhu . • . y&cati, hand'
assa mayam tajjaniyakammam patippassambhemft 'ti, te tassa
tajjaniyakammam patippassambhenti adhammena samagg&

• . . {camp, § 2-5) • . . dhammapatiriipakena yagg&. ||13||
idha pana bhikkhaye bhikkhu samghena nissayakammam
kato samm&yattati lomam p&teti netth&ram yattati nissayassa
kammassa patippassaddhim y&cati . . • {camp. § 12-13)

• . • idha pana bhikkhaye bhikkhu samghena pabbftjani-
yakammam kato . . . patis&raniyakammam kato . . . ftpatti-
y& adassane ukkhepaniyakammam kato . . . ftpattiy& appati-
kamme ukkhepaniyakammam kato . . . p&pik&ya ditthiyft

332 MAHAVAGGA. [IX. 7. 14-18.

appatinissagge ukkhepaniyakammam kato . . . cakkam
k&tabbain. || 14 1|

idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhandanak&rako boti . . .
samgbe adbikaranak&rako. tatra ce bhikkb&iiain evam boti :
ayam kbo kvuao bbikkhu bbandanak&rako — la — samgbe
adbikaranak&rako, band' assa mayam tajjaniyakammam
karom& 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammam karonti adbammena
vaggll. tatrattbo samgho vivadati adbammena vaggakammam
adbammena samaggakammam dbammena yaggakammam
dbammapatiriipakena yaggakammam dbammapatirftpakena
samaggakammam akatam kammam dukkatam kammam
puna k&tabbam kamman ti. tatra bbikkbaye ye te bbikkli(i
eyam &bamsu adbammena vaggakamman ti^ ye ca te bbikkbd
eyam &bamsa akatam kammam dukkatam kammam puna
k&tabbam kamman ti, ime tattba bbikkbd dbammay&dino.
II 15 II idba pana bbikkbaye bbikkbu bbandanak&rako boti
. • . te tassa tajjaniyakammam karonti adbammena samaggSl.
tatrattbo . . . tatra bbikkbaye ye te bbikkb{L eyam ftbamsu
adbammena samaggakamman ti ye ca te bbikkbii eyam
&bamsu akatam kammam dukkatam kammam puna k&tabbam
kamman ti, ime tattba bbikkbd dbammay&dino. idba pana
bbikkbaye bbikkbu bbandanak&rako boti • • • dbammena
yagg& • . • dbammapatirtipakena yagg& . . . dbammapati-
riipakena samagg& . . . ime tattba bbikkbii dbammay&-
dino. II 16 II

idba pana bbikkbaye bbikkbu b&lo boti ayyatto &pattiba-
bulo anapad&no gibisamsattbo yibarati ananulomikebi gibi-
sainsaggebi. tatra ce bbikkb&nam eyam boti: ayam kbo
ftyuso bbikkbu b&lo ayyatto . . . gibisamsaggebi, band' assa
mayam nissayakammam karom& 'ti, te tassa nissayakammam
karonti adbammena yagg& — la — adbammena samaggft,
dbammena yagg&, dbammapatirupakena yagg&, dbammapati-
rdpakena samagg&. tatrattbo samgbo yiyadati . • . ime tattba
bbikkbd dbammay&dino. ime pafica y&r& samkbitt&«
II 17 II idba pana bbikkbaye bbikkbu kulad(isako boti
p&pasam&c&ro. tatra ce • . • pabb&janiyakammam karom&
'ti . • . ime pafLca y&r& samkbitt&. idba pana bbikkbaye
bbikkbu gibt akkosati paribb&sati. tatra ce . . . patis&rani-

IX. 7. 18-20.] mahIvagga. 333

yakammam karom& 'ti • . • ime paftca Y&r& 8amkliitt&.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkha ftpattlm &pajjitY& na icchati
ftpattim passitum. tatra ce . . . &pattiy& adassane ukkhe*
paniyakammam karom& 'ti . . . ime pafLca y&rk 8amkhitt&.
idha pana bbikkhave bhikkhu &pattini &pajjitT& na icchati
Upattim patik&tum. tatra ce . . . &pattiy& appatikamme
ukkhepaniyakammam karoni& 'ti . . . ime pafLca T&r&
samkhittd. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu na icchati p&-
pikam ditthim patinissajjitum. tatra ce . . . p&pik&ya
ditthiyft appatinissagge ukkhepaniyakammam karom& 'ti . . •
ime paiica v&rft sainkhitt&. ||18||

idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu samghena tajjaniyakammam
kato samm&vattati lomam p&teti netth&ram yattati tajjaniyassa
kammassa patippassaddhim y&cati. tatra ce bhikkhftnam
evam hoti : ayam kho ftvuso bhikkhu samghena tajjaniya-
kammam kato samm&vattati . . . patippassaddhim y&caii^
hand' assa mayam tajjaniyakammam patippassambhemll 'ti,
te tassa tajjaniyakammam patippassambhenti adhammena
^&gg&- tatrattho samgho vivadati . . • ime tattha bhikkhii
dhammavftdino. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu samghena
tajjaniyakammam kato samm&vattati . . . te tassa tajjaniya-
kammam patippassambhenti adhammena samagg& . . .
dhammena vagg& . . . dhanunapatirftpakena vagg& . . .
dhammapatiriipakena samaggft . . • ime tattha bhikkhft
dhammav&dino. ||19|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu sam-
ghena nissayakammam kato . . . pabb&janiyakammam kato
. • . patis&raniyakammam kato . . . &pattiy& adassane
ukkhepaniyakammam kato . . . ftpattiyft appatikamme
ukkhepaniyakammam kato . . . pftpik&ya ditthiy& appati-
nissagge ukkhepaniyakammam kato . • . ime tattha bhikkhli
dhammavftdino 'ti. || 20 1| 7 1|

Campeyyakkhandhakam navamam.

imamhi khandhake vatthtini chattimsftntti. tassa uddftnam :

Camp&yam bhagav& ftsi, vatthu Yftsabhag&make,
&gantuk&nam ussukkam ak&si icchitabbakej
pakataMuno 'ti fiatv& ussukkain na kari tad&,
ukkhitto na karotlti agam& jinasantike.!

334 mahAvaoga.

adhammena yaggakammam samaggaip, adhammena ca
dhammena vaggakammani ca patiriipakeiia yaggikam |
patinipakena samaggam, eko ukkhipat' ekakam
eko ca dve sambahule samgham ukkhipat' ekato,|
duve pi, sambakul&pi, samgho samgham ca ukkhipi*
5 sabba&fia payaro Buty& adhamman ti pa|ikkhipL|
ilattiyipaniiaip yam kammam sampannam anoaaftya-

nam
anuss&yanayipannam sampannam iiattiy4 ca yam |
ubhayena yipannam ca aMatradhammam eya ca
yin& satthu pa^ikuttham kuppam atth&n&rahikam.|
adhamma-yaggam samaggam patir&pani ye duye,
dhammen' eya ca s&maggim anuiin&ai tath&gato.|
catuyaggo pailcayaggo dasayaggo ca ylsati
paroyisatiyaggo ca samgho paficayidho tath&.|
thapety& upasampadam yam ca kammam pay&raQam

10 abbh&nakammena saha catuyaggehi kammiko.j
duye kamme tbapety&na majjhadesupasampadft
abbhftnam paiicayaggiko sabbakammesu kammiko.j
abbb&n' ekam tbapety^na ye bhikkhii dasayaggik&.
sabbakammakaro samgho yiso sabbatthakammiko.l
bhikkhuni sikkham&nft ca s&manero 8^«ma];Lerik&
paccakkh&t'-antimayatthum ukkhitt' ftpattftdassane |
appatikamme ditthiy& pandaka-theyyasamy&sakam
titthiya-tiracchllnagatam m&tu pitu ca gh&takam |
araham bhikkhunldiisim bhedakam lohitupp&dam yyanja<
nam

15 nftn&samy&sako c' eya n&nftsim&ya iddhiy& |

yassa samgho kare kammam h<mt' ete cataylsati,
sambuddhena patikkhitt& na h^ ete ga^apCLrakLI
p&riyftsikacatuttho pariy&sam dadeyya yft
mtlUirm&nattam abbheyya akammam na ca karanam.)
m{ll&-araha-m&natt& abbh&nftraham eya ca
na kammak&rakft paftoa sambuddhena pakftsLt&.|
bhikkhuni sikkham &n& ca s&mai^ero s&mai^^erikA
paccakkh'-antima-ummatt& khitta-yedan'-adassane |
appatikamme ditthiy& pandak&pi ca yyafljanft

20 n&n&8amyftsak& sim& yeh&sam yassa kamma ca |

MAHAYAGGA. 335

attMrasannam eteeam patikkosa na rfihati,
bhikkhufisa pakatattassa ruhati patikko8aii&.|
Buddh' assa dunnia&rito, b&lo hi sunissftrito.
pandako theyyasamv&sam pakkanto tiracch&nagato |
m&tu pita andianta-ddlBako samghabhedako
lohituppftdako o' eva ubhatovyaiijano ca yo |
ek&dasaimaiii etefiam osftra^am na yujjati.
battha-pftd& tadubhayam kanna-nli6& tadubhayft |
anguli ala-kaQj^aram pha^am khujjo ca vftmano

25 gandi lakkha^a-kasft ca likbitako ca stpadi |
p&pa-parisa-k&no ca ku^i khaiijo hato pi ca
iriyftpatha-dubbalo andho m(igo ca badhiro |
andhamiiga-badhiro ca mftgabadhiram eya ca
andhabadhiramiigo ca dvattiniB' ete an&nakftj
tesam oslLranam hoti sambuddhena pakftsitanu
datthabbft patik&tabb& nissajjetam na yijjatiyi
tassa ukkhepanH kamm& satta honti adbammik&y
&pannam anuyattantam satta te pi adhammik&J
ftpannam n&nayattantam sattakammesu dbaDimik&.

30 sammukhft patipucchft ca patifLMya ca k&rak& |
8ati-amt^lha*p&pik& tajjaniyayasena ca
pabbftjaniya-patis&ro ukkhepa-pariyftsa ca |
m(ila-mftnatta-abbhftn& tath' eya upasampadft :
afiiiain kareyya ailfiassa solas' ete adhammik&,|
tain tain kareyya tain tassa solas' ete sadhammik&y
pacc&ropeyya aManfto solas' ete adhammik&,|
dyedyetamillakan tassa, te pi so}asa dhammik&y
ekekamiilakain cakkam adhamman ti jino 'brayi.j
ak&si tajjaniyakammain samgbo bhai^^t^iuik&rako

35 adhammena yaggakammain, afinam &yAsa gaccbi so J
tattha dbammena samagg& tassa tajjaniyam kanun,
afinattha yaggadhammena tassa tajjaniyam karumj
patirilpakena yagg&pi samagg&pi tath& karum.
adhammena samaggft ca, dbammena yaggam eya ca,
patirftpakena yaggi ca, samagg& ca, ime ptfd&,
ekekamiilakain katy& cakka bimdhe yicakkhaijLO.I
b&l&yyattassa nissayam, pabbftje koladAsakam,
patis&ra^yakammam kare akkosakassa ca,

336 MAHAYA6GA.

adassan&patikamme yo ca ditthim na nissaje
40 tesam ukkhepaniyakammam satthay&hena bh&sitaiiLl
ukkhepaniyakammftnam pa&no tajjaniyam naye.
tesam yeva anulomam sammftvattantayftcite |
passaddhi tesam kammftnam hettMkammanayena ca.
tasmim-tasmim ta kammesu tatrattho ca vivadati |
akatam dukkatam c' eva pnna k&tabbakan ti ca
kamme passaddhiy& c&pi te bhikkhii dhammay&dino.|
Tipattiyyftdhite disyft kammappatte mah&mimi
patippassaddhim akkhdsi sallakatto ya osadhan tL

337

MAHAVAGGA.

Tena samayena boddlio bhagavft Eosambiyam yiharati
Ghosit&r&me. tena kho pana saxnayena afinataro bbikkhu
ftpattim &panno hoti, so tassll ftpattiyft &pattiditthi hoti, afine
bhikkhfi taask &pattiy& an&pattiditthino honti. so aparena
samayena tassA ftpattiy& an&pattiditthi hoti, aSiie bhikkhii
tassA &pattiy& ftpattidit^hino honti. ^tha kho te bhikkhft taiii
bhikkhum etad avocuin : Apattim tvam ftvuso ftpanno, passas'
etam Apattin ti. n' atthi me Avuso &patti yam aham passeyyan
tL atha kho te bhikkhii s&maggim labhitvA tarn bhikkhum
&pattiy& adassane ukkhipimsa. || 1 1| so ca bhikkhu bahussuto
hoti ftgat&gamo dhammadharo yinayadharo m&tik&dharo
pan4ito Tyatto medh&vi lajjl kukkuccako sikkh&k&mo. atha
kho so bhikkhu sanditthe sambhatte bhikkhii upasamkamitvA
etad avoca : an&patti esA &yuso n' esft Apatti, an&panno 'mhi
n' amhi ftpanno^ anukkhitto 'mhi n' amhi ukkhitto, adha-
mmiken' amhi kammena ukkhitto kuppena atth&n&rahena,
hotha me Ayasmanto dhammato yinayato pakkh& *ti,
alabhi kho so bhikkhu sanditthe sambhatte bhikkh(i
pakkhe. jftnapadftnam pi sanditth&nam sambhatt&nam bhi-
kkhAnam santike d&tam p&hesi: an&patti esft Atuso ... atthA-
nftrahena, hontu me ftyasmanto dhammato yinayato pakkhA
'ti. alabhi kho so bhikkhu jftnapade pi sanditthe sambhatte
bhikkhii pakkhe. ||2|| atha kho te ukkhitt&nuyattaki
bhikkhd yena ukkhepakA bhikkhii ten' upasamkami^a,
upasamkamityll ukkhepake bhikkhii etad ayocum : anApatti
esA Ayuso n' es& Apatti^ anftpanno eso bhikkhu n' eso
•bhikkhu ftpanno, anukkhitto eso bhikkhu n' eso bhikkhu

VOL. UI. W

338 MAHAVAGGA. [X. 1. 3-6.

ukkhitto^ adhammikena kammena ukkhitto kuppena attMnft-

rahen^ 'ti. evam vutte ukkhepak& bhikkhii ukkhitt&nu-

Tattake bhikkhtL etad avocmn : ftpatti e84 &yuso n' es&

an&patti, &panno eso bhikkhu n' eso bhikkhu an&paano,

ukkhitto eso bhikkhu n' eso bhikkhu anukkhitto^ dhammi-

kena kammena ukkhitto akuppena th&n&rahena, mi kho

tumhe &yasmanto etam ukkhittakam bhikkhum anuyattittha

aQupariv&reth& 'ti. evam pi kho te ukkhitt&Quvattak&

bhikkh{l ukkhepakehi bhikkhuhi yuccaman& tath' eva tain

ukkhittakam bhikkhum anuTattimsu anupariv&resum. ||3||

atha kho aiiilataro bhikkhu yena bhagav& ten' upasamkami,

upasamkamity& bhagayantam abhiy&dety& ekamantam nisidi.

ekamantam nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagayantam etad ayoca:

idha bhante aniiataro bhikkhu &pattim &panno ahosi, so tassa

&pattiy& ftpattiditthi ahosi, anrie bhikkhtl tass^ &pattiy&

an&pattiditthino ahesum. so aparena samayena tass& &pattiylk

an&pattiditthi ahosi, aune bhikkhd tass& &pattiy& dpatti-

difthino ahesum. atha kho te bhante bhikkhii . • . (=§ 1)

. . . passeyyan ti. atha kho te bhante bhikkh{L . . . ukkbi-

piipsu. BO ca bhante bhikkhu bahussuto ftgat&gamo • . .

sikkhakfimo. atha kho so bhante bhikkhu . . . alabhi kho so

bhante bhikkhu sanditthe . . . alabhi kho so bhante bhikkhu

j&napade pi • . . atha kho te bhante ukkhitt&nuyattak& . . .

eyam vutte bhante ukkhepak& . . . evam pi kho te bhante

ukkhitt&nuyattak& bhikkhd ukkhepakebi bhikkhuhi vucca-

man& tath' eva tam ukkhittakam bhikkhum anuvattanti

• • •

anupariv&renttti. ||4|| atha kho bhagav^ bhinno bhikkhu-
samgho bhinno bhikkhusamgho 'ti utth&y&sanll yena ukkhe-
paka thikkha ten' upasamkami, upasamkamitvA pafinatte
&sane nistdi. nisajja kho bhagay& ukkhepake bhikkhii etad
avoca : m& kho tumhe bhikkhave patibhati no patibhati no
'ti yasmim y& tasmim v& bhikkhum ukkhipitabbam mannittha.
II 5 II idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu &pattim &pahno hoti, so
tas8& &pattiy& anslpattiditthi hoti, ailiie bhikkhii ta88& &pattiyft
ftpattiditthino honti. te ce bhikkhave bhikkhii tam bhi-
kkhum evam j^nanti: ayam kho &yasm& bahussuto &gat&-
gamo . . . sikkh&k&mo, sace mayam imam bhikkhum
&pattiy& adassane ukkhipiss&ma na mayam imin& bhikkhun&

X. 1. 6-8.] MAHAVAGGA. 339

Baddhim uposatham karlssftma yina imina bhikklian& uposa-
tliani kariss&ma, bhavissati samghassa tatonid&nani bhanda-
nam kalaho viggaho viv&do samghabhedo samghar&ji samgha-
Tavatth&nam samghanan&karanan ti, bhedagarukehi bhikkh-
aye bhikkhuhi na so bhikkbu &pattiy& adassane ukkbipitabbo.
II 6 II idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu &pattini &panno hoti,
BO tass& . • . ukkhipiss&ma na mayam iminft bhikkhun&
Baddhim pav&ressftma yin& imin& bhikkliaQ& paY&ress&ma, na
mayam iminll bliikkhuD& saddhim samgliakammain kariss&ma
Tind, imin& bhikkbun& Bamghakammam kariss&ma, na mayam
imiD& bhikkhunft saddhim &sane nisidiss&ma Yin& imin&
bhikkhun& &sane nisidiss&ma, na mayam imin& bhikkhunft
saddhim y&gup&ne nisidiss&ma Yin& imin& bhikkliun& y&gu-
p&ne nisldiss&ma, na mayam imin& bhikkhun& saddhim
bhattagge nistdiss&ma vin& imin& bhikkhun& bhattagge nisi-
dissdma, na mayam iminft bhikkhun& saddhim ekacchanne
vasiss&ma yin& imin& bhikkhunll ekacchanne yasiss^ma, na
mayam imin& bhikkhun& saddhim yath&yuddham abhiy&da-
nam paccutth&nam anjalikammam selmicikammam karissllma
yina iminft bhikkhan& yath&yuddbam • . . s&micikammam
karisslLma, bhayissati samghassa tatonid&nam bhandanam
kalaho yiggabo yiv&do samghabhedo samghar&ji samghaya-
yatth&nam samghan&n&karanan ti, bhedagarukehi bhikkhaye
bhikkhi!lhi na so bhikkhu £lpattiy& adassane ukkbipitabbo 'ti.
II 7 II atha kho bhagayi ukkhepakanam bhikkhAnam etam
attham bh&sity& utth&y&san& yena ukkhittftnuyattak^ bhi-
kkh{L ten' upasamkami, upasamkamityft paiinatte flsane
nisidi. nisajja kho bhagay& ukkhitt&nuyattake bhikkhd
etad ayoca : mk kho tumhe bhikkhaye cLpattim &pajjity& n'
ambft &pann& 'ti ftpattim na patik&tabbam maiinittha. idha
pana bhikkhaye bhikkhu ftpattim ftpanno hoti, so tassft
&pattiy& an&pattiditthi hoti> anfie bhikkh{L tass& &pattiy&
ftpattiditthino honti. so ce bhikkhaye bhikkhu te bhikkhA
eyam j&n&ti : ime kho ftyasmantd. bahussutft &gat&gam&
dhammadhar& yinayadharft m&tik&dhar& pandit^ yyattft
medhayino lajjino kukkuccak& sikkh&k&m&, n&lam raamam
y& k&ran& aftiiesam y& k&ran& chanda do8& moh& bhay&
agatim gantum, sace mam ime bhikkhd &pattiy& adassane

340 MAHAYAOGA. [X. 1. 8-10.

iikkliipissanti na may& saddhim nposatham kariasanti Tin&
xnay& uposatham kariasanti^ . . • na inay& aaddhim pay&-
ressanti vinll may& pav&ressanti • • • Yin& majk yath&-
vuddham abhiv&danam paccutth&nam afiialikammani sjlmi-
cikammam karissanti, bhayissati samghassa tatonid&nam
bhandanam kalabo yiggaho vivftdo aamghabhedo samghar&ji
namghaYavatth&nain samgban&n&karanan ti^ bbedagamkena
bhikkhave bhikkhunft paresam pi sandb&ya ftpatti desetabUl
'ti. atha kho bhagavft ukkhitt&nuvattak&nam bbikkhtinam
etam attham bb&8itY& attb&y&8an& pakk&mi. ||8||

tena kho pana samayena ukkhittAnayattak& bhikkbii tattb'
eya anto stm&ya uposatham karonti samghakammam karonti,
ukkhepak& pana bhikkhd nisstmam gantyft uposatham ka-
ronti samghakammam karonti. atha kho aMataro ukkhe-
pako bhikkhu yena bhagay& ten' upasamkami, upasamkamitvft
bhagayantam abhiy&dety& ekamantam nisidi. ekamantam
nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagayantam etad ayoca : te bhante
ukkhitt&nuyattak& bhikkhd tatth' eya anto simftya uposatham
karonti samghakammam karonti, mayam pana ukkhepaki
bhikkhd nisstmam gantyll uposatham karoma samghakammam
karom& 'ti. te ce bhikkhu ukkhittftnuvattak& bhikkhtL tattV
eya anto slmcLya uposatham karissanti samghakammam ka-
rissanti yath& may& natti ca anuss&yan& ca paniiatt&, tesam
t&ni kammani dhammik&ni bhayissanti akupp&ni th&n&rahftni.
tumhe ce bhikkhu ukkhepaka bhikkh{L tatth' eya anto stmaya
uposatham karissatha samghakammam karissatha jathk may&
£Latti ca anussHyanft ca paiiilattft, tumhakam pi t&ni kamm&ni
dhammik&ni bhayissanti akupp&ni th&n&rah&ni. ||9|| tarn
kissa hetu. n&n&samyftsak& ete bhikkhii tumhehi tumhe ca
tehi nftn&8amy&sak&. dye 'mft bhikkhu nftn&samT&sakabh<i-
miyo: attan& yft att&nam n&nAsamy&sakam karoti samaggo
y& nam samgho ukkhipati adassane y& appatikamme y&
appafinissagge yft. im& kho bhikkhu dye nSln&samy&saka-
bhumiyo. dye 'm& bhikkhu sam&nasamy&sakabhfkmiyo :
attanft y& att&nam sam&nasamy&sakam karoti samaggo y&
nam samgho ukkhittam os&reti adassane y& appatikamme y&
appatinissagge y&. im& kho bhikkhu dye sam&nasamvftsaka-
bhflmiyo'ti. ||10||1||

X. 2. 1-2.] mahIvagga. 841

tena kho pana samayena bhikkhii bhattagge antaraghare
bha^^A^AJ^^ kalahaj&t& yiv&d&pannft aililamailiiam anana-
lomikam kStyakammam yacikammam upadamsenti hattba-
par&mftsam karontL maQuss& ujjh&yanti khiyanti vip&centi :
katbam bi n&ma samanH Sakyaputtiy& bbattagge antaragbare
• • . upadainsessanti battbapar&m^lsain karissantiti. assosum
kbo bbikkb(i tesam manuss&nam ujjbftyant&nani kbtyant&nam
vip&cent&nam. ye te bbikkbft appiccbft te ujjb&yanti kbi-
yanti vip&centi : katbam bi n&ma bbikkbd bbattagge antara*
gbare • . . upadamseasanti battbapar&m&sam karissantiti.
atba kbo te bbikkbtL bbagavato etam attbam irocesum.
saccam kira bbikkbave — la — saccam bbagavft. yigarabityft
dbammikatbam katy& bbikkbii &mantesi : bbinne bbikkbaye
samgbe adbammiyam&ne asammodik&ya yattam&n&ya ett&-
yat& na aniiama&nain ananuloinikam k&yakammam yaci*
kammam upadamsessftma battbapar&m&sam kariss&m& Hi
fisane nisiditabbam. bbinne bbikkbaye samgbe dbammiya-
m&ne sammodik&ya yattam&n&ya asanantarik&ya nisiditabban
ti. Ill II tena kbo pana samayena bbikkbd samgbamajjbe
bbandanaj&tft • . . yiy&d&pann& afLfiamaMam mukbasattibi
yitudant& yibaranti, te na sakkonti tarn adbikaranam yiipa-
sametum. atba kbo annataro bbikkbu yena bbagay& ten'
upasamkami, upasamkamity& bhagayantam abbiv&detY& ekam-
antam attb&si. ekamantam (bito kbo so bbikkbu bbaga-
yantam etad ayoca : idba bbante bbikkbti samgbamajjbe . . •
yfkpasametum. sftdbu bbante bbagavft yena te bbikkbd ten'
npasamkamata anukampam upjUl&y& 'ti. adbiv&sesi bbagavlL
tunbibb&yena. atba kbo bbagay& yena te bbikkbu ten'
npasamkami, upasamkamitv& paniiatte iLsane nisidi. nisajja
kbo bbagay^ te bbikkbii etad ayoca: alam bbikkbaye mk
bbandanam m& kalabam m& yiggabam m& yiv&dan ti. eyam.
yutte annataro adbammay&dl bbikkbu bbagavantam etad
ayoca: &gametu bbante bbagay& dbammas&mi, appossukko
bbante bbagay& dittbadbammasukbayib&ram anuyutto yiba-
ratu, mayam etena bban^anena kalabena yiggabena yiy&dena
paftn&yiss&mft 'ti. dutiyam pi kbo bbagay& te bbikkbtL etad
ayoca: alam bbikkbaye . • . m& yivftdan ti. dutiyam pi
kbo so adbammayftdl bbikkbu bbagayantam etad ayoca:

342 MAHAVAOGA. [X. 2. 2-6.

ftgametu bhante • . • pann&yi88&m& 'ti. atha kho bhagavi
bhikkhCl ftmantesi : ||2||

bh(itapubbam bhikkhave B&r&nasiyam Brabmadatto
nima Eft8ir&j& abosi addbo mabaddbano mabftbbogo ma-
babbalo mabftyftbano mab&vijito paripunnakosakottbftgftro.
Dlgblti n&ma Eosalarftji abosi daliddo appadbano appa-
bhogo appabalo appavahano appayijito aparipunnakoeakotth&-
g&ro. atha kbo bbikkbave Brabmadatto Kftsir£lj& caturaiigi-
nim senam 8annaybitv& Digbitim Kosalar&j&nam abbbuyy&si.
a8808i kbo bbikkbave Dtgbiti Eo8alarftj& : Brabmadatto kira
E&sir&jft caturanginim Benam 8annaybitv& mama abbbuyy&to
'ti. atba kbo bbikkbave Dfgbitissa Eosalaraiifio etad abosi:
Brabmadatto kbo Eftsirdj^ addho . . . paripunuakosakottbft-
gftro, abam pan' ambi daliddo . . . aparipunnakosakottb&gftro,
nabam patibalo Brabmadattena E&8iraiiii& ekasamgb&tam pi
sabitum. yam n(in&bam patigacc' eva nagaramb& nippa-
teyyan ti. atba kbo bbikkbave Digbiti Kosalarftj& mabesim
&d&ya patigacc' eva nagarambft nippati. atba kbo bbi-
kkbave Brabmadatto E&sir&j& Digbitissa Eosalaraiifio balaa
ca vfthanaii ca janapadan ca kosafi ca kottb&g&ran ca
abbivijiya ajjb&vasati. atba kbo bbikkbave Digbiti Eosa-
larftj& sapaj&patiko yena B&rftnasi tena pakk&mi. anu-
pubbena yena B&r&nasi tad avasari. tatra sudain bbi-
kkbave Dtgbiti Eo8alar&j& sapaj&patiko B&r&nasiyam
aiifiatarasmim paccantime ok^se kumbhak^anivesane ahfik^
takavesena paribb&jakaccbannena pativasati. ||3|| atba kbo
bbikkbave Digbitissa Eosalarafiiio mabesl na cirass' eva
gabbbint abosi. tassft evardpo dobalo boti : iccbati suriyassa
nggamanak&le caturanginim senam sannaddbam vammikam
Bubhummiyam tbitam passitum kbaggftnan ca dbovanam
pfttum. atba kbo bbikkbave Digbitissa Eosalaranrio mabesl
Digbitim Eosalardj&nam etad avoca : gabbbini 'mbi deva»
tassd me evar(ipo dobalo uppanno: iccbftmi suriyassa . . .
p&tun ti. kuto devi ambslkam duggatanam caturangint senft
sannaddbft vammik& subbummiyam tbit& kbaggftnafi ca
dbovanan ti. sac' &bam deva na labbiss&mi mariss&miti, ||4||
tena kbo pana samayena bbikkbave Brabmadattassa Eftsi*
ranfio purobito brllbma];io Digbitissa Eosalarafiiio sabftyo

X. 2. 6-7.] MAHAVAGGA. 343

hoti. atha kho bhikkhaye Dighiti Ko8alar&j& yena Brahma-
dattassa K&sirafino purohito br&hmano ten' upasamkami, upa-
sainkamitY& Brahmadattassa K&siranilo purohitam brfthma-
nam etad avoca: sakhi te samma gabbhini, tassi eyarfipo
dohalo uppanno: icchati suriyassa . . • p&tun tL tena hi
deva mayam pi devim paesftmi 'ti. atha kho bhikkhave
Dighitissa Kosalaraiino mahest yena Brahmadattassa Kftsi-
raiiiio purohito br&hma^o ten' upasamkami. addasa kho
bhikkhave Brahmadattassa £&sirafino purohito br&hmaijio
Dighitissa Kosalaraiino mahesiqi diirato 'va ftgacchantim,
disvftna utthfty&sanft ekamsam uttar&sangam karitvA yena
Dighitissa Kosalaraiino mahesl ten' anjalim pa^&metyll
tikkhattum ud&nam ud&nesi : Kosalar&jft rata bho kucchigato,
Kosalar&jl vata bho kucchigato 'ti. avimani devi hohi,
lacchasi suriyassa uggamanak&le caturanginim senam
sannaddham yammikam subhummiyam thitam passitum
khagg&nan ca dhovanain p&tun ti. || 5 1| atha kho bhikkhave
Brahmadattassa K&siraimo purohito br&hmano yena Brahma-
datto K&sir&j& ten' upasamkami, upasamkamitvft Brahma-
dattam KftsirlLj&Dam etad avoca : tath& deva nimitt&ni
dissanti, sve suriyuggamanak&le caturaiiginl sen& sannaddh&
vammik& subhummiyam titthatu khaggd, ca dhoviyanttl 'ti.
atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kftsir&jft manusse &i^d,pesi :
yatha bhane purohito br&hmano &ha tath& karoth& 'ti. alabhi
kho bhikkhave Dighitissa KosalarafLilo mahest suriyassa
uggamanak&le caturanginim senam sannaddham vammikam
subhummiyam thitam passitum khaggftnafL ca dhovanam
p&tum. atha kho bhikkhave Dighitissa Kosalaraiiiio mahest
tassa gabbhassa parip&kam anv&ya puttam vij&yi, tassa
Digh&vii 'ti n&mam akamsu. atha kho bhikkhave Dtghft«
vukum&ro na cirass' eva viiliiutam p&pu^i. ||6|| atha kho
bhikkhave Dighitissa Kosalaraiiiio etad ahosi : ayam kho
Brahmadatto KAsir^jd bahuno amh&kam anatthassa k&rako,
imin& amh&kam balaii ca v&hanaii ca janapado ca koso ca
kotth&gftran ca acchinnam. sac' ftyam amhe j&niasati sabbeva
tayo gh&t&pessati. yam n&n&ham Digh&vukumftram bahi
nagare vftseyyan ti. atha kho bhikkhave Dlghlti Kosalar&j&
Pigh&vukumftram bahi nagare vibsesi. atha kho bhikkhave

344 MAHAYAGGA. [X. S. 7-10.

Digb&vukumftro babi nagare patiyasanto na cirass' eTa sabba-
sipp&ni sikkbL ||7l| tena kbo pana samayena bhikkbave
Digbitiflsa Kosalaraiiiio kappako Brabmadatte Eftsiraftfie
padvasati. addasa kbo bbikkbave Digbttissa Eoaalaianno
kappako Digbltim Eosalar&j&nam sapaj&patikam Bftr&nasi-
yam aiiSatarasmim paccantime okftse kumbbak&raniyeeane
aiifi&takaveaena paribb&jakaocbannena patiya8antam» disY&na
yena Brabmadatto K&8ir&j& ten' upasamkamiy upasamkamitrft
Brabmadattam E&sir&j&nam etad avoca: Dtgbiti deva Eoeala-
rftj& sapaj&patiko B&rftnasiyani aMatarasmim paccantime
ok&86 kumbbak&ranivesane afiMtakavesena paribb&jakaocba-
nnena pativasattti. ||8|| atba kbo bbikkbave Brabmadatto
Kisirftji manusse &n&pe8i : tena bi bbane Dtgbitim Kosala-
r&j&nam sapajftpatikam &netb& 'ti. evam devft 'ti kbo
bbikkbave te manu88& Brabmadattassa Kftsiraiiiio patissatyft
Dtgbttim Eosalar&j&nani sapaj&patikaiii ftnesom. atba kbo
bbikkbave Brabmadatto K&8irlij& manusse ftn&pesi: tena bi
bbane Digbitim Eosalar&j&nam sapaj&patikam da}bftya
rajjuy& paccb&b&bam gftlhabandbaDam bandbityft kbura-
mu^dam karity& kbarassarena panayena ratbiy&ya ratbiyam
singb&takena singb&takam parinety& dakkbinena dv&rena
nikkb&mety& dakkbinato nagarassa catudb& cbindityft ca-
tuddisft bil&ni nikkbipatb& 'ti. eyam dey& 'ti kbo bbikkbaye
te manussft Brabmadattassa Eftsiranno patissutyft Digbitim
Eosalarftjftnam sapaj&patikam dalb&ya rajjuy& paccb&b&bam
g&|habandbanam bandbity& kburamundam karityft kbarassa-
rena panayena ratbijftya ratbiyam singb&takena singb&takam
parinenti. ||9|| atba kbo bbikkbaye Digh&ynesa kum&rassa
etad abosi: ciradittb& kbo me mftt&pitaro. yam niin&bam
m&t&pitaro passeyyan ti. atba kbo bbikkbaye Digbftya-
kum&ro B&rftnasim payisityd. addasa m&t&pitaro dalb&ya
rajjuy& paccb&bftbam g&lbabandbanam bandbity& kbura-
mundam karity& kbarassarena pai^yena raibiy&ya ratbiyam
singb&takena singb&takam parinente, disy&na yena m&t&pi*
tare ten' upasamkami. addasa kbo bbikkbaye Digbiti
Eosalarajft Digh&yukum&ram durato 'ya ftgaccbantam,
disy&na Digb&vukum&ram etad ayoca: m& kbo tyam t&ta
Digb&yu digbam passa m& rassam^ na bi t&ta Digbftya

X. ». 10-18.] MAHAVAaOA. 346

Yerena Yer& Bammantiy averena hi t&ta Dlgb&va verft
sammantiti. ||10|| eyam vutte bhikkhave te mana88& Di«
ghitim Kosalarftj&nam etad avocum : ommattako ayam
Dlghiti Ko8alar&j& vippalapati, ko imassa Digh&vuy kam
ayam eyam Aha : m& kho tyam t&ta Digh&yu dlgham paasa
mi rassamy na hi t&ta Digh&yu yerena yer& sammanti, aye-
rena hi t&ta Dlgh&yn yer& sammantiti n&ham bhane
nmmattako yippalap&mi, api ca yo vi&hd so yibh&yessatiti.
dutiyam pi kho bhikkhaye — la — tatiyam pi kho bhikkhaye
Dlghiti Eo8alar&j& Dlgh&yukum&ram etad ayoca: m& kho
• . . sammantiti. tatiyam pi kho bhikkhaye te manu86&
Dighltim Kosalar&j&nam etad ayocum : ummattako ... so
yibh&yessatiti. atha kho bhikkhaye te manu88& Dighltim
Elosalar&j&nam sapaj&patikam rathiy&ya rathiyam singh&ta-
kena singh&takam parinety& dakkhinena dy&rena nikkh&-
mety& dakkhinato nagarassa catudh& chindity& oatuddis&
bil&ni nikkhipity& gumbam thapety& pakkamimsu. ||11||
atha kho bhikkhaye Digh&yokum&ro B&r&nasim payisity&
suram nlharity& gumbiye p&yesL yad& te matt& ahesum
patit& atha katth&ni samka4dhity& citakam karity& m&t&pi-
tunnam sarlram citakam &ropety& aggim daty& panjaliko
tikkhattum citakam padakkhinam ak&si. tena kho pana
samayena bhikkhaye Brahmadatto K&sir&jft uparip&s&daya-
ragato hoti. addasa kho bhikkhaye Brahmadatto K&sir&j&
Dlgh&yukum&ram pafijalikam tikkhattum citakam padakkhi-
nam karontaniy disy&n' assa etad ahosi : nissamsayam kho so
manusso Dighitissa Eosalaraiiiio fi&ti y& s&lohito y&. aho
me anatthakoy na hi n&ma me koci &rocessatlti. || 12 1| atha
kho bhikkhaye Dlgh&yukum&ro arafifiam ganty& y&yadattham
kandity& rodity& yappam punchity& B&r&^asim payisity& ante-
porassa s&mant& hatthis&lam ganty& hatth&cariyam etad
avoca : icch&m' aham &cariya sippam sikkhitnn ti. tena hi
bhane m&nayaka sikkhassd Hi. atha kho bhikkhaye Dlgh&-
yukum&ro rattiy& paocftsasamayam paccutth&ya hatthi8&l&-
yam maiXjun& sarena g&yi yt^afi ca y&desi. assosi kho
bhikkhaye Brahmadatto K&sir&j& rattiy& paccftsasamayam
paccutthftya hatthis&l&yam mafijun& sarena gltam yl^ ca
viditwn, suty&na manusse pucchi : ko bha^e rattiy& paociisa-

346 MAHAYAGGA. [X. 8. 13-16.

samayam paccutth&ya hatthisftlftyam xnafijnnft sarena gftyi
yimii ca vftdestti. || 13 1| amukassa deva hatthftcariyasea ante-
yiel m&nayako rattiyft pacciisasamayam paccuttfadya hatthisi*
Uyam mafijun& sarena g&yi vinafl ca T&desttL tena hi bhane

tarn m&nayakam &neth& 'ti. evam dey& 'ti kho bhikkhave te

• • • ■

maiiu88& Brahmadattassa S&siraniio patissutv^ Digb&va-
kum&ram iLnesum. tvam bfaane m&navaka rattiya pacc&sa-
Bamayam paccutth&ya hatthifi&l&yam inaiijun& sarena g&yi
ytnaii ca y&desiti. eyam dey& Hi. tepa hi tvam bha^e
m&nayaka gayaasu ytnan ca y&dehtti. eyam dev& 'ti kho
bhikkhaye Digh&yukum&ro Brahmadattassa Kftsiraiino pati-
B8uty& &r&dh&pekho maiijuii& sarena gftyi Ttnail ca yftdesL
atha kho bhikkhaye Brahmadatto E&sir&ja Digh&yukum&ram
etad ayoca : tyam bhane m&nayaka mam upatthah& 'ti.
eyam dey& 'ti kho bhikkhaye Digh&yukam&ro Brahma-
dattassa EAsiranno paccassosi. atha kho bhikkhaye Digh&-
yukumllro Brahmadattassa Eftsiranno pubbutthayi ahosi
pacch&nip&ti kimk&rapatiss&y} man&pac&ri piyay&di. atha
kho bhikkhaye Brahmadatto Eftsirftj& Dlgh&yukum&ram na
cirass' eya abbhantarike yiss&sikatthftne thapesi. ||14|| atha
kho bhikkhaye Brahmadatto E&sir&j^ Digh&yukum&ram etad
ayoca: tena hi bhane m&nayaka ratham yojehi migayam
gamiss&miti. eyam dey& 'ti kho bhikkhaye Digh&yukumaro
Brahmadattassa E&siraiino patissuty& ratham yojety& Brahma-
dattam E&sir&j&nam etad ayoca : yutto kho te deya rathoi
yassa d&ni k&lam maflnasiti. atha kho bhikkhaye Brahma*
datto E&sirftjsl ratham abhiriihi, Digh&yukum&ro ratham
pesesi, tath&-tath& ratham pesesi yath&-yath& aiinen' eya sen&
agamllsi aMen' eya ratho. atha kho bhikkhaye Brahmadatto
Eftsirdj& d&ram gantyd. Dtgh&yukum&ram etad ayoca : tesa
hi bha^e m&nayaka ratham muncassu^ kilanto 'mhi nipajjiss&-
miti. eyam dey& 'ti kho bhikkhaye Dtgh&yukum&ro Brahma-
dattassa E&sirafino patissuty& ratham muncity& pathayiyain
pallankena nisldi. atha kho bhikkhaye Brahmadatto E&si-
r&j& Digh&yukum&rassa ucchange sisam katy& seyyam
kappesi, tassa kilantassa mohuttaken' eya niddam okkamL
II 16 II atha kho bhikkhaye Digh&yussa kum&rassa etad
ahosi; ayam kho Brahmadatto E&sir&jcL bahuno amh&kam

X. 2. 16-17.] MAHAVAGGA. 347

anatthassa k&raka^ iiiiih& amh&kam balan ca v&hanafi ca
janapado oa koso ca kot(h&g&raii ca acchinnam imin^ ca
me m&t&pitaro batft. ayam khv assa k&Io yo 'ham yeram
appeyyan ti kosiylL kbaggam nibb&Iii. atha kho bhikkbave
Dlghftvussa kum&rassa etad abosi: pit& kbo mam mara-
nak&Ie avaca : m& kbo tvam t&ta Dlgbftyu dtgham passa mk
raasam, na bi t&ta Dlgb&vu verena Yer& sammanti^ averena
bi tAta Digb&vu ver& sammantlti. na kbo me tarn patir&pam
yo 'bam pita vacanam atikkameyyan ti kosiyft kbaggam
pavesesi. dutiyam pi kbo bbikkbaye Dtgb&vussa kum&rassa
etad abosi : ayam kbo Brabmadatto • . • nibb&bi. dutiyam
pi kbo bbikkbave Digb&vussa kum&rassa etad abosi : pit&
. . . atikkameyyan ti, punad eva kosiyA kbaggam pavesesi.
tatiyam pi kbo . • . nibb&bi. tatiyam pi kbo . • • pavesesi.
atba kbo bbikkbave Brabmadatto K&sir&j& bbito ubbiggo
nssaiikt utrasso sabasft vuttb&si. atba kbo bbikkbave
Digh&vukum&ro Brabmadattam K&sir&jftnam etad avoca:

kissa tvam deva bblto . • . vuttb&sUi. idba mam bbane

• • • • •

m&navaka Digbttissa Xosalaranno putto Dtgbftvukum&ro
supinantena kbaggena parip&tesi ten&bam bbito ubbiggo
ussaiikt utrasso sabasft vuttb&sin ti. || 16 1| atba kbo bbikkb-
ave Digb&vukum&ro v&mena battbena Brabmadattassa K&si-
raniio stsam par&masitv& dakkbinena battbena kbaggam
nibb&betv& Brabmadattam X&sir&janam etad avoca: abam
kbo so deva Digbttissa Kosalaraniio putto Digb&vukumftro.
babuno tvam ambftkam anattbassa k&rako, tay& amb&kam
balan ca v&banan ca janapado ca koso ca kottb&g&ran ca
accbinnam tay& ca me m&t&pitaro bat&. ayam kbv assa k&Io
yv ftbam veram appeyyan ti. atba kbo bbikkbave Brabma-
datto K&sir&jft Digb&vussa kumftrassa p&desu sirasA nipatitT&
Digb&Yukum&ram etad avoca: jivitam me t&ta Digb&vu debi,
jivitam me t&ta Digb&vu debiti. ky &bam ussab&mi devassa
jivitam d&tum, devo kbo me jivitam dadeyy& 'ti. tena bi
t&ta Digb&vu tvan c' eva me jivitam debi abaii ca te jivitam
dammiti. atba kbo bbikkbave Brabmadatto ca E&sir&j&
Digb&vu ca kum&ro annamaiinassa jivitam adamsu p&nin ca
aggabesum sapatban ca akamsu adrdbb&ya. atba kbo bbi-
kkbave Brabmadatto E&sir&j& Digb&vukum&ram etad avoca :

348 MAHAVAOQA. [X. 8. 17-20.

tena hi t&ta Dtgh&va ratham yojehi gamis94m& 'ti. eTam
dev& Hi kho bhikkhave Dlgh&viikuiii&ro Bralimadattassa
E&siraiino patissutv^ ratham yojetY& Brahmadattam Kftsirft-
j&Qam etad avoca: yutto kho te deva ratho, yassa d&ni
k&lam maft&aslti. atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto E&si-
rftj& ratham abhir&hi, Dtgh&vukam&ro ratham pesesi, tath&
-tathft ratham pesesi yath&-yath& na cirass' eva sen&ya sam&-
gacchi. II 17 II atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Eft8irftj&
Bftr&nasim pavisitvi amacce p&risajje 8annip&t&petv& etad
avoca : sace bhane Dighltissa Kosalaranilo puttam Dtgh&vu-
kum&ram passeyy&tha kinti nam kareyy&th& 'ti. ekaooe
evam fthamsu : mayam deva hatthe chindeyy&ma, mayam
deva p&de chindeyy&ma^ mayam deva hatthap&de chindeyyi-
ma, mayam deva kanne chindeyy&ma, mayam deva nftsam
chindeyy&ma, mayam deva kai^iianl^m chindeyy&ma, mayam
deva slsam chindeyy&m& 'ti. ayam kho bhane Dighttissa
Kosalaraiino putto Digh&vukum&ro, n&yam labbh& kiiici
k&tum, imin& ca me jtvitam dinnam may& ca imassa jtvitam
dinnan ti. || 18 |j atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Eftsirilj&
Digh&vukum&ram etad avoca: yam kho te t&ta Digh&vu
pit& maranak&le avaca : mk kho tvam t&ta Digh&vu dtgham
passa mk rassam, na hi t&ta Digh&vu verena ver& sammand,
averena hi t&ta Digh&vu ver& sammanttti, kin te pit&
sandh&ya avac& 'ti. yam kho me deva pit& maranak&le
avaca m& dlghan ti, m& ciram veram ak&siti, imam kho me
deva pit& maranak&Ie avaca m& dtghan ti. yam kho me
deva pit& maranak&le avaca m& rassan ti, m& khippam
mittehi bhijjitth& 'ti, imam kho me deva pit& maranak&le
avaca m& rassan ti. yam kho me deva pit& maranak&le
avaca na hi t&ta Dtgh&vu verena ver& sammanti, averena hi
t&ta Digh&vu ver& sammantlti, devena me m&t&pitaro hat&
'ti, sac' &ham devam jivit& voropeyyam ye devassa atthak&m&
te mam jivit& voropeyyum, ye me atthak&m& te te jivitJL
voropeyyum, evam tarn veram verena na v&pasameyya.
id&ni ca pana me devena jivitam dinnam may& ca devassa
jivitam dinnam, evam veram averena vdpasantam. imam kho
me deva pit& maranak&le avaca : na hi t&ta . . • sammantlti*
II 19 II atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto K&sir&j& acchari*

X. 2. 20-8. 1.] HAHAYAGOA. 349

yam vata bho abbhutam yata bho, y&va pan^ito ayam
Digh&vukum&rOy yatra hi s&ma pituno samkhittena bbftsi-
tassa yittb&rena attham ^jftnissatiti, pettikam balafi ca
y&banan ca janapadaii ca kosafi ca kottbllg&rail ca patip&desi
dhttaraii ca adasi. tesam hi n&ma bhikkhave .r&jtinam
ftdiimadand&nam &dinnasatth&nam evarupam khantisoraccam
bhavissatiti^ idha kho pana tarn bhikkhave sobhetha yam
tamhe evam sv&kkh&te dhammavinaye pabbajitd 8am&n&
kham& ca bhaveyy&tha 8orat& c& Hi. tatiyam pi kho bha-
gay& te bhikkhA etad ayoca: alam bhikkhaye m& bhanda-
nam m& kalaham m& yiggaham m& yiyftdan ti» tatiyam pi
kho so adhammav&dl bhikkhu bhagayantam etad ayoca:
&gameta bhante bhagayft dhammas&mi, appossidd^o bhante
bhagaylL ditthadhammasukhayih&ram anuyutto yiharatu,
mayam etena bhandanena kalahena yiggahena yiy&dena
panii&yis6&m& Hi. atha kho bhagay& pariy&dinnarfip& kho
ime moghapariB&, na yime 8ukar& saiiii&petmi ti utth&-
y&8an& pakkftmi. ||20||2il

Dlgh&yubh&nay&ram pathamam.

atha kho bhagay& pubbanhasamayam niy&8ety& pattacl-
yaram iLd&ya Kosambim pin^&ya p&yisi, Kosambiyam
pind&ya carityft pacch&bhattam pin^ap&tapatikkanto senftsa-
nam 8aip8&mety& pattaciyaram &d&ya samghamajjhe thitako
'ya im& g&th&yo abh&si :

puthusaddo samajano na b&Io koci maiiSatha
samghasmim bhijjam&nasmim, n' afiilam bhiyyo amaiina-

rum.|
parimutth& pandit& bh^ yftcftgocarabh&ninOy
yfty' icchanti mukhftyftmam^ yena nlt& na tain yidfi.|
akkocchi mam, ayadhi mam, ajini mam, ahftsi me,
ye tarn upanayhanti, yeram teeam na sammati.)
akkocchi mam, ayadhi mam, ajini mam, ah&si me,
ye tarn na npanayhanti, yeram tea' Apasammati.!
na hi yerena ver&ni sammant' idha kudftcanam,
5 ayerena ca sammanti, esa dhammo sanantano.l
pare ca na yijftnanti mayam ettha yam&mase,
ye ca tattha yij&nanti, tato sammanti medhagft.j

350 MAHAYAGGA. [X. S. 1-1 2.

atthiccliinn& p&nahar& gayftsBadhanah&rmo

rattham yilampam&n&nam tesam pi hoti samgati. kasmi

tumli&kam no siyft.)
sace labhetha nipakam sah&yam saddhincaram s&dhuTi-

h&ri dhiram,
abhibhuyya sabb&ni parissay&ni careyya ten' attamano

Batim&.|
no ce labhetha nipakam sah&yain saddhincaram s&dhuvi-

h&ri dhtram
r&j& ya rattham yijitam pah&ya eko care mataiigarailne

ya n&go.|
ekassa caritam seyyo, n' atthi hUe sahftyatft.
eko care na ca p&p&ni kayir& appossukko mfttangaranne
10 yan&go'ti. ||1||3||

atha kho bhagayft samghamajjhe thitako 'ya ima g&th&yo
bh&sity& yena fi&lakalonakarag&mo ten' upasamkami
tena kho pana samayena &yasni& Bhagu B&lakalonakara-
g&me yiharati. addasa kho ftyaamft Bhagu bhagayantam
ddrato 'ya ftgacchantam, disy&na ftsanam pailn&pesi p^doda-
kam pftdapithain p&dakatha,likam upanikkhipi, paccuggantTi
pattaciyaram patiggahesi. nisidi bhagay& paniiatte Usane,
nisajja p&de pakkhlllesi. ftyasm&pi kho Bhagu bhagayantam
abhiv&dety& ekamantam nistdi. ekamantam nisinnam kho
iLyasmantam Bhagum bhagay& etad avoca : kacci bhikkha
khamantyam, kacci y&pantyam, kacci pindakena na kilama-
atti. khamaniyam bhagay&, yftpaniyam bhagay&, na c&ham
bhante pindakena kilam&miti. atha kho bhagaya liyasmantam
Bhagum dhammiy& kath&ya sandassetyft • • . 8ampahainsetT&
utth&y&8an& yena P&cinayamsad&yo ten' upasamkami.
II 111 tena kho pana samayena ftyasm& ca Anuruddho
&yasm&ca Nandiyo ftyasm^ ca Kimbilo Pacinayamsad&ye
yiharanti. addasa kho d&yapftlo bhagayantam d&rato 'va
ftgacchantam, disy&na bhagayantam etad ayoca : ma samana
etam d&yam p&yisi, sant' ettha tayo kulaputt& attak^marftpi
yiharanti, m& tesam aph&sum ak&siti. assosi kho ftyasm&
Anuruddho d&yap&lassa bhagayat& saddhim mantayam&nassa,
sutyft d&yap&lam etad ayoca : m&yuso d&yap&la bhagayantam

X. 4. 2-5.] MAHAVAGOA. 351

y&resiy satthft no bhagavft anuppatto 'ti. atha kho ftyasmft
Anuruddho yen&ya8m& ca Nandiyo ftyasm& ca Kimbilo ten'
upasamkamiy iipa8ainkamitY& ftyasmantam ca Nandiyam
ftyasmantam ca Kimbilam etad avoca : abhikkama-
th&yasmanto abhikkamatb&yasmanto, satthft no bhagavi
anuppatto Hi. ||2|| atba kho &ya8m& ca Anuruddho
&ya8m& ca Nandiyo &ya8m& ca Kimbilo bhagayantai;i
paccuggantT& eko bhagavato pattactvaram patiggahesi,
eko ftsanam pann&pesi, eko p&dodakam pddapitham p^^-
kathalikam upanikkhipi. nisidi bhagavft panfiatte ftsane,
nisajja pMe pakkh&lesi. te pi kho ftyasmantA bhagavantam
abhiyftdetyft ekamantam nisidimsu. ekamantam nisinnam
kho ftyasmantam Anuruddham bhagayft etad avoca : kacci
vo Anuruddhft khamanlyam, kacci y&paniyam^ kacci pinda-
kena na kilamathft 'ti. khamaniyam bhagavft, yftpaniyain
bhagavft, na ca mayam bhante pin^akena kilamftmft Hi.
kacci pana vo Anuruddhft samaggft sammodamftnft avivada-
mftnft khtrodakibh&tft annamaniiain piyacakkhdhi sampa-
ssantft viharathft 'ti. taggha mayam bhante samaggft
sammodamftnft avivadamftnft khirodakibhdtft aiiilamannam

•

piyacakkhdhi sampassantft viharftmft Hi. yathftkatham. pana
tumhe Anuruddhft samaggft sammodamftnft . . . sampassantft
viharathft Hi. ||3|| idha may ham bhante evam hoti: Iftbhft
vata me, suladdham vata me yo 'ham evarflpehi sabrahma-
cftrihi saddhim viharftmiti. tassa mayham bhante iinesu
ftyasmantesu mettam kftyakammam paccupatthitam ftvi c'
eva raho ca, mettam vactkammam, mettam manokammam
paccupatthitam ftvi c' eva raho ca. tassa mayham bhante
evam hoti : yam n&nftham sakam cittam nikkhipitvft imesam
yeva ftyasmantftnam cittassa vasena vatteyyan ti. so kho
aham bhante sakam cittam nikkhipitvft imesam yeva
ftyasmantftnam cittassa vasena vattftmi, nftnft hi kho no
bhante kftyft ekan ca pana mafine cittan ti. ftyasmftpi kho
Nandiyo, ftyasmftpi kho Kimbilo bhagavantam etad avoca :
mayham pi kho bhante evam hoti : Iftbhft • . . maiifie cittan
ti. evam kho mayam bhante samaggft sammodamftnft aviva-
damftnft khirodakibh&tft aiiilamannam piyacakkhxihi sampa-
ssantft viharftmft Hi. ||4|| kacci pana vo Anuruddhft appa-

862 MAHAVAGGA. [X. 4. 6-6.

mattft &t&pino pahitatt& yiharath& 'ti. tagglia mayam bhante
appainatt& &t&pino paliitatti Yihar&m& 'ti. yathftkatham
pana tnmhe Anuraddhft appamattA ftt&pino pafaitatt4 vika-
Tath& 'ti. idha bhante amhikam yo pathamam g&mato pin-
d&ya patikkamatiy bo ftsanam pannftpetiy pftdodakam pftda-
pttham pftdakathalikam upanikkhipatiy avakk&rapfttim dho-
-vitv& upattfa&peti^ p&niyam paribhojaniyam upatth&petL yo
pacch& gftmato pin4ftya patikkamati^ saoe hoti bhatt&vaBeso,
sace &kankhati, bhuiijati^ no ce ftkankhati, appaharite t&
cha4deti app&nake y& udake opil&peti, so ftsanam uddharatiy
pftdodakam p&dapitham p&dakathalikam patisAmeti, avakk&-
rap&tim dhovitY& patisftmeti, pftniyam paribhojaniyam pati-
8&meti, bhattaggam .mmmajjati. yo passati p&niyaghatam
Y& paribhojaniyaghatam y& Yaccaghatam y& rittam tuccham
so npatth&peti. sac' assa hoti aYisayham hatthaYik&rena,
dutiyam &mantetY& hatthaYilaiighakena upatthApema, na tY
OYa mayam bhante tappaccay& Y&cam bhind&ma, pafic&hikam
kho pana mayam bhante sabbarattiyft dhammiyd. kath&ya
sannistd&ma. eYam kho mayam bhante appamatt& &t&pino
pahitatta Yihar&m& Hi. || 6 1|

atha kho bhagaY& iyasmantam ca Anuruddham Ayasmantam
ca Nandiyam Ayasmantam ca Kimbilam dhammiy& kath&ya
sandassetY^ • . . sampahamsetY^ utthftyftsanA yena P&ri-
leyyakam tena c&rikam pakkimi. anupubbena cirikam
caram&no yena P&rileyyakam tad aYasari. tatra sudam
bhagaY& P&rileyyake Yiharati RakkhitaYanasa^de
Shaddasftlamdle. atha kho bhagaYato rahogatassa pad-
sallinassa OYam cetaso panYitakko udap&di : aham kho pubbe
ftkinno na ph&su Yih&sim tehi Kosambakehi bhikkh&hi
bhandanak&rakehi kalahak&rakehi YiY&dak&rakehi bhassakA-
rakehi samghe adhikara^akftrakehi, so 'mhi etarahi eko
adutiyo sukham phftsu Yihar&mi afifiatr' OYa tehi Kosamba-
kehi bhikkhdhi kalahak&rakehi . • . adhikaranak&rakehiti.
aiiiiataro pi kho hatthin&go &kinno Yiharati hatthihi hatthi-
nthi hatthikalabhehi hatthicch&pakehi, chinnaggftni c' OYa
tin&ni kh&dati, obhaggobhaggan c' assa s&kh&bhangam khIU
dantiy &YiI&ni ca pftniy&ni piYati^ og&hantassa otiiji^asaa
hatthiniyo k&yam upanighamsantiyo gacohanti. atha kho

Z. 4. 6-«. 2.] MAHAYAGGA. 353

tassa hatthinftgassa etad aliosi : afaam kho iLki^no Yihar&mi
hatthlhi hatthinihi hatthikalabhehi hatthicch&pakehi^ chinna-
ggftni c' eva tinftni kh&d&miy obhaggobhaggafi ca me sftkh&«
bhangam khftdanti, &vil&ni ca p&niy&ni piv&mi, og&hantassa
me otinnassa hatthiniyo k&yam upanighamsantiyo gacchanti.
yam n&n&bam eko 'va ganasmil vftpakattho vihareyyan ti.
II 6 II atha kho so hatthin&go yiithIL apakkamma yena F&ri-
leyyakam Bakkhitavanasan^o Bhaddaa&lamiilam yena bha-*
gaylL ten' upasamkami, upasamkamitY& sond&ya bhagavato
p&niyam paribhojaniyam upatthftpeti appabaritaii ca karoti,
atha kho tassa hatthin&gassa etad ahosi : aham kho pubbe
ftkinno na phftsu yihftsim hatthihi hatthinihi hatthikajabhehi
hatthicch&pakehi, chinnagg&ni c' eva ti];^&ni kh&dim^ obhaggo-
bhaggaii ca me s&kh&bhangam kh&dimsu, &yil&ni ca p&niy&ni
apftyinii og&hantassa ca me otinnassa hatthiniyo k&yam apa->
nighamsantiyo agamamsu, 'so 'mhi etarahi eko adutiyo
snkham phftsu viharftmi anfiatr* eva hatthihi hatthinihi
hatthikalabhehi hatthicch&pehiti. atha kho bhagav& attano
ca paviyekam vidityft tassa ca hatthin&gassa cetas& cetopari-
vitakkam a£Lil&ya t&yam yelftyam imam udftnam ud&nesi :

eyam n&gassa nftgena is&dantassa hatthino

sameti cittam cittena yad eko ramati yane 'ti. I|7||4lj

atha kho bhagay& P&rileyyake yath&bhirantam yiharity&
yena S&yatthi tena c&rikain pakk&mi. anupubbena c&ri-
kam caram&no yena S&yatthi tad ayasari. tatra sudam
bhagay& S&yatthiyam yiharati Jetayane An&tha-
pindikassa &r&me. atha kho Eosambakft up&sak& ime
kho ayy& Kosambak& bhikkhft bahuno amh&kam anatthassa
k&rak&y imehi ubbftlho bhagay& pakkanto, handa mayam ayye
Eosambake bhikkhA n' eya abhiy&deyy&ma na paccattheyyft-
ma na anjalikammam s&micikammam kareyy&ma na sakka-
reyy&ma na garukareyyftma na mftneyy&ma na pAjeyy&ma
upagat&nam pi pindapfttam na dajjeyy^ma^ eyam ime amhehi
a8akkariyam&n& agarukariyam&n& am&niyamftn& ap<!ljiyam&n&
asakk&rapakatft pakkamissanti y& yibbhamissanti y& bhaga-
yantam y& pas&dessantiti. || 1 1| atha kho Eosambakft upftsakft
Eosambake bhikkhii n' eya abhiyftdesum na paccutthesum na

TOL. nx. 28

354 MAHAVAGGA. [X. 5. 2-5.

anjalikammam B&mlcikaminam akamsa na sakkarimsa na
garukarimsu na mftnesum na pAjesum upagat&nam pi pinda-
p&tam na adamsu. atha kho EoBambak& bhikkhd Eosamba-
kehi up&8akehi a8akkariyamftn& . . . asakkftrapakatft eyam
fthamsu: handa mayam ftvuso S&vatthini gantv& bhaga-
yato santike imam adhikaraQam ydpasamem^ 'tL atha kho
Eofiambak& bhikkhii sen&sanam 8ain8&mety& pattadyaram
ftd&ya yena S&vatthi ten' upasamkamimsu. ||2||

assosi kho ftyasma S&riputto: te kira Eosambakft bhi-
kkh& bhandanak&rak4 • • . samghe adhikaranak&rak& Sft-
yatthim &gacchantiti. atha kho &yasm& S&riputto yena
bhagay& ten' upasamkami^ upasamkamityft bhagayantam
abhiy&dety& ekamantam nistdi. ekamantam nisumo kho
&ya8m& S&riputto bhagayantam etad ayoca : te kira bhante
Kosambak& bhikkhii bha^danakftrak^ • . . samghe adhika-
ranak&rakft S&yatthim ftgacchanti. kath&ham bhante tesa
bhikkhftsu patipajj&miti. tena hi tyam Sariputta yath&-
dhammo tathft titth&hiti. kath&ham bhante j&neyyani
dhammam yft adhammam y& 'ti. || 3 1|

atth&rasahi kho S&riputta yatthiihi adhammay&dt j&ni-
tabbo. idha S&riputta bhikkhu adhammam dhammo 'ti
dipeti, dhammam adhammo 'ti dipeti^ ayinayam yinayo 'tiL
d., yinayam ayinayo 'ti d., abh&sitam alapitam tath&gatena
bh&sitam lapitam tath&gaten& 'ti d.^ bh&sitam lapitam tath&-
gatena abh&sitam alapitam tathftgaten& 'ti d.^ an&cinnam
tath&gatena ftcinnam tath&gatenll 'ti d., &cinnam tath&ga-
tena an&cinnam tath&gaten& 'ti d., appannattam. tath&gatena
pannattam tathdgatend. 'ti d., pannattam tath&gatena appa-
nnattam tath&gaten& 'ti d., anftpattim ^pattiti d., &pattim
an&pattiti d., lahukam &pattim garuk& &patttti d.y garukam
ftpattim lahuk& &pattiti d., s&yasesam &pattim anayaeesll
&pattiti d.^ anayasesam &pattim 8&ya8es& ftpattlti d.^ dutthu-
11am &pattim adutthull& ftpattiti d., adutthullam &pattim
dutthull& &patttti dipeti. imehi kho S&riputta atth&rasahi
yatthdhi adhammaySldi j&nitabbo. ||4|| atth&rasahi ca kho
S&riputta yatthiihi dhammay&di jftnitabbo. idha Sftriputta
bhikkhu adhammam adhammo 'ti dipeti^ dhammam dhammo
ti d., ayinayam • . ., yinayam . . ., abh&sitam alapitam

1x*

X.e. 6-9.] MAHATAGGA. 355

tath&gatena • • ., bh&sitam lapitam tath&gatena . . ., an&-
ci^anam tathftgatena • . ., ftcinnam tath&gatena . . ,,
appannattam tath&gatena • . ., pannattam tath&gatena . . .,
&pattim . . ., an&pattim . • ., lahukam &pattim • • ., gara-
kam &pattiin . . ., s&vasesani ftpattim • • ., anavasesam
ftpattim . . ,, dutthullam &pattiin • . ., adutthullam &pattim
adutthall& &pattlti dipeti. imehi kho S&riputta atth&rasehi
yatt'hiihi dhammay&di j&nitabbo Hi. || 5 1|

asaosi kho &ya8m& Mah&moggall&no — la — assosi kho
&7a8m& Mah&kassapo, assosi kho &yasm& Mah&kacc&no,
assosi kho &ya8m& Mah&koft^ito, assosi kho &7asm& Ma-
h&]^appino, assosi kho &yasm& Mah&cundo, assosi kho
&7asm& Anarnddhoy assosi kho &yasm& Bevato, assosi
kho &yasm& XJp&li, assosi kho &yasm& Anando, assosi kho
&yasm& R&hulo: te kira Kosambak& bhikkhii . . . (=3-6.
Bead R&hula instead of S&riputta) . . . dhammav&di j&ni-
tabbo U || 6 1|

assosi kho Mah&paj&pati Gotaml: te kira Eosambak&

bhikkhii . • • &gacchantlti. atha kho Mah&paj&patl Gotamt

yena bhagay& ten' upasamkami, upasainkamitv& bhagavan-

tam abhiv&detY& ekamantam atth&si. ekamantam thit& kho
• • • • • •

Mah&paj&pati Gotami bhagayantam etad ayoca : te kira
bhante . . • patipajj&miti. tena hi tyam Gotami ubhayattha
dhammam snna, abhayattha dhammam saty& ye tattha bhi-
kkhii dhammayftdino tesam ditthiii ca khantiii ca ruciii ca

• • •

&d&yail ca rocehi, yafi ca kiiici bhikkhunlsamghena bhikkhu-
samghato pacc&simsitabbam sabban tain dhammay&dito 'va
pacc&simsitabban ti. ||7|| assosi kho An&thapindiko ga-
hapati : te kira Kosambak& bhikkhii • . . &gacchantiti.
atha kho An&thapindiko gahapati yena bhagay& ten' npa-
sasnkamiy upa8ainkamity& bhagayantam abhiY&dety& ekaman*
tain nisldiy ekamantam nisinno kho An&thapi^diko gahapati
bhagayantam etful ayoca : te kira bhante . . . patipajj&-
mtti. tena hi tyam gahapati ubhayattha d&nam dehi^ ubha-
yattha d&nam daty& ubhayattha dhammam suna^ ubhayattha
dhammam 8utv& ye tattha bhikkhii dhammaT&dino tesam
ditthiii ca khantiii ca ruciii ca &d&yail ca rocehiti. || 8 1| assosi
kho yis&kh& Mig&ram&t&: te kira Eosambak& bhikkhii

356 MAHAYAGGA, [X. «. 9-12.

. . • Ugaccliaiititi. atha kho Yi8&kh& Migftram&t& yena
bhagay& ten' upasamkami, upasainkamitv& bhagavantam
abhiv^etyft ekamantam nisidL ekamantam Dismn& kbo
Yis&kh& Mig&ram&t& bhagavantam etad avoca : te kira
bhante • « . patipajj&miti. tena hi tvam Yisakhe ubba**
yattha dftnam dehi . . . rocefaitL || 9 1|

atha kho Kosambakfil bhikkhii anupubbena yena S&vatthi
tad avasarum. atha kho ftyasma S&riputto yena bhagav&
ten^ upasamkami, upa8ainkamitv& bhagavantam abhiv&dety&
ekamantam nisldi. ekamantam nisinno kho &yasm& S&riputto
bhagavantam etad avoca : te kira bhante Ko8ambak& bhi-
kkhd bhandanak&rak& . . . samghe adhikaranakarakft S&-
vatthim anuppatt&. katham nu kho bhante tesu bhikkhiisa
Benlbsane patipajjitabban ti. tena hi S&riputta vivittam senft-
sanam d&tabban ti. sace pana bhante yivittam na hoti
katham patipajjitabban ti. tena hi S&riputta Yivittam
katv&pi d&tabbam. na tv evftham S&riputta kenaci pariy&-
yena vuddhatarassa bhikkhuno sen&sanam patib&hitabban ti
vadftmi. yo patib&heyya, &patti dukkatass& Hi. &mise pana
bhante katham patipajjitabban ti. ftmisam kho S&riputta
sabbesam samakam bh&jetabban ti. ||10||

atha kho tassa ukkhittakassa bhikkhuno dhamman ca
vinayafl ca paccavekkhantassa etad ahosi : &patti esft n' es&
an&patti^ &panno 'mhi n' amhi anapanno, ukkhitto 'mhi n'
amhi anukkhitto, dhammiken' amhi kammena ukkhitto
akuppena th&n&rahen& 'ti. atha kho so ukkhittako bhikkhu
yena ukkhitt&nuvattak& bhikkhii ten' upasamkami, upa-
8amkamitv& ukkhitt&nuvattake bhikkhft etad avoca : &patti
e6& &VUSO n' esft an&patti . . . th&hd.rahena. etha mam
ftyasmanto osftrethd. 'ti. || 11 1| atha kho te ukkhitt&nuvattak&
bhikkhii tarn ukkhittakam bhikkhum &d&ya yena bhagav& ten'
upasamkamimsu^ upasamkamitv& bhagavantam abhiy&detv&
ekamantam nisidimsu. ekamantam nisinnd. kho te bkikkhdi
bhagavantam etad avocum: ayam bhante ukkhittako bhikkhu
evam &ha : ftpatti e8& &vuso n' e8& an&patti . • . 08&reth& 'ti.
katham nu kho tehi bhante patipajjitabban ti. dpatti
es& bhikkhave n' es& an&patti^ &panno eso bhikkhu n' eso
bhikkhu andpanno> ukkhitto eso bhikkhu n' eso bhikkhu

X. 5. 12-14.] MAHAVAGGA. 357

anukkfaittOy dhammikena kammena ukkhitto akuppena
th&n&rahena. yato ca kho so bhikkhaye bhikkhu &panno ca
ukkhitto ca paseati ca tena hi bhikkhave tarn bhikkhum
OB&reth& 'ti. || 12 1| atha kho te tikkhitt&nuvattak& bhikkha
taiii ukkhittakam bhikkhtim os&retv& yena ukkhepak& bhi-
kkhii ten' npasamkamiinsuy upasamkainitv& ukkhepake
bhikkhii etad avocTim : yasmim ftvuso Tattbusmim ahosi
samghassa bhandanam kalaho viggaho yiv&do samghabhedo
samffharftii sam&rhavayatth&nam samffhanan&karanam so eso
bhikkhu &panno ca ukkhitto ca passi ca os&rito ca. handa
mayam &yuso tassa yatthussa yiipasam&ya samghasftmaggim
karomi Hi. atha kho te ukkhepak& bhikkhii yena bhagay^
ten' upasamkamimsu, upasainkamity& bhagayantain abhiy&-
dety& ekamantam nisidimsa. ekamantam nisinn& kho te
bhikkhfl bhagayantam etad ayocuin : te bhante nkkhitt&-
nuyattak& bhikkhii eyam fthamsu : yasmim &vu80 yatthus-
xnun ahosi . . . ^ghaUnaaggim Jroma''ti. katham nu
kho bhante patipajjitabban ti. ||13|| yato ca kho so bhi*
kkhaye bhikkhu &panno ca ukkhitto ca passi ca os&rito ca
tena hi bhikkhaye samgho tassa yatthussa y&pasam&ya
samghas&maggim karotu. cyan ca pana bhikkhaye
k&tabbft. sabbeh' eya ekajjham sannipatitabbam gil&nehi ca
agil&nehi ca, na kehici chando dfttabbo. sannipatity& yyattena
bhikkhun& patibalena samgho fi&petabbo : sun&tu me bhante
samgho. yasmim yatthusmim ahosi samghassa bhandanam
kalaho yiggaho yiyMo samghabhedo samghar&ji samgha-
yayatth&nam samghan&n&karanam so eso bhikkhu ftpanno
ca ukkhitto ca passi ca os&rito ca. yadi samghassa
pattakallam samgho tassa yatthussa yiipasam&ya samgha-
s&maggim kareyya. es& liatti. sun&tu me bhante samgho.
yasmim yatthusmim . • . osftrito ca. samgho tassa
yatthussa ydpasam&ya samghas&maggim karoti. yas6&-
yasmato khamati tassa yatthussa ytipasam&ya samghas&m-
aggiyH karanam so tunh' assa, yassa na kkhamati so
bh&seyya. kat& samghena tassa yatthussa yupasam&ya
samghas&maggi nihat& samghar&ji nihato samghabhedo.
khamati samghassa, tasm& tunht, eyam etam db&ray&mlti.
t&yad eya uposatho k&tabbo p&timokkhami uddisitabban ti.
111411611

368 mahIvagga. [X. 6. 1-3.

atlia kho ftyasmft Up&li yena bbagavll ten* upasamkami,
upasaxnkamity& bhagavantam abhiv&detY& ekamantam nisidi,
ekamantam nisinno kho &yasin& TJp&U bhagavantam etad
avoca : yasmim bhante yatthusmim hoti saznghassa bhanda-
nam . • . samghan&n&karanam, samgho tain Yatthnm
aTinicchinitY& am{il& m(dain ganty& samghas&maggiin ka-
roti, dhammik& nu kho s& bhante samghaa&maggttL yaa-
mim TJpftli yatthusmim hoti . . • samgho tain yatthum
ayinicchinityft amiil& m(klain ganty& samghas&maggim karotii
adhammika 8& UpMi samghas&magglti. yasmim pana bhante
yatthusmim hoti • . . samgho tain yatthum yinicchinity^
m(il& mCilain ganty& samghas&maggim karoti, dhammiki nu
kho s& bhante samghasAmaggiti. yasmim Up&li yatthusmim
hoti . . . samgho tarn yatthum yinicchinityft mtdk mAlam
ganty& samghas&maggim karoti, dhammik& s& IJp&li samgha-
s&maggiti. II 1 II

kati nu kho bhante samghas&maggiyo 'ti. dye 'm& TJp&li
samghas&maggiyo. atth' Up&li samghas&maggi atth&pet&
yyaiijanupet&, atth' Up&Ii samghas&maggt atthupet& ea yyaii-
janupeta ca. katam& ca Up&li samghas&maggl atthftpet&
yyanjanupet&. yasmim TJp&li yatthusmim hoti samghassa
bhandanam . . • samghan&n&karanam^ samgho tarn yatthum
ayinicchinitya amMa miilam ganty& samghas&maggim karoti.
ayam yuccati Up&li samghas&maggi atth&pet& yyanjanupetft.
katam& ca Upllli samghasamaggi atthupet& ca yya5janupet4
ca. yasmim XJp&li yatthusmim hoti samghassa bhandanam
. , . samgWn&kara^am, samgho tarn* yatthum Tiniochi-
nity& m(ll& m(llam ganty& samghas&maggim karoti. ayam
yuccati Up&li samghas&maggi atthupetH ca yyanjanupet& ca.
im& kho Up&li dye samghas&maggiyo ti. ||2||

atha kho &ya8m& Up&li utth&y&san& ekamsam uttar&san-
gam karity& yena bhagavft ten' aEgaUm pajQi&mety& bhaga-
vantam g&th&ya ajjhabh&si :

samghassa kiccesu ca manten&su ca atthesu j&tesu viniccha-

yesu ca
kathampak&ro idha naro mahatthiko bhikkhu katham

hoti idha paggah&raho 'ti.|

X. 6. 3.] MAHAYAGOA. 359

an&nuvajjo pathamena sllato avekkhit&c&ro sosamvu-

tindriyo,
paccattliik& na upavadanti dhammato, na hi 'ssa tarn hoti

yadeyyum yena nain.l
80 t&diso fillayisi2ddhiy& thito TiB&rado hoti visayha

bh&sati,
na cchambhati parisagato na yedhati, attham na h&peti

anuyyutain bhanamj
tath' eva pafiham parisftsu pucchito na o' eva pajjh&yati

na manka hoti.

BO kH&gatam yy&karan&rahain vaoo rafijeti Tinnflparisam
yicakkhano,!

sag&rayo Yud4^^^6'su bhikkhusu &cerakamhi ca sake

Tifi&rado,
alam pametam, pagaj(;to kathetave^ paccatthik&nan ca
5 yiraddhikoYido^l
paccatthik& yena vajanti niggaham mah&jano panMpanafi

ca gacchati,
sakaii ca &d&yani ayam na rincati yy&karai^apanham anu-

pagh&tikam,!
d&teyyakammesa alam samuggaho samghassa kiccesu ca

&hiinain yath&,

karamyaco bhikkhuganena pesito aham karomiti na tena

maiuiatij
&pajjati y&yatakesu yatthusu^ &patti y& hoti yath& ca

yntth&ti.
ete yibhang& ubhayassa s&gat&, &pattiyutth&napada88a

koyidoj

mss&ra^ain gacchati y&ni c&caram, nisselrito hoti yath& ca
yatthun^

osdrarian tainyusitassa jantuno etam pi j&n&ti yibhaiiga-

koyido,!
sag&yaro yuddhataresu bhikkhusu nayesu theresu ca

majjhimesu ca,
mah&janass' atthacaro 'dha pan^ito, so t&diso bhikkhu
10 idha paggahftraho Hi. || 3 1| 6 1|

Kosambakkhandhako dasamo.

360 mahAvagoa.

taflfla uddlLoam:

KoBambiyam jinavaro, viv&d' ftpattidaasane,
ukkhipeyya yasmim tasmim, tassa y&patti desaye.!
anto Bim&yam, tatth' eva, paiic^ ekafi c' eva, sampadA,
P&rileyy& ca, S&Tatthi, S&ripatto ca, £olito,|
Mah&kassapa-Kacc&nOy £otthito, Kappineiia ca,
Mahftcundo ca, Anuraddho, BevatOy Up&livhayoJ
Anandoy SAhulo c' eva, Gotamii 'n&thapi:gLdiko, Yisftkhl

Mig&ram&t& ca,
sen&sanam vivittam ca, Amisam Bamakam pi ca,!
na kena chando d&tabbo^ Up&li paripuccluto«
5 anupavajji viBllena^ s&maggt jinas&sane 'ti.

hahAvaggah samattam.

861

VAEIOUS READINGS.

A : India Office MS. of the Phayre Collection (Burmese
writing).

B : MS. of the Paris National Library, fonds Pftli 17
(Sinhalese writing).

G : MS. of the Royal Library at Berlin, Orient, fol. 952
(Burmese writing)^

D: Buddha ghosa's Atthakath&; MS. of the Paris Library,
fonds P&li 39 (Sinhalese writing). Buddhaghosa omits all
passages, which offer no difficulties or have been explained
before.

E : The same work ; MS. of the Berlin Royal Library,
Orient, fol. 931 (Burmese writing).

The division into chapters and paragraphs has been intro-
duced by myself.

I.

1. 1, vimuttisukham patisamyedi ACE, vimuttisukhapati-
samvedi BD. Comp. Jataka, i. p. 77, 80, ed. FausboU. —
2, jar&marana8okap° C at both places. — 3, yad& have ABCE,
yadft bhave D. — jh&yino B. — ^brahmanassa AC. The same
spelling is constantly observed in these as in most Burmese
MSS. — 4, For omitted words B always uses the symbol pe,
AC have different symbols, the most frequent being la.
This entire passage is given without abbreviation in 0, which
reads here again at both places jarftmara^asokap''. — 5, jhftyino

362 MAHiYAGGA. [1. 1-6.

corrected to jh&yato B. — pavediti corrected to avediti B. —
6, C reads again at both places jar&Inaranasokap^ — 7, obhi-
sayam ant° ABC. Gomp. the note of M. Senart on Kacc.
L 4, 5. — 2. 1> sam&dhi utthahity& B. — vimuttisukhap^ D,
vimuttisukham p° ABCE. — 2, huhokaj&tiko A, hahumkaj^
BODE. Baddbaghosa : so kira ditthamangaliko m&navasena
kodhavasena ca huhun ti karonto vicarati, tasm& hahankaj&-
tiko 'ti vuccati. hahukkaj&tiko ti pi pathanti. — brahmana-
k&ran& A, br&hmanak&ra]^& B, brahmanakar& C. — 3, yatatto
ACDE, yuttatto B. — br&hmaDav&dam B. — 3. 1, samfidhi
Yiitthahity& B. — ^Ajap&lanigrodharakkham(iI& A, ^nigrodha-
m&le B, ^nigrodham(il& 0. — ^MufijalindarukkhamMe A» Mu-
oalindamftle B, MuiicalindamiUe C. ^-yimuttisakhain p^ AG.
— 2, satt&hayattalik& ABC^ satt&hayaddalikft B, satt&hayadda-
lik& E. GompV Jfiltaka i. p. 80. — *^duddini AB, ^duttini 0,
Muddinl DE .— 3, yiddham ACDE, yisuddham B. — panja-
liko C. — 4, asmim&nassa yinayo B. — 4. 1, sam&dhi yutth^
B. — ^yimuttisukham p° AC. — 2, tain desam gantiik&mft
addh° C. — gacchata bhagayantam B.^ 5, onitapattap&ni
AB C. — te ca B C— fi. 1, sam&dhi y° B.— 2, Akyapamuditi
and alayapamudit&ya A, &layasamudit& and ° pamuditAya B,
°samudit& and ^samndit&ya C, ftlayesa sutthu maditi 'ti
&layasammudit4 DE. In § 8^ 9, B reads ^samudit& and
^samuditftya, C ^samuditd, ^samuddit& and ° samudit&ya,
^samuddit&ya. — duddasam A, saduddasam BC. In § 8, 9| B
reads duddasam, and thus reads C in § 9, but sududdasam in
§ 8. — 3, apissu AB, api sudam C. — ^susambuddho AC. In § 8
G reads susampuddho, § 9 susambuddho. — patisotag&mi cor-
rected to ^g&mim C, patisoteg&min ti D, patisotag&min ti E. —
dakkhinti D, dakkhanti AB CE. — 4, yata bho at both places
BCy yata so at both places A; comp. J&taka i. p. 81. — 6,
bhummiyam nih° C. — 7, ayekkhassu AE, ftyekkhaasu B,
apekkh ""CD. In § 9, 10, C reads ayekkh."" — dhlra corrected
to yira B. — 8, apisu tarn Brahme B, api sudam me Brahme
C ; A omits this passage.— 11, ^posini all MSS. — accuggamma
ACE, ajjugg^ B, abbhuggamma D, comp. LaL Yist. p. 620
ed. Calc, where I propose to read udak&tyudgat&ni. — 6. 3, 4,
Udako, TTdakassa AC, Uddako, Fddakassa B. Comp. J&taka

1.6.] YAEIOUS BEADINOS. 363

L p. 66-81 ; the Northern Baddhists spell this name Budraka
B&maputra. — 8, K&sinam AD, E&sinam C, E&siyain B,
Kftsinainor E&sinanx E. — andhibhdtasmi AO. — &ha&hi AE,
ahaiphi B, &haftci C, ahafihi D. — amatadundabhlti D (not E).
9, yath& pi kho B, — ^hupeyya &yii80 A, hupeyyft ftv° B,
hupeyyam &y° 0, hupeyya p&iruso ti &yu80 evam pi n&ma
bhaveyya DE. — okampetvft AO, okappety& (" hUsm c&lety& "
DE) BDE.— 10, &ya<J4ho b&hull&y& ti D. — paccupath&pe-
tabbo AB, paccutb&tabbo 0. — 11, apissu AB, api sudam 0.
— 12, samudftcarittha C. —The Jfttaka Atthakathfl (i. p. 82),
which qaotes some words from this passage, offers the read-
ing : aham bh° tath&gato sammftsambuddho. — 13, 15, cari-
y&ya B, iriy&ya A, cariy&ya corrected to iriyftya 0. — 13,
uttarimanussadhammam 0, ^mrnft AB. — ^b&halliko AC, ba-
hulikato B. — uttarim manussadhamm& A, uttarimanussa-
dhammam BC. — 15, uttarim manussadhamm& A, uttari-
manu8sadhamm& B, uttarimanussadhammam C ; the same at
both places. — 16, me tumhe B. — abbh&sitam A, abbh&yitam
D, bh&sitam BE. The comment explains the word : y&kya-
nftdan ti. — ^asakkhi kho A, asanthiko corrected to asakkhi
kho C, asakkhi ko (or: as° top) B, as° yo D. — ^puna sussimsu
A, susisum B, yacanani sussisu C. Probably we ought to read :
puna sussiisimsu. — 17, atthakil^ B. — 20, ^nandini ABO.
27, paccann&si ABO. — 28, paccaflilAsi AO. — 29, idam ayoca
• . abhinandanti is omitted in B ; in these words haye been
inserted afterwards. — 30, ca pana bhagayatll 0. — eyam AO,
etam B. — 31, deyftnubh&yan ti B 0. — ^AfiMkondanno (at the
first place) B. The J&t. Atthay. (i. p. 82) and the Dhammap.
Atth. (p. 119, 125) read AAn&kondanna, but the Lai. Yist.
(p. 529 ed. Oalc.) reads Ajn&takau^^ii^ya. — 32, almost
constantly reads syftkhy&to. — tassa Hyasmato Ko^^&nassa A.
35, nih&rabhatto imin& nihftrena 0, nihftrabhatto A, imin&
hftrena B. — B inserts nth&rabhatte, which is corrected to
^bhatto, before tayo. — 39, yedan& bhikkhaye anatt& 0. —
labbhetha ca yedan&yam A. — na ca labbhati yedan&yam AB.
41, yinn&nam bhikkhaye anattam 0. — 42, kalla nu kho tarn
0. — 43, kallam nu kho tarn 0. — 46, eyam ayam AO, eyam
assa B. The reading eyam passam, which I prefer, occurs

364 KAHIyAGOA. [1. 6->lS.

in the corresponding passage of the Anattalakkhanasatta as
well as of the C&lar&hulov&da (Berlin MS. of the Sutta-
samgaha). Oomp. also i. 21. 4. — ?• If hetth& pftslidam A,
h'' p&8&d& B, h"" pasftdA corrected to h"" pas&dain C. — ^pi niddft
okkami A, pi pacchlL niddam okkami 0, pi niddft okkamati
parijanassftpi pacch& niddam okkami B. — 2, mudingam A,
mudigam G. — ^vikesikam A, vikkesikam G, Tikkhesitam B. —
yikkhelikam AG, yikkhelikam B. — annk vippalapantiyo G. -*
santh&ti G. — idam upaddutam A — ^idam upassathun A.—
3y abhir(lhitv& B. — 6, dukkhasamudayam nirodhamaggam
B. The same reading constantly occurs in this MS. — 7,
catuddis& A, catudisft G, catosu disft B. — 8, AB omit idha
nisinno. — 9, api nu bhante AG.— 10, dakkhintiti B,
dakkhantiti A G . The former spelling generally prevails in the
Geylonese MSS., the latter one in those brought from Burmah.
— so ca loke G.— 11, yimucci G, yimuccati A, yimuttam
B. — 14, l&bh& AB, sulftbh& G. — suladdham A, suladdham
l&bh& B, l&bhisuladdham G. — ajjatan&ya AG, ajja sy&tan&ya
B. — 8. 3, t& ca loke A B, t& ca kho loke G. — 9. 2, ime me
bhante A, ima bhante B, ime ca kho bhante G. — 10. 1 and 2,
janapad& ABG. Probably we ought to read janapade,
comp. B&r&nasiyam setth&nusetthinam, in the preceding
chapter. — 2, ime me bhante AG, ime bhante B — 4, 8& tesam

A, s&ya t° G, y&va f" B. — U. 1, mutt&ham AB, mutt&nam-
ham G. — manuss& constantly G. — mk ekena maggena G. —
agamittha AG, agamattha D, &gameie corrected to Ugamatta

B. — aham hi bhikkhaye B. — Sen&nigamo corrected to Sen&-
ninigamo B, Senanigamo A, Senonigamo G. — 2, bandhosi
ABG. — ^mah&bandhanabandho A, M&rabandhanabaddho cor-
rected to mah&b° G, M&rabandhanabandho B. -^muttoham
B. — ^mah&bandhanamutto A, M&rabandh^ B, M&rabandh°
corrected to mahftb"" G. — ^nihato B. — ^bftdhayissftmi ABG; the
true reading apparently is bandhayiss&mi. — 12. 3, pabbi*
jetum upasamp&detum ti A, pabb&jetha upasamp&detha B,
and thus reads G, where it is corrected thus : pabbftjeta
npasamp&detum. D : pabblljeth& tifidimhi.^-- 4, gacchftmtti
G, gacch&mi AB. — 13. 1, vutthayasso G. — 2, bandhosi AB,
baddhosi corrected to bandhosi G. — M&rap&sena AB, M&ra-

1. 18-80.] YAEIOUS READINGS. 365

pftsehi 0. — mab&bandhanabandlio A, M&rabandliaiiabandlio
BO. — mutt&ham AC, muttohi B. — ^M&rap&sena AB, M&ra-
p&sehi C. — M&rab&ndhanamutto 0. — 14. 1> tasmim yeva
vanasaiOL^e A, tasmim yan° B, tasmi ca van° C. — ekassa pana
paj&pati B. — n&hoti AB, n&hosi C. — &nit& hoti B. — 2, pari-
c&rimh& AB. — ^n&hoti B. — 3, tarn k&raiiam kim B. — yo
mayam instead of yam mayam all three MSS.— r 5, s& Ta AC,
y& ca B. — 15. 1> B omits tesu. — 2, jafilasseya assamo C. — >
agarum and garum almost constantly C. — api can4° C. — *
vihedhesiti constantly AC. — api ca cand° C (at the second
place). — cand°, corrected to api cand^ C (at the third place).

— 3, pariyftdeyyan ti AB, pariy&diyeyyan ti C. DE : pariyft*
teyyan [pariy&diyeyyan E] ti abhibhaveyya v4 yin&seyya vft.

— 4, abhisamkh&rityd AC, °kharitv& B. It ought to be
corrected : abhi8ainkh&retv&, comp. i. 7. 8. — ^n&ge AB, n&go
corrected to niLge C. In § 6 all three MSS. read n&ge. The
agreement of the two passages makes a correction like n&gena
na vihethiyati (vihethiyissati), highly improbable. I suppose,
that n&ge is a M&gadht nominative, the occurrence of which
may easily be accounted for in a legend founded on popular
tradition. — 6, pariy4dity& B. — 6, vih&remu C. — aggis&l&yan
ti A. — ph&suk&mo va A, ph° ca B C. — yibodheslti A C. — nam
AC, tarn B. — disv&na C. -r^um&naso C, sumanaso A, suppa-
sannamanaso B. — agyftgftre B. — vihedhiyatlti C. — 7, hatk A,
hatA ca C, yftva B. — C inserts k&]k after lohitikft. — k&ye A,
kayena B, rtpskiye C. — 16. 1, upasamkami AB, upa^
samgami C instead of upasamkamimsu. — ^pi n&ma mahanto
B. — 2, upasamkami AC. — pi n&ma mahant& B. — 17. 1,
yann&nipabh&hi B. — 2, yann&nipabh&hi B. — 18. 1, yann&ti-
pabhihi B.— 2, yann&tipabh&hi B.— 19. 4, ak&slti AB,
ak&siti C. — 20. 1, mahati all three MSS., instead of maha-
tim (the same in § 2, 4 and 5). — 2, A inserts pamsukulam
before &lambity&, in B this word is included in brackets, in
C it is omitted. — ^adhivattft AB, adhiyathft C (the same in
§ 6). — C inserts pamsukulam before &lambity&. — ^pariyi-
sajjeyyan ti C, — ^pariyissajjatu ti B. — 4, upanikkhitt& A. —
5, A inserts pamsukulam before &lambity&. — &harahattho
AC, arahanto B. — 6, tyam gaccha B. — 9, idam kho pana

366 ICAfiATAGOA. [I. SO-SS.

Kanapa B. — 11, sugandhikam A, gandhaaampaniiaii ti B,
gandhasampannam raflasampannain C. — BO omit sace ikan-
khasi . • • tyam yeva tain ga:Qih& ti. — ^yeva tain A (at both
places) ; comp. § 9. — 12, aggiin A, aggi BO. — «akiiii deva
all three MSS. (the same § 13 ; § 14 reads sakid eya).—
13, aggim B, aggi AO. — aggim A, aggi BO. — ^ajjalitum all
three MSS. — «ggiin A, aggi B 0. — ^ajjalitum B. — eggim ti
AB, aggi ti 0. — ^ujjalimsa all three MSS., instead of ujja-
liy imsuP — aggi BO, aggim A. — ^ujjaliyissati A, njjaliyati B,
ujjalissati 0. — 14, aggim AB, aggi 0. — aggim A, aggi BC.
— aggim A, aggi BO. — ^rijjh&peyyantu B (at both places). —
aggim ti AB, aggi ti 0. — aggim A, aggi BO. — ^vijjhftyisBati
AB, vijjftyissati 0. — 16, Neraiijarftya A, °yam B 0. — ^B omits
umm^ pi — ^ummujja nimujjam pi 0, nimujja^umnjjam pi A,
ummujja nimujjanti pi B. — abhinimmi A, abhimmini G,
abhiniyatft corrected to abhinimmi B. — ^visippesn 0. — yathfc
him& (yath& pi B) mandftmukhiyo nimmitA ti AB, yath&
paftcamattftni mand&mukhisatAni abhinimmit& ti 0. — ^mahft-
mand° AO, t&va bahn mah&mand^ B. — 16, vassi AB,
p&vassi 0. — ^ynlho AO, yuyho B. — ^idan nu tvam B, idha nu
tram A, idham (corrected to idha) nu tvam 0. — ayamm
ahasmim A, ayam ahasmi 0, ahamm &ham asmim B. — ^paT&-
hissati A, passahissati B, ppav&hissati 0. — ^na tv eva kho
tvam A. — 18, clraphatik& A, cirapatikA 0, cirapatikft B.
DE : ctrapatikH ti cirapatthftya. — 20, vayhamftne AO, °no
B — saddhi A; B omit this word. — 22, vuyhamane all three
MSS. — ^0 omits saddhim. — 24, aggi ; AB omit the word.
— 21. If tena carikam p° 0, tena pakk&mi AB. ^-cakkhum
&dittam bhikkhave sabbam adittam B, kifLci bh° sabbam 6A^
AO, instead of kill ca bh°. — 4, passam AO, mayam B. —
yimuttasmim yimuttamhiti A, yimuttasmim pi yimuttam iti
B, yimuttasmi yi yimuttamhi ti 0. Oomp. i. 6. 46. —
22. 4, aggim AB, aggi 0. — ^kissako AO, kisakp BD. —
k&mittiyo AO, k&mitthiyo BDE. — yaftnA all MSS.,
yaMam JAtaka i. p. 83. — c&tiyadanti A, cAbhiy^ B, c&ti
(ti is crossed) piy° 0. — yaflftft ABO, — DE: ete rApAdike
kAme itthiyo ca yaiiiiA abhiyadanti. — 5, ettheya A, etta ca B,
ettha ca 0. — ^A omits ayoca. — ^rasesu ca B. — ^ko carahi AO,

I. ».-a4.] VARIOUS EEADINGS. 367

kho 0° B. Baddhaghosa: atlia ko (kho D) carahiti atha
kya carahi. -— anupadhikam AB C, anupadhinain D. — anana-
t&bh&vi f bh&vl 0) ABC. DE : j&tijaramaran&nam abh&yena
ana£L£iatli&bh&Yiip. C^byivi corrected to ""bb&yiin E). —
89 ekam nahutam B. — 11, dakkhanti A, dakkhinti B^
dakkhantlti G. — 13, giyam&no A, gfty"" B, bb&sam&no 0. —
singlnikkhasuya^Qo ABC constantly ; DE : singlnikkhaau-
yai^no ti siiiglsayansLanikkbena Bam&nayai^no. Tbe Jftt.
Attbakatb& (i. p. 84) reads: ^sayanno. — After the third
stanza B inserts a fourth one : santo santehi (sic) purft^a-
jatilehi . . . p&yisi bhagay&. — dasay&so ABCE, das4yftso
D and the J&t. Atthakath&. — dasabhi ACE, dasahi BD
and the J&t. Atth. It is possible, that this is an instance
of the Instrum^tal ending in -bhi, which was hitherto
known only from grammatical literature. — ^°pariy&rako AC,
""pariy&ro B and the J&t. Atth. — 14, sabbadhi AC, sabbadhi
BD and the J&t. Atth. In E the reading is illegible. —
suddho AC, buddho B and the J&t. Atth. — 16, ayiddre
ABC (the same § 17), instead of atiddreP — appakinnam
BCD, abbokinnam A, app&kinnam E. — appanighosam AC
(the same § 17). — ^yijanay^an ti pi p&tho . . . yijanap&tan
ti pi p&tho D E . — 17, abbokinnam A, appokinnam C, appa-
kinnam B. — 23. 1, so itarassa &ropetu ti C, so ftrocetd ti
ABD. — 2, arahattamaggasamUpannft y& A, ^maggam y&
samm&pann& C, ^maggapatipanno y& B. — 5, paccayyattll A,
paccabyftth& B, paccabyat& C, paccabyathi E, paccayyath^ cor-
rected to °yy&th& D. The comment says : pati-aya-pubba-idh&tu,
tthayibhatti • . • patiyiddhattha tumhe, pattam tarn tumhe-
hlti attho. — ^paramasokam C. — abbh&tttam A, abantitam B,
apbhutitam C, abbhutitam and abbhatitam D, abbhatitam E.
— 6, kacci no AB, kinci nu C. — adhigatomhiti C. — adhiga-
tositi C. — 7, arahattamaggasam&pannft y& A, ^maggam y&
sam&pannft BC. —10, paccayyatti A, °byatA C, °by&thft B. —
paramasokam C. — abbhiititam A, abbhatitam B C. — 24. 1,
apalok&ma ABC, instead of apalokay&ma or ^kema. — 3,
unhalohitam B. — dye sah&yft B. — ^Kolito ca TJp° B. — ^Veju-
yane B. — atha nesam B. -^Kolito ca Up° B. — 6, atha kho te
tumhe im° g° paticodetha C— • 7, niyamftn&nam 0, neyam"" B.

368 MAHAYAGOJL [I.

— 25. I9 anftariyinilial B (Instead of anovad"^). — 6, dupposa*
tftya AB, doppoeit&ya C. — aaantotthit&ya A, asantatthataya

B, aaantatthiyi C. — aamganikftya AG, aaallekhatftya B. — ^
aoposatiya A^ aapposati B, aapoait&ya C. — appiochaasa B C ,
iftpiochalija A — 10, Instead of samharitabbaniy samha-
nntma, etc, the MSS (also those of the comment)
frequently read samgharitabbani, etc — ii88&detv& D (not
£). — 15, 1 am not sore aboat the spelling and the deriya-
turn of kaTitapittam ; the MSS. read ^pittam and ^pitham.
D : kaTatapithan ti kaT&tan ca pithasamghatafi ca. E :
kaTitapittan ti k^ ca pitasamirh&tan ca. The last word is
spelt pitthas^ in MinayeflTs edition of the P&timokkha, and
Abhidh&n. 219. — 15, apassenaph^ A, aphassenaph^ BG. — B
omits nlharitvA (after sallakkhetvA). — geralyp° G, ger&kap^

A, ganun p° B. — oolakam B (at both places). — parippositvft

C, parippo6etT& B, paribbo8itT& A. — 16, apassenaph^ AC,
aphassenaph^ B. — 20, Bnddhaghosa appears to haye read : tu-
pakAsetabbo vfilpak&s&petabbo. — ^Instead of yfissaBG often read
tassa. — 21, ni88a3rain B. The Burmese MSS. ordinarily read
niyasam or niyassanou — 23, dhoviyeth&ti A, dhoveyy&ti B,
dhoviyathAti G. — kariyethati AG, kariyeyyA ti B. —The MSS.
haye rajanam as well as rajan&; the former is the correct
reading. — paciyethiti AG, phatiyeyya ti B. — rajeyeyyA ti B
— ^rajentena B. — 24, ched&tabb& AB, na chodetabbA C
(L 32. 3, ched&tabb& all three MSS.) — upatthftpetabbo A,
npatthapetabbo B, npatth&tabbo G. — 26. 1, uppajjeyy&th& ti

B, upajjhiyeth& ti, upajjiyethA ti A, npajjiyethi ti G.--r 11,
The MSS. haye rajanam as well as rajanA, see ch. 25. 23. — •
rajitabbam A, rajet° BG. — rajantena AGE, rajent^ B. —
rajetabbam AB, raj it ° G. — npatthftpetabbo all three MSS.
instead of upatth&tabbo. — 27- 2, m& yittha B. — ^apat(b&-
petabbo B. — 3, anuj&n&mi bh° panamitena khamftpetun ti
B.— 28. 1, kiso hoti A^ k"" ahosi BG. — ''sandhatagatto A
constantly. — ^ko nu kho bhikkhaye G, ko bh^ A, ko nn kho
B. — imam kho bhante B. — 3, saran&gamanehi BG, °naga-
manehi AE. — ^t&ham G, tam A, ham corrected to n&ham B.
— upasampadam d&tnm BG, npasampAdetum A. — 29. 1,
npasampannassa samanantarJL D (not E). — eyamrApam C. — ~

1. 89-87.] VARIOUS READINGS. 869

Ayasmante AO, ftyasmato B. — upasamp&ditth&ti AC, npa-
Bampadatth&ti B. — 30. 2, khiyattha AG, nikkbiyittha B. —
no ce me A, no me ce C, no ce B. — 4, tattha te tayft jky° B
at the first, second, and fourtli place. — ^nimantanabhattam C.

— 31. 1| patikacceva AC. patigaccbeva B (at botb places). —
abbirameyyam sv&bam A, °yy& y&bam B, ^jrya C. — jeguccb&^
mi nissayft patikaly& ti B. — 2, B omits tivaggena pi. — 4,
kaoci tyam app° A, kacci (kioci C) ttba app^ BC. — app^
ca mayam C. — 5, tattba ayam pana C — ^botlti BC, aboslti

A. — ^tvam kbo mogb° C. — anam oyaditum aiUiiiim an^ C.

— 6, panavanto AC constantly. — ^upasamkami B. — 82* 1,
pakkamantesu B. — an&cariy& A. — 2, vass&mi B constantly. —
3, upatb&tabbo C, npatb&petabbo AB. Comp. i. 25. 24. —
33. 1> uppajjiyeihft ti A, uppajjeyy&tb& ti B, upajjiyetbft ti C.
— ^upattb&petabbo all tbree MSS. instead of upattb&tabbo.

— 35. 1, nissayam denti BC, n^ dessanti A, instead of n^
dassanti P — ^Tbe end of tbis cbapter is again specified by
tbe MSS. as tbe end of tbe 6tb Bb&navftra, tbe same baving
been tbe case witb regard to cbapter 33. Tbe subscription
'' ftcariyavattam,^' wbicb belongs to cb. 32, is also repeated
bere.^ 36. l^ cba yimbft A, cba yimft C, cba bim& B. —
samodb&nagato B. — 4, 5, param asekbena ^kkbandbena B
constantly. — 12, ftdibrabmacariyak&ya AC, ftdibrabmac&ri-
yak&ya B, ftdibrabmacariyik&y&y& ti D, Hdibrabmacarikllyft
ti E. — ^Buddbagb. explains yivecetnm, witbout mentioning
Tiyec&petmnr. — 13, ftdibrabmacariyaznkftyam A, ^cariyik&ya

B, ^cariyamkHya C. — 14, yittb&rena na C, na vittb&rena A,
Tittb&rena B. — na suvibbatt&ni na sup^ na suvin^ C ; na is
omitted at tbe tbree places in AB ; DE : ubbay&ni kbo pan'
assa p&t° vittb^ sv^ hontiti . . na savibbatt&nlti . . na na sup^
ti • . suviniccbit&nL — supavattini CE, suppavattini AB,
suppayattt[ti] D. — suttaso AE, suttato BCD. The reading
of BCD, wbicb I have preferred, is sustained by tbe reading
of all three MSS. in i. 63. 8, 13. — 15, suppavattini C, suppa-
vattit&ni B ; A omits tbis word. — suttaso A, suttato BC. —
37. 3, param asekbena ^kkbandbena B constantly. — 4, Botb
readings, asekbena ^kkbandbena and asekbe ^kkbandbe,
occur in B at various places. — 11, &dibrabmacariyakftya A,

VOL. III. 24

370 XAHATAGQA. [1. 37-40.

^cArijiki ja B, ''enmkiTm G — TiTaoetiim tbe IQS. (tlieaame
{ 12) ; fMi i Jing Id L 36. 12, 13, we should expect : Tive-
cetmaa TiTecipetmm. — 12, idifanhmacariyakiya A, ^oliii-
kiya B, ""caimUiTa C— 13, iia ahhayani . . pAt"" vitthiieaa
AC, abhayiai . . p4t= Tittk"* B. — na aimbh'' na sup'' na
•BT' C, aakhk'' sap^ nr'' AB. Comp. L 36. 14. — «appa-
Tattim A, ai^paTattiiii B, aapaTattmi C. — snttaao A, suttato
BC. — 14« snppaTattiBi AG, soppaTattftni K — sattaaa A,
aallaftD AC. la the aa lwcriptk m this chapter, thoogb it
oaatanm onlj 14 rhaHra, is npeirifM as "chaHraip ac^asa-
Tinaa.'* — W> 1* » ^gsto na apaaaflopAdetabbo AB, ao puna
pacchtgamtrfc bhittha apasunpsdaiB jrfteanto ao Agato na
mpas^ C. — JO ao hhikHtave AB, yo hbP aoilo pi C. — 3, teiia
bhikkhaTo B, tana kho bh'' AC. —A omits itthannamo. — 5,
gAmaia piadija paTisali D (not E). — TBsiyag'' BGDE,
Tssiyig^ A. — ^idhav&g^ AC, vidhaTag^ B. — 6, kikara^iyApi
C. — 7, idam Tooeati hhikkhaTo B. — iBunghAtanikain AB,
samghitaniyaingaiB C, auagUttaniyam, in the explanation.
ssmghitsnikaiB D, samgfaitaniyam, in the eiplanatioa
Siifighitanikaia E. — oTsin an"" kho ACE ; BD omit kho. —
8, TedjAg'^ AB, Tesig'' C. — Tidhavig'' ABC— 9, kikarar
liiyftm C. — 10, samghAtaniysm A, samghitaniya C, ^mkam
B. — evam ir"" kho ADE,' eram ir'' hi B, evam Ar"" C—
11, npajjhAyasBa mOd^ B (not D£). — Aveniyam A£, ATeoi-
yam D, bhATcniyam C, Avenikam B. — 39- If khoyyo A,
▼eyyo B, khayyA C. — iqiatthApetabbo (at both places) B. —
khoyyo A, Teyyo B, khayyo C. — 4;, ann° pi pnriso C. — khoyyo

A, Teyyo B, khayyo C. — khoyyo A khayyo G ; B omits the
entire passage £rom sahhain sAp^ to nAiuun s^ tik^ tL — 5,
somhi AB, sdbam C. — bhadantA C, bhaddantA A, bhikkha

B. — ayyA AC, ayyo B. — pabbAjeyyan ti all diree MS& —
40. If nccinathAti ABE, nceinathA ti B, nodnnathati G. — >
2, ynddhAtin^ G. — pApafi cakammam karoma B. — dhamma-
TAdino B. — ^B omits samae^ brahmac^. — sammacArino A«
samac^ C. — saocaY^ brahmacArino stl^ B. — 3, kin ti na kho
B. — ^B omits sAmi. — rAjabhate pabbAjeyyantiti B. — yohAraks
B. — chetabbam AG, chedetabbam B, cheditabban ti E. — >
anusAsakasBa B. — 4, appamattak-e pi B. I ought to

1. 40-«9.] VAEIOUS READINGS. 371

have preferred this reading. Oomp. YI. 23. 13. — 41. 1,
dhajabandhain ABO. — dhajabandho ABCEy dhajabaddho
D. — 42. h corikammam katy& C. — ^bandho all three MSS.
— so tarn k&ram 0. — 2, ha^em&ti B. — abhaydyarll AD,
abhayuvarft BC — 43. 1> corikammam katy& 0. — 46. 1,
dhaniyft paasitylL AG, dhatiy& tarn passityft B. dhaniyd is
a misspelling; it should be dhanik&. — 47. 1, ayyik& AC,
samikA B. — ayam so AG yo B (omitting aham). -^nesam&ti B.
— 49. 2, Instead of urassa (gen.) we should read, perhaps, ur'
a8sa=:uro. assa, though I do not think it probable, that in
this case the o would haye been elided. — 3, etha AG, eyam B.
— mayam ajryft A — sabbe cime G. — 4, y&ya yibh&yftti B. —
G omits bhikkhti before bhikkhiihi. — ^uhananti AG. — 5, d&ra*
kasaddo ti A, d&rakassa saddo ti BG. — 6, ylsatiy^ ca kho B.
— ^yo upas° &patti dukkatass& ti B.— 51. 1, uttecetun ti A,
upatthftpetun ti B, u4doyetun ti G. — ^k&kuttepakain AE,
^utthepakanx B, ^uddeyakam G, k&kudepatan ti corrected
to kftkuttepakan ti D. The comment explains this word as
follows: yo y&mahatthena latthi (sic D, yatthi E) gahety&
nisinno sakkoti igatigate k&ke utthftpety& purato nikkhittam
bhattam bhuiijitum ayam k° n&ma. — 68. 1, &hundarik& AG,
fthunn&kirakft or &hunt&kirak& B. — B omits na (before ime-
sam) — 2, ap&puranam A, ayftp° B, ap&y° G. — patisunityft A,
patissuty& B, patisuty& G. — ap&pura^am A, ay&pAr° B,
&p&pur^ G. — 3, ittaro B, ittharo AG. — lahucittakat& no A,
^citt&katft kho no G, °ttam yat& no B. — 64. 1, gacchassu
AG, ftgacchasu B. — 3, ohftrety& B. — acchAd&pety& A, ""detyft
B G .^ 4, anayajjam tad eya y&c&miti G. — bhayati A, bhaga-
yati G, bhagay&ti B. — 65. 1, bhagayat& sikkh&padam panna-
ttam B, bhagayat& pafiiiattam AG. — 56. 1, kattha ca A,
kattha ci B, kathafi (corr. to katthaii) ca G. — j4tariiparaja-
tapatigg^ yeramaj(^iti B. — 57* 1> bhikkh& akkosati A, bhi-
kkhunam akk° B, bhikkhiinam akk° G. — 3, mukhady&rikam,
mukhady&riko AG, mukhady&rakam, ^dyftragatam, ^dy&rako
B. — B omits etha bhante (before bhattam). — bhadant& BG,
bhaddant& A. — 58. I9 upajjh&yena anftp^ B. — ^gayesantA A.
— ^upajjh&yam an&pucch& DE, upajjh&yena an° B. — 59. 1,
apal&lenti, apal&l.etabb&, apaULjeyya AG, apal&l° B.

372 MAHAVAGGA. [1. 69-74.

parisft C. — 61* 1> moligalle BDE, mo}igaIle A, mukalle C.
The comment explains the word by th41asartre. — 2, imesam na
p° Ay imesam p° B^ imesam pana pan4ak& (the last word is
corrected to apandak&) 0. — te pandake C. — sabbe abr° B. —
tesam hatthibha^d&nam A. — 62. 1, porftnak^ C constantly. —
aham nu kho B. — phfttim k° A, WLtik^ 0, phfttik° BE,
ph&varo v& k&tuin B. — ^ime hi kho B. — ^n&setabbo ti titthiyap°
AB.— 63. 1, attiyati ABCE, atthtyati D.— 2, okkamesi A,
okkami B, okkamati C. — 3, upadh&vitv& AC, upatthahitvft

B. — ^pabujjhitv& A> patib^ C,, patipucchitvll B. — 4, gaochatha
tyam 0. — atth° pi p° C. — ^upavassa AC, apavasatha B. — pa-
vattiyam&no B. — katvA A, kamity& B, karitvA C. — 5, methu-
nadhammam A. — okkamati all three MSS. — 66* 2, sac& ca
A, sace BO. (67 : sac& ca AB, sajje corrected to sace C).
Buddhaghosa : yam pana p&liyam sacftca (sac&ya D) mayan
ti Yuttam, tassa sace mayan ti ayam eva attho. sace 'ti hi
vattabbe ettha sacftca (sac&va D) iti ayam nip&to yatto.
sace ca (sace va B) ice eva y& p&tho. tattha sace 'ti
sambh&yanatthe nip&to, ca (ya D) iti p&dapftrai^amatte.
sace 'jja mayan (sammajja mayan D) ti pi p&tho.
tattha (tassa JE) sace ajja mayan ti attho. — gayheyyama A,
ga^heyy&ma 0, ganheyy&tha B (67: ganheyyftma ABO),
arahanto ete bhikkhaye bhikkhii A, arah^ ete pi bh^ bhikkha

C, arahanto ete bhikkhaye B. — 67. 1, n&setabbo ti samgh^
A, — ^nas° ti lohitupp® AC. — 68. This chapter is omitted in
B. — 70. 2, aciyaram 0. — ^naggo p° carati A. — 3, naggo h°
p° carati A. — 4, carati A. — 5, naggo p° carati A, — 6, naggo
h° p° carati A. — 71. 1> galaganthim A, gal&gandikam C,
galagamdikam B, galagandlti DE. — sipari 0, sipari A, sipa-
dam B. stpaditi D, stpariti E. — ^parisadftsanam A, ^ddsakam
BO. ^ddsano 'ti DE.— 72. 1, p&pak& bhikkhu C— 2,
lajjim yft alajjim y& ti A, lajji yft alajji y& ti 0, lajjl v& alajjt
v& ti B. — 78. 1, ftrocesi A, °8um 0, °sum corrected to °si B. —
yattun ti A, yattabban ti BO (the same § 2, 3). — 3, A omits
bhikkhu. — ^BO omit y&ciyam&nena. Buddhaghosa mentions
this word. — 4, aranflakena all three MSS. — sallakkhantens
AO, ^kkhentena corrected to °kkhantena B. — anissitena
yasituin B. — ^A inserts tad& before tassa. — 74« 1> et seq. The

1. 74-11. 8.] VAHIOUS READINGS. 373

MSS. generally read anus&vessatiy anusftvetuiny etc., instead
of a;nuss&ye8sati9 eto. — 75* 1, gabbh° upas^ ahosi AB, —
gabbh^ npasampanno upasampanno nu kbo A. — mhi no upas°
B. — 76. 1, tassa antar° AC, terasa ant° B. — 2, vittMyanti
is explained in the Attliakath& thus : vitthaddhagattft honti.
— 5, attanik vft att° (at the first place) AB; attan& va att° C,
which perhaps is right. — 6, kathan ca pana parena pare A. —
7, sunftsi AC, snn&si B. — 9, sunSsi ABC. — 77. 1, nissayd
ftcikkhitabb&ni (corrected to ""bb&ti) B, n"" dcikkhitabbft AC.
After these words AC insert : catt&ri ca akaraniy&ni ftcikkhi-
tabb&ntti. — 78. 1, ekako va &gacchanto A. — agam&si AB,
&gamftsi C. — 3, n&ma puriso pai^dupal&so B. — ^haritatthftya
ACDE, haritatt&ya B.— 4, puthuslU all MSS. Buddhaghoba :
puthusil& ti mahftsilft. — 5, mattakacchinno AC. — 79. 1,
passiss&mtti (at both places) A. — 2, passasi A, passese C, pati-
karohiti B. — ^passati AC, patikaroti B (at both places). — ^B
omits puna. — 4, patinissajjehi A, patinissajessasi C, na pati-
nissajissasi B. I believe that we shoidd read patinissajj&hi.

Table of contents of the first book. — 1, mahantesu B.
— ^niggah&nam ca p&picche A, niggahftnam ca p&piccho BC.
We ought to correct: niggahe ca pftpicch&nam, or
p&picch&nam ca niggahe. — 5, pamutthamicca suttante
B. — 6, saingllhan& h^ A, samgh&hanft h^ C, samgan&ngetu B.
samgaha^ahetuP — 7, vatthum A. — ^ftpattim A. — dukka-
ram asamsesetum B. — ^nam B. — 9, Bhaddiyo Vappo B. — 10,
yatthu B. — M&rehiP (instead of M&ro pi). — 11, p&ri-
pupphan ca &hari AC. — 13, pan&man& A, pan&metuin C,
panaman& B. — 16, Instead of eko I think we ought to read
bhato. — 18, vatthumhi A, yatthusmim B, Tatthusmi C.
yatthum? — apal&jena B, apal&lana AC. — 23, andhamu-
gabadh^ A, jar&ndhamughabadh° B, ejjandhamugapadh^ C.
After this word A inserts ca. — 25, vivadenti AC, viy&denti
B. — ekupajjh&yena A, ekupajjhena C, ekujjh&yena B. — 27,
samgho AC, samghe B.

II.

2. 1, mftgasiikaril A, miigasuk"^ C, migasuk*^ B. Buddha-
GHosA reads mAgasiikarcl. — 3. 1, t&ni nesam A, tftni hesam

374 MAHAY AGGA. [U. »-ll

B» t&ni seeam oorrected to t° nesain G. — bo neflam AC, ao
tesain B.-^ 2, t&ni nesaijfL AC, tesam (t&ni is omitted) B. —
•0 ca nesam A. — 3, BC omit the words ajj' upoeatho panna-
raao. Gomp. Minayeff^a edition of the P&timokkhasatta,
p. 2, line 16. — eyam eva AO, evam evam B. — pMsuhoti
(omitting ti) B. — 4, After ^adhiyacanam. etam B inserts:
tena yucca. — yiyariss&mi A, yiparissftmi C, vihariwAmi B. —
B omits manasikaty&. — aabbam cetasJl A, s^ oetaso BO. -^
samannJlharAma A, samanftr&ma C, samantft harftmi B.
— ayisfthatacittA A C, ayis8lLhatthacitt& B. — niss&metha A,
niBsamedha C, tis&mema B. — 5, Buddhaghosa reads: ans-
jjh&panno yft hoti kp° y& yntthito. — ^byahfttabbam A, bb7ftli&-
tabbam B, by&h&ritabbam 6.— 6, by&kareyya BC, byikato
bhayeyya A. — eyam eyam B. — j&nitabbam paccbatlti A,
j&nitabb& mam pucohatiti C, j&nitabbam esa mam pucdieyya
B- — eyar Ap&ya n&ma parisftya A. — pi instead of vuocati B. —
B omits samj&nam&no. — 7, sam&dhinam yimokkfa&nam 0. —
yiyekftnam B.— 5. 2, yftyatakft ek° A. — ettftyatft sim° hoti
y&yat& B. — 6. 1, y&yat& ek&y&so hoti (omitting ti) 6.— -
2, sammat& s& sim& B.— 7. 1, tiyojanikap'' B. Boddha-
GHOSA agrees with the reading of AG . — 2, nadfp&ram s'' C,
^p&ras° AB. Buddhaghosa: nadip&ran ti. — ^nadip&rft b°
G, °p4ras^ A, ^p4ram s° B. — eyariipam nadlpftras'' ABC—
8. 2, Instead of samgho samgho the MSS. as a role haye die
word but once.— 9. 1, tadahuposathe ca B. — mayan camhA
as° A, mayan camha as^ G ; B omits mayafi ca. — ^nisinss
G. Probably it should be nisinno. — ^uposathamukham A
constantly. — 10. 1, B omits t&ya. — ^yikAle A, yik&lo B, yiWl^
corrected to yik&le G. — U. 1, karissatu (at the first and
second place) B. — ^kareyyatu (at the third and fourth plsce)
B.— 12. 1, nadim taranto A, nadi f" BG (at both plaoes).
Buddhaghosa : nadim (nadi E) taranto 'ti Sappiniyam nkaa
nadim atikkamanto. — ^Buddhaghosa : manam yulho (niftll^o
D) ahositi isakam appattayulhabh&yo (°mii}habh&yo D) ahosi>
. . . yegena &gacchantam udakam ama.na8ikaronto thero
manam yu^ho (manamAjho, which appears to be corrected to
manayiilho, D) ahosi, na pana yulho (y{4ho, oorrected to
paftlho, D.) — (At the second place :) manam yu|ho A, manayujo

.--1

t

II. !»-».] VAEIOUS READINGS. 376

G, manamhi vulho B. — 3, avippayftsasammuti AB. — avippa-
vftsasammati (at the second place) AO. — 5, pathamain 8im&
(Bim& B) samm'' BC— 13. 2, &patti dukkatass&ti ABC— 15.
8, savarabhayakam A, savarabliayaiii C, oor&bhayam corrected
to corabbayam B. BuDDHAaHOSA : samvarabhayan (samva-
rabbay&nakhan D) ti atayimanussabhayaiu. — 7, kathaii ca
pana bfaikkhave att&D& y& 0. — 8, A omits puggalam tulayitvl.

— 9, sammannitabbam ABC instead of sammannitabbo (oomp.
§ 6). — 16. 1, yatthuk&mo BO, Tatthumk&mo A. I entertain
no doubt, that the correct reading is vattukftmo. — 3, k&-
rftpessantiti A, k&r&pentiti BC. — 5, ditthi &vik&tiin A,
ditthim pi &v^ BD, dittha pi ftv^ 0, ditthi pi ftv^ E.— 9,

therftdhikam ABDE. ther&dikam 0. Buddhaghosa ex-

• ' ■

plains the word by therftdhinam and mentions a reading
therftdheyyam. — 17. 3, The MSS. constantly read vattati,
not yattati. -— datiyam theram, tatiyam theram B. — 18. 1,
katimi AGE, katami D, katham B. — 3, kimyatik& AG,
kittik& B. — 4, nasamaggena G. — gahetun A, gah^ corrected
to gkh!" B, gfth"" G. — 10. 1, pind4ya caranti A, p"^ gacchanti B,
p^ caranti gacchanti G. — Arocetabboti ABG, instead of &roce-
tabban tiP — ^na ssarati A, na ssari BG. — ^AB omit: anuj4-
n&mi bhikkhaye bhattakUe . . . attham ftrocesum. — 20. 4, pa-
dipetabbo ABG, instead of padlpetabbamP — ^B omits § 5, 6.

— 6, na upatthftpetabbo A, na upatth&petabbam C — 21. I9 te
hi bhikkhaye AG, te imehi bhikkhaye B. — ^te ce AB, tejakho
G. — gaccheyyum G, gaccheyyuin ce A, gaccheyyum ceya B.

— 22; 1, sannipatatha A, sannipatitha G, sannipatittha B. —
dlltabbo ABG; it ought to be read: d&tabb&.— 2, k&lakiriy&
B. — 4, sutto AGE, sute B, sutte B. — 28. 1, sannipatatha
A, sannipatitha BG. — 2, kftlakiriy& B. — 3, santi AG, santa B.

— 24. 1, muficatha BG, muficetha A. — 25. 1, sannipatatha
A, °pati corrected to ^patita B, ^atitha G. — 26. 6, tikkannam
A, tinnannam G, tinnam B. — 8, ti^nam AB, tinnannam G.
— ekako AG, eko B.— 9 and 10, adhitth&tabbo ABG instead
of adhitthfttabbam. — 27. 4, sftmanto A, sftmant& BGDE.

— 10, 13, kim n&ma (or kinn&ma) so ftpattim all MSS.
Gorrect: kam nftma so Upattim. — 13, 15, ten' upasamkami
ABG. ten' upasamkamatiP— 28. 1, ath' anne 4y'' bh""

376 MAHAVAGGA. [II. 28-III. 5.

an&gatft AB, atth' afiiie, etc., 0. The same readings almoet
constantly return throughout the subsequent chapters. — 7,
(at the end of the chapter) pftrisuddhiuposatho k&tabbo
(instead of p&risuddhi ftrocetabb&) A. — 32. (subscription)
pancavtsatikft n^ the MSS. instead of pancasattatikam n^
(comp. iv. 11). — 34. 8, p&d&nam dhotam udakanissekam A,
had&nanx ha anadhotam udakanisesain 0, p&dadhovanantena
udakanissekam B. Buddhaghosa : pftd&nain dot&nam (dbo-
tam E) udakanisekan (^nissekan E) ti p&d&nam dhot4nam
udakanissekam. bahuvacanassa ekavacanam veditabbanL.
padh&nam (pad&nam E) dhotftnam udakanissekan (cor-
rected to dhot&m ud°, D; dhotaudakanissekan E) ti t& p&tho,
p&d&nam dhovanaudakanisekan (^nissekan E) ti attho. — 9,
&gacchant&nam padasaddam B, &gantuk4nam p^ AC.
Table of contents of the second book. — ^vatthu chaa^ti

A, v° ca asiti B, y° asiti C— ^ 6^ catupaiicaBsar& A^ °pa3caYar&

B, ^pancapar& C. — saficicca cepi yftyame AC, samcis&pi ca
v&yave B. saiicicca c&pi v&yameP — 12, iLgantuke C. —
13, pariv&s&nuposatho A, p&riT&ss&nauposatho B, p&rivasao-
nuposatho C.

III.

1. 1, te idha bh° D, tedha bh*' E, te ca bh° B, te bh° C, te
idh bh^ corrected from te ca bh° A. — 2, 3, samk&payissaixtL
A, samkftyissanti B, samk&yissanti and samk&payissanti C.
Buddhaghosa : samk&payissantiti (samkh&payissantiti D)
appos6ukk& nibaddhav&sam vasissanti. — 3. 1| samkft-
jrissanti B. — 4. 2, saficicca patikkamanti A, saficicca &v&sam
atikkamanti BO. — 3, upakaddhituk&mo B, ukkaddhituk&mo
A, upakka4hituk&mo C. — ^paneyy& B, paneyy& C, paniyy& A.
— ff. 2, gamissanti BO, &gamissanti A. — 3, aham d&yako C^
aham hi dftyako A, ayam dftyako B. — etasmim nid° etasmim
pakarane dh^ B. — 4, sannivatto 0, ^vatto A, ^vatt4 corrected
to ^vattho B. Buddhaghosa : satt&hasannivaddho (satt&ham
sannivatto E) k&tabbo 'ti. — 7, After ekam bhikkhum uddisaa
BO add: bhikkhunlsamgham uddissa. — In the subsequent
enumeration of edifices B omits jant&gharam k° h° jant&*

III. 5-14.] VABIOUS EKADINGS. 377

gharas&U k^ }i°, omits the same words and also udapdnasftlft
ko Ij^o _ 8^ BO omit bhikkhunls^ uddissa. —After kappiyakutl
k"" h"" AB insert vaccakuti k"" h'' (the same in § 13). Bxtddha-
OHOSA : bhikkhunlsamgham nddisslt 'ti ito patth&ya Taccakuti
jant&gharam jant&gharaslLl& 'ti im&ni tlni parihin&ai. — ^After
udapdnasftia k° h° A adds: jant&gharam k° h°, jant&gharas414
k° h°. — 9, BC omit guhi k° h°. — Bitddhaohosa : pur&yam
(pure ayam D) suttanto na palujjatiti (paP D) y&va ayam
suttanto na pajujjati na vinassati. — 13, After udap&nas&I&
AB add : jant&gharam k"" h^ jantdgharasaift k"" h^— 23 and
26, upasampannani ussukkam k° AB. — 7. 8, bhikkhnssa
bh&tiko B, bhikkhugatiko AC. Buddhaghosa : bhikkhuga-
tiko ti ekasmim yih&re bhikkhdhi saddhim yasanakapuriso.
— $• 1, undriyati A, udamyati B, udriyati C. Buddha-
ghosa : uddiyatiti (udariyatiti E) pajujjati. — fthar&peyyum
A, jthar&peeum B, avah&reyyum G. Buddhaghosa : avah&-
peyyim (°yyan E) ti fthar&pejryum. I believe that we ought
to read avahareyyum. The Bhikkhus are supposed to
fetch the wood themselves, not to send for it. — <lajjeyy&ham
AC, dajy&ham B. Buddhaghosa (D) : dajj&han ti dajje aham
(E omits this passage). — 9. 2, &visanti A, &yissanti BC. —
ojam pi haranti pi (sic) BC, hananti pi A. — 4, pii^dena C,
pindakena AB. — 10. 1, vutth&ti B. — U. 3, gftvam A, g&yum
C, g&mam B. — 6, Here and in the following paragraphs the
MSS. sometimes read asukasmim instead of amukasmim. —
12. 1, tena gantun ti BC, tena upagantun ti A. — 4, ^yitapiy&
B (only at the first place). — 6, nimpikosam A, nimbak° B,
nimpok° C. — 18. 1, S&vatthiyft AC, °yain B. — abhirameyyftm
(corrected to °yyam) aham A, ^yyain paham B, ^yy&m&ham
C. — ^kim k&lam A. — 14. 1 and 4, bahum A.

Table of contents of the third book. — 2, bhikkhuga-
tiko A, °bhatiko C, °bh4tiko B.— 5, bhedaatth° A, bhed4
atth° BC. — susirena A. — vitap&ya AC, vitabh&ya B. —
6, ajjhokftse ca y& vftsft A. — 7, yathftnftyena AC, yath&na-
yena B. — 8, duYibh&tih& ca pun& B, dyihatih& ca puna A,
dyih&tih& ca puna ca C. — 9, na jayya A, na eyya C, na
seyya B. — yatthudv&rena accharik& A, yatthudd&ne antari
kiBC.

378 MAHAYAaGA. [lY. 1-18.

IV.

L 4, sac' assa hot! avisayliam BC, sac' assa av^ A (§ 11
assa hoti C, assa AB). — 8, bhagavant&nain dassan&ya B. — 11,
B omits bhikkhd. — 12, aphftsum, ph&sum AC, aphftsukam,
ph&sukam B. — Bamattasamvftsam A, sapattas"^ C, pamattas"^ B.
— 13, sam&diyitabbam A, sam&ditabbam 0, samaharitabbam.
B. — 2. If The MSS. read sometimes paY&rayam&nesu, some-
times ^riyam&nesu. — 2, pucchito ABO instead of muccliito.
tadamantar& A, tadanaiitar& C, tadantarft B. — 6. 2, 3, sJU
manto ABC instead of s&mant& (see ii. 27. 4). — Subscrip-
tion at the end of ch. 11: pancasattatitikam nitthitam A,
paiicavisatikam n° C. B omits this subscription. — 14. 4,
p&riy&sikapav&ranftd&nena ABC instead of pHriv&sikassa
pay° (comp. ii. 36. 4). — 16. 3, pay&rit&nam pav&ranam
thapenti BC. — 6, et seqq. A constantly omits the words :
m& yiggaham. — 13, ditthena y& pay"^ thapesi AB. — 13, et
seqq. C constantly omits the words: kinti te dittham. —

16, aham pi na jftn&mi A, aham na j° BC. — 17, samgh&-
disesam ropetyft (ropeta B) BC, yath&dhammam k&r&pety&
A. — 19, et seqq. sAssa A, syftyam C, s&8&, yassa, syftssa B,
sassa E. — 23, suddh&nam B. — 24, nam A, tarn BC, na E. —

17. 3, tesam yikkhityft ADE, tesam ftcikkhity& C, tesam
pucchity& B. — 5, anuyaseyyum AC, anuyasseyyum B. — 6,
anuyasseyyum AB, anupasseyyum C. — 7, &rogo hoti all
MSS. instead of ftrogo hosi. — codissatlti A, bhedassatiti C,
codessati B instead of codessaslti. — 8, codessatlti AB^
codessasiti C. — 9, ftyasm& AC, Ayasmantft B. — B omits gil&no.
— ^&rogo hoti A, arog& hotha C ; B omits these words. —
Perhaps we should correct: &rogo &rogam &kankham&no
codessasiti. — 10, samanuyuiijity& samanugAhity& A, sam-
anuy^ samanubh&sity& B, samanuy^ samanug&hity4 (sama-
nugg&hity& c. 18. 5, 6) samanubh&sity& C (the same c. 18. 5,
6). — 18. 2, et seqq. payftranfts° AB, payftranas° CE. —
3, 4, C constantly, except at one place in § 4, reads &game
junhe kom°. — 4, (in the middle of the paragraph) karissati
AC, karessama B. — ^uddissati A, uddississati C, uddisess&ma
B. — ^payAressati all three MSS. — 6, punad ey&ganty& A,
punad eya ante B C.

V. 1-8.] VAEIOUS READINGS. 379

Table of ooirrENTS of thb fottbth book. — 2, pav&rentft-
pai^mafi ca A, paY&rent& sata dve ca B, pav&rento samadveva
C. Perhaps we should read: pavftrent' ftsane (comp.
ch. 2), dye ca. — 4, c&toddasa A^ catuddasft B, cfttuddas& C.
— chandad&napav&nugi& A, chandad&ne p^ B, andad&ne p^ C.

— 6, ^vatthu ca bhandanam A, ^vatthu bhan^anam B, ^vatthu
ditthi ca bha^danain 0. — 7, ^samgaho ca AB, ^samgaho 0.

V.

1. 1, et seqq. The MSS. read: astti ^sahass&ni instead of
asitim ^sahass&m. — 2, adhippasdreyyAsi B. — 3, so yo bha-
gay&P — 4, upasamkantHni C, °kamant&ni AB. — 5^ upa-
sainkamaiit&ni A, °kant&ni C, ^kamSbgi B. — 7, no tathft
bhagavantam B, no tath&gatam bhagavantam AG. — 8, AO
put the words satth& . . . asmi only once. — sftyato pi A^ s&yako
pi B, Sftgato pi C. — ^no tath& BC (tath& is crossed in 0). —
Aifter 8&gatam a corrector has added, in : yath&. — 12, et
seqq. Sitayane, Sitayane B, Sitayane AC; — 13, puto AD,
phuto E, putho C, puttho B. — ^bhoge ca bhuiSjitum A, bhog&
ca bh° BC— 16, bhoge ca bhufijitum AC, bhog4 ca bh° B.

— 25, &na8cappattam AC, &naficapattam D, &nej[japp^ B,
aneiicappattam E. — 27, tassa sammftdhimuttassa BC — ^bhi-
kkhuno AB, tsUlino C. — ^karaiiiyaii ca na y° A, kariyam na
y° 0, karai^iyam na y° B. — 29, Before tassa me inserts :
sacftham bhante ekapalftsikam uhissati. — up&hanftsu ratto A,
up"" satto C, up"" hattho B.^ 2. 1, nilakayaddhikft, etc., AE,
°yatthika B, °bandhik&, °yandik4, °vandhikA 0, °yattik4 D.
Conip. Abhidh&napp. 626, 626. — khallakabandh& A, kallaka-
bandhi and khall° B, khaUakabaddhi CDE. -putabandhA
AB, putabaddh& D, pfttabaddhft E, putabandh& and puta-
baddh& C. — ^p&ligunthim& and p&}ig° A, p&ligunhimll E,
p&lignnthim& D, p&likuiihiin& and p&ligunthim& 0, pdli-
gunthik& B. — tulapunnik& AD, tftlapunnik& and t(dapunnik&
B, tAlapunnikft E, tulapunnik& and tiilapunnikft G. —
""yaddhika A, ^yaigithikft B^ '""bandhikft and ""yaddhika C,
""baddhikft and ''yattikft D, ^baddhik& and ''yaddhikft E.
E: mei^4AyiBft]^abaddhik& Hi kan]ydkathftne mei^dakasinga-

380 MAHAVAGGA. [V. 2-18.

santli&iie vaddhe jojetv& kat&. — viccliik&lik& ADE, "Ukk BO.
— 4, uddacammap^ A^ uddacammap^ and udac° C, otthaka-
cammap^ B. — ^luTakac° A, lftvakac° and luvakac^ C, ulukac^
and ulukac° B, ujukac^ D, lukao° E.— 8. 1, ^'up&hanft ftrohityft
AC, °nain &r° B. — ^up&han& orohityft ABO. Oomp. i.
7. 3, 5. — 5. 1, init. : tarn bliikkhuin pariggahety& ABO;
probably we should correct: tain bhikkhA par^ Oomp.
Yi. 11. 1. — ^up&hanam AO, up&han& B. — 6. 1, up&hanain
AO, up&han& B. — 2, AB omit rattiy&. — 2, kandakam pi
AO, kanthakam pi B. — kataradandan ti A, kadh&ratan^an
ti 0, kattaradandan titi B. — 3, khatakbat&8add& B. — sabbeL-
katham AO, bhayak^ B. Oomp. Grimblot, Sept Suttas
P&Us; p. 10. — 8. 1, 2, rinohanti, rinchissanti A, ricchantiy
racchissanti B, riiicanti, riiicissanti 0. — 10. 1, tarn bhikkhum
pafisityft 0. — 3, p&tamgin ti A, p&tangan ti 0, p&takan ti B,
pAtankiti (°klti D)'dE.— 4, gonakam BDE, gon° AO. —
tulikam ABO, kul° D, tftP E. — kadaK° AOE, kiUiaU°
BD. — 7, Probably we should correct: aMataro pi p&pa-
bhikkhu.— 8, yidhunityA AO, yidhftnityft B.— U- 1,
cammayaddhehi AO, cammabandhehi B. -^ogumbhiyanti A,
ogubbiyanti B, ogummlyanti D, okumpiyanti OE.— 12. 1,
yin& up&hanena A, up° yina BO. — 13. 1, Kururaghare A,
Kuraraghare BD, Euduraghare E, Eusaghare 0. — ^Papa-
take pabbate A, Pap&te pabbate ODE, Payatte tabbate B. —
3, neya may& AO, na ca may& B — 4, neya may& A, na ca
mayft B. — 5, dassaniyam p&s&dikam A, plbs&daniyam B,
p&s&dikam p&s&daniyain 0, pasftdikam p&s&daniyam E. —
yatindriyam A, yantindriyam B, santindriyam, which appears
to be corrected to yantindriyam, 0, satindriyan ti jitindriyam
D, santandriyan ti jiyitindriyam E. — 6, kanhuttar& AOD,
kanduttarft BE. — gokandakahat& AO, goka^thakagatjl and
goka]^t^akahat& B, gokani^&k&hat& D, gokanthakahat& E. —
majjhilru AO, majj&ru DE, majjh° and majj° B. — 9, tyam
AB, tain 0. — sarabhaiiiiam&napariyos&ne A, sarabfaailiiap^
0, bhaftnap® B. — 10, na ramati k&me 0. — 11, paridaslti A,
paridasslti B, paridissati 0. paridassiti (patid^ E) paridassesi
DE.— 12, Gajangalam A, Kaf BO. — tato param B, t^parft
AO constantly. — Salayati 0, Sallayati A, Sallayat! B. —

V. 18-VI. 12.] VARIOUS READINGS. 381

Setakan^ikam A, SetakaQ^atam 0, Syetakannikam B. —
Dliilnain A, Thftnam B, Thunam C.

Tablb op contents of the fifth book. — 1, ca asitisa-
hassissaro AC^ Babassag&mikissaro B.-— 9, upasamp&da-
paficelii ganamganH dhuvasiD& 0, upasampadam paiica ganam
dhuyanah&yin& B^ upasampadam pafica ganamga^^ dhuva-
Bind&yan& C.

VI.

1. 2, The MSS. almost indifferently read &hftrattam and
^ttham (in the following chapters we find almost constantly
kh&daniyattham and bhojaniyattham). — 4, 5, bhatt&cchanna-
kena A^ bhattftchandakena C, bhatt&chandakena and ^canda-
kena B. — 2. h susum&rav^ G^ sasuk&v^ A. B omits this
word. — 1^ 2, The correct spelling is nippakka instead of
nipakka. — 3. 1, Yacam B, pacam AC. — vacattham A BE,
paccattam C, yattam B. — nisadapotan ti ACD, nisaddapodan
ti E, nissadepodakan ti B. — 4. 1> paggayak^ AG, yaggayak^
pakkayak^ B. — DE: pakkayan ti lat&j&ti. — ff. 1, Aiter
patolapannam G inserts: nettamftlap^ paggayap^. — 6. I9
yilangam B, pii° AG. — ^pippali AG, pipphalam B. —
gothaphalam A, gotaphalam B, kothaphalam G. — 8. 1,
s&muddam ABG, samuddik& 'ti DE. Gomp. Abhidh. 461.
— bilam ABGE, bil&lam D, which may be correct, comp.
Abhidh. 461.— 9. 1, thuUakacch&b&dho A, ""kaccMbftdho B,
°kacc& y4 ftb° G. Gomp. yiii. 17. 1. — 2, rajanipakkam AG,
rajan&nippakkam B, rajanapakkan (and: rajananip^) ti raja-
nakasatam E. — 10. 1, c&likehi AB, c&lltehi G. — cun^a-
cftlinan ti A, cunnam c&linan ti BG. — dussac&linan ti AG,
dussaj&linan ti B. — 11. 1, tarn bhikkhum AB, tain bhikkhu
G. Probably the correct reading is: tarn bhikkh ft. Gomp.
y. 6. 1. — 2, sarafLjanam E. — t&lisam A, tftltsam B, t&Iiai-
cayam G. Possibly the true reading is kftllyam (Abhidh&n.
302).— 12. 4, pharusA hoti ABG. ph° hontiP — salft-
k&tth&niyan ti A, sal&k&taniyan ti G, salftk&dhftrayan ti B,
sal&kodh&niyan ti yattha sal&kam odahanti tarn DE. —
amsabaddhako A, ^bandhake B, "^yadhako G, ^yaddhako DE.

382 MAHAYAGQA. [YI. U-16.

— amsabaddhakam A, ^bandliakani B, ^vadhakam C. — 13* h
muddhatelakan.ti G. — 2, natthu AB, natthum 0. — ftsifica

A, ftsificanti B, ftsiiijiyanti C. — ^p&tuin. AC, haritan B. —
yattiin A, vatti BC. — dahati all three MSS. — dhumanettban
ti A, ""nettan ti B, ""netthin ti C. — dhdmanettftni ABO. —
aniBabaddhakOy ^kam AB, amsavaddhakoy ^kam G. — 14. 1,
atikkhittam'' AGE, atipakkhittam'' BD.— 2, phakkatamban
ti B. — 4, bhesajjam BE, majjam GD, pajjam A. — satta-
kammam AG, satthak^ B. — 5, kabalik&ya A, kambalik&ya

B, kappalik&ya G. — kabalikan ti A, kabalikan ti B, palikazi
ti G, kakhalikan ti D, pakalikan ti E. — s&sapakattena AC,
^kun^ena B, ^kuttena E, ^kuddena D. — ^phositmi ti A,
positum ti 0, dhovitan ti B. — kilijjittha A, kilijitiha C,
pilicchittha B. — ^aakkharik&ya AB, ^sakkharit&ya O.
DE : lonasakkarik&ya (losakkarikjlya E) chinditon ti kha-
re^a chinditum (E omits the last two words). — 6, Instead
of ud4hu patiggahetabb4ni I propose to read: ud^ p&tigga-
h&petabb&ni. — patiggaho ti kato B. kato (tato E)
patiggah&petabbo 'ti sace bhAmippatto patiggahetabbo,
appattam (appatti E) pana gahetum vattati DE.-* 7,
dutthagahapaniko A, ^gahaniko BD, ^gahaniko GE. —
acchakaTlciy& AG, addhakanjiy& B. — ^acchakanciyan ti
AG, andakanjiyan ti B, acchakajakan (acchakailcakaii E) ti
tan^ulakamattho (tandulamatto E) DE. — 15. 3, sabbatthi-
kam A, sabbatthakam G, sambhattakam B. — ito titam G. —
4, viganetvA G, pi ganetvft A, ganetvA B. — nivisi AG,
nivasi B. — 5, (beginning of the paragraph) d&rik& ABG,
instead of dftrak&P — The MSS. almost constantly read alam-
kit&, which I think is a misspelling caused by m&Ukitft. — anile
d&rike AB, anne d&rake G. — anne d&rike ABG, — 6, pad-
mufiji ti A, ""ficd, ti G, ""ac&hi ti B. — asukassa B.— 8, sabbaso
suvannamayo G. The reading of the Yibhanga (Nissaggiya
23), where the same story is told, is sabbasoyannamayo,
which I think is correct. — 9, uttarimanussadhammi AB ,
^dhammam G. Gomp. y. 1. 7, 8. — kolumpe 0, kolumpe A,
kolumbe B. In the Abhidh&napp. (456) this word is spelt
kolambo. Gomp. ch. 19. 3. — 16. 1, ^karanam AG, ^kira-
kam B. — s&piso A, s&miso G, s&miyo B. — kimatthiyi AG,

VI. 16-24.] VARIOUS READINGS. 383

kimittlii7& B. — ^ihaddhanattMya A, dhandhanatth&ya B,
bandhanatt&ya C. thambhanatth&yap thaddhattftyaP

— 2, yacce AC, vadhe B. — 17. 2, kat&yain AC, kutoyam B. —
4, 5, 8&mam pakkam AB, s&map^ DE. C generally reads
B&map^. — 6, B&map&ko, s&mainp^ B, sam&p^ corrected to
s&mamp^ C. — 7, iikkapindak& ADE, "^piudukft B, °pmd&k&
C. — p&centi AC, paocanti B. — 8, na ahosi C, n&hosi A, na
hoti B. — 9, AiJter khamaDlyam bhagavll B inflerts : y&pant-
yam bhagavft. — ^na ahosi AC, na hoti B. — patiggah&petY&
AC, patiggahetY& B. — 18. 3, kolumpehi AC, kolambehi

B. — &har&peyyan ti A, ftharftpessan ti B, h&iApeyyad ti

C. — ^har&pety4 AC, &har&pety& B. — 4, nihatam ABC,
tihatam D, nihatam E. — 19. h After p&hesi B inserts:
imam kh&daniyam ; before dassety& : Sakyaputtassa. — 20.
1, Mand&kinidahatire B. — 2, bhane (omitting tena hi)

AB. — Mand&kinidaham B. — abb&hity4 AC, aggahity&
B. — 3, eyam eyam AndAkiniyft dah&ya B. — 4, atirittam
B. — 2L 1, uppannam B, ussannam AC. — ^nippattabijam

AC, nibabbabljam B. nibbatthabijan ti (nibbattab'' ti E)
bljam nibbatthety& (nippattety& apanetyft E) paribhanji-
tabbam DE. Probably we should read niyattabtjam. —
22. 2, so mam khy A, mamam khay&yam B, mamam khy
corrected to so mam khy C. — ^tmihibhuto ya B, tato ya AC.

— 3, duropayo ACDE, ddrepayo B. duropiyo P — 23. 2,
sutthu ayya A, s° ayye B, suthayya C. — &hariss&m& 'ti B.
— evam ayyo ti B. — ^natthayyo B. — 3, potthanikam A,
potthalikam B, pothanikam C. pottanlkan ti (potthanikan
ti E) mamsacchedanasatthakam yuccati DE. — 4, es&yya A,
eseyya C, es&yyo B. — kim pana imftya B, kim pim&ya A,
kim im&ya C. — 6, 7, sacchayi C. — ^lomo j4to B. — 7, B omits
bhagayato mah&yano. — 8, yiiinftpemi ti AC, yiilMpeetti B
instead of yifift&pesin ti. — ^paribhunj&maham A.^ — 13,
appamattakehi yi A, °ke pi C, °kehi corrected to ^ke pi B.
Comp. L 40. 4. — 14, sih& slham"" A, siham'' BC. — ^parip&tenti
AB, paripftdenti B.— 15, taracch& taraccham^ A, taracch&
m° C, taraccham^ B. — parip&tenti A, paripftdenti B, pftdenti
C— 24. 2, adhik&ni ABC instead of atit&ni, comp. § 3.
— na assa AB, na addassa C, instead of na addasam

884 MAHAVAGGA. [VI. 84-28.

(oomp. ch. 36. 6),— 2, 3, gharftv&satto B.— 3, atitAni A,
adhik&ni 0, adhittit&ni B. — ^na asBa A, na addassam C; B
omits addasam tarn. — 4, me bhavain C, mama bh° A,
bhavam B. — 5, patihanati A, patiharati C, patihanti B. —
vineti A, vinodeti BC. — ftmftsam B.— 6, paradattabhojinam
A| paradatthabhojanam BC. — anupavacchati A, anuppa-
vacchati BC. — c&paneti A, ca vy&saneti B, ca byapaneti G.
— ^° sobhftgyatha B, ^ sobhagyatam AC* — Buddhaghosa:
patthayatam iochitan ti (sic) pad&nam alam eva d&tun
ti imin& sambandho. sace pana pattbayatb& (sic) icchat&
'ti (icchitan ti D) p&tho (pi p&to D) atthi so (yo D) yeva
gabetabbo. — 25. 1, °y&guy& v& A, °yAguyft ca B, °yftguyft
dh&t& C. Comp. Sansc. dhrft. — 3, patigganbatba AB,
patigai^bittba 0. — db&t& AC, dhit& B.—- 4, na caham pati«
balo BC. — 5, (at the end) haratha v&. kim nu kho may a
bhante • . . apuiinam y& ti (omitting the repetition) A 6. —
26. I9 et seq. Belalo A, Belatto and sometimes Belattho
BC. Comp. the name of Sanjaya Belatthiputta.— * 2, &bhato
AB, fthato C. — 5, kolampe pi AB, kolampehi C, — ghate
pi Ay yighatehi pi C, B omits these words. — pitak&ni
pi uccange pi AC, sipp&tik&ni pi uttar&sangam pi B. —
7, cicit&yati citicit&yati A, ciccit&yati citicit&yati B,
viccit&yati vicit&yati C. — ^ph&lo A, mah&phfilo 0, balo
corrected to b&lo B. — divasam santatto A, divasa-
santattho C, divasayantatto B. — cicit&yati cit&cit&yati A,
cicat&yati citicit&yati B, ciccit&yati vicit&yati C.*— 28. ^9
sabbasandharisandhatam A, sabbasandharitam C, sabbattha-
risanthatam B. DE: sabbasandbaran ti (saddhasanth&nan
ti D) yath& sabbam sandhatam (santh&tam D) hoti evani.
Probably we ought to correct : sabbasantharim ftvasa-
th&g&ram santharity^ (comp. Mah&parin. Sutta, p. 11).
-—Before &sanftni AC insert bhagavato. Comp. Mah&pari-
nibb&nas. p. 11. — 3, sabbasandharisandhatam AC, sabbft-
sattharikam santhatam B. — ^puratt&bhimukho A, puratthftbh^
C, puratthimftbh® B (at both places). — purakkhetvA A,
purekkhitv& C, purakkhatvH corrected to purekkhetv& B. —
purakkhetvft A, purekkhatvft B, purakkhitv& C. — mahatam
A, mahati BC. — bhojan&nim A, bhojanftti B, bhogaj&ni C.

VI. 2a-38.] VARIOUS READIITOS. 385

7, et seq. Sunidhav^ ACE, Sfinidhav^, Sunidhav°, Sunldhav^
B, Sfttidhav° D. I think that OhUders's spelling Sunldha
is correct ; comp. Sansc. Simltha.^- 10, nivesan^ C, parive«
san& By parivesanam A.— 11, brahmacariye AG, brahma-
c&riye B. — &sum ABC. The true reading is assu, see
Mahftparinibb. Sutta, p. 14. — 13, visajja AC, vessajja B,
vissajja DE. •— jano bandhati AC, jano pabandhanti B, jano
pabandhati E, jato bandhati D. — 29. 2, samsaritam AC,
samsitam E, samhitam B. — ^acchinnamiilani B, ucchinnam
m^ AC.-^ 30. 1> bhadram bhadram y&nam AC, bhadram
y° B. Comp. Mah&par. Sutta, p. 19. — 3, niyy&sum AB,
niy&sisum C. — 4, kissa je Amb° amh&kam d° B. — eka*
bhattam AC, etam bh° B. — sace pi me ayy° A. — dajj&ham
tam C, dajj&ham A, dajjft B. — 4, 5, Instead, of ambak&ya
ABC read Ambap&lik&ya, but the comment shows, that the
former reading is the correct one (Buddhaohosa : ambak&y&
'ti itthiyik&ya). Comp. Mahftparin. S. p. 20. — 6, adhivutto
AC, adhivatto B.— 6, Bhinjik&v° A, Kificik^ C, Giiljak^
B. — Ambavanam A. — 31. 1, et seq. sandh&g&re AC,
santhftg° and satth&g° B.— Nfttap° A, Natap° and Mthap^
B, Nfttap"" C. — samik&bhisamkh&ro B (at both places). — 3,
kim panime karissanti C. — 4, div& diyasft A, diva divassa B,
diy& divase C. — pattikft AB, pattiko corrected to pattik& C.

— 7, C omits jegucchit&ya dhammam desemi. jigucchitaya
dh° d° A, jigucch&ya dh° d° B.— 8, 9, anabh&vam gat& B.

— 10, anuyiccak&ram ABC, anuvijjak&ranam D, anuviccha-
k&ranam E (anuvidityft cintety& tulayity& k&tabbam). — mam
hi AC, mamam hi B. — s4yak4 AB, sAvakam C. — 11, pinda-
p&tam BC, pindakam A (at both places). — 13, asat& AC,
acch& B. — ^musftya AC, mus&yad& B. — 32. 1, et seq.
uggahitapatiggahitakam AC, uggahitam patiggahitam, and
uggahitakam patiggahitakam B. — 33. 1, bah&r&mak^
A, b&hirftk° B, &rftmak° C. — ftropetyft AC, ftropitH B.—
3, 4, sammutiyft k° all three MSS. The agreement of the
MSS. here and at the following places leads me to belieye
that we must not change sammutiy& to sammatftya, but that
sammuti is here the fem. of an adjectiye sammuta= Sansc.
s&mmata, — 4, sammuti k° all three MSS. — gonis&tikam A^

YOL. ni. 26

3S6 MAHiVAQGA. [VI. 88-86.

gonisitikam B, gonisadlkam CE. — 5« babi patitth&penti A,
bahi ttbapenti B^ bahi vasenti C. — sammutikapp^ AC,
6ammutiv4 kapp° B. — gonLs&dikam A, goniyadikam B,
gonisadikam C. — sammutin ti A, sammutisan ti B, sammu-
tiyan ti G, sammatiki n&ma, etc., E. — 34. 1^ supabhinja-
nakam A. — 3, sapabbinjanakain AG. — 5, sabbattba-
kam mah^ A, sabbattbakamah ° C. sambbattamkam
mah^ B. — 6, et seq. passiss^m^ 'ti H, pa88&in& 'ti G,
passissam^ 'ti and passimi 'ti A. — 7, sftpabhincanakam A,
sApabhincacirakam C. — 9, tena bi sunisa catur° B. — 12,
I bave written bbadram y&nam abbirftbitY&; ABO
read: bbadram bbadram y^ a^. Gomp. cb. 30. 1. — 13,
yatb& yime AC, yatba yime corrected to yatb& ime B. —
pattika Ta B. — 17, Anguttar&mo (at botb places) A. —
lonam pi tandulam pi telam pi A, looam pi telam pi madbum
pi tandulam pi B, lonam pi telam pi tandulam pi G. — ^After
kb&daniyam pi AB insert bbojaniyam pi. Gomp. cb. 33. 1.
yattba bbagavantam AG, yatb& mayam bb° B. — ^tattha is
omitted in AG, in G it bas been inserted afterwards by a
corrector. — 18, samp&deti B, sambb&vesi AG. Gomp.
vii. 1. 1. — 19, nivesanam AG, parivesana B. — 19, 20,
sampav&resi (and sampav&retva) tarunena ca kbtrena G; AB
omit ca at botb places. — 20, santi bi bbante B. — 21, panca
gorasam AG, panca gosam B, panca gorase E. — m&so
mftsatthikena AG, kummaso kummasattbikena mftsena
m&satthikena B. — imin& yam ayiyassa kappiyam yam
tarn d° B, imina ayyassa k° d° A, imin& ayyassa yam
k° tarn d° G. — 35. 1, et seq. Keniyo B, Keniyo A. O
spells tbe name generally Keniyo, but sometimes we find
also tbe otber spelling in this MS. — 1, barapeyyan ti
AG, yapeyyan ti B. — 2, samibitam AG, samangitam
B. — Attbako Vamako V&madevo c&ngiraso Bbagu Ta-
mataggi ca Y&settbo Bbaradv&jo ca Kassapo Yess&mitto
ca mant&nam katt&ro isayo ime rattup^ B. — 6, madbu-
kapanam A, madhup° BODE. — d&karasam AG, tftkar° E,
fiUkar^ BD.— 8, sivattbi all three ksS. instead of s&vittbJ.
— ve jayatam B, ve yajatam G, veya etam (ve yajatam P) A.
36. 1, samkaram ADE, samkslram G, samnagaram B. —

VI. Se-VII. 1.] VARIOUS READINGS. 387

panca sat&ni 'ssa dando A ; in assa has been inserted by a
corrector ; tassa pafica satftni dando B. — 2, bahukato ABE,
bahukkato D, bahugatbo C. — ^buddhe \i dhamme Yk samghe
v& A. — samkaro AC, samg&ro B. — ^pafica sat&ni 'ssa d° A. —
3, mahiddhiko B. — abbippas&do B. — 4, bhagayato mettena
cittena pb® ABO instead of bhagavatft m° c° ph°. —
g&yim tarunav° A, g&vi tarun&v° B, g4vi tarunav° 0. — eso
&yu80 B. — 6, n&ddasa ABC instead of nftddasam. — s&-
kam B constantly. — ^ndddasa AB, n&dassa C instead of
nftddasam. — 37- 3, bahum-babum denti C, which
possibly is the correct reading. — 4, B appears to read
Bhus&g&re. Comp. also Mah&parin. Sutta, pp. 44, 45. — 5,
moghapurisa pabbajito BO, m'' pabbajite A. — pabbajitena
A, pabbajito 0, pabbajite corrected to pabbajito B. — 40. 3,
(at the end) y&vajiyikam tadaha patiggahitam BO, which is
wrong, as the commentary shows.

Table of contents op the sixth book. — 2, aiicani upa-
pisani AC, aiijatim upapinjani B. — sal&kath&ni AC, salft-
kodhanti B. — 3, thayikam paddhakam B, thavikaamsa-
yaddhakam A, thapikam annavaddhakam C. — 6, vikasiyam
AB, yikisayam C— 10, sihail ca dipikam A, sihabyaggha-
dlpika G, sihafi ca dipikam B.

VII.

1. 1, et seq. PftveyyakA ACE, Patheyyaka and P&th°
B, Pat^ and P&th° D. Buddhaghosa explains this name
thus: Pateyya- (Pftceyya° E) ratthav&sino, Psltheyya (P^-
yeyyam E) n&ma Kosalesu pacchimadisllbh&ge rattham,
tatthay&sino Hi. Comp. Tumour^s Index to the Mah&-
yamsa, p. 20. ^Buddhaghosa, after haying explained
okapunnehi, adds: oghapunnehiti (opapunnehiti D) pi p&-
tho. — 2, B omits y&panlyam bhagay&. — ayiyadam&n& phft-
sukam (ph&su B) yassam yassimh& B 0, which is wrong, as
the commentary shows. — gacchantft A, &g° BC. — 6, (I
here mark the readings of the Pariyira [MS. Orient, fol 378
of the Berlin Royal Library, fol. jhll], which contains a*

S$ KA£jLTAOtaLl. [TIL 1-11

AE, OTattikak''

• • • ■

■fMittJTm-) patta-

P. kpomAagMiMttlM^ 'ti mnddija-

xbioiL^ Sl, MirraniiVirTiTiaia ' IX. — cfTadeTTakaiananiattena
JL f*vji£i~ C nraoEl' B. crm::^^ E. OTad^ ooR«:ted to
fTaoii. r*. rvL-z ' P. Tht ^vDrd is explained thus : iiganta-
faguui*^r<mmwiiTiiBPa tafrrnari wnio xk f^tt^m gahetv&
ftLiiasmiiii a[ki.T r mardTaye "fcarrrfiarivaie Di pattaropana-
]iu.r:f!iUL <^a igjirrr TT.Twma AP, eraan ^^hwiiwn^ B, eTa
aar^'r'TTifnt C — ^wTntifc AP, kbid& C, s&nian B. — 6, p&-
pf^'tffna AC£P, apar^Tfewa B» p&panifcena D. — eva
Kkft.'ir.iT.Tifina AP, eraaaa oclhuMBa B, era aaodiniiena G. —
aarrnii AP, samizio B, smi CL — 7, saobbhari AG, ya-
TuVtiLira B, saLi^rCiibiri £. P gesierallT leads aaliabbh^;
I Lave met cci^t cooe cr nrioe in this ICS. witli the read-
iz:^ s&^bt>rJcL — 4^ 1« e( eeq. A aometimeSy and B
v€iy ofT<*ii« i>»ds xippakatam ciranaii. — U. 1, et seq.
apaciT>£TiLmii>o A^ apacidTamano and apacuuTamano B,
apavH&T^uniDO CL — Subacripdon : aparinanaTakam n ° A,
ap»c:Tuai~ n^ B» G omits the sabscriptiaa. — 13. 1« Tesati
AC, Tassati B«

Table of coxtests or the setepth book. — 1, Pftveyyaki
AC. PatbeTTati B-— 4, ullikhi AC, nUikhi B. — opatti
A, opati B, opathi C. — dalhatamm " B. — &naT&dik& AB,
anaTiriki C. — 5, oTadhevram C. — 6, aanchinnena AB,
aacch^ C. — 9, chinna^ A, sacchiQna^ G, chinne B. — 11>
BJmaKsa ubbh&rathamhi A« simassa nbbhar&th&pi C, sim&sa
ubbharatthami B.— 12, 14, idha B, idam AG.— 15,
karijam taasa A, kaviran tassa G, karissain. tassa B. — 20,
aattasattaridhi AC, aakkasnkk&viddhl B. — 21, natihi AG,
nantika B. — chaoc& AG, chatthe B. chaccho (Sansc
ahatfas) ? — 22, AG omit the words ftdaya mssimagatain. —
23, tini AG, tini B. hetthi 'ti tinayo vidhiP— 27,
karaniyo AB, ^yft G.-— 28, apacinan& A, apayil&nft C,
apaci^e B.

VIII. 1.] VARIOUS EEADINGS. 389

VIII.

1. 1, 2, &r&m&ni BO instead of &r&m& and &r&ine. — 2,
vuttMpe88im& ti A, °yyamA ti BC. — 3, parihftyissati B,
bhaiijissati A, sacchijjati C. — ^gil&nft 'ti pativedeyyan ti
ABO, gil&nam' pativedeyyan ti E, gil&nam pativaseyyan ti
D.— 4, jtvatiti tassa Jivako B, tassa jivatiti J"" C, tassa
Jlvako A. — 5, upari jtvitum B. — 6, ganhati DE (at
both places). — sutthum ca ABC, sutthu ca DE. — sutthum
ca AB) sutthu ca 0. — 7, &hindanto &cariya 0, fthindantomhi
ftcariya AB. — &hin4anto na kinci A ;• BO omit &hindanto. —
89 kam tikicch&miti A, tain t° BO. — etiss& ftcariya A,
etiss&cariya 0, eh&cariya B. — 10, yad& arog& ahosi AG,
yad& &rogo hoti B. — 11, utt&nakam B. — ^nipajj&petv& B,
nip&tetY& AO. — ^nuthuhitvi AO, nutthahityft B. — 12, me
mahaggh&ni bhesajj&ni B. — ^upaj&n&metassa samyamassa
ABC. BuDDHAGHOSA : upanayam (upaneyam E) etassa
samyamassft Hi nayatassa (nayakatassa E) ca rogupasamassa
(rogftpamassa E) ca upak&ram j^n&mtti adhippftyo. — 13,
arogft thita A, &rog& thitft, ftr° thit&, &r° tit& 0, ftrogftpita B
(at all three places). Oomp. § 22. — amh&kail ceva B. — 14,
na clram AO, na cirasseva B. — 16, ayam kho gahapati A,
ayam kho setthi B, ayam kho setthi gahapati 0. — 17, sftdhu
deva • . « &n&petam B, s° devo • • • &9&petu AO. Oomp.
§ 21, 23.— 18, nip&tvo A, nipajjapetva BO. — m° te
sainbandhitv& B. — oph&letva A, p&letv& B, p&tiletY& 0,
upp&detvft DE. Oomp. § 22. — sippani 0, sippinim A,
sippini E, sabbini B, sibbanim D. — ^p&nake, pftnako AO,
p&nake, p&nako B. — ^passeyy&tha B, passathayyo A, passa-
thayy& 0. — ^tes&yam (at both places) B. — sibbini A, sibbin&
B, sappani corrected to sippani 0. — 19, sac&ham A, sacc&ham
0, sac&ham and sacc&ham B. — 20, j&n&si A, jan^hiti B. —
21,antaganh&bftdho A, ant^nam ganth&b&dho 0, antaganth&b^
B. — devo 0, deva AB. Oomp. § 23. — &n&petha A, &n&pe-
turn B, &gL&petu 0. — 22, uss&r&petva DE. — ^thambhe A,^
tambhe 0, tumbhe B. — ubandhityft A, upanibandhitvH ca 0.
— ^uppfttetTft AO, uppai° B. — ^antaganthim A, ant&nam ga^hi
0, antoganthikam B. — andhaganthim A, antftnam ganthi 0,

390 MAHAVAGGA. [VIII. 1-10.

antoganthi B. — ^B omits ant&ni patipavesetvll. — &rogo thito
AB. — solasa kah&panasahass&ni ad&si B. — 23, In B, at some
of the places where the king's name occurs, he is called
Candapajjota. — 24, tarn te lopivisarattti B instead of tarn
devo pivissatiti. — ^nippimceyyam A, nipaceyyam BC. —
nippaci A, nipaci BO. — sappim pitam AB. — ^mam ghft-
tepessasi B, gh&t&peyy&si (omitting mam) A, gh&tapeyyftsi
mam 0. Comp. § 28. ghftt&peyy&tiP — 26, tarn sappim
A, tarn sappi B, sappi C. — amanusseva patij&to B. — mh
cassa AC, m&ssa B. — 27, bahumft passa kiiici B. — idampety&

A, olumpetT& C, odametv& B, olumpetyft DE. — 28, khftdati

B, khftdi A. — ap&yi AC, pivati ap&si B. — ^kh&dayitam AB,
kh&yitam C. — gh&tftpeyy&si AC, ^peyyasi B. gh&t&-
peyyatiP — gh&t&peyy&si ABC. gh&t&peyy&ti ? —
siveyyakam BC, siv° and siv° BD, 8lv° E. — ^pacc&rahati
AB, pacdlharati C. • paccarahatiP — 31, B: n&n&bhe-
sajjehi upari bhftvetY& tath&gatassa npanftmeyyan ti atha kho
Jivako Kom° tini upphalahatthslni n&n&bhesajjehi paribh&-
vetvft yena bhagavft etc. — At the third place we ought to read
Tirecessati instead of virecessattti. — 33, nh&yitu (at both
places) A, nahayitu (at both places) B, hd^yatu and nah&yatu
C. — 2. 1, addhak&siyam DE. — upaddhak&sinam ABO,
°k&sinam BE. — khamam&nam, khamam&no ABC, kambhi-
nan ti (corrected to khambh&nan ti) ucc&vac&ni sundar&ni
asundarftni ca D, kham&nan ti (omitting the following words)
E. — 4. 1, an&gament4nam A. — sadisam A, sadis&nam B,
sadist 0. — 7. 1, After nimbakose pi A inserts ajjhok&se pi.
— 2, sammannitabbo ABO instead of sammannitabbam.
— ^After ch. 8 possibly another chapter is lost, which began :
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiya bhikkhft (P) tath' eva
bhandftg&rikam vutth&penti. See the list of contents of this
book, V. 10. — 9. 1, A omits sabbo. — 3, uttarantassa AC,
uttaritassa B. — 10. 2, situdak&ya A, situddak&ya 0, sttuna-
k&ya B, sttuntikft ti apakkarajanam yuccati E. I am
doubtful as to the correct spelling. situnhikayaP — ^utta-
r&lumpam AC, uttar&lumpakam B. uttar&lavan ti vattA-
th&rakam rajanakumbhiy& majjhe thapetv& tain &th&ram
parikkhipitvll rajanam pakkhipitum anuj&n&mtti attho, evam

VIII. 10-16.] VAEIOUS READINOS. 391

hi kate rajanam na uttarati E. — 3, ftvinoanti A, ftvajjanti
BO. ftvajjenti? — °tMlikaii ti ABC, °thaiakan ti E,
°talakaii ti D. — U. 1, okkamitun ti AB, pakkamitun ti
ODE. Comp. i. 25. 23. — 2, pattinam A, patthinam E,
pattinnam D, patthinnam BC. The comment explains the
word thus : atirajitattA thaddham. Comp. Sansc. sty&na. ■—
osftretun ti ABC, osMetun ti D, thapetun ti E. — dantak&s4«
T&niti C; after dantakfts&v&ni B inserts: ti dasadas&.honti.

— 12. 1, Magadhamah&khettam B. — acchibandham A,
accabaddham, which at one of the places is corrected to
accib^ C, accibandham BE, adhibaddham D. Buddha.-
QHOSA : caturassaked&rabaddham. — ^p&libaddhain, mariy&da-
baddham, siinghd,takabaddham E. — acchinnabandham B. —
passatha tumhe AC, passatu me B. — 13. 2, 5, uggate B,
uddhate AC. Comp. Lai. Vist. p. 447, ed. Calc. — ^A omits
rattiy&. — 3, 6, After dhammavinaye B inserts pabbajitA. — 14.
1, aggalam acch&deyyan ti chinnatth&ne pilotikakhandani
(pilotikabaddham D) lagg&peyyan ti DE. — sapat{am A, du-
pattam C, dupattam B. — majjhe ekacciyan ti AC, mandele
(corrected to mandela) kacciyan ti B. — 2, acchupantam A,
acchupanti B, acchupentam C. — ututthat&nam A, utuddha-
t&nam B, utumbat&nam (corrected to uttubbatanam) D,
utuddhat&nam CE. Buddhaghosa : ututo dighak&lato
uddhatanam (utth&nam D) gatavatthakanain (^vattak&nam
D) pilotik&nan ti vuttam hoti. — 16. 4, kallak&y& AC,
kallak&yani B.— 6, p&dft AC, p&dani B. — 7, et seq.
The MSS. indiflferently read both gamiya° and gamika^.
— kim . . atthavasam the MSS. constantly. — ^AB almost
constantly read samphassam&n& instead ofsampassam&n&.

— 9, ussure all three MSS. — 10, sampam&nena A, sampha-
m&ne B, sampassam&nena C— 11, brahmacariy&nain jinne
A, brahmacariyam jinno B, brahmacftrikam jikkena C.
— jinn& bhavissanti all three MSS. instead of jinn& bha-
vissatha. — kim « . &nisamsam the MSS. constantly.-^
13, passambhissati AC, passaddhisati B. — passaddharnkftyft
A, passaddhik&ya B, passaddhakftyo C. — 14, atipamodit&
AC, dadati pamodit& B. — maccharam B. — dibbam sukham
s& labhateva ftyum B. — 16. 1> et seq. The MSS. almost

392 1CAHATAG6A. [VTU. 16-88.

constantly read okkamenti (rardy okkamanti), bat okka-
mantanain (rarely okkamentftnam) ; oomp. okkamayato, § 3«
— 4, tena kho pana aamayena iyasmato Anandassa ati-
khuddakam B. — samgopeti A. — 2L 1, suttaliikhaiii AB,
snttaliikham CE, sattalokani D. Buddhaghosa : sutteneva
a^;alain katun ti attho. — okuiyanti AG, okiranti B.
okireyy&titi jinnakonano galati D, okiratiti chindakonato
galati £• — atthapadakam A, atthapadak& B, atthapadikam
Cy atthapjidakam D, atth&padakam £• Buddhaghosa (E) :
atth&padakacchannena pattamakham sibbitum. — 2, anv&*
dhikam pi aropetum ia explained thus by BuDDHAGHoaA :
JLgantokapattam datum, idam pana appahonake iropetabbam.
aaoe pahoti &gantukapattain na yattati, cbinditabbam eva. —
22. 1, m4tJLpitaro hi kho A, ""ro kho B, ""ro pi kho 0. —
dadam&no BC, dadamine A. — 23. 1» idh&hain B, so aham A,
aoham C. Comp. ii. 12, 1, etc. — 24. 4, Possibly we should
correct anadhitthite instead of anadhitthitena ; comp.
bh&jiyamftne.— 6, Isibhato A, °ddo C, °tto B.— 6, Nilavisl
AB, Nilav&si C. — Sinav&st A, S&lav&si 0; B omits the
name of this Thera. — GK)tako A, Gopako B, Govako C. — -
Balikasant&no A, Phalikasandano B, Phalikasand&no C. — -

25. 2, In the speech of Upananda the MSS. constantly read
agamftsi and aggahesi. There is no doubt that this is simply
a mistake for agam&sim and aggahesim. — ^te pi mam
(at the first place) all three MSS. instead of te mam.—

26. I, upatthahantiti A, upatthenttti C, upatthapentiti B.
— ^npatthentiti AC, upatthapentiti B. — 3, upatthenttti AC,
upatthahantiti B. — upatthenttti AC, upatthanttti B. — -
natthi te aU three MSS. Probably we ought to read : n
atthi YO (te and vo are very similar in Burmese writing).
— ^upatthaheyyum AB, upaheyyum C. — 4, upatth&petabbo
B constantly. — 7, nih&tum A, niharitum BC. — 8, nih&tum
AB, niharitum C. — 27* 1» upatthahem&ti A, upatthapem&ti
B, upatthahem&ti C. — 6, avissajjitam C. — 28. 1, AC omit
hi. — 2, ajinakkhipam AC constantly, ajinapakkhikam and
ajinapakkhim B. *— titthiyadhajam dhftretabbam AB, ^jo
dh&retabbo C. — 3, akkanftlam AE, akkan&lam B, agganH*
lam C, akkhan&lam D. — ^panadas&ni and phanad^ A, phala*

VIII. 88-IX. 6.] VABI0XJ8 READINGS. 893

dasftni 0, phalakasftni and phaladaa&ni B. — 81. 1, After
irocesum adds: anuj&n&mi bhikkhave yififtsam g&hetun ti.

Table of ooi«TBirrs of thb eighth book. — 2, hitatrajo
B, hi atr'' AC— 3, mali&bhiso AC, mah&bkaMo B.— 6,
fiinehati A, Bmehasl B, ^si C. — 11, Bltudi A, eantuttki B,
situnhi C. — 12, pattinnena A, pattinena B, yattkinnena C.

— 13, acckibandkH A, avibbkatti B, avibbkanti 0. — adda-
8&si ubkandite A, addas&pi ubk^ 0, addasftsan ca bkai]idite B.

— 16, paookimam A, °me 0, ^inena B. — 18, punacckiinsu
A, pnnajjklsu B, pana dvisu 0. — gil&yanft AB, gil&yay& C.
— 19, agganftl& ca C, akkan&}i ca A, akkan&kyam B. — 21,
**pkana° A, °paiia° B, °pkala° 0.— 22, baki BC, paki A.

IX.

L 1, BuDDHAOHOSA : tantibaddko 'ti tasmim ftv&se
kattabbat&tantipatibaddko. — 5, addasa kko A, addasft kko
BC. Tkis is certainly a blunder; tke true reading is
addasam kko; see £ukn, Beitrage zur P&li-Qramniatik,
p. 109. —Tke tkree MSS. read: bkante bkikkku d"" va
&g9cckante. I propose to read : bk° te bkikkkii, etc. — 6,
adkammikena nasi dkammikena ukkhitto A, adkammikena
si kammena ukkkitto C, adkammiko nasi kammena pi
ukkkitto adkammikena pi dkammecakena ukkkitto B. — 8,
vattkusmim k&raneti AC, v^ kasmim k&rane ti B. Tke
reading of B (or : \° kismim k&rane 'ti) may be correct. —
9, vinaye AC, yinayo, B. — 8. 1» 2, Buddhaghosa : aSiia-
tr&pi dkammakammam karontiti afi£Latr&pi dkammakammam
(sic) karonti ayam eya y& p&tko • • • aMatrftpi yinaya-
kammam afifiatr&pi sattkus&sanakamman ti. — 3, cka im&ni
CD, cka yim&ni AE, ckamftni B. — 4. 8, anantarikass&pi
AB, antarikassa pi C. E: ftnantarikassft ti attano anantaram
nisinnassa. — 10, 11, (at tke end of tke paragrapk) all tkree
MSS. read tarn ce instead of te ce. — ff. 1, patinissajetA A,
patinisajjet& C, patinissajjet& B. Buddhaghosa : patinissa-
detk& ti (patinissajityft ti E) patinissajjitabbft. — 6. 1, AC
omit bkagayantam abkiy&dety&.

TOL. m. 26

394 HAHAYAQGA. [X 1-&

Table of odntents of the ninth book,— 1, icohitabbako
AB, °ke 0. — 7y atth&Q&rahikaxii A^ ratthftnarlLhikam B,
ath&nar&hikam 0. — 10, yan ca kftrnmam A, paScakaminain
BC— 11, ''upa8ampad& ABC— 16, patikkhittam BG,
° tt& A. — 17, na ca k&rakam C. — 21, patikkoea A, padkosa
BO. — 31, tajjaniyasena oa A, tajjaniyayaaena ca BC.
tajjaniyam nissayena caP — 33, pacc&ropeyya aililaftno
A, paccakkh&ropeypa annamaiinain C, paccM ropeyya aaaanno
B.-^- 34, dodotamulakan tassa A, dvedyemiilakatan tassa C,
dvedYetandulakaii tassa B. — 35, All three MSS. read bhanda-
nak&rako. — 38, cakkam bandheP — 41, pa&iio AB, taftca
a— 44, ^byftdhike AB,' °by&dhite 0.

X.

1. 10, attan& y& ABO, attan& va E, attan& va and attan&
T& D. Probably attanJl Va is the correct reading, cL ii.
15. 6, 7. — 2. If BuDDHAGHOSA : asammodikdr (°k4ya D)
Yattam&nfty& ti asammodik&ya yattam&n&ya ayam eya yft pA«
tho. — 3, et seq. In the MSS. the name of the king is spelt:
Dighiti, Bighiti, Dighiti. Dighiti is the most frequent
spelling, but Dighiti appears to be the correct one, as the
name apparently is deriyed from iti. — 3, All MSS. read ma*
ma abbhuyy&to. Bead mam am abbhuyy&to. — abhiyijiyya
— 4, et seq. yammikam A, dhammikam BO constantly.
Oomp. Abhidh&n. 378. — 5, ayiman& A, ayimano B, atta-
man& 0. — ^hoti AB, hotiti 0, instead of ho hi. — 6, After
yij&yiO inserts: suyannayannam buddhalakkhanasampannam
buddhankura (sic). — 6, et seq. In B the name of the prince
is constantly spelt Dlgh&yu. — 8, Brahmadatte K&siranne A,
^tto Kftsiraiiao B, °ttho K&sikaranno 0.— 9, pil&ni A, bUftni
BC— 10, ciradittho B, clram ditthft A, ciraditthi 0.— 11,
bil&ni AB, khil&ni 0. — guppam A, kuppa 0, gumbam B. — *
12, rappiye A, rammiye 0, gusimpiye B. — atha katth&ni A,
attha k° 0, atthi k^ B. ^-anatthako A, anattako 0, anatta<«
kftrako B. — 13, rodi yappam pucchity& A, rodity& khippam
pucchity& B, rodity& dhammam pancity& 0.— 14, AO omit
patissutyft. — AO omit atha kho • • • etad ayoca. — ^AO omit

X. 8-6.] YABIOUS READINGS. 395

pacoassoei . • • Eftsiranno.— 15, gaini88&m& ti A, gamissAmi

C, gamiss&miti B. — annena ratho C, aftfieneya ratho AB.
^-tassa . • niddam okkami all three MSS. — 16, parip&desi
B, parim&tesi 0, paripft A. — 17, nibb&t6tT& A, nibb&hetyft
0, mbb&petY& B. — adHibh&ya A, adubhaya C, adrabh&v&ya
B. — 8. h V* 2> BuDDHAGHOSA : parimutthft 'ti muttbassatino.
v&cftgocarabh&nino 'ti r&k&rassa (rak° D) rass&deso kato,
T&digocar& na 8atipatth&n&digooar&. bb&nino ca, katham-
bh&igino (E adds ca). y&V icohanti mukhfty&man ti yftva
mukham pas&retum iccbanti t&va pasftretvll bh&nino, eko pi
samgbag&rayena mukhasamkocan^ na karotiti attho, — y. 3,
yeya tarn A, ye tain BDE, ye ca tain 0. — apanayhanti AD,
upaneyhanti GE, nayhanti B. — y. 6, pare na ca AO, pare
ca na B.— y. 7, attbicchinnft ACE, °ccbidd4 B, °cchidft D.
— gayftssa^ BDE, gayassa^ AC. — y. 9, m&tangaranne A,
^rafino B, mfttangam yafie 0. Buddhaghosa: m&tanga-
ranneya (^rafifto ca D) n&go 'ti m&tango araMe (ranno ya D)
nftgo yl— y. 10, sahftyakft AC, °t4 B. — kayirft A, kayirft 0,
kerft B. — m&tangarafiiie A, ''raaSo BC— 4. 1, 2, Fft-
cinayamsadftyo, ^ye A, P&cinayamsaddfio, °ye B, Yftcina-
yamfiamaggad&yo, Pftcinayamsamiggad&ye G. — 2, atthak^
AC, attak° B.— 6, et seq. P&rileyyakam GDE, P&lil°
A, P&ral° B. — 7, upatth&pesi B. — ^ap&yi A, apfisi B,
ay&d G. — ft, 1, pin^ap&tam B, pin4ap&ta G, pindakam
A. — 2, pindap&tam. B, pin4akain AG. — 6, Mah&kotbiko
A, ""to BG.— 12, katham nu kho tebi AB, k^ na
kho tebi tebi G, instead of: katbam nu kbo ambebiP
— 6. 3, y. 1, After yiniccbayesu B omits ca; Buddba-
gbosa does not mention tbis ca. — y. 2, an&nuyajjo
ABGE, ananuyajjo D. — yadeyya yena tain B. — y. 3,
anuyyatam A, anuyyntam BGE, anuyuttam and anuyyutam

D. Buddhaghosa explains tbis word tbus : anayy&tam anu<-
pakatam. — y. 4, pajjb&ti B. — k&lftgatam A, k&l&katanx E,
k&lagatam BGD. Buddhaghosa: katbetabbayuttakAle &ga-
tarn. — y. 6, pametum ABD, sametuin GE. Buddhaghosa:
yimamsituin tain tarn kftranam pafLii&ya tulayitum samattbo.
— ^yiraddbikoyido A, yisuddbikoyido B G. D : yisandikotiyiro
ti yiddbattbftnakusalo : E: yisandbikoyido ti yiraddbattbft-

396 IIAHAYAOOA. VAfilOUS BEADINGS. [X. C

nakosalo.^- y. 6, saM&panaip AC, pafiilapaiiam B, saMo-
janam D, pafifi&panam E. — y. 7, Buddhaghosa : yathft
nAma fthunam (anahitam D) iLhutipisidaiii samugganhanttti.
— ^y. 9, yattanft A, yattuni B« yatthuni C. — y. 10^ atthacaro
idha A, °caro ya C, °yaro dha B.

Table or oontsivts of thb tsstb book. — 2, pafifiekaft
cepa sampad& A, pa&oekaii oeya sampadA B^ mAlakaft oeya
yainsad& C— 3, Eothiko A, ""to BC.— - 3, TJpftU oabho A,
V cubhayo B, UpUiyhayo C. — 4, 'n&thapindiko B, ca
Sudatto ca A, ca Sudattho na ca C. — ^AO omit Yia° Mig""
ca. — flamakaTn dado G. — y. 6 is wanting in AB.

END OP VOL. ni.

■TSPMBW AUSTXX ASD 80N8, PftXXTXM, HSmTPOED.

• *

Ky .

//.

/ *■

♦ •

»• .

*•

PLBASE DO NOT REMOVE
THE ABOVE CARD

INDIAN IN

Bodleian Lib
Oxford